Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Non-Repatriable Investment by NRIs/OCIs under FEMA: An Analysis – Part 2

NON-REPATRIABLE INVESTMENTS: EASY ENTRY, TRICKY EXIT!

In Part I, we explored how NRIs and OCIs can invest in India under Schedule IV, enjoying the perks of domestic investment while sidestepping FDI restrictions. We saw how this route offers flexibility in entry—with no foreign investment caps, no strict pricing rules, and freedom to invest in LLPs, AIFs, and even real estate (as long as it’s not a farmhouse!). But, much like a long-term relationship, once you commit, FEMA expects you to stay for the long haul.

Now, in Part II, we address the big question: Can you transfer, sell, or gift these investments? Will FEMA allow you a graceful exit? We’ll dive into the rules governing transfers, repatriation limits, downstream investments, and more—so buckle up, because while the non-repatriable entry was smooth, the exit is where the real thrill begins!

TRANSFER OF SHARES/INVESTMENTS HELD ON NON-REPATRIATION BASIS

Just as important as the entry is the ability to transfer or exit the investment. FEMA provides certain pathways for transferring shares or other securities that were held on a non-repatriation basis:

  •  Transfer to a Resident: An NRI/OCI can sell or gift the securities to an Indian resident freely. Since the resident will hold them as domestic holdings, this is straightforward. No RBI permission, pricing guideline, or reporting form is required. For instance, if an NRI uncle wants to gift his shares (held on a non-repat basis) in an Indian company to his resident Indian nephew, it’s permitted and no specific FEMA filing is triggered (aside from perhaps a local gift deed for records). Similarly, suppose an NRI non-repat investor wants to sell his stake to an Indian co-promoter. In that case, he can transact at any price mutually agreed upon (pricing restrictions don’t apply as this is essentially a resident-to-resident transfer in FEMA’s eyes), and no FC-TRS form is required.
  • Transfer to another NRI / OCI on Non-Repat basis: NRIs / OCIs can also transfer such investments amongst themselves, provided the investment remains on non-repatriation. For example, one OCI can gift shares held under Schedule IV to another OCI or NRI (maybe a relative) who will also hold them under Schedule IV. This is allowed without RBI approval, and again, no pricing or reporting requirements apply. The only caveat is that the transferee must be eligible to hold on a non-repat basis (which generally means they are NRI / OCI or their entity). Gifting among NRIs / OCIs on the non-repat route is quite common within families. Note: If it’s a gift, one should ensure it meets any conditions under the Companies Act or other laws (for instance, if the donor and donee are “relatives” under Section 2(77) Companies Act, as required by FEMA for certain cross-border gifts – more on that below).
  •  Transfer to an NRI / OCI on a repatriation basis (i.e., converting it to FDI): This scenario is effectively an exit from the non-repatriable pool into the repatriable pool. For instance, an NRI with non-repat shares might find a foreign investor or another NRI who wants those shares but with repatriation rights. FEMA permits the sale, but since the buyer will hold on a repatriation basis (Schedule I or III), it must conform to FDI rules. That means sectoral caps and entry routes must be respected, and pricing guidelines apply to the transaction. If it’s a gift (without consideration) from an NRI (non-repat holder) to an NRI / OCI (who will hold as repatriable), prior RBI approval is required and certain conditions must be met. These conditions (laid out in NDI Rules and earlier in TISPRO) include: (a) the donee must be eligible to hold the investment under the relevant repatriable schedule (meaning the sector is open for FDI for that person); (b) the gift amount is within 5% of the company’s paid-up capital (or each series of debentures / MF scheme) cumulatively; (c) sectoral cap is not breached by the donee’s holdings; (d) donor and donee are relatives as defined in Companies Act, 2013; and (e) the value of securities gifted by the donor in a year does not exceed USD 50,000. These are designed to prevent the abuse of gifting as a loophole to transfer large foreign investments without consideration. If all conditions are met, RBI may approve the gift. If it’s a sale (for consideration) by NRI non-repat to NRI/OCI repatriable, no prior approval is needed (sale is under automatic route) but pricing must be at or higher than fair value (since NR to NR transfer with one side repatriable is treated like an FDI entry for the buyer). Form FC-TRS must be filed to report this transfer, and in such a case, since the seller was holding non-repat, the onus is on the seller (who is the one changing their holding status) to file the FC-TRS within 60 days. Our earlier table from the draft summarizes: Seller NRI-non-repat -> Buyer NRI-repat: pricing applicable, FC-TRS by seller, auto route subject to caps.
  •  Transfer from a foreign investor (repatriable) to an NRI/OCI (non-repatriable): This is the reverse scenario – a person who holds shares as foreign investment sells or gifts to an NRI / OCI who will hold as domestic. For example, a foreign venture fund wants to exit and an OCI investor is willing to buy but keep the investment in India. FEMA allows this as well. Since the new holder is non-repatriable, the sectoral caps don’t matter post-transfer (the investment leaves the FDI ambit). However, up to the point of transfer, compliance should be there. In a sale by a foreign investor to an NRI on a non-repat basis, pricing guidelines again apply (the NRI shouldn’t pay more than fair value, because a foreigner is exiting and taking money out – RBI ensures they don’t take out more than fair value). FC-TRS reporting is required, and typically, the buyer (NRI / OCI) would report it because the buyer is the one now holding the securities (the authorized dealer often guides who should file; it has to be a person resident in India and as non-repat investment is treated as domestic investment, it has to be filed by NRI / OCI acquiring it on non-repat basis). If it’s a gift from a foreign investor to an NRI / OCI relative, RBI approval would similarly be needed with analogous conditions (the NDI Rules conditions on gift apply to any resident outside to resident outside transfer, repatriable to non-repat likely treated similarly requiring approval unless specified otherwise). The draft table indicated: Buyer NRI-non-repat from Seller foreign (repat) – gift allowed with approval, pricing applicable, FC-TRS by buyer, and subject to FDI sectoral limits at the time of transfer.

In all the above cases of change of mode (repatriable vs non-repatriable), one can see FEMA tries to ensure that whenever money is leaving India (repatriable side), fair value is respected and RBI is informed. But when the money remains in India (purely domestic or non-repat transfers), the regulations are hands-off.

Downstream Investment Impact: A critical implication of holding investments on non-repatriation basis is how the investing company is classified. FEMA and India’s FDI policy have the concept of indirect foreign investment – if Company A is foreign-owned or controlled, and it invests in Company B, then Company B is considered to have foreign investment to that extent. However, Schedule IV investments are excluded from this calculation. The rules (as clarified in DPIIT’s policy) state that if an Indian company is owned and controlled by NRIs / OCIs on a non-repatriation basis, any downstream investment by that company will not be considered foreign investment. In other words, an Indian company that has only NRI / OCI non-repat capital is treated as an Indian-owned company. So if it later invests in another Indian company, that target company doesn’t need to worry about foreign equity caps because the investment is coming from an Indian source (deemed). This is a major benefit – it effectively ring-fences NRI domestic investment from contaminating downstream entities with foreign status. This clarification was issued to remove ambiguity, especially in cases where OCIs set up investment vehicles. Now, an NRI / OCI-owned investment fund (registered as an Indian company or LLP) can invest freely in downstream companies without subjecting them to FDI compliance, provided the fund’s own capital is non-repatriable.

From a practical standpoint, when structuring private equity deals, if one of the investors is an NRI / OCI willing to designate their contribution as non-repatriable, the company can be treated as fully Indian-owned, allowing it to invest into subsidiaries or other companies in restricted sectors without ceilings. This has to be balanced with the investor’s interest (since that NRI loses repatriation right). Often, OCIs with a long-term commitment to India might be agreeable to this to enable, say, a group structure that avoids FDI limits.

Summary of Transfer Scenarios: For quick reference:

  •  NRI / OCI (Non-repat)-> Resident: Allowed, gift allowed, no pricing rule, no reporting.
  •  Resident -> NRI / OCI (Non-repat): Allowed, gift allowed, no pricing rule, no reporting (essentially the mirror of above, turning domestic holding into NRI non-repat).
  •  NRI / OCI (Non-repat) -> NRI / OCI (Non-repat): Allowed, gift allowed, no pricing, no reporting.
  •  NRI / OCI (Non-repat) -> Foreigner / NRI (Repat): Allowed, the gift needs RBI approval (with conditions), if sale then pricing applies; report FC-TRS.
  •  Foreigner / NRI (Repat) -> NRI / OCI (Non-repat): Allowed, gift possibly with approval; sale at pricing; report FC-TRS.

The key is whether the status of the investment (domestic vs foreign) changes as a result of transfer, and ensuring the appropriate regulatory steps in those cases.

Comparative Interplay Between Schedules I, III, IV, and VI

To fully understand Schedule IV in context, one must compare it with other relevant schedules under FEMA NDI Rules:

Schedule I (FDI route) vs Schedule IV (NRI non-repat route)

  •  Nature of Investment: Schedule I covers FDI by any person resident outside India (including NRIs) on a repatriation basis. Schedule IV covers investments by NRIs / OCIs (and their entities) on a non-repatriation basis. Schedule I investments count as foreign investment; Schedule IV do not.
  •  Sectoral Caps and Conditions: Schedule I investments are subject to sectoral caps (% limits in various sectors) and sector-specific conditions (like minimum capitalization, lock-ins, etc., in sectors like retail, construction, etc.). By contrast, Schedule IV investments are generally not subject to those caps/conditions because they are treated as domestic. For example, multi-brand retail trading has a 51% cap under FDI with many conditions – an OCI could invest 100% in a retail company under Schedule IV with none of those conditions, as long as it’s on a non-repatriation basis. Similarly, real estate development has minimum area and lock-in requirements under FDI, but an NRI could invest non-repat without those (provided it’s not pure trading of real estate).
  •  Prohibited Sectors: Schedule I explicitly prohibits foreign investment in sectors like lottery, gambling, chit funds, Nidhi, real estate business, and also limits in print media, etc. Schedule IV has its own (smaller) prohibited list (Nidhi, agriculture, plantation, real estate business, farmhouses, TDR) but notably does not mention lottery, gambling, etc. Thus, some sectors closed in Schedule I are open in Schedule IV, and vice versa (as discussed earlier).
  •  Valuation / Optionality: Under Schedule I, any equity instruments issued to foreign investors can have an optionality clause only with a minimum lock-in of 1 year and no assured return; effectively, foreign investors cannot be guaranteed an exit price. Under Schedule IV, these restrictions do not apply – one can issue shares or other instruments to NRIs/OCIs with an assured buyback or fixed return arrangement since it’s like a domestic deal. Likewise, provisions like deferred consideration (permitted for FDI up to 25% for 18 months) need not be adhered to strictly for non-repat investments – an NRI investor and company can agree on different terms as it’s a private domestic contract in FEMA’s eyes.
  •  Reporting: FDI (Sch. I) transactions must be reported (FC-GPR, FC-TRS, etc.), whereas Sch. IV initial investments are not reported to RBI as noted.
  •  Exit / Repatriation: Schedule I investors can repatriate everything freely (that’s the point of FDI), whereas Schedule IV investors are bound by the NRO / $1M rule for exits.

Bottom line: Schedule IV is far more liberal on entry (no caps, any price) but restrictive on exit, whereas Schedule I is vice versa. A legal advisor will often weigh these options for an NRI client: if the priority is to eventually take money abroad or bring in a foreign partner, Schedule I might be preferable; if the priority is flexibility in investing and less regulatory hassle, Schedule IV is attractive.

Schedule III (NRI Portfolio Investment) vs Schedule IV (NRI Non-Repatriation)

Schedule III deals with the Portfolio Investment Scheme (PIS) for NRIs / OCIs on a repatriation basis, primarily buying/selling shares of listed companies through stock exchanges.

  •  Listed Shares via Stock Exchange: Under Schedule III (PIS), an NRI / OCI can purchase shares of listed Indian companies only through a recognized stock broker on the stock exchange and is subject to the rule that no individual NRI / OCI can hold more than 5% of the paid-up capital of the company. All NRIs / OCIs taken together cannot exceed 10% of the capital unless the company passes a resolution to increase this aggregate limit to 24%. These limits are to ensure NRI portfolio investments remain “portfolio” in nature and do not take over the company. In contrast, under Schedule IV, NRIs / OCIs can acquire shares of listed companies without regard to the 5% or 10% limits because those limits apply only to repatriable holdings. An NRI could, for instance, accumulate a larger stake by buying shares off-market or via private placements under Schedule IV.
  •  Other Securities: Schedule III also allows NRIs to purchase on a repatriation basis certain government securities, treasury bills, PSU bonds, etc., up to specified limits, and units of equity mutual funds (no limit). On this front, both Schedule III and Schedule IV allow NRIs to invest in domestic mutual fund units freely if the fund is equity-oriented. So whether repatriable or not, an NRI can buy any number of units of, say, an index fund or equity ETF.
  •  Nature of Investor: Schedule III is meant for NRIs investing as portfolio investors (often through NRE PIS bank accounts), whereas Schedule IV is not limited to portfolio activity – it can be FDI-like strategic investments too.
  •  Trading vs Investment: Under PIS (Sch. III), NRIs are typically not allowed to make the stock trading their full-time business (they cannot do intraday trading or short-selling under PIS; it’s for investment, not speculation). Schedule IV has no such restriction explicitly; however, if an NRI were actively trading frequently under non-repatriation, it might raise questions – usually, serious traders stick to the PIS route for liquidity.

In summary, Schedule III is a subset route for market investments with tight limits, whereas Schedule IV offers NRIs a way to invest in listed companies beyond those limits (albeit off-market and non-repatriable). As a strategy, an NRI who sees a long-term value in a listed company and wants significant ownership may choose to buy some under PIS (repatriable) but anything beyond the threshold under the non-repat route, combining both to achieve a
larger stake.

SCHEDULE VI (FDI IN LLPs) Vs SCHEDULE IV (NRI INVESTMENT IN LLPs)

Schedule VI allows foreign investment in Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs) on a repatriation basis. It stipulates that FDI in LLP is allowed only in sectors where 100% FDI is permitted under automatic route and there are no FDI-linked performance conditions (like minimum capital, etc.). This effectively bars FDI in LLPs in sectors like real estate, retail trading, etc., because those sectors either have caps or conditions. For example, multi-brand retail is 51% with conditions – so a foreign investor cannot invest in an LLP doing retail. Real estate business is prohibited entirely for FDI – so no LLP can be structured. Even an LLP in construction development is problematic under FDI if conditions (like a lock-in) are considered performance conditions.

However, Schedule IV imposes no such sectoral conditionality for LLPs (apart from the same prohibited list). Therefore, NRIs / OCIs can invest in the capital of an LLP on a non-repatriation basis even if that LLP is engaged in a sector where FDI in LLP is not allowed. For instance, an LLP engaged in the business of building residential housing (construction development) — FDI in such an LLP would not be allowed repatriably because construction development, while 100% automatic, had certain conditions under the FDI policy. Under Schedule IV, an NRI could contribute capital to this LLP freely as domestic investment. Another concrete example: LLP engaged in single-brand or multi-brand retail – FDI in LLP is not permitted because retail has conditions, but NRI non-repat funds could still be infused into an LLP doing retail trade. The only caveat is if the LLP’s activity falls under the explicit prohibitions of Schedule IV (agriculture, plantation, real estate trading, farmhouses, etc., which we already know). As long as the LLP’s business is not in that small prohibited list, NRI / OCI money can be invested on non-repatriable basis.

Thus, Schedule IV significantly expands NRIs’ ability to invest in LLPs vis-à-vis Schedule VI. It allows the Indian-origin diaspora to use LLP structures (which are popular for smaller businesses and real estate projects), which are otherwise off-limits to foreign investors. The outcome is that an LLP which cannot get FDI can still get funds from NRI partners, treated as local funds, potentially giving it a competitive edge or needed capital infusion. As noted earlier, an LLP receiving NRI non-repat investment remains an “Indian” entity for downstream investment purposes as well, so it could even invest in other companies without being tagged as foreign-owned.

SCHEDULE IV Vs SCHEDULE IV (FIRM/PROPRIETARY CONCERNS)

There is also a provision (in Part B of Schedule IV) for investment in partnership firms or sole proprietorship concerns on a non-repatriation basis. There is no equivalent provision under repatriation routes – meaning NRIs cannot invest in a partnership or proprietorship on a repatriable basis at all under NDI rules. Under Schedule IV, an NRI/OCI can contribute capital to any proprietorship or partnership firm in India provided the firm is not engaged in agriculture, plantation, real estate business, or print media. These mirror the older provisions from prior regulations. The exclusion of print media here is interesting, as discussed: an NRI cannot invest in a newspaper partnership but could invest in a newspaper company. This is likely a policy decision to keep sensitive sectors like news media more closely regulated (partnerships are unregulated entities compared to companies which have shareholding disclosures, etc.).

For completeness, Schedule V under NDI Rules is for investment by other specific non-resident entities like Sovereign Wealth Funds in certain circumstances, and Schedule VII, VIII, IX cover foreign venture capital, investment vehicles, and depository receipts respectively.

PRACTICAL CHALLENGES AND LEGAL IMPLICATIONS

While the non-repatriation route offers flexibility, it also presents some practical challenges and considerations for legal practitioners advising clients:

  1.  Exit Strategy and Liquidity: Perhaps the biggest issue is planning how the NRI/OCI will exit or monetize the investment if needed. Since direct repatriation of capital is capped at USD 1 million per year, clients who invest large sums must understand that they can’t easily pull out their entire investment quickly. Case in point: if an OCI invests $5 million in a startup via Schedule IV and after a few years the startup is sold for $20 million, the OCI cannot take $20 million out in one go. They would either have to flip the investment to a repatriable mode before exit (e.g. sell their stake to a foreign investor prior to the main sale, thereby converting to FDI at fair value and then repatriating through that foreign investor’s sale) or accept a long repatriation timeline using the $1M per year route, or approach RBI (which historically is reluctant to approve a big one-shot remittance). This illiquidity needs to be clearly explained to clients
  2.  Mixing Repatriable and Non-Repatriable Funds: Often, companies have a mix of foreign investment – say, a venture capital fund (FDI) and an NRI relative (non-repat). In such cases, accounting properly for the two classes is key. From a corporate law perspective, both hold equity, but from an exchange control perspective, one part of equity is foreign, and one part is domestic. The company’s compliance team must carefully track these when reporting foreign investment percentages to any authority or while calculating downstream foreign investment. Misclassification can lead to errors – e.g., a company might erroneously count the NRI’s holding as part of FDI and think it breached a cap, or conversely ignore a foreign holding, thinking it was NRI domestic. It’s advisable in company records and even on share certificates to mark non-repatriable holdings distinctly. Some companies create separate folios in their register for clarity..
  3.  Corporate Governance and Control: Because Schedule IV allows NRIs to invest beyond usual foreign limits, we see scenarios of foreign control via NRI routes. For example, foreign parents could nominate OCI individuals to hold a majority in an Indian company so that it is “Indian owned” but effectively under foreign control through OCI proxies. Regulators are aware of this risk. The law currently hinges on “owned and controlled by NRIs / OCIs” as the test for deeming it domestic. If an OCI is truly acting at the behest of a non-OCI foreigner, that could be viewed as a circumvention. In diligence, one should ensure OCI investors are bona fide and making decisions independently, or at least within what law permits. If an Indian company with large NRI non-repat investment is making downstream investments in a sensitive sector, one must document that control remains with OCI and not via any agreement handing powers to someone else, lest the structure be challenged as a sham.
  4.  Changing Residential Status: An interesting practical point – if an NRI who made a non-repat investment later moves back to India and becomes a resident, their holding simply becomes a resident holding (no issue there). But if they then move abroad again and become NRI once more, by default, that holding would become an NRI holding on a non-repat basis (since it was never designated repatriable). That person might now wish it were repatriable. There isn’t a straightforward mechanism to “retroactively designate” an investment as repatriable; typically, the person would have to do a transfer (e.g., transfer to self through a structure, which is not really possible) or approach RBI. It’s a corner case, but it shows that once an investment is made under a particular schedule, toggling its status is not simple unless a third-party transfer is involved.
  5.  Evidence of Investment Route: Down the line, when an NRI / OCI wants to remit out the sale proceeds under the $1M facility, banks often ask for proof that the investment was made on a non-repatriation basis (because if it was repatriable, the sale proceeds would be in an NRE account and could go out without using the $1M quota). Thus, maintaining paperwork – such as the board resolution or offer letter mentioning the shares are under Schedule IV, or a copy of the share certificate with a “non-repatriable” stamp, or the letter to AD bank at the time of issue – becomes useful to avoid confusion. If records are lost or unclear, the bank might fear to allow remittance or might treat it as some foreign investment needing RBI permission. So, documentation is a practical must.
  6.  Taxation Aspect: Though not directly a FEMA issue, note that dividends repatriated to NRIs will be after TDS, and any gift of shares etc. might have tax implications (gift to a relative is not taxable in India, but to a non-relative, it could trigger tax for the recipient if over ₹50,000). Also, the favourable FEMA treatment doesn’t automatically confer any tax residency benefit – e.g., just because OCI investment is deemed domestic doesn’t make the OCI an Indian resident for tax

BEFORE WE ALL NEED A REPATRIATION ROUTE, LET’S WRAP THIS UP!

Before we exhaust ourselves—or our dear readers start considering their own non-repatriable exit strategies—let’s conclude. The non-repatriation route under FEMA is like a VIP pass for NRIs and OCIs to invest in India while enjoying the perks of domestic investors. It’s a fine balancing act by policymakers: welcoming diaspora investments with open arms but keeping foreign exchange reserves snugly in place.

For legal practitioners, Schedule IV is both a playground and a puzzle—offering creative structuring opportunities while demanding meticulous planning for exits and compliance. Done right, it’s a win-win for investors and Indian businesses alike, seamlessly blending “foreign” and “domestic” investment. So, whether you’re an NRI looking for investment options or a lawyer navigating these rules—remember, patience, planning, and a strong cup of chai go a long way!

Issues Relating To ‘May Be Taxed’ In Tax Treaties

The term ‘may be taxed’ has been commonly used in tax treaties since before the OECD  Model Tax Convention was first published in 1963. In India, there has been significant litigation on whether the term indicates an exclusive right of taxation. While the CBDT vide Notification in  2008 has clarified the issue, certain ambiguities still exist.

In this article, the authors seek to analyse the said issue on whether the term ‘may be taxed’ in tax treaties refers to an exclusive right of taxation to any Contracting State.

BACKGROUND

The allocation of taxing rights in respect of various streams of income in DTAAs can generally be bifurcated into 3 categories:

a. Category I – May also be taxed:

Some articles provide that the particular income may be taxed in a particular jurisdiction (typically the country of residence) and also states that the income ‘may also be taxed’ in the other Contracting State, typically with some restrictions in terms of tax rates, etc. The articles on dividend, interest, royalty / fees for technical services, generally provide for such type of allocation of taxing right.

For example, Article 10(1) of the India – Singapore DTAA, dealing with dividends provides as follows,

“1. Dividends paid by a company which is a resident of a Contracting State to a resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other State.

2. However, such dividends may also be taxed in the Contracting State of which the company paying the dividends is a resident and according to the laws of that State, but if….” (emphasis supplied);

b. Category II – Shall be taxable only:

Some articles provide that the particular income ‘shall be taxable only’ in a particular Contracting State indicating an exclusive right of taxation to the particular Contracting State (typically the country of residence). Generally, this type of allocation of taxing right is found in the article of business profits (where there is no permanent establishment) or capital gains (in respect of assets other than those specified).

For example, Article 13(5) of the India – Singapore DTAA provides as under,

“Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to in paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4A and 4B of this Article shall be taxable only in the Contracting State of which the alienator is a resident.” (emphasis supplied);

c. Category III – May be taxed:

Some articles simply state that the particular income ‘may be taxed’ in a particular Contracting State (in most cases, the source State) without referring to the taxation right of the other Contracting State.

An example of such taxing right is in Article 6 of the India – Singapore DTAA which provides as under,

“Income derived by a resident of a Contracting State from immovable property situated in the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other State.(emphasis supplied)

In the above Article, the right of the source State is provided but no reference is made whether the State of residence can tax the said income or not.

While the allocation of taxing right in the first two categories is fairly clear, there is ambiguity in the third category i.e. whether in such a scenario, the country of residence has a right to tax in case the DTAA is silent in this regard.

Given the language in the DTAA, the question which arises is whether the income from rental of an immovable property situated in Singapore by an Indian resident can be taxed in India or would such income be taxed exclusively in Singapore under the India – Singapore DTAA.

DECISIONS OF THE COURTS

While some courts held that the term ‘may be taxed’ in a Contracting State, not followed by the term ‘may also be taxed’ in the other Contracting State meant that exclusive right of taxation was granted to the first-mentioned Contracting State, some courts held that ‘may be taxed’ is to be interpreted differently from ‘shall be taxed only’ and therefore, does not infer exclusive right of taxation. One of the most notable decision which provided the former view i.e. ‘may be taxed’ is equated to ‘shall be taxed only’, is the Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT vs. RM Muthaiah (1993) (202 ITR 508).

The issue before the Hon’ble Karnataka High Court in the above case was whether income earned from an immovable property situated in Malaysia was taxable in India in the hands of an Indian resident under the India – Malaysia DTAA. Article 6(1) of the earlier India – Malaysia DTAA provided,

“Income from immovable property may be taxed in the Contracting State in which such property is situated.”

In the said case, the Revenue argued that the DTAA did not provide for an exclusive right of taxation to Malaysia and India had a right to tax the income. The High Court, while not analysing the specific language of the DTAA, held as under,

“The effect of an ‘agreement’ entered into by virtue of section 90 would be: (i) if no tax liability is imposed under this Act, the question of resorting to the agreement would not arise. No provision of the agreement can possibly fasten a tax liability where the liability is not imposed by this Act; (ii) if a tax liability is imposed by this Act, the agreement may be resorted to for negativing or reducing it; (iii) in case of difference between the provisions of the Act and of the agreement, the provisions of the agreement prevail over the provisions of this Act and can be enforced by the appellate authorities and the Court.”

The High Court, therefore, held that as the DTAA did not specifically provide for India, being the country of residence, to tax the said income, it would be taxable only in Malaysia.

The Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Ms. Pooja Bhatt vs. DCIT (2009) (123 TTJ 404) held that,

“Wherever the parties intended that income is to be taxed in both the countries, they have specifically provided in clear terms. Consequently, it cannot be said that the expression “may be taxed” used by the contracting parties gave option to the other Contracting States to tax such income. In our view, the contextual meaning has to be given to such expression. If the contention of the Revenue is to be accepted then the specific provisions permitting both the Contracting States to levy the tax would become meaningless. The conjoint reading of all the provisions of articles in Chapter III of Indo-Canada treaty, in our humble view, leads to only one conclusion that by using the expression “may be taxed in the other State”, the contracting parties permitted only the other State, i.e., State of income source and by implication, the State of residence was precluded from taxing such income. Wherever the contracting parties intended that income may be taxed in both the countries, they have specifically so provided. Hence, the contention of the Revenue that the expression “may be taxed in other State” gives the option to the other State and the State of residence is not precluded from taxing such income cannot be accepted.”

Similarly, the Madras High Court in the case of CIT vs. SRM Firm & Others (1994) (208 ITR 400) also held on similar lines. The above Madras High Court decision was affirmed by the Apex Court in the case of CIT vs. PVAL KulandaganChettiar (2004)(267 ITR 654), albeit without analyzing the controversy of ‘may be taxed’ vs ‘shall be taxed only’. The Supreme Court held that,

“13. We need not to enter into an exercise in semantics as to whether the expression “may be” will mean allocation of power to tax or is only one of the options and it only grants power to tax in that State and unless tax is imposed and paid no relief can be sought. Reading the Treaty in question as a whole when it is intended that even though it is possible for a resident in India to be taxed in terms of sections 4 and 5, if he is deemed to be a resident of a Contracting State where his personal and economic relations are closer, then his residence in India will become irrelevant. The Treaty will have to be interpreted as such and prevails over sections 4 and 5 of the Act. Therefore, we are of the view that the High Court is justified in reaching its conclusion, though for different reasons from those stated by the High Court.”

This view was further upheld by the Supreme Court in the cases of DCIT vs. Torqouise Investment & Finance Ltd. (2008) (300 ITR 1) and DCIT vs. Tripti Trading & Investment Ltd (2017) (247 Taxman 108). In both the above cases, it was held that dividend received by an Indian assessee from Malaysia was exempt from
tax in India by virtue of the India – Malaysia DTAA following the earlier decision of Kulandagan Chettiar (supra).

NOTIFICATION OF 2008 AND SUBSEQUENT DECISIONS

Section 90(3) of the ITA, inserted by the Finance Act 2003 with effect from Assessment Year 2004-05, provides that any term not defined in the DTAA can be defined through a notification published in the Gazette. Subsequently, the CBDT Notification No. 91 of 2008 dated 28th August, 2008 under section 90(3) was issued, which states as under,

“In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (3) of section 90 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961), the Central Government hereby notifies that where an agreement entered into by the Central Government with the Government of any country outside India for granting relief of tax or as the case may be, avoidance of double taxation, provides that any income of a resident of India “may be taxed” in the other country, such income shall be included in his total income chargeable to tax in India in accordance with the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961), and relief shall be granted in accordance with the method for elimination or avoidance of double taxation provided in such agreement.”

Therefore, the CBDT, vide its above notification, provided that the term ‘may be taxed’ is not required to be equated to ‘shall be taxable only’ and India would still have the right of taxation, unless the tax treaty specifically provides that the income ‘shall be taxed only’ in the other State.

There are two possible views regarding implications of the aforesaid Notification issued by the CBDT.

View 1: The Notification clarifies the right of taxation in respect of ‘may be taxed’

The view is that the Notification now changes the position of taxability and that income of a resident of India shall be taxable in India unless the income is taxable only in the country of source as per the respective DTAA, has been upheld by the Mumbai ITAT in the cases of Essar Oil Ltd. vs. ACIT (2014) 42 taxmann.com 21 and Shah Rukh Khan vs. ACIT (2017) 79 taxmann.com 227, the Delhi ITAT in the case of Daler Singh Mehndi vs. DCIT (2018) 91 taxmann.com 178 and the Jaipur ITAT in the case of Smt. IrvindGujral vs. ITO (2023) 157 taxmann.com 639.

View 2: The Notification does not clarify all situations involving ‘may be taxed’

The alternative view is that Notification No. 91 of 2008 will have application only in a case where the primary right to tax has been given to the state of residence and such state has allowed the source State also to charge such income to tax at a concessional rate.

The relevant provisions in a DTAA could be divided into three broad categories:

i) where the right to tax is given to the State of source (e.g. Article 6 dealing with income derived from immovable property);

ii) where such right to tax is given to the State of residence (e.g. Article 8 dealing with income derived from International Shipping and Air Transport); and

iii) where the primary right to tax is with the State of residence. However, such State has ceded and allowed the State of source also to charge such income to tax, but, at a concessional rate (e.g. Article 7 dealing with business profits, Article 10 dealing with dividends, Article 11 dealing with interest and Article 12 dealing with royalties and fees for technical services).

Under this view, one may argue that the said notification has been issued to clarify the position of the Government of India only with respect to the category (iii) of income as it does not refer to a situation where the right of State of Residence to tax the said income, is silent. The said clarifications should not apply to incomes referred to in category (i) and category (ii) above. This is because, with respect to category (iii) income as explained above, the primary right to tax is with the state of Residence which has partially ceded such right in favour of the State of source by enabling such State to tax the income at a concessional rate of tax. If one reads the said notification in the above context, one may conclude that the Notification only covers income covered in category (iii) above.

Another aspect one may consider is that section 90(3) of the Act, itself provides that the meaning to be assigned to a term in the notification issued by the Central Government shall apply unless the context otherwise requires and such meaning is consistent with the provisions of the Act or the DTAA.

Further, interestingly, readers may refer to the January 2021 edition of this Journal1 wherein the authors of the said article have analysed that while section 90(3) of the ITA empowers the Government to define an undefined term, the above Notification goes beyond the scope of the section as it does not define any term but only clarifies the stand of the Government on the said issue without actually defining the term.

The authors of the said article have also questioned whether ‘may be taxed’ is a term or a phrase.

In this regard, one may also refer to the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Essar Oil (supra), wherein the issue of whether it is a term or a phrase was analysed and concluded as under,

“The phrases “may be taxed”, “shall be taxed only” and “may also be taxed” have a definite purpose and a definite meaning which is conveyed. Whether it is a term, phrase or expression does not make any significant difference because the contracting parties have given a definite meaning to such a phrase and once the Government of India have clarified such an expression, then it cannot be held that it does not fall within the realm of the word “term” as given in section 90(3). Thus, we do not feel persuaded by the argument taken by the learned Sr. Counsel.”

UNILATERAL AMENDMENTS

The India – Malaysia DTAA which was the subject matter of litigation in the matter before the High Courts and Supreme Courts for the meaning of the term, was amended in 2012. Interestingly, the new DTAA now specifically provides the following in the Protocol,

“It is understood that the term “may be taxed in the other State” wherever appearing in the Agreement should not be construed as preventing the country of residence from taxing the income.”

Therefore, in respect of the India – Malaysia DTAA now, there is no ambiguity about the interpretation of the phrase. However, the question does arise as to whether, the fact that this similar language is not provided in any other DTAA (in the main text or in the Protocol), another meaning has to be ascribed to the term in the other DTAAs.

Though the Notification is part and parcel of the Act, a DTAA is a thoughtfully negotiated economic bargain between two sovereign States and any unilateral amendment cannot be read into the DTAA such that the economic bargain is annulled, until and unless the DTAA itself is amended.

As mentioned above, the authorities being aware of the aforesaid fact, amended the India-Malaysia DTAA on 09-05-2012 to incorporate the unilateral amendment put forth by the aforesaid Notification into the DTAA by way of inserting paragraph 3 to the Protocol of the India-Malaysia DTAA. Similarly, paragraph 2 to the Protocol dated 30-01-2014 of the India-Fiji DTAA states that the term “may be taxed in the other State” wherever appearing in the Agreement should not be construed as preventing the country of residence from taxing the income. Paragraph 1 of India-South Africa DTAA provides that ‘With reference to any provision of the Agreement in terms of which income derived by a resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in the other Contracting State, it is understood that such income may, subject to the provisions of Article 22, also be taxed in the first-mentioned Contracting State.

In the earlier India-Malaysia DTAA (Notification No. GSR 667(E), dated 12th October, 2004), Clause 4 of the Protocol was agreed on between the two contracting States with reference to paragraph 1 of Article 6 to the effect that the said paragraph should not be construed as preventing the Country of Residence to also tax the income under the said Article.

It would be relevant to note that Article 6 of the India-Malaysia DTAA and that of other DTAAs on taxation of income from immovable property are worded alike. However, the aforesaid Protocol agreed between India and Malaysia in the India-Malaysia DTAA is not found for example, in the India-UK or India-France DTAA. It becomes all the more conspicuous when protocols under other DTAAs have been signed after the Notification No. 91/2008 issued under Section 90(3). An example can be considered of the India – UK DTAA wherein the Protocol is signed on 30th October, 2012 but there is no agreement with regard to interpretation of the expression “may be taxed”, which is used inter alia in Articles 6, 7, 11, 12 and 13. Thus, one may argue that the expression “may be taxed” required an understanding under the India-Malaysia DTAA that varied with the earlier judicial understanding of the said expression in other DTAAs.

In certain DTAAs where expression ‘may be taxed’ has been used in Article 6 or Article 13, it has been clarified through Protocols that income and capital gains relating to immovable properties may be taxed in both the contracting states. Some of these DTAAs with India are: Hungary, Serbia, Montenegro and Slovenia.

However, in certain other DTAAs where expression ‘may be taxed’ has been used in Article 6 or Article 13, it has been clarified through Protocols that income and / or capital gains relating to immovable properties may be taxed in the Contracting State where the immovable property is situated. For example, India’s DTAAs with Estonia and Lithuania.

A DTAA is a product of bilateral negotiation of the terms between two sovereign States which are expected to fulfill their obligations under a DTAA in good faith. This includes the obligation for not defeating the purpose and object of the DTAA. Therefore, while the amendment to the India-Malaysia DTAA was consciously made on the lines of the Notification, it is apparent that the same was deliberately not extended to other DTAAs in probable consideration of larger macro issues which could have had a bearing upon the bilateral trade relations.

It is to be noted that in the case of Essar Oil Limited (supra), the ITAT was interpreting Article 7 of the India-Oman DTAA and India-Qatar DTAA dealing with business profits. Article 7(1) clearly provides that the profits of an enterprise of a contracting State shall be taxable only in that State. The exception carved out is only to enable the “PE country” to tax the profits attributable to the PE. Profits attributable to a PE may be larger than the profits sourced within the PE State, which is not the case for Article 6 dealing with income from immovable properties, where the source is undisputedly within the State in which the immovable property is located. Contextually, the expression “may be taxed” lends itself to different meanings under Article 7 and Article 6. This distinction has not been brought to the attention of the Hon’ble Tribunal. Clarifications, if any, would serve the intended purpose only when incorporated in the respective DTAA. The same was done through a Protocol entered under the India-Malaysia DTAA in the context of the expression “may be taxed”.

Therefore, one may be able to argue that Notification No. 91/2008 should have no application in respect of cases covered under category I i.e. similar to Article 6.

INTERPLAY WITH ARTICLE ON TAX CREDIT

Another aspect which also needs to be considered is the language of Article 25 of the India – Singapore DTAA, dealing with Elimination of Double Taxation (foreign tax credit or relief). It provides as under,

“2. Where a resident of India derives income which, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, may be taxed in Singapore, India shall allow as a deduction from the tax on the income of that resident an amount equal to the Singapore tax paid, whether directly or by deduction.”

In the present case, if one argues that income from immovable property situated in Singapore shall be taxable only in Singapore as the Article states that such income ‘may be taxed’ in Singapore, the question of tax credit does not arise. However, Article 25(2), as discussed above, specifically provides that when the DTAA states that income may be taxed in Singapore, India should grant foreign tax credit to eliminate double taxation. The said credit can be provided only after India has taxed the income in the first place.

It may, however, be highlighted that the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Pooja Bhatt vs. DCIT (2009) 123 TTJ 404 did not accept this argument and held as under,

“8. The reliance of the Revenue on Article 23 is also misplaced. It has been contented that Article 23 gives credit of tax paid in the other State to avoid double taxation in cases like the present one. In our opinion, such provisions have been made in the treaty to cover the cases falling under the third category mentioned in the preceding para i.e., the cases where the income may be taxed in both the countries. Hence, the cases falling under the first or second categories would be outside the scope of Article 23 since income is to be taxed only in one State.”

ROLE OF OECD MODEL COMMENTARY

The OECD Model Commentary has explained the various types of allocation of taxing rights used in a DTAA. The OECD Model Commentary 2017 on Article 23A dealing with Elimination of Double Taxation provides as under,

“6. For some items of income or capital, an exclusive right to tax is given to one of the Contracting States, and the relevant Article states that the income or capital in question “shall be taxable only” in a Contracting State. The words “shall be taxable only” in a Contracting State preclude the other Contracting State from taxing, thus double taxation is avoided. The State to which the exclusive right to tax is given is normally the State of which the taxpayer is a resident within the meaning of Article 4, that is State R, but in Article 19 the exclusive right may be given to the other Contracting State (S) of which the taxpayer is not a resident within the meaning of Article 4.

7. For other items of income or capital, the attribution of the right to tax is not exclusive, and the relevant Article then states that the income or capital in question “may be taxed” in the Contracting State (S or E) of which the taxpayer is not a resident within the meaning of Article 4. In such case the State of residence (R) must give relief so as to avoid the double taxation. Paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 23 A and paragraph 1 of Article 23 B are designed to give the necessary relief.”

The above Commentary makes it clear that where the Model wanted to provide an exclusive right of taxation to a particular country, it has provided that with the words “shall be taxable only”. In other scenarios both the countries shall have the right to tax the income.

It may be noted that the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case Kulandagan Chettiar (supra) did not consider the validity of the OECD Model Commentary on the basis of which the DTAAs are entered into. In the said case, the Supreme Court held as under,

“16. Taxation policy is within the power of the Government and section 90 of the Income-tax Act enables the Government to formulate its policy through treaties entered into by it and even such treaty treats the fiscal domicile in one State or the other and thus prevails over the other provisions of the Income-tax Act, it would be unnecessary to refer to the terms addressed in OECD or in any of the decisions of foreign jurisdiction or in any other agreements.”

However, subsequent decisions of the Supreme Court including that of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P) Ltd vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471 have held that the OECD Model Commentary shall have persuasive value as the DTAAs are based on the OECD Model.

Impact of Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty related measures to prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting [MLI]

India is a signatory to MLI. The DTAAs have to be read along with the MLI. Article 11 of the MLI deals with Application of Tax Agreements to Restrict a Party’s Right to Tax its Own Residents. Article 11(1)(j) provides that a Covered Tax Agreement (CTA) shall not affect the taxation by a Contracting Jurisdiction of its residents, except with respect to the benefits granted under provisions of the CTA which otherwise expressly limit a Contracting Jurisdiction’s right to tax its own residents or provide expressly that the Contracting Jurisdiction in which an item of income arises has the exclusive right to tax that item of income.

India has not reserved Article 11 of the MLI. The following countries have chosen Article 11(1) with India: Australia, Belgium, Colombia, Denmark, Croatia, Fiji, Indonesia, Kenia, Mexico, Mongolia, Namibia, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovak Republic, South Africa and UK. In respect of these countries, in absence of an express provision, the right of the resident country to tax its residents cannot be taken away under the DTAA. However, the same cannot be applied to countries which have not chosen Article 11(1) or which have not signed the MLI.

CONCLUSION

Even after the 2008 Notification under section 90(3), two strong views still exist as to whether the term ‘may be taxed’ grants exclusive right of taxation to the source State particularly in the case of the Article 6 where, unless otherwise expressly stated in the DTAA, it is clearly intended to allocate right of taxation exclusively to the source state where the immovable property is situated. This view would depend on the role of the tax treaties read with MLI in taxation – that is whether one considers that the country of residence always has the right to tax all income unless specifically restricted by the tax treaty or does the right of taxation of the country of residence need to be specifically provided in the tax treaty.

Non-Repatriable Investment by NRIs and OCIs under FEMA: An Analysis – Part – 1

This is the 11th Article in the ongoing NRI series dealing with “Non-repatriable Investment by NRIs and OCIs under FEMA — An Analysis.”

Summary

“What cannot be done directly, cannot be done indirectly – Or can it be?”

FEMA’s golden rule has always been that what you cannot do directly, you cannot do indirectly—but then comes Schedule IV, sneaking in like that one friend who always finds a way out. It’s the ultimate legislative exception, allowing NRIs and OCIs to invest in India as if they never left, minus the luxury of an easy exit. Curious? Dive into the fascinating world of non-repatriable investments — you won’t be disappointed (unless, of course, you were hoping to take the money back out quickly!)

INTRODUCTION AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Non-resident investors — including Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs), and even foreign entities — can invest in India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA). FEMA provides a broad statutory framework, which is supplemented by detailed rules and regulations issued by the government and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). In particular, the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (NDI Rules) (issued by the Central Government) and the Foreign Exchange Management (Mode of Payment and Reporting of Non-Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 (Reporting Regulations) (issued by RBI) lay down the regime for foreign investments in “non-debt instruments.” These are further elaborated in the RBI Master Direction on Foreign Investment in India, which consolidates the rules and is frequently consulted by practitioners.

Under this framework, foreign investment routes are categorised by schedules to the NDI Rules. Of particular interest are Schedule I (Foreign Direct Investment on a repatriation basis), Schedule III (NRI investments under the Portfolio Investment Scheme on a repatriation basis), Schedule IV (NRI / OCI investments on non-repatriation basis), and Schedule VI (Investment in Limited Liability Partnerships). This article focuses on the nuances of non-repatriable investments by NRIs / OCIs under Schedule IV, contrasting them with repatriable investments and other routes. We will examine the legal definitions, eligible instruments, sectoral restrictions, compliance obligations, and the practical implications of choosing the non-repatriation route, with a structured analysis suitable for legal professionals.

DEFINITION OF NRI AND OCI UNDER FEMA; ELIGIBILITY TO INVEST

Non-Resident Indian (NRI) – An NRI is defined in FEMA and the NDI Rules as an individual who is a person resident outside India and is a citizen of India. In essence, Indian citizens who reside abroad (for work, education, or otherwise) become NRIs under FEMA once they cease to be “person resident in India” as per Section 2(w) of FEMA. Notably, this definition excludes foreign citizens, even if they were formerly Indian citizens – such persons are not NRIs for FEMA purposes once they have given up Indian citizenship.

Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) – An OCI for FEMA purposes means an individual resident outside India who is registered as an OCI cardholder under Section 7A of the Citizenship Act, 1955. In practical terms, these are foreign citizens of Indian origin (or their spouses) who have obtained the OCI card. OCIs are a separate category of foreign investors recognized by FEMA, often extending the same investment facilities as NRIs. In summary, NRIs (Indian citizens abroad) and OCIs (foreign citizens of Indian origin) are both eligible to invest in India, subject to the FEMA rules.

Eligible Investors under the Non-Repatriation Route – Schedule IV specifically permits the following persons to invest on a non-repatriation basis):

  •  NRIs (individuals resident outside India who are Indian citizens);
  •  OCIs (individuals resident outside India holding OCI cards);
  •  Any overseas entity (company, trust, partnership firm) incorporated outside India which is owned and controlled by NRIs or OCIs.

This extension to entities owned / controlled by NRIs / OCIs means that even a foreign-incorporated company or trust, if predominantly NRI / OCI-owned, can use the NRI non-repatriation route. However, as discussed later, such entities do not enjoy certain repatriation facilities (like the USD 1 million asset remittance) that individual NRIs do. Moreover, it is important to note that while these NRI / OCI-owned foreign entities are eligible for Schedule IV investments, they cannot invest in an Indian partnership firm or sole proprietorship under this route — only individual NRIs / OCIs can do so in that case.

NRIs and OCIs have broadly two modes to invest in India: (a) on a repatriation basis (where eventual returns can be taken abroad freely), or (b) on a non-repatriation basis (where the investment is treated as a domestic investment and cannot be freely taken out of India). Both modes are legal, but they carry different conditions and implications, as explained below.

WHAT ARE NON-DEBT INSTRUMENTS? – PERMISSIBLE INVESTMENT INSTRUMENTS

Under FEMA, all permissible foreign investments are classified as either debt instruments or non-debt instruments. Our focus is on non-debt instruments, which essentially cover equity and equity-like investments. The NDI Rules define “non-debt instruments” expansively to include:

Equity instruments of Indian companies – e.g. equity shares, fully and mandatorily convertible debentures, fully and mandatorily convertible preference shares, and share warrants. (These are often referred to simply as “FDI” instruments.)

Capital participation in LLPs (contributions to the capital of Limited Liability Partnerships).

All instruments of investment recognized in the FDI policy, as notified by the Government from time to time (a catch-all for any other equity-like instruments).

Units of Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs), and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs).

Units of mutual funds or Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) that invest more than 50 per cent in equity (i.e. equity-oriented funds).

• The junior-most (equity) tranche of a securitization structure.

• Immovable property in India (acquisition, sale, dealing directly in land and real estate, subject to other regulations).

Contributions to trusts (depending on the nature of the trust, e.g. venture capital trusts, etc.).

Depository receipts issued against Indian equity instruments (like ADRs / GDRs).

All the above are considered non-debt instruments. Thus, when an NRI or OCI invests on a non-repatriation basis, it can be in any of these forms. In practice, the most common instruments for NRI / OCI non-repatriable investment are equity shares of companies, capital contributions in LLPs, units of equity-oriented mutual funds, and investment vehicles like AIFs / REITs.

It is important to note that debt instruments (such as NCDs, bonds, and government securities) are governed by a separate set of rules (the Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations) and generally fall outside the scope of Schedule IV. NRIs / OCIs can also invest in some debt instruments (for example, NRI investments in certain government securities on a non-repatriation basis are permitted up to a limit, but those are subject to different rules and are not the focus of this article.

REPATRIABLE VS. NON-REPATRIABLE INVESTMENTS: MEANING AND LEGAL DISTINCTION

Repatriable Investment means an investment in India made by a person resident outside India which is eligible to be repatriated out of India, i.e. the investor can bring back the sale proceeds or returns to their home country freely (net of applicable taxes) in foreign currency. In other words, both the dividends/interest (current income) and the capital gains or sale proceeds (capital account) are transferable abroad in a repatriable investment without any ceiling (subject to taxes). Most foreign direct investments (FDI) in India are on a repatriation basis, which is why repatriable NRI investments are treated as foreign investments and counted towards foreign investment caps. For instance, if an NRI invests in an Indian company under Schedule I (FDI route) or Schedule III (portfolio route) on a repatriable basis, it is counted as foreign investment (FDI / FPI), with all attendant rules.

Non-Repatriable Investment means the investment is made by a non-resident, but the sale or maturity proceeds cannot be taken out of India (except to the limited extent allowed). The NDI Rules define it implicitly by saying, “investment on a non-repatriation basis has to be construed accordingly” from the repatriation definition. In simple terms, this means the principal amount invested and any capital gains or sale proceeds must remain in India. The investor cannot freely convert those rupee proceeds into foreign currency and remit abroad. Such investments are essentially treated as domestic investments –— the NDI Rules explicitly deem any investment by an NRI / OCI on a non-repatriation basis to be domestic investment, on par with investments made by residents. This distinction has crucial legal effects: NRI/OCI non-repatriable investments are not counted as foreign investments for regulatory purposes. They do not come under FDI caps or sectoral limits (since they are treated like resident equity). This was confirmed by India’s DPIIT (Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade) in a clarification that downstream investments by a company owned and controlled by NRIs on a non-repatriation basis will not be considered indirect FDI. Effectively, non-repatriable NRI / OCI investments enjoy the flexibility of domestic capital but with the sacrifice of free repatriation rights.

Advantages of Non-Repatriation Route: The non-repatriable route (Schedule IV) offers NRIs and OCIs significant advantages in terms of flexibility and compliance:

  •  No Foreign Investment Caps: Since it is treated as domestic investment, an NRI/OCI can invest without the usual foreign ownership limits. For example, under the portfolio investment route, NRIs cannot exceed 5 per cent in a listed company (10 per cent collectively), but under non-repatriation, there is no such limit — an NRI could potentially acquire a much larger stake in a listed company under Schedule IV (outside the exchange) without breaching FEMA limits. Similarly, total NRI / OCI investment can go beyond 10/24 per cent aggregate because Schedule IV holdings are not counted as foreign at all.
  •  Simplified Compliance: Many of the onerous requirements applicable to FDI – e.g. adherence to pricing guidelines, filing of RBI reports, sectoral conditionalities, mandatory approvals — are relaxed or not applicable for non-repatriable investments (since regulators treat it like a resident’s investment). We detail these compliance relaxations below.
  •  Current income can be freely repatriable: Current income arising from such investments like interest, rent, dividend, etc., is freely repatriable without any limits and is not counted in the $1mn threshold.
  •  Deemed Domestic for Downstream: As noted, if an NRI/OCI-owned Indian entity invests further in India, those downstream investments are not treated as FDI. This can allow greater expansion without triggering indirect foreign investment rules.

Drawbacks of the Non-Repatriation Route: The obvious trade-off is illiquidity from an exchange control perspective. The investor’s capital is locked in India. Specifically:

  •  Inability to Repatriate Capital Freely: The principal amount and any capital gains cannot be freely
    converted and sent abroad. The investor must either reinvest or keep the funds in India (in an NRO account) after exit, subject to a limited annual remittance (discussed later).
  •  Perpetual Rupee Exposure: Since eventual proceeds remain in INR, the investor bears currency risk on the investment indefinitely, which foreign investors might be unwilling to take for large amounts.
  •  Exit Requires Domestic Buyer or Special Approval: To actually get money out, the NRI / OCI may need to convert the investment to repatriable by selling it to an eligible foreign investor or seek RBI permission beyond the allowed limit. This adds a layer of uncertainty for the exit strategy.
  •  Not Suitable for Short-Term Investors: This route is generally suitable for long-term investments (often family investments in family-run businesses, real estate purchases, etc.) where the NRI is not looking to repatriate in the near term. It is less suitable for foreign venture capital or private equity, which typically demand an assured exit path.

INVESTMENT UNDER SCHEDULE IV: PERMITTED INSTRUMENTS AND SECTORAL CONDITIONS

What Schedule IV Allows: Schedule IV of the NDI Rules (titled “Investment by NRI or OCI on the non-repatriation basis”) lays out the scope of investments NRIs / OCIs can make on a non-repatriable basis. In summary, NRIs/OCIs (including their overseas entities) can, without any limit, invest in or purchase the following on a non-repatriation basis:

  •  Equity instruments of Indian companies – listed or unlisted shares, convertible debentures, convertible preference shares, share warrants – without any limit, whether on a stock exchange or off-market.
  •  Units of investment vehicles – units of AIFs, REITs, InvITs or other investment funds — without limit, listed or unlisted.
  •  Contributions to the capital of LLPs – again, without limit, in any LLP (subject to sectoral restrictions discussed below).
  •  Convertible notes of startups – NRIs / OCIs can also subscribe to convertible notes issued by Indian startups, as allowed under the rules, on a non-repatriation basis.

Additionally, Schedule IV explicitly provides that any investment made under this route is deemed to be a domestic investment (i.e. treated at par with resident investments). This means the general FDI conditions of Schedule I do not apply to Schedule IV investments unless specifically mentioned.

Sectoral Restrictions – Prohibited Sectors: Despite the broad freedom, Schedule IV carves out certain prohibited sectors where even NRI / OCI non-repatriable investments are NOT permitted. According to Para 3 of Schedule, an NRI or OCI (including their companies or trusts) shall not invest under non-repatriation in:

  •  Nidhi Company (a type of NBFC doing mutual benefit funds among members);
  •  Companies engaged in agricultural or plantation activities (this covers farming, plantations of tea, coffee, etc., and related agricultural operations);
  •  Real estate business or construction of farmhouses;
  •  Dealing in Transfer of Development Rights (TDRs).

These mirror some of the standard FDI prohibitions, with a key addition: agricultural / plantation is completely off-limits under Schedule IV (whereas under FDI policy, certain agricultural and plantation activities are permitted up to 100 per cent with conditions). The term “real estate business” is defined (by reference to Schedule I) to mean dealing in land and immovable property with a view to earning profit from them (buying and selling land/buildings). Notably, the development of townships, construction of residential or commercial premises, roads or infrastructure, etc., is specifically excluded from the definition of “real estate business”, as is earning rent from property without transfer. So, an NRI / OCI can invest in a construction or development project or purchase property for earning rent on a non-repatriation basis (since that is not considered a “real estate business” for FEMA purposes) but cannot invest in a pure real estate trading company.

Implication – Some Sectors Allowed on Non-Repatriation that are Prohibited for FDI, and vice versa: Because Schedule IV’s prohibited list is somewhat different from Schedule I (FDI) prohibited list, there are interesting differences:

  •  Additional Sectors Open under Schedule IV: Certain sectors like lottery, gambling, casinos, tobacco manufacturing, etc., which are prohibited for any FDI under Schedule I, are not mentioned in Schedule IV’s prohibition list. This may imply that an NRI / OCI could invest in such businesses on a non-repatriation basis. For example, a casino business in India cannot receive any FDI (foreign investor money on a repatriable basis), but it could receive NRI/OCI investment as a domestic investment under Schedule IV. However, such investments may be subject to provisions or prohibitions in various other laws and Statewise restrictions in India, and therefore, one must be careful in making such investments.
  •  From a policy perspective, this leverages the idea that an Indian citizen abroad is still treated akin to a resident for these purposes. Thus, apart from the specific exclusions in Schedule IV, all other sectors (even those barred to foreign investors) are permissible for NRIs / OCIs on non-repatriation. This provides NRIs/OCIs a unique opportunity to invest in sensitive sectors of the economy, which foreigners cannot, theoretically increasing the investment funnel for those sectors via the Indian diaspora.
  •  Conversely, Some Investments Allowed via FDI Are Barred in Non-Repatriation: There are cases where FDI rules are more liberal than the NRI non-repatriable route. A prime example is plantation and agriculture. Under FDI (Schedule I), certain plantation sectors (like tea, coffee, rubber, cardamom, etc.) are allowed 100 per cent foreign investment under the automatic route (with conditions such as mandatory divestment of a certain percentage within time for tea). However, Schedule IV flatly prohibits NRIs from investing in agriculture or plantation without exception. Thus, a foreign company could invest in a tea plantation company on a repatriable basis (counting as FDI), but an NRI cannot invest in the same on a non-repatriable basis, ironically. Another example: Print media — FDI in print media (newspapers / periodicals) is restricted to 26 per cent with Government approval under FDI policy. If an Indian company is in the print media business, an NRI / OCI could still invest on a non-repatriable basis (since Schedule IV’s company restrictions don’t list print media) — meaning potentially up to 100% as domestic investment. However, if the print media business is structured as a partnership firm or proprietorship, Schedule IV (Part B) prohibits NRI investment in it. We see a regulatory quirk: an NRI can invest in a print media company on non-repatriation (domestic equity, no specific cap) but not in a print media partnership firm. These inconsistencies require careful attention when structuring investments.

In summary, NRIs / OCIs have a broader canvas in some respects under Schedule IV, but must be mindful of the specifically forbidden areas. As a rule of thumb, apart from Nidhi, plantation / agriculture, real estate trading, and farmhouses / TDRs, most other activities are allowed. NRIs have leveraged this to invest in real estate development projects, infrastructure, and even sectors like multi-brand retail by ensuring their investments are non-repatriable (thus not triggering the foreign investment prohibitions or caps). On the other hand, they cannot use this route for farming or plantation businesses even if foreign investors could via FDI.

Special Case – Investment by NRIs / OCIs in Border-Sharing Countries: In April 2020, India introduced a rule (now embodied in NDI Rules) that any investment from an entity or citizen of a country that shares a land border with India (e.g. China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, etc.) requires prior Government approval, regardless of sector. This was to curb opportunistic takeovers. This rule applies to NRIs / OCIs as well if they are residents of those countries. However, notably, that restriction is relevant only for investments on a repatriation basis. If an NRI / OCI residing in, say, China or Bangladesh wants to invest under the non-repatriation route, Schedule IV does not impose the same approval requirement. In effect, an NRI/OCI in a neighbouring country can still invest in India as a de facto domestic investor under Schedule IV without going through government approval, whereas the same person investing under a repatriable route would face a clearance hurdle. This exception again underscores the policy view of NRI non-repatriable funds as akin to Indian funds. Whilst permissible, in view of authors, considering the geo-political climate, care and caution need to be exercised. Loophole or policy openness may not be the final answer, as national interest always comes first.

PRICING GUIDELINES AND VALUATION — ARE THEY APPLICABLE?

One significant compliance relief for non-repatriable investments is in pricing regulations. Under FEMA, when foreign investors invest in or exit from Indian companies on a repatriation basis, there are strict pricing guidelines to ensure shares are not issued at an unduly low price or purchased at an unduly high price (to prevent outflow/inflow of value unfairly). For instance, the issue of shares to a foreign investor must typically be at or above fair market value (as per internationally accepted pricing methodology), and transfer from resident to foreign investor cannot be at less than fair value, etc. These pricing restrictions do not apply to investments under Schedule IV. Since Schedule IV investments are treated as domestic, the law does not mandate adherence to the pricing formulae of Schedule I.

Practical effect: Indian companies can issue shares to NRIs / OCIs on a non-repatriation basis at face value or book value or any concessional price they choose, even if that is below the fair market value, without contravening FEMA. Similarly, NRIs/OCIs could potentially buy shares from resident holders at a negotiated price without being bound by the ceiling that would apply if the NRI were a foreign investor on a repatriation basis. This flexibility is often useful in family arrangements or preferential allotments where prices may be deliberately kept low for the NRI (which would otherwise trigger questions under FDI norms). For example, an Indian family-owned company can allot shares to an NRI family member at par value under Schedule IV, even if the fair value is much higher — a practice not allowed if the NRI were taking them on a repatriable basis. The only caution is that the Income Tax Act’s fair value rules (for deemed income on undervalued transactions) might still apply, but from a FEMA standpoint, it’s permissible.

To illustrate, the RBI Master Directions explicitly note that pricing guidelines are not applicable for investments by persons resident outside India on a non-repatriation basis, as those are treated as domestic investments. Thus, NRIs / OCIs have an advantage in valuation flexibility under Schedule IV.

REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS

Another area of divergence is in regulatory reporting. Normally, any foreign investment coming into an Indian company must be reported to RBI (through its authorised bank) via forms on the FIRMS portal (previously Form FC-GPR for new issues, Form FC-TRS for transfers, etc.). However, investments by NRIs / OCIs on a non-repatriation basis do not require filing the typical foreign investment reports like FC-GPR. The rationale is that since these are not counted as foreign investments, the RBI does not need to capture them in its foreign investment data.

Indeed, no RBI reporting is prescribed for a fresh issue / allotment of shares under Schedule IV. An NRI/OCI investing on a non-repatriable basis can be allotted shares without the company filing any form to RBI (By contrast, if the same shares were issued under FDI, a Form SMF/FC-GPR would be required within 30 days.) That said, it is a best practice for the investee company or the NRI to intimate the AD bank in a letter about the receipt of funds and the fact that the shares are issued on a non-repatriation basis. This helps create a record, so that if in future any question arises, the bank/RBI is aware those shares were categorized as non-repatriable from the start.

One exception to the no-reporting rule is when there is a transfer of such shares to a person on a repatriation basis. If an NRI/OCI holding shares on a non-repatriable basis sells or gifts them to a foreign investor or NRI on a repatriable basis, that transaction does trigger reporting (Form FC-TRS) because now those shares are becoming foreign investments. The responsibility for filing the FC-TRS lies on the resident transferor or transferee, as applicable. We will discuss transfers shortly, but in summary: no reporting when NRIs invest non-repatriable initially, but reporting is required when the character of investment changes to repatriable via a transfer.

It’s important to maintain proper records in the company’s books classifying NRI / OCI holdings as non-repatriable. Practitioners note that if a company mistakenly records an NRI’s holding as repatriable FDI and files forms or treats it as a foreign holding in compliance reports, it could lead to regulatory confusion or even penalties. For instance, it might appear the company exceeded an FDI cap when, in reality, the NRI portion should have been excluded. Therefore, both the investor and investee company should internally document the nature of the investment (e.g. through a board resolution noting the shares are issued under Schedule IV, non-repatriation).

In summary, compliance for Schedule IV investments is lighter: no entry-level RBI approvals (it’s an automatic route in all cases), no pricing certification, and no routine filing for allotments. Contrast that with Schedule I investments, where one must comply with valuation norms and file forms within the prescribed time. This ease of doing business is a key attraction of the non-repatriable route for many NRIs.

Mode of Payment and Repatriation of Proceeds

Funding the Investment: An NRI/OCI investing on a non-repatriation basis can fund the investment through any of the standard channels for NRI investments. Permissible modes include:

  •  Inward remittance from abroad through normal banking channels (i.e. sending foreign currency, which is converted to INR for investment).
  •  Payment out of an NRE or FCNR account maintained in India (these are rupee or foreign currency accounts which are repatriable).
  •  Payment out of an NRO account in India (Non-Resident Ordinary account, which holds the NRI’s funds from local sources in INR).

Use of an NRO account is notable — since NRO balances are non-repatriable (beyond the USD 1 million a year), routing payment from NRO naturally aligns with the non-repatriable nature of the investment. But even if funds came from an NRE/FCNR (which are repatriable accounts), once invested under Schedule IV, the money loses its repatriable character for the principal and becomes subject to Schedule IV restrictions.

Credit of Sale / Disinvestment Proceeds: When an NRI / OCI eventually sells the investment or the Indian company liquidates, the sale proceeds must be credited only to the NRO account of the investor. This rule is crucial — it ensures the money remains in the non-resident’s ordinary rupee account (NRO), which is not freely repatriable. Even if the original investment was paid from an NRE account, the exit money cannot go back to NRE; it has to go to an NRO (or a fresh NRO if the investor doesn’t have one). Once in NRO, those funds are under Indian jurisdiction with limited outflow rights.

Repatriation of Proceeds — The USD 1 Million Facility: FEMA does provide a limited facility for NRIs / OCIs to remit out funds from their NRO accounts/sale proceeds under the Remittance of Assets Regulations, 2016. A Non-Resident Indian or PIO is allowed to remit up to USD 1,000,000 (One Million USD) per financial year abroad from an NRO account or from the sale proceeds of assets in India, including capital gain. This is a general limit for all assets combined per person per year. This means an NRI who sold shares that were on a non-repatriable basis can utilise this route to gradually repatriate the money, up to $ 1M (USD One Million) annually. Notably, this facility is only available to individuals (NRIs / PIOs) and not to companies or other entities. So, if an NRI made a large investment and eventually exited, they could take out $1M each year (approximately ₹8.75 crore at current rates) from India. Any amount beyond that in a year would require special RBI approval.

In practice, RBI approval for exceeding the USD 1M cap is rarely granted except in exceptional hardship cases. RBI typically expects the NRI to stagger the remittances within the allowed limit across years. Therefore, investors should plan accordingly if the sums are large – it could take multiple years to fully repatriate the corpus unless they find some other mechanism (like transferring the shares to a repatriable route investor before sale, etc.). It has been observed that RBI is generally not inclined to allow one-time large remittances beyond the automatic limit, emphasizing that the non-repatriable route is meant for money that essentially stays in India with only a slow trickle out.

No $1M facility for foreign entities: As mentioned, if the investor was not an individual but an overseas company or trust owned by NRIs / OCIs, that entity does not qualify as an NRI or PIO under the Remittance of Assets rules. Thus, it cannot directly avail of the $1M automatic repatriation. Such entities would have to apply to RBI for any repatriation, which is uncertain. This is why advisors often recommend that if repatriation might eventually be desired, the investment should be structured in the individual NRI’s name (or at least eventually transferred to the individual NRI before exit). By keeping the investor as a natural person, the exit flexibility using the $1M per year route remains available.

Repatriation of Current Income: Importantly, current income (yield) from the investment is freely repatriable even if the investment itself is non-repatriable. FEMA distinguishes between repatriation of capital versus repatriation of current income such as dividends, interest, or rent. As a general rule, any dividend or interest earned in India by an NRI can be remitted abroad after paying due taxes, irrespective of whether the underlying investment was on a non-repatriation basis. RBI Master Circular confirms that authorised dealers may allow remittance of current income (like dividends, pension, interest, rent) from NRO accounts, subject to CA certification of taxes paid. This means an NRI who invested in shares under Schedule IV can still have the company declare dividends, and the NRI can get those dividends out of India without dipping into the $1M capital remittance limit. Likewise, interest on any NRO deposits of the sale proceeds is repatriable as current income. This provision is a relief because it allows NRIs/OCIs to enjoy returns on their investment globally, even though the principal stays locked.

To summarize, the inflow of funds for non-repatriable investments is flexible (NRE/FCNR/NRO all allowed), but the outflow of funds is tightly controlled. NRIs should channel the exit money into NRO and then plan systematic remittances of up to $1M a year unless they intend to reuse the funds in India. Many simply reinvest in India, treating it as part of their India portfolio.

“And That’s a Wrap… for Now!”

Congratulations! If you’ve made it this far, you’re officially a FEMA warrior—armed with the wisdom of Schedule IV and the art of non-repatriable investments. We’ve explored how NRIs and OCIs can invest in India like residents and enjoy the flexibility that even FDI can’t offer. But wait—what happens when it’s time to exit? Can you sell, transfer, or gift these investments? Will FEMA let you walk away freely, or will it make you fill out just one more RBI form?

All this (and more!) is in Part 2, where we unlock the secrets of transfers, repatriation limits, downstream investments, and compliance puzzles. Stay tuned—because just like FEMA regulations, this story isn’t over yet!

Investment by Non-Resident Individuals in Indian Non-Debt Securities – Permissibility under FEMA, Taxation and Repatriation Issues

EDITOR’S NOTE ON NRI SERIES:

This is the 10th article in the ongoing NRI Series dealing with “Investment in Non-Debt Securities – Permissibility under FEMA. Taxation and Repatriation Issues”. This article attempts to cover an overview of investments in non-debt securities that can be made by an NRI / OCI under repatriation and non-repatriation route, the nuances thereof, and issues relating to repatriation. It also covers the tax implications related to income arising out of investment in Indian non-debt securities and the issues relating to repatriation of insurance proceeds, profits from Limited Liability Partnership (“LLP”), and formation of trust by Indian residents for the benefit of NRIs / OCIs.

Readers may refer to earlier issues of BCAJ covering various aspects of this Series: (1) NRI – Interplay of Tax and FEMA Issues – Residence of Individuals under the Income-tax Act – December 2023; (2) Residential Status of Individuals – Interplay with Tax Treaty – January 2024; (3) Decoding Residential Status under FEMA – March 2023; (4) Immovable Property Transactions: Direct Tax and FEMA issues for NRIs – April 2024; (5) Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs Part I – June 2024; (6) Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs Part II – August 2024; (7) Bank Accounts and Repatriation Facilities for Non-Residents – October 2024; (8) Gifts and Loans – By and To Non Resident Indians Part I – November 2024; and (9) Gifts and Loans – By and To Non Resident Part -II – December 2024.

1. INTRODUCTION

A person resident outside India may hold investment in shares or securities of an Indian entity either as Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) or as a Foreign Portfolio Investor (“FPI”). While NRIs can make portfolio investments in permitted listed securities in India through a custodian, one of the important routes by which a Non-resident individual can invest is through the FDI Route. Individuals can invest directly or through an overseas entity under this route.

Since 1991, India has been increasingly open to FDI, bringing about time-to-time relaxations in several key economic sectors. FDI has been a major non-debt financial resource for India’s economic development. India has been an attractive destination for foreign investors because of its vast market and burgeoning economy. However, investing in shares and securities in India requires a clear understanding of the regulatory framework, particularly the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”) regulations. This article highlights the income tax implications and regulatory framework governing FDI in shares and securities in India and repatriation issues.


#Acknowledging contribution of CA Mohan Chandwani and CA Vimal Bhayal for supporting in the research.
#Investment in debt securities and sector specific conditionality are covered under separate articles of the series.

2. REGULATORY ASPECTS OF NON-RESIDENTS INVESTING IN INDIA

FDI is the investment by persons resident outside India in an Indian company (i.e., in an unlisted company or in 10 per cent or more of the post-issue paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis of a listed Indian company) or in an Indian LLP. Investments in Indian companies by non-resident entities and individuals are governed by the terms of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (“NDI Rules”). With the introduction of NDI Rules, the power to regulate equity investments in India has now been transferred to the Ministry of Finance from the central bank, i.e., the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”). However, the power to regulate the modes of payment and monitor the reporting for these transactions continues to be with RBI. Investments in Indian non-debt securities can be made either under repatriation mode or non-repatriation mode. It is discussed in detail in the ensuing paragraph. Securities which are required to be held in s dematerialised form are held in the NRE demat account if they are invested/acquired under repatriable mode and are held in the NRO demat account if they are invested/acquired in a non-repatriable mode.

3.INVESTMENT IN NON-DEBT SECURITIES, REPATRIATION AVENUES AND ISSUES

3.1. Indian investments through repatriation route

Schedule 1 of NDI Rules permits any non-resident investor, including an NRI / OCI, to invest in the capital instruments of Indian companies on a repatriation basis, subject to the sectoral cap and certain terms and conditions as prescribed under Schedule 1. Such capital instruments include equity shares, fully convertible and mandatorily convertible debentures, fully convertible and mandatorily convertible preference shares of an Indian company, etc. Further, there will be reporting compliances as prescribed by the RBI by Indian investee entities, by resident buyers/sellers in case of transfer of shares and securities, and by non-residents in some cases, such as the sale of shares on the stock market. A non-resident investor who has made investments in India on a repatriable basis can remit full sale proceeds abroad without any limit. The current income, like dividends, remains freely repatriable under this route.

Essential to note that if a non-resident investor who has invested on a repatriation basis returns to India and becomes a resident, the resultant situation is that a “person resident in India” is holding an Indian investment. Consequently, the repatriable character of such investment is lost. As such, all investments held by a non-resident on a repatriable basis become non-repatriable from the day such non-resident qualifies as a “person resident in India”; and the regulations applicable to residents with respect to remittance of such funds abroad shall apply. When a non-resident holding an investment in an Indian entity on a repatriable basis qualifies as a “person resident in India”, he should intimate it to the Indian investee entity, and the entity should record the shareholding of such person as domestic investment and not foreign investment. Subsequently, the Indian investee entity needs to get the Entity Master File (EMF) updated for changes in the residential status of its investors through the AD bank.

If the investment by a non-resident in Indian shares or securities is made on a repatriable basis, albeit not directly but through a foreign entity, any subsequent change in the residential status of such person should not have any impact or reporting requirement on the resultant structure. In this case, an Indian resident now owns a foreign entity which has invested in India on a repatriable basis. Consequently, such investment shall continue to be held on a repatriable basis and dividend and sale proceeds thereon can be freely repatriated outside India by such foreign entity without any limit. Had the NRI or OCI directly held Indian shares and subsequently become resident, the repatriable character would have been lost, as highlighted above.

3.2. Indian investments through non-repatriation route

NRIs / OCIs are permitted to invest in India on a non-repatriable basis as per Schedule IV of NDI Rules (subject to prohibitions and conditions under Schedule IV). Such investment is treated on par with domestic investments, and as such, no reporting requirements are applicable. Essential to note that Schedule IV restricts its applicability specifically only to NRIs and OCI cardholders (referred to as OCIs hereon). Also, the definition of NRI and OCI, as provided under NDI Rules, does not include a ‘person of Indian origin’ (“PIO”) unless such person holds an OCI Card. As such, it may be considered that a PIO should not be eligible to invest in Indian shares or securities on a non-repatriable basis as per Schedule IV unless such a person is an OCI Cardholder. Permissible investment for NRIs / OCIs under Schedule IV includes investments in equity instruments, units of an investment vehicle, capital of LLP, convertible notes issued by a startup, and capital contribution in a firm or proprietary concern.

In case such NRIs / OCIs relocate to India and qualify as “person resident in India,” there is no change in the character of holding their investment. This is because such investment was always treated at par with domestic investment without any reporting requirement. Additionally, there is no requirement even for an Indian investee entity regarding the change in the residential status of such shareholders if the investment is on a non-repatriation basis. However, under the Companies Act 2013, the Indian company has to disclose various categories of investors in its annual return in Form MGT, including NRIs. It does not matter whether holding is repatriable or non-repatriable. Hence, for this purpose, the Indian company should change its record appropriately.

Typically, the Indian investee entity should collate the details of the residential status of the person along with a declaration from such investor that the investment is made on a non-repatriable basis. It is mandatory that a formal record is kept even by the Indian investee entity where an NRI / OCI, holding shares on a non-repatriable basis, transfers it by way of gift to another NRI / OCI, who shall hold it on a non-repatriable basis. In such cases, a simple declaration by the transferee to the Indian investee entity may suffice, providing that the shares have been gifted to another NRI / OCI, and such transferee shall hold investment on a non-repatriable basis.

Investment under the non-repatriation route at times is less cumbersome, not only for an NRI / OCI investor, but also for the Indian investee entity as well, considering it saves a great amount of time and effort as there is no reporting compliances, no need for valuation, etc. This route has also benefited the Indian economy, as the NRIs / OCIs have been using the monies in their Indian bank accounts to invest in Indian assets (equity instruments, debt instruments, real estate, mutual funds, etc.) instead of repatriating them out of India. Such investments on a non-repatriable basis are typically made via NRO accounts by NRIs and OCIs. RBI has introduced the USD Million scheme under which proceeds of such non-repatriable investments can be remitted outside India per financial year. The prescribed limit of USD 1 Million per financial year per NRI / OCI is not allowed to be exceeded. In case a higher amount is required to be remitted, approval shall be required from RBI. Basis practical experience, such approvals are given in very few / rare cases by RBI based on facts. However, any remittance of dividend and interest income from shares and securities credited to the NRO account will be freely allowed to be repatriated, being regarded as current income, and shall not be subject to the aforesaid USD 1 Million limit.

The repatriation by NRI / OCI from the NRO account to their NRE / foreign bank account does not contain any income element and, accordingly, should not be chargeable to tax in India. Thus, there should not be any requirement for filing both Form 15CA and Form 15CB. However, certain Authorised Dealer banks insist on furnishing Form 15CA along with Form 15CB along with a certificate from a Chartered Accountant in relation to the source of funds from which remittance is sought to be made. In such case, time and effort would be incurred for reporting in both Form 15CA and Form 15CB, along with attestation from a Chartered Accountant who would analyse the source of funds for issuing the requisite certificate.

It is essential to note that any gift of shares or securities of an Indian company by an NRI / OCI, who invested under schedule IV on a non-repatriation basis, to a person resident outside India, who shall hold such securities on a repatriation basis, shall require prior RBI approval. On the other hand, if the transferee non-resident continues to hold such securities on a non-repatriation basis (instead of holding it on a repatriation basis), no such approval shall be required.

Schedule IV also permits any foreign entity owned and controlled by NRI / OCI to invest in Indian shares/securities on a non-repatriation basis. In such a case, sale proceeds from the sale of securities of the investee Indian company shall be credited to the NRO account of such foreign entity in India. However, any further repatriation from the NRO account by such foreign entity shall require prior RBI approval since the USD 1 Million scheme is restricted to only non-resident individuals (NRIs / OCIs / PIOs) and not their entities.

3.3. Repatriation of Insurance Proceeds

While the compliances/permissibility to avail various types of insurance policies in and outside India by resident/non-resident individuals is the subject matter of guidelines as per Foreign Exchange Management (Insurance) Regulations, 2015, we have summarised below brief aspects of repatriation of insurance maturity proceeds by a non-resident individual.

The basic rule for settlement of claims on rupee life insurance policies in favour of claimants who is a person resident outside India is that payments in foreign currency will be permitted only in proportion to which the amount of premium has been paid in foreign currency in relation to the total premium payable.
Claims/maturity proceeds/ surrender value in respect of rupee life insurance policies issued to Indian residents outside India for which premiums have been collected on a non-repatriable basis through the NRO account to be paid only by credit to the NRO account. This would also apply in cases of death claims being settled in favour of residents outside India assignees/ nominees.

“Remittance of asset” as per Foreign Exchange Management (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016, inter-alia includes an amount of claim or maturity proceeds of an insurance policy. As per the said regulation, an NRI, OCI, or PIO may remit such proceeds from the NRO account under USD 1 Million scheme. As such, proceeds of such insurance will have to be primarily credited to the NRO account.

Residents outside India who are beneficiaries of insurance claims / maturity / surrender value settled in foreign currency may be permitted to credit the same to the NRE/FCNR account, if they so desire.

Claims/maturity proceeds/ surrender value in respect of rupee policies issued to foreign nationals not permanently resident in India may be paid in rupees or may be allowed to be remitted abroad, if the claimant so desires.

3.4.Repatriation from LLP by non-resident partners

Non-residents are permitted to contribute from their NRE or foreign bank accounts to the capital of an Indian LLP, operating in sectors or activities where foreign investment up to 100 per cent is permitted under the automatic route, and there are no FDI-linked performance conditions.

The share of profits from LLP is tax-free in the hands of its partners in India. Further, such repatriation should typically constitute current income (and hence current account receipts) under FEMA and regulations thereunder. Recently, some Authorised Dealer (AD) banks in India have raised apprehension and have insisted on assessing the nature of underlying profits of Indian LLP to evaluate whether the same comprises current income (interest, dividend, etc.), business income, or capital account transactions (sale proceeds of shares, securities, immovable property, etc).

In relation to the evaluation of the nature of LLP profits, AD banks have been insisting i furnishing a CA certificate outlining the break-up of such LLP profits, which has to be repatriated to non-resident partners. Where the entire LLP profits comprise current income, it has been permitted to be fully repatriated to foreign bank accounts of non-resident partners. In case such LLP profits comprise of capital account transactions such as profits on the sale of shares, immovable property, etc., some AD banks have practically considered a position to allow such profits to be credited only to the NRO account of non-resident partners. The subsequent repatriation of such profits from the NRO account is permissible up to USD 1 million per financial year, as discussed above. Certain AD banks emphasise that any such share of profit received by a non-resident as a partner of Indian LLPs should be classified as a capital account transaction only and subject to a USD 1 million repatriation limit.

It is essential to note that since dividends are in the nature of current income, there are no restrictions per se for its repatriation from an Indian company to non-resident shareholders, irrespective of whether such dividend income comprises capital transactions such as the sale of shares, immovable property, etc. In such a case, where an Indian company has been converted to LLP, any potential repatriation of profit share from such LLPs will have different treatment from AD banks vis-à-vis company structure. Consequently, though both dividends from the Indian company and the distribution of the share of profits from LLP are essentially the distribution of profits, with respect to repatriation permissibility, they are treated differently. This may lead to discouraging LLPs as preferable holding cum operating vehicles for non-residents.

It may be possible that the aforesaid position was taken by some AD banks to check abuse by NRIs, as has been reported recently in news articles. Thus, the interpretation of repatriation of profit share of LLPs varies from one AD bank to another, thereby indicating that there may not be any fundamental thought process in the absence of regulation for such repatriation or some internal objection / communication from RBI with respect to share of profits from LLP as a holding structure. However, NRI / OCI investors should note the cardinal principle of “What cannot be done directly, cannot be done indirectly.” Thus, capital account transactions should not be abused by converting them into current account transactions, such as profits whereby they can be freely repatriated without any limit.

3.5. Repatriation from Indian Trusts to Non-resident Beneficiaries

Traditionally, trusts were created for the benefit of family members residing solely in India. However, with globalisation, several family members now relocate overseas, pursuant to which compliance with NDI rules between trusts and such non-resident family members as beneficiaries can become a complex web.

Setting up of family trust with non-resident beneficiaries has been the subject matter of debate, specifically in relation to the appointment of non-resident beneficiaries, settlement of money and assets in trust, subsequent distribution, and repatriation from trusts to non-resident beneficiaries. There are no express provisions under FEMA permitting or restricting transactions related to private family trusts involving non-resident family members. For most of the transactions where non-residents have to be made beneficiaries, it amounts to a capital account transaction. The non-resident acquires a beneficial interest in the Indian Trust. Without an express permissibility for the same under FEMA, this should not be permitted without RBI approval. Further, generally, RBI takes the view that what is not permissible directly under the extant regulations should not be undertaken indirectly through a private trust structure. FEMA imposes various restrictions vis-a-vis transfer or gift of funds or assets to non-residents, as well as repatriation of cash or proceeds on sale of such assets by the non-residents. As such, AD banks and RBI have been apprehensive when such transactions / repatriations are undertaken via trust structures.

If a person resident in India wants to give a gift of securities of an Indian company to his / her non-resident relative (donor and donee to be “relatives” as per section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013), approval is required to be taken from RBI as per NDI rules. From the plain reading of the said Regulation, a view may be considered that the said RBI approval is also required in a case where the gift of shares or securities of an Indian company is to his NRI / OCI relative who shall hold it on non-repatriation basis even though such investments are considered at par with domestic investment. The reason for the said view is NRIs / OCIs holding shares or securities of Indian companies on non-repatriation can gift to NRIs / OCIs who shall continue to hold on non-repatriation without RBI approval. Consequently, since the gift of shares by a person resident in India to a person resident outside India who shall hold it on non-repatriation is not specially covered, it is advisable to seek RBI approval in such cases. Further, up to 5% of the total paid-up capital of shares or securities can be given as gifts per year and limited to a value of $50,000. This restriction per se affects the settlement of shares and securities by a resident as a Settlor in trust with non-resident beneficiaries (The effect of the transaction is that a non-resident is entitled to ownership of Indian shares or securities via trust structure). However, certain AD banks have considered a practical position that settlement of Indian shares and securities is a transaction per se between Indian settlor and trust and ought not to have any implications under NDI rules as long as trustee/s, being the legal owner of trust assets, are person resident in India. Considering that RBI has apprehensions with cross-border trust structures, it is always advisable to apply to RBI with complete facts before execution of such trust deeds and obtain their prior comprehensive approval for both settling/contribution of assets in the trust as well as subsequent distribution of such assets to non-resident beneficiaries.

The aforesaid uncertainty for settlement of assets in the Indian trust may also occur in another scenario where the trust was initially set up when all beneficiaries were persons resident in India and subsequently became non-resident on account of relocation outside India. In such cases, a practical position may be taken that no RBI approval or threshold limit as specified above shall apply since the trust was settled with resident beneficiaries. Essential to evaluate whether any reporting or intimation is required at the time when such beneficiaries become non-residents. In this regard, a reference may be considered to section 6(5) of FEMA, which permits a person resident in India to continue to hold Indian currency, security, or immovable property situated in India once such person becomes a non-resident. This provision does not seem to specifically cover a beneficial interest in the trust. However, a practical view may be considered that as long as the assets owned by the trust are in nature of assets permissible to be held under section 6(5), there ought not be a violation of any FEMA provisions. Still, on a conservative note, one may consider intimating the AD Bank by way of a letter about the existence of the trust and subsequent changes in the residential status of the respective beneficiaries. Also, subsequent distribution to non-resident beneficiaries by such trust shall be credited to the NRO account of non-resident beneficiaries (refer to below para for detailed discussion on repatriation issues).

Repatriation of funds generated by such trust from sale of Indian assets viz shares and securities has been another subject matter of debate and there is no uniform stand by AD banks on this issue. Under the LRS, the gift of funds by Indian residents to non-residents abroad or NRO accounts of such NRI relatives is subject to the LRS limit of USD 2,50,000. Consequently, any repatriation of funds from trusts to foreign bank accounts / NRO accounts of non-resident beneficiaries is being permitted by some AD banks only up to the aforesaid LRS limit. Alternatively, a position has been taken that repatriation of funds, which predominantly consist of current income generated by trusts, should be freely permissible to be remitted without any limit, and the remaining shall be subject to LRS. In other cases, the remittance of funds from the trust to the NRO accounts of non-resident beneficiaries is considered permissible to be transferred without any limit (since subsequent repatriation from the NRO account is already subject to USD 1 Million limit per year).

3.6. Tabular summary of our above analysis on the gift of Non-debt Securities and settlement and Repatriation issues through a Trust structure

a. Settlement and repatriation issues through trust structure

Sr. No. Scenarios View 1 View 2 View 3
1. Setting up trust with non-resident beneficiaries
i. Settlement of shares and securities in trust by resident settlor Subject to prior RBI approval and threshold limits Permissible during settlement –  subsequent distribution of shares subject to  approval and threshold limit (in case RBI approval is not granted or rejected, there is a possibility that set up of trust may also be questioned) No third view to our knowledge
ii. Repatriation of funds generated by a trust from the sale of shares Subject to LRS limit irrespective of nature of trust income Only income from capital transactions is subject to the LRS limit.

 

 

No limit on remittance to an NRO account, irrespective of the nature of the income
to a foreign bank account / NRO account of beneficiaries Current income is freely repatriable to the foreign bank account
2. Setting up trust with resident beneficiaries – subsequently, beneficiaries become non-resident.
i. Settlement of shares and securities Settlement permissible and even distribution to be arguably permissible in light of section 6(5) No second view to our knowledge

b. RBI approval under various scenarios of gift of Non-debt Instruments

Sr. No. Gift of securities Regulation RBI approval
1. By a person resident outside India to a person resident outside India 9(1) Not required
2. By a person resident outside India to a person resident in India 9(2) Not required
3. By a person resident in India to a person resident outside India 9(4) Required
4. By an NRI or OCI holding on a repatriation basis to a person resident outside India 13(1) Not required
5. By NRI or OCI holding on a non-repatriation basis to a person resident outside India 13(3) Required
6. By NRI or OCI holdings on non-repatriation basis to NRI or OCI on non-repatriation basis 13(4) Not required

4. TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR NON-RESIDENTS ON INVESTMENT IN INDIA SECURITIES

The taxability of an individual in India in a particular financial year depends upon his residential status as per the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”). This section of the article covers taxability in Indian in the hands of NRI in relation to their investment in shares and securities of the Indian company. It should be noted that all incomes earned by an NRI / OCI are allowed to be repatriated only if full and appropriate taxes are paid before such remittance.

We have summarised below the key tax implications in the hands of NRIs under the Act on various shares or securities. For the purpose of this clause, the capital gain rates quoted are for the transfers which have taken place on or after 23rd July, 2024.

5. TAX RATES FOR VARIOUS TYPES OF SECURITIES FOR NON-RESIDENTS

In India, the taxation of shares and securities in the hands of non-residents depends on several factors, including the type of security, the nature of income generated, and the relevant Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (“DTAA”) entered with India.

5.1 Capital Gains on the ransfer of Capital Assets being Equity Shares, Units of an Equity Oriented Fund, or Units of Business Trust through the stock exchange (“Capital Assets”):

Short-term capital gain (STCG): If a capital asset is sold within 12 months from the date of purchase, the gains are treated as short-term. As per section 111A of the Act, the tax rate on STCG for non-residents is 20 per cent (plus applicable surcharge and cess) on the gains.

Long-term capital gains (LTCG): If the capital asset is sold after holding it for more than 12 months, the gains are treated as long-term. LTCG on equity shares is exempt from tax up to ₹1.25 lakh per financial year. However, gains above ₹1.25 lakh are subject to 12.5 per cent tax (plus applicable surcharge and cess) without indexation benefit.

5.2 Capital Gains on Transfer of Capital Assets being Unlisted Equity Shares, Unlisted Preference Shares, Unlisted Units of Business Trust: Short-term capital gains:

If a capital asset is sold within 24 months from the date of purchase, the gains are treated as short-term. As per the provisions of the Act, STCG shall be subject to tax as per the applicable slab rates (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

Long-term capital gains:

If the capital asset is sold after holding it for more than 24 months, the gains are treated as long-term. LTCG on capital assets is subject to 12.5 per cent tax (plus applicable surcharge and cess) without indexation benefit.

5.3 Capital Gains on Transfer of Capital Asset being Debt Mutual Funds, Market Linked Debentures, Unlisted Bonds, and Unlisted Debentures:

As per the provisions of section 50AA of the Act, gains from the transfer of capital assets shall be deemed to be STCG irrespective of the period of holding of capital assets, and the gains shall be subject to tax as per the applicable slab rates (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

5.4 Capital Gains on Transfer of Capital Assets being Listed Bonds and Debentures:

Short-term capital gains: If a capital asset is sold within 12 months from the date of purchase, the gains are treated as short-term. As per the provisions of the Act, STCG shall be subject to tax as per the applicable slab rates (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

Long-term capital gains: If the capital asset is sold after holding it for more than 12 months, the gains are treated as long-term. LTCG on capital assets is subject to 12.5 per cent tax (plus applicable surcharge and cess) without indexation benefit.

5.5 Capital Gains on Transfer of Capital Assets being Treasury Bills (T-Bills):

T-Bills are typically held for short durations (less than 1 year), so any sale of T-Bills before maturity will result in short-term capital gains. The capital gain from the sale of T-Bills will be subject to tax at the applicable slab rates (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

5.6 Capital Gain on Transfer of Capital Assets being Convertible Notes:

If the convertible note is sold within 24 months, the gain is treated as short-term and taxed at the applicable slab rates (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

If the convertible note is held for more than 24 months, the gain is considered long-term. LTCG on convertible notes is taxed at 12.5 per cent (plus applicable surcharge and cess) without the indexation benefit.

5.7 Capital Gains on Transfer of Capital Assets being GDRs or Bonds Purchased in Foreign Currency:

If capital assets are sold within 24 months, thegain is treated as short-term and shall be taxed at the applicable slab rates (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

If a capital asset is sold after holding for more than 24 months, the gain is treated as long-term. As per the provisions of section 115AC of the Act, LTCG shall be subject to tax at the rate of 12.5 per cent (plus applicable surcharge and cess) in the hands of non-residents without indexation benefit.

5.8 Rule 115A: Rate of Exchange for Conversion of INR to Foreign Currency and vice versa:

The proviso to Section 48 of the Act specifically applies to non-resident Indians. It prescribes the methodology of computation of capital gains arising from the transfer of capital assets, such as shares or debentures of an Indian company. The proviso states that capital gain shall be computed in foreign currency by converting the cost of acquisition, expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with such transfer, and the full value of the consideration as a result of the transfer into the same foreign currency that was initially used to purchase the said capital asset. The next step is to convert the foreign currency capital gain into Indian currency.

In this connection, the government has prescribed rule 115A of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 (“the Rules”), which deals with the rate of exchange for converting Indian currency into foreign currency and reconverting foreign currency into Indian currency for the
purpose of computing capital gains under the first proviso of section 48. The rate of exchange shall be as follows:

  •  For converting the cost of acquisition of the capital asset: the average of the Telegraphic Transfer Buying Rate (TTBR) and Telegraphic Transfer Selling Rate (TTSR) of the foreign currency initially utilised in the purchase of the said asset, as on the date of its acquisition.
  • For converting expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with the transfer of the capital asset: the average of the TTBR and TTSR of the foreign currency initially utilised in the purchase of the said asset, as on the date of transfer of the capital asset.
  •  For converting the consideration as a result of the transfer: the average of the TTBR and TTSR of the foreign currency initially utilised in the purchase of the said asset, as on the date of transfer of the capital asset.
  •  For reconverting capital gains computed in the foreign currency into Indian currency: the TTBR of such currency, as on the date of transfer of the capital asset.

TTBR, in relation to a foreign currency, means the rates of exchange adopted by the State Bank of India for buying such currency, where such currency is made available to that bank through a telegraphic transfer.

TTSR, in relation to a foreign currency, means the rate of exchange adopted by the State Bank of India for selling such currency where such currency is made available by that bank through telegraphic transfer.

5.9 Benefit under relevant DTAA:

It is pertinent to note that the way the article on capital gain is worded under certain DTAA, it can be interpreted that the capital gain on transfer / alienation of property (other than shares and immovable property) should be taxable only in the Country in which the alienator is a resident.

For example, Gains arising to the resident of UAE (as per India UAE DTAA) on the sale of units of mutual funds could be considered as non-taxable as per Article 13(5) of the India UAE DTAA subject to such individual holding Tax Residency Certificate and upon submission of Form 10F.

6. TAXABILITY OF DIVIDENDS

As per section 115A of the Act, dividends paid by Indian companies to non-residents are subject to tax at a rate of 20 per cent (plus applicable surcharge and cess) unless a lower rate is provided under the relevant DTAA. Thus, the dividend income shall be taxable in India as per provisions of the Act or as per the relevant DTAA, whichever is more beneficial. It is important to note that the beneficial rate under the treaty is subject to the satisfaction of the additional requirement of MLI wherever treaties are impacted because of the signing of MLI by India.

In most of the DTAAs, the relevant Article on dividends has prescribed the beneficial tax rate of dividend (in the country of source – i.e., the country in which the company paying the dividends is a resident) for the beneficial owner (who is a resident of a country other than the country of source).

It is pertinent to note that as per Article 10 on Dividend in India Singapore DTAA, the tax rate on gross dividend paid / payable from an Indian Company derived by a Singapore resident has been prescribed at 10 per cent where the shareholding in a company is at least 25 per cent and 15 per cent in all other cases However, Article 24 –Limitation of Relief of the India Singapore DTAA, limits / restricts the benefit of reduced/ beneficial rate in the source country to the extent of dividend remitted to or received in the country in which such individual is resident. The relevant extract of Article 24 of India-Singapore DTAA on Limitation of Relief has been reproduced below:

“Where this Agreement provides (with or without other conditions) that income from sources in a Contracting State shall be exempt from tax, or taxed at a reduced rate in that Contracting State and under the laws in force in the other Contracting State the said income is subject to tax by reference to the amount thereof which is remitted to or received in that other Contracting State and not by reference to the full amount thereof, then the exemption or reduction of tax to be allowed under this Agreement in the first-mentioned Contracting State shall apply to so much of the income as is remitted to or received in that other Contracting State.”

Therefore, one will have to be mindful and have to look into each case / situation carefully before availing of benefits under DTAA. In order to claim the beneficial tax rate of relevant DTAA with India (which is of utmost importance), non-resident individuals will have to mandatorily furnish the following details / documents:

  •  Tax Residency Certificate from the relevant authorities of the resident country and
  •  Form 10F (which is self-declaration — to be now furnished on the Income-tax e-filing portal).

In case dividend income is chargeable to tax in the source country (after applying DTAA provisions) as well as in the country of residence, resulting in tax in both countries, then an individual (in the country where he is resident) is eligible to claim the credit of taxes paid by him in the country of source.

Practical issue:

One should be careful in filling the ITR Form for NRIs with respect to dividends received so that the correct tax rate of 20 per cent is applied and not the slab rates. Further, the surcharge on the dividend income is restricted to 15 per cent as per Part I of The First Schedule. Practically, the Department utility is capturing a higher surcharge rate (i.e., 25 per cent) if the dividend exceeds ₹2 crores.

Taxability on Buyback of shares

Prior to 1st October, 2024, the buyback of shares of an Indian company is presently subject to tax in the hands of the company at 20 per cent under Section 115QA and exempt in the hands of the shareholders under Section 10(34A).

As per the new provision introduced by the Finance Act, 2024, the sum paid by a domestic company for the purchase of its shares shall be treated as a dividend in the hands of shareholders.

The cost of acquisition of such shares bought back by the Company should be considered as capital loss and shall be allowed to be set off against capital gains of the shareholder for the same year or subsequent years as per the provisions of the Act.

Because of these new provisions introduced by the Finance Act, two heads of income, viz. capital gains and income from other sources, are involved. It becomes important to understand, especially in the case of non-residents, to decide which article of DTAA to be referred, i.e. Capital gains or dividends.

A view could be taken that the article on dividends should be referred and the benefit under relevant DTAA, wherever applicable, shall be given to the non-residents.

7. INSURANCE PROCEEDS

a. Life Insurance Proceeds: As per section 10(10D) of the Act, any sum received under a life insurance policy, including bonus, is exempt from tax except the following:

i. Any amount received under a Keyman insurance policy.

ii. Any sum received under a life insurance policy issued on or after 1st April, 2003 but on or before 31st March, 2012 if the premium payable for any year during the term of the policy exceeds 20 per cent of the actual sum assured.

iii. Any sum received under a life insurance policy issued on or after 1st April, 2012 if the premium payable for any year during the term of the policy exceeds 10 per cent of the actual sum assured.

iv. Any sum received under a life insurance policy other than a Unit Linked Insurance Policy (ULIP) issued on or after 1st April, 2023 if the premium payable for any year during the term of the policy exceeds five lakh rupees.

v. ULIP issued on or after 1st February, 2021 if the amount of premium payable for any of the previous years during the term of such policy exceeds two lakh and fifty thousand rupees.

However, the sum received as per clause ii to v in the event of the death of a person shall not be liable for tax.

Summary of Taxability of Life Insurance Proceeds:

Issuance of Policy Premium in terms of percentage of sum assured Taxability of sum received during Lifetime Taxability of sum received on Death
Before 31st March, 2003 No restriction Exempt Exempt
From 1st April 2003 to 31st March, 2012 20% or less Exempt Exempt
More than 20% Taxable Exempt
On or After 1st April, 2012 10% or less Exempt Exempt
More than 10% Taxable Exempt
On or after 1st April, 2023, having a premium of more than ₹5 lakh NA Taxable Exempt
ULIP issued on or after 1st February, 2021, having a premium of more than ₹2.5 lakh NA Taxable Exempt

b. Proceeds from Insurance other than Life Insurance:

Where any person receives during the year any money or other asset under insurance from an insurer on account of the destruction of any asset as a result of a flood, typhoon, hurricane, cyclone, earthquake, other convulsions of nature, riot or civil disturbance, accidental fire or explosion, action by an enemy or action taken in combating an enemy, the same is covered by the provisions of section 45(1A) of the Act.

Any profits or gains arising from receipt of such money or other assets shall be chargeable to income-tax under the head “Capital gains” as per section 45(1A).

For the purpose of computing the profit or gain, the value of any money or fair market value of other assets on the date of receipt shall be deemed to be consideration. Further, the assessee shall be allowed the deduction of the cost of acquisition of the original asset (other than depreciable assets) from the money or value of the asset received from the insurer.

The above consideration shall be deemed to be income of the year in which such money or other asset was received.

The profit or gain shall be treated as LTCG if the period of holding the original asset is more than 24 months, or else the same shall be treated as STCG.

LTCG shall be subject to tax at the rate of 12.5 per cent, whereas STCG shall be subject to tax at the applicable slab rates (including applicable surcharge and cess).

8. CHAPTER XII-A: SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CERTAIN INCOMES OF NON-RESIDENTS

This chapter deals with special provisions relating to the taxation of certain income of NRIs. These provisions aim to simplify the tax obligations of NRIs and provide certain benefits and exemptions to encourage investments in India.

Applying the provisions of this chapter is optional. An NRI can choose not to be governed by the provisions of this chapter by filing his ITR as per section 139 of the Act, declaring that the provisions of this chapter shall not apply to him for that assessment year.

For the purpose of understanding the tax implications under this chapter, it is important to understand certain definitions:

  •  Foreign exchange assets: means the assets which the NRI has acquired in convertible foreign exchange (as declared by RBI), namely:

Ο Shares in an Indian Company;

Ο Debentures issued by or deposits with an Indian Company which is not a private company;

Ο Any security of the Central Government being promissory notes, bearer bonds, treasury bills, etc., as defined in section 2 of the Public Debt Act, 1944.

  •  Investment income: means any income derived from foreign exchange assets.
  •  Non-resident Indian: means an individual being a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin who is not a resident.
  •  “specified asset” means any of the following assets, namely:—

(i) shares in an Indian company;

(ii) debentures issued by an Indian company which is not a private company as defined in the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956);

(iii) deposits with an Indian company which is not a private company as defined in the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956);

(iv) any security of the Central Government as defined in clause (2) of section 2 of the Public Debt Act, 1944 (18 of 1944);

(v) such other assets as the Central Government may specify in this behalf by notification in the Official Gazette.

a. Section 115D – Special provision for computation of total income under this chapter:

In computing the investment income of a NRI, no deduction of expenditure or allowance is allowed.

If the gross total income of the NRI consists of only investment income or long-term capital gain income from foreign exchange assets or both, no deduction will be allowed under Chapter VI-A. Further, the benefits of indexation shall not be available.

b. Section 115E – Tax on Investment income and long term capital gain:

  •  Investment income – taxed at the rate of 20 per cent
  •  Long-term capital gain on foreign exchange asset: taxed at the rate of 12.5 per cent.
  •  Any other income: as per the normal provisions of the Act.

c. Section 115F – Exemption of long-term capital gain on foreign exchange assets:

  •  Where the NRI has, during the previous year, transferred foreign exchange assets resulting into LTCG, the gain shall be exempt from tax if the amount of gain is invested in any specified asset or national savings certificates within 6 months after the date of such transfer. Further, if the NRI has invested only part of the gain in the specified asset, then only the proportionate gain will be exempt from tax. In any case, the exemption shall not exceed the amount of gain that arises from the transfer of foreign exchange assets.

If the NRI opts for this Chapter, then he is not required to file an income tax return if his total income consists of only investment income or long-term capital gain or both, and the withholding tax has been deducted on such income.

Further, NRIs can continue to be assessed as per the provisions of this Chapter ever after becoming resident by furnishing a declaration in writing with his ITR, in respect of investment income (except investment income from shares of Indian company) from that year and for every subsequent year until the transfer or conversion into money of such asset.

CONCLUSION

As discussed in this article, the foreign exchange regulations with respect to the permissibility of non-residents investing in Indian non-debt securities and the tax laws covering the taxation of income of non-residents arising from investment in Indian securities are complex and need to be carefully understood before a non-resident makes investments in India securities. Further, implications on changes in residential status also need to be looked into carefully to appropriately comply with them.

Issues Relating To Grandfathering Provisions In The Mauritius And Singapore DTAA

The global economic environment in the context of India has resulted in various cross-border investments with many foreign investors investing in Indian companies as well as Indian investors investing overseas. These investments have also benefitted from largely liberal exchange control regulations, which allow cross-border investments in most sectors without requiring prior approval from the Government. Further, in the past, some DTAAs, such as those with Mauritius and Singapore, allowed an investor to invest in shares of an Indian company without any tax arising on the capital gains at the time of transfer, resulting in an increase in investment activity.

Even though the said DTAAs have now been amended to allow India to tax the capital gains arising on the sale of shares of an Indian company, various issues arise in applying the DTAA provisions to the cross-border transfer of shares. The amended DTAAs provide a grandfathering for certain investments. This grandfathering clause, as well as the interplay with the existing Limitation of Benefits (‘LOB’) clauses in the DTAAs, has resulted in some interesting issues. In this article, the authors have sought to analyse some of the issues to evaluate when does one apply the grandfathering clause as well as the respective LOB clause in these two DTAAs.

BACKGROUND

India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore, entered into in 1982 and 1994, respectively, provided for an exemption from capital gains on the sale of shares in the source country and gave an exclusive right of taxation to the country of residence. Interestingly, the Singapore DTAA initially did not have such an exemption and the gains arising on the sale of shares were taxable in the country of source. However, the Protocol in 2005 amended the DTAA, exempting the gains. Further, the 2005 Protocol also provided that the exemption was available so long as the Mauritius DTAA gave such exemption and also introduced a LOB clause in the Singapore DTAA for claiming exemption of capital gains under the DTAA.

The LOB clause in the India – Singapore DTAA, which applied only in the case of exemption claimed on capital gains under the DTAA, provided that such exemption was not available if the affairs were arranged with the primary purpose of taking advantage of the DTAA and that a shell / conduit company shall not be entitled to benefits of the capital gains exemption. The LOB clause also provides that a company shall be deemed to be a shell / conduit company if its annual expenditure on operations in the Contracting State is less than ₹50,00,000 (if the company is situated in India) or SGD 200,000 (if the company is situated in Singapore) and such company is not listed on a recognised stock exchange in that country.

While various interpretational issues arise in the LOB clause, the said issues have not been analysed in this article, which focuses mainly on when the LOB clause should be applied and which investments are grandfathered under the DTAA.

The India – Mauritius DTAA, prior to its amendment in 2016, did not provide for any LOB clause or any other restriction while exempting the capital gains arising on the sale of shares in the country of source, giving exclusive right of taxation to the country of residence.

The exemptions provided under the India – Mauritius as well as the India – Singapore DTAA have been subject to numerous litigations in the past. In 2016, both the DTAAs were amended, and the capital gains exemption was withdrawn.

AMENDED ARTICLES ON CAPITAL GAINS AND LOB CLAUSE

Article 13 of the India – Mauritius DTAA, as amended by the 2016 Protocol, now provides as under:

“3A. Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017 in a company which is a resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in that State.

3B. However, the tax rate on gains referred to in paragraph 3A of this Article and arising during the period beginning on 1st April 2017 and ending on 31st March 2019 shall not exceed 50% of the tax rate applicable on such gains in the State of residence of the company whose shares are being alienated.

4. Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to in paragraphs 1,2,3, and 3A shall be taxable only in the Contracting State of which the alienator is a resident.”

Similarly, Article 13 of the India – Singapore DTAA has also been amended as follows:

“4A. Gains from the alienation of shares acquired before 1 April 2017 in a company which is a resident of a Contracting State shall be taxable only in the Contracting State in which the alienator is a resident.

4B. Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017 in a company which is a resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in that State.

4C. However, the gains referred to in paragraph 4B of this Article which arise during the period beginning on 1st April 2017 and ending on 31st March 2019 may be taxed in the State of which the company whose shares are being alienated is a resident at a tax rate that shall not exceed 50% of the tax rate applicable on such gains in that State.

5. Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to in paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4A and 4B of this Article shall be taxable only in the Contracting State of which the alienator is a resident.”

As can be seen above, the language used in both the DTAAs is similar and provides the following:

a. Capital gains on sale of shares acquired before 1st April, 2017 shall continue to be exempt in the country of source [under Articles 13(5) and 13(4A) of the India – Mauritius DTAA and India – Singapore DTAA, respectively].
b. Capital gains on shares acquired after 1st April, 2017 shall be taxable in the country of source as well as the country of residence.

c. Capital gains on shares acquired after 1st April, 2017 and sold before 31st March, 2019 shall be taxable at 50 per cent of the tax rate applicable.

APPLICATION OF LOB CLAUSE

The 2016 Protocol to both the DTAAs has also introduced a LOB clause wherein benefits of the exemption are denied if the primary purpose of the arrangement is to obtain the benefits of the exemption or if the company is a shell / conduit company. However, the major difference between the LOB clauses in the DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore is that the LOB clause in the Singapore DTAA applies to all capital gains exemption, i.e., those undertaken before 1st April, 2017 as well as after (if it is exempt) whereas the LOB clause in the Mauritius DTAA applies only in respect of Article 13(3B), i.e., only in situations where the shares are acquired after 1st April, 2017 and sold before 31st March, 2019.

In other words, the LOB clause in the Mauritius DTAA does not apply to any capital gains exemption claimed in respect of investments made before 1st April, 2017, nor any other gains being exempt in respect of shares acquired after 1st April, 2017 (if such gains are exempt).

For example, gains derived by a resident of Singapore on the sale of preference or equity shares of an Indian company which were acquired before 1st April, 2017 shall be exempt as well as be subject to the LOB clause. On the other hand, gains derived by a resident of Mauritius on the sale of preference or equity shares of an Indian company which were acquired before 1st April, 2017 shall be exempt in India but shall not be subject to the LOB clause.

APPLICATION OF PRINCIPAL PURPOSE TEST (‘PPT’)

Another aspect one may need to also keep in mind is that while India – Singapore DTAA is a Covered Tax Agreement under the OECD Multilateral Instrument (‘MLI’) and, therefore, the PPT test of the MLI may apply, India – Mauritius DTAA currently is not a Covered Tax Agreement and hence, not subject to the PPT test. While the MLI does not modify the Mauritius DTAA, a similar PPT test provision may be introduced in the amended DTAA (while the draft was circulated, the same is not notified and final).

GRANDFATHERING CLAUSE

Both the amended DTAAs provide for grandfathering for shares acquired before 1st April, 2017. An interesting question arises whether the said grandfathering would apply in scenarios where one is not holding shares of the Indian company as on 1st April, 2017 but has been acquired or received on account of an interest held in some form before 1st April, 2017.

Let us take a scenario of compulsorily convertible preference shares, which were acquired by the Mauritius or Singapore resident before 1st April, 2017 but were converted into equity shares of the Indian company after 1st April, 2017 and are now being sold. The conversion of the CCPS (it need not necessarily be compulsorily convertible but even optionally convertible) into equity shares is not considered a taxable transfer by virtue of section 47(xb) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’). Further, the period of holding of the preference shares shall also be considered to determine whether the asset is a long-term or short-term capital asset under clause (hf) of Explanation 1 to section 2(42A).

The question which arises is when the equity shares are sold, would the exemption under the Mauritius or Singapore DTAA apply as the asset being sold came into existence only after 1st April, 2017, although such asset was received in exchange for an asset acquired before 1st April, 2017.

This issue was examined by the Delhi ITAT in the case of Sarva Capital LLC vs.. ACIT (2023) 153 taxmann.com 618, where the facts were similar to the example explained above and in the context of the India – Mauritius DTAA. In the said case, the Delhi ITAT allowed the claim of exemption on the sale of the converted equity shares of the Indian company under Article 13(4) of the DTAA and not under Article 13(3A) or 13(3B).

The Delhi ITAT held as follows:

“Undoubtedly, the assessee has acquired CCPS prior to 1-4-2017, which stood converted into equity shares as per terms of its issue without there being any substantial change in the rights of the assessee. As rightly contended by learned counsel for the assessee, conversion of CCPS into equity shares results only in qualitative change in the nature of rights of the shares. The conversion of CCPS into equity shares did not, in fact, alter any of the voting or other rights with the assessee at the end of Veritas Finance Pvt. Ltd. The difference between the CCPS and equity shares is that a preference share goes with preferential rights when it comes to receiving dividend or repaying capital. Whereas, dividend on equity shares is not fixed but depends on the profits earned by the company. Except these differences, there are no material differences between the CCPS and equity shares. Moreover, a reading of Article 13(3A) of the tax treaty reveals that the expression used therein is ‘gains from alienation of SHARES’. In our view, the word ‘SHARES’ bas been used in a broader sense and will take within its ambit all shares, including preference shares. Thus, since, the assessee had acquired the CCPS prior to 1-4-2017, in our view, the capital gain derived from sale of such shares would not be covered under Article 13(3A) or 13(3B) of the Treaty. On the contrary, it will fall under Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA, hence, would be exempt from taxation, as the capital earned is taxable only in the country of residence of the assessee.”

In the said decision, the Delhi ITAT allowed the claim of exemption under Article 13(4) on the following grounds:

a. There is no material difference between CCPS and equity shares except with respect to dividends and repayment of capital; and

b. The assessee had acquired CCPS, which are also shares under Article 13, prior to 1st April, 2017

While one may deliberate on the arguments of the ITAT in reaching the conclusion, there is an additional argument to consider — that of purposive interpretation.One may be able to argue that the intention of the grandfathering provision is to protect a taxpayer who had undertaken a transaction prior to the change in law to not be affected by the change in law. In the case of conversion of preference share into equity share, there is no additional investment undertaken and the investment was undertaken prior to April 2017, and therefore, this investment is to be protected in substance, even if the form of the investment undergoes a change. Further, this argument is also the reason the General Anti-Avoidance Rules under the Act have grandfather investments made before
1st April, 2017. This question has arisen in the context of GAAR as well.

In that case, the CBDT vide Circular No. 7 of 2017 dated 27th January, 2017 has provided as under:

“Q. 5. Will GAAR provisions apply to (i) any securities issued by way of bonus issuances so long as the original securities are acquired prior to 1st April 2017 (ii) shares issued post 31st March 2017, on conversion of Compulsorily Convertible Debentures, Compulsorily Convertible Preference Shares, …. Acquired prior to 1st April 2017; (iii) shares which are issued consequent to split up or consolidation of such grandfathered shareholding?

Answer: Grandfathering under Rule 10U(1)(d) will be available to investments made before 1st April 2017 in respect of instruments compulsorily convertible from one form to another, at terms finalised at the time of issue of such instruments. Share brought into existence by way of split or consolidation of holdings, or by bonus issuances in respect of shares acquired prior to 1st April 2017 in the hands of the same investor would also be eligible for grandfathering under Rule 10U(1)(d) of the Income Tax Rules.”

While the language in the DTAA is ‘shares acquired’ as against ‘investments made’ under Rule 10U(1)(d) of the Income Tax Rules for GAAR purposes, and hence the language used in the GAAR rules is broader than the DTAA can one apply the principle of the CBDT Circular above to the DTAA.

CONCLUSION

One may be able to take a view that the principle emanating from the CBDT Circular above can also be applied to the DTAA, especially given the intention of the grandfathering provisions of protecting the taxpayers from the change in the law in respect of an investment made before the law came into force. Therefore, the taxpayer may be able to take a view that in situations where one already has an interest in an entity prior to 1st April, 2017 and that interest in the entity in substance continues albeit in a different form after 1st April, 2017, one should be able to apply the grandfathering principles. However, readers are advised to consider the facts of each case before applying the principles discussed above.

Framework Convention of the United Nations

Editor’s Note:

Bombay Chartered Accountants Society (BCAS) has obtained a special accreditation to participate in the “Ad Hoc Intergovernmental Committee on Tax” at the United Nations as an Academia. CA RadhakishanRawal is representing BCAS at this forum and has been actively participating in discussions. In this write-up, he shares his experiences and updates on discussions at the UN on various tax issues.

OECD’S DOMINANCE AND RELATED ISSUES

For more than two decades, with first the project of attribution of profits to the permanent establishment and then with the BEPS project, the OECD has played a key lead role and dominated international tax agenda. However, not all countries or even the majority of the countries, seem to be happy with the outcome of these projects. OECD is perceived to be a club of rich developed countries, which largely favours residence country taxation as against giving taxing rights to the source country. This approach is generally visible in the output of the OECD’s work, and as a result, the developing countries feel aggrieved. The general perception is that the solutions developed by OECD protect the interests of only the developed countries and offer unfair treatment to the developing countries.

While the OECD’s output (BEPS, P1, P2) is under the Inclusive Framework, the ‘inclusiveness’ and ‘effectiveness’ of such output are questioned. Inclusive and effective international tax cooperation requires that all countries can effectively participate in developing the agenda and the rules that affect them, by right and without pre-conditions. Thus, ideally, procedures must take into account the different needs, priorities and capacities of all countries to meaningfully contribute to the norm-setting processes without undue restrictions and support them in doing so. Interestingly, for the BEPS project, a few countries first set up the agenda and standards and then invited other countries to join the Inclusive Framework (IF). The countries joining IF had the obligation to follow the standards.

While the Inclusive Framework works on a ‘consensus’ basis, such consensus may be illusionary. This is because several developing countries may not have the ability to effectively participate in the IF’s work due to the complexity of the documents produced and the speed at which the work happens / responses are required. As per the procedure followed, unless a country objects to a particular document within the prescribed time, the country is deemed to have agreed, and hence, resultant consensus may not be real consensus.

The countries implementing OECD recommendations are mainly developed countries and not the developing countries. Hence, the developing countries may not find adequate returns / revenues from these. For example, doubts are expressed regarding how much additional tax revenue Pillar One could generate for developing countries as compared to the revenues arising from domestic digital services taxes is not clear.

Common Reporting Standard on Automatic Exchange of Information (CRS) is a mechanism to help countries identify tax evasion and aggressive tax planning. The Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes currently has 168 member jurisdictions. However, developing countries do not benefit from this. This is because many developing countries find it difficult to comply with the reciprocity requirements or meet the high confidentiality standards necessary for them to participate in exchanges under the CRS. Resultantly, a developing country may share information but may not be able to receive information due to its inability to maintain systems for confidentiality. The CRS was developed to allow seamless use of exchanged information in countries’ electronic matching systems; many developing countries are still in the process of developing such matching systems. Some countries may not find commensurate returns from the exchange of data, and hence, upgrading / adopting systems may not be their priority.

UN AS AN ALTERNATIVE FORUM

Such problems in the OECD-led system resulted in the developing countries attempting to find an alternative system led by the United Nations (UN). In the year 2022, Nigeria proposed a resolution in the UN General Assembly for the Promotion of Inclusive and Effective International Tax Cooperation at the UN. Consequently, the General Assembly, in its resolution 77/244, took, by consensus, a potentially path-breaking decision: to begin intergovernmental discussions at the UN on ways to strengthen the inclusiveness and effectiveness of international tax cooperation. This resulted in a report dated 26th July, 2023, which the Secretary-General submitted. Some findings of the report are summarised in the succeeding paragraphs.

Subsequently, the Ad Hoc Committee1, at its second session2 prepared draft Terms of Reference (ToR). The marathon session consisted of several technical and political debates. The developed / OECD countries attempted to dilute the scope of UN work on various grounds and insisted that the UN work should not contradict the work of the OECD / Inclusive Framework. The developing countries, on the contrary, did not want the scope of UN work to be so restricted. Finalisation of the draft ToR involved the ‘silence procedure’. The silence was broken by some member states and voting by the member states was required to finalise the draft ToR. Preparation of a basic five-pager draft ToR took 15 days, and this suggests the political resistance to the development of a Framework Convention.


1   Ad Hoc Committee to Draft Terms of Reference for a United Nations Framework Convention on International Tax Cooperation

2   New York, 29th July – 16th August, 2024

After considering the debates and inputs of the member state and other stakeholders, the Chair of the session prepared a final draft and initiated the ‘silence procedure’. It is understood that if the silence were not broken (i.e., if any member did not object to the draft), then the draft would have been finalised unanimously or by consensus. The voting gave interesting results whereby 110 member states voted in favour of the draft, 8 member states voted against it, and 44 member states abstained. The OECD countries largely abstained, and this may be interpreted to mean that if OECD’s Pillar One fails, these countries would want a solution from the UN. The approach of the US is not to sign up for OECD / IF’s Pillar One and, at the same time, oppose the UN’s work. This is interesting but understandable. If the status quo is maintained, only the US continues to levy tax on US MNCs earning income from digital businesses, and DSTs are threatened with USTR proceedings.

Once the General Assembly approves this draft, the next committee will work on the UN Multilateral Instrument based on the ToR so approved.

UN TAX COMMITTEE

The UN Tax Committee3 is a subsidiary body of The Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) and continues its work on various international tax issues (e.g., addition of new Articles to the UN Model, amendment of its Commentary, etc.). The members of the UN Tax Committee (25 in number), although appointed by the government of the respective countries, operate in their personal capacity and do not represent the respective countries. Resultantly, the work done by the UN Tax Committee does not follow intergovernmental procedures.


3  The Committee of Experts on International Cooperation in International Taxation.

UN FRAMEWORK CONVENTION

Key elements of the draft ToR are summarised in the subsequent paragraphs.

The draft ToR essentially contains a broad outline of the UN Framework Convention. The Preamble of the Framework Convention should make reference to the previous related resolutions4 of the General Assembly.


4  78/230 of 22nd December, 2023, 77/244 of 30th December, 2022, 70/1 of 25th September and 69/313 of 27th July, 2015.

The Framework Convention should include a clear statement of its objectives, and it should establish:

a) fully inclusive and effective international tax cooperation in terms of substance and process;

b) a system of governance for international tax cooperation capable of responding to existing and future tax and tax-related challenges on an ongoing basis;

c) an inclusive, fair, transparent, efficient, equitable and effective international tax system for sustainable development, with a view to enhancing the legitimacy, certainty, resilience, and fairness of international tax rules while addressing challenges to strengthening domestic resource mobilisation.

The Framework Convention should include a clear statement of the principles that guide the achievement of its objectives. The efforts to achieve the objectives of the Framework Convention, therefore, should:

a. be universal in approach and scope, and should fully consider the different needs, priorities and capacities of all countries, including developing countries, in particular countries in special situations;

b. recognise that every Member State has the sovereign right to decide its tax policies and practices while also respecting the sovereignty of other Member States in such matters;

c. in the pursuit of international tax cooperation be aligned with States’ obligations under international human rights law;

d. take a holistic, sustainable development perspective that covers in a balanced and integrated manner economic, social and environmental policy aspects;

e. be sufficiently flexible, resilient and agile to ensure equitable and effective results as societies, technology and business models, and the international tax cooperation landscapes evolve;

f. contribute to achieving sustainable development by ensuring fairness in the allocation of taxing rights under the international tax system;

g. provide for rules that are as simple and easy to administer as the subject matter allows;

h. ensure certainty for taxpayers and governments; and

i. require transparency and accountability of all taxpayers.

The Framework Convention should include commitments to achieve its objectives. Commitments on the following subjects, inter alia, should be:

a. fair allocation of taxing rights, including equitable taxation of multinational enterprises;

b. addressing tax evasion and avoidance by high-net-worth individuals and ensuring their effective taxation in relevant Member States;

c. international tax cooperation approaches that will contribute to the achievement of sustainable development in its three dimensions, economic, social and environmental, in a balanced and integrated manner;

d. effective mutual administrative assistance in tax matters, including with respect to transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes;

e. addressing tax-related illicit financial flows, tax avoidance, tax evasion and harmful tax practices; and

f. effective prevention and resolution of tax disputes.

While the Framework Convention is like an umbrella agreement, each specific substantive tax issue may be addressed through a separate Protocol. Protocols are separate legally binding instruments under the Framework Convention. Each party to the Framework Convention should have the option of whether or not to become party to a Protocol on any substantive tax issues, either at the time they become party to the Framework Convention or later.

Negotiation and preparation of Protocols could take some time, whereas certain unresolved international tax issues need to be addressed at the earliest. Accordingly, it is thought appropriate to negotiate a couple of Protocols simultaneously along with the Framework Convention itself. As per the earlier resolution, the Ad Hoc Committee was also required to consider the development of simultaneous Early Protocols, and for this purpose, issues such as measures against tax-related illicit financial flows and the taxation of income derived from the provision of cross-border services in an increasingly digitalised and globalised economy were treated as priority issues.

The draft ToR specifically identifies taxation of income derived from the provision of cross-border services in an increasingly digitalised and globalised economy as one of the priority issues. The subject of the second Early Protocol should be decided at the organisational session of the intergovernmental negotiating committee and should be drawn from the following specific priority areas:

a. taxation of the digitalised economy;

b. measures against tax-related illicit financial flows;

c. prevention and resolution of tax disputes; and

d. addressing tax evasion and avoidance by high-net-worth individuals and ensuring their effective taxation in relevant Member States.

The ToR also identifies the following additional topics which could be considered for the purpose of Protocols:

a. tax co-operation on environmental challenges;

b. exchange of information for tax purposes;

c. mutual administrative assistance on tax matters; and

d. harmful tax practices.

PARTICIPATION BY ACCREDITED OBSERVERS

The UN is an open and inclusive organisation. It encourages participation by various stakeholders, such as Civil Society, Academia, Corporates / Industry Associations, etc., in their tax-related work as Observers. The participants in these sessions can be broadly divided into two categories: Government Representatives and Observers. The Observers are allowed to participate in most5 of the meetings. The Observers get a fair opportunity to make interventions and give their inputs in the discussions. As a protocol, the Observers get a chance to speak only after the member states (i.e., Government Representatives). Ordinarily, an intervention could be three minutes and a person may be allowed to make more than one intervention in the discussion. Only the Government Representatives can vote and not the Observers. The proceedings of the session are simultaneously translated into the official UN languages6, and hence, a person can speak in any of these languages depending on his comfort. Further, the proceedings of these meetings are recorded, and it is possible to view them at a subsequent stage.


5   About 5–7 per cent of the sessions could be closed sessions only for government officials when the discussions are sensitive.

6   Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian, Spanish

From the Indian side, the CBDT officials participate, and the officials of the Indian Mission to the UN in New York also support. The Observers are able to interact with the Government Officials of various countries and exchange views. The inputs given by the Observers are generally appreciated and acknowledged. The government or the UN officials are not required to immediately address the issues raised by the Observers, but in several cases, they react.

The interventions made by the Observers would typically depend on their background. For example, certain civil society members stress a lot on human rights and environmental issues. The substantive inputs7 given by the BCAS representative included the following:


7 This is not a verbatim reproduction. Appropriate changes / paraphrasing is done to enable the readers of the article to understand the issue.
  •  The most important aspect of giving certainty to business houses (MNCs) is getting lost while the tax authorities of countries continue to battle for their taxing rights in different forums. Even more than a decade after the initiation of the BEPS project, there is no solution for the taxation of the digital economy. Business houses generate employment opportunities, economic activities and generate wealth for the shareholders and stakeholders. These business houses need to plan well in advance, but they have no clarity on whether they will pay tax on Amount A, Digital Service Taxes (without corresponding credit in the country of residence) or increased tariffs resulting from trade wars.
  •  Considering the large group involved and the time taken, the Early Protocols should focus predominantly on issues which result in the reallocation of taxing rights.
  •  While Resolution 78/230 requires the Ad Hoc Committee to ‘take into consideration’ the work of other relevant forums, it does not mean one has to necessarily follow or adopt it. The Ad Hoc Committee can certainly improvise on it or ensure that the deficiencies contained in it are not adopted. The work of the intergovernmental negotiating committee should, however, not be constrained by the work of other relevant forums.
  •  Human rights are certainly important, but a tax committee may have a very limited role in the protection of human rights. It should be ensured that the discussion on human rights does not derail the main discussion on the distribution of taxing rights to developing countries. Further, issues such as (i) whether corporates would be treated as ‘humans’ for this purpose and (ii) whether taxing rights can be denied to a country, if there are allegations of human rights violation, etc., should be addressed.
  •  The ability to levy tax on the income generated in the source country should be treated as ‘tax sovereignty’. This sovereignty should be reflected in the allocation of taxing rights under the tax treaties.
  •  It is not advisable to remove the words “fairness in the allocation of taxing rights” from the principles. ‘Fairness’ is a subjective concept, and some objective parameters can be developed. For example, Where the per capita GDP of a country is below a certain threshold, such a country should be given exclusive taxing rights or at least source country taxing rights. This will improve the quality of human life in these countries.
  •  Experience of participating in the work of the UN Tax Committee suggests that a lot of time is spent in ensuring that such provisions are not adopted. These are political discussions. Subsequently, a decision is taken to accept the provision, but the time spent on technical work on the article is too less. If more time is spent on the technical aspects of the provisions, the qualitative outcome can be achieved.
  •  OECD has a large pool of technical resources. These resources could be used to develop technical documents and solutions which could be further adopted as per the UN intergovernmental processes to achieve the desired objective of fair allocation of taxing rights.
  •  The Committee can adopt an ‘if and then’ approach for its future work, especially on Early Protocols. Thus, the Early Protocols could depend on whether OECD’s Pillar One becomes operational.
  •  Before deciding on issues for Early Protocols, a brainstorming session could be conducted. When topics such as taxation of HNIs are suggested, if the solution is seen as a levy of capital gains under domestic law, that cannot be a priority for the Ad Hoc Tax Committee.

The background of some of these comments is that several OECD countries do not want the UN to work on areas on which the OECD is working or has worked. Hence, the approach of introducing topics and spending more time on such topics, which do not result in the allocation of taxing rights to developing countries, becomes obvious.

TIMELINES

The Framework Convention would be negotiated by an intergovernmental member-state-led committee. This committee is expected to work during the years 2025, 2026 and 2027 and submit the final Framework Convention and two Early Protocols to the General Assembly for its consideration in the first quarter of its 82nd session. Thus, it will take more than 36 months before the final Framework Convention and two Early Protocols are available. Further, it should be noted that the availability of these documents does not necessarily resolve any issue. The issue would get resolved only if a substantial number of relevant countries sign and ratify these documents. However, it is fair to assume that if the OECD Inclusive Framework’s Pillar One fails, the resistance from the developed countries (other than the USA) to the Framework Convention and at least to the protocol addressing digital economy taxation would cease to exist, and the outcome could be much faster.

29TH SESSION OF THE UN TAX COMMITTEE

This session was conducted in Geneva in October 2024 and several important workstreams have significantly progressed. Some of these workstreams are briefly summarised in the subsequent paragraphs.

New Article dealing with taxation of “Fees for Services”

Most Indian tax treaties contain a specific article dealing with “fees for technical services”. Such an article does not exist in the OECD Model and historically did not exist in the UN Model as well. The 2017 update of the UN Model included Article 12A, which deals with “fees for technical services”. The 2021 update of the UN Model included Article 12B, dealing with fees for automated digital services. Further, Article 14 of the UN Model deals with independent personal services, and Article 5(3)(b) of the UN Model is a Service PE provision.

The UN Tax Committee has recently finalised new Article XX (yet to be numbered), which deals with “fees for services”. The structure of this new provision is broadly comparable to Article 11 and gives taxing rights to the source country, which could be exercised on a gross basis. The existing Article 12A and Article 14 would be withdrawn.

New Article dealing with Insurance Premium

The UN Tax Committee has finalised new Article 12C, which gives taxing rights on the insurance and reinsurance premiums to the source country, which could be exercised on a gross basis. The structure of this new provision is broadly comparable to Article 11, etc.

New Article dealing with Natural Resources

The UN Tax Committee has finalised new Article 5C which gives taxing rights to the source country on Income from the Exploration for, or Exploitation of, Natural Resources.

As per this provision, a resident of a Contracting State which carries on activities in the other Contracting State which consist of, or are connected with, the exploration for, or exploitation of, natural resources that are present in that other State due to natural conditions (the ‘relevant activities’) shall be deemed in relation to those activities to be carrying on business or performing independent personal services in that other State through a permanent establishment or a fixed base situated therein, unless such activities are carried on in that other State for a period or periods not exceeding in the aggregate 30 days in any 12 months commencing or ending in the fiscal year concerned.

The term “natural resources” is defined to mean natural assets that can be used for economic production or consumption, whether non-renewable or renewable, including fish, hydrocarbons, minerals and pearls, as well as solar power, wind power, hydropower, geothermal power and similar sources of renewable energy. While it was orally clarified that telecom spectrum would not be treated as a ‘natural resource’, no clarification was given on humans and livestock. One will have to wait for the final version of the Commentary for this purpose.

Other major changes to the provisions of the UN Model

The UN Tax Committee is also making significant changes to the provisions of Articles 6, 8 and 15.

Fast Track Instrument

Adoption of these new provisions in the existing tax treaties would require a BEPS MLI-type instrument. For this purpose, the UNTC has already prepared a Fast Track Instrument, which will be sent to ECOSOC.

Other workstreams

Other workstreams of the UNTC include environment taxes, wealth and solidarity taxes, crypto assets, transfer pricing, tax and trade agreements, indirect taxes, extractive industries, etc.

WAY AHEAD

The Intergovernmental Member-State Committee will continue its work on the Framework Convention. It is expected that the Committee will prepare the final Framework Convention and two Early Protocols over the next three years and will submit them to the General Assembly for its consideration. If, for any reason, the OECD-led, Inclusive Framework Nations fail to implement the solutions of Pillar One, then the work on the Framework Convention may be expedited. We shall keep a close watch on these developments and will bring you updates from time to time. In the meantime, readers are welcome to share their ideas and inputs for the consideration of BCAS representatives at the UN.

Gifts and Loans — By and To Non-Resident Indians – II

Editor’s Note:

This is the second part of the Article on Gifts And Loans — By and to Non-Resident Indians. The first part of this Article dealt with Gifts by and to NRIs, and this part deals with Loans by and to NRIs. Along with the FEMA aspects of “Loans by and to NRIs”, the authors have also discussed Income-tax implications including Transfer Pricing Provisions. The article deals with loans in Indian Rupees as well as Foreign Currency, thereby making for interesting reading.

B. LOANS BY AND TO NRIs

FEMA Aspects of Loans by and to NRIs

Currently, the regulatory framework governing borrowing and lending transactions between a Person Resident in India (‘PRI’) and a Person Resident Outside India (‘PROI’) is legislated through the Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending) Regulations, 2018 (‘ECB Regulations’) as notified under FEMA 3(R)/2018-RB on 17th December, 2018.

PRIs are generally prohibited from engaging in borrowing or lending in foreign exchange with other PROIs unless specifically permitted by RBI. Similarly, borrowing or lending in Indian rupees to PROIs is also prohibited unless specifically permitted. Notwithstanding the above, the Reserve Bank of India has permitted PRIs to borrow or lend in foreign exchange from or to PROIs, as well as permitted PRIs to borrow or lend in Indian rupees to PROIs.

With this background, let us delve into the key provisions regarding borrowing / lending in foreign exchange / Indian rupees:

B.1 Borrowing in Foreign Exchange by PRI from NRIs

∗ Borrowing by Indian Companies from NRIs

  •  According to paragraph 4(B)(i) of the ECB Regulation, eligible resident entities in India can raise External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) from foreign sources. This borrowing must comply with the provisions in Schedule I of the regulations and is required to be in accordance with the FED Master Direction No. 5/2018–19 — Master Direction-External Commercial Borrowings, Trade Credits, and Structured Obligations (‘ECB Directions’).
  •  Schedule I details various ECB parameters, including eligible borrowers, recognised lenders, minimum average maturity, end-use restrictions, and all-in-cost ceilings.
  •  The key end-use restrictions in this regard are real estate activities, investment in capital markets, equity investment, etc.
  •  Real estate activities have been defined to mean any real estate activity involving owned or leased property for buying, selling, and renting of commercial and residential properties or land and also includes activities either on a fee or contract basis assigning real estate agents for intermediating in buying, selling, letting or managing real estate. However, this would not include (i) construction/development of industrial parks/integrated townships/SEZ, (ii) purchase / long-term leasing of industrial land as part of new project / modernisation of expansion of existing units and (iii) any activity under ‘infrastructure sector’ definition.
  •  It is important to note that, according to the above definition, the construction and development of residential premises (unless included under the integrated township category) will be classified as real estate activities. Therefore, ECB cannot be availed for this purpose.
  •  To assess whether NRIs can lend to Indian companies, we must consider the ECB parameters related to recognised lenders. Recognised lenders are defined as residents of countries compliant with FATF or IOSCO. The regulations specify that individuals can qualify as lenders only if they are foreign equity holders. The ECB Directions in paragraph 1.11 define a foreign equity holder as a recognized lender meeting certain criteria: (i) a direct foreign equity holder with at least 25 per cent direct equity ownership in the borrowing entity, (ii) an indirect equity holder with at least 51 per cent indirect equity ownership, or (iii) a group company with a common overseas parent.
  •  In summary, lenders who meet these criteria qualify to become recognized lenders. Consequently, NRIs who are foreign equity holders can lend to Indian corporates in foreign exchange, provided they comply with other specified ECB parameters.

∗ Borrowing by Resident Individual from NRIs

  •  An individual resident in India is permitted to borrow from his / her relatives outside India a sum not exceeding USD 2,50,000 or its equivalent, subject to terms and conditions as may be specified by RBI in consultation with the Government of India (‘GOI’).
  •  For these regulations, the term ‘relative’ is defined in accordance with Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013. This definition ensures clarity regarding who qualifies as a relative, which typically includes family members such as parents, siblings, spouses, and children, among others. This clarification is crucial for determining eligibility for borrowing from relatives abroad.
  •  Additionally, Individual residents in India studying abroad are also permitted to raise loans outside India for payment of education fees abroad and maintenance, not exceeding USD 250,000 or its equivalent, subject to terms and conditions as may be specified by RBI in consultation with GOI.
  •  It is also noteworthy that although the External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) regulations were officially introduced in 2018, no specific terms and conditions necessary for implementing these borrowing provisions have been prescribed by the RBI. The absence of detailed guidelines indicates that, although a framework is in place for individuals to borrow from relatives or obtain loans for educational purposes, potential borrowers may experience uncertainty about the specific requirements they need to adhere to.

B.2 Borrowing in Indian Rupees by PRI from NRIs

∗ Borrowing by Indian Companies from NRIs

  •  Similar to borrowings in foreign exchange, Indian companies are also permitted to borrow in Indian rupees (INR-denominated ECB) from NRIs who are foreign equity holders subject to the satisfaction of other ECB parameters.
  •  Unlike the FDI regulations, RBI has not specified any mode of payment regulations for the ECB. The definition of ECB, as provided in ECB regulations, states that ECB means borrowing by an eligible resident entity from outside India in accordance with the framework decided by the Reserve Bank in consultation with the Government of India. Further, even Schedule I of the ECB Regulation states that eligible entities may raise ECB from outside India in accordance with the provisions contained in this Schedule. Hence, based on these provisions, it is to be noted that the source of funds for the INR-denominated ECB should be outside of India.
  •  Hence, the source of funds should be outside of India, irrespective of whether it is a  foreign currency-denominated ECB or INR-denominated ECB.

∗ Borrowing by Resident Individuals from NRIs

  •  PRI (other than Indian company) are permitted to borrow in Indian Rupees from NRI / OCI relatives subject to terms and conditions as may be specified by RBI in consultation with GOI. For these regulations, the term ‘relative’ is defined in accordance with Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013. It is also noteworthy that although the External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) regulations were officially introduced in 2018, the specific terms and conditions necessary for implementing these borrowing provisions have yet to be prescribed by the RBI.
  •  Additionally, it is to be noted that the borrowers are not permitted to and utilise the borrowed funds for restricted end-uses.
  •  According to regulation 2(xiv) of the ECB Regulations, “Restricted End Uses” shall mean end uses where borrowed funds cannot be deployed and shall include the following:
  1.  In the business of chit fund or Nidhi Company;
  2.  Investment in the capital market, including margin trading and derivatives;
  3.  Agricultural or plantation activities;
  4.  Real estate activity or construction of farm-houses; and
  5.  Trading in Transferrable Development Rights (TDR), where TDR shall have the meaning as assigned to it in the Foreign Exchange Management (Permissible Capital Account Transactions) Regulations, 2015.

B.3 Lending in Foreign Exchange by PRI to NRIs

∗ Branches outside India of AD banks are permitted to extend foreign exchange loans against the security of funds held in NRE / FCNR deposit accounts or any other account as specified by RBI from time to time and maintained in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016, notified vide Notification No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB dated 1st April, 2016, as amended from time to time.

∗ Additionally, Indian companies are permitted to grant loans in foreign exchange to the employees of their branches outside India for personal purposes provided that the loan shall be granted for
personal purposes in accordance with the lender’s Staff Welfare Scheme / Loan Rules and other terms and conditions as applicable to its staff resident in India and abroad.

∗ Apart from the above, the current External Commercial Borrowing (ECB) regulations do not include specific provisions that allow Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) to obtain foreign exchange loans for non-trade purposes, either from individuals or entities residing in India. For example, lending in foreign exchange by PRI to their close relatives living abroad is not permitted under FEMA.

B.4 Lending in Indian Rupees by PRI to NRIs

∗ Lending by Authorised Dealers (AD)

  •  AD in India is permitted to grant a loan to an NRI/ OCI Cardholder for meeting the borrower’s personal requirements / own business purposes / acquisition of a residential accommodation in India / acquisition of a motor vehicle in India/ or for any purpose as per the loan policy laid down by the Board of Directors of the AD and in compliance with prudential guidelines of Reserve Bank of India.
  •  However, it is to be noted that the borrowers are not permitted to utilise the borrowed funds for restricted end-uses. The list of restricted end-use has already been provided in paragraph B.4 of this article.

∗ Other Lending Transactions

  •  A registered non-banking financial company in India,a registered housing finance institution in India, or any other financial institution, as may be specified by the RBI permitted to provide housing loans or vehicle loans, as the case may be, to an NRI / OCI Cardholder subject to such terms and conditions as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. The borrower should ensure that the borrowed funds are not used for restricted end uses. The list of restricted end-use has already been provided in paragraph B.4 of this article.
  •  Further, an Indian entity may grant a loan in Indian Rupees to its employee who is an NRI / OCI Cardholder in accordance with the Staff Welfare Scheme subject to such terms and conditions as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. The borrower should ensure that the borrowed funds are not used for restricted end uses.
  •  Additionally, a resident individual is permitted to grant a rupee loan to an NRI / OCI Cardholder relative within the overall limit under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme subject to such terms and conditions as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. The borrower should ensure that the borrowed funds are not used for restricted end uses.
  •  Furthermore, it’s important to note that even the revised Master Direction on the Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS) still outlines the terms and conditions for NRIs to obtain rupee loans from PRI. The decision to retain these terms and conditions in the LRS Master Direction may indicate a deliberate stance by the RBI, especially since the RBI has not yet specified the terms and conditions mentioned in various parts of the ECB regulations.
  •  Specifically, Master Direction LRS states that a resident individual is permitted to lend in rupees to an NRI/Person of Indian Origin (PIO) relative [‘relative’ as defined in Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013] by way of crossed cheque / electronic transfer subject to the following conditions:

i. The loan is free of interest, and the minimum maturity of the loan is one year;

ii. The loan amount should be within the overall limit under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme of USD 2,50,000 per financial year available for a resident individual. It would be the responsibility of the resident individual to ensure that the amount of loan granted by him is within the LRS limit and that all the remittances made by the resident individual during a given financial year, including the loan together, have not exceeded the limit prescribed under LRS;

iii. the loan shall be utilised for meeting the borrower’s personal requirements or for his own business purposes in India;

iv. the loan shall not be utilised, either singly or in association with other people, for any of the activities in which investment by persons resident outside India is prohibited, namely:

a. The business of chit fund, or

b. Nidhi Company, or

c. Agricultural or plantation activities or in the real estate business, or construction of farm-houses, or

d. Trading in Transferable Development Rights (TDRs).

Explanation: For item (c) above, real estate business shall not include the development of townships, construction of residential/ commercial premises, roads, or bridges;

v. the loan amount should be credited to the NRO a/c of the NRI / PIO. The credit of such loan amount may be treated as an eligible credit to NRO a/c;

vi. the loan amount shall not be remitted outside India; and

vii. repayment of loan shall be made by way of inward remittances through normal banking channels or by debit to the Non-resident Ordinary (NRO) / Non-resident External (NRE) / Foreign Currency Non-resident (FCNR) account of the borrower or out of the sale proceeds of the shares or securities or immovable property against which such loan was granted.

B.5 Borrowing and Lending Transactions  between NRIs

∗ ECB Regulations do not cover any situation of borrowing and lending in India between two NRIs.

∗ However, in line with our view discussed in paragraph A.3.f, NRI may grant a sum of money as a loan to another NRI from their NRO bank account to the NRO bank account of another NRI, as transfers between NRO accounts are considered permissible debits and credits. The expression transfer, as defined under section 2(ze) of FEMA, includes in its purview even a loan transaction. Similarly, granting a sum of money as a loan from an NRE account to another NRE account belonging to another NRI is also allowed without restrictions.

∗ However, a loan from an NRO account to the NRE account of another NRI, or vice versa, may not be allowed in our view, as the regulations concerning permissible debits and credits for NRE and NRO accounts do not specifically address such loan transactions.

B.6 Effect of Change of Residential Status on Repayment of Loan

∗ As per Schedule I of ECB Regulations, repayment of loans is permitted as long as the borrower complies with ECB parameters of maintaining the minimum average maturity period. Additionally, borrowers can convert their ECB loans into equity under specific circumstances, provided they adhere to both ECB guidelines and regulations governing such conversions, such as compliance with NDI Rules, pricing guidelines, and reporting compliances under ECB regulations as well as NDI Rules.

∗ Additionally, there may be situations where, after a loan has been granted, the residential status of either the lender or the borrower changes. Such situations are envisaged in the Regulation 8 of ECB Regulations. The following table outlines how the loan can be serviced in those situations of changes in residential status:

∗ Furthermore, it is to be noted here that not all cases of residential status have been envisaged under ECB Regulations such as those given below and, therefore, may require prior RBI permission in the absence of clarity.

INCOME TAX ASPECT OF LOAN

B.7 Applicability of Transfer Pricing Provisions under the Income Tax Act, 1961

Section 92B(1), which deals with the meaning of international transactions includes lending or borrowing of money. Further, explanation (i)(c) of Section 92B states as follows: capital financing, including any type of long-term or short-term borrowing, lending or guarantee, purchase or sale of marketable securities or any type of advance, payments or deferred payment or receivable or any other debt arising during the course of business.

As per Section 92A of the Income Tax Act, NRI can become associated enterprises in cases such as (i) NRI holds, directly or indirectly, shares carrying not less than 26 per cent of the voting power in the other enterprise; (ii) more than half of the board of directors or members of the governing board, or one or more executive directors or executive members of the governing board of one enterprise, are appointed by NRI; (iii) a loan advanced by NRI to the other enterprise constitutes not less than fifty-one per cent of the book value of the total assets of the other enterprise, etc.

Hence, the borrowing or lending transaction between associated enterprises is construed as an international transaction and is required to comply with the transfer pricing provisions. Section 92(1) states that any income arising from an international transaction shall be computed having regard to the arm’s length principle. Consequently, financing transactions will be subjected to the arm’s length principle and are required to be benchmarked based on certain factors such as the nature and purpose of the loan, contractual terms, credit rating, geographical location, default risk, payment terms, availability of finance, currency, tenure of loan, need benefit test of loan, etc.

For benchmarking Income-tax Act does not prescribe any particular method to determine the arm’s length price with respect to borrowing/ lending transactions. However, the Comparable Uncontrolled Price (‘CUP’) method is often applied to test the arm’s length nature of borrowing/ lending transactions. The CUP method compares the price charged or paid in related party transactions to the price charged or paid in unrelated party transactions. Further, it has been held by various judicial precedents1 that the rate of interest prevailing in the jurisdiction of the borrower has to be adopted and currency would be that in which transaction has taken place. In this case, it would be the international benchmark rate.

To simplify certain aspects, Safe Harbour Rules (‘SHR’) are also in place, which now cover the advancement of loans denominated in INR as well as foreign currency. The SHR specifies certain profit margins and transfer pricing methodologies that taxpayers can adopt for various types of transactions. The SHR is updated and periodically extended for application to the international transactions of advancing of loans.


1   Tata Autocomp Systems Limited [2015] 56 taxmann.com 206 (Bombay); 
Aurionpro Solutions Limited [2018] 95 taxmann.com 657 (Bombay)

B.8 Applicability of Section 94B of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Further, to address the aspect of base erosion, India has also introduced section 94B to limit the interest expense deduction based on EBITDA. Section 94B applies to Indian companies and permanent establishments of foreign companies that have raised debt from a foreign-associated enterprise. The section imposes a limit on the deduction of interest expenses. The deduction is restricted to 30 per cent of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA). This provision may apply when NRI, being an AE, advances a loan to an Indian entity over and above the application of transfer pricing.

B.9 Applicability of Section 40A(2) of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Section 40A(2) of the Income Tax Act deals with the disallowance of certain expenses that are deemed excessive or unreasonable when incurred in transactions with related parties. When transfer pricing regulations are applicable for transactions with associated enterprises, the provisions of Section 40A(2) are not applicable.

As a result, in scenarios where transfer pricing provisions apply (for instance, when shareholding exceeds 26 per cent), both transfer pricing regulations and Section 94B will come into effect. In such cases, Section 40A(2) will not apply. Conversely, in situations where transfer pricing provisions do not apply (for example, when shareholding is 25 per cent, which is the minimum percentage required under ECB Regulations to be considered a foreign equity holder eligible for granting a loan), Section 40A(2) will be applicable, and the provisions of transfer pricing and Section 94B will not become applicable.

B.10 Applicability of Section 68 of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Same as discussed in the gift portion in paragraph A.8 of this article. Additionally, the resident borrower also needs to explain the source of source for loan availed by NRIs.

B.11 Applicability of Section 2(22)(e) of the Income Tax Act, 1961

In a case where the loan is granted by the Indian company in foreign exchange to the employees of their branches outside India (who are also the shareholders of the company) for personal purposes as permitted under ECB Regulations, implications of Section 2(22)(e) need to be examined.

C. Deposits from NRIs — FEMA Aspects

Acceptance of deposits from NRIs has been dealt with in Notification No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB – Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016, as amended from time to time.

According to this, a company registered under the Companies Act, 2013 or a body corporate, proprietary concern, or a firm in India may accept deposits from a non-resident Indian or a person of Indian origin on a non-repatriation basis, subject to the terms and conditions as tabled below:

It may be noted that the firm may not include LLP for the above purpose.

CONCLUSION

FEMA, being a dynamic subject, one needs to verify the regulations at the time of entering into various transactions. An attempt has been made to cover various issues concerning gifts and loan transactions between NRIs and Residents as well as amongst NRIs. However, they may not be comprehensive, and every situation cannot be envisaged and covered in an article. Moreover, there are some issues where provisions are not clear and/or are open to more than one interpretation, and hence, one may take appropriate advice from experts/authorized dealers or write to RBI. It is always better to take a conservative view and fall on the right side of the law in case of doubt.

Gifts and Loans – By and To Non-Resident Indians: Part I

Editor’s Note on NRI Series:

This is the 8th article in the ongoing NRI Series dealing with Income-tax and FEMA issues related to NRIs. This article is divided in two parts. The first part published here deals with important aspects of Gifts by and to NRIs. The second part will deal with important aspects of Loans by and to NRIs. Readers may refer to earlier issues of BCAJ covering various aspects of this Series: (1) NRI — Interplay of Tax and FEMA Issues — Residence of Individuals under the Income-tax Act — December 2023; (2) Residential Status of Individuals — Interplay with Tax Treaty – January 2024; (3) Decoding Residential Status under FEMA — March 2023; (4) Immovable Property Transactions: Direct Tax and FEMA issues for NRIs — April 2024; (5) Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs Part I — June 2024; (6) Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs Part II — August 2024; (7) Bank Accounts and Repatriation Facilities for Non-Residents — October 2024.

INTRODUCTION

The Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) of 1999 is a significant piece of legislation in India that governs foreign exchange transactions aimed at facilitating external trade and payments while ensuring the orderly development of the foreign exchange market.

Enacted on 1st June, 2000, FEMA replaced the earlier, more restrictive Foreign Exchange Regulation Act (FERA) of 1973, reflecting a shift toward a more liberalized economic framework. The Act establishes a regulatory structure for managing foreign exchange and balancing payments, providing clear guidelines for individuals and businesses engaged in such transactions.

It designates banks as authorized dealers, allowing them to facilitate foreign exchange operations. FEMA distinguishes between current account transactions and capital account transactions. Current account transactions, which include trade in goods and services, remittances, and other day-to-day financial operations, are generally permitted without prior approval, reflecting a more open approach to international commerce. In contrast, capital account transactions, which encompass foreign investments and loans, are subject to specific regulations. Furthermore, the Act includes provisions for enforcement through the Directorate of Enforcement, establishing penalties for violations.

This article will delve into the provisions governing gifting and loans involving Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), including the relevant implications under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (ITA) as applicable. Understanding these provisions is crucial for NRIs, as they navigate financial transactions across borders while remaining compliant with Indian tax laws. Further, within the gifting and loan sections, respectively, we will first deal with the FEMA provisions and, after that, Income Tax provisions dealing with gifting or loans as the case may be.

To start, it’s essential to understand the definition of NRIs. The term NRI has been defined in several notifications issued under the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA), as outlined in the table below:

In essence, the term NRI is defined in several notifications issued under the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) to refer specifically to an individual who holds Indian citizenship but resides outside of India. This definition captures a broad range of individuals who may live abroad for various reasons, including employment, business pursuits, education, or family commitments.

Further, kindly note that we are not dealing with the provisions concerning the overseas citizen of India cardholder (‘OCIs’) in this article. Overseas Citizen of India means an individual resident outside India who is registered as an overseas citizen of India cardholder under section 7(A) of the Citizenship Act, 1955.

FEMA ASPECT OF GIFTING

A. Gifting to and from NRIs

Let us briefly delve into whether the gifting transaction is a capital or a current account transaction. A capital account transaction means a transaction that alters the assets or liabilities, including contingent liabilities, outside India of persons resident in India or assets or liabilities in India of persons resident outside India and includes transactions referred to in sub-section (3) of section 61. A current account transaction means a transaction other than a capital account transaction and includes certain specified transactions. In our view, gifting transactions can be classified as either capital or current account transactions, depending on the specific circumstances. For instance, when an Indian resident receives a gift as bank inward remittance from a non-resident, this transaction does not change the resident’s assets or liabilities in any foreign jurisdiction nor alters the assets or liabilities of a non-resident in India. As a result, it can be viewed as a current account transaction, primarily affecting the resident’s income without altering any existing financial obligations abroad. On the other hand, if an Indian resident gifts the sum of money in the NRO account in India of a non-resident, this situation will be categorized as a capital account transaction since this impacts the non-resident’s assets in India.


  1. Though the definition refers to section 6(3) of FEMA, section 6(3) of FEMA is omitted asof the date of this article. Instead, Section 6(2) and Section 6(2A) are amended to covertheerstwhile provisions of Section 6(3) of FEMA.

Now that we have clarified the meaning of the term NRI, we can proceed to explore the provisions under FEMA related to gifting various assets by individuals residing in India to NRIs, whether those assets are located in India or abroad. Understanding these provisions is essential for both residents and NRIs, as they outline the legal framework governing the transfer of gifts across borders. Under FEMA, certain guidelines specify how and what types of assets can be gifted, along with the necessary compliance requirements to ensure that these transactions adhere to regulatory standards.

A.1 FEMA Provisions — Gifting from PRI to NRI

a. Gifting of Equity Instruments of an Indian company

i. The expression equity instruments have been defined in Rule 2(k) of FEM (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (‘NDI Rules’) as equity shares, compulsorily convertible preference shares, compulsorily convertible debentures, and share warrants issued by an Indian company.

ii. NDI Rules categorically include the provision concerning the transfer of equity instruments of an Indian company by or to a person resident outside India (‘PROI’)/ NRIs.

iii. Specifically, Rule 9(4) of NDI Rules provides that a person resident in India holding equity instruments of an Indian company is permitted to transfer the same by way of gift to PROI after seeking prior approval of RBI subject to the following conditions:

  •  The donee is eligible to hold such a security under the Schedules of these Rules;
  •  The gift does not exceed 5 per cent of the paid-up capital of the Indian company or each series of debentures or each mutual fund scheme [Paid-up capital is to be calculated basis the face value of shares of an Indian company.]
  • The applicable sectoral cap in the Indian company is not breached;
  • The donor and the donee shall be “relatives” within the meaning in clause (77) of section 2 of the Companies Act, 2013;
  •  The value of security to be transferred by the donor, together with any security transferred to any person residing outside India as a gift during the financial year, does not exceed the rupee equivalent of fifty thousand US Dollars [For the value of security, the fair value of an Indian company is required to be taken into consideration;]
  • Such other conditions as considered necessary in the public interest by the Central Government.

iv. Consequently, it is clear that when a Person Resident in India (PRI) intends to gift equity instruments to a Non-Resident Indian (NRI), this action is permitted only after obtaining prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and subject to satisfaction of terms and conditions as mentioned in Rule 9(4) of NDI Rules.

v. This leads us to a critical question under FEMA: does gifting equity instruments on a non-repatriable basis also necessitate prior approval from the RBI, considering the fact that non-repatriable is akin to domestic investment?

  •  Rule 9(4) of the Non-Debt Instruments (NDI) Rules does not clearly specify whether prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is required for either repatriable or non-repatriable transfers of equity instruments. Hence, the first perspective is that since Rule 9(4) of NDI Rules does not distinguish between repatriable and non-repatriable investments, even gifting of shares on a non-repatriable basis should be subjected to the terms and conditions specified in Rule 9(4) of NDI Rules.
  •  The second perspective is that non-repatriable investments are viewed as analogous to domestic investments, suggesting that they operate similarly to transactions conducted between two resident Indians. In this light, the gifting of equity instruments of an Indian company should be permitted under the automatic route, thereby eliminating the need for prior RBI approval. This interpretation aligns with the notion that since the funds remain within India’s borders and are not intended for repatriation, the transaction should not pose risks to the foreign exchange regulations.

vi. Additionally, it is to be noted that LRS provisions do not apply in the case of gifting of equity instruments of Indian companies by PRI to NRI.

b. Gifting of other securities such as units of mutual fund, ETFs, etc

i. Schedule III of the NDI Rules addresses the sale of units of domestic mutual funds, whereas the FEMA (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019, focuses specifically on the purchase, sale, and redemption of specified securities. Neither of these regulations explicitly mentions the gifting of such units or securities. Further, the term ‘transfer’ is also not used under these provisions to permit the gifting of such assets. As a result, a question arises regarding whether these securities can be gifted to Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) under the automatic route.

ii. Given that the rules and regulations do not explicitly outline the provisions for gifting, it is prudent to seek prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) before proceeding with such transactions. This approach helps mitigate the risk of violating FEMA provisions, ensuring compliance and legal clarity in the transaction process.

c. Gifting of immovable property in India

i. Acquisition and transfer of immovable property in India by an NRI is governed by the provisions of the NDI Rules.

ii. Rule 24(b) of NDI Rules permits NRI to acquire any immovable property in India (other than agricultural land or farmhouse in India) by way of a gift from a person resident in India who is a relative as defined in section 2(77) of Companies Act, 2013. Thus, NRI cannot receive agricultural land or farm house by way of a gift from PRI even if it is from a relative.

iii. The relative definition of the Companies Act, 2013 covers the following persons:

iv. As a consequence, gifting by only relatives as covered above is permitted in the case of immovable property in India. Thus, if the resident grandfather wishes to gift immovable property to his NRI grandson, such gifting will not be permitted under the contours of FEMA.

v. This limitation on gifting can have significant implications for families, particularly when it comes to wealth transfer and estate planning. For instance, if the resident grandfather wants to ensure that his grandson benefits from the property, he will not be able to gift property to his grandson.

vi. Additionally, it is to be noted that LRS provisions do not apply in the case of gifting of immovable properties by PRI to NRI.

d. Gifting of immovable property outside India

i. The acquisition and transfer of immovable property outside India are governed by the provisions set forth in the Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investments) Rules, 2022 (‘OI Rules’).

ii. This brings up an important question: are resident individuals permitted to transfer immovable property outside India to Non-Resident Indians (NRIs)?

iii. Rule 21 of the OI Rules specifically addresses the provisions related to the acquisition or transfer of immovable property located outside India. Within this rule, Rule 21(2)(iv) explicitly states that a person resident in India can transfer immovable property outside the country as a gift only to someone who is also a resident of India. This means that the recipient of the gift must reside in India to qualify for such a transfer. Consequently, gifting immovable property outside India by a resident individual to an NRI is not permitted within the framework of FEMA regulations.

e. Gifting of foreign equity capital

i. To determine whether gifting of foreign equity capital from a PRI to an NRI is allowed, it is essential to consider the provisions outlined in the OI Rules and the Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Regulations, 2022 (‘OI Regulations’). Additionally, RBI has also issued Master Direction on Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Directions, 2022, specifying/detailing certain provisions concerning overseas investments.

ii. Rule 2(e) of the OI Rules defines equity capital as equity shares, perpetual capital, or instruments that are irredeemable, as well as contributions to the non-debt capital of a foreign entity, specifically in the form of fully and compulsorily convertible instruments. Therefore, it primarily includes equity shares, compulsorily convertible preference shares, and compulsorily convertible debentures.

iii. Schedule III of the OI Rules addresses the provisions related to the acquisition of assets through gifts or inheritance. However, it does not explicitly mention the scenario where a Person Resident in India (PRI) gifts foreign securities to a Non-Resident Indian (NRI). This implied that PRI is not permitted to gift foreign equity capital to NRI under the automatic route. This interpretation is also supported by the Master Direction, which clearly states that resident individuals are prohibited from transferring any overseas investments as gifts to individuals residing outside India. The definition of the term ‘overseas investment’ includes financial commitment made in foreign equity capital.

f. Gifting through bank / cash transfers

i. Master Direction on Liberalised Remittance Scheme (‘LRS Master Direction’) outlines the provisions concerning gifting by PRIs to NRIs through bank transfers.

ii. As per the LRS Master Direction, a resident individual is permitted to remit up to USD 250,000 per FY as a gift to NRIs. Whereas, for rupee gifts, a resident individual is permitted to make a rupee gift to an NRI who is a relative (as defined in section 2(77) of the Companies Act) by way of a crossed cheque/ electronic transfer. However, it is to be noted that the gift amount should only be credited to the NRO account of the non-resident.

iii. A significant question arises regarding whether a resident individual who has opened an overseas bank account under LRS is permitted to gift funds from that account to a person residing outside India. This question involves two differing interpretations of the regulations. One perspective posits that when a resident individual gifts money from an overseas LRS bank account, it alters their overseas assets. This change is seen as a capital account transaction, which is subject to stricter regulations under FEMA. Since gifting is not explicitly allowed under FEMA for capital account transactions, this view concludes that such gifts cannot be made. Additionally, the LRS Master Direction states that funds in the LRS bank account should remain available for the resident individual’s use, suggesting that any transfer of those funds, including gifting, would not be permissible. Conversely, another view is that LRS intends to allow the utilization of funds for both permitted capital account transactions and current account transactions. Thus, gifting being a permitted transaction under LRS, it should be permitted from overseas bank accounts too. For example, since residents are allowed to use their overseas LRS bank accounts to cover travel expenses, it stands to reason that gifting funds from these accounts should also be acceptable.

iv. Furthermore, concerning the gifting of cash to any person resident outside India by the PRI, it is crucial to that emphasize PRI is not permitted to give cash gifts to individuals residing outside India while the PROI is present in India or abroad. This prohibition stems from Section 3(a) of FEMA, which specifically forbids any person who is not an authorized person from engaging in transactions involving foreign exchange. The term ‘transfer’ under FEMA encompasses a wide range of transactions, including gifting. This means that any act of gifting cash or other forms of foreign exchange to a non-resident is treated as a transfer and is, therefore, subject to the same restrictions.

v. Thus, in a nutshell, while gifts in foreign currency can be sent to any person resident outside India, irrespective of their relationship with the donor, rupee gifts are strictly limited to those individuals defined as relatives. Also, cash gifting is prohibited.

g. Gifting of movable assets such as jewelry, paintings, cars, etc

i. Given that the FEMA regulations do not clearly outline provisions for gifting such movable assets located either in India or outside India, it is prudent to seek prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) before proceeding with such transactions. This approach helps mitigate the risk of violating FEMA provisions while ensuring compliance at the same time.

A.2 FEMA Provisions — Gifting from NRI to PRI

a. Gifting of Equity Instruments of an Indian Company

i. Rule 13 of NDI Rules, which specifically covers the provisions concerning the transfer of equity instruments by NRIs, does not contain any specific provision wherein NRIs are permitted to transfer by way of gift equity instruments of Indian companies to a person resident in India. However, Rule 9 of NDI Rules, which covers the transfer of equity instruments of an Indian company by or to a person resident outside India, covers the provision concerning the transfer of equity instruments of an Indian company by way of a gift from a person resident outside India to a person resident in India. Since NRIs are categorized as a person residing outside India, Rule 9 can also be said to apply to the aforesaid situation.
ii. Specifically, Rule 9(2) of NDI Rules provides that a person resident outside India holding equity instruments of an Indian company is permitted to transfer the same by way of sale or gift to PRI under automatic route subject to fulfillment of certain conditions such as pricing guidelines, compliance if repatriable investment, SEBI norms as applicable, etc.

iii. As a consequence, NRI is freely permitted to
transfer equity instruments of an Indian company by way of a gift to PRI in accordance with FEMA rules and regulations.

b. Gifting of other securities such as units of mutual fund, ETFs, etc

i. As discussed in paragraph A.1.b, Schedule III of NDI Rules, as well as FEMA (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019, do not clearly outline provisions for gifting of these instruments. Hence, it is advisable to seek prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) before proceeding with such transactions.

c. Gifting of immovable property in India

i. The acquisition and transfer of immovable property in India by non-resident Indians (NRIs) are regulated by the NDI Rules.

ii. According to Rule 24(d) of these rules, NRIs can transfer any immovable property in India to a resident person or transfer non-agricultural land, farmhouses, or plantation properties to another NRI.

iii. However, an important point of consideration is that Rule 24(d) does not explicitly mention whether transfers can occur through sale or gift. This ambiguity necessitates a closer examination of the term ‘transfer’ to determine if it encompasses gifts.

iv. Although the term ‘transfer’ is not defined in Rule 2 of the NDI Rules, Rule 2(2) states that terms not defined in the rules will carry the meanings assigned to them in relevant Acts, rules, and regulations. Thus, we need to check if ‘transfer’ is defined in the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA). Section 2(ze) of FEMA defines ‘transfer’ to encompass various forms, including sale, purchase, exchange, mortgage, pledge, gift, loan, and any other method of transferring rights, title, possession, or lien. Therefore, gifts are included within the definition of ‘transfer’ under FEMA.
v. As a result, NRIs are allowed to transfer immovable property in India to any resident person in accordance with Rule 24(d) of the NDI Rules, along with Rule 2(2) and Section 2(ze) of FEMA.

d. Gifting of immovable property outside India

i. The acquisition and transfer of immovable property outside India are governed by the Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investments) Rules, 2022 (referred to as the OI Rules).

ii. Rule 21 of the OI Rules specifically addresses the acquisition and transfer of immovable property outside India. Notably, Rule 21(2)(ii) permits PRIs to acquire immovable property outside India from persons resident outside India (PROIs). However, this rule does not explicitly allow for acquisition through gifting from NRIs; it only permits acquisition through inheritance, purchase using RFC funds, or under the Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS), among other methods. Rule 21(2)(i) allows PRIs to acquire immovable property by gift, but only from other PRIs.

iii. Thus, it emerges that PRIs are not permitted to receive immovable property as a gift from NRIs.

e. Gifting of foreign equity capital

i. To determine whether gifting foreign equity capital from a person resident in India (PRI) to a Non-Resident Indian (NRI) is allowed, it is essential to consider the provisions outlined in the OI Rules and the Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Regulations, 2022 (‘OI Regulations’).

ii. Rule 2(e) of the OI Rules defines equity capital as equity shares, perpetual capital, or instruments that are irredeemable, as well as contributions to the non-debt capital of a foreign entity, specifically in the form of fully and compulsorily convertible instruments.

iii. Schedule III of the OI Rules outlines the provisions regarding how resident individuals can make overseas investments. It specifically allows resident individuals to acquire foreign securities as a gift from any person residing outside India. However, this acquisition is subject to the regulations established under the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010 (42 of 2010) and the associated rules and regulations.

iv. As a result, PRIs are permitted to receive foreign securities as a gift from NRIs.

f. Gifting through bank/ cash transfers

i. Under FEMA, there are no restrictions on receiving gifts via bank transfer by PRI from NRI. However, it is to be noted that PRI is not permitted to accept gifts from a person resident outside India/ NRI in their overseas bank account opened under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme since the LRS account can only be used for putting through all the transactions connected with or arising from remittances eligible under the LRS.

ii. Similar to what has been discussed in paragraph A.1.f.iv, gifting cash by NRI to PRI is not permitted.

g. Gifting of movable assets such as jewelry, paintings, cars, etc

i. Given that the FEMA regulations do not clearly outline provisions for gifting such movable  assets located either in India or outside India, it is advisable to seek prior approval from the  Reserve Bank of India (RBI) before proceeding with such transactions.

A.3 FEMA Provisions — Gifting between NRIs

a. Gifting of Equity Instruments of an Indian Company

i. Rule 13 of NDI Rules, which specifically covers the provisions concerning the transfer of equity instruments by NRIs, contains the provisions for gifting equity instruments to another NRI.

ii. Rule 13(3) of NDI Rules specifically permits NRI to transfer the equity instruments of an Indian Company to a person resident outside India (on a repatriable basis) by way of gift with prior RBI approval and subject to the following terms and conditions:

  • The donee is eligible to hold such a security under the Schedules of these Rules;
  • The gift does not exceed 5 per cent of the paid-up capital of the Indian company or each series of debentures or each mutual fund scheme [Paid-up capital is to be calculated basis the face value of shares of an Indian company.]
  • The applicable sectoral cap in the Indian company is not breached;
    • The donor and the donee shall be “relatives” within the meaning in clause (77) of section 2 of the Companies Act, 2013;
  • The value of security to be transferred by the donor, together with any security transferred to any person residing outside India as a gift during the financial year, does not exceed the rupee equivalent of fifty thousand US Dollars [For the value of security, the fair value of an Indian company is required to be taken into consideration;]
  •  Such other conditions as considered necessary in the public interest by the Central Government.

iii. Further, as per Rule 13(4) of NDI Rules, NRI is permitted to transfer equity instruments of an Indian company to another NRI under the automatic route provided such NRI would hold shares on a non-repatriation basis.

iv. Hence, in a nutshell, for repatriable transfer of shares by way of gift, prior RBI approval is required whereas, in the case of non-repatriable transfers, RBI approval is not required.

b. Gifting of other securities such as units of mutual fund, ETFs, etc

i. As discussed in paragraph A.1.b, Schedule III of NDI Rules, as well as FEMA (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019, do not clearly outline provisions for gifting of these instruments. Hence, it is advisable to seek prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) before proceeding with such transactions.

c. Gifting of immovable property in India

i. According to Rule 24(e) of NDI Rules, NRI is permitted to transfer any immovable property other than agricultural land or a farmhouse or plantation property to another NRI. However, an important point of consideration is that Rule 24(e) does not
explicitly mention whether transfers can occur through sale or gift.

ii. As discussed in paragraph A.1.c, section 2(ze) of FEMA defines ‘transfer’ to encompass various forms, including sale, purchase, exchange, mortgage, pledge, gift, loan, and any other method of transferring rights, title, possession, or lien. Therefore, gifts are included within the definition of ‘transfer’ under FEMA.
iii. As a result, NRIs are allowed to transfer immovable property in India to another NRI in accordance with Rule 24(e) of the NDI Rules read with Rule 2(2) of NDI Rules and Section 2(ze) of FEMA. It is to be noted that the transfer of agricultural land or a farmhouse or plantation property by way of gift to another NRI is prohibited.

d. Gifting of immovable property outside India

i. This transaction falls outside the regulatory framework of FEMA, meaning it is not subject to its restrictions or requirements. As a result, it is permitted and can be carried out without any regulatory concerns or limitations imposed by FEMA.

e. Gifting of foreign equity capital

i. This transaction falls outside the regulatory framework of FEMA, meaning it is not subject to its restrictions or requirements. As a result, it is permitted and can be carried out without any regulatory concerns or limitations imposed by FEMA.

f. Gifting through bank/ cash transfers

i. Under FEMA, NRI can freely gift money from their NRO bank account to the NRO bank account of another NRI, as transfers between NRO accounts are considered permissible debits and credits. Similarly, gifting money from one NRE account to another NRE account belonging to another NRI is also allowed without restrictions.

ii. However, the question comes up regarding whether it is allowed to gift money from an NRO account to the NRE account of another NRI or from an NRE account to the NRO account of another NRI. In our view, this may not be permissible, as the regulations regarding permissible debits and credits for NRE and NRO accounts do not explicitly cover this type of gifting transaction and restrict it to the same category of accounts.

iii. Furthermore, concerning the gifting of cash to any person resident outside India, as discussed in paragraph A.1.f.iv, gifting cash by NRI to NRI is not permitted.

g. Gifting of movable assets such as jewelry, paintings, cars, etc

i. Given that the FEMA regulations do not clearly outline provisions for gifting such movable assets situated in India, it is advisable to seek prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) before proceeding with such transactions.

A.4 Applicability of the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010

The Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010 (‘FCRA’) governs the acceptance and utilization of foreign contributions by individuals and organizations in India. As per the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act, 2010, foreign contribution means the donation, delivery, or transfer made by any foreign source of any article, currency (whether Indian or foreign), or any security as defined in Securities Contracts (Regulations) Act, 1956 as well as foreign security as defined in FEMA. Thus, receipt of the above assets by PRI from foreign sources will trigger the applicability of FCRA. Hence, it is pertinent to analyze the definition of the term ‘foreign source’ as specified in FCRA.

It is important to highlight here that NRIs are not classified as a ‘foreign source’ under the provisions of FCRA. This distinction is crucial because it implies that gifts received from NRIs are not subjected to the stringent regulations that govern foreign contributions. Consequently, PRIs can freely acquire such gifts without falling under the scrutiny of FCRA.

INCOME TAX ASPECTS OF GIFTING

A.5 Applicability of Section 56 of the Income Tax Act, 1961

The framework of Section 56:

Section 56 of the Income-tax Act, of 1961, is primarily concerned with income that does not fall under other heads of income, such as salaries, house property, or business income. This section covers “Income from Other Sources” and serves as a residual category for various types of income that cannot be specifically classified under other heads.

This section deals, inter alia, with the taxability of gifts and the transfer of property under specific “conditions.This section was introduced to prevent tax avoidance by transferring assets or property without proper consideration (gifting) as a method to evade taxes.

Applicability:

As per this section, any person who receives income from any individual or individuals on or after 1st April, 2017, will have that income chargeable to tax. The ‘income’ types are outlined in the table below:

*Proviso to section 56(2)(x)(b)
** The Finance Act 2018 introduced a safe harbor limit set at 5 per cent of the actual consideration. However, the Finance Act 2020 increased this limit to 10 per cent of the actual consideration.

Exemption:

Though the list of exemptions is exhaustive, we have included key exemptions that are specifically pertinent concerning the gifting aspects only.

1. Any sum of money or any property received from any relative

The term “relative” shall be construed in the same manner as defined in the explanation to clause (vii) of Section 56(2), which delineates the definition of “relative” as follows:

Relative means:

i. In the case of an individual—

(A) spouse of the individual;

(B) brother or sister of the individual;

(C) brother or sister of the spouse of the individual;

(D) brother or sister of either of the parents of the individual;

(E) any lineal ascendant or descendant of the individual;

(F) any lineal ascendant or descendant of the spouse of the individual;

(G) spouse of the person referred to in items (B) to (F); and

ii. in the case of a Hindu undivided family, any member thereof,

2. Any sum of money or any property received on the occasion of the marriage of the individual

a. Scope of Exemption: Money or property received by the individual on their marriage is exempt under Section 56(2)(x), excluding gifts to parents. Further, the gifting of money or property, etc. will eventually be subjected to FEMA applicability as well in cross-border transaction cases.

b. No Monetary Limit: No limits on the value of gifts.

c. Sources of Gifts: Gifts can come from anyone, not just relatives.

d. Timing of Gifts: Gifts received before or after the wedding are exempt if related to the marriage.

A.6 Applicability of Clubbing Provisions under the Income Tax Act, 1961

Section 64 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, (ITA) addresses the taxation of income that arises from the transfer of assets to certain relatives, specifically focusing on preventing tax avoidance strategies that involve shifting income-generating assets. It aims to ensure that income from such assets is ultimately taxed in the hands of the original owner, thereby maintaining fairness in the taxation system.

The provisions of Section 64 concerning the clubbing of income is summarised in the table below:

Particulars Provisions
Income of Spouse Transfer of Assets:

If a non-resident individual (let’s say Mr. A) transfers an asset such as an immovable property located outside India or equity shares of Apple Inc. to his Indian resident spouse (Mrs. A) without adequate compensation, any income generated from that asset — such as rental income from the house or dividends from shares — will be treated as Mr. A’s income.

 

Whether capital gains pre-exemption or post-exemption to be clubbed:

The High Court of Kerala, in the case of Vasavan2, while interpreting Section 64 of ITA, held that the assessing authority was bound to treat the ‘capital gains’ which, but for Section 64 should have been assessed in the hands of the wife, as the capital gains of the assessee was liable to be assessed in his hands in the same way in which the same would have been assessed in the hands of the wife”.

Therefore, based on the above judicial pronouncements, one may claim that the capital gain income first needs to be computed in the hands of the spouse, and thereafter, capital gain income remaining net of allowable exemptions under Section 54/ Section 54F needs to be clubbed in the hands of husband for computing his total income in India.

Income of Minor Child Clubbing of Income:

Any income earned by a minor child, including income from gifts received, will be clubbed with the income of the parent whose total income is higher. This applies to all minor children of the individual.

Exemption:

There is a specific exemption of up to ₹1,500 per child for income derived from the assets of the minor. If the income exceeds this limit, the excess amount is clubbed with the income of the parent.

Income of Disabled Child Separate Assessment:

If a minor child is physically or mentally disabled, their income is not subject to clubbing provisions, allowing the child’s income to be assessed separately. This recognition acknowledges the unique circumstances and financial burdens that may arise from disability.

Income from Assets Transferred to Daughter-in-Law If an individual transfers assets to his daughter-in-law, any income generated from those assets will also be clubbed with the income of the transferor.
Transfer of Assets and Adequate Consideration The clubbing provisions apply specifically to transfers made without adequate consideration. If the transferor receives fair value in exchange for the asset (like selling an asset), the income generated from that asset will not be subject to clubbing.

 


2   [1992] 197 ITR 163 (Kerala)

A.7 Applicability of Section 9(i)(viii) of the Income Tax Act, 1961

1. Introduction:

Till AY 20–21, no provision in the Act covered income of the type mentioned in section 56(2)(x) if it did not accrue or arise in India (e.g. gifts given to a non-resident outside India). Such gifts, therefore, escaped tax in India. To plug this gap, the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 inserted section 9(1)(viii) with effect from the assessment year 2020–21 to provide that income of the nature referred to in section 2(24)(xviia) arising outside India from any sum of money paid, on or after 5th July, 2019, by a person resident in India to a non-resident or foreign company shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

2. Key Provisions:

a. Conditions for Deeming Income:

i. There is a sum of money.

ii. The sum of money is paid on or after 5th July, 2019.

iii. The money is paid by a person resident in India.

iv. The money is paid to a non-resident3, not a company or to a foreign company.


3. We have not mentioned applicability to resident and not ordinarily resident since we are 
dealing with provisions concerning NRIs in this article.

b. Exclusions from Coverage:

i. Gifts of property situated in India are expressly excluded from the purview of this section: Section 56(2) refers to the sum of money as well as property. However, section 9(1)(viii) reads as ‘income … being any sum of money referred to in sub-clause (xviia) of clause (24) of section 2’. Thus, it refers only to the sum of money. Hence, a gift of property is not covered by section 9(1)(viii).

ii. The provision does not apply to gifts received by relatives or those made on the occasion of marriage, as specified in the proviso to section 56(2)(x) of the Income Tax Act.

iii. Gift of the sum of money by NRI to another NRI.

c. Threshold Limit:

i. Any monetary gift not exceeding ₹50,000 in a financial year remains exempt from classification as income under section 9(1)(viii).

A.8 Applicability of Section 68 of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Section 68 of the Income Tax Act imposes a tax on any credit appearing in an assessee’s books when the assessee fails to satisfactorily explain the nature and source of that credit. This provision operates as a deeming fiction, treating unexplained credits as income if the explanation provided is inadequate.

Under Section 68, the initial burden is on the assessee to demonstrate the nature and source of the credit. Judicial precedents have established that to satisfactorily explain a credited amount, the assessee must prove three key elements:

  •  Identity of the payer: The assessee must provide clear identification of the person or entity that made the payment. This includes details such as the payer’s name, address, and any relevant identification numbers.
  •  Payer’s capacity to advance the money: The assessee must show that the payer had the financial capacity to provide the funds. This could involve demonstrating that the payer had sufficient income, savings, or assets that would allow them to make such a payment.
  •  Genuineness of the transaction: Finally, the assessee needs to prove that the transaction was genuine and not a façade to disguise income. This could include providing documentation such as bank statements, agreements, or other relevant evidence supporting the legitimacy of the transaction.

It is also critical to understand that just because a transaction is taxable under Section 56(2)(x), it does not exempt it from consideration under Section 68. For example, consider Mr. A, who receives a gift of Rs. 1 crore from his non-resident son. This amount will not be taxable under Section 56(2)(x) because it falls within the definition of a relative, exempting it from tax. However, Mr. A will still have an obligation to prove the identity, capacity, and genuineness of this gifting transaction under Section 68 to ensure compliance with tax regulations.

When it comes to taxation, there are significant differences between these sections. If an addition is made under Section 56(2)(x), the income will be taxed at the individual’s applicable slab rate, allowing the taxpayer to claim deductions for any losses incurred as well as set-off of losses. In contrast, if the addition is made under Section 68, Section 115BBE applies, imposing a much higher tax rate of 60 per cent on the added income, with no allowance for any deductions or set-offs for losses.

A.9 Applicability of TCS Provision under the Income Tax Act, 1961

In order to widen and deepen the tax net, the Finance Act 2020 amended Section 206C and inserted Section 206(1G) to provide that an authorized dealer who is receiving an amount for remittance out of India from the buyer of foreign exchange, who is a person remitting such amount under LRS is required to collect tax at source (‘TCS’) as per the rates and threshold prescribed therein. Gifting to a person resident outside India either in foreign exchange or in Indian rupees is very well covered within the purview of LRS remittances.

As per the TCS provision as applicable currently, at the time of gift by PRI to NRI either in foreign exchange or in Indian rupees, the authorized dealer bank of PRI will collect the tax at source @ 20 per cent in case the gift amount is in excess of ₹7 lakh. The second part of this Article will deal with important aspects of “Loans by and to NRIs”.

Bank Accounts and Repatriation Facilities for Non-Residents

In this article, we have discussed the rules and regulations related to NRO, NRE, FCNR and other accounts pertaining to Non-residents under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA).

BANK ACCOUNTS

Opening, holding and maintaining accounts in India by a person resident outside India is regulated in terms of 6 section 6(3) of the FEMA, 1999 read with Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016 (‘Deposit Regulations’) issued vide Notification No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB dated 1st April, 2016, Master Direction – Deposits and Accounts FED Master Direction No. 14/2015-16 dated 1st January, 2016 and FAQs on Accounts in India by Non-residents, updated from time to time, provides further guidance on the same.

An Authorised Dealer (AD) bank is permitted to open in India the following types of accounts for persons resident outside India:

i) Non-Resident (External) Account Scheme (NRE account) for a non-resident Indian (NRI) – Schedule 1 of the Deposit Regulations;

ii) Foreign Currency (Non-Resident) Account Banks Scheme, (FCNR(B) account) for a non-resident Indian – Schedule 2 of the Deposit Regulations;

iii) Non-Resident (Ordinary) Account Scheme (NRO account) for any person resident outside India – Schedule 3 of the Deposit Regulations;

iv) Special Non-Resident Rupee Account (SNRR account) for any person resident outside India having a business interest in India – Schedule 4 of the Deposit Regulations;

v) Escrow Account for resident or non-resident acquirers – Schedule 5 of the Deposit Regulations.

Currently, a company or a body corporate, a proprietary concern or a firm in India may accept deposits from an NRI or PIO on a non-repatriation basis only1 – Other conditions that apply to such deposits include:

  • Deposit should be for a maximum maturity period of three years.
  • Deposit can be received from NRO account only.
  • Rate of interest should not exceed the ceiling rate prescribed under the Companies (Acceptance of Deposit) Rules, 2014 / NBFC guidelines / directions issued by RBI.
  • Deposit shall not be utilised for relending (other than NBFC) or for undertaking agricultural/plantation activities or real estate business.
  • The amount of deposits accepted shall not be allowed to be repatriated outside India.

Under the current regulations, a company or a body corporate is not permitted to accept any fresh deposits on repatriation basis from an NRI or PIO. However, it is only permitted to renew the deposits which had already been accepted under the erstwhile Notification.


1 Refer Schedule 7 of the Deposit Regulations

KEY FEATURES OF NRE, FCNR (B) AND NRO ACCOUNTS

NRIs usually have majority of their earnings in foreign currency and thus their financial and investment objectives differ from residents. NRIs and PIOs are permitted to open and maintain accounts with authorised dealers and banks (including co-operative banks) authorised by the Reserve Bank to maintain such accounts. The major types of accounts that can be opened by an NRI2 or PIO3 in India include NRE, NRO and FCNR accounts. The key features of these accounts are as under:

NRE ACCOUNT

  • This account is denominated in Indian rupees, wherein proceeds of remittances to India can be deposited in any permitted currency;
  • The monies held in this account can be freely repatriated outside India;
  • Current income in India like rent, dividend, pension, interest, etc. can be deposited subject to payment of income taxes;
  • This account is subject to exchange rate fluctuations since the foreign currency earnings deposited into this account are converted into INR using the current exchange rate of the receiving bank;
  • Interest income earned from the NRE account is tax-free.

NRO ACCOUNT

  • A resident account needs to be redesignated as a NRO account when a person becomes non-resident. For this, the person becoming non-resident needs to submit the documentary evidences to prove his intentions to leave India for the purpose of employment, business or vocation or an uncertain period. Additionally, NRO account can be opened by a non-resident for any bonafide transactions. For further details, refer to the table below.
  • This account allows you to receive remittances in any permitted currency from outside India through banking channels or permitted currency tendered by the account holder during his temporary visit to India or transfers from rupee accounts of non-resident banks;
  • Repatriation from the NRO account can be done to the extent of USD 1 million for every financial year;
  • Income earned in India in the form of interest, dividend, rent, etc. can be deposited into this account;
  • This account is also subject to exchange rate fluctuations since the foreign currency deposited into this account are converted into INR using the current exchange rate of the receiving bank;
  • Interest income earned from the NRO account is not tax-free.

2 A ‘Non-resident Indian’ (NRI) is a person resident outside India who is a citizen of India.
3 ‘Person of Indian Origin (PIO)’ is a person resident outside India who is a citizen of any country other than Bangladesh or Pakistan, or such other country as may be specified by the Central Government, satisfying the following conditions: [PIO will include an OCI cardholder]
a) Who was a citizen of India by virtue of the Constitution of India or the Citizenship Act, 1955 (57 of 1955); or
b) Who belonged to a territory that became part of India after the 15th day of August, 1947; or
c) Who is a child or a grandchild or a great grandchild of a citizen of India or of a person referred to in clause (a) or (b); or
d) Who is a spouse of foreign origin of a citizen of India or spouse of foreign origin of a person referred to in clause (a) or (b) or (c)

ACCOUNT OPENED BY FOREIGN TOURISTS VISITING INDIA

In case of a current / savings account opened by a foreign tourist visiting India with funds remitted from outside India in a specified manner or by sale of foreign exchange brought by him into India, the balance in the NRO account may be paid to the account holder at the time of his departure from India provided the account has been maintained for a period not exceeding six months and the account has not been credited with any local funds, other than interest accrued thereon.

FCNR ACCOUNT

  • This is a term deposit account and not a savings account;
  • Monies can be deposited in any currency permitted by RBI i.e., a foreign currency which is freely convertible;
  • The deposits can range from a period of one to five years;
  • The principal amount and interest earned from the deposits are fully repatriable;
  • This account is not subject to exchange rate fluctuations since deposits and withdrawals are in foreign currency.
  • Income earned from FCNR account is tax-free.

A tabulated comparison of the three accounts is provided below for your reference:

Particulars NRE Account FCNR (B) Account NRO Account
NRIs and PIOs (Individuals / entities of Pakistan and Bangladesh require prior RBI approval) Any person resident outside India for putting through bonafide transactions in rupees.

Individuals / entities of Pakistan nationality / origin and entities of Bangladesh origin require prior RBI approval.

A Citizen of Bangladesh / Pakistan belonging to minority communities in those countries i.e., Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhists, Jains, Parsis, and Christians residing in India and who has been granted LTV* or whose application for LTV is under consideration, can open only one NRO account with an AD bank.

* Long Term Visa

Type of Account Savings, Current, Recurring, Fixed Deposit Term Deposit only Savings, Current, Recurring, Fixed Deposit
  From one to three years. However, banks are allowed to accept NRE deposits for a longer period i.e., above three years from their Asset-Liability point of view. For terms not less than 1 year and not more than 5 years. As applicable to resident accounts.
Permissible Credits i. Inward remittance from outside India.

ii. Proceeds of foreign currency/ bank notes tendered by account holder during his temporary visit to India.

iii. Interest accruing on the account

iv. Transfer from other NRE / FCNR(B) accounts.

v. Maturity or sale proceeds of investments (if such investments were made from this account or through inward remittance).

vi. Current income in India like rent, dividend, pension, interest, etc. is permissible subject to payment of taxes in India.

i. Inward remittances from outside India.

ii. Legitimate dues in India.

iii. Transfers from other NRO accounts.

iv. Rupee gift / loan made by a resident to an NRI / PIO relative within the limits prescribed under LRS may be credited to the latter’s NRO account.

As a benchmark, credits to NRE / FCNR(B) account should be repatriable in nature.
Permissible Debits

 

i. Local disbursements.

ii. Remittance outside India.

iii. Transfer to NRE / FCNR (B) accounts of the account holder or any other person eligible to maintain such account.

iv. Permissible investments in India in shares / securities / commercial paper of an Indian company or for purchase of immovable property.

i. Local payments in rupees.

ii. Transfers to other NRO accounts.

iii. Remittance of current income abroad.

iv. Settlement of charges on International Credit Cards.

v. Repatriation under USD 1 million scheme is available only to NRIs and PIOs.

vi. Funds can be transferred to NRE account within this USD 1 million facility.

Permitted Joint Holding May be held jointly in the names of two or more NRIs / PIOs.

NRIs / PIOs can hold jointly with a resident relative on ‘former or survivor’ basis. The resident relative can operate the account as a PoA holder during the lifetime of the NRI / PIO account holder.

May be held jointly in the names of two or more NRIs / PIOs.

May be held jointly with residents on ‘former or survivor’ basis.

Loans in India AD can sanction loans in India to the account holder / third parties without any limit, subject to the usual margin requirements.

The loan amount cannot be used for re-lending, carrying on agricultural / plantation activities or investment in real estate.

In case of loan to account holder the loan can be used for personal purposes or for carrying on business activities or for making direct investments in India on non-repatriation or for acquiring a flat / house in India for his own residential use.

In case of loan to third parties, loans can be given to resident individuals / firms / companies in India against the collateral

of fixed deposits held in NRE account.

The loan should be utilised for personal purposes or for carrying out business activities. Also, there should be no direct or indirect foreign exchange consideration for the non-resident depositor agreeing to pledge his deposits to enable the resident individual / firm / company to obtain such facilities.

These loans cannot be repatriated outside India and can be used in India only for the purposes specified in the regulations.

The facility for premature withdrawal of deposits will not be available where loans against such deposits are availed of.

Loans against the deposits can be granted in India to the account holder or third party subject to usual norms and margin requirement.

The loan amount cannot be used for relending, carrying on agricultural / plantation activities or investment in real estate.

The term “loan” shall include all types of fund based / non-fund-based facilities.

  Loans outsid AD may allow their branches / correspondents outside India to grant loans to or in favour of non-resident depositor or to third parties at the request of depositor for bona fide purpose against the security of funds held in the NRE / FCNR (B) accounts in India.

The term “loan” shall include all types of fund-based/ non-fund-based facilities.

 

Not permitted

 

Rate of Interest There is no restriction on the rate of interest. It varies across banks and is generally based on the repo rate of RBI.
Operations by Power of Attorney in favour of a resident Operations in the account in terms of PoA is restricted to withdrawals for permissible local payments or remittances to the account holder himself through normal banking channels.

The PoA holder cannot repatriate outside India funds held in the account under any circumstances other than to the account holder himself, nor to make payment by way of gift to a resident on behalf of the account holder nor to transfer funds from the account to another NRE or FCNR(B) account.

Operations in the account in terms of PoA is restricted to withdrawals for permissible local payments in rupees, remittance of current income to the account holder outside India or remittance to the account holder himself through normal banking channels. While making remittances, the limits and conditions of repatriability will apply.

The PoA holder cannot repatriate outside India funds held in the account under any circumstances other than to the account holder himself, nor to make payment by way of gift to a resident on behalf of the account holder nor to transfer funds from the account to another NRO account.

IMPACT OF CHANGE IN RESIDENTIAL STATUS

  • All non-resident accounts i.e., NRE / NRO (wherein, you are the primary account holder) need to be converted / re-designated as resident accounts immediately upon the return of the account holder to India for taking up employment or return of the account holder to India for any purpose indicating his intention to stay in India for an uncertain period or upon change in the residential status. The account holder should provide appropriate documentation to the bank for conversion of NRE / NRO account into resident account.
  • FCNR (B) deposits may be allowed to continue till maturity at the contracted rate of interest, if so desired by the account holder. Authorised Dealers should convert the FCNR(B) deposits on maturity into resident rupee deposit accounts or RFC accounts (if the depositor is eligible to open RFC account), at the option of the account holder.

With respect to the above, it would be relevant to refer to the compounding order C.A. No. 4578 /2017 dated 30th January, 2018 in the matter of Mr. Gaurav Bamania for compounding of contravention of the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (the FEMA) and the Regulations issued thereunder. The compounding was on account of violation on two grounds viz; payment of consideration towards investment in an Indian company by an NRI through a resident account and the applicant had not re-designated his existing account as a NRO account on becoming NRI. As per the RBI, there was a contravention of the provisions of Para 8(a) of Schedule 3 of FEMA 5 and Para 3 of Schedule 4 of FEMA 20, and applicant was required to apply for regularis ation of the contraventions subject to compounding. The RBI has quoted Para 8(a) of Schedule 3 of FEMA 5 in the compounding order which states as under:

“When a person resident in India leaves India for a country (other than Nepal or Bhutan) for taking up employment, or for carrying on business or vocation outside India or for any other purpose indicating his intention to stay outside India for an uncertain period, his existing account should be designated as a Non-Resident (Ordinary) account.”

The matter was compounded in terms of the Foreign Exchange (Compounding Proceedings) Rules, 2000 and a sum of ₹26,530/- was levied as compounding fees by RBI as the amount of contravention involved was ₹56,850/-.

Further, it would also be useful to note the compounding order C.A. No. 85 /2019 dated 18th March, 2019 in the matter of Mr. Thakorbhai Dahyabhai Patel wherein the contravention sought to be compounded related to transfer of funds from NRE account to ordinary savings account thereby resulting in contravention of the provisions under Regulation 4(C) of Schedule 1 to Notification No. FEMA.5/2000-RB dated May 3, 2000, as amended from time to time. While the contravention was with respect to transfer of funds from NRE account to ordinary savings account, the same could have been mitigated if the applicant had converted / re-designated his ordinary savings account into NRE / NRO account after becoming a non-resident since the applicant, being a non-resident, is not eligible to open or maintain an ordinary savings account as per extant FEMA guidelines.

It would also be pertinent to note that the decision of the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi in the case of Basant Kumar Sharma vs. Government of India [2013] 33 taxmann.com 282 (Delhi), which has been rendered in the context of Section 2(p)(ii)(c) of the Foreign Exchange Regulations Act, 1973 (‘FERA’). In this case, the petitioner was an NRI who had returned to India for exploratory purposes and the petitioner had approached State Bank of India (‘SBI’) to convert his subsisting NRE account into NRO account and also to obtain necessary approval from RBI for sale of his investments. The SBI informed him that after becoming a resident, he was not allowed to keep a NRE account and his NRE account would have to be re-designated as a ‘Resident Account’ under Section 2(p)(ii)(c) read with Regulation A.15 of the Foreign Exchange Manual. The Petitioner did not agree with the stand adopted by SBI that he was a ‘Resident’ since he had come to India for exploring possibilities of resettlement but had also kept the doors open for overseas relocation in case, he would find a job outside India. The Petitioner wrote to various authorities, which included RBI, and requested their intercession in this matter and after a series of communications with various authorities, the Petitioner filed a writ petition with the Hon’ble Delhi High Court. The Hon’ble Delhi High Court affirmed the view adopted by SBI that the Petitioner had attained the status of a Resident in India within the meaning of Section 2(p)(ii)(c) of the FERA since his stay in India was for an uncertain period and thus his NRE account was required to be re-designated as a Resident Account due to change in residential status.

The provisions of residential status under FEMA and key differences vis a vis the Income-tax Act, 1961 (ITA) is covered in detail in earlier issue of this series titled Residential Status of Individuals — Interplay With Tax Treaty published in January 2024.

A person can be Resident or Non-Resident under both ITA and FEMA or a person can be Resident under one Act and Non-Resident under the other Act. In such a scenario, it would be pertinent to analyse the impact of taxability of an individual under the ITA where his / her residential status is different under ITA and FEMA.

The interplay of residential status under ITA and FEMA comes into light at the time of claiming income tax exemption under Section 10(4)(ii) of the ITA for a person earning interest from his NRE account in India. As per Section 10(4)(ii) of the ITA, interest received on NRE account is exempt from tax in India, if the account holder is a Person Resident Outside India as defined under Section 2(w) of the FEMA or is a person who has been permitted by the Reserve Bank of India to maintain such account. Thus, the residential status under the ITA is not required to be looked into for claiming such exemption.

Say, an individual having NRE account in India when he was a Person Resident Outside India as per FEMA and a Non-Resident as per the ITA comes to India for good during December 2023. It would be important to dwell into the change in residential status under each Act to determine eligibility for exemption u/s 10(4)(ii) of the ITA with respect to interest received from NRE account. The individual becomes a person resident in India as per FEMA from December 2023 onwards, however, he would be regarded as a Non-Resident under the ITA during Financial Year 2023-24 (assuming his stay in India was below the threshold as required under ITA). In order to claim exemption from tax u/s 10(4)(ii) of the ITA, a person has to be resident outside India under FEMA. Thus, even though the individual is a Non-Resident under the ITA, he would be entitled to claim exemption under Section 10(4)(ii) of the ITA only up to December 2023 (i.e till he was a Person Resident Outside India as per FEMA), as he would become resident of India under FEMA from the date of his return for good. Further, such individual shall be required to redesignate his NRE account to resident account on account of change in his residential status under FEMA.

On the contrary, interest earned on FCNR account by a Non-Resident or Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident (‘RNOR’) under the ITA is exempt from tax under Section 10(15)(iv)(fa) of the ITA. Thus, the exemption from tax in this case is determined by a person’s residential status under the ITA and not under FEMA. If a Non-Resident holding FCNR account in India returns to India on a permanent basis in a particular financial year, he would become a Person Resident in India under FEMA immediately upon his return, but may continue to be a Non-Resident or RNOR under ITA for that particular year. Accordingly, such person can continue to claim exemption of tax for interest earned from FCNR account since the residential status under FEMA shall not impact his eligibility to claim exemption. The exemption can continue to be claimed till the residential status is RNOR and the deposit has not matured.

With respect to the above, we would like to draw your attention to the decision of the Hon’ble Chennai Tribunal in case of Baba Shankar Rajesh vs. ACIT 180 ITD 160 (Chennai ITAT) [2019] wherein Assessee was denied exemption under Section 10(4)(ii) of the ITA by the Hon’ble Tribunal on the ground that the Assessee was a ‘Person Resident in India’ under Section 2(v) of the FEMA as he was a Non-Resident who had come to India for taking up employment in India.

Another important decision was rendered by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the case of K. Ramullan vs. CIT 245 ITR 417 (SC) [2000] in the context of Section 2(p) & (q) of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (‘FERA’) which was in favour of the Assessee. The Assessee was earlier denied exemption under Section 10(4A) of the ITA by the High Court with respect to interest earned from NRE account and the Supreme Court set aside the order of the Hon’ble High Court holding that under erstwhile clause (c) casual stay with spouse should not be included and hence unless the stay was for uncertain period or with some permanence the Assessee was a ‘Person Resident Outside India’ under Section 2(q) of the FERA and was thus entitled to claim exemption under Section 10(4A) [erstwhile section] of the ITA.

Of course, determination of residential status under FEMA depends upon facts and circumstances of each case.

Furthermore, the following two types of accounts are also permitted to be opened by persons resident outside India for specific purposes as explained:

i) Special Non-Resident Rupee Account (SNRR Account)

Any PROI having a business interest in India may open, hold and maintain with an Authorised Dealer (AD Banks) in India, a SNRR account for the purpose of putting through bona fide transactions in rupees. SNRR accounts shall not earn any interest.

For the purpose of SNRR account, business interest, apart from generic business interest, shall include INR transactions relating to investments permitted under FEM (NDI Rules), 2019 and FEM (DI Regulations) 2019, import and export of goods and services, trade credit and ECB and business-related transactions outside International Financial Service Centre (IFSC) by IFSC units.

AD bank may maintain a separate SNRR account for each category of transactions or a single SNRR Account as per their discretion.

The tenure of the SNRR account should be concurrent to the tenure of the contract / period of operation / the business of the account holder and in no case should exceed seven years in case of generic business transactions.

SNRR account is often used by foreign entities to obtain income tax refunds on account of earning passive income from India or foreign entities undertaking turnkey projects in India. Earlier foreign entities were required to establish project offices (as regulated by RBI) in India to execute turnkey projects awarded to joint ventures between Indian entity and foreign entity also known as unincorporated joint venture. Now, with the introduction of the SNRR account, foreign companies can execute projects without establishing a project office in India.

ii) Escrow Account

Resident or non-resident acquirers may open, hold and maintain Escrow Account with ADs in India as permitted under Notification No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB. The account can be opened for acquisition/transfer of capital instruments / convertible notes in accordance with Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instrument) Rules, 2019.

The accounts shall be non-interest bearing. No fund / non-fund-based facility would be permitted against the balances in the account.

PPF AND SSY ACCOUNT FOR NRIS

The Ministry of Finance has issued updated guidelines for Public Provident Fund (PPF), Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana (SSY), and other small savings schemes, effective from 1st October, 2024. One of the key changes under the new guidelines in relation to PPF accounts of NRIs are as under:

  • For NRIs, PPF accounts which were opened under the Public Provident Fund Account Scheme, 1968 where Form H did not require the residency details of the account holder and the account holder became an NRI during the account’s tenure, the Post Office Savings Account (‘POSA’) interest rate shall be granted to the account holder until 30th September, 2024. However, after this date, the interest on these accounts will drop to 0 per cent.

Further, it is pertinent to note that an NRI cannot open a new PPF account. If an account was opened by an individual while he / she was a resident who subsequently became an NRI, the account can continue until maturity. This rule has been there from quite some time, however, there have been cases where NRIs have even continued holding PPF accounts for another 5 years after completion of 15 years. In such cases, banks have denied interest in such accounts.

PPF interest is tax-free in India under Section 10(11) of the ITA for both residents and non-residents. However, the said PPF interest might be taxed in the residence country of the NRIs if it taxes its citizens / residents on their worldwide income.

Further, NRIs are not eligible to open and operate a Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana Account under the erstwhile Guidelines. There has been no change in this respect under the updated guidelines as well.

REMITTANCE FACILITIES UNDER FEMA

We have further discussed below the options available for persons resident outside in India to remit funds outside India under the Foreign Exchange Management (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016 [Notification No. FEMA 13(R)/2016-RB dated 1st April, 2016]. As explained, current income in NRE and FCNR(B) account is freely repatriable outside India. For other balances and accounts pertaining to capital account transactions which are not repatriable in nature, the RBI has provided the following options:

i) Remittances by NRIs / PIOs:

Popularly known as USD 1 Million scheme / facility which covers only capital account transactions. ADs may allow NRIs / PIOs to remit up to USD one million per financial year:

  • out of balances in their NRO accounts / sale proceeds of assets / assets acquired in India by way of inheritance / legacy;
  • in respect of assets acquired under a deed of settlement made by either of his / her parents or a relative as defined in the Companies Act, 2013. The settlement should take effect on the death of the settler;
  • in case settlement is done without retaining any life interest in the property i.e., during the lifetime of the owner / parent, it would be as remittance of balance in the NRO account;

The NRI or PIO should make such remittances out of balances held in the account arising from his / her legitimate receivables in India and not by borrowing from any other person or a transfer from any other NRO account.

Further, gift by a resident individual to an NRI / PIO after turning non-resident in a particular year may not be permitted under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (‘LRS’) since such remittances under LRS are only permissible for resident individuals. However, such remittance can be made under the 1 million Dollar scheme by the residential individual after turning non-resident.

The prescribed limit of USD 1 million is not allowed to be exceeded. In case a higher amount is required to be remitted, approval shall be required from RBI. In our experience such approvals are given in very few / rare cases based on facts.

ii) Remittances by individuals not being NRIs/ PIOs:

ADs may allow remittance of assets by a foreign national where:

  • the person has retired from employment in India (upto USD 1 million per financial year);
  • the person has inherited from a person referred to in section 6(5) of the Act4 (up to USD 1 million per financial year);
  • the person is a non-resident widow / widower and has inherited assets from her / his deceased spouse, who was an Indian national resident in India (up to USD 1 million per financial year);
  • the remittance is in respect of balances held in a bank account by a foreign student who has completed his / her studies (balance represents proceeds of remittances received from abroad through normal banking channels or out of stipend / scholarship received from the Government or any organisation in India).
  • Salary income earned in India by individuals who do not permanently reside in India5.

However, these facilities are not available for citizens of Nepal or Bhutan or a PIO.

iii) Repatriation of sale proceeds of immovable property:

A PIO/ NRI / OCI, in the event of sale of immovable property other than agricultural land / farmhouse / plantation property in India, may be allowed repatriation of the sale proceeds outside India provided:

  • the immovable property was acquired by the seller in accordance with the provisions of the foreign exchange law in force at the time of acquisition;
  • the amount for acquisition of the immovable property was paid in foreign exchange received through banking channels or out of funds held in FCNR(B) account or NRE account.

4 “person resident in India” means 
(i) a person residing in India for more than one hundred and eighty-two days during the course of the preceding financial year but does not include— 
(A) a person who has gone out of India or who stays outside India, in either case— 
   (a) for or on taking up employment outside India, or 
   (b) for carrying on outside India a business or vocation outside India, or (c) for any other purpose, in such circumstances as would indicate his intention to stay outside India for an uncertain period; 
(B) a person who has come to or stays in India, in either case, otherwise than— 
   (a) for or on taking up employment in India, or 
   (b) for carrying on in India a business or vocation in India, or (c) for any other purpose, in such circumstances as would indicate his intention to stay in India for an uncertain period; 
(ii) any person or body corporate registered or incorporated in India, 
(iii) an office, branch or agency in India owned or controlled by a person resident outside India, 
(iv) an office, branch or agency outside India owned or controlled by a person resident in India;
5 “ As per Explanation to Regulation 5 of the Remittance of Asset Regulations, 2016, ‘not permanently resident’ means a person resident in India for employment of a specified duration (irrespective of length thereof) or for a specific job or assignment, the duration of which does not exceed three years.

In the case of residential property, the repatriation of sale proceeds is restricted to a maximum of two such properties in the lifetime of the NRI / PIO. The non-resident seller shall be liable to TDS @ 20 per cent under Section 195 of the ITA on the sale consideration of the property. In such cases, non-resident sellers may apply for a Lower Deduction or Nil Deduction Certificate from the tax authorities under Section 197 of the ITA in order to minimise their tax liability and retain a higher portion of the sale proceeds. If the non-resident seller does not obtain a lower / nil deduction certificate, he / she can claim a refund by filing a return of income, in case the actual tax liability works out to be lower than the tax withheld by the buyer.

Further, the seller repatriating sale proceeds outside India may be required to obtain Form 15CB from the Chartered Account for repatriation of sale proceeds outside India.

Foreign Remittance by NRIs / OCIs — Compliances under ITA

The relevant provisions governing taxability of foreign remittances and the compliance requirements with respect to the same are provided under Section 195 of the ITA and Rule 37BB of the Income-tax Rules, 1962.

Section 195 of the ITA states that any person responsible for paying to a resident, not being a company or foreign company, any interest (excluding certain kinds of specified interest) or any other sum chargeable under the provisions of the ITA (not being the income under salaries) shall at the time of credit of such income to the payee in any specified mode, deduct income-tax thereon at the rates in force. The provisions of Section 195 of the ITA are applicable only if the payment to non-residents is chargeable to tax in India.

Further, Section 195(6) of the ITA requires reporting of any payment to a non-resident in Form 15CA / 15CB irrespective of whether such payments are chargeable to tax in India. Rule 37BB defines the manner to furnish information in Form 15CB and making declaration in Form 15CA. In terms of Rule 37BB, the information for payment to a non-resident is required to be provided in Form 15CA in four parts as under:

  • Part A – For payment or aggregate of payments during the FY not exceeding ₹5,00,000.
  • Part B – When a certificate from Assessing Officer is obtained u/s 197, or an order from an Assessing Officer is obtained u/s 195(2) or 195(3) of the ITA.
  • Part C – For other payments chargeable under the provisions of the ITA – To be filed after obtaining a certificate in Form 15CB from a practicing Chartered Accountant.
  • Part D – For payment of any sum which is not chargeable under the provisions of the ITA.

Form 15CA is a declaration by the remitter that contains all the information in respect of payments made to non-residents and Form 15CB is a Tax Determination Certificate in which the Chartered Accountant (‘CA’) examines a remittance with regard to chargeability provisions. These forms can be submitted both online and offline (bulk mode) through the e-filing portal. A CA who is registered on the e-filing portal and one who has been assigned Form 15CA, Part-C by the person responsible for making the payment is entitled to certify details in Form 15CB. The CA should also possess a Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) registered with the e-filing portal for e-verification of the submitted form.

Form 15CB has six sections to be filled before submitting the form which are as under:

  1. Certificate
  2. Remittee (Recipient) Details
  3. Remittance (Fund Transfer) Details
  4. Taxability under the Income-tax Act (without DTAA)
  5. Taxability under the Income-tax act (with DTAA relief)
  6. Accountant Details (CA’s details)

The foreign remittances by NRI / OCI would generally comprise of payments to NRIs / foreign companies / OCIs / PIOs towards royalty, consultancy fees, business payments, etc., where the payment contains an income element or transfer from one’s NRO bank account to NRE / foreign bank account i.e., transfer to own account. Sub-rule (3) of Rule 37BB of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 provides a specific exclusion for certain remittances under Current Account Transaction Rules, 2000 or remittances falling under the Specified List provided thereunder6.


6. https://incometaxindia.gov.in/pages/rules/income-tax-rules-1962.aspx

The transfer from NRO to NRE / foreign bank account may fall within one of the purposes under the category of remittances which may not contain an income element and thus would not be chargeable to tax in India. Thus, there should not be any requirement of obtaining Form 15CB and reporting would only be required in Part D of Form 15CA. However, certain Authorised Dealer banks insist on furnishing Form 15CA along with Form 15CB for source of funds from which remittance is sought to be made in order to process the remittance. In such case, reporting would be required in Part C of Form 15 CA and the CA would be required to report the taxability of such remittance under Section 4 (which deals with taxability under ITA without DTAA) or Part D, Point No. 11 under Section 5 (which deals with taxability under the ITA with DTAA relief).

It may be noted that furnishing of inaccurate information or non-furnishing of Form 15CA can trigger penalty of sum of Rupees 1 lakh under section 271-I of the ITA. Thus, in order to avoid any future litigation and to be compliant from an income-tax perspective, it would be advisable to comply with the reporting obligation under Part C of Form 15CA and obtain Form 15CB from a CA at the time of making remittance from NRO account to NRE / foreign bank account.

When dealing with certification on taxability of funds from which remittance is sourced, a CA may need to bifurcate into separate certificates and also travel back several years. A CA must analyse the following aspects before issuing certificate for remittances from one’s own NRO bank account to NRE account:

  • Find out the source of funds lying in the NRO account by tracing them back to the incomes comprised therein which may trace back to several years;
  • Income-tax returns filed by the NRI in India for the period concerned;
  • Relevant year’s Form 26AS and TDS certificates;
  • Documents and issues pertaining to each type of income.

Third parties transferring money to NRE / NRO accounts of NRIs (for e.g., payment of rent or a sale consideration of an immovable property), may ask for certain documents from NRI before making transfers, such as a certificate under section 197 of the ITA from the Assessing Office (AO) of NRI, undertaking/ bond from NRI, certificate from the CA in case of certain controversial issues. Further, such third-party payers shall be required to obtain Form 15CA / Form 15CB at the time of remittance to the NRI. NRIs should pre-empt such documentation requirements of tax authorities at the time of receiving remittances from third parties in their NRI / NRO account and thus obtain such documents in advance and keep them on their records, in case required to be furnished before tax authorities at the time of remittances / transfers by NRI’s between their own accounts i.e., NRO to NRE.

Such documentation may also be helpful to CA issuing Form 15CA / CB to the NRI in future for remittance between own accounts.

It is not possible nor intended to cover all aspects of the important topic of Bank Accounts in India by non residents and Repatriation of Funds. In view of the dynamic nature of FEMA and other laws, readers are well advised to get an updated information at the time of advising their clients and / or undertaking transactions relating to bank accounts or repatriation of funds outside India.

Digital Tax War and Equalisation Levy

RECENT DEVELOPMENT

The Finance (No. 2) Act 2024 has dropped the provision of Equalisation Levy (EQL) of the year 2020 on e-commerce supply of services and goods. (Finance Act 2016, Chapter VIII has been suitably modified.) What we call equalisation levy is a part of Digital Taxation. Digital Taxation has been the subject of deep discussions, since 1997, and a global tax war, since 2013. In this tax war, the US Government has been on one side, China has been neutral, and the rest of the world has been on the other side. The USA has been insisting that there should be no digital taxation on non-residents of a country; in other words, digital commerce income should be taxed only by the Country of Residence (COR). India resisted this demand from the USA, but finally, with the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 India has succumbed to US pressures. Even before the Indian withdrawal, U.K., France, etc. have deleted their unilateral digital tax laws.

With the withdrawal of EQL 2020, in the Global Digital Tax War, USA has emerged as ‘The Winner’…. for the time being. Let us see how the situation develops. 

The Global Digital Tax War and earlier, Digital Tax discussions have engaged many tax commissioners as well as professionals and a huge amount of intellectual work has been done. Since 2013, there was a huge discussion on BEPS Action 1 and, since the year 2017, on Pillar 1. The USA wants to bury all this. In this brief article I am just giving a timeline of what has happened, with some insights.

REASON FOR THE DIGITAL TAX WAR

Most of the prominent Digital Corporations (DCs) are from USA and China. They are the providers of digital services and sellers of goods and services through digital platforms. Hence one can say that broadly, USA and China are the Countries of Residence (COR) for digital commerce. The rest of the world constitutes Countries of Market (COM). The USA, as the COR, is taxing its digital corporations and collecting vast amounts of tax. It does not want COM to tax these corporations. Because, if COMs tax DCs (digital corporations) then under the Double Tax Avoidance Treaty (DTA), the USA would have to give set off / credit for COM taxes. This would be a significant loss of revenue for the USA. Hence, the USA is determined that no COM should have any digital tax law. It may be noted that the USA is able to tax DCs resident in USA without any change in existing tax law.

Under existing OECD and UN model treaties (which are outdated and need major modifications), COMs cannot tax non-resident DCs doing digital business without a PE in the COM. Hence, COMs want to change the model treaty. The USA does not allow change in the model treaty. This is the reason for the Digital Tax War. This is a COR vs. COM Digital Tax War.

A TIMELINE OF DIGITAL TAX DEVELOPMENTS

History

In the year 1997, OECD at its Ottawa Conference (Canada) published a report that E-commerce is going to be very important, and OECD should work on drafting special provisions for E-Commerce taxation in OECD model of DTA.

In the year 2000, the CBDT, Government of India appointed an E-commerce Committee consisting of Commissioners and Professionals to study the subject and report.

The Committee reported that E-commerce is really an important business, and it will grow fast. Existing tax laws and Treaty Models cannot be applied to it because the definition of Permanent Establishment (PE) was outdated. The Committee recommended that the concept of PE should be reviewed.

In the year 2005, OECD published a report and said that E-Commerce is not significant. There is no need for any further discussion on it. This was an “about turn” by OECD from its 1997 report.

Background

The US Government already knew that if E-Commerce tax law came in, then USA would be the loser. Hence, it convinced OECD not to proceed further. Normally, the G7 nations — USA, UK, France, Germany, Canada, Italy, and Japan hold similar views on such international matters.

Amazon, Google, Facebook, and other Digital Corporations (DCs) were earning hundreds of millions of Pounds / Euros from the COM — U.K., France, Germany, etc. And they were not paying any significant tax to the COM Governments. In the year 2013 Ms. Margaret Hodge, Chair of the British Public Accounts Committee clearly expressed her anger at the Corporate Tax Avoidance. The committee was clear in its view that the revenue that was rightfully due to them as COM was not coming to them. They had no solution and were frustrated, because the OECD model DTA did not permit them to tax non-resident DCs. These nations pushed and finally, G20 asked OECD to redraft the OECD model of DTA so that even DCs pay taxes to the COM.

In the year 1997, the use of computers and internet was limited. Mobile phones were not in use. In any case, nobody had thought of using mobile phones to conduct commerce. In those times, this business was called Electronic Commerce or E-commerce. Within about 15 years, the whole world started doing business on the internet. Mobile phones became so common that smallest transactions to large transactions started happening on mobile phones. In essence, commercial communication happens through a device — computer-mobile phones; internet and intermediary servers. By the year 2013, however, OECD and other experts found it difficult to call mobile phone commerce as E-commerce. Hence, they developed a new name- Digital Commerce. In essence, it is a business carried out by the seller of goods or services without having a permanent establishment in COM.

In 2013, OECD again took an about turn when UK, France and other nations could not tolerate loss of tax revenue on digital commerce and G20 pushed OECD. They declared that E-commerce was a very big business. The existing OECD model was inadequate to deal with Digital Commerce. COM nations were losing their due tax revenue and hence OECD model needed a review.

The project to draft new DTA provisions was called: “Base Erosion & Profit Shifting” or BEPS. In simple words, a project to curb international “Tax Evasion” and “Tax Planning”.

USA again played its game. It declared that there are several forms of tax evasion and OECD should work on trying to control all tax evasions & avoidances. Hence the BEPS work was divided into fourteen different subjects. Focus was expanded from a single subject of Digital Taxation to fourteen different subjects. For each subject, a separate report would be prepared. Separate committees were constituted for different subjects. (Instead of “Committee” they used the word “Task Force”). There would be a fifteenth report which would give a draft Multi-Lateral Instrument (MLI). All the parties to BEPS agreement would sign MLI. Since the exercise started with E-commerce, the very first report was titled BEPS Action One report on E-Commerce. It was given maximum importance, and the expectation was that the report would be published in the year 2014. In other words, OECD model DTA was expected to be modified to take care of E-Commerce taxation.

BEPS committees had expert senior Income-tax officials as well as tax professionals. They put in a huge amount of work. Eventually, BEPS Action reports from No. 2 to 15 were published. However, BEPS Action One report on E-commerce could not come up with draft rules for taxation of Digital Income. The main reason for this failure was that the US Government kept on stone walling the project. The USA insisted that:

(i) the basic right to tax business income should always be with COR;

(ii) the concept of PE cannot be modified;

(iii) the committee and all countries must work within the Framework of OECD;

(iv) whatever amendments may be made in the tax treaty model, must be applicable to all the businesses. One cannot make separate rules for E-commerce and other rules for “Brick & Mortar” businesses. In other words, “Ring Fencing” was not acceptable. (It may be noted that in Pillar One, US proposal for Digital Tax involves “Ring Fencing”.)

In 2015, the BEPS Action One Committee came up with an interim report. There was a reference in the interim report that some tax system like EQL may be imposed by the governments. Government of India (GOI) took this opportunity and immediately appointed a new E-commerce committee – 2015. The Committee gave a report and made suggestions. In the Finance Act 2016, GOI brought EQL 2016. USA was unhappy with it but could not object because the law brought in by GOI was in line with the interim report. This was a tax essentially on advertisement charges paid by Indian residents to non-residents who published their advertisements on the internet. The rate was 6 per cent, to be deducted at source by the payer. This provision came as chapter VIII of the Finance Act 2016 – Sections 163 to 165. EQL 2016 was not a part of the Income-tax Act. If it were a part of the Income-tax Act, DTA would override EQL. There is no provision in DTA for EQL, which could frustrate GOI’s efforts to tax DCs.

Government of India wanted to tell the world that it was serious about bringing in the E-Commerce tax. The revenue that GOI would get from Equalisation Levy may be insignificant, but the world must realise that it cannot go on negotiating forever.

BEPS ON E-COMMERCE FRUSTRATED

The BEPS Action One was started for E-commerce taxation, it could not bring in the necessary draft for amending the OECD model. U.K., France and other countries in OECD that pushed for BEPS Action One could not levy any tax on DCs. Their efforts were completely wasted. This was one more success for the USA.

DTA TRADITIONS CHANGED

So far, the history of DTAs has been as under:

Double tax Avoidance Agreement is an agreement between two countries. OECD and United Nations (UN) have given their model treaties to be used as templates. The two negotiating countries would make such modifications as they like. Thus, OECD and UN models had absolutely zero binding power. They were just suggestions. Countries were free to either adopt UN model or OECD model or develop their own model.

The USA insisted for huge change in the system. In the BEPS group of discussions even non-OECD & Non-G20 countries were invited. It was called “Inclusive Framework”. Total OECD members were 36 in the year 2013. Total number of countries that participated in BEPS negotiations went up to 136. The USA further insisted that once a person signs MLI, that country should not adopt UN model, or any other model and it should largely follow the BEPS model – MLI. In addition, the MLI would also expect signatories to modify their domestic laws in line with the MLI.

Initially, several countries were happy that they could participate in tax treaty drafting negotiations even though they were not OECD members. Later they realised that signing the BEPS agreement amounted to restriction on their freedom.

By now, 102 nations have signed MLI. The USA was the main architect of important clauses of the Agreement. But USA has not signed MLI; and will not sign MLI. This is US Unilateralism.

UNILATERAL DIGITAL TAX LAW

While the BEPS negotiations were going on, some COMs were frustrated. Every year, huge revenue was going out of their countries without payment of any taxes. Hence, some countries started their own unilateral digital tax law. Britain, France and India are some of the prominent countries who passed unilateral tax laws. This was clearly contrary to the US demand that any digital tax provision must be within the OECD framework.

The US Government started action under Super 301 (section 301 of United States Trade Act of 1974) and alleged that all the countries that had passed unilateral digital tax law had caused damage to US digital commerce. Hence, these countries were summoned as “guilty of violating the BEPS principles”. They were asked to drop the unilateral tax laws or face a trade war with USA. None of the countries could afford trade war with USA. Hence, all these countries agreed to drop their unilateral laws. The provision in Finance Act 2024 is a result of India succumbing to US pressures and thus dropping a unilateral digital tax law — EQL-2020.

After the demise of BEPS One, USA came out with another proposal around the year 2020. Pillar 1 was to provide a draft for digital taxation. Pillar 2 was to provide for curbing tax avoidance through tax havens and other matters. These reports drafted are so complex, arbitrary and unjust that again years were spent on discussions without any conclusion. As on the date of writing this article, Pillar 1 has seen no conclusion. Until Pillar 1 is concluded; OECD model does not get modified; and COMs cannot tax DCs’ digital incomes. COMs have been forced to abolish their Unilateral digital tax laws. Hence US DCs do not face digital taxes outside the USA.

There have been no agreements on BEPS-Action One and on Pillar 1. Hence, technically, one can say that India is free to choose OECD model or UN model on Digital Taxation. However, this would be a “technical” statement and not “practical”. The US may never modify India-USA DTA. And hence UN provisions cannot come into effect.

U.N. has its own model DTA. The UN Expert Committee has drafted its own digital tax provision as Article 12B. It is a fairly simple provision to understand, to administer (department) and to comply with (taxpayer). Countries are free to adopt it. However, everyone is scared of the US Govt., and there is not much progress on Article 12B.

There is a Union of African Nations named Economic Commission for Africa. This association has criticised OECD tax reform process.

India wanted to tell the world and mainly the USA that “India is serious about imposing Digital tax”. This declaration has been made by three legal provisions – EQL 2016, EQL 2020 and Significant Economic Presence – SEP. The last provision is part of the Income-tax Act (ITA) – Section 9(1)(i) Explanation 2A. Since this provision is part of the ITA, it will not work unless the relevant DTA includes a provision for digital tax. Hence, at present this provision has no practical effect.

EQL 2016 CONTINUES

It may be noted that while the Finance Act 2024 has dropped EQL 2020, the earlier provision of EQL 2016 still continues. The reason may be that practically EQL 2016 is suffered by the Indian advertiser making the TDS from payments for advertising charges.

EUROPEAN HELPLESSNESS

Remember the North Stream Gas Pipeline which starts from Russia, passes through the Baltic Sea and lands in Germany? It was meant to supply cheap Russian gas to Germany and Europe. This gas was very important for German and European economies.

In September, 2022, both North Stream 1 and North Stream 2 were blown up. It is rumoured that this was done by the USA. Russian gas supply was damaged. Germany went into recession and suffered heavily. Still, German politicians could not criticise the U.S. Government. This is the extent to which Europe has lost its independence to USA.

When important issues like energy supply and economy are surrendered to US pressures; what do we expect for a smaller issue like Digital Tax?

This article gives a glimpse of important Digital Tax War. In essence, US stonewalling has succeeded, and at present, the world has no way to tax digital incomes of non-residents.

Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs – Part-II

This article is part of the ongoing series of articles dealing with Income-tax and FEMA issues related to NRIs. This is the second part of the two-part article on the interplay of Income-tax and FEMA issues for Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs. Part-I of this article was published in the June 2024 edition of the BCAS Journal. It dealt with concepts and controversies related to migrating residents and change of citizenship. One can refer to Paragraphs 1 to 4 at the start of Part-I for introductory points in relation to movement from one country to another. Part-II — this part — is in continuation to Part-I and covers issues related to Returning NRIs. At the end of this article certain considerations which are common to both sets of people — migrating residents and returning NRIs — are also dealt with in Para C.

B. Returning NRIs

A recent survey highlights that at least 60 per cent of NRIs in the US, UK, Canada, Australia, and Singapore are considering returning to India after retirement1 . Apart from retirement, there are several other reasons due to which NRIs return to settle back in India — to stay with family members in India; due to their or their family members’ health reasons; citizenship issues in the foreign country; political instability in the foreign country; etc. In our experience, some of them are also returning for new and better business opportunities which are available in India now.

Under FEMA, there are different and overlapping classifications for non-residents like Non-resident Indian (NRI), Persons of Indian Origin (PIO), and Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cardholders. This article covers all such people and collectively refers to all non-residents of India who come to India and become Indian residents as “Returning NRIs.” Such persons, if they are foreign citizens, should also refer to Para 11 to 16 in Part-I of this Article2 , which covers issues pertaining to change of citizenship.


1. https://retirement.outlookindia.com/plan/news/60-of-nris-consider-returning-to-india-after-retirement-sbnri-survey
2. Refer June 2024 issue of the BCAJ – 56 (2024) 251 BCAJ

The Income-tax and FEMA issues pertaining to Returning NRIs are explained in detail below:

B.1 Income-tax issues of Returning NRIs

17.13 Residential status

If a Returning NRI is determined to be Resident & Ordinarily Resident (ROR), their global incomes are taxable in India. Further, such a person needs to disclose all their foreign assets (including those which were acquired when the person was non-resident) and foreign incomes in their tax return. Any non-compliance exposes the person not only to interest and penalties under the Income-tax Act, but also the penal provisions under the Black Money Act4 for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets. Therefore, the first and foremost step under the Income-tax Act is to ascertain the residential status of the individual. Section 6, sub-sections (1), (1A) and (6), are relevant to determine the residential status of individuals.


3. The paragraph references continue from Part-I of this article
4. Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015

17.2 In the case of Returning NRIs, the individual is coming back for good. He is not coming on a visit to India. Hence, the relief pertaining to “being outside India and coming on a visit to India” provided under Explanation 2 to Section 6(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act (ITA) is not available. Consequently, the relief of staying up to 181 days in India is not available to them. In other words, the basic “60 + 365 days test”5 applies to Returning NRIs, and if it is met, the individual becomes a resident u/s. 6(1) of the ITA. A couple of nuances pertaining to this were dealt with in detail in the December edition of the BCAS Journal. For completeness’s sake, they are briefly touched upon below:

a. Benefit of visit not allowed:

A person returned to India after resigning from her employment in China. The Authority for Advance Rulings (AAR) held6 that relief under Expl. 2 to S. 6(1)(c) of the ITA will not be available to her since the facts and circumstances show that the reason for coming to India is not just a visit. Hence, the “60 + 365 days test” test will apply.

b. Is hair-splitting between visit and permanent stay allowed during the same year?

Karnataka High Court has held7 that when the individual – being outside India, was on a visit to India – such stay should be tested against the 182-day test and not considered for the “60 + 365 days test.” Later, during the year, if the person returns to India, only the stay after such return needs to be considered for the “60 + 365 days test.” However, in the decision by AAR referred to herein above in sub-para (a), the hair-splitting between a visit and a permanent stay in India was not allowed. Hence, hair-splitting of a person’s stay between ‘visit’ and ‘permanent stay’ during the same year is litigious.


5. “60 + 365 days test” means that the individual has stayed in India for 60 days or more during the relevant previous year and for 365 days or 
more during the four preceding years
6. Mrs. Smita Anand, China [2014] 42 taxmann.com 366 (AAR - New Delhi)
7. Director of Income-Tax, International Tax, Bangalore vs. Manoj Kumar Reddy Nare [2011] 12 taxmann.com 326 (Karnataka)

17.3 If the person was a non-resident of India in 9 out of the preceding 10 previous years; or if his or her stay in India in the preceding 7 years was less than 729 days, such an individual would be Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident (“RNOR”). These provisions of Section 6(6)(a) of the ITA have been explained in detail in the December 2023 edition of the BCAJ. In general, before the amendments by the Finance Act 2020, a returning Indian could claim RNOR status for 2 or even 3 years if one of the above tests of Section 6(6)(a) is met. The amendments by the Finance Act 2020 have diluted the RNOR status for Returning NRIs. This is explained in detail below.

17.4 If an individual does not become a resident, u/s. 6(1), one should also consider the provisions of Section 6(1A) wherein an Indian Citizen is considered a resident under specific circumstances8, where he is not liable to tax in any other country by reason of residence, domicile, or any other criteria of similar nature. If an individual becomes a resident by virtue of Section 6(1A), he is always considered as RNOR as per Section 6(6)(d).


8. Where his or her income from sources within India exceeds ₹15 lakhs in that year(s).

Individuals who are covered u/s. 6(1A) become deemed RNORs. Even if they do not visit India for a single day, they are residents but not ordinarily residents under the ITA. This has an impact when they return to India for good. Let us say, an Indian citizen, Mr Kumar has been employed and staying in Oman since 2010. Mr Kumar came on visits to India totalling a period of 65 days every year with clarity that he would remain a non-resident of India due to relief available of a visit to India as per clause (b) to Explanation 1 to Section 6(1)(c). On 1st April, 2024, he retired and came back to India for good. In the absence of Section 6(1A), he would have been a non-resident since 2010. Hence, after returning to India, he would have been RNOR for at least the first two years.

However, Oman does not tax individuals. Post Finance Act 2020, as per Section 6(1A), such an Indian citizen would be RNOR and not NR for the PYs 2020-21, 2022-23, 2023-24. This means he does not meet the first test u/s. 6(6)(a) of being NR for at least 9 years out of the last 10 years. The relief u/s. 6(6)(a) has thus been diluted due to Section 6(1A). In simple words, he will be ROR from PY 2024-25 and will be liable to Indian tax on his global income. Similar would be the situation for an Indian citizen or person of Indian origin9 who visits India for 120 days or more during each year, and his stay in the preceding 4 years is 365 days or more. Such a person gets covered by the amended portion of clause (b) of Explanation 1 to Section 6(1)(c) and consequently would be RNOR as per Section 6(6)(c)10.


9. A person shall be deemed to be of Indian origin if he, or either of his parents or any of his grand-parents, was born in undivided India – Explanation to clause (e) of Section 115C of ITA.
10. Where his or her income from sources within India exceeds ₹15 lakhs in that year(s).

17.5 Normally, a Returning NRI would be considered as RNOR if he had not spent more than 728 days during the preceding 7 years. This should be the case generally for 2 or even 3 years after a person returns to India. But for persons like Mr Kumar, who visits India every year and then settles in India, they may not meet the test of stay in India of less than 729 days during the preceding 7 years after the first year of returning to India. Hence, those individuals who stay abroad and are planning to settle in India need to be aware of the dilution of their RNOR status due to the provisions of Section 6 as amended vide Finance Act 2020.

18 Disclosure and source of foreign assets

Since AY 2012-13, Indian residents (ROR) are required to disclose their assets located outside India in their Income-tax return form. This is required even if such a resident is otherwise not required to file a tax return. Returning NRIs would, in most cases, have savings, assets, and investments abroad when they come back. On becoming ROR, all such foreign assets need to be disclosed in the tax return. The person would have acquired these assets when he was staying abroad and was a non-resident. The source of funds for acquiring these assets is not required to be explained or disclosed in the tax return. However, practically, things are quite different.

There is 360-degree profiling by the regulators these days. The CBDT has formed Foreign Asset Investigation Units (FAIUs) in all the 14 investigation directorates across India. Their job is to analyse the plethora of information received by India from foreign jurisdictions under Automatic Exchange of Information (AEoI) agreements, CRS, DTAAs, etc. If they come across any red flags, they issue a notice asking for detailed information pertaining to each and every foreign asset held by the person since its acquisition. The red flags could be a variance between the data received by them vis-à-vis the foreign assets disclosed in the tax return by the assessee; or foreign assets disproportionate to the transactions or profile of the assessee, etc. They even ask for decades-old data and documents supporting such data. Hence, maintaining documents becomes particularly important.

In such cases, until and unless it is proven through documentary evidence that a foreign asset was acquired from bonafide sources, the matter is not closed. This becomes a big hassle. There are cases where the assessees did not retain their old bank statements and other documents. In fact, foreign banks and brokers do not provide old statements easily and they also charge heftily for obtaining old statements. Further, foreign banks and financial institutions do not retain records beyond a certain number of years, in which case, it becomes almost impossible to provide the documents to the officer. Hence, Indians who are staying abroad, whether they plan to return to India someday or not, should keep proper and complete data of all their assets. If and when they return to India, such a record would become important. Further, they need to maintain documents to justify their increase in net worth by their sources of incomes during the years when they were non-resident. If there is any violation in the disclosure of foreign assets; or if the officer is not satisfied with the explanation or documents, proceedings can be initiated under Section 10 of the Black Money Act11 (BMA) and the harsh penal provisions of the BMA are also invoked in certain cases. This has happened in even bona fide cases where innocent errors are made in disclosing foreign assets.


11. Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015

19 Other Disclosures in ITR Form

Apart from foreign assets and incomes, other disclosures are also required to be made in the Income-tax return form, which are tabulated below:

Particulars ROR NOR NR
Unlisted equity shares To be disclosed of all companies. To be disclosed only of Indian companies.
Directorships To be disclosed in all companies across the globe. To be disclosed in all Indian companies & only in such foreign companies which have income accruing or deemed to be accruing in India.
Schedule AL Global assets. Only Indian assets.
Schedule FSI Foreign-sourced incomes are included in the Total Income (largely relevant only for RORs.)
Schedule EI Incomes exempt under the Income-tax Act or DTAA.

20 Treaty relief

Similar to migrating Indians, even for Returning NRIs, there can be an overlapping period wherein the person is a resident of India as well as of the country he is returning from. This leads to dual residency, for which tie-breaker tests are prescribed under Article 4(2) of the Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (DTAA). There could also be a possibility of the concept of split residency being applicable. Accordingly, the provisions of the DTAA can be applied. These provisions have been explained in detail in the second article of this series (January 2024 edition of the BCAJ). In essence, there could be benefits vide the DTAA in the foreign jurisdiction as well as in India. The credit of tax paid in a foreign jurisdiction as per the DTAA can be availed against the tax payable in India. Necessary forms will be required to be filed along with supporting documents to claim credit.

21 Continuing foreign employment or business

Many people continue their employment or business abroad after returning to India. This has become easier in today’s globalised technology-driven era. In fact, the Covid lockdown saw many Indians stuck in India
or coming back to India and continuing their foreign business or employment from India. However, it is pertinent to note that the economic activity is being done from India. It should be checked whether any income directly accrues in India on account of such activity due to specific provisions which can get triggered in such a case, of which the most common ones are explained below:

21.1 Salary: Section 9(1)(ii) deems the salary proportionate to the period when the employment was exercised from India to be accruing in India. Hence, even if a person is NR or NOR, the amount of salary proportionate to the days he exercises employment from India is deemed to accrue in India. This provision applies not only to Returning NRIs, but to everyone. Prima facie, the proportionate salary is taxable under ITA, and one should go under the applicable DTAA to claim relief, if any.

21.2 Place of Effective Management: A foreign company is considered as resident of India if its Place of Effective Management is, in substance, in India, during that year12. The CBDT has prescribed detailed guidelines through Circulars 6, 8 and 25 of 2017. It should be noted that this provision applies only to companies having a turnover of more than INR 50 crores during the financial year.

21.3 Business Connection and Permanent Establishment: When an individual works in India for a foreign entity, he may constitute a “Business Connection” of the foreign entity in India. In that case, the income pertaining to the activities carried out through such Business Connection is deemed to accrue in India13 . Further, if there is a DTAA between India and the country where the entity is resident, generally, the business profits of the foreign entity would be taxable in India only if the foreign entity has a Permanent Establishment (PE) in India. Every DTAA has different criteria for determining whether there is a PE. Hence, it needs to be checked whether the individual constitutes a Business Connection of such entity in India, and if yes, whether he constitutes a PE of such entity in India as per the applicable DTAA. This can be possible in cases where the foreign company is run almost exclusively by the Returning NRI.


12. Section 6(2) of ITA
13. Section 9(1)(i) of ITA

B.2 FEMA issues regarding Returning NRIs

22 Residential status

The provisions pertaining to residential status under FEMA were dealt with in detail in the March 2024 edition of BCAJ. In essence, as per Section 2(1)(v) of FEMA, when a person comes to India for or on taking up employment in India; or for carrying on business or vocation in India; or under circumstances which indicate his intention to stay in India for an uncertain period — he becomes an Indian resident under FEMA. Hence, when a person comes to settle down in India for good, he or she becomes a resident under FEMA from the date of their return to India. This is because the person is coming to India in such circumstances, which indicates his intention to stay in India for an uncertain period. Hence, from the day a person returns to settle in India or for the purposes mentioned above, all provisions under FEMA meant for residents become applicable to such person.

23 Scope of FEMA as applicable to Returning NRIs

Apart from the assets and transactions covered u/s. 6(4) of FEMA and the balances in RFC accounts (explained in detail below), all other transactions outside India (whether in foreign currency or INR); all Indian transactions in foreign currency and all transactions with non-residents (whether in or outside India) come under the purview of FEMA. This can impact Indian transactions of the Returning NRI with other non-resident family members. As non-residents, they would have had the liberty to transfer funds between their NRO accounts. However, there will be several restrictions on transactions between a Returning NRI (who is now a resident individual) and a non-resident. Thus, gifts, loans and even payments made to or on behalf of non-residents can have implications under FEMA. Thus, a change of residence requires a change in mindset, as otherwise, Returning NRIs may end up committing violations under FEMA.

24 Holding foreign assets abroad

24.1 Background of FERA: Under FERA, as it was enacted, when a person became an Indian resident, he was required to liquidate all his foreign assets and bring the foreign exchange into India unless approval was obtained from RBI. This was liberalised in July 1992 when the Government of India issued six notifications granting exemptions from several different provisions of FERA to the returning Indians. These notifications were covered with a press note and a circular issued by RBI in Sept. 1992 — ADMA Circular No. 51 dated 22nd September, 1992. It explained the notifications. A summary of all the provisions is that on return to India, the Returning NRI retain all his assets abroad — provided that the assets were not acquired in violation of FERA and that the person was a non-resident for at least one year before becoming resident. There was no need to make any declaration under FERA. He could change his assets in the sense that he could sell one asset and buy another. He could retain dividends / interest / rent and other incomes earned on the assets. He could reinvest these incomes or spend the same. He was at liberty to bring the assets to India or to retain them abroad. He could gift these assets to anyone. On death, his foreign assets would pass to his heirs without any restrictions. If the Returning NRI held shares in any company, the shares would be considered as his investments. The company could continue business abroad. One could say that FERA did not apply to such wealth of the person and the incomes generated on such wealth. The person was free to do anything with the same.

24.2 Provisions under FEMA: Under FEMA, unfortunately, such liberalisation has been provided in a very brief manner through Section 6(4), which is reproduced below:

“(4) A person resident in India may hold, own, transfer or invest in foreign currency, foreign security or any immovable property situated outside India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he was resident outside India or inherited from a person who was resident outside India.”

It is provided that any foreign currency, foreign security, and immovable property situated outside India which were acquired when the person was a non-resident, can be continued to be held or owned after becoming a resident.

24.3 Section 6(4) of FEMA does not clearly specify the transactions which are allowed as was quite apparent as per the circulars issued under FERA. On making a representation, RBI issued A.P. Dir Circular No. 90 dated 9th January, 2014, which prescribes the transactions covered u/s. 6(4). Those are as follows:

a. Foreign currency accounts opened and maintained by the Returning NRI when he or she was resident outside India.

b. Income earned through employment or business or vocation outside India taken up or commenced while such person was resident outside India, or from investments made while such person was resident outside India, or from gift or inheritance received while such a person was resident outside India.

c. Foreign exchange, including any income arising therefrom, and conversion or replacement or accrual to the same, held outside India by a person resident in India acquired by way of inheritance from a person resident outside India.

d. Returning NRIs may freely utilise all their eligible assets abroad as well as income on such assets or sale proceeds thereof received after their return to India for making any payments or to make any fresh investments abroad without approval of the Reserve Bank, provided the cost of such investments and / or any subsequent payments received therefor are met exclusively out of funds forming part of eligible assets held by them and the transaction is
not in contravention to extant FEMA provisions.

Thus, such assets can be sold, and proceeds may even be reinvested abroad. There is no requirement to repatriate the income earned on these assets or sale proceeds thereof into India.

24.4 One can consider that broadly, the restrictions under FEMA do not apply to assets covered u/s. 6(4) of FEMA. One of the important clarifications in this regard pertains to overseas investments by resident individuals, which are allowed under the Overseas Investment Rules14 (OI Rules) of FEMA only if specific conditions are met. However, when it comes to foreign assets covered u/s. 6(4), Rule 4(b)(iii) of the OI Rules clearly provides that the OI Rules do not apply to any overseas investment covered u/s. 6(4). It would thus also cover any asset or investment which a resident may otherwise either not be permitted to invest in; or permitted only within a certain limit; or only after fulfilling attendant conditions — under the OI Rules. For instance, resident individuals are not allowed to make Overseas Direct Investment in a foreign entity which is engaged in financial services activity. However, if a non-resident had invested in such a company abroad and later on, he or she becomes an Indian resident, such person can continue holding shares of the foreign company. The income thereon and the sale proceeds thereof can be retained abroad. If the individual wants to make any further investment in the foreign entity engaged in financial services activities out of funds lying in his Resident bank account in India, he or she will not be generally permitted to do so15.


14. Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Rules, 2022 – Notification No. G.S.R. 646(E) issued on 22nd August 2022.
15. Refer Rule 13 of the OI Rules read with paragraph 1 of Schedule III to OI Rules.

24.5 Other assets not specified u/s. 6(4) of FEMA: Section 6(4) specifies only three assets. Further, the circular also does not provide complete clarity. A person may own several other assets. For instance — the person can have an interest in a partnership firm or LLC or can own gold, jewellery, paintings, etc. As a practice, the RBI has taken a view since 1992 that a person is eligible to continue owning / holding all the foreign assets after turning resident, which he had acquired as a non-resident. This also includes such assets or investments which he could not have otherwise owned or made as a resident.

24.6 Insurance abroad: Returning NRIs may have different types of insurance policies issued by insurers in India as well as outside India. As explained above, funds covered under Section 6(4) of FEMA and lying abroad can be utilised for any purpose, including premium payment for insurance policies. FEMA provisions pertaining to s the utilisation of Indian funds for foreign insurance policies16 by Returning NRIs are as follows:

a. Health insurance policy can be continued to be held by a Returning NRI provided the aggregate remittance including the amount of premium does not exceed the LRS limit.

b. Life insurance policy can be continued to be held by a Returning NRI if it was issued when he was a non-resident. Further, if the premium due on such policy is paid by remittance from India, the maturity proceeds or amount of any claim due on the policy should be repatriated to India within 7 days of receipt.

24.7 Loans abroad: If a person has taken a loan abroad as a non-resident and becomes a resident later, he can service such loans subject to such terms, conditions and limits as specified by RBI. In general, RBI has not objected to a Returning NRI using his or her foreign funds covered under Section 6(4) of FEMA to service such loan repayments.

24.8 Foreign currency: Returning NRIs may need to bring in foreign currency notes and coins into India. Notification No. FEMA 6(R)17 provides that such person can bring into India without limit foreign exchange (other than unissued notes) from any place outside India. However, a declaration needs to be made to the Customs authorities.


16. Para 2 of Master Direction on Insurance - FED Master Direction No. 9/ 2015-16 - last updated on 7th December 2021.
17. Reg. 6(b) of Foreign Exchange Management (Export and import of currency) Regulations, 2015.

24.9 Inheritance of assets covered under Section 6(4) of FEMA: The first limb of Section 6(4) allows residents to hold assets abroad which they had acquired as a non-resident. The second limb further allows a resident heir of such Returning NRI to inherit these foreign assets from him or her. This is in line with the reliefs provided through the circulars issued earlier under FERA. However, it should be noted that this provision covers only one level of inheritance, i.e., from the Returning NRI to his or her heir. Later, if a resident heir of such heir wants to inherit these foreign assets, it is not covered by Section 6(4). The relevant notifications, rules, etc. under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked for the same. A summary of the holding and inheritance of foreign assets under Section 6(4) of FEMA can be summarised as follows:

Exceptions to this rule are for overseas immovable properties18 and foreign securities19, inheritance for which is allowed up to any generation if the investment and holding of such foreign property were as per extant FEMA regulations.


18. Rule 21(2)(i) of OI Rules.
19. Para 9(b) of Schedule III to FEMA Notification 5(R)/2016-RB – FEM (Deposit) Regulations,2016.

It should be noted that there are several controversies surrounding Section 6(4) of FEMA, including the interpretation of its second limb. We have not discussed all the controversies here, considering this is an article on a broader topic.

25 Impact on Indian assets

25.1 Bank and demat accounts: Returning NRIs need to designate their NRO bank and demat accounts as normal Resident accounts once they become residents20.
There are some special types of accounts in which non-residents can hold funds like NRE, FCNR, etc. On becoming a resident, NRE accounts need to be closed; however, FCNR deposits are permitted to be continued till maturity. Funds in both these accounts can be either transferred to the Resident account (becomes non-repatriable) or to the RFC account (repatriability continues, and such funds remain out of FEMA purview). Returning NRIs are permitted to hold foreign exchange in India in RFC accounts. The funds lying in an RFC account can be remitted abroad without any restrictions and can be used or invested for any purpose. The provisions of FEMA do not apply to the same. The provisions for such accounts will be discussed in detail in the upcoming articles in this series of articles.


20. Para 9(b) of Schedule III to FEMA Notification 5(R)/2016-RB – FEM (Deposit) Regulations, 2016.

25.2 Loan from NRI / OCI to a resident: If an NRI / OCI has given a loan to a resident (as per the FEMA guidelines) and he becomes a resident later, the repayment may be made to the designated account of the lender maintained with a bank in India as per the RBI guidelines, at the option of the lender.

25.3 Privately held investments in India: There could be investments in Indian companies, LLP, partnership firms, etc., made by Returning NRIs when they were non-residents. The implications of such investments due to a change of residence are explained below:

25.3.1 Indian assets held on a non-repatriable basis: NRIs and OCIs are permitted to invest in India on a non-repatriable basis, which has minimal restrictions and no reporting requirements. In such cases, if the person becomes a resident of India, there is no change in the character of the holding. The investment was anyway treated at par with domestic investment and no reporting, etc., is required. Normally, there is no formal record to be kept by the investee entity regarding the residential status of the person if the investment is on a non-repatriation basis. However, if there is any such record maintained, the residential status should be updated therein.

25.3.2 Indian assets held on a repatriable basis: Let us say the person has made investments in India on a repatriable basis. As a non-resident, he can remit full sale proceeds abroad without any limit. Now, if such a person returns to India and becomes a resident, the resultant structure is that an Indian resident is holding an Indian asset. The repatriable character of the investment is lost! This is a particularly important provision. All investments held by a non-resident on a repatriable basis become non-repatriable from the day he becomes a resident. In fact, there is nothing like repatriable or non-repatriable investment for a resident. Every Indian asset of a resident is considered as a domestic investment. It is only assets covered under Section 6(4) and the funds transferred to the RFC account, which are free from FEMA. This becomes a critical point, which every Returning Indian should consider in advance. When a non-resident holding an investment in an Indian entity on a repatriable basis becomes a resident, he should intimate it to the entity, and the entity should record the shareholding of the person as domestic investment and not foreign investment.

25.3.3 Indian assets held through a foreign entity: Let us say, a non-resident invests in Indian assets on a repatriable basis. However, instead of investing in his personal name (as explained in the above para), the investment is made by his foreign entity. Thereafter, the person becomes an Indian resident. The resultant structure is that an Indian resident owns a foreign entity which has invested in India on a repatriable basis. This enables the following:

a. Holding in Foreign entity: The ownership in the foreign entity by the Returning NRI is covered under Section 6(4). He can thus continue to hold such investments.

b. Repatriability of Indian assets: The Indian assets continue to be held on a repatriable basis by the foreign entity. All incomes and sale proceeds therefrom can be remitted abroad by the foreign entity without any limit. Had the individual directly held Indian assets and became resident, the repatriable character would have been lost — as highlighted above in Para 25.3.2. However, one should consider the tax implications of such a structure, especially with regard to POEM, Transfer Pricing and Permanent Establishment provisions under the ITA, as explained in para 21 above.

26 Remittance facilities for resident individuals

Liberalised Remittance Scheme: LRS is the remittance facility available for resident individuals. The LRS limit of USD 250,000 per financial year is the ceiling for all current and capital account transactions covered under the Current Account Transaction Rules. Barring exceptions like exports and imports and certain relaxations21 which are available in limited situations, the remittance facilities for a person resident in India under FEMA are constrained to the LRS limit. Returning NRIs should hence note that their remittances from India will be restricted to a considerable extent compared to what they were allowed as non-residents22. Even the liberty of remitting current incomes without any limit is not available for resident individuals.


21 Like use of International Credit Card while being on a visit outside India; higher amount of remittance allowed for educational or medical expenses; or for acquisition of ESOPs, sweat equity, etc.
22 Please refer to Para 7.6 in Part-I of this article for USD 1 Million Scheme which is available to NRIs.

27 Fresh incomes earned abroad

Let us say the individual earns fresh income abroad after becoming a resident – like salary, royalty or even receiving a gift of funds from a non-resident. A resident individual cannot retain such foreign exchange abroad. He is required to take all reasonable steps to realise the foreign exchange due or accrued to him and repatriate the same within 180 days of the date of receipt23.


23. Section 8 of FEMA r.w. Regulation 7 of FEMA Notification 9(R)/2015-RB.

C. OTHER RELEVANT ISSUES COMMON TO CHANGE OF RESIDENTIAL STATUS

28 Change of Citizenship

Change of citizenship has several ramifications beyond change of residence, especially under FEMA. The issues to be kept in mind when a person has obtained foreign citizenship are elaborated in Para 11 to 16 in Part-I of this Article covered in the June 2024 issue of the BCAJ. Returning foreign citizens should consider the implications of the country of their citizenship on their move to India — especially where such countries are taxing them based on their citizenship, exit taxes and estate duty or inheritance tax — all of which are explained briefly below.

29 Change of residence for a short period

One can see that the scope of FEMA and the Income-tax Act changes drastically with the change of residential status. This article attempts to cover aspects where there is a change of residence for good. If the residential status of a person changes for a short period of time, caution should be exercised before taking the benefits of a change of residence. Consider a situation where a resident goes abroad; claims to be a non-resident under FEMA or the Income-tax Act; takes benefit of such change (for example, by remitting USD 1 million from India or taking a treaty benefit as a non-resident of India); and again, becomes an Indian resident — all within a short period of time. In such cases, the regulator or tax officer may question the whole arrangement and consider that the change in residence is not genuine. Action can be taken based on anti-tax avoidance provisions under the Act and relevant treaty (please refer to para 35 below). Hence, there should be clarity on residential status; bonafides of transactions and genuineness of arrangements. In fact, sometimes it is ideal and safe if benefits are availed of only after the person is certain about his or her change in residential status and it is maintained over a period of time.

30 Succession Planning

There are several laws which need to be considered for succession planning like the applicable succession laws, Sharia law in the case of Muslims, Trust laws in case of Trusts, FEMA for cross-border transactions & assets, corporate laws in case of securities, stamp duty laws, Income-tax laws, Inheritance / Estate Tax etc. Hence, succession planning from a holistic approach is especially important wherever the family members or the assets are spread over more than one country. In fact, FEMA itself contains several complexities regarding inheritance. There are only a few provisions specifically dealing with inheritance and gifts under FEMA. These provisions are spread over many notifications. For several assets and situations, provisions are completely missing. To top it all off, everything changes when a person shifts residence from one country to another. The whole succession planning exercise needs to be re-considered in such cases — especially due to FEMA provisions.

31 Inheritance Tax or Estate Duty

31.1 Migrating persons, as well as Returning NRIs, should consider the inheritance tax or Estate Duty laws of the foreign jurisdiction. Different countries levy such taxes based on different criteria like citizenship, visa (green card in USA), domicile (UK), etc. In the USA, there is the Federal Estate Tax as well as the State Estate Tax. Residents of countries where such taxes or duties are applicable should have proper Estate Duty planning done. There have been cases where Estate Duty or Inheritance Tax is payable in the foreign country where a large amount of wealth was in the immovable properties which cannot be sold since the person is staying in the same. Further, if substantial wealth is situated in India, the limits on remittances abroad can also create a hindrance for paying such taxes. The following basic questions can be considered:

a. Applicability of such tax and the taxable events.

b. Connecting factors including domicile, citizenship, residence, etc.

c. Assets covered.

d. Thresholds applicable, if any, and tax rates.

e. Implications of gifts between family members.

f. Whether it applies to the inheritance of Indian assets received by the person on the death of his parents who are staying in India.

g. Treaties in relation to Double Taxation Relief for Estate Duties.

31.2 One common question asked is whether the Indian Government will bring in Estate Duties or Inheritance taxes. There is an unsupported fear in people’s minds of such duties impacting their wealth leading them to create Trust structures for protecting their wealth from such duties. The Government has earlier been on record to state that no such Estate Duties are planned. Further, even if such duties are introduced, they would have enough anti-avoidance provisions to counteract against any planning undertaken by taxpayers.

32 Exit Tax: Some countries have a concept of Exit Tax to prevent loss of revenue, if any, upon change of residential status / citizenship. It is levied when a person revokes citizenship or visa (like revocation of citizenship or green card in the USA) or if a person shifts his residence to another country (like Departure Tax in Canada). One may carefully plan the timing of their change of residence to minimise the impact of such taxes wherever possible.

33 Transfer Pricing

In simple words, Transfer Pricing triggers in case of a transaction which can give rise to income (or imputed income) between associated enterprises, of which at least one party is a non-resident. On change of residence, the migrating resident’s or Returning NRI’s continuing transactions with associated enterprises may come under the purview of Transfer Pricing provisions. All such transactions must be on an arm’s length basis. The implications under Transfer Pricing on the shift of a person from or to India should hence be considered.

34 Section 93 of ITA

Section 93 is a complex anti-avoidance provision which targets certain transfers of assets in a manner which leads to the income being earned by a non-resident, but the transferor still has the power to enjoy such incomes. The provision targets such transfers whereby incomes would have been chargeable to tax in the hands of the transferor if the transferor had earned such incomes directly. For example, a Returning NRI who transfers assets to another person before returning to India, but with a condition that income earned by such other person would be in control of the NRI, would be caught by this provision. There are several conditions and nuances in the provision, and one must note that any tax planning done before a change of residence can be impacted due to this provision.

35 Anti-tax avoidance provisions

While there are several Specific Anti Avoidance Rules (SAARs) prescribed under the Income-tax Act – POEM, Business Connection, Transfer Pricing, etc. – one should also consider General Anti Avoidance Rules (GAAR), which have been notified under Sections 95 to 102. GAAR would apply to an arrangement if it is regarded as an Impermissible Avoidance Arrangement (IAA). There are detailed provisions on the same. The ramifications of GAAR are massive. Once an arrangement is determined as IAA, the officer can treat the place of residence of such person at a place other than their claimed place of residence; ignore one or more transactions; deny benefits of a DTAA; recompute the income and tax of the assessee; and so on. While the Department has invoked GAAR in very few cases till now, it looks evident that GAAR will be invoked more frequently in the times to come. Recently courts have decided on the matter of applicability of GAAR in certain situations. Further, after the advent of the Multi-Lateral Instrument, several treaties that India has entered with other countries and jurisdictions have brought in anti-tax avoidance provisions where the change of residence is only for the purposes of claiming treaty benefit. These include the broader Principal Purpose Test and amendment in the preamble to the treaty, as well as the specific anti-tax avoidance measures that are today part of many double-tax avoidance treaties that India has signed.

36 Documentation and record-keeping

Change of residence typically leads to several queries from the tax department or regulator — especially for Returning NRIs in relation to their foreign assets. They would like to know that the foreign assets of such a person were acquired in a bona fide manner as a non-resident. One can refer to para 18 above explaining the same. Therefore, full documentation should be maintained. A few key areas where documentation should be maintained are:

a. Calculation of number of days of stay in India in each year and determination of residential status.

b. Passport copies to substantiate travel details and number of days stayed in India.

c. Relevant documents for every foreign asset and transaction, especially the opening statements, along with an explanation of the source of funds (irrespective of residential status).

d. Tax returns and other documents filed in the foreign jurisdiction.

e. Disclosure of foreign assets including in case of joint ownership, nomination, authorised signatory, etc.

f. Employment contract, salary slips, visa, etc.

g. Details and documents substantiating the purpose of immigration or emigration.

37 Impact of other laws

37.1 Transferring physical or movable assets from or into India: While FEMA permits holding assets in or outside India migrating or returning individuals may plan to move valuable assets with them from or into India – like gold, jewellery, art, etc. One should consider the permissibility and limits under Baggage Rules, 2016 of the Customs Act, along with the disclosures required thereunder. Further, certain movable items like art and antiques, as well as those dealing with wildlife, etc., need to be imported or exported only as permitted under the relevant laws24. Similarly, a migrating resident needs to check the parallel provisions of the country to which they are migrating.


24. The Antiquities and Art Treasures Act, 1972 and The Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, etc.

37.2 Indirect taxes: Indirect taxes have a significant impact, especially in a situation where the individual works in a personal capacity instead of employment. For instance, if Returning NRI continues working for a foreign entity as a consultant or in a similar manner, the applicability of GST and other indirect taxes needs to be checked.

37.3 Stamp duty laws: Certain individuals end up entering into gift deeds, powers of attorney, etc., on change of residence. Any document executed or brought within India can attract stamp duty. The stamp duty laws need to be checked before executing any such document. Similarly, the stamp duty law of the foreign country should also be considered.

37.4 Other laws: There are several other laws which could apply while executing a transaction or on account of a change of residence. It could be visa and citizenship rules; laws pertaining to family and marriage; labour, and social security regulations/norms. These laws should be considered for India as well as the host country.

38 Geopolitical, Economical, and Cultural Considerations / Challenges

Moving base has its own set of challenges. Certain personal factors can be dealt with by the individual concerned to a large extent. However, such individuals should also appreciate that there are several factors which are beyond their control. These relate to the economic situation of the country they are moving to the cultural change they or their family members must deal with. Further, the global geopolitical environment has seen dramatic upheavals in the last decade. Apart from the economic and legal considerations, one should also keep the geopolitical developments in mind, especially in relation to India and the host country where they are migrating to or from.

Conclusion

One can see that a change of residence leads to a substantial change in the tax liability, compliances, and regulatory provisions applicable to the person. Further, the Income-tax and FEMA laws themselves have grey areas, with differing views between various stakeholders causing prolonged litigation. When we bring in laws of another country and their interplay with Indian laws to the same transaction or income, it leads to increasing complexities, contradictions, and uncertainties. When a person shifts residence from abroad to India or from India to abroad, the whole legal position surrounding the person takes a 180-degree turn. It is like turning the table halfway through in a game of chess! In such cases, it is ideal to consider all the legal implications in advance, so that informed decisions can be taken. Otherwise, it could happen that the person is “physically” moving to a particular location with several plans in mind, but “legally” spearing into uncharted territory with far-reaching consequences.

Exchange Rate to Be Used For Computation of Capital Gains In The Case Of Cross-Border Transactions Involving Transfer of Shares

With the removal of exemption for capital gains arising on transfer of shares under the Indian tax treaties (DTAA) with Mauritius, Singapore and Cyprus, gains arising on such transfer, in most cases, would now be taxed in the country of source. Further, there have been certain significant judgments which raise pertinent issues in respect of computation of capital gains arising on the transfer of shares in a cross-border scenario. Some of these judgments are in respect of domestic provisions in the Income Tax Act, 1961 (ITA) related to the computation of capital gains in a cross-border scenario whereas some are related to computation or eligibility of claim under the DTAA.

In this article, the authors have sought to analyse the issues related to the exchange rate to be used for computation of capital gains in the case of a cross-border scenario. These issues are dealing with the domestic provisions under the ITA and the Income Tax Rules, 1962 (Rules).

EXCHANGE RATE FOR COMPUTATION OF CAPITAL GAINS

An important issue in recent times has been related to the exchange rate to be used for the purpose of computing capital gains. There have been a couple of recent judgments, both by the Mumbai bench of the ITAT, which have discussed these issues at length. The issue of exchange rate to be used in the case of capital gains arises in both type of transactions — when a resident sells the shares of a foreign company as well as when a non-resident sells the shares of an Indian company. However, while the broad principle would apply in both the transactions, as the provisions of the ITA differ slightly in each of the above transactions, each transaction has been analysed separately.

a. Inbound

In this type of transaction, a non-resident is selling shares of an Indian company. The main issue in this type of transaction is the interplay of sections 48 and 112 of the ITA and Rule 115/115A of the Rules.

Let us take an example to understand this issue further. US Co, a US company, had acquired shares of I Co, an Indian unlisted private company, in 2014 when the exchange rate was 1 USD = INR 60. During FY 2024–25, these shares are sold to a UK-based company, when the exchange rate is 1 USD = INR 85. The computation of capital gains would be as follows:

Particulars Amount in USD Exchange Rate Amount in INR
Sales consideration 80,000 85 68,00,000
(-) Cost of acquisition 100,000 60 60,00,000
Capital Gains (20,000) 8,00,000

As can be seen from the computation above:

a. If one computes the capital gains in USD terms there is a loss; whereas

b. If one computes the capital gains by converting the cost of acquisition and the sales consideration at the exchange rate prevalent at the time of acquiring or transfer of the shares, respectively, it results in a gain.

Therefore, one can say that the gain is primarily on account of the difference in the exchange rates on both the dates.

The first proviso to section 48 of the ITA, which provides the mode of computation of capital gains, states as follows:

“Provided that in the case of an assessee, who is a non-resident, capital gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset being shares in, or debentures of, an Indian company shall be computed by converting the cost of acquisition, expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with such transfer and the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of the capital asset into the same foreign currency as was initially utilised in the purchase of the shares or debentures, and the capital gains so computed in such foreign currency shall be reconverted into Indian currency, so, however, that the aforesaid manner of computation of capital gains shall be applicable in respect of capital gains accruing or arising from every reinvestment thereafter in, and sale of, shares in, or debentures of, an Indian company:..”

Therefore, the proviso requires one to convert the cost of acquisition as well as the sales consideration into foreign currency, compute the capital gains in foreign currency and then recompute the gains arrived in this manner, into INR.

Rule 115A of the Rules provides further guidance in case of sale of shares by a non-resident Indian. Rule 115A requires one to compute the capital gains in this manner:

(i) Convert the cost of acquisition into foreign currency at the rate as on the date of acquisition (USD 100,000 in the said example).

(ii) Convert the expenditure incurred in connection with the transfer as well as the full value of consideration into foreign currency at the rate as on the date of transfer of the capital asset (USD 80,000 in the said example).

(iii) Reconvert the capital gains into INR at the rate as on the date of transfer (loss of USD 20,000 converted to loss of INR 17,00,000).

While Rule 115A applies only to non-resident Indians and not all non-residents or foreign companies, in the view of the authors, one may be able to apply the same principle in the case of all non-residents.

Section 112(1)(c) of the ITA, which provides the rate of tax on long-term capital gains in the hands of a non-resident (other than a company) or a foreign company, states as follows:

“(1) Where the total income of an assessee includes any income, arising from the transfer of a long-term capital asset, which is chargeable under the head ‘Capital gains’, the tax payable by the assessee on the total income shall be the aggregate of, –

(a)..

(c) in the case of a non-resident (not being a company) or a foreign company, –

(i) …

(ii) …

(iii) the amount of income-tax on long-term gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset, being unlisted securities or shares of a company not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, calculated at the rate of ten per cent on the capital gains in respect of such asset as computed without giving effect to the first and second proviso to section 48; (emphasis added)

Therefore, in the case of transfer of unlisted shares of an Indian company by a non-resident or a foreign company, section 112 provides that the tax is to be computed on an income without giving effect to the first and second proviso to section 48 of the ITA. If one computes the gains without giving effect to the first proviso to section 48 of the ITA in the above example, it will result in taxable long-term capital gains of INR 8,00,000.

The question which arises is which section should one apply while computing the capital gains in the case of a non-resident or a foreign company, which is transferring unlisted shares of an Indian company — section 48 or 112(1)(c) of the ITA?

This issue has been evaluated by the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Legatum Ventures Ltd vs. ACIT (2023) 149 taxmann.com 436, wherein, on similar facts as our example above, the ITAT held that in such a situation, section 112 would apply and not section 48. The relevant extracts of the reasoning provided by the ITAT is as follows:

“17. From the perusal of section 112 of the Act, forming part of Chapter XII – Determination of Tax in Certain Special Cases, we find that though the said section deals with the determination of tax payable by the assessee on the total income which includes any income arising from the transfer of a long-term capital asset chargeable under the head ‘capital gains’. However, in the case of a non-resident (not being a company) or a foreign company, sub-clause (iii) of clause (c) to sub-section (1) also provides the mode of computation of capital gains. As per section 112(1)(c)(iii) of the Act, in case of a non-resident, capital gains arising from the transfer of a long-term capital asset, being unlisted securities or shares of a company in which public are not substantially interested, shall be computed without giving effect to 1st and 2nd proviso to section 48 of the Act. The aforesaid section further provides a tax rate of 10% on the capital gains so computed. Therefore, we are of the considered opinion that section 112(1)(c)(iii) is a special provision for the computation of capital gains, in case of a non-resident, arising from the transfer of unlisted shares and securities. While, on the other hand, section 48 of the Act is a general provision, which deals with the mode of computation of capital gains in all the cases of transfer of capital assets. Further, section 112(1)(c)(iii) of the Act does not provide for ‘re-computation’ of capital gains for levying tax rate of 10%. Since section 112(1)(c)(iii) is the specific provision, therefore, in case the ingredients of the said section, i.e. (i) in case of non-resident or foreign company; (ii) long-term capital gains arise; (iii) from the transfer of unlisted shares or securities of a company not being a company in which public are substantially interested, are fulfilled, capital gains is required to be computed as per the manner provided under the said section. It is a well-settled rule of interpretation that if a special provision is made respecting a certain matter, that matter is excluded from the general provision under the rule which is expressed by the maxim ‘Generallia specialibus non derogant’. Further, it is also a well-settled rule of construction that when, in an enactment, two provisions exist, which cannot be reconciled with each other, they should be so interpreted that, if possible, the effect should be given to both. Therefore, if the submission of the assessee that in the present case the income chargeable under the head ‘capital gains’ is to be computed only as per section 48 of the Act is accepted, then the same would render the computation mechanism provided in section 112(1)(c)(iii) of the Act completely otiose and redundant.

18. In view of the above, we also find no merits in the assessee’s submission that if the case of the assessee is governed under two provisions of the Act, then it has the right to choose to be taxed under the provision which leaves him with a lesser tax burden. In the present case, the capital gains has to be computed only by reference to provisions of section 112(1)(c)(iii) of the Act. Further, it cannot be disputed that if as per section 112(1)(c)(iii), the 1st and 2nd proviso to section 48 of the Act are not given effect, the assessee will have a long-term capital gains of Rs. 17,13,59,838 from the sale of unlisted shares of the Indian company. Therefore, we find no infirmity in the orders passed by the lower authorities taxing the long-term capital gains of Rs. 17,13,59,838 as per section 112(1)(c)(iii) of the Act.”

Therefore, the ITAT held that section 112 is a special provision and would override section 48, which is a general provision under the ITA.

With utmost respect to the Hon’ble ITAT, in the view of the authors, the above decision did not consider a few aspects, discussed in detail in the ensuing paragraphs, which could have an impact on the issue at hand.

i. At the outset, section 48 lays down the computation mechanism whereas section 112 prescribes the rate of tax. As both sections operate on different aspects and one needs to give impact to both the sections when one is finally computing the tax payable. Therefore, if one takes a harmonious reading of the law, one cannot state that either section should override the other.

ii. Section 112 of the ITA begins with the language “Where the total income of an assessee includes any income, arising from the transfer of a long-term capital asset, which is chargeable under the head ‘Capital gains’”. Therefore, for section 112 of the ITA to apply, there needs to be income which is chargeable under the head “Capital gains”. For the purpose of computing the capital gains, one would need to consider section 48 of the ITA, including the first proviso. If after computing the capital gains in accordance with the ITA, there is a loss, the question of applying section 112 of the ITA does not apply as the total income of the assessee does not include any income chargeable under the head “Capital gains”.

One may refer to the CBDT Circular 721 dated 13th September, 1995, wherein the application of section 112 in the set-off of losses under the other heads of income was discussed in detail. The relevant extracts of the said Circular are reproduced below:

“The above phraseology contains two significant expressions, ‘total income’ and ‘includes any income’. The total income is to be computed in the manner prescribed in the Income-tax Act. Set-off of loss as per the provisions of sections 70 to 80 is a stage which is part of this procedure. When this procedure is adopted for computing gross total income or total income, only the amount of income after set-off remains under a head as part of gross total income or total income. Only that amount of long-term capital gains which is included in the total income would be subject to tax at a prescribed flat rate. Thus, if there was a loss of Rs. 10,000 from business and there is long-term capital gains of Rs. 30,000, then after setting off of loss of Rs. 10,000 with long-term capital gains, only Rs. 20,000 would remain under the head ‘Capital gains’ to be included in the gross total income or total income. The flat rate of tax will be applicable in respect of Rs. 20,000 and not Rs. 30,000, since the amount of long-term capital gains included in that total income is Rs. 20,000. (Here it is assumed that the total income ignoring, long-term capital gains, is above the exemption limit).”

In the view of the authors, while the above circular is in the context of application of section 112 after set-off of the losses, it clearly lays down the manner of interpreting section 112 (the relevant portion of which has not been amended after this Circular), i.e., section 112 applies after the computation provisions have been given effect to. Therefore, the principles emanating from the Circular should also apply in the case interplay of section 112 and section 48 and allows one to give a harmonious reading of both the sections.

iii. Further, the ITAT applied the principle of “Generallia specialibus non derogant”, i.e., special provisions shall override the general provisions. While using this interpretation, it held that section 112(1)(c) specifically applies to non-residents whereas section 48 applies to all transfers. However, what should be considered is that the first proviso to section 48 is also a specific provision and applies only in the case of a non-resident transferring shares or debentures of an Indian company. In other words, both the sections [the first proviso to section 48 and section 112(1)(c)] are special provisions and not general provisions under the ITA.

iv. Another aspect to be considered while evaluating the above decision of the ITAT above is to compare it with the treatment provided to transfer of shares listed on a recognised stock exchange under section 112A of the ITA. In case of such gains also, the first and second proviso to section 48 of the ITA do not apply. However, the manner in which such exclusion has been implemented is by adding a separate proviso to section 48 itself and not in the taxing section 112A. The third proviso to section 48 of the ITA states as below:

“Provided also that nothing contained in the first and second provisos shall apply to the capital gains arising from the transfer of a long-term capital asset being an equity share in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund or a unit of a business trust referred to in section 112A:”

If a similar carve-out in section 48 was also provided for unlisted shares, taxable under section 112(1)(c), the ITAT decision could have been better appreciated. However, the fact that the legislature, in its wisdom, decided to carve-out the benefit of the first and second proviso in the section dealing with tax rate instead of that dealing with the computation would mean that its intention was different and has to be interpreted in a manner different than one would for section 112A.

v. If one follows the view of the ITAT, it could result in an absurdity wherein a situation of loss in foreign currency but gains in INR would be dealt with differently than loss in foreign currency as well as INR. In case of a loss in foreign currency as well as in INR, the provisions of section 112 of the ITA do not apply and for the purpose of the carry forward of the loss under section 74 of the ITA, one would consider the first proviso of section 48 for carrying forward such loss. Therefore, in the case of a profit due to exchange fluctuation, one would not apply the first proviso to section 48 whereas in the case of a loss, one would apply the first proviso to section 48, resulting in two different outcomes in two similar situations (loss in foreign currency).

vi. Lastly, if one views purely from a non-resident’s perspective, i.e., from the perspective of the US Co in this case, there is clearly a loss. In the above example, US Co had invested in I Co at USD 100,000 and received USD 80,000 in return. Therefore, while the value of the investment may have grown on account of the exchange rate fluctuation, it does not result in an actual profit or gain from US Co’s point of view.

Therefore, in the view of the authors, the only way one would be able to harmoniously apply both the sections without making either obsolete would be to first compute capital gains in accordance with section 48 (including the first proviso) and if the income in accordance with the said section is positive, apply the provisions of section 112 by recomputing the gains without giving effect to the first proviso to section 48. If the income, after computing in accordance with section 48, is a loss, then one need not apply section 112 of the ITA.

b. Outbound

Having analysed the case of a non-resident transferring the shares of an Indian company, one should also evaluate the issues arising in the transfer of shares of a foreign company by a resident. The main issue in this type of transaction is the interpretation of Rule 115 of the Rules.

Let us take a similar example as that above to understand this issue further. In this example, I Co, an Indian company, had acquired shares of US Co, a company incorporated in the US, in 2014 when the exchange rate was 1 USD = INR 60. During FY 2024–25, these shares are sold to a UK-based company, when the exchange rate is 1 USD = INR 85. The computation of the capital gains would be similar to above and as follows:

Particulars Amount in USD Exchange Rate Amount in INR
Sales consideration 80,000 85 68,00,000
(-) Cost of acquisition 100,000 60 60,00,000
Capital Gains (20,000) 8,00,000

Similar to the earlier example, I Co has made a loss in USD terms but a profit if one considers the exchange rate fluctuation.

In this situation, the first proviso to section 48 of ITA does not apply as it applies only in the case of a non-resident transferring the shares of an Indian company and not in the case of a resident transferring the shares of a foreign company. Similarly, section 112(1)(c) of the ITA also does not apply to this transaction.

Rule 115 of the Rules, which deals with the exchange rate to be used for conversion into INR of income expressed in foreign currency, provides as under:

“(1) The rate of exchange for the calculation of the value in rupees of any income accruing or arising or deemed to accrue or arise to the assessee in foreign currency or received or deemed to be received by him or on his behalf in foreign currency shall be the telegraphic transfer buying rate of such currency as on the specified date.

Explanation.—For the purposes of this rule,—

(1) ‘telegraphic transfer buying rate’ shall have the same meaning as in the Explanation to rule 26;

(2) ‘specified date’ means—

(a) …
(b)…

(c) in respect of income chargeable under the heads ‘Income from house property’, ‘Profits and gains of business or profession’ not being income referred to in clause (d) and ‘Income from other sources’ (not being income by way of dividends and ‘Interest on securities’), the last day of the previous year of the assessee

(f) in respect of income chargeable under the head ‘Capital gains’, the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the capital asset is transferred:

Provided that the specified date, in respect of income referred to in sub-clauses (a) to (f) payable in foreign currency and from which tax has been deducted at source under rule 26, shall be the date on which the tax was required to be deducted under the provisions of the Chapter XVII-B.

(2) Nothing contained in sub-rule (1) shall apply in respect of income referred to in clause (c) of the Explanation to sub-rule (1) where such income is received in, or brought into India by the assessee or on his behalf before the specified date in accordance with the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (46 of 1973).”

The issue which arises is whether Rule 115 shall apply in a situation where the income accruing as a result of a transfer has been received in India — whether the exchange rate for the currency in which the transfer was effectuated and therefore, income accruing, is to be considered or does Rule 115 not apply as the income is received in India.

One of the key decisions on Rule 115 is that of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Chowgule & Co. Ltd (1996) 218 ITR 384, wherein the Apex Court held as follows:

“Rule 115 merely lays down that ‘for the calculation of the value in rupees of any income accruing or arising or deemed to accrue or arise to the assessee in foreign currency or received or deemed to be received by him or on his behalf in foreign currency’, the rate of exchange shall be the telegraphic transfer buying rate of such currency as on the specified date. Explanation (2) has clarified that the ‘specified date’ will mean in respect of income chargeable under the heading of ‘Profits and gains of business or profession’, the last day of the previous year of the assessee. This only means that if an assessee is assessable in respect of any income accruing or arising or deemed to have accrued or arisen in foreign currency or has received or deemed to have received income in foreign currency, then such foreign currency shall be converted into rupees notionally at the telegraphic transfer buying rate of such currency as on the last day of the previous year of the assessee. If on the last day of the previous year, the assessee does not have any foreign currency in his hand or the assessee is not entitled to receive any foreign currency, then there is no question of conversion of such foreign currency into rupees. It is only the foreign currency which will have to be converted into rupees. But, if the foreign currency received by an assessee has been converted into rupees before the specified date, question of application of rule 115 does not arise. Rule 115 does not lay down that all foreign currencies received by an assessee will be converted into rupees only on the last day of the accounting period. Rule 115 only fixes the rate of conversion of foreign currency. If there is no foreign currency to convert on the last day of accounting period, then no question of invoking rule 115 will arise. The assessee in this case is agreeable to have the outstanding amount of foreign currency payable to him at the rate of exchange prevalent on the last day of the previous year of the assessee. But this rule cannot apply to the amounts received by the assessee in course of the accounting period in rupees. Clause (2), which was introduced on 1-4-1990, is really clarificatory and does not bring about any change in rule 115.”

Therefore, the SC held that Rule 115 would have no implication if the income has been brought into India as on the last day of the previous year. The SC further held that Rule 115(2) of the Rules is merely clarificatory and does not bring about any change in Rule 115. This would, therefore, mean that in the case of capital gains, if the sales consideration (of which the income is a part) is brought into India before the last date of the previous year, the rate at which the income was brought into India would be considered for computing the capital gains.

In the view of the authors, the above SC decision is to be read in the context of the facts which were before the Apex Court. The facts of that case were in respect of business income, wherein the Rule itself provides for the exchange rate on the last date of the previous year to be applied. Therefore, one may be able to distinguish that the principle laid down by the SC in the above decision would not apply to other streams of income where a different date for considering the exchange rate is to be considered — for example, in the case of capital gains, on the last date of the month preceding the month of transfer.

Another point which needs to be considered is the language of Rule 115 which deals with exchange rate for “income accruing or arising or deemed to accrue or arise to the assessee in foreign currency or received or deemed to be received by him or on his behalf in foreign currency”. Therefore, when the Rule itself distinguishes between income accrued and income received, considering the rate at which the income was brought into India and not at which the income was accrued, may not be in line with the Rule. Similarly, if one takes a view that the observation of the SC, that Rule 115(2) is clarificatory, should apply to all streams of income and not just business income, it may be considered as against the intention of the Rule which provides for the rate at which income was brought into India only for business income, income from house property, income from other sources (other than dividend) and interest on securities.

Therefore, in the view of the authors, the above SC decision may not apply to the case of capital gains. Secondly, even if one needs to consider the above SC decision and take the exchange rate as on the date on which it was brought into India, the said exchange rate would apply on the ‘income’ component, which is capital gains and therefore, one need not convert the cost of acquisition and sales consideration separately.

In the context of capital gains, one may refer to the recent decision of the Mumbai ITAT in the case of ICICI Bank Ltd vs. DCIT (2024) 159 taxmann.com 747. In the said case, the assessee had invested in foreign subsidiaries and some of the subsidiaries had been sold while some of the investments were redeemed during the year. As per the limited facts provided in the judgement, the sales consideration was accruing in foreign currency and received in India. The Pr. CIT, while passing an order under section 263, held that indexation of cost is available only when capital assets are acquired in Indian currency. The Pr. CIT further computed the income by converting the cost of acquisition and sales consideration at the exchange rate on the date of acquisition and date of sale, respectively, and held that the investment was made in INR and, therefore, indexation was computed on the gains computed in INR as stated above. The ITAT upheld the order under section 263 and held as follows:

“…. The assessee has sold the shares of the subsidiary company to another entity for a consideration of Russian rubles Rs. 122,49,51,818. This was purchased by the assessee for Russian ruble Rs. 183,12,16,035…..Undisputedly, all these acquisitions have been made by the assessee in Indian currency and sold and ultimately consideration was received in India in Rupees. The acquisition cost in INR was converted in to FC and sale in foreign currency was received in INR. The learned PCIT has given a reason that the order of the learned assessing officer is not in accordance with the concept of cost inflation index. In fact, assessee has not invested in foreign currency but in INR. Even the second proviso to section 48 is only with respect to Non-resident Assessee. By computing long term capital gain by incorrect method assessee has got the benefit of Foreign Exchange Fluctuation as well as cost inflation index both, which is not in accordance with Income-tax Act.”

While no detailed reasoning is provided, it seems that the ITAT has held that as ultimately the acquisition was made by converting INR into foreign currency and as the sales consideration, though in foreign currency, was received in India, the capital gains is to be computed by converting the cost of acquisition and sales consideration at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of purchase and sale, respectively.

Therefore, the ITAT effectively read Rule 115(2) even for capital gains and did not distinguish between “income accruing” and “income received”. As has been analysed above, in the view of the authors, such a position, with utmost respect of the ITAT, may need to be reconsidered on the basis of the arguments provided above. If the same is not reconsidered, in the view of the authors, the provisions of Rule 115 may become obsolete as income, would at some point of time, in the case of a resident, always be repatriated to India, in accordance with the rules under Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999.

Therefore, in the view of the authors, if the income accruing as a result of transfer, is expressed in foreign currency, such income, being capital gains, would need to be converted in accordance with Rule 115, i.e., there would be a loss of USD 20,000 in the above example.

However, care needs to be taken that the income should be accruing in foreign currency and not in INR. The Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs. E.R.Squibb & Sons Inc (1999) 235 ITR 1 held, while in an inbound scenario, where the sale price of the shares of an Indian company by a non-resident, as well as the RBI approval for the sale, was in INR, the income would not be said to be accruing in foreign currency and hence, Rule 115 would not apply. Therefore, for Rule 115 to apply in the case of capital gains, it is essential that the agreement in form as well as in substance, refer to the consideration to be received in foreign currency and not INR.

CONCLUSION

While the arguments provided above could help in distinguishing the decisions of the ITAT in the case of inbound investments as well as outbound investments, one may need to consider the possibility of litigation on this aspect as there is no favourable judicial precedent on the subject directly, taking the above arguments. Further, the Mumbai ITAT in the case of ICICI Bank (supra) has held, by upholding the order of the Pr. CIT under section 263, that indexation should apply only to investments in INR and not in case of income expressed in foreign currency. Such a view, not coming clearly from language of the second proviso to section 48 (which seems to apply to all transactions other than capital gains in the hands of a non-resident on sale of shares or debentures of an Indian company), would need a detailed evaluation.

End of the Non-Dom Era in the UK

For many years, the concept of domicile has been a cornerstone of the UK tax system. In order to attract wealthy individuals to the UK, the UK Government was happy to grant preferential tax treatment to non-UK domiciled individuals, effectively protecting their overseas assets from UK taxation for an extended period.

However, this privileged status has attracted much debate in recent years, so it was no surprise when the Chancellor announced the abolition of the non-dom regime in the 2024 Spring Budget. We were told that the existing rules would be replaced with a residence-based tax system for income and capital gains tax from April 2025, with new benefits for long-term non-residents lasting for only four years following a move to the UK.

The Government also announced the inheritance tax regime would move to a residence-based test following a period of consultation, leaving many UK resident non-doms having to rethink their plans, whilst new arrivers to the UK will be wondering how they can benefit from the new rules.

UK TAX PRINCIPLES

Domicile

Domicile is a concept in UK general law that is distinct from nationality and residency. It is the country where a person ‘belongs’ and is found by considering the individual’s habitual residence and where they intend to remain indefinitely.

Under UK law, each person has a domicile, and whilst it is possible to be a resident in more than one country, a person can only have one domicile at any given time. There are three different types of domicile:

  • A domicile of origin, typically being where the individual’s father was domiciled at the time of their birth;
  • A domicile of dependence, where their parent acquired a different domicile before the individual turned 16 years old; and
  • A domicile of choice, which occurs if the individual moves away from their home country and resides in a different country with the intention of making the latter their home permanently or indefinitely.

For tax purposes only, the UK also has the concept of ‘deemed domicile’, where an individual who is non-UK domiciled under general law is considered to be UK domiciled for tax purposes where certain conditions are met. Since 2017, this would apply if an individual has been a UK tax resident for 15 of the last 20 tax years or, where someone with a domicile of origin in the UK who had obtained a domicile of choice elsewhere subsequently becomes a tax resident in the UK again.

When an individual is deemed domiciled in the UK, this status is relevant for income, capital gains and inheritance tax purposes, although relief might be available under some double tax treaties in limited circumstances.

Background

The UK first introduced income tax in 1799 in order to fund the Napoleonic Wars. Even then, the rules incorporated an early form of the remittance basis of taxation by limiting a taxpayer’s liability on foreign income to that remitted to the UK. It was not until 1914 that the concept of domicile was linked to the UK’s tax system and the benefits that a UK-domiciled individual could obtain from this ‘remittance basis’ started to be restricted.

This divergence between the taxation of UK and non-UK domiciled individuals increased in the 1940s and 1950s through further restrictions on the reliefs available to those with a UK domicile, and when capital gains tax was introduced in 1965, it was only ‘non-doms’ who were able to use the remittance basis to shelter unremitted overseas gains. The final strands of the remittance basis available to UK domiciled individuals were effectively abolished in 1974, and this disparity continues to this day.

As it stands, the two primary benefits of the non-dom regime are the ability to avoid paying inheritance tax on non-UK situs assets and the option to elect to be taxed on the remittance basis, which avoids the taxation of overseas income and gains.

From a conceptual perspective, aligning tax benefits to an individual’s domicile status could help achieve the long-standing UK objective of encouraging foreign individuals to relocate to the UK to do business and invest in the economy. However, the existing regime has some apparent drawbacks, including the loss of tax revenue on foreign income and gains, a tax charge that can effectively encourage non-doms to keep their wealth outside of the UK, and the discontent of the UK public at the inequity of tax regimes.

The remittance basis remains a popular election for non-doms with the UK’s tax authority, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC), reporting that in 2022 the combined total of non-domiciled and deemed domiciled taxpayers in the UK stood at a minimum of 78,700. Together this cohort contributed £12.4 billion to the UK in the form of income tax, capital gains tax, and National Insurance Contributions — the highest amount on record.

However, despite these revenue contributions, the regime and its users have remained under significant scrutiny and criticism from both the public and politicians. Anecdotally, the public considers the regime to be a benefit for the rich — at odds with the principle of those with the broadest shoulders contributing most to the economy. Politicians, on the other hand, question whether a regime which motivates taxpayers to keep their wealth out of the UK is counterproductive to what was originally intended. This contrasts with supporters of the existing rules who point to the regime as being one of the reasons individuals and businesses have for decades continued to come to the UK to do business, create wealth and spend money.

From a professional adviser’s perspective, the concept of domicile is very subjective, so it can be difficult to form a definitive opinion on the matter, which has led to many tax disputes. At the time the concept was introduced, it would not have been possible, or at least highly unlikely, to have a permanent home in two different countries but this is now relatively commonplace with modern-day transportation and ever-increasing global mobility. Similarly, moving away from traditional family relationships can cause issues when applying the rules and many people are uncertain where they will remain permanently until very late in life.
Accordingly, since at least 2015, most UK opposition parties, including Labour and Liberal Democrats, have pledged to either abolish the regime altogether or drastically restrict it. In 2017, we saw significant changes to the non-dom regime, including an increase to the annual charge applicable when claiming the remittance basis after 7 years of UK residence, the point at which one is deemed UK domiciled reducing from 17 to 15 of 20 years of UK residence, and income and gains being brought into the deemed domicile rules.

Despite these changes, the remittance basis remained a popular election, and non-doms looked set to continue to utilise the regime prior to the Budget announcements.

THE CURRENT REGIME

As noted, non-UK domiciled individuals are currently able to benefit from a UK inheritance tax exemption on their non-UK situs assets and an exemption from income and capital gains tax on overseas income and gains by electing to be taxed on the remittance basis of taxation. Both of these benefits offer significant benefits and planning opportunities that are not available to UK domiciled individuals.

UK Inheritance Tax (IHT)

IHT can apply when an individual makes certain transfers during their lifetime, but it is primarily a charge on the value of a person’s estate on death. However, the extent to which an individual’s estate is subject to IHT depends on their domicile status.

UK-domiciled and deemed domiciled individuals are subject to IHT on their worldwide assets. To the extent an individual’s estate does not consist of ‘Excluded Property’ or qualifies for any reliefs or exemptions, it will be taxed at the inheritance tax death rate, currently 40 per cent, on any amounts in excess of the nil rate band of £325,000.

This threshold of £325,000 has not been increased since 2009 and is set to remain at this level until 2028. As a result, there has been a significant increase in the number of people who find themselves subject to inheritance tax as the nil rate band has not kept up with inflation or, in particular, the rise in UK property values over the same period.

In contrast, for a non-UK domiciled individual, non-UK situs assets will be Excluded Property with the exception of any assets that derive their value from UK residential property or related loans – for example, foreign companies that own UK residential property. Accordingly, non-doms coming to the UK currently have limited exposure to IHT, provided they do not stay long enough to become deemed domiciled.

Furthermore, as Trusts inherit the IHT status of the settlor, under the current regime non-doms have the ability to settle non-UK situs assets into trust without these assets falling into the Relevant Property Trust regime, which would otherwise subject the trust fund to principal and periodic charges. These trust structures can, therefore, offer long-term IHT protection provided the assets are kept out of the UK.

The Remittance Basis

From an income and capital gains tax perspective, the default position for a UK resident is that they are subject to income tax and capital gains tax on their worldwide income and gains on an arising basis. This means that UK tax is payable on these receipts regardless of where they arise and whether or not they are brought to the UK.

However, non-doms have the ability to limit their UK tax exposure by electing to be taxed on the remittance basis in a given year. The effect of this election is that they will continue to be taxed on their UK source income and gains on an arising basis, but their non-UK income and gains will only be taxable in the UK to the extent that they are brought into, or otherwise enjoyed in the UK.

Non-UK income and gains that have not been taxed in the UK as a consequence of a claim to be taxed on the remittance basis will be subject to UK taxation if they are remitted to the UK at any point in the future. When this occurs, the income loses its character and is taxed as non-savings income at rates of 20 per cent, 40 per cent and 45 per cent (or up to 48 per cent if the individual is a Scottish taxpayer). Capital gains will be taxed at the prevailing capital gains tax rate at the time of the remittance. If the income or gains have suffered tax in another jurisdiction, any Double Tax Treaty between the UK and the source country will need to be considered to determine how much, if any, foreign tax credit relief is available against the UK liability.

The concept of ‘remittance’ is very broad. In summary, non-UK income and gains are treated as remitted to the UK if they are brought into, received in or used in the UK. This includes income and gains being used to pay for services in the UK, being used in relation to UK debts, or being used to acquire assets that are subsequently brought into the UK.

Additionally, anti-avoidance provisions exist to prevent non-domiciled individuals from making remittances in tax years when they are temporarily non-UK residents — i.e., where they are outside the UK for less than five years. In these circumstances, any remittances in the period of temporary non-residence will be taxed in the year they re-establish residence in the UK.

Where an individual’s unremitted foreign income and gains in a year are less than £2,000, the remittance basis applies automatically without the need to make a claim. Otherwise, the remittance basis must be claimed annually on an individual’s UK tax return. Accordingly, individuals can decide whether to be taxed on the remittance basis on a year-by-year basis by taking into account the potential UK tax due on the overseas income and gains and the amount that has been remitted to the UK in order to determine whether it is beneficial for a given tax year.

Drawbacks of the Remittance Basis

Whilst there can be significant benefits to claiming the remittance basis, there are costs associated with doing so and also potential pitfalls.

Firstly, under the current rules, any foreign income and gains received in a year when a remittance basis election is made will always become taxable in the UK when remitted. This could be the following year or in 10 years — it still becomes taxable when it is brought into the UK. Accordingly, it is necessary to maintain detailed records to demonstrate the source of funds remitted to the UK, which can be very onerous over an extended period of time.

It may also be necessary to maintain multiple offshore accounts in order to avoid different sources of income and gains becoming mixed. A non-dom could have overseas receipts from different sources — investments, property income, asset sales, etc. — which can be difficult or impossible to unpick later down the line. Where money is remitted to the UK from a mixed fund, statutory ordering provisions apply, which deem the remittance to be made up of income or gains from the current tax year in priority to earlier years and, in essence, from income in priority to capital gains. This allows HMRC to tax remittances from mixed funds at the highest rates possible, as income tax rates significantly exceed those for capital gains. Whilst these rules can result in a significant compliance burden, they also provide an opportunity for well-advised individuals to structure their affairs so they are able to remit funds in a tax efficient manner.

Another pitfall is the wide-ranging definition of what constitutes a remittance. Non-doms will typically identify that a direct bank transfer to a UK account is a remittance, but it is not so obvious for indirect transfers — for instance, if they use a UK credit card which is ultimately repaid using overseas income. The acquisition of UK stocks and shares using offshore funds also constitutes a remittance, which is often not identified until after a purchase has been made — the sale of these assets does not remove the remittance, so consideration is required on what to do with these assets or proceeds given the remittance has already been made. At the very least, clear instructions should be given to any investment manager in place, and the taxpayer should monitor their portfolio on an ongoing basis through this lens. Care is also required around gifts to and from close family members and family investment vehicles to avoid unintended tax consequences.

Where a remittance of overseas funds has been made but not immediately identified, non-doms will want to ensure they disclose this to HMRC as soon as possible. As a remittance relates to offshore income or gains, a harsher penalty regime applies — up to 200 per cent of the unpaid tax — but this can usually be significantly mitigated by making a voluntary disclosure, cooperating with HMRC in resolving the matter, and making a full and prompt settlement of the underpaid tax. If the taxpayer fails to secure ‘unprompted disclosure’ status — for instance, if HMRC gets wind of undeclared income or gains and issues a ‘nudge letter’ — the ability to mitigate these penalties is considerably reduced.

As noted, whilst there can be tax benefits to claiming the remittance basis, there is also a ‘cost’ associated with doing so. Whenever a non-dom elects to be taxed on the remittance basis, the individual loses their entitlement to the income tax-free Personal Allowance (currently £12,570) and the capital gains tax Annual Exemption (£3,000 for the 2024/25 tax year).

In addition, a Remittance Basis Charge (‘RBC’) applies to remittance basis users after they have been UK residents for more than seven of the previous nine years. This charge starts at £30,000 and increases to £60,000, where the individual has been resident for more than 12 of the last 14 tax years.
Eventually, after being resident in the UK for 15 of the last 20 years, individuals will become deemed domiciled in the UK and therefore considered to be UK domiciled for all tax purposes. This means that they can no longer benefit from the remittance basis of taxation and that their worldwide estate will be chargeable to IHT on their death, subject only to very limited exceptions found in a handful of old Double Tax Agreements.

THE PROPOSED NEW REGIME

Before considering the proposed changes, it’s worth noting the current state of play in British politics, which will undoubtedly have an impact on what is ultimately enacted by legislation. The current Government has a Conservative majority but opinion polls suggest this is unlikely to be the case come the end of the year. So, whilst we know what a regime introduced by the Conservatives might look like, they may not be in a position to have much of a say on matters after the General Election now set for 4th July.

Based on current polling, the Labour Party is in pole position to take power so it is necessary to consider their take on matters. We know that they are in favour of abolishing the existing non-dom regime, so we can be relatively certain that the old rules will go in April 2025. There also seems to be an acceptance that the concept of domicile has had its’ day, so it is likely the new rules will be based on residence. Beyond that, those affected will need to pay close attention to the party proposals in the run-up to, and decisions made following the General Election.

If we do consider the Conservative Party proposals for the time being, the most significant change is the removal of the remittance basis of taxation from April 2025 and the introduction of a new Foreign Income and Gains Regime (the “FIG regime”). Under the FIG regime, new arrivers — said to be those who have been non-UK residents for the previous ten years — will not suffer income or capital gains tax on their offshore income or gains for the first four years of UK residence, after which point they will be subject to UK taxation on their worldwide income and gains. Similar to claiming the remittance basis, electing into the FIG regime will result in the loss of their Personal Allowance and capital gains tax Annual Exemption. However, unlike the remittance basis, foreign income or gains will not be taxed irrespective of whether they are remitted to the UK.

Transitional Rules

As is often the case with significant changes in tax policy, the proposals included some transitional provisions for those affected:

  • For the 2025/26 and 2026/27 tax years, taxpayers who have previously claimed the remittance basis will have access to a Temporary Repatriation Facility, whereby they will be able to remit foreign income and capital gains and suffer tax at a reduced tax rate of 12 per cent (compared to up to 45 per cent under the current rules);
  • For the 2025/26 tax year only, those who were claiming the remittance basis but are unable to benefit from the FIG regime will be able to exempt 50 per cent of their foreign income (not gains) from UK taxation; and
  • Individuals who have previously been taxed on the remittance basis and are neither UK domiciled nor deemed domiciled on 5th April, 2025 will be able to claim a capital gains tax rebasing uplift to the April 2019 value for assets sold after April 2025.

In addition, the Conservatives have announced that any Excluded Property Trusts — i.e. those established by non-domiciled individuals and are therefore not subject to UK IHT unless they hold UK situs assets — would retain their IHT benefits so long as they were settled before
6th April, 2025.

Some implications of the proposals.

In the first instance, individuals planning to come to the UK might consider the timing of their move. The new regime will be very attractive to new arrivers so they may wish to consider aligning their arrival date to that of the introduction of the new rules so they are able to take full advantage of the FIG regime. Whilst several countries already have a tax regime aimed at attracting wealthy individuals, these often come with a requirement to make a substantial investment in the country or pay a hefty annual charge to benefit from the local regime. As currently proposed, the FIG regime will have no such requirement, so it is very generous for the first four years of UK residence.

Because of this, we may see a rise in individuals using the UK as a temporary place of residence. In particular, the FIG regime will be attractive for business owners looking to realise a gain on or extract dividends from their non-UK business, which they will be able to do without incurring any UK tax. They will, of course, need to carefully consider the interaction of the new rules with tax legislation in the source jurisdiction.

There will also be certain professions where the changes could have a disproportionately large impact — for instance, foreign football players will typically keep their wealth out of the UK as they are generally able to meet their UK spending needs on just their club salary. This will no longer be effective planning after four years of UK residence, so we might see players only willing to sign up to a four-year contract, after which the player moves on to another league.

Consideration will also need to be given to how the new rules work with existing Double Tax Agreements. In many cases, relief from taxation in one jurisdiction is only available where the income or gains are taxed in the other jurisdiction — as the new FIG rules will not bring the income or gains into UK taxation, the taxing rights may fall back to the country where the income or gains are derived from.

For non-doms who are already UK residents and have not previously claimed the remittance basis, they may wish to consider doing so in order to ensure they can benefit from some of the transitional provisions. As noted above, there is likely to be a ‘cost’ to making the claim, so once there is certainty over the incoming rules, they will need to weigh this up against the benefits of doing so.

All that said, at the time of writing, these are still just proposals with no legal authority, and the Labour Party have given some strong suggestions that they would not introduce everything announced in the Spring 2024 Budget. In particular, they have suggested there would be no 50 per cent income exemption for those unable to benefit from the FIG regime and also that Excluded Property Trusts would lose their preferential IHT status. This leaves those affected in a rather unhelpful position with no firm basis on which to make plans.

Inheritance Tax (IHT) (again)

Finally, the Conservatives also announced their intention to move the application of IHT to a residence-based system from April 2025 but have not yet expanded further on this area. It would be extremely harsh to bring an individual’s entire estate into the charge to UK taxation after only four years of residence, so a 10-year period has been suggested as a starting point for discussion. We are advised that the Government will issue a formal Consultation on this matter in the summer, after which we can expect more information on the direction of travel.

WHAT NEXT…

The Government has given advanced notice of a fundamental change to UK taxation. This is helpful insofar as those affected are now aware that a change is coming — the issue is over what the landscape will look like after April 2025 and what actions they should be taking based on their personal circumstances.

The upcoming General Election and the contrasting views of the two main political parties add an element of uncertainty, but there are a few areas that seem to be relatively safe assumptions. Both parties seem to agree that the concept of domicile should be replaced with a residence-based test, indicating the existing non-dom regime is going. There also seems to be agreement that a mechanism which enables remittance basis users to bring funds into the UK is necessary, so we can expect some incarnation of Temporary Repatriation Facility —although it will be interesting to see how this looks when eventually legislated. Beyond that, it would seem that everything is up for debate and we expect this to be a key battleground as the parties draw up their tax policies for the General Election.

So much like Christopher Columbus, we know the direction of travel but not how we will get there or what the landscape will look like on arrival. For those wishing to avoid the new rules, the obvious option is to get off the ship — i.e., leave the UK before April 2025, but this would result in some pretty significant lifestyle changes that may not be attractive to everyone. For those who intend to stay in the UK, they should keep a close eye on developments over the next 6–8 months and, when we eventually have certainty on the incoming rules, be prepared to act swiftly. Accordingly, those with complex affairs will want to review their assets and structures to assess the implications of the changes and give consideration to their long-term objectives. Once the new regime is finalised, there will then be a relatively short window to implement any changes or suffer the consequences of this brave new world.

Corporate Guarantee and Letter of Comfort: Untangling the Transfer Pricing Quandary

Transfer Pricing (TP) regulations examine related party transactions as to whether they are undertaken between parties on an arm’s length basis or otherwise from the viewpoint of avoidance of tax leakage, i.e., whether said transactions are priced in a manner as transactions between two independent parties would have been priced. This not only mitigates tax leakage from one country to another but also ensures appropriate corporate governance (especially in listed companies dealing with public money).

In the complex landscape of TP, the issuance of corporate guarantees and letters of comfort (including the potential compensation to be charged thereon) has been a matter of significant controversy in income tax proceedings as well as in audit committee discussions.

BACKGROUND

Essentially, a corporate guarantee / letter of comfort is issued by a holding company to the bankers on behalf of its subsidiary, basis which the bank lends funds to the subsidiary. The borrowings in several cases entail a significant quantum of funds and consequentially, the above controversy has now reached corporate boardrooms and top management.

While the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations 2022 (OECD Guidelines) covers financial guarantees and does not specifically mention corporate guarantees, conceptual reference can be drawn from various paragraphs therein.

Para no. 10.154 of the OECD Guidelines acknowledges the intricacies involved in guarantee-related transactions, stating that “To consider any transfer pricing consequences of a financial guarantee, it is first necessary to understand the nature and extent of the obligations guaranteed and the consequences for all parties, accurately delineating the actual transaction in accordance with Section D.1 of Chapter I.”

Para no. 10.155 of the OECD Guidelines states that “There are various terms in use for different types of credit support from one member of an MNE group to another. At one end of the spectrum is the formal written guarantee and at the other is the implied support attributable solely to membership in the MNE group.”

Para no. 10.158 of the OECD Guidelines states that “From the perspective of a lender, the consequence of one or more explicit guarantees is that the guarantor(s) are legally committed; the lender’s risk would be expected to be reduced by having access to the assets of the guarantor(s) in the event of the borrower’s default. Effectively, this may mean that the guarantee allows the borrower to borrow on the terms that would be applicable if it had the credit rating of the guarantor rather than the terms it could obtain based on its own, non-guaranteed, rating.”

Para No. 10.163 of the OECD Guidelines deals with explicit / implicit support and states that “By providing an explicit guarantee the guarantor is exposed to additional risk as it is legally committed to pay if the borrower defaults. Anything less than a legally binding commitment, such as “letter of comfort” or other lesser form of credit support, involves no explicit assumption of risk. Each case will be dependent on its own facts and circumstances but generally, in the absence of an explicit guarantee, any expectation by any of the parties that other members of the MNE group will provide support to an associated enterprise in respect of its borrowings will be derived from the borrower’s status as a member of the MNE group. For this purpose, whether a commitment from one MNE group member to another MNE group member to provide funding to meet its obligations, constitutes a letter of comfort or a guarantee depends on all the facts and circumstances … The benefit of any such support attributable to the borrower’s MNE group member status would arise from passive association and not from the provision of a service for which a fee would be payable.”

Thus, the factual parameters of each individual guarantee transaction need to be carefully considered and the internationally accepted principle indicates that an “explicit” guarantee with a financial obligation on the guarantor would be regarded as a “transaction” requiring arm’s length compensation. However, an “implicit” support like a “Letter of Comfort” ought not to require any compensation.

Corporate guarantees are typically explicit, i.e., there is a financial obligation on the guarantor in case of the borrower’s default. A “Letter of Comfort” on the other hand is merely a support letter by the Group’s flagship company to the lender confirming the status of the borrower entity as a Group constituent. No financial obligation is cast on the issuer of such a letter.

This is also evidenced by the terminology generally included in corporate guarantee agreements, which revolves around an obligation on the guarantor in the event of default by the borrower. Corporate guarantee agreements usually contain explicit / specific references to:

  • “Unconditional / irrevocable / absolute financial obligation which the guarantor agrees to bear”;
  • “Obligations binding on the guarantor to pay any defaulted amounts to the lender on behalf of the borrower”;
  • “Continuing security for all amounts advanced by the bank”;
  • “In the event of any default on the part of Borrower in payment/repayment of any of the money referred to above, or in the event of any default on the part of the Borrower to comply with or perform any of the terms, conditions and covenants contained in the loan agreements / documents, the Guarantor shall, upon demand, forthwith pay to the Bank without demur all of the amounts payable by the borrower under the loan agreements / documents”;
  • “The Guarantor shall also indemnify and keep the Bank indemnified against all losses, damages, costs, claims, and expenses whatsoever which the Bank may suffer, pay, or incur of or in connection with any such default on the part of the Borrower including legal proceedings taken against the Borrower.”

In contrast, the nomenclature used in a letter of comfort is far more generic / informative in nature, typically involving:

  • “Declarations from the issuer of the letter that they are aware of the credit facility being extended to its subsidiary”;
  • “Assurance to the lender that the issuer shall continue to hold majority ownership / control of the business operations of the borrower”;
  • “The issuer shall not take any steps whereby the borrower might enter into liquidation or any arrangement due to which rights of the lender could get compromised vis-a-vis other creditors.”

Therefore, corporate guarantees and letters of comfort serve their respective purpose and the rationale behind providing a corporate guarantee or issuing a comfort letter are not directly comparable.

REGULATORY AND JUDICIAL HISTORY OF THE ISSUE IN INDIA

One of the first rulings from the Indian judiciary on the issue of applicability of transfer pricing provisions on providing of corporate guarantee by a parent to its subsidiary company was in the case of Four Soft Ltd vs. DCIT, wherein the Hyderabad Income-tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) (62 DTR 308) adjudicated that the definition of international transaction did not specifically cover transaction for providing corporate guarantee and hence, in absence of any charging provision enabling application of TP regulations to the said transaction, the same would be outside the purview of TP.

However, in the case of Nimbus Communications Ltd vs. ACIT [2018] 95 Taxmann.com 507 (MUM-TRIB.), Mumbai ITAT held that the provision of corporate guarantee is an international transaction.

To provide more clarity from a regulatory standpoint, Finance Act 2012 retrospectively amended the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) by appending clause “(c)” to Explanation (i) in Section 92B of the Act, specifically including corporate guarantee as an international transaction. Before the said amendment, the matter of contention was the inclusion of corporate guarantee as an international transaction. Post amendment, the issue of eligibility of corporate guarantee as an international transaction continued to evolve, with the addition of newfound arguments centered around the validity of retrospective amendment and interpretation of Explanation (i) to Section 92B of the Act in conjunction with the Section itself. It is pertinent to note that Letter of Comfort has not been specifically included in the purview of Section 92B of the Act vide aforesaid amendment, thereby continuing to remain a bone of contention from the perspective of classification or otherwise as an international transaction under transfer pricing regulations.

Divergent views have been taken in subsequent judicial pronouncements. In the case of Bharti Airtel Limited vs. ACIT [2014] 63 SOT 113 (Del), it was held by the ITAT, Delhi that “there can be a number of situations in which an item may fall within the description set out in clause (c) of Explanation to Section 92B, and yet it may not constitute an International transaction, as the condition precedent with regard to the ‘bearing on profit, income, losses or assets’ set out in Section 92B(1) may not be fulfilled.” Thus, a view can be taken that a corporate guarantee is in the nature of parental obligation or shareholder’s activity for the best interest of the overall group, and if it can be established that providing a corporate guarantee does not involve any cost to the guarantor, then such corporate guarantee is outside the ambit of the “international transaction”.

However, in the case of Redington (India) Ltd [TS-656-HC-2020(MAD)-TP], the Hon’ble Madras High Court held that corporate guarantee is an international transaction and upheld the guarantee commission rate of 0.85 per cent to be at arm’s length. The Hon’ble High Court observed that in case of default, the guarantor has to fulfil the liability and therefore there is always an inherent risk to the guarantor in providing such guarantees. Hence, the Hon’ble High Court adjudicated that there is a service provided to the AE in increasing its credit worthiness for obtaining debt from the market. It was further observed that there may not be an immediate impact on the profit and loss account, but an inherent risk to the guarantor cannot be ruled out in providing such guarantees.

Over time, a multitude of assertions by the tax authorities as well as rulings by judicial authorities providing a variety of views as to whether or not such arrangements qualify as “covered transactions” from a TP perspective have added fuel to the above controversy.

Post the barrage of judicial pronouncements, the general consensus among taxpayers was that in case of an explicit guarantee, taxpayers typically reported it as an international transaction and conducted the arm’s length analysis accordingly.

Another controversy was on the issue of “Letters of Comfort” where the support is more implicit. In case of default, there is no financial obligation on the issuer of such a letter. The tax authorities have always alleged that even if there is no direct financial obligation, the mere fact that such letters of comfort benefit the group entity borrowing funds, compensation would be warranted.

The taxpayers have, however, maintained the position that implicit support could never warrant a fee.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Very recently, the Mumbai ITAT issued two specific rulings on whether or not the issuance of a comfort letter can be considered in the same light as a corporate guarantee, thereby constituting an international transaction. While the rulings were fact-specific, they have shed further light on the debate.

In the case of Asian Paints Limited vs. ACIT [2024] 160 Taxmann.com 214 (MUMBAI-TRIB.) & ACIT vs. Asian Paints Limited (I.T.A. No. 5934/Mum/2017), the ITAT adjudicated that a comfort letter meets the criteria of international transaction even though they cannot be squarely compared to a corporate guarantee. Here, the ITAT focused on the fact that the taxpayer had made a specific disclosure in its financial statements showing it as a “contingent liability” in the same manner as corporate guarantee was disclosed in the financial statements. The ITAT held that since the taxpayer itself has classified it as a contingent liability, the letter of comfort has a bearing on the assets. Accordingly, it meets the specific criteria prescribed under Section 92B of the Act whereby, inter alia, a transaction having a bearing on the profits, income, losses, or assets is an international transaction and hence, compensation is warranted.

However, in the case of Lupin Limited vs. DCIT [2024] 160 Taxmann.com 691 (MUMBAI-TRIB.), the ITAT observed that in order to ascertain whether or not the issuance of a comfort letter constitutes an international transaction, it is important to examine whether any additional financial obligation is cast on the taxpayer. The ITAT held that issuance of a comfort letter is not an international transaction as “Rule 10TA of Safe Harbour Rules for International Transactions defines “corporate guarantee” as explicit corporate guarantee extended by a company to its wholly owned subsidiary being a non-resident in respect of any short-term or long-term borrowing and does not include a letter of comfort, implicit corporate guarantee, performance guarantee or any other guarantee of similar nature.”

Further, in relation to the characterization or otherwise of a letter of comfort as an international transaction, in a recent judgement of Shapoorji Pallonji and Company Private Limited [TS-147-ITAT-2024(Mum)-TP], the Mumbai ITAT held that a letter of comfort does not come under the definition of ‘international transaction’ and there is no necessity for determining the ALP of the said transaction.

A controversy has also recently come to light in the case of Goods and Services Tax (GST) law in India as to whether such guarantee transactions need to be valued and are eligible for GST liability.

Vide Circular No. 204/16/2023-GST dated 27th October, 2023, the Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC) clarified that where the corporate guarantee is provided by a company to a bank / financial institutions for providing credit facilities to its related party the activity is to be treated as a supply of service between related parties. Further, in case where no consideration is charged for the said activity, it still falls within the ambit of ‘supply’ in line with Schedule I to the CGST Act.

For valuation of the aforesaid ‘supply’, a new sub-rule was inserted to Rule 28 of the CGST Rules, 2017 vide Notification No. 52/2023-Central Tax dated 26th October, 2023, whereby the value of supply of such services was prescribed as 1 per cent of the amount of such guarantee offered, or the actual consideration, whichever is higher.

A petition against the above-mentioned amendment has been filed before the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi, wherein the levy of GST on corporate guarantees has been challenged basis of the alleged fact that guarantees are contingent contracts which are not enforceable until the guarantee is invoked and a financial obligation on the guarantor is triggered, thereby giving rise to the issue of a “taxable service”. The matter is presently sub judice, with the hearing scheduled for July 2024.

KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THE ABOVE

In a nutshell, the critical differentiator when ascertaining whether or not a consideration needs to be charged would be whether the support in question is explicit or implicit based on the facts of the case. If the support casts a financial liability on the guarantor, compensation may be required. A mere implicit support ought not to warrant compensation from a TP perspective.

PRICING FROM A TP AND GST STANDPOINT

Once it is established that compensation is required, determining the quantum of such compensation becomes critical from a business / operational viewpoint.

From a TP perspective, it is a matter of benchmarking by adopting various methods for conducting such analysis. Globally, the Interest Savings Method (ISM) and Loss Given Default (LGD) approach are widely accepted.

The ISM applies the principle of interest rates being determined based on credit ratings. Since the credit rating of the guarantor gets super imposed on the borrower, the borrower can obtain the funds at a reduced interest rate. Such reduction is the “interest saving” which needs to be compensated. In such cases, it becomes vital to understand the benefit obtained by the borrower through the support / credit rating provided by the guarantor and to quantify the value of said benefit in terms of savings in interest payout.

Broadly, LGD is the estimated amount of money a guarantor is expected to pay without recovery when a borrower defaults on a loan. The LGD method firstly takes into account the probability of default by the borrower triggering payout for the guarantor and subsequently, the likelihood of non-recovery of the said payout by the guarantor from the borrower. The compensation is computed based on the percentage of such default probability on the guaranteed amount.

Apart from the above, in case the guarantor / borrower has entered into a similar transaction with an unrelated party on identical terms, the guarantee commission percentage in such transaction could also be adopted. This is referred to as the Comparable Uncontrolled Price (CUP) method. The CUP method mandates strict comparability, and for application of the same, the terms & conditions of the arrangement in question must be almost perfectly identical to the terms & conditions of the comparable arrangement being considered.

In case an actual transaction is not entered into, even quotations for identical transactions can be utilized. Judicial precedents are also considered as references in this regard for providing a reference rate of guarantee commission to be charged, should the transaction be characterized as an international transaction requiring TP benchmarking.

Another reference point in the regulations is the Safe Harbour Rules, which prescribe a range of 1.75 per cent – 2.00 per cent for pricing of corporate guarantee transactions vide Rule 10TD of Income-tax Rules, 1962. The exact pricing is to be determined subject to specific conditions as mentioned in the aforesaid Rule.

Even from a GST perspective, the pricing of the transaction is imperative. The stand taken by the authorities has been that the provision of a guarantee is a service liable for taxation as it is undertaken by the parent company to maximize its returns on investment in the subsidiary.

As mentioned above, as per the aforementioned Circular issued by the GST authorities, a corporate guarantee should be valued at 1 per cent or the actual pricing, whichever is higher.

One key question which is presently under discussion is whether the transaction pricing for accounting, corporate governance, and income tax purposes should be based on actual benchmarking or whether the 1 per cent valuation prescribed by the GST authorities will prevail. In this regard, a better view seems to be that the 1 per cent valuation is merely for the purposes of payment of GST. However, the actual transaction should be undertaken based on the appropriate benchmarking methods. Having said this, the TP rules themselves recognize that Government orders in force need to be taken into account while determining the related party pricing. Hence, one may argue that 1 per cent itself is an appropriate transaction pricing. The issue has not reached finality and is still being debated.

CONCLUSION

Given the significant numbers involved in several cases, compensation or otherwise for corporate guarantees / letters of comfort has now become a boardroom topic. Given the recent rulings, Circulars and assertions by tax authorities, the controversy is far from settled. It is crucial to consider the facts and circumstances involved in each individual case, especially the actual conduct and intent of the parties to establish whether or not compensation is warranted. The nomenclature of the instrument or terminology used in the financial statements can be looked into, but should not be the sole factor for concluding on the nature of support. Having said that, wording the instrument accurately could reduce the questions raised.

Further, whether the 1 per cent guidance provided by the GST Circular should be the transaction pricing or whether a specific TP benchmarking should be the basis of the price determination is also a subject matter of debate. Given that the same is sub judice before the Hon’ble Delhi High Court, guidance in this regard is to provide clarity. Having said that, a better view seems to be that scientifically benchmarked pricing should be adopted, duly considering all the facts and particulars of each case in hand. However, tax professionals are still not ruling out the possibility of determining the guarantee transaction pricing at 1 per cent.

All facts and circumstances, including the Government and judicial views, need to be taken into account in adopting the appropriate positions on the issue. A holistic approach would be recommended.

Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs

1. This article is a part of the series of articles on income-tax and FEMA issues faced by NRIs and deals with issues faced by individuals when they change their residential status. A resident who leaves India and turns non-resident is termed as a “Migrating Resident”; while a non-resident of India, who comes to India and becomes a resident of India is termed as a “Returning NRI” in this article.

2. Both Migrating Residents and Returning NRIs have to consider implications under income-tax and FEMA before taking any decision for change of residence. We have come across several instances where such a person has not taken due care before change of residence leading to unnecessary and avoidable legal issues. After the advent of the Black Money Act1, there are instances where corrective action is quite difficult under law. Further, resolution of violations under FEMA can be difficult or costly to undertake.


1. Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015

3. Key to the above concern is the fact that residential status definitions under the Income-tax Act (ITA) and FEMA are separate and different. While under ITA, the definition is largely based on number of days stay of the individual in India; under FEMA, it is based on the purpose for which the person has come to, or left India, as the case may be. An important objective in advising persons who are migrating from India or returning to India, thus, is to determine the date on which the change in residence has been effected and purpose thereof. Any discrepancy in this can lead to assumption of incorrect residential status which can have adverse implications, some of which are as under:

a. Concealment of foreign income which should have been submitted to tax as well as non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets, which can have severe implications under the Black Money Act;

b. Incorrect claim of benefits under the Double Tax Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs);

c. Holding assets or executing transactions which are in violation of FEMA.

4. The provisions of residential status under the ITA, the DTAA and under FEMA are dealt in detail in th preceding articles of this series — in the December 2023 and January and March 2024 editions, respectively, of The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal (the Journal) — and hence, not repeated here. Readers will benefit by referring to those articles for issues covered therein. This article deals with income-tax and FEMA issues specifically for Migrating Residents and Returning NRIs2 and is divided into three parts as follows:

Sr. No. Topic
Part-I
A. Migrating Residents
A.1 Income-tax issues of Migrating Residents
A.2 FEMA issues of Migrating Residents
A.3 Change in Citizenship
Part-II
B. Returning NRIs
B.1 Income-tax issues of Returning NRIs
B.2 FEMA issues of Returning NRIs
C. Other relevant issues common to change of residential status

2. There is an overlap of several sections under different topics. To prevent repetition and focus on the relevant issues, the sections are not repeated completely. Only the applicable provisions or part thereof, which are relevant to the topic, are referred here.

Issues related to Returning NRIs and other relevant issues common to change of residential status will be covered in Part II of this Article in the upcoming issue of the Journal.

A. Migrating Residents

India has the world’s largest overseas diaspora. In fact, every year, 25 lakh Indians migrate abroad.3 While Indians shift and settle down abroad, it seldom happens that they eliminate their financial ties with India completely. The common reason being that either they continue to own assets or continue their businesses in India, or their relatives stay in India with whom they enter into transactions. Hence, Migrating Residents generally have a continuing link with India even after they have left India. This can create issues under income-tax and FEMA, which are analysed in detail below.


3. https://www.moneycontrol.com/news/immigration/immigration-where-are-indians-moving-why-are-hnis-leaving-india-12011811.html

A.1 Income-tax issues relevant for Migrating Residents:

1. Continuing Residential status under ITA: An issue that Migrating Residents need to keep in mind in particular is their residential status in the year of migration. Clause (a) of Explanation 1 to Section 6(1)(c) of the ITA provides a relief from the basic “60 + 365 days test”4. The relief is available only under two specific circumstances, i.e., a citizen who is leaving India during the relevant previous year for the purposes of employment abroad or as a crew member on an Indian ship. If a person does not fall under either of these circumstances, the “60 + 365 days test” test applies.


4 “60 + 365 days test” means that the individual has stayed in India for 60 days or more during the relevant previous year and for 365 days or more during the four preceding years.

Hence, in such cases, if a person who was normally residing in India, stays in India for 60 days or more during the year of his or her departure, he or she will meet the “60 + 365 days test” and consequently, be a resident for the whole previous year under ITA and will be classified as ROR. In such cases, following implications should be noted:

1.1 As a resident, scope of total income under Section 5 of the ITA includes all incomes accruing or arising within or outside India. Hence, foreign incomes would be prima facie taxable, subject to relief under the relevant DTAA. However, in the year of migration, even treaty benefits may not be available as the Migrating Resident may not be considered as a resident of the other country. Further, the exposure is not just regarding tax, interest and penalty under the Income-tax Act on concealment of income, but also the penal provisions under the Black Money Act for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets.

1.2 The issue gets compounded for a Migrating Resident who would otherwise not need to file a tax return but is now required to file a tax return as they would generally have a foreign bank account abroad. A common example is of students who are leaving India. Fourth proviso to Section 139(1) provides that those persons who are resident and ordinarily resident of India and hold or are beneficiary of any foreign asset are required to file their tax return in India even if they are not required to file a tax return otherwise. The same issue can come up for senior citizens or spouses who generally are not filing tax returns, but now need to do so in the year they are moving abroad. It should be noted that this requirement has no relief even if such person is termed as a non-resident for the purposes of the treaty under the relevant DTAA. Such an error can lead to harsh penalties under the Black Money Act for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets.

Hence, persons migrating abroad should be careful about their residential status in the year of migration.

1.3 Deemed Resident: Another instance where a Migrating Resident may still be considered as a resident under the ITA is due to the application of Section 6 (1A) of the ITA. This sub-section provides for an individual to be deemed as a resident of India if such individual, being a citizen of India, has total income other than income from foreign sources exceeding ₹15 lakhs during the previous year and is not liable to tax in any other country or territory by reason of domicile or residence or any other criteria of similar nature. While such deemed residents are considered as Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident as per Section 6(6)(d) of the ITA, their foreign incomes derived from a profession setup in India, or a business controlled from India are covered within the scope of income liable to tax in India. Readers can refer to the December 2023 edition of the Journal for an exposition on this provision.

1.4 Recording the change in status: On a person turning non-resident, his or her status should be correctly selected in the tax returns filed starting from the relevant assessment year of change in residence. It should be noted that the change in status recorded in the tax return does not automatically update the person’s status on the income-tax portal. Hence, such status should be changed on the income-tax portal also. Further, as of now, there seems to be no linking between the status updated in the tax return filed or on the income-tax portal with that recorded as per the local ward in the income-tax department. Hence, one should always ensure that such change is recorded in the local ward and the PAN is shifted to a ward which deals with non-residents. This will ensure that the status has been recorded in all manners with the tax department. This can be quite useful when the department issues notices to such persons.

2. Impact on change of residential status under ITA:

On change of residence, following are the important changes to keep in mind as far as ITA is concerned:

Particulars ROR NOR NR
Scope of Total Income5 Global incomes taxable Indian-sourced incomes are taxable. Foreign-sourced income are taxable only if derived from a business controlled in India or profession set up in India.

Incomes being received for the first time in India are also taxable.

Only Indian-sourced incomes taxable.

Foreign-sourced incomes are not taxable at all.

Incomes being received for the first time in India are also taxable.

Set-off of capital gains, dividend, etc., against unexhausted basic exemption limit Allowed6 Not allowed
Dividend Taxed at the applicable slab rate. Taxed @ 20%7 plus applicable surcharge & cess. (No set-off against unexhausted basic exemption, as stated above. No benefit of lower slab rate since special rate is mentioned.)
LTCG on unlisted securities and shares of 20% with indexation8 10% without the benefit of indexation and forex fluctuation9
a company, not being a company in which public are substantially interested
Withholding tax under ITA where the person is recipient of income Generally, at lower rates Generally, at a higher rate unless treaty relief availed
Access to Indian DTAAs Available as Resident of India under the DTAA Available if he is a resident of such host country as per the DTAA
FCNR Interest10 Taxable Not taxable
NRE Interest11 Exempt if the person is non-resident under FEMA
Benefits provided to senior citizens — higher  basic exemption limit, non-applicability of advance tax in certain situations, higher deduction for medical premium u/s. 80D, deduction u/s. 80TTB, etc. Available Not available

5. Section 5 of ITA. 
6. Proviso to Section 112(1)(a) and 
Proviso to Section 112A (2) of ITA. 
7. Section 115A(1)(A)
8. Section 112(1)(a)(ii)
9. Section 112(1)(c)(iii)
10. Section 10(15)(iv)(fa)
11. Section 10(4)(ii)

3. Transfer Pricing: Transfer Pricing triggers in case of a transaction which can give rise to income (or imputed income) between associated enterprises (parties related to each other as per Section 92 of the Income-tax Act), of which at least one party is a non-resident. All such transactions must be on an arm’s length basis. The implications under Transfer Pricing on the shift of a person from India can lead to unnecessary complications. However, in some cases, such an implication may be unavoidable. Thus, the incomes earned by a Migrating Resident from his related enterprises in India and other International transactions with such enterprises would be subject to Transfer Pricing. There is no threshold on application of Transfer Pricing provisions.

Having considered the issues under the ITA, a Migrating Resident would need to study the impact of the DTAA, too, especially with regard to reliefs available. A detailed study of residential status as per the DTAA has been dealt with in the January 2024 issue of the Journal. Here, we focus on the issues a Migrating Resident needs to be concerned about:

4. Treaty relief:

4.1 A person can access DTAA if he is a resident of at least one of the Contracting States. To consider a person as resident of a Contracting State, DTAAs generally refer to the residential status of the person under domestic tax laws of the respective country. While there are different permutations possible, one important point to note is that while migrating abroad, there can be an overlapping period wherein the person is a resident of India as well as the foreign country during the same period. This leads to dual residency, for which tie-breaker tests are prescribed under Article 4(2) of the DTAA. There could also be a possibility of the concept of split residency under DTAA being applicable. Accordingly, the provisions of the DTAA can be applied. These provisions have been explained in detail in the second article of this series contained in the Journal’s January edition.

4.2 A dual resident status under the treaty can lead to the person being able to claim the status of a non-resident of India as per the relevant treaty even though they are a resident as far as the ITA is concerned. While this would provide them benefits under the treaty as applicable to a non-resident of India, it would not change their status under the ITA. Such persons would still need to file their tax return as a resident of India, and they would be treated as a non-resident only as far as application of the benefits of treaty provisions is concerned.

4.3 It should be noted that the benefit of treaty provisions as a non-resident is not automatic and is subject to conditions on whether such person qualifies as a tax resident of the country of his new residence as per the definition of the respective DTAA. Further, as per Section 90(4), a tax residency certificate should be obtained from the foreign jurisdiction. At the same time, as per Section 90(5), Form 10F needs be submitted online.

4.4 Individuals who claim treaty benefits without proper substance in the country of residence risk exposure to denial of such benefits under the anti-avoidance rules of the treaty like Principal Purpose Test or those of the Act in the form of General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) where the main purpose of such change of residence was tax avoidance.

A.2 FEMA issues of Migrating Residents:

5. Residential status: The concept of residential status under FEMA has been dealt with in the March 2024 edition of the Journal. FEMA uses the terms “person resident in India”12 and “person resident outside India”13. For simplicity, these terms are referred to as “resident” and “non-resident” in this article.


12 As defined in Section 2(v) of FEMA
13 As defined in Section 2(w) of FEMA

It is pertinent to note from the said article that only a claim that the person has left India — for or on employment, or for carrying on business or vocation, or under circumstances indicating his intention to stay outside India for an uncertain period — is not sufficient to be considered as a non-resident under FEMA. The facts and circumstances surrounding the claim are more important and should be backed up by documentation as well. For instance, leaving India for the purpose of business should be based on a type of visa which allows business activities and to support the purpose. Similarly, a person claiming to be leaving India for employment abroad should be backed up not only by an employment visa but also a valid employment contract; actual monthly salary payments (instead of just accounting entries); salary commensurate to the knowledge and experience of the person; compliance with labour and other applicable employment laws; etc. In essence, the intent and purpose should be backed by facts substantiated by documents which prove the bona fides of such intent.

6. Scope of FEMA: Once a person becomes non-resident under FEMA, such person’s foreign assets and foreign transactions are outside FEMA purview except in a few circumstances. However, such person’s assets and transactions in India would now come under the purview of FEMA. This can create issues in certain cases.

A common example of this is loans and advances between a Migrating Resident and his family members, companies, etc. On turning non-resident, the person generally does not realise that such fresh transactions can now be undertaken only as allowed under FEMA. A simple loan transaction can be a cause of unintended violations under FEMA — resolution for which is
generally not easy.

7. Existing Indian assets of migrating persons:

7.1 For a Migrating Resident, transacting with his or her own Indian assets after turning non-resident results in capital account transactions and, thus, can be undertaken only as permitted under FEMA. Section 6(5) of FEMA comes to the rescue in such a case. It allows a non-resident to continue holding Indian currency, Indian security or any immovable property situated in India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he or she was a
resident of India. In essence, Section 6(5) of FEMA allows non-residents to continue holding their Indian
assets which they acquired or owned when they were residents.

7.2 This also includes such assets or investments which cannot be otherwise owned or made by a non-resident. For instance, non-residents are not allowed to invest in an Indian company which is engaged in real estate trading. However, if a resident individual has invested in such a company and he later becomes a non-resident, he can continue holding such shares even after turning non-resident.

7.3 However, it should be noted that Section 6(5) permits only holding the existing assets. Any additional investment or transaction should conform with the FEMA provisions applicable to such non-residents.

Hence, if such an individual wants to make any further investment in the real estate trading company after turning a non-resident, he can do so only in compliance with FEMA. As investment by an NRI in an entity which undertakes real estate trading in India is not permitted under the NDI Rules14, such further investment would not be allowed even if the migrating person owned stake in such an entity before they turned non-resident.


14. Non-debt Instrument Rules, 2019

7.4 Further, incomes earned, or sale proceeds obtained, from such assets can be utilised only for purposes permissible to a non-resident. Thus, incomes earned by a non-resident from assets he held as a resident cannot be utilised, for instance, to invest in a real estate trading company in India. This is in contrast to Section 6(4) of FEMA which applies to Returning NRIs who are permitted to invest and utilise their incomes earned on their foreign assets covered under Section 6(4) or sale proceeds thereof without any approval from RBI even after they turn resident. This concept of Section 6(4) will be explained in detail in the second part of this article dealing with Returning NRIs.

7.5 Other assets: Section 6(5) of FEMA specifies only three assets: Indian currency, Indian security or any immovable property situated in India. A person would generally own several other assets. For instance, the person may have an interest in a partnership firm, LLP, AOPs or may own gold, jewellery, paintings, etc. There is no clarity provided in FEMA or its notifications and rules on continued holding of such other assets. However, as a practice, a person is eligible to continue holding all the Indian assets after turning non-resident which he owned or held as a resident. In fact, even the business of all entities can continue.

7.6 Repatriation of sale proceeds and incomes: On the migrating person turning non-resident, assets in India are considered to be held on a non-repatriable basis. That is, the sale proceeds obtained on transfer of such assets are not freely repatriable outside India. This is because transfer of an asset held in India by a non-resident is a capital account transaction and full remittance of sale proceeds of such assets covered under Section 6(5) is not specifically allowed.

However, separately, on turning non-resident, NRIs (including PIOs and OCI card holders) are allowed to remit up to USD 1 million per financial year from their funds lying in India15. It should be noted that such remittances can be only from one’s own funds. Remittances in excess of this limit would be only under approval route and there are low chances of the RBI providing any relief in such cases. Thus, in essence, a Migrating Resident would have limited repatriability as far as sale proceeds of their assets in India covered under Section 6(5) are concerned.


15. Regulation 4(2) of Foreign Exchange Management (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016

Incomes generated from such investments, say dividend, interest, etc., can be freely repatriated from India without any limit as these are considered as they are current account transactions for which there are no limits on repatriation under FEMA for a non-resident.

7.7 Applicability of Section 6(5) of FEMA:

Section 6(5) of FEMA reads as under:

(5) A person resident outside India may hold, own, transfer or invest in Indian currency, security or any immovable property situated in India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he was resident in India or inherited from a person who was resident in India.

The first limb of Section 6(5) of FEMA allows non-residents to hold specified Indian assets which they owned or held as a resident. The second limb of Section 6(5) further allows the non-resident heir of such a migrating person also to inherit and hold such assets in India.

Thus, Section 6(5) allows both the Migrating Resident and his or her non-resident heirs to continue holding the Indian assets. It should be noted this provision covers only one level of inheritance, i.e., from the migrating person who has become non-resident to his non-resident heir. Later, if say the heir of such non-resident heir acquires such assets by way of inheritance, it is not covered under Section 6(5). The relevant notifications, rules, etc., under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked for the same. The permissibility for holding and inheritance under Section 6(5) can be summarised as follows:

An area of interpretation arises on a plain reading of the second limb of Section 6(5) which suggests that it covers inheritance by a non-resident heir only from a resident as the phrase reads as “a person who was resident in India”. However, the intention is to cover inheritance by a non-resident heir from another non-resident who had acquired the Indian assets when he was resident and later turned non-resident. Hence, if a non-resident acquires any asset in India by way of inheritance from a resident, the relevant notifications, rules, etc., under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked if they are permitted. For instance, if a non-resident is going to acquire an immovable property situated in India from a resident, it needs to be checked whether such inheritance is permitted under the NDI Rules16. Under Rule 24(c) of NDI Rules, an individual, who is non-resident, is permitted to acquire an immovable property situated in India by way of inheritance only if such person is an NRI or OCI cardholder. Hence, in this case, if the non-resident is an NRI or OCI cardholder, only then he is permitted to inherit an immovable property situated in India from a resident. This case will not be covered under Section 6(5).


16. Non-debt Instrument Rules, 2019

Apart from the general relief under Section 6(5) of FEMA, there are certain specific assets and transactions which are dealt with separately under the notifications as explained below.

7.8 Bank and Demat Accounts: Bank and demat accounts normally held by persons staying in India are Resident accounts. When a resident individual turns non-resident, he is required17 to designate all his bank and demat accounts to Non-Resident (Ordinary) account – NRO account. One must note that there is no specific procedure under FEMA for a person to claim or to even intimate to the authorities that they have turned non-resident on migrating abroad. Unlike OCI card, there is no NRI card. Further, there is no concept of a certificate under FEMA like a Tax Residency Certificate under ITA. The simplest manner this claim can be put forward is by designating their bank account as a Non-Resident (Ordinary) account (NRO) account. Thus, it is important that a Migrating Resident does not delay in designating their bank account as an NRO account. This becomes the primary account of the person for Indian transactions and investments. It should be noted that banks will ask for related documents which substantiate the change in residential status of the individual for designating the account as NRO. In fact, the redesignation of account as NRO is the most widely accepted recognition of a person as an NRI under FEMA, and therefore, it is important for the Migrating Resident to intimate his banker about the change of residential status.


17. Para 9(a) of Schedule III to FEMA Notification No. 5(R)/2016-RB. FEM (Deposit) Regulations, 2016.

Once the Migrating Resident becomes a non-resident as per FEMA, they are permitted to open different type of accounts like NRE account, FCNR account, etc., which provide permission to hold foreign currency in India, flexibility of making inward and outward remittances without limit or compliances, etc. Once a person becomes non-resident, he can take benefit of opening such accounts. (The provisions pertaining to the same will be dealt with in detail in the upcoming parts of this series of articles.)

7.9 Loans:

i. Loan taken by a Migrating Resident from bank: If a loan is taken by a resident from a bank and he later turns non-resident, the loan can be continued. This is subject to terms and conditions as specified by RBI, which have not been notified. However, in practice, banks are allowing non-residents to continue the loans taken by them when they were residents.

ii. Loan between resident individuals: Where a loan is given by one resident individual to another, FEMA would not apply. If the lender becomes a non-resident later, repayment of the same can be done by the resident borrower to the NRO account of the lender. There is no rule or provision in FEMA for a situation where the borrower becomes a non-resident. However, in such case, the borrower can repay the loan from his Indian or foreign funds. It should not be an issue.

7.10 Immovable properties: NRIs and OCIs are permitted to acquire immovable property in India, except agricultural land, farmhouse or plantation property18. However, what if a person owned such property as a resident and later turned non-resident. Section 6(5) covers any type of immovable property which was acquired or held as a resident. Hence, one can continue holding any immovable property after turning non-resident including agricultural land.


18. Rule 24(a) of FEM (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019

7.11 Insurance: Almost every Migrating Resident would have existing insurance contracts covering both life and medical risks. While there is no specific clarification on continuance of such policies, a Migrating Resident can take recourse to the Master Direction on Insurance19 which provides that for life insurance policies denominated in rupees issued to non-residents, funds held in NRO accounts can also be accepted towards payment of premiums apart from their other accounts. Settlement of claims on such life insurance policies will happen in foreign currency in proportion to the amount of premiums paid in foreign currency in relation to the total amount of premiums paid. Balance would only be in rupees by credit to the NRO account of the beneficiary. This would also apply in cases of death claims being settled in favour of residents outside India who are assignees or nominees on such policies.


19. FED Master Direction No. 9/ 2015-16 - last updated on 7th December, 2021

7.12 PPF account: Non-residents are not permitted to open PPF accounts. However, residents who hold PPF account and turn NRIs (and not OCIs) are permitted to deposit funds in the same and continue the account till its maturity on a non-repatriation basis.20 While extension is not permitted, as a practice, the account is permitted to be held after maturity but additional contributions are not allowed.


20. Notification GSR 585(E) issued by Ministry of Finance dated 25th July 2003.

7.13 Privately held investments: Migrating person who holds investments in entities like unlisted companies, LLPs, partnership firms, etc. should intimate such entities about change in residential status.

8. Remittance facilities for non-residents: The remittance facilities for non-residents are generally higher and more flexible than for residents. These will be dealt with in detail in the upcoming editions of the Journal. However, an important point pertaining to the year of migration is highlighted below.

The bank, broker, etc., should be intimated about the change in residential status. Once the resident accounts are designated as NRO, the remittance facilities available for non-residents can be utilised.

One must note that, conservatively, the remittance facilities are to be considered for a full financial year and hence cannot be utilised as applicable for residents as well as non-residents in the same financial year. For instance, let’s say, a resident individual has utilised the maximum LRS limit of USD 250,000 available to him. In the same year, he migrates abroad and wishes to remit USD 1 million as a non-resident under FEMA. However, since the person had already remitted USD 250,000 during the year, albeit as a resident, he cannot remit another USD 1 million after turning non-resident. He can remit only up to USD 750,000 during that year. From the next financial year, the person can remit up to USD 1 million per year.

9. Foreign assets directly held by Migrating Residents:

9.1 More and more residents today own assets abroad. Generally, a resident individual could be holding overseas investment by way of Overseas Direct Investment (ODI), Overseas Portfolio Investment (OPI) or an Immovable Property (IP) abroad as per the Overseas Investment Rules, 2022. Let us consider that such an individual migrates abroad. Does FEMA apply to these foreign assets after such person becomes a non-resident? There is no express provision in the law or any clarification from RBI regarding applicability of FEMA in such cases.

9.2 The general rule is that FEMA does not apply to the foreign assets and foreign transactions of a non-resident. Hence, prima facie, where an individual turns non-resident, his foreign assets are out of FEMA purview. Thus, foreign investments and foreign immovable property obtained under the LRS route would go out of the purview of FEMA once a person turns non-resident.

9.3 However, there is a grey area for investments made under the ODI route by resident individuals. This is because investments under the LRS-ODI route stand on a footing different from other foreign assets of resident individuals. Many Resident Individuals set up companies abroad under the LRS-ODI route21, establish their overseas business and then migrate abroad. What gets missed out is to determine whether FEMA continues to apply even after they have turned non-resident.


21 Route adopted for overseas direct investment by Resident Individuals as per Rule 13 of Overseas Investment Rules, 2022 or as per erstwhile Reg. 20A of FEM (Transfer or Issue Of Any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004.

Under LRS-ODI route, the investment and disinvestment need to be done as per pricing guidelines; all incomes earned on the investment and the sale proceeds thereof need to be repatriated to India within 90 days; reporting of every investment or disinvestment is required, etc. It is not clear whether these disinvestment norms and reporting requirements continue to apply after the person turns non-resident.

It is understood that when an intimation is provided that all the residents owning the foreign entity under the LRS-ODI route have turned non-resident, the RBI suspends the associated UIN22 but does not cancel it. This is done so that there is no trigger from the system for filing of Annual Performance Report (APR). In case the Migrating Residents decide to return to India in future and turn resident again, the suspension on the UIN would be removed and compliance requirements would restart.


22. Unique Identification Number provided for each ODI investment.

Apart from the compliance requirements, there are other rules that apply to investments under the LRS-ODI Route like pricing guidelines, repatriation of incomes and disinvestment proceeds, reporting of modifications in the investment, etc. There is no clarity on whether these rules continue to apply to such overseas investments once the Migrating Resident turns non-resident. One view is that in such a case the Resident should follow the applicable ODI rules. This is because the facility provided for making investments abroad under ODI route is with the underlying purpose that incomes and gains earned on such foreign investments would be repatriated back to India as and when due. Another reason seems to be that when the investment is made under LRS-ODI, the individual has used foreign exchange reserves of India and therefore, he or she is required to give the account of use of such funds till the investment is divested and compliances are completed. The alternate view is that FEMA does not apply to a foreign asset held by a non-resident individual. Hence, no compliance with rules under FEMA is required. Both views can be considered valid. However, without any clarification under the law, one should seek clarification from the RBI and then proceed in the alternate case.

10. Overseas Direct Investment (ODI) made by Indian entities of Migrating Residents: One more common structure is where the Indian entities owned by resident individuals make ODI in foreign entities. Later, the individuals migrate abroad. Since they have turned non-residents, FEMA does not apply to such individuals. However, sometimes these non-residents also consider that their overseas entities are also free from FEMA provisions.

Hence, they enter into several transactions like borrowing funds from such foreign entity, directing such entity to undertake portfolio investments, utilise the funds lying in such entity for personal purposes of the shareholders or directors, etc. All such transactions are not permitted under the ODI guidelines. It should be noted that once an investment is made in a foreign entity under ODI route by an Indian entity, the ODI guidelines need to be followed by the foreign entity irrespective of the residential status of its ultimate beneficial owners. Such a foreign entity can only do the specified business for which it has been set up abroad. Thus, if such an entity enters into any transaction outside its business requirements, it would be considered as a violation under FEMA.

A.3. Change of citizenship — FEMA & Income-tax issues: Apart from change of residence, a few Migrating Residents also end up changing their citizenship. Such people obtain citizenship of foreign countries for varied reasons: to avail better opportunities in such countries; to avoid regular visa issues, for ease of entry in other countries, etc. Since India does not allow dual citizenship, such people need to revoke their Indian citizenship. Between 2018 to June 2023, close to 8,40,000 people renounced their Indian citizenship.23 Further, India has allowed such individuals access to a special class of benefits as an Overseas Citizen of India. Several benefits have been conferred to OCI cardholders under FEMA and are treated almost at par with NRIs (who are Indian citizens but non-resident of India). The concepts of PIO and OCI have been explained in detail in the March edition of the Journal. Further, Indian residents and those coming on a visit to India, who have obtained foreign citizenship, also need to keep certain issues in mind. These issues are highlighted below.


23. Answer by Ministry of External Affairs in Rajya Sabha to Question No. 2466 dated 10th August, 2023

11. OCI vs PIO card: It should be noted that the PIO scheme has been replaced with OCI scheme. Under the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 and Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing & Lending) Regulations, 2018, only OCIs are recognised and not PIOs. Hence, this creates issues for borrowing and lending, investments in India, etc., if the individual, though of Indian origin, has not obtained an OCI card. An important point that may not miss the attention of PIOs is that inheritance of immovable properties and Indian securities is also permitted under these notifications only to OCI Cardholders and not PIOs. Most PIOs should be eligible for OCI status and hence, they should obtain OCI cards if they have, or will have, financial links with India.

12. Applicability of Section 6(1A) of the ITA: Section 6(1A) of the Income-tax Act which deems persons as Not Ordinarily Residents under certain circumstances applies only to Indian citizens. Hence, it does not apply to those who are not Indian citizens.

13. Leaving for the purpose of employment abroad: The benefit of leaving for employment outside India provided under Expl. 1(a) of Section 6(1)(c) is available only to Indian citizens. Hence, a person who is not an Indian citizen, cannot take this benefit.

14. Donations: Indian charitable trusts are not allowed to accept donations from foreign citizens unless they have obtained approval under the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA). This prohibition is irrespective of whether the person is a PIO or an OCI. While it is a violation for the trust to accept the donation, even the donor should keep this in mind to not be a party to any contravention. At the same time, the FCRA prohibition does not apply to a non-resident who is a citizen of India. Hence, NRIs can continue to donate to Indian charitable trusts.

15. Citizenship-based taxation: In certain countries like the USA, the domestic tax laws have citizenship-based taxation whereby its citizens are taxed on their global incomes, irrespective of where they stay during the year. Even green card holders are taxed in a similar manner in the USA. Such persons when they return to India become dual residents on account of their physical stay in India and their foreign citizenship. Hence, such persons will be liable to tax on their global incomes both in India and the foreign country. Several issues of Double Tax and foreign tax credit arise in such cases and hence, proper planning is required.

16. Relief of disclosure of foreign assets: There is a limited and conditional relief from reporting of foreign assets under Schedule FA of the income-tax return forms for foreign citizens who have become tax residents while they are in India on a business, employment or student visa.

The above analysis intends to highlight the various issues that a Migrating Resident should be aware of. They should not be considered as a comprehensive list of issues that apply to a Migrating Resident. Issues relevant to “Returning NRIs” and other relevant but common issues of concern related to change of residence including inheritance tax, anti-avoidance rules under ITA, succession planning, documentation and record-keeping, etc., will be dealt with in the forthcoming issue of the Journal as Part II of this article.

Capital Gains Tax Implications in Singapore on Capital Reduction or Liquidation

A. BACKGROUND

A.1. A Singapore company (“SGCo”) is owned by two UK-resident individual shareholders (“UKS”).

A.2. SGCo owns shares in 3 Indian entities (“the Shares”):

a) An associate purchased in March 2017 (“ACo”)

b) A subsidiary purchased in November 2014 (“S1Co”)

c) A subsidiary purchased in November 2014 (“S2Co”)

A.3. The Shares were originally contributed into SGCo by UKS via the issuance of ordinary share capital.

A.4. UKS wishes to transfer the Shares to themselves and close the Singapore entity.

B. QUERIES

What are the Singapore options and related consequences?

C. WHAT ARE THE OPTIONS?

C.1. On the basis that SGCo wishes to transfer the Shares to UKS, there are two main options:

a) Capital reduction

b) Liquidation of SGCo

I Capital Reduction

D. HOW DOES IT WORK?

D.1. A capital reduction is a basic process where SGCo would return assets to its shareholders (UKS) in exchange for the cancellation of an equivalent amount of capital in the balance sheet.

D.2. Hence, please note that if SGCo wished to instead return surplus assets (i.e. more assets that the capital being returned), a capital reduction would not be an appropriate solution. In such a situation, a share buy-back would be more suitable. Please note that a share buy-back has associated restrictions and tax consequences.

D.3. Further, it is usually carried through a non-court process which has the following key requirements:

a) Shareholder approval

b) Solvency declaration

c) Creditor approval (if any)

d) Publication of the said capital reduction

E. WHAT ARE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF CAPITAL REDUCTION IN SINGAPORE?

E.1. Excluding the possible application of Section 10L (which will be analysed below), Singapore does not impose any stamp duty / transfer tax on the cancellation of shares through a capital reduction.

E.2. Singapore also does not impose any tax on the shareholders through withholding tax.

E.3. Hence, it is fairly efficient to return capital to shareholders at an equivalent value.

F. WOULD SECTION 10L APPLY? — GENERAL RULE

F.1. We would request readers to review my previous article in the February 2024 edition of “The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal” for the full details of Section 10L to provide context to the analysis below.

F.2. From 1st January, 2024, based on the new Section 10L of the SITA, gains from the sale or disposal by an entity of a relevant group (“Relevant Entity”) of any movable or immovable property situated outside Singapore at the time of such sale or disposal or any rights or interest thereof (“Foreign Assets”) that are received in Singapore from outside Singapore, are treated as income chargeable to tax under Section 10(1)(g) if:

a) The gains are not chargeable to tax under Section 10(1); or

b) The gains are exempt from tax

F.3. Foreign-sourced disposal gains are taxable if all of the following conditions apply:

a) Condition 1: The taxpayer is a “Relevant Entity”;

b) Condition 2: The Relevant Entity is not under a Specified Circumstance; and

c) Condition 3: The disposal gains are “Received in Singapore”

F.4. To summarise, for the disposal gains to be taxable under Section 10L, the answer to all of the following questions must be “Yes”:

 

G. SINGAPORE’S TAXATION OF CAPITAL GAINS – ANALYSIS

G.1 There is a risk under Section 10L as SGCo would be disposing of the Shares and instead of receiving consideration, it is cancelling its own shares with UKS.

G.2. In the above situation, it is likely that SGCo will be considered as a Relevant Entity as it is part of a Group. However, it is unlikely to be considered as a Specified Entity as it is just a holding company. Hence, if any disposal gains are received in Singapore, SGCo will need to ensure that it is an Excluded Entity in order to not be taxed under Section 10L.

G.3. Based on Section 10L(9), foreign-sourced disposal gains are regarded as received in Singapore and chargeable to tax if they are:

a) Remitted to, or transmitted or brought into, Singapore;

b) Applied in or towards satisfaction of any debt incurred in respect of a trade or business carried on in Singapore; or

c) applied to the purchase of any movable property which is brought into Singapore

G.4. The cancellation of shares should not cause any of the limbs of Section 10L(9) to apply, especially since SGCo would not have carried on a trade or business in Singapore as it is a pure equity holding company.

G.5. Assuming that the gains would be considered as “received in Singapore”, SGCo would need to be considered as an Excluded Entity. To be considered as such, it would need to meet the economic substance requirements as a pure equity-holding entity (“PEHE”).

G.6. The following conditions are to be satisfied in the basis period in which the sale or disposal occurs:

a) the entity submits to a public authority any return, statement or account required under the written law under which it is incorporated or registered, being a return, statement or account which it is required by that law to submit to that authority on a regular basis;

b) the operations of the entity are managed and performed in Singapore (whether by its employees or outsourced to third parties or group entities); and

c) the entity has adequate human resources and premises in Singapore to carry out the operations of the entity.

H. SUBSEQUENT CLOSURE OF SGCO

H.1. Post the completion of the capital reduction, SGCo will likely have no remaining assets. If so, UKS would wish to close down SGCo. The most efficient way to close down SGCo would be through a strike-off process. A liquidation is a more complicated and expensive process.

I. STRIKE OFF PROCESS

I.1. A director of SGCo may apply to the Singapore company registrar (“ACRA”) to strike off the company’s name from the register.

I.2. ACRA may approve the application if it has reasonable cause to believe that the company is not carrying on business and the company is able to satisfy the following criteria for striking off:

a) The company has not commenced business since incorporation or has ceased trading.

b) The company has no outstanding debts owed to Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS), Central Provident Fund (CPF) Board and any other government agency.

c) There are no outstanding charges in the charge register.

d) The company is not involved in any legal proceedings (within or outside Singapore).

e) The company is not subject to any ongoing or pending regulatory action or disciplinary proceeding.

f) The company has no existing assets and liabilities as at the date of application and no contingent asset and liabilities that may arise in the future.

g) All / majority of the director(s) authorise you, as the applicant, to submit the online application for striking off on behalf of the company.

II Liquidation of Singapore Entity

J. HOW DOES IT WORK?

J.1 Members voluntary liquidation (“MVL”) occurs when the shareholders of a company decide to terminate a business. In a MVL, the directors make a statement of solvency and make a declaration that the company will be able to pay all its debts within 12 months following commencement of the winding-up. A shareholder meeting (an EGM) will need to be convened to pass a special resolution to wind up the company and approve the appointment of a liquidator.

J.2. MVLs can be undertaken by both qualified andnon-qualified individuals. During an MVL, the liquidator takes over the company’s assets and helps liquidate them. The cash proceeds are used to initially pay offthe company’s outstanding debt and then the remaining cash / assets are distributed to the shareholders on a pro-rata basis.

J.3. The formal process includes the following key steps:

a) Filing of Notification of Appointment of Liquidator and address of office of Liquidator with ACRA

b) Placing of advertisements in a local newspaper and Government Gazette of the Appointment of and address of the Liquidator and Notice to Creditors to file their claims with the Liquidator

c) Realising any remaining assets of the Company and paying off all remaining liabilities.

d) Preparing and submitting the receipts and payments for the period from the date the Company was placed into MVL up to the current date to IRAS

e) Finalising the Company’s income tax position with IRAS and obtaining tax clearance to finalise the liquidation

f) Paying the Liquidator’s fee and expenses, paying the remaining balance in the Company’s bank account to the members (shareholders) and closing the bank account

g) Arranging for the holding of the Final Meeting of the members and placing advertisements in a local newspaper and Government Gazette of the date of the Final Meeting

h) Preparing the Liquidator’s Report, setting out the Liquidation process and concluding that as all matters had been dealt with, the Final meeting can be held and the Liquidation can be concluded

i) Holding the Final Meeting, at which the Liquidator’s Report is tabled for approval by the member

j) Filing of Notice of Holding of Final Meeting and Liquidators’ Report with ACRA

k) Dissolution of the Company by ACRA within 3 months after the filing of Notice of Holding of Final Meeting

K. TAX ANALYSIS

K.1. There are no specific tax consequences in Singapore on the liquidation of a Singapore company.

L. CONCLUSION

L.1. On balance, from a Singapore perspective only, since both options could be planned as tax neutral, a capital reduction will usually be chosen as it is cheaper, does not involve the appointment of a third party and therefore could make the eventual closure of SGCo easier.

Note: Readers may note that the above article restricts discussion of taxation from the point of view of Singapore only and not from Indian perspective.

Immovable Property Transactions: Direct Tax and FEMA Issues for NRIs

INTRODUCTION

This article is the fourth part of a series on “Income Tax and Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) issues related to NRIs”. The first article focused on the provisions of the Income Tax Act, whereas the second one was on the applicability of the treaty on the definition of Residential Status. The third one was focused on the Residential Status under FEMA Regulations and this one deals with the “Immovable property Transactions – Direct Tax and FEMA issues for NRIs.

BACKGROUND

Immovable property refers to any asset, which is attached to the earth and is immobile, and includes land. Typically, the term “immovable property” is used to mean land and/or buildings attached to the land. Owning an immovable property, especially a residential house, in India has often been considered an aspirational goal. The lure of owning a property in India also attracts Non-resident Indians (“NRIs”), who have moved out of India but have an investible surplus available with them. Additionally, many NRIs also inherit ancestral or family properties and continue to hold them and enjoy the passive income therefrom. As these NRIs identify better or alternative opportunities outside India, the properties are sold,and sale proceeds are sought to be repatriated outside India.

This article seeks to touch upon the tax and FEMA aspects of the various transactions surrounding investment in Immovable Property by NRIs ranging from investment and passive income to sale and repatriation of the proceeds.

TAXABILITY OF INCOME FROM IMMOVABLE PROPERTIES

As a thumb rule, rent income or passive income arising from an immovable property is taxable in India. Rent income received by the owner of a property from the letting out of any building or land appurtenant thereto is generally taxable under the head “Income from House Property”, irrespective of whether the property in question is a residential property or a commercial one. In fact, section 22 of the Income-tax Act seeks to tax the Annual Value of such property as “Income from House Property”, which is determined on the basis of the higher of the actual rent received or receivable for a property or the sum for which the property might reasonably be expected to be let. Thus, a property is taxed on the basis of its capacity to earn rent even though it is not actually let out or generating rent income.

Section 23, however, provides for considering the Annual Value as Nil in case of up to two properties, which are occupied by the owner for his own residence or which cannot be so occupied by the owner on account of his employment, business or profession is carried on at any other place and he has to reside at that other place in a building which is not owned by him. Where the NRI owns more than two properties which have not been let out, then, he can opt for the Annual Value of two of the properties to be considered as Nil and the Annual Value of the remaining properties will be computed as if they have been let out. Further, if the property is used or occupied by the owner for the purposes of any business or profession carried out by the owner and the profits of such business or profession are chargeable to income-tax, then, its Annual Value is not taxable.

If, however, that leasing or renting of the property is only one of the elements of a composite contract, under which various services are provided, then, the entire income from such composite services is taxable as business income1. For instance, leasing of shops by a mall or renting of rooms by a hotel. When the rent income is taxable as Income from House Property, only specific deductions are allowable from the Annual Value in respect of municipal taxes paid, standard deduction of 30 per cent and interest on borrowings. As against this, in case of income taxable as business income, the taxpayer can claim any expense incurred for the purposes of the business, including depreciation on capital expenditure. The tax rate on income from the property for NRI in either case would be the applicable slab rate.


1   Krome Planet Interiors (P.) Ltd. 265 Taxman 308 (Bom HC); Plaza Hotels (P) Ltd. 265 Taxman 90 (Bom HC); City Centre Mall Nashik Pvt. Ltd. 424 ITR 85 (Bom HC)

 

In the case of jointly owned properties, the income from the property would be taxable in the hands of all the owners in the ratio of their ownership. If the deed does not mention the ratio of ownership of the property between the joint owners, it would be assumed to be an equal share of each joint owner2. If, however, the name of any joint owner is added merely for convenience and such joint owner has neither paid for any of the purchase consideration nor has any source of income to do so, then, it would be appropriate to consider the entire income as taxable in the hands of the remaining owners3, following the principle laid down by the Apex Court that in the context of section 22, owner is a person who is entitled to receive income from the property in his own right4.


2   Saiyad Abdulla v. Ahmad AIR 1929 All 817
3   Ajit Kumar Roy 252 ITR 468 (Cal. HC)
4   Podar Cement (P.) Ltd. 226 ITR 625 (SC)

 

If the immovable property in question is simply plot of land, without any building thereon, then the charge under section 22 would not be triggered and the income from the land would instead be taxable as “Income from Other Sources” under section 56. Any expenses incurred to earn the said income can be claimed as a deduction under section 57 from the said income. The income from the land would, however, be exempt under section 10(1) if it is an agricultural income in terms of section 2(1A), which refers to rent or revenue derived from land in India used for agricultural purposes; income derived from the land by agriculture, or by the performance of any process by the cultivator or receiver of rent-in-kind to render the produce fit to be taken to the market, or sale of the produce by the cultivator or receiver of rent-in-kind; as also income derived from a building on or in the immediate vicinity of the land, subject to certain conditions.

TAXABILITY OF CAPITAL GAINS

The gains arising from the sale or transfer of immovable property, i.e., land or building or both, are taxable under section 45 as Capital Gains, classified as short-term or long-term depending on the period for which the property was held. Where the property is held by the owner for a period of more than twenty-four months immediately preceding the date of its sale or transfer, it is considered a long-term asset and the gains are taxable as Long-Term Capital Gains (“LTCG”). Where the period of holding does not exceed twenty-four months, the property is treated as a short-term asset, with the gains taxable as Short-Term Capital Gains (“STCG”). In the case of non-residents, STCG is included in the total income for the period and taxable as per the applicable slab rate, whereas LTCG is taxable under section 112 at a rate of 20 per cent, excluding applicable surcharge and cess.

The term “transfer” includes the transfer of immovable property on account of compulsory acquisition, redevelopment of old property, or even receipt of the insurance claim on account of damage to or destruction of the property, but does not include the transfer of property under a gift, will, irrevocable trust or distribution upon the partition of a Hindu Undivided Family (“HUF”). In the case of a property transferred by way of a gift, will, irrevocable trust or distribution upon the partition of an HUF and similar other situations as enumerated in section 47, the Capital Gains is taxable only in the event of a final sale or transfer and at the point of taxability, the amount of gain is computed with reference to the purchase price for the previous owner.

Further, the period of holding of the previous owner is also included while determining whether the gain on the property is Long Term or Short Term.

Section 48 lays down the computation of the amount of Capital Gain as under —

Sale Consideration
Less: Expenses incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with the transfer
Less: Cost of Acquisition
Less: Cost of Improvement
Taxable Capital Gain

 

As per the second proviso to section 48, in case the property is a long-term asset, the cost of acquisition and cost of improvement are indexed for the period of holding as per the cost inflation index notified by the Central Government in relation to each year. Thus, LTCG is computed with reference to a stepped-up cost, allowing for rising costs.

The various elements relevant to the computation of gains are discussed hereunder —

Sale Consideration: The transaction price at which the property is sold shall be considered to be the sale consideration, including the value of any consideration in kind. In a situation where a property is sold at a consideration, which is lower than the value adopted or assessed for the purposes of payment of stamp duty, section 50C would come into play, requiring that such value adopted or assessed for stamp duty payment should be assumed to be the full value of sale consideration and the capital gains should accordingly be calculated with reference to such higher value.

Expenses incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with the transfer: In claiming deduction of the expenses from sale consideration, attention should be paid to the requirement that such expenses are “incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with the transfer.” Expenses such as transfer fees paid to society, brokerage expenses, and legal expenses connected to the transfer such as fees for drafting of the agreement, would be allowable expenses. Further, in the case of non-residents, expenses incurred on travel to India as well as stay if incurred specifically for the purposes of executing and registering the sale agreements can also be considered as incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with the transfer.

Cost of Acquisition: As a general rule, the actual purchase price paid for acquiring a property would constitute the cost of acquisition of the property. It would include the expenses incurred at the time of purchase of the property towards stamp duty, registration fee, and brokerage. However, any payment made at the time of purchase towards recurring expenses, which form part of the purchase price, such as advance maintenance for a certain period or outstanding property taxes or electricity charges, etc. would not form part of the cost of acquisition.

The cost inflation index used for indexation of the cost follows FY 2001–02 as the base year with the index for the base year set at 100. Thus, if any property was purchased prior to 1st April, 2001, its cost cannot be indexed beyond FY 2001–02. To address this issue, in case of properties purchased by the taxpayer or the previous owner (in case of property acquired through gift, will, etc.) prior to 1st April, 2001, Section 55(2)(b) allows the taxpayer the option to adopt its original purchase price or its fair market value as on 1st April, 2001 as the Cost of Acquisition. This fair market value as of 1st April, 2001, however, cannot exceed the value of the property adopted or assessed for the purpose of payment of stamp duty as of 1st April, 2001. Where the property was purchased prior to 1st April, 2001, the original purchase cost would usually be lower than the fair market value as of 1st April, 2001. The option provided in Section 55(2)(b) would, therefore, let the taxpayer adopt the higher value as the cost of acquisition (subject to the cap of stamp duty value as on 1st April, 2001) and index it from FY 2001–02 till the year of sale. Thus, when computing capital gains in respect of an immovable property purchased by the taxpayer or the previous owner prior to 1st April, 2001, a valuation report determining the fair market value of the property as on 1st April, 2001 as well as its value for the purposes of stamp duty on the same date shall be required to be obtained.

Often, in case of ancestral properties acquired by way of inheritance, will or such other modes, the details of original purchase cost of the property are not available, making it difficult to compute the capital gains. Section 55(3) provides that in cases where purchase cost of the previous owner cannot be ascertained, the fair market value of the property as on the date on which the previous owner became the owner of the property shall be considered as the Cost of Acquisition of the previous owner.

Cost of Improvement: Any cost that has been incurred by the taxpayer or the previous owner towards making additions or alteration to the property, which is capital in nature is considered as cost of improvement and is allowable as a deduction while computing the amount of capital gains. Examples of cost of improvement include cost incurred towards adding a room or a floor to an existing property, fencing a plot of land to secure its perimeter, installation of lift, incurring expenses to make the property habitable, incurring expenses to clear the legal title of a property, which is under dispute, etc. However, expenses such as routine repairs and renovation expenses, modifications to furniture, aesthetic expenses, etc. would not be considered as Cost of Improvement. Any cost of improvement incurred prior to 1st April, 2001 is not to be considered in the computation. This restriction is in line with the fact that the taxpayer has an option to adopt the fair market value as on 1st April, 2001 as the Cost of Acquisition, which would take into account any improvements done to the property prior to 1st April, 2001 and thus, separate deductions need not be claimed for such cost of improvements. Further, any expenditure that can be claimed as a deduction in computation of income under any other head of income, cannot be claimed as a Cost of Improvement.

In case of the purchase of property, while it was under construction, the determination of the period of holding and the year from which indexation should be allowed can be debatable. The date of allotment of the future property to the taxpayer by the builder, phase-wise payment towards the purchase cost, the date of registration of the sale agreement and the date of possession would fall in different years in such cases, leading to significant differences in the computation of the amount of taxable capital gain depending on when the property is said to be acquired by the taxpayer. Several judicial pronouncements5 have held that where the taxpayer has been allotted a specific identified property and such allotment is final, subject only to the payment of the consideration, then, the date of allotment is to be considered as the date of acquisition of the property and the period of holding should be calculated from the date of allotment. Similarly, in the case of allotment of property along with shares in the co-operative society prior to the completion of construction or physical possession of the property, it has been held that the date of allotment should be considered as the date of acquisition of the property6. In fact, in the context of whether acquisition of a flat under the self-financing scheme of the Delhi Development Authority shall be considered as construction for the purposes of sections 54 and 54F, the CBDT Circular No. 471 dated 15th October, 1986 states that “The allottee gets title to the property on the issuance of the allotment letter and the payment of instalments is only a follow-up action and taking the delivery of possession is only a formality.”

Further, payments for an under-construction property are made by taxpayers over several years starting from the date of allotment in a phase-wise manner. It has been held by the Courts that the benefit of indexation in such cases should be allowed on the basis of payment7, i.e., payment made in each year should be indexed from that year till the date of sale of the property. In fact, in the case of Charanbir Singh Jolly v. 8th ITO 5 SOT 89 and thereafter, in Smt. Lata G. Rohra v. DCIT 21 SOT 541 the Mumbai Tribunal has held that indexation for the entire purchase cost of the property should be allowed from the year in which the first instalment was paid by the assessee. While the ratio of aforesaid judgements has not been further appealed against and is, thus, valid, indexation of the entire cost from the year of first payment irrespective of date of actual payments may be considered to be an aggressive tax position and open to litigation.


5   Praveen Gupta v. ACIT 137 TTJ 307 (Delhi – Trib.); CIT v. S.R.Jeyashankar 228 Taxman 289 (Mad.); Vinod Kumar Jain v. CIT 195 Taxman 174 (Punjab & Haryana)
6   CIT v. AnilabenUpendra Shah 262 ITR 657 (Guj.); CIT v. JindasPanchand Gandhi 279 ITR 552 (Guj.)
7   Praveen Gupta (supra); ACIT v. Michelle N. Sanghvi 98 taxmann.com 495 (Mumbai-Trib.); Ms. RenuKhurana v. ACIT 149 taxmann.com 160 (Delhi-Trib.)

However, this view is supported by the form of return of income. The form of return of income does not provide mechanism to index cost of acquisition with reference to payments made in various years. Therefore, if an assessee chooses to index cost of acquisition with reference to years in which instalments of purchase price are paid then such instalments will need to be reported in the form of return of income as cost of improvement which is technically not correct.

Where the property in question is an agricultural land, one would need to examine whether the same is a “rural” agricultural land or an “urban” agricultural land, as is referred to in common parlance. The former is excluded from the definition of a capital asset under section 2(14) and thus, gains arising from its sale would not give rise to taxable Capital Gains. An “urban” agricultural land, however, does not enjoy such an exclusion and would be subject to capital gains taxation like any other property. The distinction between “rural” or “urban” agricultural land is drawn on the basis of the location of the land with reference to local limits of municipalities and the population of such municipalities as per the latest census. Accordingly, agricultural land which is situated within any of the following areas shall be considered to be an “urban” agricultural land and thus, included within the definition of capital asset —

i) Within the jurisdiction of a municipality or any such governing body, having a population exceeding 10,000, or

ii) Within 2 km of the local limits of a municipality or any such governing body, having a population exceeding 10,000 but not exceeding 1,00,000, or

iii) Within 6 km of the local limits of a municipality or any such governing body, having a population exceeding 1,00,000 but not exceeding 10,00,000, or

iv) Within 8 km of the local limits of a municipality or any such governing body, having a population exceeding 10,00,000.

EXEMPTIONS FROM CAPITAL GAINS

The Income-tax Act contains certain beneficial provisions to provide relief from tax on the capital gains upon reinvestment into certain specified assets if the conditions laid down in those provisions are satisfied. A summary of the relevant exemption provisions applicable for capital gain arising on the sale of immovable property is given in the table below —

Section Nature of Gain Type of New Asset Amount to be reinvested for full exemption Time period for reinvestment Lock-in period for New Asset Capital Gain Deposit Account Scheme Other provisions
54 LTCG on transfer of residential property One residential property in India Amount of Capital Gains Purchase of new property within 1 year before, or 2 years after date of transfer; or Completion of construction of new property within 3 years after date of transfer 3 years from purchase or construction, failing which cost of the new asset shall be reduced by the amount of exemption already claimed To be deposited before the date of filing / due date of filing the return of income •   Taxability in case of unutilised balance in CG Deposit Account

•   One time option to small taxpayers having LTCG less than R2 crores

•   Exemption capped at
R10 crores

54D Gain on compulsory acquisition of land or building or rights therein, forming part of industrial undertaking Any other land or building or rights therein Amount of Capital Gains Purchase or construction within 3 years from date of transfer 3 years from purchase or construction, failing which cost of the new asset shall be reduced by the amount of exemption already claimed To be deposited before the date of filing / due date of filing the return of income •   Use of asset for 2 years immediately prior to the date of transfer for business of the industrial undertaking

•   Taxability in case of unutilised balance in CG Deposit Account

54EC LTCG on transfer of land or building or both Specified Bonds issued by NHAI, RECL or as maybe notified Amount of Capital Gains, subject to a maximum of
R50 lakhs
Within 6 months after the date of transfer 5 years. Transfer of New Asset or monetisation other than by way of transfer within the lock-in period will result in revocation of exemption in the year of such transfer or monetisation Not Applicable •   Interest received on Bonds is taxable.

•   No deduction can be claimed under section 80C in respect of the investment in bonds

54F LTCG on transfer of any asset other than a residential property One residential property in India Full amount of net sale consideration. Proportionate exemption is allowed in case of lower reinvestment Purchase of new property within 1 year before, or 2 years after date of transfer; or Completion of construction of new property within 3 years after date of transfer 3 years from purchase or construction, failing which the amount of exemption already claimed shall be deemed to be LTCG in the year of transfer of new asset To be deposited before the date of filing / due date of filing the return of income •   Taxability in case of unutilised balance in CG Deposit Account

•   Added condition relating to ownership of residential house on the date of transfer of original asset or purchase or construction of one more residential house within 1 year / 3 years after the date of transfer – withdrawal of exemption in case of violation of condition.

•   Exemption capped atR10 crores

 

 

INCOME UNDER SECTION 56(2)(X)

Section 56(2)(x) seeks to bring into the tax net, any transactions of receipt of money or movable or immovable property without consideration or for inadequate consideration. Where any person receives an immovable property having a stamp duty value exceeding ₹50 thousand without consideration, the stamp duty value of such property is deemed to be an income of the recipient. Similarly, where a person purchases an immovable property at a consideration lower than its stamp duty value, where the difference is more than the higher of ₹50 thousand or 10 per cent of actual consideration, then, such difference between the actual consideration and stamp duty value of the property is deemed to be the income of the recipient. In other words, if any person, including a non-resident, is purchasing an immovable property in India for a value lower than its stamp duty value, then, the difference is assumed to be a benefit to the purchaser and sought to be taxed in the hands of the purchaser.

This provision intends to target property transactions that are intentionally undervalued so as to reduce the burden of stamp duty and involve cash payments. However, practically, the price of any transaction varies depending on various factors which may not reflect in the stamp duty value of the property, and it is likely that the actual transaction may genuinely take place at a value lower than the stamp duty value. To address such situations, the provisions allow a safe harbour of higher ₹50 thousand or 10 per cent of the actual consideration. If the difference in the consideration and the stamp duty value is within this safe harbour, then, it will not have any implication for the purchaser. However, if the difference exceeds the safe harbour limit, then, the entire difference will be treated as income of the purchaser.

In practice, parties may agree upon the consideration for property sale when the initial token or advance is given and enter into an agreement or MOU to document the same, but the actual registration of the sale agreement may take place subsequently after a gap, by which time the stamp duty value of the property may have increased. In such a case, the first proviso to section 56(2)(x) allows for stamp duty value as on the date of the initial agreement or MOU to be adopted provided the advance or token is paid on or before that date by account payee cheque or bank draft or electronically. Thus, if for any reason the registration of the final sale deed is delayed, the purchaser will not have to suffer taxation merely due to an increase in the stamp duty value of the property during the period of delay.

TAXABILITY UNDER A TAX TREATY

Article 6 of the OECD Model Convention deals with Income from Immovable Property, while Paragraph 1 of Article 13 deals with Gains from alienation of Immovable Property. Both these articles give the right to tax the income and capital gains relating to immovable property to the Source State where such property is situated. This is considering the fact that there is always a close economic connection between the source of income relating to immovable property and the State of source8. Further, the definition of the concept of immovable property as also the manner of taxation and computation is left to the Source State to decide. This helps to remove any ambiguity regarding the classification of an asset as immovable property.


8   Paragraph 1 of Commentary on Article 6

Thus, in the case of NRIs having income or capital gains from immovable property in India, the manner of taxation and computation would be determined as per the domestic tax laws, which have been briefly discussed above. The NRIs can then offer to tax or report these incomes in their Residence State and claim credit for the taxes paid in India as per the provisions of the applicable tax treaty and domestic tax laws of the state of residence.

TAX DEDUCTION AT SOURCE

Section 195 requires any person making payment to a non-resident or a foreign company of any sum chargeable to tax under the Act, to deduct tax at source on such payment and deposit the same with the Government. Unlike the TDS provisions applicable in case of rent payments or property purchases amongst residents, Section 195 does not provide a fixed rate of TDS. Thus, the person making payment in respect of income from property or sale consideration to the non-resident would be required to deduct tax at source as per the applicable rate of tax on the respective transactions. In order to do so, the payer would have to obtain a Tax Deduction Account Number (“TAN”), which is often not required in case of property transactions between residents. Additionally, the payer would also have to file quarterly TDS statements in Form 27Q so as to enable the NRI to get credit of tax deducted.

As discussed earlier, the income from property, computed after claiming deductions, would be taxable for the NRI at the applicable slab rates. However, the tax would be required to be deducted at source by the payer on the entire rental income at the rate of 30 per cent as per the residuary entries for “other income” under Serial No. (1)(b) of Part II of the Finance Act. Further, STCG on transfer of property would also be taxable at the applicable slab rates, while LTCG would be taxable at a rate of 20 per cent plus applicable surcharge and cess. The person making the payment to the NRI in respect of the sale of the property would not be in a position to conclusively determine either the slab rate applicable to the NRI or the computation of taxable capital gains. Consequently, the payer would not be in a position to determine the appropriate rate at which the TDS obligation should be discharged.

In the above scenarios, the payer or the NRI payee can make an application to the Assessing Officer under section 195(2) or section 197 to determine the sum chargeable to tax or the rate at which tax should be deducted at source, respectively. Based on the application made, the Assessing Officer would issue a certificate determining the sum chargeable to tax or the rate at which tax deduction should be done and the payer can deduct tax under section 195 accordingly.

While no time limit has been prescribed in the provisions for the Assessing Officer to deal with such an application and issue the certificates, a 30-day timeline was provided for this process in the Citizen’s Charter 2014, which was further endorsed by the CBDT in its office memorandum of 26th July 2018. Thus, the overall process of making an application for lower or nil deduction of tax, responding to queries, if any, of the tax offices and obtaining the certificate can take from 5-8 weeks. In a time-sensitive transaction and considering the logistics of transacting with an NRI, the payer or the NRI payee may not be in a position to follow the process of obtaining a lower or nil deduction certificate. In such a scenario, the payer may deduct tax at source at the rate applicable to the transaction (20 per cent plus applicable surcharge and cess in case of LTCG on sale of property and 30 per cent plus applicable surcharge and cess in other cases) on the entire amount payable to the NRI, who would be required to claim a refund of the excess tax deducted by filing a return of income.

REPORTING OF HIGH-VALUE TRANSACTIONS

Section 285BA requires various reporting persons to file a statement of financial transactions (“SFT”) to report certain transactions above the specified thresholds, referred to as high-value transactions, to the Income-tax authorities, which enables the latter to evaluate if the incomes reported by the persons transacting are in line with such high-value transactions and whether there could have been any tax evasion. One of the transactions required to be reported by the Registrar or Sub-Registrar is the purchase or sale of immovable property for an amount of ₹30 lakh or more or valued at ₹30 lakh or more by the stamp valuation authority. It is a common scenario where non-residents may not have filed a return of income in India for several years as they have negligible income less than the maximum amount not chargeable to tax, and consequently, no tax liability. However, if they have entered into a transaction of purchase or sale of immovable property, the same would be reported in the SFT and would reflect against the PAN of both the buyer and the seller. This would lead to the issuance of notice by the assessing officer to investigate the reason for non-filing of return of income even though a high-value transaction was entered into during the year. It is, thus, advisable for a person entering into any of the specified high-value transactions, including the purchase or sale of immovable property, to file a return of income for the year in which such transaction is undertaken, so as to avoid unnecessary proceedings merely on the premise of such a transaction.

INVESTMENT IN IMMOVABLE PROPERTY UNDER FEMA

Acquisition or transfer of immovable property byNon-residents in India is regulated by sub-sections 2(a), (4) and (5) of section 6 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”) read with Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 and is subject to applicable tax laws and other duties and levies in India.

NRIs and Overseas Citizens of India (“OCIs”) have general permission to invest in immovable property in India subject to certain conditions and restrictions. They can purchase residential or commercial property, other than agricultural land, plantation property, or farmhouse. NRIs and OCIs can also receive an immovable property other than agricultural land, plantation property, or farmhouse as a gift from a relative as defined in section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013. A NRI or OCI can also receive any immovable property as inheritance from a resident or from any person, who had acquired the property in accordance with the laws in force.

Payment for the purchase of immovable property can be made in India through normal banking channels by way of inward remittance. It can also be made out of funds held by the NRI or OCI in their NRE, FCNR(B) or NRO accounts. However, the payment cannot be made through travellers’cheques and foreign currency notes or any other mode.

A non-resident spouse of any NRI or OCI, who is not themselves an NRI or OCI, is permitted to acquire one immovable property in India, other than agricultural land, plantation property, or farmhouse jointly with their spouse, provided the marriage has been registered and has subsisted for a continuous period of at least 2 years immediately prior to acquiring the property. In such a case, the payment for the purchase can be made by the non-resident spouse, who is not a NRI or OCI either by way of inward remittance through normal banking channels or by debit to their non-resident account maintained as per the FEMA Act or rules thereunder.

SALE AND REPATRIATION OF FUNDS

The NRI or OCI can transfer the immovable property, other than agricultural land, plantation property, or farmhouse to a resident or another NRI or OCI. Transfer by way of gift can only be made to a relative as defined in section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013. Further, transfer of agricultural land, plantation property, or farmhouse can only be made to a person resident in India.

As a general rule, any person, who had acquired an immovable property when they were a resident in India or inherited from a person resident in India or their successor, requires RBI approval to remit the sales proceeds of the property. However, under the Foreign Exchange Management (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016, NRIs and PIOs are permitted to remit up to USD 1 million per financial year, out of the sale proceeds of such assets in India. The limit of USD 1 million shall apply qua a financial year, irrespective of how many such assets may have been sold during the year.

In all other cases, the NRIs, OCIs and PIOs (in case of property acquired under the erstwhile Foreign Exchange Management (Acquisition and transfer of Immovable Property in India) Regulations, 2000, can repatriate the sale proceeds of immovable property outside India provided the following conditions are satisfied —

i) The property was acquired by the NRI / OCI / PIO as per the laws in force at the time of acquisition;

ii) The payment for the purchase of property was made by way of inward remittance through normal banking channels or out of balances in NRE / FCNR(B) account; and

iii) The repatriation of sale proceeds for residential property is restricted to not more than two properties.

In the case of point ii) above, if the NRI / OCI / PIO had acquired the property through housing loans availed in accordance with the applicable FEMA regulations, then the repayment ought to have been made by way of inward remittance through normal banking channels or out of balances in NRE / FCNR(B) account.

PROPERTIES IN INDIA BY CITIZENS OF NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES

Citizens (including natural persons and legal entities) of certain countries — Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Afghanistan, China, Iran, Nepal, Bhutan, Macau, Hong Kong, and the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea — cannot acquire or transfer immovable property in India, without the prior permission of RBI. They can,however, acquire the property on lease, which does not exceed 5 years. These restrictions do not apply in case of an OCI.

However, the regulations prescribe some relaxations in case of citizens of neighbouring countries Afghanistan, Bangladesh, or Pakistan, who belong to the minority communities in those countries, i.e., Hindus, Sikhs, Jains, Buddhists, Parsis and Christians. If such a person is residing in India and has been granted a Long-Term Visa (“LTV”) by the Central Government, he can purchase only one residential immovable property in India for his own residence and only one immovable property for self-employment, subject to the following conditions —

i) The property should not be located in, and around restricted / protected areas notified by the Central Government and cantonment areas.

ii) A declaration should be submitted to the district Revenue Authority specifying the source of funds and that the person is residing in India on an LTV.

iii) The registration documents of the property should mention the nationality and the fact that such a person is on an LTV.

iv) The property of such a person may be attached/ confiscated in the event of his/ her indulgence in anti-India activities.

v) A copy of the documents of the property shall be submitted to the Deputy Commissioner of Police / Foreigners Registration Office / Foreigners Regional Registration Office concerned and to the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division).

vi) Sale of such property is permissible only after the person has acquired Indian citizenship. However, if the property is to be transferred before acquiring Indian citizenship, then, it would require the prior approval of the Deputy Commissioner of Police (DCP) / Foreigners Registration Office (FRO) / Foreigners Regional Registration Office (FRRO) concerned.

CONCLUSION

The acquisition and sale of immovable property in India by non-residents has several nuances under both the tax laws and FEMA. Several aspects discussed in the above article may have different implications depending on the facts of each case. For instance, in order to decide which payments can be included in the Cost of Acquisition or Cost of Improvement would require one to understand the nature of payments as well as their context. Similarly, as discussed in this article, the determination of the period of holding and indexation of cost can have its own complexities in cases of purchase of under-construction property with phase-wise payment and the conclusion can vary on the basis of the facts of the case. The aim of this article is to highlight the various aspects to be considered by individuals involved in property transactions, especially non-residents, and to bring about awareness regarding the applicable provisions and regulations so that the detailed facts of each case can be examined in light of these.

Residential Status – Whether Employment Includes Self Employment

In the context of determination of the residential status of an individual, a question or dispute arises as to whether for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) section 6(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”), the term ‘employment’ in the phrase ‘for the purposes of employment outside India’ includes ‘self-employment’ or not.

In this article, we are discussing certain nuances relating to the above dispute.

A. BACKGROUND

Section 6(1) of the Act deals with the residential status of an individual and provides for alternative physical presence tests for residents in India.

Clause (a) of section 6(1) provides that an individual is said to be resident in India in any previous year if he is in India in that year for a period or periods amounting in all to 182 days or more.

Alternatively, clause (c) of section 6(1) provides that an individual is said to be resident in India in any previous year if he has, within 4 years preceding the relevant year, been in India for a period of 365 days or more and, is in India for a period or periods amounting in all to 60 days or more in the relevant year.

Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1) extends the period of 60 days to 182 days in case of a citizen of India who has left India in any previous year as a member of the crew of an Indian ship or for the purposes of ‘employment’ outside India.

It is pertinent to note that the original Explanation was inserted by the Finance Act, 1978, w.e.f. 1st April, 1979. At that time, the Explanation only covered a situation wherein a citizen of India was visiting India on a leave or vacation in the previous year and did not cover a situation where an Indian citizen left India for the purpose of employment outside India. The extension of the number of days from 60 to 182 for an Indian citizen leaving India for the purposes of ‘employment’ outside India was first introduced by substituting the Explanation vide the Finance Act, 1982 w.e.f. 1st April, 1982, wherein it now stated as follows:

(a) “Explanation.-In the case of an individual, being a citizen of India,-

Who leaves India in any previous year for the purposes of employment outside India, the provisions of sub-clause (c) shall apply in relation to that year as if for the words “sixty days”, occurring therein, the words “one hundred and eighty-two days” had been substituted;

(b) …”

The scope and effect of the above amendments were explained by the Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 1982, which provided as follows:

“33. Relaxation of tests of “residence” in India….

34….

35. With a view to avoiding hardship in the case of Indian citizens who are employed or engaged in avocations outside India, the Bill seeks to make the following modifications in the tests of “residence” in India: –

(i) ….

(ii)…

(iii) It is proposed to provide that where an individual who is a citizen of India leaves India in any year for the purposes of employment outside India, he will not be treated as a resident in India in that year unless he has been in India in that year for 182 days or more. The effect of this amendment will be that the “test” of residence in (c) above will stand modified to this extent in such cases.” (emphasis added)

Para 7.3 of the CBDT in Circular No. 346 dated 30th June, 1982 has also provided similar reasoning and is reproduced as under: “7.3 With a view to avoiding hardship in the case of Indian citizens, who are employed or engaged in other avocations outside India, the Finance Act has made the following modifications in the tests of residence in India:

1. The provision relating to the maintenance of a dwelling place coupled with a stay in India of 30 days or more referred to in (b) above has been omitted.

2. In the case of Indian citizens who come on a visit to India, the period of 60 days or more referred to in (c) above will be raised to 90 days or more.

3. Where an individual who is a citizen of India leaves India in any year for the purposes of employment outside India, he will not be treated as a resident in India in that year unless he has been in India in that year for 182 days or more. The effect of this amendment will be that the test of residence in (c) above will stand modified to that extent in such cases.”

The Direct Tax Laws (Second Amendment) Act, 1989 substituted the Explanation to section 6(1) w.e.f.
1st April, 1990. However, the language in the amended Explanation is the same as was introduced in 1982 and this limb of the Explanation relates to the substitution of 182 days in case of a citizen of India who has left India in any previous year for the purposes of ‘employment’ outside India, remained the same.

B. WHETHER THE TERM ‘EMPLOYMENT’ INCLUDES THE ‘SELF-EMPLOYMENT’

The moot point is what is meaning of the term ‘employment outside India’ is covered by Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1).

One view that the Assessing Officers (“AOs”) have been taking is that ‘employment outside India’ covered by the Explanation 1(a) does not include undertaking business by oneself and an assessee will be entitled to the benefit of the Explanation only if such assessee went outside India in the previous year to take up ‘employment’ and not for undertaking business. Under this view, a restrictive meaning is given to the term ‘employment’ to only cover a situation where an employer-employee relationship exists with terms of employment and not a broader meaning.

The other view which assessees have been contending is that the term ‘employment’ in the context of Explanation 1(a) includes self-employment and taking up and continuing business is also ‘employment’ for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1).

C. JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS

1. CIT vs O. Abdul Razak [2011] 198 Taxman 1 (Kerala)

In this case, the Kerala High Court relying upon the above Circular No. 346 dated 30th June, 1982, has interpreted the term ‘employment’ in wide terms. The relevant findings of the Kerala High Court are as under:

“Similarly the Central Board of Direct Taxes issued Circular No. 346, dated 30-6-1982, which reads as follows:

“7.3 With a view to avoiding hardship in the case of Indian citizens, who are employed or engaged in other avocations outside India, the Finance Act has made the following modifications in the tests of residence in India:

(i) & (ii) ******

(iii) Where an individual who is a citizen of India leaves India in any year for the purposes of employment outside India, he will not be treated as a resident in India in that year unless he has been in India in that year for 182 days or more. The effect of this amendment will be that the test of residence in (c) above will stand modified to that extent in such cases.”

7. What is clear from the above is that no technical meaning is intended for the word “employment” used in the Explanation. In our view, going abroad for the purpose of employment only means that the visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, or for medical treatment or for studies or the like. Going abroad for the purpose of employment therefore means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation as referred to in the Circular, which takes in self-employment like business or profession.

So much so, in our view, taking up their own business by the assessee abroad satisfies the condition of going abroad for the purpose of employment covered by Explanation (a) to section 6(1)(c) of the Act. Therefore, we hold that the Tribunal has rightly held that for the purpose of the Explanation, employment includes self-employment like business or profession taken up by the assessee abroad.”

Therefore, the Kerala High Court has held that:

a) No technical meaning is intended for the word “employment” used in Explanation 1(a);

b) Going abroad for the purpose of employment only means that the visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, for medical treatment, for studies or the like; and

c) Going abroad for the purpose of employment therefore means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation as referred to in the Circular, which takes in self-employment like business or profession.

2. K. Sambasiva Rao vs. ITO [2014] 42 taxmann.com 115 (Hyd — Trib.)

In this case, the ITAT Hyderabad referred to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CBDT vs. Aditya V. Birla [1988] 170 ITR 137 (SC) where in the context of section 80RRA, the SC considered that employment does not mean salaried employment but also includes self-employed/professional work. Further referring to the view expressed by the decision of the Kerala High Court in the case of CIT vs. O. Abdul Razak (supra) and also Circular No.346 of the CBDT, the ITAT held that the assessee’s earnings for consultancy fees from foreign enterprise and visit abroad for rendering consultancy can be considered for the purpose of examining whether the assessee is a resident or not.

3. ACIT vs. Jyotinder Singh Randhawa [2014] 46 taxmann.com 10 (Delhi — Trib.)

The ITAT Delhi, in this case, relating to a professional golfer, while deciding the issue in favour of the assessee held as under:

“7. We thus find that going abroad for the purpose of employment also means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation which takes in self-employment like business or profession. The facts of the present case suggest that the assessee was in self-employment being a professional golfer. We thus do not find reason to deviate from the finding of the Ld. CIT(A) which is based on the decision of the Hon’ble Kerala High Court in the case of O. Abdul Razak (supra) and others that the assessee being a professional golfer is a self-employed professional who carries his talent as a sportsperson by participating in golf tournaments conducted in various countries abroad. For such an Indian citizen in employment outside India the requirement for being treated as resident of India is his stay of 182 days in India in the previous year, as per Explanation (a) to section 6(1)(c) of the I.T. Act 1961.”

Thus, the ITAT Delhi also relying on the decision of the Kerala High Court has held that for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) of Section 6(1), employment would cover self-employed professionals.

4. ACIT vs. Col. Joginder Singh [2014] 45 taxmann.com 567 (Delhi — Trib.)

In this case of an assessee, a retired Government servant, providing consultancy services outside India, while deciding the issue in favour of the assessee, the ITAT Delhi held as follows:

“11. In view of the above, we are of the considered view that the Assessing Officer misinterpreted the provisions of section 6(1)(c) and Explanation (a) attached thereto. On the other hand, the Commissioner of Income Tax(A) rightly held that the assessee has to be treated as non-resident as per Explanation (a) attached to section 6(1)(c) of the Act. The Commissioner of Income Tax (A) also rightly held that in the case of the individual, a citizen of India who left India during the previous year for the purpose of employment outside India and in a peculiar circumstance, when his stay in India during the relevant period was only 68 days which is much less than the period of 182 days as per statutory provisions of the Act, then the assessee cannot be treated as resident of India and his status would be of non-resident Indian for the purpose of levying of tax as per provisions of the Act.”

Thus, in this case, going out of India for the purposes of providing consultancy services, has been considered to be eligible for the extended period of 182 days under Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1).

5. ACIT vs. Nishant Kanodia [2024] 158 taxmann.com 262 (Mumbai — Trib.)

In a recent decision of the ITAT-Mumbai the important facts were as follows:

a) The assessee stayed in India for 176 days and went to Mauritius during the year.

b) From the work permit issued by the Government of Mauritius, it was observed that the assessee went to Mauritius on an occupation permit to stay and work in Mauritius as an investor and not as an employee.

c) It was submitted by the assessee that he went to Mauritius for the purpose of employment, on the post of Strategist – Global Investment of the company (in which he held 100% of the shares) for a period of three years. Therefore, it was claimed that the assessee was a non-resident as per the provisions of section 6(1)(c) read with Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1).

d) The AO held that the assessee left India in the relevant financial year as an ‘Investor’ on a business visa which was usually taken by an investor and not by an employee who leaves India for employment and accordingly, the assessee was not entitled to take benefit of Explanation -1(a) to section 6(1). Therefore, the AO held the residential status of the assessee for the year under consideration to be ‘resident’ as per the provisions of clause (c) of section 6(1) and income received by the assessee from offshore jurisdiction was added to the total income of the assessee.

e) While admitting that the assessee had submitted an employment letter, the AO alleged that as the assessee held 100% of the shares of the employer company, it had considerable control over the affairs of the company and the appointment letter and salary slips submitted were self-serving documents, especially in view of the fact that the permit obtained in Mauritius was not for employment but for business/investor.

f) The Commissioner (Appeals) agreed with the submissions of the assessee and held that the assessee was away from India for the purpose of employment outside India and was accordingly entitled to take the benefit of Explanation -1(a) to section 6(1)(c).

g) On revenue’s appeal, the ITAT, relying on the decision of the Kerala High Court in case of CIT vs. O. Abdul Razak (supra), other ITAT decisions mentioned above and Circular 346 dated 30-6-1982, dismissed the appeal of the Revenue and held as follows:

“14. Therefore, even if the taxpayer has left India for the purpose of business or profession, in the aforesaid decisions, the same has been considered to be for the purpose of employment outside India under Explanation-1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act. Accordingly, even if it is accepted that the assessee went to Mauritius as an Investor in Firstland Holdings Ltd., Mauritius, in which he holds 100% shareholding, we are of the considered view that by applying the ratio of aforesaid decisions the assessee is entitled to claim the benefit of the extended period of 182 days, as provided in Explanation-1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act, for the determination of residential status. Since it is undisputed that the assessee has stayed in India only for a period of 176 days during the year, which is less than 182 days as provided in Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act, the assessee has rightly claimed to be a “Non-Resident” during the year for the purpose of the Act. Accordingly, we find no infirmity in the findings of the learned CIT(A) on this issue. As a result, the grounds raised by the Revenue are dismissed.”

D. IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS

From the above-mentioned judicial precedents, while taking into consideration ‘employment outside India’ and while considering the benefit of an extended period of 182 days as per Explanation 1(a) to section 6(1) of the Act, the following important points should be kept in mind:

a) The visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, or for medical treatment or for studies or the like.

b) ‘Employment’ would include self-employment i.e. acting as Consultant, leaving India for the purpose of business or profession including professional activities of a sportsman, carrying on activities of an investor etc.

c) The status in the Occupation Permit of being an ‘investor’ or not having a permit for employment in a country outside India or having a business visa instead of employment visa, may not be relevant considerations for this purpose. However, depending on the facts of the case, the type of visa obtained may also have persuasive value in the intention of the assessee to stay for a longer duration outside India.

E. OTHER VIEW

There is another point of view, according to which the difference between ‘Employment’ and ‘Business or Profession’ is well known and therefore ‘employment’ should not include ‘self-employment’ i.e. business or professions.

The CBDT Circular cannot travel beyond the scope of section 6 which mentions ‘employment’ and includes in its ambit ‘avocations’, which in turn has been relied upon by the Kerala High Court and ITAT benches.

Interestingly, while the section refers only to ‘employment’, the Memorandum to the Finance Bill as well as the CBDT Circular clearly states that the amendment is seeking to avoid hardship to Indian citizens employed or engaged in other avocations outside India. In our view, given the intention of the legislature to provide the benefit to a person who leaves India permanently or for a long duration, which is clear in the Memorandum to the Finance Bill and the CBDT Circular, this other view of giving a restricted meaning to the term “employment” may not find favour with the courts.

F. CONCLUSION

In view of the Memorandum, CBDT Circular and judicial opinion, it appears to be a settled position that for the purposes of Explanation 1(a) to Section 6(1) of the Act, the term ‘employment’ includes self-employment i.e. carrying on business and profession. However, it is important that the assessee maintains appropriate documentation to substantiate the facts of the case.

Underlying tax credit Concept and its significance

 

1. Overview :

 

The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

 

 

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

 

 

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :

 

Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

 

 

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

 

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and

 

  • The shareholder is a company.

 

  

Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

 

 

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

 

 

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

 

 

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

 

 

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :

 

Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

 

Underlying tax credit — Concept and its significance

International Taxation

1. Overview :


The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :


Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and


  • The shareholder is a company.




Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :


Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.
 

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

Taxation of ‘Fees for Technical Services’ : Application of the concept of ‘Make Available’

In this article the concept of ‘Make Available’ used in the Article in the Tax Treaties relating to ‘Fees for Technical Services (FTS)’ or ‘Fees for Included Services’ has been discussed and analysed. In the second part of the Article to be published next month we shall deal with the Indian Judicial decisions dealing with the subject.

A. Concept of ‘Make Available’ and historical background :The expression ‘make available’ used in the Article in the Tax Treaties relating to ‘Fees for Technical Services (FTS)’ has far reaching significance since it limits the scope of technical and consultancy services in the context of FTS.

India has negotiated and entered into tax treaties with various countries where the concept of ‘make available’ under the FTS clause is used. India’s tax treaties with Australia, Canada, Cyprus, Finland, Malta, Netherlands, Portuguese Republic, Singapore, UK and USA contain the concept of ‘make available’ under the FTS clause. Further, the concept is also applicable indirectly due to existence of Most Favored Nation (MFN) clause in the protocol to the tax treaties with Belgium, France, Israel, Hungary, Kazakstan, Spain, Switzerland and Sweden.

It is interesting to note that India-Australia tax treaty does not have separate FTS clause but the definition of Royalty which includes FTS, has provided for make available concept. An analysis of the countries having the concept of make available directly or indirectly in their tax treaties with India reveals that almost all of these countries are developed nations and they have successfully negotiated with India the restricted scope of the definition of FTS as almost all of them are technology exporting countries.

In view of the above, while deciding about taxability of any payment for FTS, the reader would be well advised to examine the relevant article and the protocol of the tax treaty to examine whether the concept of make available is applicable to payment of FTS in question and accordingly whether such a payment would be not liable to tax in the source country. He would also be well advised to closely examine the relevant judicial decision to determine the applicability of the concept of ‘make available’ to payment of FTS in question.

B. Explanation of the concept in the MOU to the India-US Tax Treaty :

Article 12(iv)(b) of the India US tax treaty reads as follows :

“4. For purposes of this Article, ‘fees for included services’ means payments of any kind to any person in consideration for the rendering of any technical or consultancy services (including through the provision of services of technical or other personnel) if such services :

(a) . . . .

(b) make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes, or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design.”

As per Article 12(4)(b) of the India US tax treaty, payment of any kind in consideration for rendering of services results in FTS if :

(a) Such services are technical or consultancy services;

(b) They ‘make available’ knowledge, experience, skill, know how, or processes or alternatively, consist of development and transfer of a plan or design; and

© Such knowledge, experience, plan, design etc. is technical.

The three conditions above are cumulative and not alternative. In order to fall under the Article 12(4)(b) of the India US tax treaty, it is essential that services should make available knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes.

The Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) to the India-US Tax Treaty, Technical Explanation to India-US Tax Treaty, Technical Explanation to India-Australia Tax Treaty, and various Indian Judicial Pronouncements, have laid down different tests for considering whether or not services ‘make available’ knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes.

The concept of ‘make available’ is interpreted and explained with concrete illustrations in the ‘Memorandum of Understanding concerning Fees for Included Services in Article 12’ appended to the said India-US DTAA. The concept is explained as under in the Memorandum of Understanding :

“Paragraph 4(b) of Article 12 refers to technical or consultancy services that make available to the person acquiring the service technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes, or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design to such person. (For this purpose, the person acquiring the service shall be deemed to include an agent, nominee, or transferee of such person.) This category is narrower than the category described in paragraph 4(a) because it excludes any service that does not make technology available to the person acquiring the service. Generally speaking, technology will be considered “made available” when the person acquiring the service is enabled to apply the technology. The fact that the provision of the service may require technical input by the person providing the service does not per se mean that technical knowledge, skills, etc., are made available to the person purchasing the service, within the meaning of paragraph 4(b). Similarly, the use of a product which embodies technology shall not per se be considered to make the technology available.” (Emphasis supplied)

“Typical categories of services that generally involve either the development and transfer of technical plans or technical designs, or making technology available as described in paragraph 4(b), include :

1 Engineering services (including the sub-categories of bio-engineering and aeronautical, agricultural, ceramics, chemical, civil, electrical, mechanical, metallurgical, and industrial engineering);

2 Architectural services; and

3 Computer software development.

Under paragraph 4(b), technical and consultancy services could make technology available in a variety of settings, activities and industries. Such services may, for example, relate to any of the following areas :

1 Bio-technological services;

2 Food-processing;

3 Environmental and ecological services;

4. Communication  through  satellite or otherwise;

5. Energy  conservation;

6. Exploration or exploitation of mineral oil or natural gas;

7. Geological  surveys;

8. Scientific services;  and

9. Technical  training.”

This concept is further explained by Examples 3 to 7 in the MoU which are as follows:

Example (3) :

Facts:

A U.S. manufacturer has experience in the use of a process for manufacturing wallboard for interior walls of houses which is more durable than standard products of its type. An Indian builder wishes to produce this product for his own use. He rents a plant and contracts with the U.S. company to send experts to India to show engineers in the Indian company how to produce the extra-strong wall-board. The U.S. contractors work with the technicians in the Indian firm for a few months. Are the payments to the U.S. firm considered to be payments for ‘included services’ ?

Analysis:

The payments would be fees for included services. The services are of a technical or consultancy nature; in the example, they have elements of both types of services. The services make available to the Indian company technical knowledge, skill, and processes.

Example  (4) :

Facts:

A U.S. manufacturer operates a wallboard fabrication plant outside India. An Indian builder hires the US. company to produce wallboard at that plant for a fee. The Indian company provides the raw materials and the US. manufacturer fabricates the wall-board in its plant, using advanced technology. Are the fees in this example payments for included services?

Analysis:

The fees would not be for included services. Al-though the U.S. company is clearly performing a technical service, no technical knowledge, skill, etc., are made available to the Indian company, nor is there any development and transfer of a technical plan or design. The U.S. company is merely performing a contract manufacturing service.

Example  (5) :

Facts:

An Indian firm owns inventory control software for use in its chain of retail outlets throughout India. It expands its sales operation by employing a team of travelling salesmen to travel around the countryside selling the company’s wares. The company wants to modify its software to permit the salesmen to access the company’s central computers for information on products available in inventory and when they can be delivered. The Indian firm hires a U.S. computer programming firm to modify its software for this purpose. Are the fees which the Indian firm pays to be treated as fees for included services?

Analysis:

The fees are for included services. The U.S. company clearly, performs a technical service for the Indian company, and transfers to the Indian company the technical plan (i.e., the computer program) which it has developed.

Example  (6) :

Facts:

An Indian vegetable oil manufacturing company wants to produce a cholesterol-free oil from a plant which produces oil normally containing cholesterol. An American company has developed a process for refining the cholesterol out of the oil. The Indian company contracts with the US. company to modify the formulae which it uses so as to eliminate the cholesterol, and to train the employees of the Indian company in applying the new formulae. Are the fees paid by the Indian company for included services?

Analysis:

The fees are for included services. The services are technical, and the technical knowledge is made available to the Indian company.

Example  (7) :

Facts:

The Indian vegetable oil manufacturing firm has mastered the science of producing cholesterol-free oil and wishes to market the product worldwide. It hires an American marketing consulting firm to do a computer simulation of the world market for such oil and to advise it on marketing strategies. Are the fees paid to the U.S. company for included services?

Analysis:

The fees would not be for included services. The American company is providing a consultancy service which involves the use of substantial technical skill and expertise. It is not, however, making available to the Indian company any technical experience, knowledge or skill, etc., nor is it transferring a technical plan or design. What is transferred to the Indian company through the service contract is commercial information. The fact that technical skills were required by the performer of the service in order to perform the commercial information service does not make the service a technical service within the meaning of paragraph 4(b).

It is important to note that in the protocol to the said DTAA the Government of India has also accepted the interpretation of Article 12 (Fees for included services) in the following words:

“This memorandum of understanding represents the current views of the United States Government with respect to these aspects of Article 12, and it is my Government’s understanding that it also represents the current views of the Indian Government.” (emphasis supplied)

C.  Application of concept of ‘make available’ – Relevant  and  irrelevant  tests:

In ‘The Law and Practice of Tax Treaties: An Indian Perspective’ (2008 edition), the learned authors Shri Rajesh Kadakia and Shri Nilesh Modi, have culled out the relevant and irrelevant tests (on pages 569-571) as under  :

Relevant  tests:

1. The expression ‘make available’ is used in the sense of one person supplying or transferring technical knowledge or technology to another.

2. Technology is considered to be ‘made available’ when the service recipient is enabled to apply the technology contained therein. [Bharat Petroleum Corporation v. DfT, (200) 14 SOT 307(Mum.)]

3. If the services do not have any technical knowledge, the fees paid for them do not fall within the meaning of FTS as per Article 12(4).

4. The service recipient is able to make use of the technical knowledge, skill etc. by himself in his business or for his own benefit and without recourse to the performer of the services, is able to make use of the technical knowledge, etc. by himself in his business or for his own benefit and without recourse to the performer of the services in future. The technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. must remain with the person utilising the services even after the rendering of the services has come to an end. A transmission of the technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. from the person rendering the services to the person utilising the same is contemplated by the article. Some sort of durability or permanency of the result of the ‘rendering of services’ is envisaged which will remain at the disposal of the person utilising the services. The fruits of the services should remain available to the person utilising the services in some concrete shape such as technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc.

5. The service recipient is at liberty to use the technical knowledge, skill, know-how and processes in his own right.

6. The technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, etc. must remain with the service recipient even after the rendering of the service has come to an end.

ii) Irrelevant  tests:

1. Provision of service may require technical input by the service provider;

2. Use of a product  which  embodies  technology;

3. The service recipient gets a product and not the technology itself;

4. Merely allowing somebody to make use of services, whether actually made use of or not;

5. Service recipient acquires some familiarity or in-sights into the manner of provision of services.

D. Concept of ‘make available’ as explained in various judicial pronouncements:

The concept of make available has been examined, explained and applied by various judicial authorities in India in the following cases (which shall be summarised in the next part of the Article) :

E. Application of explanation and examples given in MoU to the India-US Treaty to other Treaties:Although the abovementioned interpretation is given in the context of the DTAA between India and the USA, considering that identical terminology is used in other DTAAs between India and other countries, the Government can be considered to have contemplated the same meaning to be assigned to the .same term in the other DTAAs. This proposition, has found judicial recognition.

E.1 The above interpretation of the concept of ‘make available’ has now gained acceptance even with the Indian judicial authorities in the context of a variety of DTAAs India has entered into with different countries. In Raymond Ltd. v. Deputy CIT, [2003] 86 ITD 791 (Mum.), the assessee made an issue of Global Depository Receipts (GDRs) to in-vestors outside India, and it paid, inter alia, com-mission to the managers to the GDR issue, who were residents outside India, for rendering a vari-ety of services outside India for the successful completion of the GDR issue. The question before the Tribunal, among others, was whether the com-mission paid for such services rendered outside India could be taxed in India as ‘fees for technical services’ in the light of the provisions of S. 9(1)(vii) of the Act read with Article 13(4) of the DTAA with the UK. It is noteworthy that the terminology used in Article 13(4)(c) of the DTAA with the UK is the same as that used in Article 12(4)(b) of the DTAA with the USA. Although in this case the Tribunal was concerned with the interpretation of Article 13(4)(c)of the DTAA between India and the UK, the Tribunal made a reference to the identically worded Article 12(4)(b) of the DTAA between India and the USA, took into consideration the interpretation and the illustrations given in the Memorandum of Understanding appended to the said DTAA, and observed that the same can be used as an aid to the construction of the DTAA with the UK because they deal with the same subject (namely, fees for technical services). The Tribunal also observed that merely because these treaties are with different countries does not mean that different meanings are to be assigned to the same words, especially when both have been entered into by the same country on one side, namely, India. It it is difficult to postulate that the same country (India) would have intended to give different types of treatment to identically defined services rendered by entrepreneurs from different countries. On the facts of the case, the Tribunal held that the commission paid by the assessee for the various services rendered by the non-resident manager to the GDR issue did not fall within the definition of ‘fees for technical services’ given in Article 13(4) of the DTAA between India and the UK because no technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how or process, etc. was ‘made available’ to the assessee by the managers to the GDR issue. After referring to the grammatical purpose of the word ‘which’ used in Article 13(4)(c) of the DTAA with the UK, the Tribunal gave its inter-pretation of the expression ‘make available’ in the following clear-cut words (paragraphs 92 and 93) :

“92. We hold that the word ‘which’ occurring in the article after the word ‘services’ and before the words ‘make available’ not only describes or defines more clearly the antecedent noun (‘services’) but also gives additional information about the same in the sense that it requires that the services should result in making available to the user technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. Thus, the normal, plain and grammatical meaning of the language employed, in our understanding, is that a mere rendering of services is not roped in unless the person utilising the services is able to make use of the technical knowledge, etc. by himself in his business or for his own benefit and without recourse to the performer of the services in future. The technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. must remain with the person utilising the services even after the rendering of the services has come to an end. A transmission of the technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. from the person rendering the services to the person utilising the same is contemplated by the article. Some sort of durability or permanency of the result of the ‘rendering of services’ is envisaged which will remain at the disposal of the person utilising the services. The fruits of the service should remain available to the person utilising the services in some concrete shape such as technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc.

93.  In the present case, … after the services of the managers . . . came to an end, the assessee-company is left with no technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. and still continues to manufacture cement, suitings, etc. as in the past.” (emphasis supplied)

The Tribunal also noted the language employed in the definition of ‘fees for technical services’ in Article 12(4)(b) of the DTAA between India and Singapore to the effect “if such services … make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how or processes, which enables the person acquiring the services to apply the technology contained therein”, and opined that these words, though not found in the DTAAs with the UK and the USA, merely make explicit what is embedded in the words ‘make available’ appearing in the DTAAs with the UK and the USA.

E.2 In the decision    in CESC  Ltd. v. Deputy CIT [2005] 275 ITR (AT) 15 (Kol) (TM) this interpretation of the concept of ‘make available’ used in Article 13(4)(c) of the DTAA between India and the UK got the stamp of judicial approval. In this case, a UK company acted as a technical adviser to cer-tain financial institutions in India and the assessee, CESC, paid some fees to the UK company for the services rendered in respect of the technical appraisal of the assessee’s power project. One of the questions before the Tribunal was whether the fees paid to the UK company fell within the sweep of the expression’ fees for technical services’ as understood in Article 13(4)(c) of the DTAA between India and the UK. As noted earlier also, the terminology used for defining the expression’ fees for technical services’ in the DTAA between India and the UK is the same as that used in, among many others, the DTAA between India and the USA. The Tribunal held that the fees paid by the assessee to the UK company did not fall within the expression ‘fees for technical services’ as it did not result in making available to the assessee any technical knowledge, skill, etc. The Tribunal made a reference to Article 12 of the DTAA between India and the USA and to the Memorandum of Understanding appended thereto, discussed above, as also to the Protocol attached thereto wherein it is stated, inter alia, that the Memorandum of Understanding with regard to the interpretation of Article 12 (Royalties and fees for included services) also represents the views of the Government of India, and observed that under Article 12(4)(b) of the DTAA between India and the USA, which is pari materia with Article 13(4)(c) of the DTAA with the UK, technology would be considered made available when the person acquiring the services is enabled to apply the technology; that the mere fact that the provision of services may require technical input to the person providing the services does not per se mean that technical knowledge, skill, etc. are made available to the person purchasing the services. Since in this case the role of the engineers providing the services was of mere reviewing and opining rather than designing and directing the project, the Tribunal held that no technical knowledge, etc. was made available to the assessee and therefore the fees paid to the UK company did not fall within the scope of ‘fees for technical services’ under Article 13(4)(c) of the DTAA with the UK. It is pertinent to note that the Tribunal made certain observations at page 25, which, in effect, mean that the interpretation adopted by the Tribunal of the term ‘fees for technical services’ with reference to the DTAA between

India and the UK, particularly of the concept of ‘make available’, relying upon the definition and interpretation of the term ‘fees for included services’ used in the DTAA with the USA, should apply to several subsequent DTAAs India has entered into using the same phraseology, including specifically the DTAA between India and the UK.

E.3 In NQA Quality Systems Registrar Ltd. v. Deputy CIT, (2005) 92 TTJ (Del.) 946, wherein the above-referred decision in Raymond Ltd. v. Deputy CIT (supra) is followed and similar views are expressed in the context of the DTAA with the UK. In this case, the assessee, an Indian company, made payments to certain non-resident companies in the UK for certain services rendered by those UK companies. The assessee was in the business of ISO audit and certification. The nature of services provided by the UK companies to the assessee included providing the assessee with assessors to assess the quality assurance systems existing with the assessee’s customers, visits to the assessee’s customers, providing of training, etc. The question was whether while remitting the fees to the UK companies the assessee was required to deduct tax at source there from. The Tribunal analysed the definition of the term ‘fees for technical services’ given in Article 13 of the DTAA with the UK, noted the similar provisions of Article 12 of the DTAA with the USA, the Memorandum of Understanding appended thereto, and concluded that the nature of services provided by the UK companies to the assessee did not make available any technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. to the assessee and therefore the fees paid by the assessee to the UK companies do not fall within the definition of the term ‘fees for technical services’ and that, therefore, the assessee was under no ob-ligation to deduct tax therefrom u/s.195 of the Act.

E.4 In National Organic Chemical Industries Ltd. v. Deputy CIT, (2005) 96 TT] (Mum.) 765, this interpretation of the concept of ‘make available’ is reiterated by the Tribunal in the context of Article 12(4) of the old DTAA between India and Switzerland. It is in effect observed by the Tribunal that when there is mere rendering of services without the transfer of technology it cannot be said that technology, etc. are ‘made available’ within the meaning of Article 12(4) of the DTAA between India and Switzerland and therefore payment for such services is not liable to tax in India.

E.5 In Dy. CIT v. Boston Consulting Group Pte. Ltd., [2005] 94 ITD 31 (Mum.) reiterates similar views. In this case, the non-resident company, a resident of Singapore, was in the business of ‘strategy consulting’. One of the issues before the Tribunal was whether the fees paid for such services fell within the term ‘fees for technical services’ under Article 12(4)(b) of the DTAA between India and Singapore where more or less the same language is employed as in the DTAA with the USA, the UK, etc. Noting the above-referred decision in Raymond Ltd. v. Deputy CfT (supra), the language of Article 12 of the DTAA with the USA, the Memorandum of Understanding appended to the said DTAA and the illustrations given therein, the concept of ‘make available’, etc., discussed above, the Tribunal concluded that the fees paid for such strategy consulting do not fall within the scope of ‘fees for technical services’ used in Article 12(4)(b) of the DTAA with Singapore. However, interestingly, it seems that the Tribunal has given an altogether different dimension to this issue by making a very broad observation at page 57 that so far as the DTAA with the USA is concerned, consultancy services which are not technical in nature cannot be treated as fees for included services. Though not clear, perhaps this view is influenced by a more general or profound statement made in the Memorandum of Understanding appended to the DTAA between India and the USA, under the paragraph titled ‘Paragraph 4 (in general)’, regarding the interpretation of the term ‘fees for included services’ given in Article 12(4)(b) of the said DTAA, which statement runs as follows:

“Thus, under paragraph 4(b), consultancy services which are not of a technical nature cannot be included services.”

F. Indian Treaties where the concept of ‘make available’ is used and differences in the wordings used in the relevant Articles:

Detail of DT AA with different countries having ‘make available’ phrase in FTS clause or indirectly made applicable through Protocol

Underlying tax credit — Concept and its significance

International Taxation

1. Overview :


The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :


Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and


  • The shareholder is a company.




Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :


Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.
 

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

Taxation of ‘Fees for Technical Services’ : Application of the Concept of ‘Make Available’

 

In Part-I of the Article published in November 2009, the
concept of ‘Make Available’ used in the Article in the Tax Treaties relating to
“Fees for Technical Services (FTS)” or “Fees for Included Services” has been
discussed and analysed. In the second and third parts of the Article published
in December 2009 and January 2010, we have analysed in brief some of the Indian
judicial decisions dealing with the subject. In the fourth part of the Article,
we are analysing in brief, the remaining Indian judicial decisions as of date
dealing with the subject.



A.
Concept of ‘make available’ as explained in various judicial pronouncements



The concept of ‘make available’ has been examined, explained
and applied by various judicial authorities in India. A gist of some of the
relevant cases was given in Parts II & III of the Article published in the
December, 2009 and January 2010 issues of BCAJ. A gist of the remaining relevant
cases as of date is given below. It is important to note that in the gist of
cases given below, we have only considered and analysed the aspect relating to
the ‘Make Available’ concept. Other aspects relating to royalty, PE, etc. have
not been discussed or analysed here. For this, the reader should consider

and refer to the text of
the decisions.

Sr.   No.


Decisions/Citation/Tax  Treaty

Gist of the
decision relating to              concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

32.  

Raymond Ltd.
vs. DCIT

 

[2003] 86 ITD 791 (Mum.)

 

 

DTAA – UK

 

Nature of services and
payments :

 

Payment of management
commission, underwriting commission and selling commission in respect of GDR
issues.

 

Issue(s) :

 

 

(i) Is the selling
commission, underwriting commission and management commission paid by the
assessee to Merrill Lynch “fees for technical services”; and whether the
same is chargeable as income in India with reference to the provisions of
Section 9(1)(vii) of the Income-tax Act and the provisions of the double
tax agreement with UK?

(ii) Assuming that the
services fall within the above mentioned Section, can they be considered
as “technical services” within the meaning of the relevant article in the
Double Tax Agreement with UK?

 

Held :

 

Whereas Section 9(1)(vii)
stops with the ‘rendering’ of technical services, the DTA goes further and
qualifies such rendering of services with words to the effect that the
services should also make available technical knowledge, experience, skills,
etc., to the person utilizing the services. The ‘making available’ in the
DTA refers to the stage subsequent to the ‘making use of’ stage. The
qualifying word is ‘which’ and the use of this relative pronoun as a
conjunction is to denote some additional function the ‘rendering of
services’ must fulfil. And that is that it should also ‘make available’
technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc. Thus, the normal, plain and
grammatical implication of the language employed is that a mere rendering of
services is not roped in unless the person utilising the services is able to
make use of the technical knowledge, etc., by himself in his business or for
his own benefit, and without recourse to the performer of the services in
future. The technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc., must remain with
the person utilising the services even after the rendering of the services
has come to an end. A transmission of technical knowledge, experience,
skills, etc., from the person rendering the services to the person utilising
the same is contemplated in the article. Some sort of durability or
permanency of the result of the ‘rendering of services’ is envisaged which
will remain at the disposal of the person utilising the services. The fruits
of the services should remain available to the person utilising the services
in some concrete shape such as technical knowledge, experience, skills, etc.

In the instant case, after
the services of the managers came to an end, the assessee-company was left
with no technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc., and still continued to
manufacture cement, suitings, etc., as in the past.

For the above reasons, the
DTA with UK applied to the instant case, and no technical knowledge,
experience, skills, know-how or process, etc., was ‘made available ‘to the
assessee-company by the non-resident managers to the GDR issue within the
meaning of article 13.4(c).

Since the DTA was held
applicable then, no part of the fees for ‘managerial services’ could be
considered as fees for technical services, since the word ‘managerial’ does
not find a place in the article concerned. Therefore, the ‘management
commission’ could not be charged to tax in the hands of MLI, to whom the
same was paid. MLI, to whom the same was paid. The assessee-company, consequently, was under no obligation to deduct tax under Section 195.As regards the ‘underwriting commission’, since no technical knowledge, etc., was made available to the assessee company by the rendering of the underwriting services, the definition in the DTA was not applicable. As regards selling concession or selling commission relying on Circular No. 786 dated 7-2-2000, it was contended that it was not income in the hands of the recipient. In view of the import of words ‘make available’ appearing in the DTA with UK, it was unnecessary to dilate on the circular further. Therefore, neither the management commission nor the underwriting commission or even the selling commission/concession would amount to fees for technical services within the meaning of the DTA with UK and, consequently, there was no obligation on the part of the assessee-company to deduct tax under Section 195.

 

[ 2002]
82 ITD 239

Payment
for installation and commissioning of machines purchased

(Kol.)

DTAA –
France

Issue(s)

 

 

Whether
such payments for installation and commissioning are liable for

 

TDS u/s
195?

 

Held

 

Installation
and commissioning of machineries constituted services that

 

were
ancillary and subsidiary, as well as inextricably and essentially

 

linked
to the sale of the machines. Therefore, these services, rendered to

 

the
assessee, were not covered by the scope of ‘fees for technical services’

 

referred
to in Article 13 of the India France DTAA. Hence, installation

 

and
commissioning fees, on the facts of the present case, were not exigible

 

to tax
in India.

 

Note

 

It is
important to keep in mind that contrary to the popular belief, the

 

ITC’s
case does not deal with the ‘make available’ clause of the treaty,

 

and
instead deals with the importance and relevance of the Protocol to the

 

India
French Treaty for application of the restricted meaning of FTS.

 

 

34.   Pro-Quip Corpora-

Nature of services and payments

tion
vs. CIT (AAR)

Payment
for supply of engineering drawings and designs for the setting

[2002]
255 ITR 0354

up of
the plant.

DTAA –
US

Issue(s) Involved

 

 

Whether
the applicant is liable to tax on the amount received towards

 

consideration
for the sale of engineering drawings and designs received.

 

Whether
the payment is to be treated as fee for included service covered

 

by
clause (b) paragraph 4 of Article 12.

 

Held

 

The facts of this case are very similar to the
facts of the first part of ex

 

ample 8
given in the MoU to the India-US Tax Treaty. The engineering

 

services
were being rendered as a part of the purchase agreement as a

 

composite
whole. This service was essentially linked with the sale of

 

drawings
and designs. It is not an agreement for long-term service to be

 

rendered
after the sale of the machinery. The case is a case of out and

 

out
sale of property.

 

The AAR
held that the payments made to the American company will

 

not
fall within the ambit of Article 12 of the Indo-US Treaty for Double

 

Taxation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

 

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35 .

Sahara
Airlines Ltd.

Nature of services and payments

 

 

vs. Dy
CIT

Payment
for providing training to the crew members

 

 

[2002]
83 ITD 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Delhi)

Issue(s)

 

 

DTAA –
UK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Whether such payments amounted to fee for
technical services as defined

 

 

 

 

in
Explanation 2 of Section 9(1)(vii) of the Act, as well as Article 13(4) of

 

 

 

 

DTAA
with UK.

 

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

 

The
ITAT was of the view that it was an agreement for training of asses-

 

 

 

 

see’s
personnel and not for mere use of simulator. Training can be given

 

 

 

 

to the
trainees either directly or through customer’s instructors. Clause 14

 

 

 

 

of the
agreement clearly provides for free training to assessee’s instructors,

 

 

 

 

who, in
turn, had provided the same to its personnel. Since training to

 

 

 

 

assessee’s
instructors was free of charge, the payment in the invoice was

 

 

 

 

shown
for use of simulator alone but that does not mean that technical

 

 

 

 

knowledge
was not provided by the UK company. The simulator is a

 

 

 

 

highly
sophisticated machine which cannot be operated unless requisite

 

 

 

 

technical
knowledge is given to the user of the machine. Therefore, we

 

 

 

 

are
unable to accept the main contention of assessee’s counsel that no

 

 

 

 

technical knowledge was given. Apart from
this, flight training personnel

 

 

 

 

are experts
and experienced persons, who have shared their experiences

 

 

 

 

with
the assessee’s instructors and, therefore, on this account also, it would

 

 

 

 

fall within the definition of technical
services as provided in Article 13

 

 

 

 

of DTAA
with UK, in as much as it not only includes making available

 

 

 

 

of
technical knowledge but also the experience. Therefore, it is held that

 

 

 

 

the
agreement was for providing of training to assessee’s personnel and

 

 

 

 

consequently,
the payment for the same was fee for technical services and,

 

 

 

 

therefore,
chargeable to tax in the hands of the recipient under section 9(1)

 

 

 

 

(vii)
of the Act as well as under the provisions of DTAA with UK.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36.

P. No.
28 of 1999 In

Nature of services and payments

 

 

re vs.
(AAR)

Payment
for services to make available executive personnel for develop-

 

 

[2000]
242 ITR 0208

 

 

ment of general management, finance and
purchasing, service, marketing

 

 

DTAA –
USA

 

 

and
assembly/manufacturing activities under the management provision

 

 

 

 

agreement.

 

 

 

 

Issue(s)

 

 

 

 

Whether
any part of the amount invoiced by the foreign company in terms

 

 

 

 

of the
management provision agreement is liable to tax in India.

 

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

 

These
clauses envisage transfer of information by “XYZ” [Foreign Com-

 

 

 

 

pany]
to “AB” [Indian JV Company] (whether independently of or through

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the
personnel employed) and also confer on “AB” the right to use and

 

 

 

disclose
the technology and knowledge developed by the employees in

 

 

 

the
course of their work. Reference has also been made to the letter of

 

 

 

approval
of the Government of India which shows that the government

 

 

 

was
informed that these personnel were being deputed for a period of

 

 

 

up to
three years for providing management and technical service to the

 

 

 

joint
venture, so that the services of these employees could eventually

 

 

 

be replaced by Indian personnel. It is,
therefore, difficult to accept the

 

 

 

plea
that no technology, information, know-how or processes were made

 

 

 

available
to “AB” by “ XYZ”.

 

 

 

The AAR
concluded that the services of the nominees of “XYZ” are “mana-

 

 

 

gerial”
and not “technical or consultancy” services within the meaning of

 

 

 

Article 12, and in the result, the Authority
finds, on the facts available to

 

 

 

it, that the services of the five nominees of “XYZ”
are not covered by the

 

 

 

expression
“included services” in Article 12.

 

 

 

 

 

37.

Bovis  Lend
Lease

Nature of services and payments

 

(India)
Pvt. Ltd. vs.

Assistance
with respect to administrative matters between the appellant

 

ITO(IT), Bangalore

 

 

 

and
LLAH [Foreign Company based in Singapore]; Assistance with respect

 

2009-TIOL-666-ITAT-

to personal matters, legal matters, finance
and accounting information,

 

marketing
support, insurance matters; Assistance in operation of the busi-

 

Bang

 

ness;
Treasury Management; Information Technology.

 

 

 

 

DTAA –
Singapore

Issue(s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  Whether the reimbursements made to the
foreign company be not

 

 

 

 

considered
as fees for technical services or income chargeable to tax

 

 

 

 

in
India;

 

 

 

(b) At
any rate, since the in situs of the services was outside India, no

 

 

 

 

part of
the payment be held as deemed to accrue or arise in India.

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

The
ITAT, in respect of the payment to be considered as reimbursement

 

 

of
expenses, laid down the following tests:

 

 

 

a)

The actual liability to pay should be of the
person who reimburses

 

 

 

 

the
money to the original payer.

 

 

 

b)

The liability ought to have been clearly
determined. It should not be

 

 

 

 

an
approximate or varying amount.

 

 

 

c)

The liability ought to have crystallized. In
other words, payments

 

 

 

 

which
were never required to be done, but were done just to avoid

 

 

 

 

a
potential problem, may not qualify.

 

 

 

d)

There should be a clear ascertainable
relationship between the

 

 

 

 

paying
and reimbursing parties. Thus, an alleged reimbursement by

 

 

 

 

an
unconnected person may not qualify.

 

 

 

e)

The
payment should first be made by somebody else whose liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

 

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

it never
was, and the repayment should then follow to that person to

 

 

 

 

square
off the account.

 

 

 

 

f)  There should be clearly three parties
existing: the payer, the payee

 

 

 

 

and the
reimbursing party.

 

 

 

 

The
transactions tested, fail to meet the criteria that would enable the

 

 

 

 

payments
to be treated as reimbursements.

 

 

 

 

The
dictionary meaning of the word ‘make available’ is ‘able to use or

 

 

 

 

obtain’.
It does not mean that the recipient should equally use the tech-

 

 

 

 

nology.
In a case like this where a group owns a number of companies

 

 

 

 

and
certain companies provide services to the companies belonging to

 

 

 

 

the
group, then it becomes the policy of the group to get services of that

 

 

 

 

company
though other group companies might be able to perform the same

 

 

 

 

functions
on the basis of the services already provided to them. Therefore,

 

 

 

 

in the
instant case, Section 195 will b e applicable because reimbursement

 

 

 

 

of
expenses relates to the fee for technical services. Hence, we hold that

 

 

 

 

the authorities below were justified in
holding that tax was not required

 

 

 

 

to be
deducted on the ground that the appellant company reimburse the

 

 

 

 

expenses,
as the amounts payable were to be taxed in the hands of the

 

 

 

 

recipient
as fees for technical services as per DTAA.

 

 

 

 

The
jurisdictional High Court, in the case of Jindal Thermal Power Company

 

 

 

 

vs.
DCIT, had an occasion to consider the taxability of income deeming to

 

 

 

 

accrual
and arising in India as mentioned in section 9(1)(vii). The Hon’ble

 

 

 

 

High
Court has considered the explanation introduced in Section 9(2) of

 

 

 

 

the I T
Act. Before the Hon’ble High Court it was argued that the ratio of

 

 

 

 

Supreme
Court in Ishikawajma Harima Heavy Industries Ltd. vs Director

 

 

 

 

of
Income Tax 288 ITR 408 regarding twin criteria of rendering of services

 

 

 

 

and its
utilization in India has not been done away with by the incorpo-

 

 

 

 

ration
of Explanation to section 9(2). It was also argued that the objects

 

 

 

 

and
reasons stated in introducing explanations are only external aids, to

 

 

 

 

be used
only when the text of the law is ambiguous. After considering

 

 

 

 

the
submission, the Hon’ble High Court held that “however, in respect

 

 

 

 

of
technical services, the rendering of services being purely off-shore and

 

 

 

 

outside
India, the remuneration, whatever paid towards technical services,

 

 

 

 

does
not attract tax liability”. In the instant case, from the perusal of the

 

 

 

 

certificate from the auditor, it is clear that
services have been provided

 

 

 

 

offshore.
Hence, in view of the decision of the jurisdictional High Court,

 

 

 

 

the
appellant will not incur any liability to deduct tax towards the amount

 

 

 

 

paid in
respect of the services. Hence, it is held that the appellant was not

 

 

 

 

required
to deduct tax at source in respect of the payments.

 

 

 

 

 

38.

Federation of Indian

Nature of services and payments

 

 

Chambers
of  Com-

Non-resident
service provider acting as a facilitator and technical consultant

 

 

merce and Industries

 

 

(FICCI) in re AAR

for the purpose of commercialisation of
identified technologies; screening

 

 

2009-TIOL-30-ARA-IT

and
assessment of technologies by deploying the expertise and resources

 

 

and
preparing technical reports including market analyses.

 

 

DTAA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issue(s)

 

 

 

Whether
on the facts and circumstances of the case, the non-resident is

 

 

 

not
liable to pay income tax in India out of the payments received by it

 

 

 

from
FICCI in instalments.

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

Explaining
broadly the principles involved in technology commercializa-

 

 

 

tion
and making the participants familiar with various aspects of the

 

 

 

programme,
does not prima facie amount to making available technical

 

 

 

knowledge
or expertise possessed by the instructors of University of Texas

 

 

 

[UT].
At any rate, it seems to be merely incidental to the implementation

 

 

 

of the programme which does not fall within
the definition of ‘included

 

 

 

services’.
It is not possible to split up this segment of service and appor-

 

 

 

tion a part of consideration received to ‘training’,
even if it has the flavour

 

 

 

of ‘included
services’.

 

 

 

Expression
of opinion, formulation of recommendation, and rendering

 

 

 

assistance
to DRDO in connection with ATAC programmes do not really

 

 

 

make
available the technical knowledge or know-how to DRDO, except

 

 

 

perhaps
in an incidental or indirect manner. UT’s services and the con-

 

 

 

sideration
received, therefore, cannot be brought within the ambit of Art

 

 

 

12.4 of
DTAA.

 

 

 

 

 

39.

International
Tire

Nature of services and payments

 

Engineering

Granting
a perpetual irrevocable right to use the know-how as well as to

 

Resources LLC. in

 

Re AAR

transfer
the ownership in tread and side-wall designs and patterns required

 

2009-TIOL-25-ARA-

for the
manufacture of radial tyres for a lump sum consideration.

 

 

 

 

IT

Issue(s)

 

DTAA –
USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

Whether
on the stated facts in the “Technology Transfer Agreement” en-

 

 

 

tered
into between the applicant and M/s. CEAT Limited, and in law, the

 

 

 

consideration
for the transfer of documentation payable by M/s. CEAT

 

 

 

Limited
to the applicant is exigible to tax under the Act, in the hands of

 

 

 

the
applicant.

 

 

 

Whether
on the stated facts, and in law, the consideration for consultancy

 

 

 

and assistance
receivable by the applicant from M/s. CEAT Limited is

 

 

 

taxable
in the hands of the applicant in India under the Act.

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

Whether or not the first limb of Art 12(4)
applies, undoubtedly, the second

 

 

 

limb is
attracted in the instant case. The consultancy, assistance and train-

 

 

 

ing
services make available to CEAT the technical knowledge, experience,

 

 

 

know-how
and processes, so that transferee CEAT will be able to derive

 

 

 

full
advantage from the know-how supplied by the applicant and equip

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

 

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

itself
with the requisite knowledge and expertise so that the transferee

 

 

 

 

will be
able to utilize the same even in future ventures on its own and

 

 

 

 

without
reference to the transferor. The importance of consultancy and

 

 

 

 

assistance
services is highlighted by an express declaration in the ‘Agree-

 

 

 

 

ment’
which we may, at the risk of repetition, notice at this stage. The

 

 

 

 

“transferor
acknowledges that the transferee will not be able to use the

 

 

 

 

know-how
unless the transferor trains the transferee’s personnel in the

 

 

 

 

plant
in order to be capable of designing, developing and manufacturing

 

 

 

 

the
products in accordance with the know-how.” In the MOU concerning

 

 

 

 

fees for included services appended to
US-India Treaty, it is thus clarified:

 

 

 

 

“Generally
speaking, technology will be considered “made available” when

 

 

 

 

the
person acquiring the service is enabled to apply the technology. The

 

 

 

 

fact
that the provision of the service may require technical input by the

 

 

 

 

person
providing the service does not per se mean that technical knowl-

 

 

 

 

edge,
skills, etc., are made available to the person purchasing the service,

 

 

 

 

within the meaning of paragraph 4(b).” This
test is satisfied in the instant

 

 

 

 

case.
The fee received by the applicant under clause 8 of the Agreement,

 

 

 

 

therefore, falls within the scope of fee for
included services as defined in

 

 

 

 

paragraph
4 of the Art 12 of the ‘Treaty’. The position, in regard to the

 

 

 

 

liability under the Act, is equally clear. The
definition of fee for technical

 

 

 

 

services
in Explanation 2 to clause (vii) of Section 9(1) is even wider in

 

 

 

 

its
scope and amplitude than the corresponding provision in the ‘Treaty’.

 

 

 

 

The
restrictive phrase “make available” is not there in the Act. In fact, the

 

 

 

 

learned
counsel for the applicant has not disputed that the fee received

 

 

 

 

by
virtue of clauses 7 and 8 of the Agreement constitute fee for technical

 

 

 

 

services
or included services as per the Act and the Treaty.

 

 

 

 

Thus,
for more than one reason, the AAR held that paragraph 5 of Art

 

 

 

 

12 of
the Treaty cannot be invoked by the applicant.

 

 

 

 

The
consideration received for consultancy, assistance and training as per

 

 

 

 

clauses
7 and 8 of the Agreement is liable to be taxed as fee for included

 

 

 

 

services
under the Treaty, and as fee for technical services under the

 

 

 

 

Income-tax
Act, 1961.

 

 

 

 

 

40.

ADIT
(IT), Mumbai

Nature of services and payments

 

 

vs.
McKinsey & Co

Strategic
consultancy and other services; Advisories do not include any

 

 

Inc., UK & others

 

 

2009-TIOL-728-ITAT-

transfer
of technical know-how or specialised knowledge.

 

 

Mum

Issue(s)

 

 

DTAA –
USA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Whether
such payments made can be considered as fees for included

 

 

 

 

services
as per the India-USA Treaty.

 

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

 

The assessing officer should not be prevented
from calling for details,

 

 

 

 

under
the pretext of “the world knows what McKinsey & Co, Inc does”.

 

 

 

 

Even if the burden is on the assessing officer
to prove that a particular

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

item of
income is taxable, and at the same time the assessee does not

 

 

 

co-operate
or give any information or documentation whatsoever when

 

 

 

specifically asked for and when it is
undisputed that these documents

 

 

 

are in
its exclusive possession and only relies on its history and facts that

 

 

 

were submitted in the earlier assessments, the
assessing officer can draw

 

 

 

an
adverse inference.

 

 

 

Nobody
can refuse to furnish any information which is exclusively in

 

 

 

its possession
and then argue that the revenue has not discharged the

 

 

 

burden
of proof. The onus is also on the assessee to lead the evidence to

 

 

 

prove
that the receipt is not taxable because it falls within a provision or

 

 

 

it is
exempt.

 

 

 

Accepting
the assessee’s plea that the case be decided on the basis of in-

 

 

 

formation
furnished in 1997, would amount to laying down a very wrong

 

 

 

precedent.
The departmental representative was correct in pointing out that

 

 

 

if such
a view is taken by the Tribunal, in future also the assessees would

 

 

 

not produce any document before any assessing
officer on the argument

 

 

 

that
the facts are same as in the earlier years and the proposition for the

 

 

 

law
laid down by the Tribunal in earlier years should be followed.

 

 

 

Note

 

 

 

Please
also refer to the decision of the ITAT Mumbai in the case of McK-

 

 

 

insey
and Co., Inc (Philippines) vs. ADIT (IT) (ITAT-Mum) [2006] 284 ITR

 

 

 

(A.T.)
0227 discussed at Sr. No. 20 of the Part III of the Article.

 

 

 

 

 

41.

ITO vs.
Sinar Mas

Nature of services and payments

 

Pulp
& Paper (India)

Fees
for preparing feasibility study on the project to be used for  presen-

 

Limited

 

ITAT –
Delhi

tation of the project to the foreign investors
and financial institutions.

 

 

 

 

2003-TIOL-19-ITAT-

Issue(s)

 

DEL

 

 

 

DTAA –
Singapore

Whether
payment for said services liable to tax in India as “Fees for

 

 

 

Technical Services” as defined in Article 12
of India-Singapore Double

 

 

 

Taxation
Agreement?

 

 

 

Held

 

 

 

Held
that the payment made, clearly and unquestionably comes under

 

 

 

clause
(b) of Para 4 of the Article 12. The ITAT have taken note of the fact

 

 

 

that
the concerned party has clearly made available technical knowledge,

 

 

 

experience,
skill by way of the ‘Project Report’ which was used to woo

 

 

 

the
foreign investors, and the detailed project report not only provides

 

 

 

the
rough road map but virtually provides the entire detailed design and

 

 

 

map
work. At the cost of reiteration, the project report not only lays down

 

 

 

the
mill site and infrastructure but also deals with mill organization and

 

 

 

training;
it takes care of the grades to be produced; and the markets which

 

 

 

will supply fibre to the mill.  The technology and environment aspects

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sr.

Decisions/Citation/Tax

Gist of
the decision relating to concept of ‘Make Available’ aspect

 

No.

Treaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

memorandum
of understanding, is `communication through satellite or

 

 

 

 

otherwise`,
and relying on the same, learned special counsel for the Rev-

 

 

 

 

enue
has contended that the interface between the reservation system of

 

 

 

 

the
assessee-company and that of the Indian hotels/clients was covered

 

 

 

 

in this category.” We, however, find it
difficult to agree with this conten

 

 

 

 

tion of
the learned special counsel for the Revenue. First of all, it is the

 

 

 

 

area which has been specified in the
Memorandum of Understanding for

 

 

 

 

ascertaining
the services relating thereto being of technical and consultancy

 

 

 

 

nature
making technology available, whereas the services rendered by the

 

 

 

 

assessee
in the present case are in the hotel industry and such services

 

 

 

 

are in
relation to advertisements, publicity and sales promotion which are

 

 

 

 

not in
the nature of technical and consultancy services involving making

 

 

 

 

of
technology available. Secondly, the interface between the computerized

 

 

 

 

reservation
system of the assessee and the computerized reservation system

 

 

 

 

of the
Indian hotels/ clients was provided to facilitate the reservation of

 

 

 

 

hotel
rooms by the customers worldwide as an integral part of the inte-

 

 

 

 

grated
business arrangement between the assessee and the Indian hotels/

 

 

 

 

clients.
This interface thus was not separable from and independent of

 

 

 

 

the
main integrated job undertaken by the assessee-company of render-

 

 

 

 

ing
services in relation to marketing, publicity and sales promotion; and

 

 

 

 

the
same, in any case, was not in the nature of technical and consultancy

 

 

 

 

services,
making any technology available to the Indian hotels/clients in

 

 

 

 

the field/area of communication through
satellite or otherwise. Moreover,

 

 

 

 

as pointed
out by the learned counsel for the assessee before us, no com-

 

 

 

 

munication
through satellite was involved in the interface between the

 

 

 

 

computerized
reservation system of the assessee and that of the Indian

 

 

 

 

hotels/clients.

 

 

 

 

What is
transferred to the Indian company through the service contract

 

 

 

 

is
commercial information and the mere fact that technical skills were re-

 

 

 

 

quired
by the performer of the service in order to perform the commercial

 

 

 

 

information
services does not make the service a technical service within

 

 

 

 

the
meaning of paragraph (4)(b) of article 12. Since the facts of the present

 

 

 

 

case
are almost similar to the facts of this case given in Example 7 of the

 

 

 

 

Memorandum of Understanding, it leaves no doubt
that the payment in

 

 

 

 

question
received by the assessee-company from the Indian hotels/clients

 

 

 

 

or any
part thereof could not be treated as ` fees for included services`

 

 

 

 

within
the meaning of paragraph (4)(b) of Srticle 12.”

 

 

 

 

For the
sake of ready reference, we shall provide in the next part of the

 

 

 

 

Article,
the list of various comprehensive DTAAs entered into by India

 

 

 

 

with
all other countries. We shall also indicate those countries which are

 

 

 

 

members
of OECD and the date of coming into effect of the treaties and

 

 

 

 

protocols
with countries having the restricted scope in respect of Fees for

 

 

 

 

Technical
Services by incorporating the ‘make available’ clause, and also

 

 

 

 

discuss
other relevant aspects.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protocol to India-Mauritius Tax Treaty, 2016 – An Analysis

fiogf49gjkf0d
On 10 May, 2016, the Governments of India and Mauritius signed a
Protocol for amending the treaty dated 24 August, 1982, between India
and Mauritius. The key features of the Protocol are the introduction of
source-based taxation for capital gains on the transfer of Indian
companies’ shares acquired on or after 1 April, 2017, and the
sourcebased taxation of interest income of Mauritian banks, and of fees
for technical services. The treaty between India and Mauritius was
signed in 1982 and was in force from 1 April, 1983. As per the treaty,
India does not have the right to tax capital gains arising to a
Mauritius tax resident on sale of shares of Indian companies. This, made
Mauritius a favourable jurisdiction for investing into India. A number
of tax disputes have arisen on the issue of availability of treaty
benefits relating to capital gains as the Indian tax authorities have
sought to deny the benefits on the grounds of ‘treaty shopping’.
However, the Courts have mostly not accepted the contentions of the tax
authorities.

The Indian Government has been negotiating a
revision of the treaty with the Mauritius government for a long time.
The Protocol is a result of the negotiations.

1. Background:

The
Mauritius Treaty has been in existence since 1983 and, over a period of
time, played a critical role in attracting investments into India.
Right from the inception, the focus of the Mauritian government has been
to develop a robust offshore financial centre regime that attracted
reputed financial investors to use Mauritius as a platform for
investment into India. The Indian government was also instrumental in
promoting the Mauritius route and vehemently defended the Mauritius
route before the Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao Andolan case, besides
issuing circulars to ensure that treaty benefits on capital gains were
provided to Mauritian companies.

It must be recalled that during
the 1990s, when the treaty first began to be extensively used, the
capital gains tax rates in India were significantly higher than they are
today. Investors, especially those from the US, were concerned about
direct investment into India due to a credit mismatch issue that arose
due to differences in the source rules in India and US. The concern for
US investors was that the taxes paid in India on capital gains were not
available as a credit in the US. With time and the lowering of the
Indian tax rates, this has become less of an issue for investors

With
passage of time, the stance of the government in respect of the
Mauritius treaty has undergone a change and everyone has been expecting
an amendment to the treaty for quite some time. Therefore, the amendment
to the India-Mauritius Tax Treaty has not come as an absolute bolt out
of the blue.

The longest running saga in the Indian tax history
may well be at an end. After years of re-negotiations, the over
three-decade-old tax treaty between India and Mauritius has finally been
amended to remove the capital gains exemption, albeit in a phased
manner. In the last two decades, the world has changed considerably.
Then treaty shopping was the established norm, so much so that its
validity was upheld even by the Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao
Andolan case. Global sentiment has decidedly changed, with the OECD
coming out strongly against treaty abuse in its Base Erosion and Profit
Shifting (BEPS) project. There is an increasing recognition that tax
treaties are intended to avoid double taxation, and that they should not
be used as a basis for double non-taxation (where income ends up not
being taxed in either the Source State or the State of Residence). The
modification of the India-Mauritius treaty seems to be in sync with the
global trends.

Further, despite the Supreme Court upholding the
availability of treaty benefits under the India-Mauritius treaty,
investors continued to face significant challenges in obtaining treaty
benefits at the grass root level. Litigation too, continued to fester on
this issue, which led to the provisions of the treaty being undermined
in practice. This led to significant uncertainty.

Significantly,
the 2016 Protocol has included a number of provisions for enhancing
source country taxation rights, such as inclusion of a Service Permanent
Establishment (Service PE) provision, fees for technical services
(FTS), source country taxation rights on capital gains from shares,
interest income of banks and other income. At the same time, a
limitation on source country taxation rights in respect of interest
income has been provided at the rate of 7.5%.

Importantly, the
2016 Protocol also provides for carving out of shares acquired on or
before 31 March 2017 from source country taxation rights. Transitory
provisions for reduced taxation by the source country on capital gains
from alienation of shares (taxation at 50% of domestic tax rates) has
also been provided for a limited period from 1 April 2017 to 31 March
2019. However, a limitation of benefits (LOB) provision has also been
included for availing transitory provisions. A carve-out (i.e. an
exclusion) has also been included for interest earned by banks from debt
claims existing on or before 31 March 2017. Provisions relating to
exchange of information (EOI) have been revamped in order to bring them
in line with existing international standards. Additionally, an Article
on “Assistance in collection of taxes” has been introduced. Let us now
discuss the Contents of the Protocol in some greater detail in the
following paragraphs:

2. Contents of the Protocol

2.1 Amendment of Article 5 – Insertion of Service PE Clause

Article
1 of the Protocol amends Article 5 (Permanent Establishment) of the
Treaty by inserting in paragraph 2 the following new sub-paragraph:

“(j)
the furnishing of services, including consultancy services, by an
enterprise through employees or other personnel engaged by the
enterprise for such purpose, but only where activities of that nature
continue (for the same or connected project) for a period or periods
aggregating more than 90 days within any 12-month period.”

Impact of the Amendment:

The
service PE clause, while not included in the OECD Model Tax Convention
and expressly promoted by the UN Model Tax Convention, has been included
in a number of tax treaties concluded by India including tax treaties
with USA, UK and Singapore. While some of India’s tax treaties (for
instance with USA, UK, Singapore etc) specifically carve out an
exception for technical / included services from the service PE clause,
no such concession has been provided under the Protocol to the Mauritius
Tax Treaty. To this extent, the proposed clause is similar to the
Service PE clause provided in tax treaties with Iceland, Georgia, Mexico
and Nepal.

With increasing mobility of employees in
multinational organizations, this clause has been a matter of dispute in
a number of cases where employees are sent on secondment or deputation.

It is important to note that the words ‘within a contracting
State’ are missing from the service PE clause. The implication of this
could be that the source state could assert a service PE even if
services are rendered entirely from outside that state but cross the
period threshold. In 2008, OECD added paragraph 42.11 to 42.48 to the
Commentary on its Model Tax convention, dealing with taxation of
services.

Simultaneously, India expressed its position that it
reserves a right to treat an enterprise as having a Service PE without
specifically including the words ‘within a contracting state’. Hence,
this omission seems to be in line with the position taken by India on
the OECD commentary and could even expose taxpayers without any physical
presence to net income taxation in the source state and the resultant
challenges. However, depending upon the facts and circumstances of each
case, such a position would raise many issues regarding calculation of
no. of such days and hence, ensue litigation.

As a result of
inclusion of clause 5(2)(j), the term “PE” will include furnishing of
services, including consultancy services, by an enterprise of one State
through its employees or other personnel engaged by the enterprise for
such purposes, where such activities continue for the same or a
connected project for a period or periods aggregating more than 90 days
within any 12 month period. The United Nations Model Convention (UN MC)
includes this requirement in its Service PE provision contained in
Article 5(3)(b) of the UN MC. Additionally, the threshold is much lower
in the 2016 Protocol at 90 days, whereas it is 183 days in the UN MC.

2.2 Amendment of Article 11 – Taxability of Interest Income

Article 2 of the Protocol amends Article 11 (Interest) of the Treaty as under:

(i)
replacing paragraph 2 with the following: “However, subject to
provisions of paragraphs 3, 3A and 4 of this Article, such interest may
also be taxed in the Contracting State in which it arises, and according
to the laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the interest
is a resident of the other Contracting State, the tax so charged shall
not exceed 7.5 per cent of the gross amount of the interest,”;

(ii) deleting the paragraph 3(c); and

(iii)
inserting a new paragraph 3A as follows: “Interest arising in a
Contracting State shall be exempt from tax in that State provided it is
derived and beneficially owned by any bank resident of the other
Contracting State carrying on bona fide banking business. However, this
exemption shall apply only if such interest arises from debt- claims
existing on or before 31st March, 2017.”

Impact of the Amendment:

The
existing DTAA exempted interest income beneficially owned by taxpayers
engaged in a bona fide banking business of one State sourced from the
other State. The 2016 Protocol removes this generic exemption. However, a
carve-out has been included to continue to provide exemption from
taxation in the Source State on interest income arising from debt claims
existing on or before 31 March 2017.

Further, the existing DTAA
provided for unlimited taxation rights for source country on
non-exempted interest income. The 2016 Protocol restricts the source
country taxation rights on interest (including interest earned by banks)
to a maximum of 7.5% on the gross amount of interest. This is the
lowest tax rate cap agreed to by India on interest income for source
country taxation rights amongst all its DTAA s.

A tabular representation of the relevant changes is given below:

Ceiling
of tax rate on interest arising in the source state, coupled with the
additional requirement of such interest being ‘beneficially owned’ by
the resident state owner is in line with OECD and UN model tax
conventions. Further, most tax treaties entered into by India are on
similar lines. Indian tax treaties typically provide for a ceiling of
tax rate in the source state higher than 7.5 %. Currently, interest
income on instruments like compulsorily convertible debentures,
non-convertible debentures, or loans granted by a Mauritius entity to a
person resident in India was subject to tax at the full rate of 40% in
case of INR denominated debt or beneficial rate of 20% / 5% in specified
cases. Therefore, this is certainly a welcome development, and gives
the Mauritius treaty an edge above other treaties which India has signed
with other countries including Singapore, Cyprus and USA, where the
ceiling on rate of tax on interest income is in the range of 10% to 15%.

Earlier Mauritius was not a preferred jurisdiction for making
loans or debt investments as compared to other countries, except to the
extent of loans from a Mauritius resident bank. Thus, the change in the
tax rate to 7.5% on interest income should provide Mauritius a
competitive edge over other countries.

2.3 Insertion of New Article 12A – Taxability of Fees for Technical Services:

Article
3 of the Protocol inserts a New Article 12A concerning Taxation of Fees
for Technical Services as under:

“Article 12A
Fees for Technical Services

1.
Fees for technical services arising in a Contracting State and paid to a
resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other
State.

2. However, such fees for technical services may also be
taxed in the Contracting State in which they arise, and according to the
laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the fees for
technical services is a resident of the other Contracting State the tax
so charged shall not exceed 10 per cent of the gross amount of the fees
for technical services.

3. The term “fees for technical
services” as used in the Article means payments of any kind, other than
those mentioned in Articles 14 and 15 of this Convention as
consideration for managerial or technical or consultancy services,
including the provision of services of technical or other personnel.

4.
The provisions of paragraph 1 and 2 shall not apply if the beneficial
owner of the fees for technical services being a resident of a
Contracting State, carries on business in the other Contracting State in
which the fees for technical services arise, through a permanent
establishment situated therein, or performs in that other State
independent personal services from a fixed base situated therein, and
the right or property in respect of which the fees for technical
services are paid is effectively connected with such permanent
establishment or fixed base. In such case the provisions of Article 7 or
Article 14, as the case may be, shall apply.

5. Fees for
technical services shall be deemed to arise in a Contracting State when
the payer is that State itself, a political sub-division, a local
authority, or a resident of that State. Where, however, the person
paying the fees for technical services, whether he is a resident of a
Contracting State or not, has in a Contracting State a permanent
establishment or a fixed base in connection with which the liability to
pay the fees for technical services was incurred, and such fees for
technical services are borne by such permanent establishment or fixed
base, then such fees for technical services shall be deemed to arise in
the Contracting State in which the permanent establishment or fixed base
is situated.

6. Where, by reason of a special relationship
between the payer and the beneficial owner or between both of them and
some other person, the amount of the fees for technical services exceeds
the amount which would have been agreed upon by the payer and the
beneficial owner in the absence of such relationship, the provisions of
this Article shall apply only to the lastmentioned amount. In such case,
the excess part of the payments shall remain taxable according to the
laws of each Contracting State, due regard being had to the other
provisions of this Convention.”

Impact of the Insertion of Article 12A:

As
per this new Article, both the Resident State as well as the Source
State will have the right to tax FTS. However, the Source State taxation
will be limited to 10% of the gross amount of FTS, where the FTS income
is beneficially owned by a resident of the other State. The rate of tax
is specified in the amended Treaty is at par with the tax rate
specified in Section 115A(1)(b)(B) of the Income-tax, 1961 For the
purposes of this Article, FTS has been defined in a wide manner as any
payment made as a consideration of “managerial or technical or
consultancy services”. It also includes payments made for the provision
of services of technical or other personnel. The definition of FTS is
broadly at par with the definition of the term FTS given in Section
9(1)(vii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The OECD MC does not have an FTS
Article.

Thus, the provisions of Article 12A are similar to the
provisions of other Indian tax treaties specifically including income by
way of FTS. It is pertinent to note that neither the OECD nor the UN
Model Tax Convention postulates taxability of FTS under a separate
Article. In the absence of a separate Article dealing with FTS, such
income would typically not be taxed in the source state, unless the
recipient of the income had a permanent establishment in that state.
With this change, any income paid by an Indian resident, to a resident
of Mauritius as FTS would now be taxable in India.

It is
pertinent to note that the new article does not incorporate the ‘make
available’ criteria for characterization as FTS, unlike tax treaties
with the USA, UK, Singapore etc. resulting in widening the scope of
taxable FTS income to be at par with the provision of Income-tax Act,
1961.

Reading the new Article 12A along with the new service PE
clause, it seems that in the event services in the nature of managerial,
technical or consultancy are rendered by a Mauritius entity for a
period less than 90 days, income arising from such services would be
taxed as per the provisions of Article 12A. In other cases, income
arising from rendering of all types of services for a period exceeding
90 days would be taxable under Article 7 of the Mauritius Tax Treaty,
provided the services are for the same or connected projects. The
interpretation and implementation of these provisions may lead to
litigation.

2.4 Amendment of Article 13 and Introduction of LO B Clause – Rationalization of Capital Gains Tax Exemption

Article 4 of the Protocol amends Article 13 of the Treaty w.e.f. 01.04.2017 by inserting new paragraphs 3A and 3B as under:

“3A.
Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017
in a company which is resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in
that State.

3B. However, the tax rate on the gains referred to
in paragraph 3A of this Article and arising during the period beginning
on 1st April, 2017 and ending on 31st March, 2019 shall not exceed 50%
of the tax rate applicable on such gains in the State of residence of
the company whose shares are being alienated”; and

Further, the Protocol replaces the existing paragraph 4 as follows:

“4.
Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to
in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 3A shall be taxable only in the Contracting
State of which the alienator is a resident.”

Impact of the Amendment

Capital
gains arising from the transfer of shares, until now, were subject only
to residence based taxation under the existing Treaty. The Protocol now
proposes to restrict this exemption for investments in shares acquired
up to 31 March 2017. The exemption will apply irrespective of the date
of subsequent transfer of such shares. Accordingly, taxation rights are
now also provided to the State of residence of the company whose shares
are alienated (Source State) on gains from alienation of shares acquired
on or after 1 April 2017. The Protocol also provides for a transitory
provision for gains arising during a window period of 1 April 2017 to 31
March 2019 in respect of shares acquired on or after 1 April 2017. Such
gains arising during the transitory period will be subjected to tax at
50% of the domestic tax rates as applicable in the Source State.

After
the amendment of the India-Mauritius DTAA by the 2016 Protocol, the
position of taxability of Capital Gains on Transfer of Shares may be
summarized as under:

However,
the new LOB Article 27A (inserted by the Article 8 of the Protocol)
applies only for transitory period benefit on capital gains income.

The LOB Article denies the transitory provision benefit in respect of
capital gains arising between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2019, where the
LOB conditions are not fulfilled. The following tests are provided in
the LOB clause for a taxpayer to be eligible to claim the transitory
period benefits:

  • Primary purpose/Motive test – Under
    this test, transitory period benefit is not available where the affairs
    of the taxpayer are arranged with the primary purpose of taking
    advantage of the transitory period benefit accorded by the 2016
    Protocol. It has also been clarified that legal entities not having bona
    fide business activities will be considered as having its affairs
    arranged with the primary purpose of availing the transitory period
    benefit.
  • Activity test – This test requires that the
    transitory period benefit will not be available to a shell or conduit
    company. For this purpose, a shell or conduit company means a company
    which is a resident of a Contracting State, but which has almost
    negligible or nil business operations or no real and continuous business
    activities in such Resident State.
  • Expenditure test
    – This test provides the circumstances in which a taxpayer would be
    deemed to be a shell or conduit company in its Resident State. As per
    the expenditure test, the taxpayer would be considered as a
    shell/conduit company if its expenditure on operations in the Resident
    State is less than Mauritian Rs. 1,500,000 or INR 2,700,000, as the case
    may be, in the 12 months immediately preceding the date on which the
    capital gain arises.

However, where the taxpayer is listed
on a recognized stock exchange of the Resident State or where its
expenditure on operations in the Resident State exceeds the above
threshold in the 12 months immediately preceding the date on which
capital gain arises, then such taxpayer will not be treated as a shell
or conduit company.

Impact of the amendment on other types of Capital Gains:

The
finance ministry has clarified that under the revised India-Mauritius
tax treaty, capital gains tax (or tax on profit made) would apply only
in the case of share transactions in India, leaving out derivatives and
non-share securities such as debentures from its purview.

Mr.
Shaktikanta Das, Economic Affairs Secretary, also clarified that the
Derivatives and other forms of securities, such as compulsory
convertible debentures (CCDs) and optionally convertible debentures
(OCDs), will continue to be governed by the existing provision of being
taxed in Mauritius. He added that India had gained a source-based
taxation right only for shares (equity) under the treaty.
Residence-based taxation will continue for derivatives under the
Mauritius pact. Meaning, non-equity securities would be taxed in
Mauritius if routed through there. Since Mauritius does not have a
short-term capital gains tax, it would mean that investors using these
instruments would continue to escape paying taxes in both countries.
(Source: Business Standard dated 14.05.2016)

In addition, there
are also questions as to the potential interplay of General Anti
Avoidance Rules (“GAAR”) with the tax treaties, as well as issues around
grandfathering of treaty benefits in respect of shares acquired after
April 1, 2017 on account of conversion of convertible instruments like
convertibles preference shares and debentures. These issues need to be
clarified by the Finance Ministry to provide clarity and certainty, and
to avoid litigation on this score. There were also concerns on whether
Protocol could be used to bring transfer of Participatory Notes
(“P-Notes”) under tax net. In order to allay concerns regarding
taxability of P-Notes due to Mauritius Tax Treaty amendment, Revenue
Secretary Hasmukh Adhia, in an interview to Press Trust of India,
clarified that, ‘there is no linkage of Mauritius treaty with P-Notes.
P-Notes are issued by foreign companies and not Indian companies’.

Impact on India-Singapore DTAA

Article
6 of the protocol to the India-Singapore DTAA states that the benefits
in respect of capital gains arising to Singapore residents from sale of
shares of an Indian Company shall only remain in force so long as the
analogous provisions under the India-Mauritius DTAA continue to provide
the benefit. Now that these provisions under the India-Mauritius DTAA
have been amended, a concern that arises is that while the Protocol in
the Mauritius DTAA contains a grandfathering provision which protects
investments made before April 01, 2017, it may not be possible to extend
such protection to investments made under the India-Singapore DTAA .
Consequently, alienation of shares of an Indian Company (that were
acquired before April 01, 2017) by a Singapore Resident after April 01,
2017, may not necessarily be able to obtain the benefits of the existing
provision on capital gains as the beneficial provisions under the
India-Mauritius DTAA would have terminated on such date.

In this
respect, a senior official of the Government of India has stated that
the Indian government intends to renegotiate the treaty with Singapore
to bring it on par with the India-Mauritius treaty.

2.5 Amendment of Article 22 – Introduction of Source Rule for Taxation of “Other Income”

Article
5 of the Protocol amends Article 22 by inserting a new paragraph 3 as
under: “3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2, items
of income of a resident of a Contracting State not dealt with in the
foregoing Articles of this Convention and arising in the other
Contracting State may also be taxed in that other State.”

Impact of the Amendment:

Income
from sources which is not expressly dealt with any of the Articles in
the existing DTAA is presently subjected only to taxation in the
resident country, except in cases where such income is effectively
connected with the PE/ fixed base of the recipient in the other State.
The Protocol expands the source country taxation rights by providing
that such income can also be taxed in the Source State if it arises in
the Source State.

2.6 Replacement of Article 26 – On Exchange of Information

Article
6 of the Protocol replaces existing Article 26 with a new Article 26.
The same is not reproduced here for the sake of brevity.

Salient features of the new Article 26 vis-à-vis the existing provisions are given below:

  • In
    addition to the taxes covered under tax treaty, scope for EOI has been
    enhanced to ‘taxes of every kind and description’, insofar as such taxes
    are not contrary to the provisions of the tax treaty ?
  • The
    information may not anymore be ‘necessary’ but it would be sufficient
    if it is ‘foreseeably relevant’ for the purpose of the tax treaty
  • Information
    / documents received under the tax treaty, can also be shared with
    authorities or persons having an ‘oversight’ over the assessment,
    collection and enforcement of taxes or prosecution in respect of such
    taxes or appeals in relation thereto. Information so disclosed can also
    be used for ‘other’ purposes if permitted by laws of both states and
    authorized by the supplying state. The provision enabling disclosure of
    information to the person to whom it relates has been deleted.
  • The
    requested state cannot deny collection or supply of information on the
    ground that it does not need such information for its own tax purposes.
    Further, a requested state cannot decline to supply information solely
    because the information is held by a bank, other financial institution,
    nominee or person acting in an agency or a fiduciary capacity or because
    it relates to ownership interests in a person.

Suffice it
to say that the scope of the EOI Article in the existing DTAA has been
enhanced to fall in line with international standards on transparency.
The EOI Article is largely in line with the 2014 OECD MC and extends to
information relating to taxes of every kind and description imposed by a
State or its political subdivisions or local authorities, to the extent
that the same is not contrary to the taxation as per the existing DTAA .
EOI would also be possible in respect of persons who are not residents
of the Contracting State, as long as the information requested is in
possession of the concerned State. Specifically, information held by
banks or financial institutions can be exchanged under the EOI Article.

2.7 Insertion of new Article 26A on “Assistance in Collection of Taxes”

Article
7 of the Protocol inserts a New Article 26A on “Assistance in
Collection of Taxes”. The same is not reproduced here for the sake of
brevity. Some salient features are as under:

  • Both countries shall lend assistance to each other in the collection of ‘revenue claims’ arising out of any taxes.
  • ‘Revenue
    claims’ means amount owed in respect of taxes of every kind and
    description (including interest, administrative penalties and costs of
    collection or conservancy related to such taxes), insofar such taxation
    is not contrary to the provisions of the tax treaty or any other
    instrument signed by both.
  • Both countries will be obliged
    to accept and collect revenue claims of the other and take measures for
    conservancy, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions.
  • Revenue
    claims accepted by a country shall not be subject to time limits or
    accorded any priority applicable to a revenue claim under the laws of
    such country or accorded any priority applicable in the other country.
    No proceedings with respect to the existence, validity or the amount of a
    revenue claim can be brought before courts etc in the country accepting
    the revenue claim.

This new Article is largely in line
with the one provided in the 2014 OECD MC. Broadly, this Article enables
the revenue claims of one State to be collected through the assistance
of the other Contracting State, subject to fulfilment of certain
conditions and requirements. Revenue claims for this purpose means the
amount payable in respect of taxes of every kind and description and
which is not contrary to the existing DTAA or any other instrument to
which the States are a party. Assistance would also involve undertaking
measures of conservancy by freezing assets located in the requested
State, subject to the laws therein.

In an era of globalization,
traditional attitudes towards assistance in the collection of taxes have
changed. This change was to some extent influenced by the development
of electronic commerce and the concerns about the ability to collect VAT
on such activities. The 1998 OECD report, Harmful Tax Competition: an
Emerging Global Issue, also highlighted concerns about increased tax
evasion if one country will not enforce the revenue claims of another
country. The Report thus recommended that ‘countries be encouraged to
review the current rules applying to the enforcement of tax claims of
other countries and that the Committee on Fiscal Affairs pursue its work
in this area with a view to drafting provisions that could be included
in tax conventions for that purpose’.

As a result of such
concerns, the OECD Council approved the inclusion of a new Article 27 on
assistance in tax collection in the 2003 update of the OECD model tax
Convention. The new Article 26A is in pari materia with Article 27 of
the OECD model tax convention and can help the Indian Government to
recover tax dues from willful defaulters. India has also inserted a
similar provision for assistance in collection of taxes in recent tax
treaties with Sri Lanka, Fiji, Bhutan, Albania, Croatia, Latvia, Malta,
Romania and Indonesia. Further, tax treaties with UK and Poland have
been amended to insert such an Article.

Both India and Mauritius
have also signed the ‘Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in
Tax Matters’. Moreover, similar to the proposed Article 26 on EOI,
assistance in collection of taxes is not restricted by Article 1 and 2
of the tax treaty.

2.8 Effective Date

Article 9 of the Protocol provides as under:

1.
“Each of the Contracting States shall notify to the other the
completion of the procedures required by its law for the bringing into
force of this Protocol. This Protocol shall enter into force on the date
of the later of these notifications.

2. The provisions of Article 1, 2, 3, 5 and 8 of the Protocol shall have effect:

a)
in the case of India, in respect of income derived in any fiscal year
beginning or after 1 April next following the date on which the Protocol
enters into force;

b) in the case of Mauritius, in respect of
income derived in any fiscal year beginning on or after 1 July next
following the date on which the Protocol enters into force;

3.
The provisions of Article 4 of this Protocol shall have effect in both
Contracting States for assessment year 2018-19 and subsequent assessment
years.

4. The provisions of Article 6 and 7 of this Protocol
shall have effect from the date of entry into force of the Protocol,
without regard to the date on which the taxes are levied or the taxable
years to which the taxes relate.”

 Thus, the Protocol will be
effective in India and Mauritius only after completion of the procedures
in both the countries for bringing it into force.

Once the procedures are completed, the various clauses of the 2016 Protocol would apply in India as follows:

  • Changes to the Capital Gains Article for assessment year 2018-19 and onwards.
  • Article on EOI and inclusion of assistance in collection of taxes, from the date of entry into force of the 2016 Protocol.
  • Other
    provisions for fiscal year beginning on or after the first day of the
    fiscal year (i.e., 1 April for India) following the year in which the
    2016 Protocol enters into force.

3. Concluding Remarks

This
is a landmark move by the Indian Government which finally claims
victory over the long drawn negotiations of the Mauritius Tax Treaty,
over last several years. Taking a myopic view, as a result of the
proposed amendment, Mauritius may lose its sheen as a preferred
jurisdiction for investments into India with additional tax cost for
Mauritius investors. However, in the larger scheme of things and in the
long run, the foreign investors would welcome the certainty of tax
regime and to that extent, grandfathering of capital gains under
India-Mauritius protocol sends out a positive signal that India is not
going to introduce any retroactive taxing provisions.

Both the
governments need to be complimented for ensuring that there is an
orderly phasing out of the capital gains tax exemption over a period of
three years without unduly burdening the investors who invested in India
relying on the treaty. This has ensured that there is no knee-jerk
reaction, unlike in the past, due to the revisions in the treaty.

Thus,
the manner in which the capital gains exemption has been withdrawn/
rationalized is indeed commendable. Instead of an abrupt shift in tax
policy, the Protocol proposes to grandfather all existing investments.
This means that only investments made after April 1, 2017 will be
subject to capital gains tax (that too after a two year transition
period during which a concessional rate at 50% of the prevailing
domestic tax rate will apply subject to satisfying Limitation on
Benefits (LoB) criteria contained in Article 8 of the Protocol). This
provides significant reassurance to existing investors and provides a
clear roadmap for the taxation of future investments. One area where
further clarity is needed is with regard to the position under the
India-Singapore treaty. This treaty provides for a capital gains
exemption, which is co-terminus with the capital gains exemption under
the India-Mauritius treaty. Given the proposed grandfathering of
pre-2017 investments from Mauritius and the twoyear transition period,
there is an urgent need to clarify whether these will apply to
investments from Singapore as well. The government seems to be cognizant
of this and hopefully, one can expect clarity on this soon. Another
area which the government would do well to clarify is that the
provisions of the General Anti Avoidance Rule (GAAR) will not apply if
the LoB conditions are satisfied.

The changes to the treaty
will, of course, lead to some short-term impact on investments in India.
There are unresolved tax issues that especially arise in the context of
P-Notes issued by FPIs/FIIs. Further, today, unfortunately, there is an
artificial characterisation of business income of the FPI/FIIs being
treated as capital gains. This leads to a situation where even portfolio
trading investors who would have otherwise not been taxable in India
are being subject to tax here. Hopefully, the government will revisit
this issue and align the position with other countries so that mere
trading in Indian securities should not give rise to tax implications in
the country, absent a permanent establishment in India. This
artificiality is unfair and also gives rise to possible non-availability
of tax credits in the home country. While the government has
renegotiated the treaty with Mauritius, it is also hoped that they
continue on the path of tax reforms to ensure that investors are not put
off by constant adverse changes to tax policy.

“Wait… What?” Is Singapore Taxing Capital Gains?

A. INTRODUCTION

A.1. To align the tax treatment of gains from the sale of foreign assets to the EU Code of Conduct Group guidance, which aims to address international tax avoidance risks, Singapore has enacted the new Section 10L of the Singapore Income Tax Act (“SITA”), in which gains from the sale of foreign assets that are received in Singapore by businesses without economic substance may be taxable in Singapore.

A.2. The change is in line with the global focus of anchoring substantive economic activities in the relevant jurisdiction.

B. SECTION 10L LAW — GENERAL RULE

B.1. From 1st January, 2024, based on the new Section 10L of the SITA, gains from the sale or disposal by an entity of a relevant group (“Relevant Entity”) of any movable or immovable property situated outside Singapore at the time of such sale or disposal or any rights or interest thereof (“Foreign Assets”) that are received in Singapore from outside Singapore are treated as income chargeable to tax under Section 10(1)(g) if:

a) the gains are not chargeable to tax under Section 10(1)1; or

b) the gains are exempt from tax.

Such gains are referred to in this article as “foreign-sourced disposal gains”.

C. WHAT DOES THIS MEAN?

C.1. Foreign-sourced disposal gains are taxable if all of the following conditions apply:

a) Condition 1: The taxpayer is a “Relevant Entity”;

b) Condition 2: The Relevant Entity is not under a Specified Circumstance; and

c) Condition 3: The disposal gains are “Received in Singapore”.

C.2. To summarise, for the disposal gains to be taxable under Section 10L, the answer to all of the following questions must be “Yes”:

Conditions Yes
Is the taxpayer an Entity? ?
Is the taxpayer a Relevant Entity? ?
Is the Relevant Entity not an Excluded Entity or a Specified Entity? ?
Have the disposal gains been “received” in Singapore? ?

D. WHAT IS A FOREIGN-SOURCED DISPOSAL GAIN?

D.1. Foreign-sourced disposal gains are gains from the sale or disposal of any movable or immovable property situated outside Singapore.

D.2. Common examples where assets are determined to be situated outside Singapore are as follows:

a) immovable property, or any right or interest in immovable property, is physically located outside Singapore;

b) equity securities and debt securities are registered in a foreign exchange;

c) unlisted shares are issued by a company incorporated outside Singapore;

d) loans where the creditor is a resident in a jurisdiction outside Singapore;

e) any shares, equity interests or securities issued by any municipal or governmental authority, or by anybody created by such authority, or any right or interest in such shares, equity interests or securities, are situated outside Singapore if the authority is established outside Singapore;

f) subject to paragraph (e), any shares in or securities issued by a company, or any right or interest in such shares or securities, are situated outside Singapore if the company is incorporated outside Singapore;

g) subject to paragraph (e), any equity interests in any entity which is not a company, or any right or interest in such equity interests, are situated outside Singapore if the operations of the entity are principally carried on outside Singapore;

h) subject to paragraph (e) (and despite paragraphs (f) and (g)), any registered shares, equity interests or securities, and any right or interest in any registered shares, equity interests or securities, are situated outside Singapore if they are registered outside Singapore or, if registered in more than one register, if the principal register is situated outside Singapore.

E. WHAT IS AN ENTITY?

E.1. An entity is defined under Section 10L(16) as:

a) any legal person (including a limited liability partnership) but not an individual;

b) a general partnership or limited partnership; or

c) a trust.

CONDITION 1: IS THE TAXPAYER A RELEVANT ENTITY?

F.1. A Relevant Entity is defined under Section 10L(5) as an entity that is a member of a group of entities if its assets, liabilities, income, expenses and cash flows are:

a) included in the consolidated financial statements of the parent entity of the group; or

b) excluded from the consolidated financial statements of the parent entity of the group solely on size or materiality grounds or on the grounds that the entity is held for sale; and

F.2. A group is a relevant group if:

a) the entities of the group are not all incorporated, registered or established in a single jurisdiction; or

b) any entity of the group has a place of business in more than one jurisdiction.

G. CONDITION 2: IS THE RELEVANT ENTITY UNDER A SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCE?

G.1. Foreign-sourced disposal gains are not chargeable to tax in Singapore under either of the specific circumstances mentioned in Points H and I below.

H. CONDITION 2A: THE RELEVANT ENTITY IS AN EXCLUDED ENTITY

H.1. An Excluded Entity is defined under Section 10L(16) of the SITA as either a:

pure equity-holding entity (“PEHE”); or

non-pure equity-holding entity (“non-PEHE”); and

such an entity has adequate Economic Substance in Singapore.

H.2. A PEHE’s function is to hold shares or equity interests in any other entity and has no income other than dividends, disposal gains and incidental income, i.e., bank interest income, foreign exchange gains arising from dividends or similar payments, sale or disposal of shares and bank interest income.

H.3. For a PEHE to meet the economic substance requirement, the following conditions are to be satisfied in the basis period in which the sale or disposal occurs:

a) the entity submits to a public authority any return, statement or account required under the written law under which it is incorporated or registered, being a return, statement or account which it is required by that law to submit to that authority on a regular basis;

b) the operations of the entity are managed and performed in Singapore (whether by its employees or outsourced to third parties or group entities); and

c) the entity has adequate human resources and premises in Singapore to carry out the operations of the entity.

H.4. A non-PEHE is defined as an entity that does not meet the definition of a PEHE.

H.5. For a non-PEHE to meet the economic substance requirement, the following conditions are to be satisfied
in the basis period in which the sale or disposal occurs:

a) the operations of the entity are managed and performed in Singapore (whether by its employees or outsourced to third parties or group entities); and

b) the entity has adequate economic substance in Singapore, taking into account the following considerations:

i. the number of full-time employees of the entity (or other persons managing or performing the entity’s operations) in Singapore;

ii. the qualifications and experience of such employees or other persons;

iii. the amount of business expenditure incurred by the entity in respect of its operations in Singapore; and

iv. whether the key business decisions of the entity are made by persons in Singapore.

I. CONDITION 2B: THE RELEVANT ENTITY IS A SPECIFIED ENTITY

I.1. Such gain that is carried out as part of, or incidental to, the business activities of:

a) a prescribed financial institution; or

b) specified entities taxed at a concessionary rate of tax / exempt from tax due to an incentive during the basis period in which the sale or disposal occurred.

Note: This currently excludes Section 13O and 13U of the SITA (i.e. the fund / family office exemptions).

J. CONDITION 3: HAVE THE DISPOSAL GAINS BEEN RECEIVED IN SINGAPORE?

J.1. Based on Section 10L(9), foreign-sourced disposal gains are regarded as received in Singapore and chargeable to tax if they are:

a) remitted to, or transmitted or brought into, Singapore;

b) applied in or towards satisfaction of any debt incurred in respect of a trade or business carried on in Singapore; or

c) applied to the purchase of any movable property which is brought into Singapore.

J.2. The foreign-sourced disposal gains are deemed to be received in Singapore only if such gains belong to an entity located in Singapore. Therefore, foreign entities, i.e., not incorporated, registered or established in Singapore, that are not operating in or from Singapore will not be within the scope of Section 10L of the SITA.

J.3. An example of the above would be a foreign entity that only makes use of banking facilities in Singapore and has no operations in Singapore.

K. SECTION 10L LAW — GAINS FROM THE DISPOSAL OF IPRs

K.1 Please note that gains from the disposal of foreign Intellectual Property Rights (“IPRs”) follow different rules than the ones specified above. This will be covered in a separate article in the future.

L. CONCLUSION

L.1 As mentioned above, Singapore has introduced capital gains tax in certain situations where the gains would not have already been taxable under the normal rules of Section 10(1) or where the gains would have been exempt under a specific section of Section 13.

Residential Status of Individuals – Interplay With Tax Treaty

INTRODUCTION

This article is the second part of a series of articles on Income-tax and FEMA issues related to NRIs. The first article in the series focused on various issues related to the residence of individuals under the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’). In this article, the author seeks to analyse some of the key issues related to the determination of the residential status of an individual under a tax treaty (‘DTAA’). Some of the issues covered in this article would be an interplay of tax residency under the tax treaty with the Act, the applicability of the treaty conditions to not ordinarily residents, tie breaker rule under tax treaty in case of dual residency, the role of tax residency certificate and split residency.

BACKGROUND

Article 1 of a DTAA typically provides the scope to whom it applies. For example, Article 1 of the India — Singapore DTAA provides as follows,

“This Agreement shall apply to persons who are residents of one or both of the Contracting States.”

Therefore, in order to apply the provisions of the DTAA, one needs to be a resident of at least one of the Contracting States which are party to the relevant DTAA. If one does not satisfy Article 1, i.e., if one is not a resident of either of the Contracting States to DTAA, the provisions of the DTAA do not apply1. Therefore, the Article on Residential status is considered to be a gateway to a DTAA. Usually, Article 4 of the DTAA deals with residential status. While the broad structure and language of Article 4 in most DTAAs is similar, there are a few nuances in some DTAAs and therefore, it is advisable to check the language of the respective DTAA for determining the residential status. For example, the definition of ‘resident’ for the purposes of the DTAA in the India — Greece DTAA and India — Libya DTAA is not provided as a separate article but is a part of Article 2 dealing with the definition of various terms.


1. There are certain exceptions to this rule — application of the article on Mutual Agreement Procedure, application of the nationality Non-Discrimination article and application of non-territorial taxation of dividends.

DTAAs are agreements between Contracting States or jurisdictions, distributing the taxing rights amongst themselves. The distributive articles in the DTAA provide the rules for distributing the income between the country where the income is earned or paid (considered as source country) and the country of residence. Therefore, it is important to analyse, which country is the country of source and which country is the country of residence before one analyses the other articles of the DTAA.

In the subsequent paragraphs, the various issues of the article dealing with treaty residence have been discussed.

Generally, Article 4 of the DTAA, dealing with residence, contains 3 paragraphs — the first para deals with the specific definition of the term ‘resident’ for the purposes of the DTAA, the second para deals with the tie-breaker rule in case an individual is considered as resident of both the Contracting States in a particular DTAA and the third para deals with the tie-breaker rule in case a person, other than an individual is considered as resident of both the Contracting States in a particular DTAA.

ARTICLE 4(1) — INTERPLAY WITH DOMESTIC TAX LAW

Article 4(1) of the DTAA generally provides the rule for determining the residential status of a person. Article 4(1) of the OECD Model Convention 2017 provides as follows,

“For the purposes of this Convention, the term “resident of a Contracting State” means any person who, under the laws of that State, is liable to tax therein by reason of his domicile, residence, place of management or any other criterion of a similar nature, and also includes that State and any political subdivision or local authority thereof as well as a recognised pension fund of that State. This term, however, does not include any person who is liable to tax in that State in respect only of income from sources in that State or capital situated therein.”

The UN Model Convention 2021 has similar language, except that it includes a person who is liable to tax in a Contracting State by virtue of its place of incorporation as well. Similarly, the US Model Convention 2016 also includes a person who is liable to tax in a Contracting State on account of citizenship.

Language of Article 4(1) of India’s DTAAs

In respect of the major DTAAs entered into by India, most of the DTAAs follow the OECD Model Convention2, whereas some of the DTAAs3 entered into by India only refer to the person being a resident under the respective domestic law without giving reference to the reason for such residence such as domicile, etc.


2 India’s DTAAs with Mauritius, the Netherlands, France, Germany, UK, UAE (in respect of Indian resident), Spain, South Africa, Japan, Portugal, Brazil and Canada.
3 India’s DTAAs with Singapore and Australia.

With the exception of the DTAAs with the UAE and Kuwait, Article 4(1) of all the major DTAAs entered into by India refers to the definition of residence under the domestic tax law to determine the residential status under the relevant DTAA. In other words, if one is considered a resident of a particular jurisdiction under the domestic tax law of that jurisdiction, such a person would also be considered as a resident of that jurisdiction for the purposes of the tax treaty.

As the UAE and Kuwait did not impose tax on individuals, the DTAAs entered into by India with these jurisdictions provided for a number of days stay in the respective jurisdiction for an individual to be considered as a resident of that jurisdiction for the purposes of the DTAA. For example, Article 4(1) of the India — UAE DTAA provides,

“For the purposes of this Agreement, the term ‘resident of a Contracting State’ means:

(a) In the case of India: any person who, under the laws of India, is liable to tax therein by reason of his domicile, residence, place of management or any other criterion of a similar nature. This term, however, does not include any person who is liable to tax in India in respect only of income from sources in India.

(b) In the case of the United Arab Emirates: an individual who is present in the UAE for a period or periods totalling in the aggregate at least 183 days in the calendar year concerned, and a company which is incorporated in the UAE and which is managed and controlled wholly in UAE.”

Recently, the UAE introduced criteria for individuals to be considered as tax residents of the UAE. As per Cabinet Decision No. 85 of 2022 with Ministerial Decision No. 27 of 2023, individuals would be considered as tax residents of the UAE if they meet any one of the following conditions:

(a) The principal place of residence as well as the centre of financial and personal interests is situated in the UAE; or

(b) The individual was physically present in the UAE for a period of 183 days or more during a consecutive 12-month period; or

(c) The individual was physically present in the UAE for a period of 90 days or more in a consecutive 12-month period and the individual is a UAE national, UAE resident, or citizen of a GCC country and has a permanent place of residence in the UAE or business in the UAE.

While the UAE does not have a personal income tax, the compliance of above conditions is necessary for obtaining a tax residency certificate. As the India — UAE DTAA does not give reference to the domestic tax law of the UAE for determining treaty residence in the case of individuals and provides an objective number of days stay in the UAE criteria, there could be a scenario wherein a person is resident of the UAE under the domestic law but does not satisfy the test under the DTAA.

For example, Mr. A, a UAE national with a permanent home in the UAE, is in the UAE for 100 days during a particular year. As he satisfies the 90-day period specified in the Cabinet Decision, he would be considered a tax resident of the UAE under UAE laws. However, such a person may not be considered as a resident of the UAE for the purposes of the tax treaty as he is in the UAE for less than 183 days, leading to a peculiar mismatch.

Therefore, it is extremely important for one to read the exact language of the article while determining the tax residence of that DTAA.

Liable to tax

Article 4(1) of the DTAA treats a person as a treaty resident if he is ‘liable to tax’ as a resident under the respective domestic tax law. In this regard, there has been a significant controversy in respect of the interpretation of the term ‘liable to tax’. There have been a plethora of decisions on this issue, especially in the context of the India — UAE DTAA. The question before the courts was whether a person who is a resident of the UAE, which did not have a tax law, was liable to tax in the UAE as a resident and, therefore, eligible for the benefits of the India — UAE DTAA.

The AAR in the case of Cyril Eugene Periera vs. CIT (1999) 154 CTR 281, held that as the taxpayer has no liability to pay tax in the UAE, he cannot be considered to be liable to tax in the UAE and, therefore, not eligible for the benefits of the India — UAE DTAA. However, the AAR in the cases of Mohsinally Alimohammed Rafik, In re (1995) 213 ITR 317 and Abdul Razak A. Meman, In re (2005) 276 ITR 306, has distinguished between ‘subject to tax’ and ‘liable to tax’ and has held that so long as there exists, sufficient nexus between the taxpayer and the jurisdiction, and so long as the jurisdiction has the right to tax such taxpayer (even though it may not choose to do so), such taxpayer would be considered as a resident of that jurisdiction. This view has also been upheld by the Supreme Court in the case of Union of India vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan (2003) 263 ITR 706 and interpreted specifically by the Mumbai ITAT in the case of ADIT vs. Green Emirate Shipping & Travels (2006) 286 ITR 60. It may be noted that the distinction between liable to tax and subject to tax is also provided by the OECD in its Model Commentary to the Convention.

While this issue was somewhat settled, the controversy has once again reignited by the introduction of the meaning of ‘liable to tax’ given by the Finance Act 2020. Section 2(29A) of the Act, as introduced by the Finance Act 2020, provides as follows,

““liable to tax”, in relation to a person and with reference to a country, means that there is an income-tax liability on such person under the law of that country for the time being in force and shall include a person who has subsequently been exempted from such liability under the law of that country;”

Therefore, the Act now provides that a person is liable to tax if there is tax liability on such a person even though such person may not necessarily be subject to tax, on account of an exemption in that jurisdiction. One may argue that the definition under the Act should have no consequence to a term under the DTAA. However, Article 3(2) of the OECD Model (as is present in most Indian DTAAs) provides that unless the context otherwise requires, a term not defined in the DTAA can be interpreted under the domestic tax law of the jurisdiction. Further, Explanation 4 to section 90 of the Act provides as follows:

“Explanation 4.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that where any term used in an agreement entered into under sub-section (1) is defined under the said agreement, the said term shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the agreement; and where the term is not defined in the said agreement, but defined in the Act, it shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the Act and explanation, if any, given to it by the Central Government.”

In other words, unless the context otherwise requires, the meaning of a term under the Act may be used to interpret the meaning of the same term under the DTAA as well if such term is not already defined in the DTAA. Now, the question of whether, in a particular case, what would be the context and whether the context in the DTAA requires another meaning than as provided in the Act is a topic in itself and would need to be examined by the courts.

The main issue to be addressed is whether an individual resident of the UAE would now be considered as a resident of UAE under the India — UAE DTAA. In this regard, it is important to note that the decisions mentioned above are in respect of the DTAA before it was amended in 2007. Prior to its modification, Article 4(1) of the DTAA defined the term ‘resident’ as one who was liable to tax under domestic law by reason of residence, domicile, etc. However, the present DTAA, as discussed above, refers to objective criteria of number of days stay in the UAE and therefore, this controversy may not be relevant to the India — UAE DTAA.

This controversy, however, may be relevant for the interpretation of the DTAAs wherein there is no tax on individuals, and the residence article in the DTAA gives reference to the domestic tax law.

TAX RESIDENCY CERTIFICATE (‘TRC’)

The question arises is whether a TRC would be sufficient for an individual to claim the benefit of the tax treaty. There are certain judicial precedents, especially in the context of the India — Mauritius DTAA, by virtue of the CBDT Circular No. 789 dated 13th April, 2000, that TRC is sufficient to claim the benefit of the DTAA. In the view of the author, while a TRC issued by the tax authorities of a particular jurisdiction would be sufficient to claim that the person is a resident, the taxpayer may still need to satisfy other tests, including anti-avoidance rules in the Act and DTAA to claim the benefit of the DTAA along with the TRC. Section 90(4) of the Act, which requires TRC to be obtained to provide the benefit of the DTAA, simply states that a person is not entitled to treaty benefit in the absence of a TRC, and it does not state that TRC is the only condition for obtaining treaty benefit.

Further, one may also need to evaluate the TRC as well as the specific language of Article 4(1) in the relevant DTAA before concluding that TRC is sufficient to claim treaty residence. For example, if the UAE authorities provide a TRC stating that the person is a taxpayer under the domestic provisions of the UAE, such TRC may not even satisfy the treaty residence conditions, depending on the facts and circumstances.

The Cabinet Decision, as discussed above, recognises this particular issue and states that if the relevant DTAA between UAE and a particular jurisdiction specifies criteria for the determination of treaty residency, the TRC would need to be issued to the individual considering such criteria and not the general criteria provided in the UAE domestic law.

Now, another question that arises is whether the benefit of the DTAA (assuming that other measures for obtaining the benefit are satisfied) can be granted even in the absence of a TRC. In this case, one may refer to the Ahmedabad Tribunal in the case of Skaps Industries India (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448, wherein it was held as follows,

9. Whatever may have been the intention of the lawmakers and whatever the words employed in Section 90(4) may prima facie suggest, the ground reality is that as the things stand now, this provision cannot be construed as a limitation to the superiority of treaty over the domestic law. It can only be pressed into service as a provision beneficial to the assessee. The manner in which it can be construed as a beneficial provision to the assessee is that once this provision is complied with in the sense that the assessee furnishes the tax residency certificate in the prescribed format, the Assessing Officer is denuded of the powers to requisition further details in support of the claim of the assessee for the related treaty benefits. …..

10….. Our research did not indicate any judicial precedent which has approved the interpretation in the manner sought to be canvassed before us i.e. Section 90(4) being treated as a limitation to the treaty superiority contemplated under section 90(2), and that issue is an open issue as on now. In the light of this position, and in the light of our foregoing analysis which leads us to the conclusion that Section 90(4), in the absence of a non-obstante clause, cannot be read as a limitation to the treaty superiority under Section 90(2), we are of the considered view that an eligible assessee cannot be declined the treaty protection under section 90(2) on the ground that the said assessee has not been able to furnish a Tax Residency Certificate in the prescribed form.”

Therefore, the ITAT held that section 90(4) of the Act does not override the DTAA. In a recent decision, the Hyderabad Tribunal in the case of Sreenivasa Reddy Cheemalamarri vs. ITO [2020] TS-158-ITAT-2020 has also followed the ruling of the Ahmedabad Tribunal of Skaps (supra). A similar view has also been taken by the Hyderabad ITAT in the cases of Vamsee Krishna Kundurthi vs. ITO (2021) 190 ITD 68 and Ranjit Kumar Vuppu vs. ITO (2021) 190 ITD 455.

In the case of individuals, the treaty residence for most of the major DTAAs is linked to residential status under domestic tax law and the number of days stay is a condition for determining the residential status under most domestic tax laws. Therefore, one may be able to substantiate on the basis of documents such as a passport which provide the number of days stay in a particular jurisdiction. However, a Chartered Accountant issuing a certificate under Form 15CB may not be able to take such a position as the form specifically asks one to state whether TRC has been obtained.

SECOND SENTENCE OF ARTICLE 4(1)

The second sentence of Article 4(1) of the OECD/ UN Model Convention excludes a person, as being a resident of a particular jurisdiction under the DTAA, who is liable to tax only in respect of income from sources in that jurisdiction. This sentence is found in only a few major DTAAs entered into by India4.


4. India’s DTAAs with Germany, UK, USA, UAE, Australia, Spain, South Africa and Portugal.

The objective of this sentence is to exclude those taxpayers as being treaty residents of a particular jurisdiction, wherein they are not subject to comprehensive taxation. The first question which arises is whether the second sentence would apply in the case of a person who is a resident of a country, which follows a territorial basis of taxation, i.e. income is taxed in that country only when received in or remitted to that country. For example, Mr. A is a tax resident of State A, which follows a territorial basis of taxation, like Singapore [although India — Singapore DTAA does not contain the second sentence of Article 4(1)]. If India — State A DTAA contains the second sentence in Article 4(1), the question that arises is whether Mr. A would be considered as a resident of State A for the purposes of the DTAA. In this regard, in the view of the author, the objective of the second sentence is to exclude individuals who are not subject to comprehensive tax liability and not to exclude countries where the tax system is territorial. In other words, so long as Mr. A is subject to comprehensive taxation in State A, the second sentence should not apply and Mr. A should be considered as a treaty resident of State A for the DTAA. The OECD Commentary also states the same view5.


5. Refer Para 8.3 of the OECD Model Commentary on Article 4, 2017.

An interesting decision on this would be the recent Hyderabad ITAT decision in the case of Jenendra Kumar Jain vs. ITO (2023) 147 taxmmann.com 320. In the said case, the taxpayer, who was transferred from India to the USA during the year, opted to be taxed as a ‘resident alien’ under USA domestic tax law, i.e. only income from sources in the USA would be taxable in the USA. In this regard, the ITAT held that as the taxpayer was taxed in the USA, not on the basis of residence but on the basis of source, such taxpayer would not be considered as a resident of the USA for the purposes of the India — USA DTAA.

The next question which arises is whether the second sentence would apply in the case of an individual who is considered as a not ordinarily resident (‘RNOR’) under section 6(6) of the Act. For example, whether a person would be considered as a resident of India under the DTAA and thus can access the Indian DTAAs when such a person is considered as a deemed resident but RNOR of India under section 6(1A) of the Act. In the view of the author, the second sentence does not apply in the case of an RNOR as the RNOR is not liable to tax only in respect of sources in India. Such a person may be taxable on worldwide income, if such income is, say, earned through a profession which is set up in India.

Another interesting issue arises is whether the second sentence applies in the case of third-country DTAAs after the application of a tie-breaker rule (explained in detail in the subsequent paras). Let us take the example of Mr. A, who is a resident of India and the UK under the respective domestic tax laws and is considered as a resident of the UK under the tie-breaker rule in Article 4(2) of the India — UK DTAA. In case Mr. A earns income from a third country, say Australia, the question arises is whether the India — Australia DTAA can be applied. In this regard, para 8.2 of the OECD Model Commentary on Article 4, 2017, provides as follows,

“…It also excludes companies and other persons who are not subject to comprehensive liability to tax in a Contracting State because these persons, whilst being residents of that State under that State’s tax law, are considered to be residents of another State pursuant to a treaty between these two States….”

Therefore, the OECD suggests that in the above example, as India would not be able to tax the entire income (being the loser State in the tie-breaker test under the India —UK DTAA), Mr. A would not be subject to comprehensive taxation in India and therefore, one cannot apply the India — Australia DTAA or any other Indian DTAAs which contain the second sentence in Article 4(1).

However, this view of the OECD has been discarded by various experts. In the view of the author as well, the above view may not be the correct view as the residential status in the DTAA is only ‘for the purposes of the Convention’ and therefore, cannot be applied for any other purpose. As also explained in the first part of this series, the tie-breaker test has no relevance to residential status under the Act, and a person resident under the Act will continue being a resident under the Act even if such person is considered as a resident of another jurisdiction under a DTAA. In the above example, Mr. A continues to be a resident of India under the Act6 as well and, therefore, should be eligible to access Indian DTAAs.


6. In contrast with the domestic tax law of Canada and UK wherein domestic residency is amended if under the tie-breaker rule in a DTAA, the taxpayer is considered as resident of another jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 4(2) – TIE-BREAKER TEST

If an individual is a resident of both the Contracting States to a DTAA under the respective domestic tax laws (and therefore, under Article 4(1) of the DTAA), one would need to determine treaty residency by applying the tie-breaker rule. Article 4(2) provides in the case of a dual resident; the treaty residency would be determined as follows:

A. The jurisdiction in which the taxpayer has a permanent home available to him (‘permanent home test’),

B. If he has a permanent home in both jurisdictions, the jurisdiction with which his personal and economic relations are closer (centre of vital interests) (‘centre of vital interests test’),

C. If his centre of vital interest cannot be determined, or if he does not have a permanent home in either jurisdiction, the jurisdiction in which he has a habitual abode (‘habitual abode test’),

D. If he has a habitual abode in both or neither jurisdiction, the jurisdiction of which he is a national (‘nationality test’),

E. If he is a national of both or neither jurisdiction, the jurisdiction as mutually agreed by the competent authorities of both jurisdictions.

The language of Article 4(2) is clear regarding the order to be followed while determining the treaty residency in the case of dual residents. It is important to note that some of the conditions are subjective in nature and are used to determine which jurisdiction has a closer tie to the taxpayer. Therefore, one needs to consider all the facts holistically and carefully while applying the various tie-breaker tests to determine treaty residence in such situations.

PERMANENT HOME TEST

Generally, a permanent home test is satisfied if the taxpayer has a place of residence available to him in a particular jurisdiction. The availability of the home cannot be for a short period but needs to be for a long time to be considered as permanent. However, the OECD Commentary as well as a plethora of judgements have held that it is not necessary that the home should be owned by the taxpayer. Even a home taken on rent would be considered as a permanent home of the taxpayer if he has a right to use such a property at his convenience. Similarly, the parents’ property would also be considered as a permanent home as the taxpayer would have a right to stay at the said property. Another example could be that of a hotel. While generally, a hotel may not be considered a permanent home, if the facts suggest that accommodation would always be available to the taxpayer as a matter of right, it may be considered a permanent home. On the other hand, even if a person owns a particular residential property in a particular jurisdiction, it may not be considered a permanent home if the taxpayer has given the said property on rent and the taxpayer does not have the right to use the property at any given time7.


7. Refer para 13 of OECD Model Commentary on Article 4, 2017.

CENTRE OF VITAL INTERESTS TEST

The centre of Vital Interests generally refers to the social and economic connections of the taxpayer to a particular jurisdiction. Examples of social interests would be where the family of the taxpayer is located, where the children of the taxpayer attend school, and where his friends are. Similarly, examples of economic interests would be a place of employment, a place where major assets are kept, etc. This is a difficult test to substantiate as there is a significant amount of subjectivity involved. Moreover, there could be situations wherein the personal interests may be located in a particular jurisdiction, whereas the economic interests may be located in the other jurisdiction. In such a situation, one may not be able to conclude the tie-breaker test on the basis of the centre of vital interests test as no specific weightage is given to either of the nature of interests.

HABITUAL ABODE TEST

The habitual abode test is another subjective test that seeks to determine where the taxpayer seeks to reside for a longer period. This could be on the basis of the number of days stay (if the difference in the number of days stay is significantly at variation between the jurisdictions) or on the intention of the taxpayer to spend a longer period of time. An example given in the OECD Model Commentary is that of a vacation home in a particular jurisdiction and the main property of residence in another jurisdiction. In such a situation, the jurisdiction where the vacation home is situated may not be considered to be the habitual abode of the taxpayer as the stay in such a property would always be for a limited period of time.

NATIONALITY TEST

Given the subjectivity involved in the other tie-breaker tests, in most situations, practically, the tiebreaker is determined by the jurisdiction where the taxpayer is a national. As India does not accept dual citizenship, the question of a taxpayer being a national of both jurisdictions and therefore, having the residential status be determined mutually by the competent authorities does not arise.

Timing of application of the tie-breaker tests

Having understood some of the nuances of the various tie-breaker tests, it is important to analyse the timing of the application of the tie-breaker tests, i.e. at what point in time does the tie-breaker test have to be applied? Unlike the basic residence test based on the number of days, which applies in respect of a particular year, as the tie-breaker tests are driven by facts which are subjective and can change, this question of timing of application gains significant relevance.

Let us take the example of Mr. A who moved from India to Singapore in October 2023 as he got a job in Singapore. Let us assume that for the period October to March, Mr. A, who has not sold his house in India, is staying in various hotels in Singapore and he takes an apartment on rent in the month of March 2024 after selling his property in India. Now, if Mr. A is a tax resident of India and Singapore and one is applying the tie-breaker rule, one may arrive at a different conclusion on treaty residence depending on when the tie-breaker rule is applied. For example, if one applies in October 2023, he has a permanent home only in India, whereas if one applies in March 2024, he has a permanent home only in Singapore. In the author’s view, one would need to apply the tie-breaker rule when one is seeking to tax the income, i.e. when the income is earned or received, as the case may be. This would be in line with the application of the DTAA as a whole, which would need to be applied when one is taxing the said income, as DTAAs allocate the taxing rights between the jurisdictions.

Split Residency

The above example is a classic case of split residency wherein a person can be considered as a resident of different jurisdictions within the same fiscal year. This issue is also common where the tax year differs in the jurisdictions involved. For example, India follows April to March as the tax year, whereas Singapore follows January to December. Let us take the example of Mr. A, who moved to Singapore for the purpose of employment along with his family in January 2023. He has not come back to India after moving to Singapore. He qualifies as a tax resident of Singapore for the calendar year 2023 under the domestic tax law. He has a permanent home only in Singapore. In such a situation, Mr. A qualifies as a tax resident of India for the period April 2022 to March 2023 and as a tax resident of Singapore for the period January 2023 to December 2023. In such a situation, in respect of income earned till December 2022, Mr. A is a resident of India and not of Singapore, and therefore, in such a scenario, Mr. A is a treaty resident of India under the India — Singapore DTAA for the period April 2022 to December 2022. In respect of the income earned from January 2023 to March 2023, Mr. A will be considered as a resident of India as well as Singapore under the domestic tax law. However, as he has a permanent home available only in Singapore, he would be considered as a treaty resident of Singapore during such a period. Therefore, for income earned from April 2022 till December 2022, Mr. A is a treaty resident of India, whereas from January 2023 till March 2023, he is a treaty resident of Singapore.

This principle of split residency finds support in the OECD Model Commentary8 as well as various judicial precedents9.


8. Refer Para 10 of the OECD Model Commentary on Article 4, 2017.
9. Refer the decisions of the Delhi ITAT in the case of Sameer Malhotra (2023) 146 taxmann.com 158 and of the Bangalore ITAT in the case of Shri Kumar Sanjeev Ranjan (2019) 104 taxmann.com 183.

CONCLUSION

The above discussions only strengthen the case that one cannot determine the residential status under the Act as well as the DTAA together, as while the definitions may be linked to each other, there are certain nuances wherein there is divergence in applying the principles. For example, the concept of split residency does not apply to residential status under the Act. Similarly, under the Act, the residential status of a person does not change depending on the income, whereas in the case of a treaty, the treaty residence may be different for each stream of income (in many cases for the same stream of income as well) depending on the timing of application of the treaty residence. Further, each DTAA has its own unique nuances and language used and therefore, it is important that one analyses the specific language of the treaty while interpreting the same.

NRI – Interplay of Tax and FEMA Issues – Residence of Individuals under The Income-Tax Act

Editorial Note: This article starts a series of articles on Income-tax and FEMA issues related to NRIs with a focus on the interplay thereof. Apart from a residential status definition under both Income-tax and FEMA, the series of articles will cover issues under both laws related to change of residence; investments, gifts and loans by NRIs; as well as transfers by them from India.

1. PRELIMINARY

Countries exercise their sovereign right to tax based on whether the income arises in their country or whether a person has a close connection with that country. The taxation laws define that close connection – an extended period during which the person stays in a country, or has his domicile there, or any similar criteria. Given a sufficient territorial connection between the person sought to be charged and the country seeking to tax him, income tax may properly extend to that person in respect of his foreign income.1The Income-tax Act, 1961 (the “Ac”) imposes such comprehensive or full tax, on persons who are residents.


1.Wallace Bros. & Co Ltd vs. CIT (1948) 16 ITR 240 (PC).

Section 5 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the “Act”) provides for the scope of total income for persons. The scope differs according to the residential status of the person. A non-resident’s total income consists of income received or deemed to be received in India in a previous year or income accruing, or arising, or deemed to accrue or arise in India in a previous year.

In contrast, the scope of the total income of a resident in India includes, apart from the income covered within the scope for non-residents, income accruing or arising outside India during such year. In effect, a resident is taxable on his global income. At the same time, the total income of a resident but not ordinarily resident, as defined in section 6(6) of the Act, excludes income accruing or arising outside India unless it is derived from a business controlled in or a profession set up in India.

2. RESIDENTIAL STATUS

A person is said to be resident in India per the rules in section 6 of the Act. The residential status for (a) individual, (b) company, (c) Hindu Undivided Family, firm or association of persons and (d) other persons is to be determined by different rules. The nationality aspect does not enter the determination of residential status under the Indian income-tax law.

A non-resident is a person who is not a resident [section 2(30)]. When a person may be said to be “not ordinarily resident” is provided in section 6(6). The residential status is to be determined for a previous year and applies to all income for that year that comes within the scope of total income applicable to the assessee. In other words, a person cannot be a resident for one part of the year and non-resident for the other part, as India does not recognise split residency. The effect of this provision is that a person’s total income earned in a Financial Year is taxed basis his residential status in India, even if he may be resident of two countries due to his part stay in India. However, such a person can avail relief under a tax treaty by applying tie-breaking tests. It is not possible to have different residential status under the Act for different sources of income. Whether an assessee is a resident or non-resident is a question of fact.2


2.Rai Bahadur Seth Teomal vs. CIT (1963) 48 ITR 170 (Cal).

2.1 Tests for residence

There are two tests to determine if an individual is resident in India in any previous year. These tests are alternative and not cumulative.

According to the first test, an individual is said to be resident in India in any previous year if he is in India for a period or periods of 182 days or more [sec. 6(1)(a)]. The alternative test is an individual having within the four years preceding the previous year, been in India for a period or periods amounting in all to three hundred and sixty-five days or more, and is in India for a period or periods amounting in all to sixty days or more in that year [sec. 6(1)(c)].

Explanation 1 to section 6(1)(c) provides relaxation from the second test in some circumstances [discussed in paragraph 2.3 below].

2.2 Stay in India

The phrase “being in India” implies the individual’s physical presence in the country3 and nothing more. The intention and the purpose of his stay are irrelevant; the stay need not be in connection to earning income, which is sought to be taxed. Nor is it essential that he should stay at the same place. Stay may not be continuous: the individual’s presence in India must be aggregated to ascertain whether the threshold is crossed.


3.CIT vs. Avtar Singh Wadhwan (2001) 247 ITR 260 (Bom).

How the number of days shall be counted has been contested. In an Advance Ruling, it was held that even a part of the day would be construed as a full day, and even though for some hours on the day of arrival and departure, the applicant can be said to have been out of India, both the days will be reckoned for ascertaining 182 days. 4Contrarily, the Mumbai Tribunal, in this case,5 noted that the period or periods in section 6(1) requires counting of days from the date of arrival of the assessee in India to the date he leaves India. The Tribunal relied upon section 9 of the General Clauses Act, 1897, which provides that the first day in a series of days is to be excluded if the word ‘from’ is used and held that the words ‘from’ and ‘to’ are to be inevitably used for ascertaining the period though these words are not mentioned in the statute, and accordingly, the date of arrival is not to be counted.


4.Advance Ruling in P. No. 7 of 1995, In re (1997) 223 ITR 462 (AAR).
5.Manoj Kumar Reddy vs. Income-tax Officer (2009) 34 SOT 180 (Bang).

2.2.1 Involuntary stay

Section 6 does not limit an individual’s freedom to arrange his physical presence in India such that he is not a resident in the previous year and his foreign income falls outside the Indian tax net. On the other hand, section 6 does not distinguish between a stay in India that is by choice and that is involuntary. However, the Delhi High Court held that, given that the Act provides a choice to be in India and be treated as a resident for taxation purposes, his presence in India against his will or without his consent should not ordinarily be counted. In that case, the assessee could not leave India as his passport was impounded by a government agency. The Court held that the fact that the impounding was found to be illegal and, therefore, was in the nature of illegal restraint, the days the assessee spent in India involuntarily should not be counted. At the same time, the Court cautioned that the ruling cannot be treated as a thumb rule to exclude every case of involuntary stay for section 6(1), and the exclusion has to be fact-dependent.

A similar relaxation has been provided to individuals who had come to India on a visit before 22nd March, 2020, and their stay is extended involuntarily due to the circumstances arising out of the Covid-19 pandemic to determine their residential status under section 6 of the Act during the previous year 2019-20.6


6.Circular No. 11 of 2020 dated 8th May, 2020.

Representations for a similar general relaxation for the previous year 2020-21, in relation to an extended stay in India by individuals due to travel restrictions during the Covid pandemic resulting in their residence under section 6(1) was denied by the CBDT, which stipulated examining on a case-by-case basis for any relief.7  According to that Circular, an individual with a forced stay in India would still have the benefit of applying treaty residence rules, which are more likely to determine residence in the other State. The Circular points out that even if an individual becomes a resident in the previous year 2020-21 due to his forced stay in the country, he will most likely become an ordinary resident in India and accordingly, his foreign source income shall not be taxable in India unless it is derived from a business controlled in India or a profession set up in India, so there would be no double taxation. The Circular states that if a person becomes a resident due to his forced stay during the previous year 2020-21, he would be entitled to credit for foreign taxes under rule 128 of the IT Rules, 1962.


7. Circular No. 2 of 2021 dated 3rd March, 2021.

2.2.2 Seafarers

Explanation 2 to section 6(1) and rule 126 were brought into the statute with effect from A.Y. 2015-16 to mitigate difficulty in determining the period of stay in India of an individual, being a citizen of India, who is a crew member on board a ship that spends some time in Indian territorial waters.

The provisions apply to an Indian citizen who is a member of the crew of a foreign-bound ship leaving India. The period of stay in India of such a person will exclude the period from the date of joining the ship to the date of signing off as per the Continuous Discharge Certificate. The “Continuous Discharge Certificate” shall have the meaning as per the Merchant Shipping (Continuous Discharge Certificate-cum-Seafarer’s Identity Document) Rules, 2001, made under the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958. The days in Indian territorial waters by such a ship on an eligible voyage would fall within the period of joining and end dates in the Continuous Discharge Certificate and, thus, will not be treated as the period of stay in India of the concerned individual crew member.

An “eligible voyage” is defined in the rule to mean a voyage undertaken by a ship engaged in the carriage of passengers or freight in international traffic where the voyage originated from any port in India, has as its destination any port outside India, and for the voyage originating from any port outside India, has as its destination any port in India. The rule has no application where both the port of origin and destination of a voyage are outside India or where the Indian citizen leaves India to join the ship at a port outside India and the ship is on a voyage with a destination outside India. In such cases, his presence in India will usually be determined based on entries in his passport.

Notably, Explanation 2 and Rule 126 are for the purposes of the entire clause (1) (and not limited to clause (a) in Explanation 1). The rule prescribes the manner of computing the period of days in India of a crew member of a foreign-bound ship leaving India and is not restricted to only Indian-registered ships. Accordingly, the rule applies even while computing the period of stay of 182 days and 60 days contained in clauses (1)(a) and (1)(c).

2.3 Relaxations

There are some relaxations to the alternative test for residence in section 6(1)(c), which provides for substituting the period of stay in India for 60 days in section 6(1)(c) for 182 days. Consequently, in cases where the relaxation is applicable, the threshold of stay in India for residence will be 182 days under both tests, making the alternative test redundant. These relaxations are discussed below.

2.3.1 Citizens leaving India [Explanation 1(a)]

Explanation 1(a) provides for substituting the period of stay in India for 60 days in section 6(1)(c) by 182 days if the assessee, being a citizen of India, leaves India in any previous year as a member of the crew of an Indian ship or for the purposes of employment outside India. The relaxation in Explanation 1(a) applies to the previous year in which the assessee, being a citizen of India, leaves India.8


8.Manoj Kumar Reddy vs. Income-tax Officer (2009) 34 SOT 180 (Bang), Addl DIT vs. Sudhir Choudrie [2017] 88 taxmann.com 570 (Delhi - Trib.).

Under the Citizenship Act 1955, citizenship is possible by birth (section 3), by descent (section 4), by registration (section 5), by naturalisation (section 6) and by incorporation of territory (section 8). However, an Overseas Citizen of India under section 7A of that Act is not a citizen and is not covered under this clause.

(a) Citizens leaving India as a member of the crew of Indian ship

The relaxation under clause (a) of Explanation 1 is available only where the assessee leaves India as a crew member of an Indian ship as defined in section 3(18) of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958. Relaxation is not available if the ship is other than an Indian ship. An individual who is not a citizen, too, is not eligible.

In this case,the assessee claimed the benefit of relaxation under Explanation 1(a) as he had left India in that previous year as a crew member of an Indian ship and had spent 201 days outside India. However, the benefit was denied because the assessee had stayed in foreign waters while employed on the ship(s) for only 158 days, i.e., less than 182 days. However, the ruling requires reconsideration since there is no condition in that provision that the assessee should spend his entire days outside India on a ship to be eligible for relaxation. Explanation 1(a) provides only that the individual leaves India in that previous year as a member of a crew on an Indian ship for the sixty days in clause (1)(c) to be substituted by 182 days.


9.Madhukar Vinayak Dhavale vs. Income-tax Officer (2011) 15 taxmann.com 36 (Pune).

Explanation 2 to section 6(1) and rule 126 that provide for the manner of determining the period of stay in India of a crew member of a foreign bound ship leaving India would be relevant for Explanation 1(a) as well in ascertaining whether the thresholds of 60 days and 182 days in section 6(1) is crossed. Thus, an Indian ship leaving for a foreign destination would be an ‘eligible voyage’ under rule 126, and his period of stay in India will exclude the period from the date of joining the ship to the date of signing off as per the Continuous Discharge Certificate. Where the Indian ship does not qualify to be on an eligible voyage, the individual’s period or periods in India will impliedly include the ship’s presence in Indian territorial waters.

(b) For the purposes of employment

The Kerala High Court held in this case10 that no technical meaning is intended for the word “employment” used in the Explanation, and going abroad for the purposes of employment only meant that the visit and stay abroad should not be for other purposes such as a tourist, or medical treatment or studies or the like. Therefore, going abroad for employment means going abroad to take up employment or any avocation, including taking up one’s own  business or profession. The expression “for the purposes of employment” requires the intention of the individual to be seen, which can be demonstrated by the type of visa used to travel abroad.


10.CIT vs. O Abdul Razak (2011) 337 ITR 350 (Kerala).

In this case, where the assessee travelled abroad on a transit visa, business visa and tourist visa, it was held that the entire period of travel abroad could not be considered as ‘going abroad for the purposes of employment’.11  It was also held that multiple departures from India by the individual in a previous year could also qualify under this clause. The provision does not require him to leave India and be stationed outside the country as the section nowhere specifies that the assessee should leave India permanently to reside outside the country.


11.K Sambasiva Rao vs. ITO (2014) 42 taxmann.com 115 (Hyderabad Trib.).

The requirement under clause (a) of Explanation 1 is not leaving India for employment, but it is leaving India for the purposes of employment outside India. For the Explanation, an individual need not be an unemployed person who leaves India for employment outside India. The relaxation under this clause is also available to an individual already employed and is leaving India on deputation.12


12.British Gas India P Ltd, In re (2006) 285 ITR 218 (AAR).

2.3.2 Citizen or person of Indian origin on a visit to India [Explanation 1(b)]

Explanation 1(b) to section 6(1)(c) provides for a concession for Indian citizens or persons of Indian origin who, being outside India, come on a visit to India in any previous year. In such cases, the prescribed period of 60 days in India to be considered a resident under clause (1)(c) is relaxed to 182 days. The objective behind this relaxation is to enable non-resident Indians who have made investments in India and who find it necessary to visit India frequently and stay here for the proper supervision and control of their investments to retain their status as non-resident.13


13.CBDT Circular No. 684 dated 10th June, 1994.

The expression “being outside India’ has been examined judicially. Where the assessee has been a non-resident for many years, and during the years, he had far greater business engagements abroad than in India, it cannot be assumed that he did not come from outside of India.14 It is not justified to look at the assessee’s economic and legal connection with India (i.e. his centre of vital interest being in India) to assume that he did not come from outside of India.15 When the assessee had migrated to a foreign country and pursued his higher education abroad, engaged in various business activities, set up his business interests and continued to live there with his family, his travels to India would be in the nature of visits, unless contrary brought on record.16


14.Suresh Nanda vs. Asstt. CIT [2012] 23 taxmann.com 386/53 SOT 322 (Delhi).
15.Addl Director of Income-tax vs. Sudhir Choudhrie (2017) 88 taxmann.com 570 (Delhi-Trib).
16.Pr. Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Binod Kumar Singh (2019) 107 taxmann.com 27 (Bombay).

The expression ‘visit’ is not limited to a singular visit as contended by the Revenue but includes multiple visits.17 The return to India by an individual on termination of his overseas employment is not a visit, and the relaxation in Explanation 1(b) is not available.18


17.Asstt. Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Sudhir Sareen (2015) 57 taxmann.com 121 (Delhi-Trib).
18.V. K. Ratti vs. Commissioner of Income-tax (2008) 299 ITR 295 (P&H); Manoj Kumar Reddy vs. Income-tax Officer (2009) 34 SOT 180 (Bang); Smita Anand, In Re. (2014) 362 ITR 38 (AAR).

In that case,19 the assessee working abroad visited for 18 days during the year. Later that year, on termination of his employment, he returned to India and spent 59 days in the country. The Tribunal held that a visit to India does not mean that if he comes for one visit, then Explanation (b) to section 6(1) will be applicable irrespective of the fact that he came permanently to India during that previous year. Looking at the legislative intention, the status of the assessee cannot be taken as resident on the ground that he came on a visit to India and, therefore, the period of 60 days, as mentioned in 6(1)(c) should be extended to 182 days by ignoring his subsequent visit to India after completing the deputation outside India. The alternative contention of the assessee that, for the purpose of computing 60 days as mentioned in section 6(1)(c), the period of visit to India would be excluded was accepted.


19.Manoj Kumar Reddy vs. Income-tax Officer (2009) 34 SOT 180 (Bang); affirmed in [2011] 12 taxmann.com 326 (Karnataka)

2.3.3 Limiting the relaxation [Explanation 1(b)]

An amendment was brought in by the Finance Act 2020 (effective from A.Y. 2021-22) to counter instances where individuals who actually carry out substantial economic activities from India manage their period of stay in India to remain a non-resident in perpetuity and not be required to declare their global income in India. The amendment restricts the relaxation in clause (b) in Explanation 1.

When a citizen or a person of Indian origin outside India who comes on a visit to India has a total income other than the income from foreign sources exceeding Rs.15 lakhs during the previous year, the time period in India in section 6(1)(c) of 60 days is substituted with 120 days as against 182 days available before this amendment. The expression income from foreign sources is defined in Explanation to Section 6.

An individual who becomes a resident under this provision shall be not ordinarily resident under clause (6). The provision expands the scope of residence under the Act. It could result in cases of dual residence needing the application of the tie-breaker rule under the relevant tax treaty.

2.4 Deemed Resident [section 6(1A)]

A new category of deemed resident for individuals was introduced with effect from 1st April, 2021 to catch within the Indian tax net, Indian citizens who are “stateless persons”, that is, those who arrange their affairs in such a fashion that they are not liable to tax in any country during a previous year. This arrangement is typically employed by high net-worth individuals to avoid paying taxes to any country / jurisdiction on income they earn. A citizen is as defined by the Citizenship Act 1955.

Under this clause, an individual who is a citizen of India, having a total income other than income from foreign sources exceeding Rs.15 lakhs during the previous year shall be deemed to be resident in India in that previous year if he is not liable to tax in any other country or territory by reason of his domicile or residence or any other criteria of similar nature.20 This clause, an additional rule of residence for individuals, shall not apply if the individual is resident under clause (1). Clause (1A) applies only where an Indian citizen is liable to tax by reason of the various connecting factors listed in the clause.


20.The expression “income from foreign sources” is defined in Explanation to section 6 and discussed under para 3.3.3 above.

2.4.1 Liable to tax

The meaning of the term “liable to tax” in the context of treaties has been the subject of several court rulings.21 Some rulings have found that a person is liable to tax even if there is no income-tax law in force for the time being if a potential liability to tax exists, irrespective of whether or not such a right is exercised.22 To nullify such interpretation, a definition in section 2(29A) has been inserted by the Finance Act 2021 with effect from 1st April, 2021. The provision defines ‘liable to tax’ in relation to a person and with reference to a country to mean that there is an income-tax liability on such a person under an existing income-tax law in force of that country. The definition includes a person liable to tax even if he is subsequently exempted from such liability. Primarily, there should be an existing tax law in the other country imposing a tax liability on a person to be ‘liable to tax’.


21.Union of India vs. Azadi BachaoAndolan (2003) 263 ITR 706 (SC);
22.ADIT vs. Greem Emirate Shipping & Travels (2006) 100 ITD 203 (Mum).

2.4.2 Connecting factors

For clause (1A) to apply, the individual should not be liable to tax in any other country by reason of the connecting factors listed. The clause is worded similarly to the treaty definition of residence: both refer to the person being ‘liable to tax’, which must be by reason of the specified connecting factors. Article 4(1) of the OECD and UN Models refers to domicile, residence, place of management or any other criterion of similar nature while in section 6(1A), connecting factors are residence, domicile or any other similar criteria.

There is a causal relationship between the listed factors and the extent of taxability that is required for the factors to become connecting factors. The OECD Commentary describes this condition of being liable to tax by reason of certain connecting factors as a comprehensive liability to tax – full tax liability – based on the taxpayers’ personal attachment to the State concerned (the “State of residence”). What is necessary to qualify as a resident of a Contracting State is that the taxation of income in that State is because of one of these factors and not merely because income arises therein. This interpretation can be validly extended to residence under clause (1A).

The challenge to establish that the income tax that a person is liable in a foreign jurisdiction is by reason of domicile, residence or similar connecting factors is demonstrated by the Chiron Behring ruling.23 In that case, the Tribunal held that a German KG (fiscally transparent partnership)24 was a resident of Germany and entitled to the India-Germany treaty since it was liable to trade tax in Germany (a tax covered under the India-Germany Treaty). Considering that the German trade tax is a non-personal tax levied on standing trade or business to the extent that it is run in Germany,25 an examination of whether the KG was liable to that tax by reason of domicile, residence or other connecting factors was required to determine treaty residence which was not undertaken.


23.ADIT vs. Chiron Behring GmbH & Co[2008] 24 SOT 278 (Mum), affirmed in DIT vs. Chiron Behring GmbH & Co. (2013) 29 taxmann.com 199 (Bom).
24.A fiscally transparent partnership is a pass-through with its partners being liable to pay tax on its income.
25.Gewerbesteuergesetz (Trade Tax Law, GewStG), Sec. 2(1).

In conclusion, it is not enough that the assessee is liable to income taxation in the concerned country or territory for clause (1A) not to apply: an examination of that tax law is necessary to ascertain whether he is liable by reason of the connecting factors listed in section 6(1A).

2.5 Income from foreign sources

The expression ‘income from foreign sources’ is found in the amendments to section 6 of the Act by the Finance Act 2020. The expression is relevant to apply the lower number of days in India in Explanation 1(b) to section 6(1)(c) in respect of citizens and persons of Indian origin being outside India coming on a visit to India and to the deemed residence provisions under section 6(1A). Explanation to section 6 defines income from foreign sources to mean income which accrues or arises outside India (except income derived from a business controlled in or a profession set up in India) and which is not deemed to accrue or arise in India.26


26.This expression is relevant for the amendment to clause (b) of Explanation 1 to section 6(1) as well as the deemed resident provisions inserted vide section 6(1A) [see para for discussion on this clause].

Since the words used in Explanation 1(b) as well as clause (1A) are “having total income, other than the income from foreign sources exceeding Rs.15 lakhs”, total income as defined in section 2(45) and its scope in section 5 is relevant. Notably, income accruing or arising outside India and received in India is not included in the definition of income from foreign sources. Consequently, such income within the scope of the total income of a non-resident is not to be excluded from the threshold of Rs.15 lakhs.

Total income is computed net of exemptions, set off typically. A question arises whether income exempted if the assessee is a non-resident is to be excluded while computing the threshold of Rs.15 lakhs. The provisions are ambiguously worded. A harmonious interpretation could be that since the objective for determining the threshold is to ascertain whether an individual who is otherwise a non-resident is to be treated as a resident, such exemptions should not be considered, and the items of income should be included. This interpretation avoids a circular reference which arises otherwise. A similar question arises regarding items of income excluded due to treaty provisions. Since the residence under the Act is the foundational basis for ascertaining residence under a treaty, items of income excluded due to treaty provisions are not to be excluded for the same reason.

3. RESIDENT AND NOT ORDINARILY RESIDENT

“Not ordinarily resident” is a subcategory  of residence available to individuals and HUFs. The scope of his total income is the same as that of resident assesses but excludes income accruing or arising outside India unless it is derived from a business controlled in or profession set up in India.

Under this provision, an individual should be a non-resident for nine years out of ten preceding years or during his seven ‘previous years’ preceding the previous year in question, and he was present in India in the aggregate for seven hundred and twenty-nine days or less [sec. 6(6)(a)]. An individual will be “not ordinarily resident” if he fulfils either of the two conditions. The Mumbai Tribunal, in this case,27 rejected the Revenue’s stand that the conditions in section 6(6)(a) are cumulative while interpreting section 6(6)(a) before its substitution by the Finance Act, 2003 based on the well-settled literal rule of interpretation as per which the language of the section should be construed as it exists. The Tribunal’s conclusion that when one of these two conditions, as laid down in section 6(6)(a) is fulfilled, the resident status is that of not ordinarily resident, should extend to the substituted provisions based on their text.


27.Satish Dattatray Dhawade vs. ITO (2009) 123 TTJ 797 (Mumbai).

A citizen of India or a PIO who becomes a resident for being in India for more than 120 days due to the provision inserted in clause (b) of Explanation 1 (vide Finance Act 2020) has the status of not ordinarily resident [sec. 6(6)(c)]. Likewise, a person who is deemed resident under section 6(1A) is not ordinarily resident [sec. 6(6)(d)]

4. RESIDENCE UNDER THE ACT – RELEVANCE FOR TREATIES28

Double tax avoidance agreements entered by India are bilateral agreements modelled on the OECD Model Convention and the United Nations Model Convention. To access these benefits, the person should be a resident of one or either of the Contracting States (i.e., parties to the double tax avoidance agreement) (Article 1 of the OECD / UN Model). Article 4 of the OECD Model states as follows: “For the purposes of this Convention, the term “resident of a Contracting State” means any person who, under the laws of that State, is liable to tax therein by reason of his domicile, residence, place of management or any other criterion of a similar nature, ………” Thus, residential status under the domestic tax law is relevant to accessing a double tax avoidance agreement and being eligible for the reliefs available.


28.The topic is covered only briefly here to give the reader a perspective of how residence under the Act can impact treaty application. A separate article dealing with treaty rules on residence is scheduled for publication.

5. RESIDENCE UNDER THE ACT VERSUS TAX TREATIES

In treaty cases where the person is a resident of both Contracting States concerning a treaty between them, the dual treaty residence is resolved through tie-breaker rules, and that person is deemed a resident of one of the States. A question arises whether a person deemed to be a resident of the other Contracting State under a treaty is also to be treated as a non-resident for the Act, and consequently, his income and taxes are to be computed as applicable to non-residents. This question and the discussion below are relevant for individuals and other persons.

The question gains significance since there are variations in computing income and its taxation for non-residents compared to residents. Such variations are found under several sections of the Act apart from the scope of total income under section 5. Some instances are the computing capital gains on transfer of shares in foreign currency and without indexation (section 48), tax rate on unlisted equity shares (sec.112(1)), computing basic exemption of Rs.1 lakh from short-term and long-term capital gains on listed shares (sections 111A and 112A), flat concessional tax rate on gross dividends, interest, royalty and fees for technical services without deductions, different slabs of maximum amount not chargeable to tax for senior citizens in the First Schedule to Finance Acts. Some of these provisions are more beneficial to residents, some to non-residents, and some depend on the facts of the case.

The argument for adopting treaty residence for residential status under the Act is that under section 90, more beneficial treaty provisions have to be adopted in preference to the provisions under the Act. However, such treatment is debatable for several reasons, as discussed below:

Firstly, the text of the provisions under the Act and in Article 4 dealing with residence in tax treaties militate against such substitution. Article 4 on residence states that such determination is “for the purposes of the Convention” and not generally. Section 6 of the Act is also “for the purposes of the Act” when a person is resident, non-resident or not ordinarily resident.

The literature on treaty residence is also overwhelmingly against substituting residential status under domestic law with treaty residence. Klaus Vogel states that since the person is “deemed” to be non-resident only in regard to the application of the treaty’s distributive rules, he continues to be generally subject to those taxations and procedures of the “losing State” which apply to taxpayers who are residents thereof.29According to Phillip Baker,30Article 4 determines the residence of a person for the purposes of the Convention and does not directly affect the domestic law status of that person. He refers to a situation of a person who is a resident of both States A and B, under their respective domestic laws. Even though under the tie-breaker rules of the A-B Treaty, he is a resident of State A for the purposes of the Convention, he does not cease to be a resident of State B under its domestic law.


29.Klaus Vogel on Double Tax Conventions, Third Edn, Article 4, m.no. 13-13a.
30.Phillip Baker on Double Tax Conventions, October, 2010 Sweet & Maxwell, Editor's Commentary on Article 4, para 4B.02.

Courts have held that section 4 (charging provisions) and 5 (scope provisions) of the Act are made subject to the provisions of the Act, which means that they are subject to the provisions of section 90 of the Act and, by necessary implication, they are subject to the terms of tax treaties notified under section 90.31 However, section 6, containing the provisions for determining residence under the Act, is for the purposes of the Act and is not subject to section 90 and, by implication, treaty provisions.


31.CIT vs. Visakhapatnam Port Trust (1983) 16 Taxman 72 (Andhra Pradesh) approved in Union of India vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan (2003) 132 Taxman 373 (SC).

The mandate in section 90(2) to adopt the provisions of the Act to the extent they are more beneficial to the assessee than the treaty provisions may, at first glance, enable the substitution of treaty residence as the residential status under the Act but deserves to be rejected. The sub-section envisages a comparison of the charge of income, its computation and the tax rate under the Act to be compared with the same criteria under the relevant treaty qua a source of income.32 The charge, computation and tax rate qua an income source under the Act, and the distributive rules in the relevant treaty follow from the residential status of the person under the Act and the treaty, respectively. Though section 90(2) refers to its application in relation to an assessee to whom a treaty applies, the application is not at an aggregate level of tax outcome qua the assessee.

The determination of treaty residence requires the person to be liable to tax in a Contracting State by reason of connecting factors (which includes residence under its tax law). Residence under the Act is a prerequisite for determining treaty residence. The objective of determining treaty residence is to enable the operation of distributive articles, which allocate taxing rights to one or the other Contracting State based on such residence, as well as to ascertain the State that will grant relief for eliminating double taxation.

Further, tie-breaker rules to determine treaty residence are to be applied to the facts during the period when the taxpayer’s residence affects tax liability, which may be less than an entire taxable period.33 The substitution with treaty residence of a person for computing his income and tax cannot be for a part of the previous year where there is split residency for treaty purposes.

Lastly, income-tax return forms and the guidelines issued by the CBDT also do not support substituting the residence under the Act with treaty residence. The forms and the guidelines require only residential status under the Act to be declared by the assessee. None of the return forms require assessees to fill in his treaty residence.

To conclude, a person’s residential status under the Act does not change due to the determination of treaty residence unless a provision in the Act deems such treatment like in some countries.34


32.IBM World Trade Corpn vs. DDIT (2012) 20 taxmann.com 728 (Bang.)
33.OECD Model (2017 Update) Commentary on Article 4, para 10.
34.For example, Canada and the United Kingdom have provided in their domestic law that where a person is resident of another state for the purposes of a tax treaty, the person will be regarded as non-resident for the purposes of domestic law also.

6. CONCLUSION

Residence is one of the essential concepts in determining the scope of taxation of a person. The term affects the scope of taxation under the Act as well as the ability of a taxpayer to access a double tax avoidance agreement. Rules for residence for an individual depend on his physical presence in India. The tests prescribed in section 6(1) and the relaxations available for citizens and persons of Indian origin form the canvas for determining residence under the Act. A long list of judicial precedents must be kept in sight while determining the residential status under the Act.

Newer amendments to the residence rules by limiting the concession available to citizens and persons of Indian origin on visits to India must also be considered. A deemed residential status for Indian citizens who are not liable to comprehensive or full tax liability in any other country brings to the fore the importance of understanding foreign tax laws. It also throws up interpretative challenges for the practitioner.

The meaning of residence under tax treaties necessarily refers to the meaning under domestic law, but they serve different purposes and operate independently in their own fields. It is debatable whether a person who is a treaty non-resident can be treated as a non-resident for the purposes of the Act and the tax consequences following such treatment.

Implications on NRs turning RNORs*
Adverse to the assessee Beneficial to the assessee
1.   Limited increase in the scope of income – income from business controlled or profession set-up in India.

2.   Concessional tax rates under Chapter XIIA and certain other exemptions are available only to  NR and not to RNOR.

3.   Can lead to the presumption that control and management of a firm, HUF, company, etc., in India.

4.   Overall reduction in years of NOR relief to Returning NRIs.

5.   Clearly within the tax compliance framework, including TDS obligations, tax return filing, etc.

1.   Slab rates available for senior citizens, etc., would be available to NORs.

2.   TDS Deduction is not as per Section 195 lowering rates in most cases.

3.   Eligible to claim Foreign Tax Credit in India for doubly taxed incomes.

4.   Can avail concessional tax rates under the DTAA where India is a source country and individual tie-breaks in favour of foreign jurisdiction.

5.   Relaxation on reporting requirements (may not be required to file detailed ITR 2 as per extant provisions).

 

Neutral Points
1.   No Obligation to report Foreign Assets.

2.   Assessee continues to be treated as NR for determining the AE relationship for transfer pricing regulations and for the purposes of Section 93.

3.   It would not impact FEMA’s non-residential status automatically.

(*contributed by CA Kartik Badiani and CA Rutvik Sanghvi; NR – Non-resident, RNOR – Resident and Not Ordinarily Resident).

MFN Clause — Some Nuances and Applications

INTRODUCTION

As one enters the month of tax filing for entities subject to transfer pricing, the international tax world has seen some major developments in the last few weeks, which could impact the way one analyses cross-border transactions. Globally, the world is getting closer to the implementation of a two-pillar solution. Closer home, there was a significant buzz in the international tax community in India after the Hon’ble Supreme Court delivered its decision in the case of AO vs. M/s Nestle SA (TS-616-SC-2023) on 19th October, 2023, on the application of the Most Favoured Nation (‘MFN’) clause in the context of tax treaties (‘DTAA’).

While an in-depth analysis of the above decision of the Apex Court is not within the scope of this article, given the landmark ruling with far-reaching implications, the authors have sought to cover some of the nuances of the MFN article in the background of this ruling.

BACKGROUND

Before one understands the matter before the Supreme Court, it is important to understand what is MFN and the various versions of the MFN that are found in DTAAs entered into by India. The MFN clause is generally typically found in Bilateral Investment Agreements, Trade Agreements and Tax Treaties. The clause generally seeks to extend preferential treatment, given to a country, to another country. In the context of tax treaties, the MFN clause generally seeks to extend preferential benefits negotiated in a DTAA with a third country to the existing DTAA. For example, if Country A and Country B have entered into a DTAA and have an MFN clause and if Country A’s DTAA with Country C satisfies the conditions as required in the MFN clause of the A – B DTAA, the beneficial provisions (to the extent provided for in the MFN clause) in the A – C DTAA would be imported into the A-B DTAA.

India has entered into MFN clauses in many of its DTAAs. However, the MFN clauses in those DTAAs are not the same, and there are certain subtle differences in each of those clauses. Further, while the MFN clause is generally found in the Protocol to the relevant DTAA, it is not always so. For example, the MFN clause in the India – UK DTAA is provided in the main text of the DTAA itself and not the Protocol. Article 7(6) of the India – UK DTAA, dealing with Business Profits, provides:

“Where the law of the Contracting State in which the permanent establishment is situated imposes a restriction on the amount of the executive and general administrative expenses which may be allowed, and the restriction it relaxed or overridden by any Convention between that Contracting State and a third State which is a member of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development or a State in a comparable stage of development, and that Convention enters into force, after the date of entry into force of this Convention, the competent authority of that Contracting State shall notify the competent authority of the other Contracting State of the terms of the relevant paragraph in the Convention with that third state immediately after the entry into force of that Convention and, if the competent authority of the other Contracting State so requests, the provisions of this Convention shall be amended by protocol to reflect such terms.”

In the case of Indian DTAAs, the MFN clause does not apply to all the streams of income but is generally specified in the relevant clause itself. In most cases, where Indian DTAAs have an MFN clause, the said clause applies to dividend income, interest income and income from royalties or fees for technical services (‘FTS’). However, as can be seen from the above example of the India – UK DTAA, it may not always be so. Further, while most of the MFN clauses in Indian DTAAs give benefit to OECD member countries, it is not always so. For example, the India – Philippines DTAA extends to any third country with respect to income from shipping and air transport. Similarly, the MFN clause is not always reciprocal. In certain DTAAs (such as the India – France DTAA, the India – Netherlands DTAA, the India – Belgium DTAA, etc.), India is obligated to pass on the benefit of a DTAA with a third country to the existing DTAA, and in some cases (such as the India – Philippines DTAA), the treaty partner is obligated to provide the benefit of its DTAA with a third country.

APPLICATION OF MFN CLAUSE IN INDIAN DTAAs (PRIOR TO SUPREME COURT DECISION)

One of the most commonly used MFN clauses (before 2020) was the India – France DTAA, in the context of FTS as well as royalty. The Protocol to the India – France DTAA, signed in 1992 and which came into force in 1994, contains two clauses pertaining to MFN: para 7 of the Protocol in respect of dividend, interest, royalties and FTS, and para 10 in respect of levies by India other than those covered under Article 2 of the DTAA.

Para 7 of the Protocol of the India – France DTAA provides:

“In respect of articles 11 (Dividends), 12 (Interest) and 13 (Royalties, fees for technical services and payments for the use of equipment), if under any Convention, Agreement or Protocol signed after 1-9-1989, between India and a third State which is a member of the OECD, India limits its taxation at source on dividends, interest, royalties, fees for technical services or payments for the use of equipment to a rate lower or a scope more restricted than the rate of scope provided for in this Convention on the said items of income, the same rate or scope as provided for in that Convention, Agreement or Protocol on the said items income shall also apply under this Convention, with effect from the date on which the present Convention or the relevant Indian Convention, Agreement or Protocol enters into force, whichever enters into force later.”

Therefore, on a plain reading of the MFN clause, it applies in the following manner:

a. If India has entered into a DTAA or Protocol with another OECD member after 1st September, 1989; and

b. If the said DTAA or Protocol limits India’s right of taxation in the case of dividends, interest, royalties or FTS to a rate lower than or a scope more restricted than the rate or scope as provided in the India – France DTAA; then

c. The lower rate or the restrictive scope of the said DTAA would apply to the India – France DTAA,

It may be noted that these conditions above are only in respect of the position as it was generally interpreted by courts prior to the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Nestle SA (supra), which has been covered in detail in the subsequent paragraphs.

When the India – France DTAA was entered into in 1992, the right of taxation of the country of source in the case of dividends was restricted to 15 per cent, and in the case of interest (other than paid to banks or financial institutions) was restricted to 15 per cent and in the case of royalties / FTS were restricted to 20 per cent.

Subsequent to this, India entered into a DTAA with Germany in 1995, wherein the right of taxation on dividends, interest, royalties and FTS in the country of the source was restricted to 10 per cent. Therefore, such a lower rate of tax under the India – Germany DTAA could be imported into the India – France DTAA from the date on which the India – Germany DTAA entered into force.

Similarly, India also entered into a DTAA with the USA, a member of the OECD, on 12th September, 1989, and the said DTAA entered into force in 1990. While the rates of tax in respect of dividend, interest, royalties or FTS in the India – USA DTAA were not lower than the India – France DTAA, the definition of the term ‘Fees for included services’ in the India – USA DTAA could be considered to be more restrictive than the India – France DTAA.

Article 13(4) of the India – France DTAA provides as follows:

“The term ‘fees for technical services’ as used in this Article means payments of any kind to any person, other than payments to an employee of the person making the payments and to any individual for independent personal services mentioned in Article 15, in consideration for services of a managerial, technical or consultancy nature.”

Therefore, the scope of FTS under the India – France DTAA was services of a managerial, technical or consultancy nature. Article 12(4) of the India – USA DTAA defines the term as follows:

“For purposes of this Article, ‘fees for included services’ means payments of any kind to any person in consideration for the rendering of any technical or consultancy services (including through the provision of services of technical or other personnel) if such services :

(a) are ancillary and subsidiary to the application or enjoyment of the right, property or information for which a payment described in paragraph 3 is received; or

(b) make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes, or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design.”

As can be seen from the definition above, the India – USA DTAA covers only technical or consultancy services and only if they are ancillary to the application or enjoyment of intangible property or make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how or process. Therefore, ‘managerial’ services which are covered under the definition of the India – France DTAA are not covered under the definition of the India – USA DTAA. Similarly, if a technical or consultancy service does not make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, etc., it is not considered as FTS under the India – USA DTAA but is considered as such under the India – France DTAA.

This would mean that the scope of taxation of the India – USA DTAA is restrictive as compared to the India – France DTAA and, therefore, by virtue of the MFN clause in the India – France DTAA, the more restrictive scope of India – USA DTAA would be imported into the India – France DTAA. This view was upheld by the Delhi High Court in the case of Steria (India) Ltd vs. CIT (2016) 386 ITR 290, wherein the taxpayer sought to apply the restrictive scope (definition) of FTS under the India – UK DTAA (language is similar to the India – USA DTAA) to the India – France DTAA. Accordingly, one could apply the more restrictive definition of FTS under the India – USA or India – UK DTAAs while making a payment to a resident of France, and this view was accepted by the Delhi High Court. It may be highlighted that this Delhi High Court decision has been overruled by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Nestle SA (supra), albeit with respect to an automatic application of the MFN without notification.

The payment for the use of, or the right to use, industrial commercial or scientific equipment is taxable in the country of source under Article 13 of the India – France DTAA. However, the India – Sweden DTAA, another member of the OECD, entered into in 1997, does not grant the country of source the right of taxation for such payment, as the definition of royalties under Article 12 of the India – Sweden DTAA does not cover such payments. Accordingly, one could import the restrictive scope of taxation on such payments under the India – Sweden DTAA to the India – France DTAA on account of the MFN clause in the India – France DTAA.

Similar to the India – France DTAA, some other DTAAs negotiated by India such as with Belgium, Netherlands, Spain, Sweden and Switzerland also contain MFN clauses. It is important to read each MFN clause separately as the MFN clause in each DTAA has its own set of nuances.

WHETHER APPLICATION OF MFN IS AUTOMATIC?

Having understood the application of the MFN clause in the context of Indian DTAAs, it is important to understand whether the MFN clause can be applied automatically or whether it needs to be notified.

The types of MFN clause, which are a part of the DTAAs India has entered into, can be categorised into three categories as explained in detail in para 18 of the decision of the Mumbai ITAT in the case of SCA Hygiene Products AB vs. DCIT (2021) 187 ITD 419, which have been summarised below:

(a) Requiring fresh negotiations between the treaty partners (such as the India – Switzerland DTAA prior to the amendment);

(b) Requiring notification to the treaty partner (such as the India – Philippines DTAA); and

(c) Automatic wherein no notification to the treaty partner to be given (such as India’s DTAA with France, Netherlands, Sweden, etc).

Further, in the case of the India – Finland DTAA, there is a requirement of informing the treaty partner and issuing a notification in this regard. The Protocol to the India – Finland DTAA provides as follows:

“…The competent authority of India shall inform the competent authority of Finland without delay that the conditions for the application of this paragraph have been met and issue a notification to this effect for application of such exemption or lower rate.”

This requirement of notification is absent in the DTAAs with France, Netherlands, Belgium, etc.

However, the CBDT vide its Circular No. 3/2022 dated 3rd February, 2022, stated that a separate notification was required.

In the case of Steria (India) Ltd., In re (2014) 364 ITR 381, the AAR held that the restrictive scope of FTS in the India – UK DTAA could not be imported into the India – France DTAA unless the Government had notified such language to be imported into the India – France DTAA. The Delhi High Court (supra) held that such notification was not needed after considering the language of the MFN clause in the India – France DTAA and the restrictive scope of the India – UK DTAA would automatically apply.

This Delhi High Court ruling has been overruled by the Supreme Court in the case of Nestle SA (supra). The Hon’ble Supreme Court held as follows:

“88. In the light of the above discussion, it is held and declared that:

(a) A notification under Section 90(1) is necessary and a mandatory condition for a court, authority, or tribunal to give effect to a DTAA, or any protocol changing its terms or conditions, which has the effect of altering the existing provisions of law.

(b) The fact that a stipulation in a DTAA or a Protocol with one nation, requires same treatment in respect to a matter covered by its terms, subsequent to its being entered into when another nation (which is member of a multilateral organization such as OECD), is given better treatment, does not automatically lead to integration of such term extending the same benefit in regard to a matter covered in the DTAA of the first nation, which entered into DTAA with India. In such event, the terms of the earlier DTAA require to be amended through a separate notification under Section 90.”

The Hon’ble Supreme Court referred to the Constitution of India, which gives powers to the Parliament to enter into a treaty. It referred to various decisions and concluded as follows:

“44. The holding in the decisions discussed above may thus be summarized:

(i) The terms of a treaty ratified by the Union do not ipso facto acquire enforceability;

(ii) The Union has exclusive executive power to enter into international treaties and conventions under Article 73 [read with corresponding Entries – Nos. 10, 13 and 14 of List I of the VIIth Schedule to the Constitution of India] and Parliament, holds the exclusive power to legislate upon such conventions or treaties.

(iii) Parliament can refuse to perform or give effect to such treaties. In such event, though such treaties bind the Union, vis a vis the other contracting state(s), leaving the Union in default.

(iv) The application of such treaties is binding upon the Union. Yet, they ‘are not by their own force binding upon Indian nationals’.

(v) Law making by Parliament in respect of such treaties is required if the treaty or agreement restricts or affects the rights of citizens or others or modifies the law of India.

(vi) If citizens’ rights or others’ rights are not unaffected, or the laws of India are not modified, no legislative measure is necessary to give effect to treaties.

(vii) In the event of any ambiguity in the provision or law, which brings into force the treaty or obligation, the court is entitled to look into the international instrument, to clear the ambiguity or seek clarity.”

The Supreme Court also referred to its decision in the case of Union of India & Ors. vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan & Ors. (2003) 263 ITR 706, wherein section 90 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) was held to give power to the Central Government to implement the treaty.

Further, the Hon’ble Supreme Court also analysed India’s treaty practice in relation to DTAAs and Protocols and compared them with those of the treaty partners in question (in the said decision, the DTAAs with France, Netherlands and Switzerland were discussed). While evaluating the treaty practice, it observed as follows:

a. Pursuant to entering into DTAAs with Germany and the USA, a notification was issued, importing the lower rates of tax under those DTAAs (albeit not the restrictive scope) into the India – France DTAA vide notification No. SO 650(E) dated 10th July, 2000;

b. Pursuant to entering into DTAAs with Sweden, Switzerland and the USA, a notification was issued in 1999, importing the lower rates of tax under those DTAAs (albeit not the restrictive scope) into the India – Netherlands DTAA;

c. The above two actions clearly showed that there is an “established and clear precedent of behaviour, in relation to treaty practice and interpretation”1;

d. The omission of certain benefits, such as the restrictive scope in these notifications, is another indication that India does not intend to grant automatic benefits of other DTAAs without notification2;

e. This practice was compared with the treaty practice of the treaty partners wherein treaty ratification required a process to be followed in the constitution of those respective countries3.

Keeping the above observations in mind, the Supreme Court held as follows:

“72. In the opinion of this court, the status of treaties and conventions and the manner of their assimilation is radically different from what the Constitution of India mandates. In each of the said three countries, every treaty entered into the executive government needs ratification. Importantly, in Switzerland, some treaties have to be ratified or approved through a referendum. These mean that after intercession of the Parliamentary or legislative process/procedure, the treaty is assimilated into the body of domestic law, enforceable in courts. However, in India, either the treaty concerned has to be legislatively embodied in law, through a separate statute, or get assimilated through a legislative device, i.e. notification in the gazette, based upon some enacted law (some instances are the Extradition Act, 1962 and the Income Tax Act, 1961). Absent this step, treaties and protocols are per se unenforceable.”

Therefore, taking the example of the case of Steria (supra), the Supreme Court held that a separate notification was required to import the definition from the India – UK DTAA into the India – France DTAA even though the respective DTAAs were already individually notified.


1 Refer Para 55 of the Supreme Court decision
2 Refer Para 60 of the Supreme Court decision
3 Refer Paras 69–71 of the Supreme Court decision

 

TIMING OF APPLICATION OF THE MFN

Another issue before the Supreme Court in the case of Nestle SA (supra) was when does one evaluate if the third country with whom India has entered into a DTAA, is a member of the OECD. For a detailed analysis of this controversy, one may refer to the May 2021 issue of the Journal.

The India – Netherlands DTAA signed on 13th July, 1988, provided for a 10 per cent tax on dividends in the country of source. Pursuant to signing the DTAA with the Netherlands, India entered into a DTAA with Slovenia on 13th January, 2003. Article 10(2) of the India – Slovenia DTAA provides for a lower rate of tax at 5 per cent in case the beneficial owner is a company which holds at least 10 per cent of the capital of the company paying the dividends.

While the DTAA between India and Slovenia was signed in 2003, Slovenia became a member of the OECD only in 2010. In other words, while the Slovenia DTAA was signed after the India – Netherlands DTAA, Slovenia became a member of the OECD after the DTAA was signed.

Therefore, the question before the Supreme Court was whether one was required to evaluate the OECD membership as on the date of signing the DTAA or the date of application of the DTAA, i.e., the date of taxation of dividend income.

The Protocol to the India – Netherlands DTAA provides as under:

“If after the signature of this convention under any Convention or Agreement between India and a third State which is a member of the OECD India should limit its taxation at source on dividends, interests, royalties, fees for technical services or payments for the use of equipment to a rate lower or a scope more restricted than the rate or scope provided for in this Convention on the said items of income, then as from the date on which the relevant Indian Convention or Agreement enters into force the same rate or scope as provided for in that Convention or Agreement on the said items of income shall also apply under this Convention.” (emphasis supplied)

In this regard, the Delhi High Court in the case of Concentrix Services Netherlands BV vs. ITO (TDS) (2021) [TS-286-HC-2021(DEL)] held that the term “is a member of the OECD” would require an ambulatory approach to interpretation, and one would need to evaluate whether Slovenia is a member of the OECD when the DTAA is being applied and not when the India – Slovenia DTAA was entered into.

This argument has been overruled by the Supreme Court in the case of Nestle SA (supra) wherein after considering the meaning of the term “is” in the context of various laws, it was held that:

“88. The interpretation of the expression ‘is’ has present significance. Therefore, for a party to claim benefit of a ‘same treatment’ clause, based on entry of DTAA between India and another state which is member of OECD, the relevant date is entering into treaty with India, and not a later date, when, after entering into DTAA with India, such country becomes an OECD member, in terms of India’s practice.”

This controversy, therefore, has been put to rest by the Supreme Court by holding that one needs to evaluate if the third country was an OECD member when India entered into a DTAA with such a country.

CONCLUSION

The recent Supreme Court ruling has laid down the complete law on the application of the MFN clause. While the issue of the timing of OECD membership is a fairly new issue (since the abolishment of the DDT regime in 2020), the application of the MFN clause in the case of restrictive scope has been commonly applied in many cases in the past. Interestingly, when the CBDT vide its circular in 2021 sought to clarify that an MFN clause is not enforceable unless notified, the Pune ITAT in the case of GRI Renewable Industries S.L vs. ACIT (2022) 140 taxmann.com 448 held:

“Notwithstanding the above, it can be seen that the CBDT has panned out a fresh requirement of separate notification to be issued for India importing the benefits of the DTAA from second State to the DTAA with the first State by virtue of its Circular, relying on such requirement as supposedly contained in section 90(1) of the Act. In our considered opinion, the requirement contained in the CBDT circular No. 03/2022 cannot primarily be applied to the period anterior to the date of its issuance as it is in the nature of an additional detrimental stipulation mandated for taking benefit conferred by the DTAA. It is a settled legal position that a piece of legislation which imposes a new obligation or attaches a new disability is considered prospective unless the legislative intent is clearly to give it a retrospective effect. We are confronted with a circular, much less an amendment to the enactment, which attaches a new disability of a separate notification for importing the benefits of an Agreement with the second State into the treaty with first State. Obviously, such a Circular cannot operate retrospectively to the transactions taking place in any period anterior to its issuance.”

However, it is common knowledge that the law laid down or interpreted by the Supreme Court is applicable from the date on which such law was enacted. Further, this issue is exacerbated due to the fact that it was only in 2021 that the CBDT clarified that a notification was required for the MFN clause to apply. Therefore, unless the DTAAs with restrictive scope are not notified, there could be significant litigation on this issue by the foreign recipient companies as well as the Indian tax deductors.

Another issue that one may consider is that the Supreme Court has decided the matter purely on the powers given under the Constitution and the practice followed by India in DTAAs without discussing in detail the language used in the respective MFN clauses. For example, the India – France DTAA MFN provides for automatic application whereas the India – Finland DTAA MFN requires notification. The question which may need to be answered is how does one give effect to the differing language in light of the decision.

In any case, the Supreme Court decision provides guidance on how tax treaties are to be interpreted, which gives a tax professional a lot to ponder on and one may need to revisit the principles understood earlier in light of the said decision.

OECD — RECENT DEVELOPMENTS — AN UPDATE

International Taxation

In March, 2008 issue of BCAJ, we had covered various
important developments at OECD till then. In this issue, we have attempted to
pick up further major developments after the publication of 2008 Edition of OECD
Model Tax Convention (‘MC’) and developments in the field of Transfer Pricing
and work being done at OECD in various other related fields and have included
the same in this update. We shall endeavour to update the readers on major
developments at OECD at shorter intervals. Various news items included here are
sourced from various OECD Newsletters.



A. Re : Amendments to OECD Model Tax Convention :


1. Discussion draft on the application of Article 17
(Artistes and Sportsmen) of the OECD Model Tax Convention (23rd April, 2010) :


The OECD invites public comments on draft changes to the
Commentary on Article 17 of the OECD Model Tax Convention, which deals with
cross-border income derived from the activities of entertainers and sportsmen.

Under Article 17 (Artistes and Sportsmen) of the OECD Model
Tax Convention, the State in which the activities of a non-resident entertainer
or sportsman are performed is allowed to tax the income derived from these
activities. This regime differs from that applicable to the income derived from
other types of activities making it necessary to determine questions such as
what is an entertainer or sportsman, what are the personal activities of an
entertainer or sportsman as such and what are the source and allocation rules
for activities performed in various countries.

The Committee on Fiscal Affairs, through a subgroup of its
Working Party 1 on Tax Conventions and Related Questions, has examined these and
other questions related to the application of Article 17. This public discussion
draft includes proposals for additions and changes to the Commentary on the OECD
Model Tax Convention resulting from the work of that subgroup, which have
recently been presented to the Working Party for discussion.

The Committee intends to ask the Working Party to examine
these proposed additions and changes to the OECD Model Tax Convention for
possible inclusion in the OECD Model Tax Convention (these changes will not,
however, be finalised in time for inclusion in the next update, which is
scheduled to be published in the second part of 2010). It therefore invites
interested parties to send their comments on this discussion draft before 31st
July 2010. These comments will be examined at the September 2010 meeting of the
Working Party.

Comments should be sent electronically (in Word format) to
jeffrey.owens@oecd.org.

2. Revised discussion draft of a new Article 7 (Business
Profits) of OECD Model Tax Convention (24th November, 2009) :


On 24th November 2009, the OECD approved the release, for
public comment, of a revised draft of a new Article 7 (Business Profits) of the
OECD Model Tax Convention and of related Commentary changes. The first version
of the new Article and Commentary changes was released on 7 July 2008, (the
‘July 2008 Discussion Draft’). As was explained at the beginning of that earlier
draft, the new Article and its Commentary constitute the second part of the
implementation package for the Report on Attribution of Profits to Permanent
Establishments that the OECD adopted in 2008.

Public comments were carefully reviewed and a consultation
meeting was held with their authors on 17th September 2009. The Committee’s
subsidiary body responsible for drafting the new Article 7 has concluded that
changes should be made to accommodate many of these comments. This revised
discussion draft (issued on 24th November 2009) includes the changes that have
been made
for that purpose as well as a few minor clarifications, editing changes and
corrections. All the changes made to the earlier draft are identified in the
revised draft.

The most important change proposed in this
revised draft is the replacement of paragraph 3, as it appeared in the July 2008
Discussion Draft, by a broader provision that provides a corresponding
adjustment mechanism similar to that of paragraph 2 of Article 9, which applies
between associated enterprises.

The revised draft was released for the purpose of inviting
comments from interested parties. It does not necessarily reflect the final
views of the OECD and its member countries.

It is expected that once finalised, the new Article and the
Commentary changes will be included in the next update to the OECD Model Tax
Convention, tentatively scheduled for the second part of 2010.

3. Comments on the public discussion draft ‘The Granting
of Treaty Benefits With Respect to the Income of Collective Investment Vehicles’
(10th February, 2010) :


On 9th December 2009, the OECD released for public comment a
Public Discussion Draft of a Report which contains proposed changes to the
Commentary on the OECD MC dealing with the question of the extent to which
either collective investment vehicles (CIVs) or their investors are entitled to
treaty benefits on income received by the CIVs. The OECD has now published the
comments received on this consultation draft on to the website. The reader who
wishes to study the comments may visit the OECD’s website.

4. Comments on the public discussion draft ‘Tax Treaty
Issues related to Common Tele-communications Transactions’ (10th February, 2010)
:


On 25th November 2009, the OECD released for public comments
a Draft Report which contains proposed changes to the Commentary on the OECD
Model Tax Convention dealing with tax treaty issues related to common
telecommunication transactions. The OECD has now published the comments received
on this consultation draft on its website.

5. Comments on the public discussion draft ‘The
application of tax treaties to state-owned entities, including Sovereign Wealth
Funds’ (10th February, 2010) :


On 25th November 2009, the OECD released for public comments
a Draft Report which contains proposed changes to the Commentary on the OECD
Model Tax Convention dealing with the application of tax treaties to state-owned
entities, including Sovereign Wealth Funds. The OECD has now published the
comments received on this consultation draft on its website.

6. Draft documentation for cross-border tax claims (9th
February, 2010) :


The OECD has released for public comment draft documentation (Implementation Package) for implementing a streamlined procedure for portfolio investors to claim reductions in withholding rates pursuant to tax treaties or domestic law in the source country. This release represents the continuation of work that was begun by the Informal Consultative Group on the Taxation of Collective Investment Vehicles and Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross -Border Investors (ICG). The ICG was established in 2006 by the OECD’s Committee on Fiscal Affairs (CFA) to consider legal questions and administrative barriers that affect the ability of collective investment vehicles (CIVs) and other portfolio investors to effectively claim the benefits of tax treaties. On 12th January 2009, the OECD released two reports prepared by the ICG in fulfilment of this mandate. The ICG’s first Report, on the ‘Granting of Treaty Benefits with respect to the Income of Collective Investment Vehicles’, addresses the legal and policy issues relating specifically to CIVs. A modified version of that Report was released by the OECD for public comment on 9th December 2009.

The report by the ICG on ‘Possible Improvements to Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross-Border Investors’, discusses the procedural problems in claiming treaty benefits faced by portfolio investors generally and makes a number of recommendations on ‘best practices’ regarding procedures for making and granting claims for treaty benefits for intermediated structures. The Implementation Package was developed by the Pilot Group on Improving Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross-Border Investors (Pilot Group) to provide standardised documentation that could be used by countries that wish to adopt the ‘best practices’ described in the ICG’s report. The Pilot Group includes representatives of the tax administrations of some OECD member countries as well as representatives from the financial services industry.

The Implementation Package provides a system for claiming treaty benefits that allows authorised intermediaries to make claims on behalf of portfolio investors on a ‘pooled’ basis. One of the major benefits of such a system is that information regarding the beneficial owner of the income is maintained by the authorised intermediary that is nearest to the investor, rather than being passed up the chain of intermediaries. Although a source country may be willing to provide benefits on the basis of pooled information, it may want to maintain the ability to confirm that benefits that have been provided were in fact appropriate. In addition, when a residence country’s investor obtains income from abroad, the residence country has a compliance interest in knowing the details of that. For those reasons, the Implementation Package also recommends that those financial institutions that wish to make use of the ‘pooled’ treaty claim system be required to report on an annual basis directly to source countries (i.e., not through the chain of intermediaries) investor-specific information regarding the beneficial owners of the income.

The Implementation Package is the work of the Pilot Group; neither the views expressed in the ICG reports nor the ‘best practices’ reflected in the Implementation Package should be attributed to the OECD or any of its member states. The CFA will be deciding whether and how the work on improving procedures should be carried forward. Because the development of standardised documentation is useful only if the documentation is widely accepted by businesses and governments, the CFA has decided to invite comments from all interested parties before further consideration of the Implementation Package. Interested parties are therefore invited to send their comments on the Implementation Package before 31st August 2010. Comments should be sent electronically in Word format to : jeffrey. owens@oecd.org

    Amendments to OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines :
On 9th September 2009, the OECD released for public comments a proposed revision of Chapters I-III of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (hereafter ‘TPG’). This follows from the release in May 2006 of a discussion draft on comparability issues and in January 2008 of a discussion draft on transactional profit methods, and from discussions with commentators during a two-day consultation that was held in November 2008. This represents an important update of the existing guidance on comparability and profit methods which dates back to 1995. The main proposed changes are as follows :

  •     Hierarchy of transfer pricing methods : In the existing TPG, there are two categories of OECD-recognised transfer pricing methods : the traditional transaction methods (described at Chapter II of the TPG) and the transactional profit methods (described at Chapter III). Transactional profit methods (the transactional net margin method and the profit split method) currently have a status of last resort methods, to be used only in the exceptional cases where there are no or insufficient data available to rely solely or at all on the traditional transaction methods. Based on the experience acquired in applying transactional profit methods since 1995, the OECD proposes removing exceptionality and replacing it with a standard whereby the selected transfer pricing method should be the ‘most appropriate method to the circumstances of the case’. In order to reflect this evolution, it is proposed to address all transfer pricing methods in a single chapter, Chapter II (Part II for traditional transaction methods, Part III for transactional profit methods).

  •     Comparability analysis : The general guidance on the comparability analysis that is currently found at Chapter I of the TPG was updated and completed with a new Chapter III containing detailed proposed guidance on comparability analyses.

  •     Guidance on the application of transactional profit methods : Proposed additional guidance on the application of transactional profit meth-ods was developed and included in Chapter II, new Part III.

  •     Annexes : Three new Annexes were drafted, containing practical illustrations of issues in relation to the application of transactional profit methods and an example of a working capital adjustment to improve comparability.

3.2009 edition of OECD’s Transfer Pricing Guidelines (9th September, 2009) :

On 7th September 2009, the OECD released the 2009 edition of its Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (hereafter ‘TP Guidelines’).

The TP Guidelines provide guidance on the application of the arm’s-length principle to the pricing, for tax purposes, of cross-border transactions between associated enterprises. In a global economy where multinational enterprises (MNEs) play a prominent role, governments need to ensure that the taxable profits of MNEs are not artificially shifted out of their jurisdiction and that the tax base reported by MNEs in their country reflects the economic activity undertaken therein. For taxpayers, it is essential to limit the risks of economic double taxation that may result from a dispute between two countries on the determination of the arm’s-length remuneration for their cross-border transactions with associated enterprises.

Since their adoption by the OECD Council in 1995, the TP Guidelines have been under constant monitoring by the OECD. They were complemented in 1996-1999 with guidance on intangibles, cross-border services, cost contribution arrangements and advance pricing arrangements. In this 2009 edition, amendments were made to Chapter IV, primarily to reflect the adoption, in the 2008 update of the Model Tax Convention, of a new paragraph 5 of Article 25 dealing with arbitration, and of changes to the Commentary on Article 25 on mutual agreement procedures to resolve cross-border tax disputes. References to good practices identified in the Manual for Effective Mutual Agreement Procedures were included and the Preface was updated to include a reference to the Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments adopted in July 2008.

The OECD is currently undertaking an important further update to the TP Guidelines, focussing on comparability issues and on the application of transactional profit methods3.

    4. Discussion Draft on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Business Restructurings (19th September, 2008) :

The OECD has released for public comments a discussion draft on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Business Restructurings4.

Business restructurings by multinational enterprises have been a widespread phenomenon in recent years. They involve the cross-border redeployment of functions, assets and/or risks between associated enterprises, with consequent effects on the profit and loss potential in each country. Restructurings may involve cross-border transfers of valuable intangibles, and they have typically consisted of the conversion of full-fledged distributors into limited-risk distributors or commissionnaires for a related party that may operate as a principal; the conversion of full-fledged manufacturers into contract-manufacturers or toll-manufacturers for a related party that may operate as a principal; and the rationalisation and/or specialisation of operations.

As evidenced by a January 2005 OECD Centre on Tax Policy and Administration Roundtable, these restructurings raise difficult transfer pricing and treaty issues for which there is currently insufficient OECD guidance under both the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (the ‘TP Guidelines’) and the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and on Capital (the ‘Model Tax Convention’) (see outcome of the January 2005 CTPA Roundtable). These issues involve primarily the application of transfer pricing rules upon and/or after the conversion, the determination of the existence of, and attribution of, profits to permanent establishments (‘PEs’), and the recognition or non-recognition of transactions. In the absence of a common understanding on how these issues should be treated, they may lead to significant uncertainty for both business and governments as well as possible double taxation or double non-taxation. Recognising the need for work to be done in this area, the Committee on Fiscal Affairs (‘CFA’) decided to start a project to develop guidance on these transfer pricing and treaty issues.

In 2005 the CFA created a Joint Working Group (‘the JWG’) of delegates from Working Party No. 1 (responsible for the Model Tax Convention) and Working Party No. 6 (responsible for the TP Guidelines) to initiate the work on these issues. At the end of 2007, having taken stock of the progress made to that point, the CFA referred the work on the transfer pricing aspects of business restructurings to Working Party No. 6 and the work on the PE threshold aspects to Working Party No. 1. The discussion draft released on 19th September, 2008 has resulted from the work done on the transfer pricing issues by the JWG and Working Party No. 6. Working Party No. 1 intends to consider PE definitional issues under Article 5 of the Model Tax Convention, both in the context of business restructurings and more broadly, as part of its 2009-2010 programme of work, which will result in a separate discussion draft.

This discussion draft only covers transactions between related parties in the context of Article 9 of the Model Tax Convention and does not address the attribution of profits within a single enterprise on the basis of Article 7 of the Model Tax Convention, as this was the subject of the Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments which was approved by the Committee on Fiscal Affairs on 24th June 2008 and by the OECD Council for publication on 17th July 2008. The analysis in this discussion draft is based on the existing transfer pricing rules. In particular, this discussion draft starts from the premise that the arm’s-length principle and the TP Guidelines do not and should not apply differently to post-restructuring transactions than to transactions that were structured as such from the beginning.

The discussion draft is composed of four Issues Notes.

In light of the importance of risk allocation in relation to business restructurings, the first Issues Note provides general guidance on the allocation of risks between related parties in an Article 9 context and in particular the interpretation and application of paragraphs 1.26 to 1.29 of the TP Guidelines.

The second Issues Note, “Arm’s-length compensation for the restructuring itself”, discusses the application of the arm’s-length principle and TP Guidelines to the restructuring itself, in particular the circumstances in which at arm’s length the restructured entity would receive compensation for the transfer of functions, assets and/or risks, and/or an indemnification for the termination or substantial renegotiation of the existing arrangements.

The third Issues Note examines the application of the arm’s-length principle and the TP Guidelines to post-restructuring arrangements.

The fourth Issues Note discusses some important notions in relation to the exceptional circumstances where a tax administration may consider not recognising a transaction or structure adopted by a taxpayer, based on an analysis of the existing guidance at paragraphs 1.36-1.41 of the TP Guidelines and of the relationship between these paragraphs and other parts of the TP Guidelines.

    5. The OECD pursues dialogue with the business community on comparability and profit methods for transfer pricing purposes (19th September, 2008) :

In May 2006 and January 2008, respectively, the OECD released for public comment a series of issues notes on comparability and a series of issues notes on transactional profit methods. These two discussion drafts6, which related to the OECD’s Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations, attracted very detailed responses from the business community (see comments received on the May 2006 discussion draft on comparability and comments7 received on the January 2008 discussion draft on transactional profit methods).

Working Party No. 6, which is the OECD body responsible for the Transfer Pricing Guidelines, started discussing the comments received. Given the comments’ extent and complexity, delegates felt that the reviews of comparability and profit methods could greatly benefit from a face-to-face discussion with the commentators. Accordingly, it was decided to organise a consultation with the organisations that provided written comments.

C.   Tax Transparency and Exchange of Information Agreements :

1.  Tax Transparency — Global Forum launches country-by-country reviews (18th March, 2010)
The international fight against cross-border tax evasion has entered a new phase with the launch by countries participating in the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information of a peer review process covering a first group of 18 jurisdictions : Australia, Barbados, Bermuda, Botswana, Canada, Cayman Islands, Denmark, Germany, India, Ireland, Jamaica, Jersey, Mauritius, Monaco, Norway, Panama, Qatar, Trinidad and  Tobago.

The reviews are a first step in a three-year process approved in February by the Global Forum in response to the call by G20 leaders at their Pittsburgh Summit in September 2009 for improved tax transparency and exchange of information. In addition to a complete schedule of forthcoming reviews, the Global Forum also published three other key documents8 :

  •     the Terms of Reference explaining the information exchange standard countries must meet;
  •     the Methodology for the conduct of the reviews;
  •     the Assessment criteria explaining how countries will be rated.

Welcoming this new step forward for the international tax compliance agenda, OECD Secretary-General Angel Gurría said : “The Global Forum has been quick to respond to the G20 call for a robust peer review mechanism aimed at ensuring rapid implementation of the OECD standard on information exchange. This is the most comprehensive peer review process in the world, and it is based on decades of experience at the OECD of conducting reviews of this kind in many other areas of policy making. I look forward to seeing the first results later this year”.

The Global Forum brings together 91 countries and territories, including both OECD and non-OECD countries. At a meeting in Mexico in September 2009, participants agreed that all members as well as identified non-members will undergo reviews on their implementation of the standard. These reviews will be carried out in two phases: assessment of the legislative and regulatory framework (phase 1) and assessment of the effective implementation in practice (phase 2).

The review reports will be published once they have been adopted by the Global Forum, whose next meeting will take place in Singapore at the end of September 2010.

Mike Rawstron, chair of the Global Forum, stated :
“This is the most comprehensive, in-depth review on international tax co-operation ever. There has been a lot of progress over the past 18 months, but with these reviews we are putting international tax co-operation under a magnifying glass. The peer review process will identify jurisdictions that are not implementing the standards. These will be provided with guidance on the changes required and a deadline to report back on the improvements they have made”.

For more information, contact Jeffrey Owens, Director of the OECD’s Centre for Tax Policy and Administration, (jeffrey.owens@oecd.org) or Pascal Saint-Amans, Head of the Global Forum Secretariat (pascal.saint-amans@oecd.org or) or visit www.oecd.org/tax/transparency and www.oecd.org/tax/evasion.

  2.  Progress on exchange of information in the Caribbean (24th March, 2010) :
Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines and Anguilla, an overseas territory of the United Kingdom, have signed a total of 14 tax information exchange agreements. These signings bring the total number of agreements signed by each jurisdiction to at least 12 that meet the internationally agreed tax standard. Accordingly, Anguilla, St. Kitts and Nevis and St. Vincent and the Grenadines become the 23rd, 24th and 25th jurisdictions to move into the category of jurisdictions that are considered to have substantially implemented the standard since April 2009. Since that time almost 370 agreements have been signed or brought up to the internationally agreed tax standard.

St. Kitts and Nevis and St. Vincent and the Grenadines signed agreements with Faroe Islands, Finland,  Greenland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. These agreements add to agreements St. Kitts and Nevis had already signed with Australia, Monaco, The Netherlands, The Netherlands Antilles, Aruba, United Kingdom, Denmark, Belgium, New Zealand and Liechtenstein, bringing their total to 16 agreements. St. Vincent and the Grenadines has now signed 16 agreements that meet the standard, including its existing agreements with Australia, Austria, Denmark, the Netherlands, Aruba, Liechtenstein, Belgium, Ireland, the United Kingdom and New Zealand.

Anguilla, which signed an agreement with Australia and Germany on 19th March, had previously signed 11 other agreements — including agreements with the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, New Zealand and the seven Nordic economies — and this signing brings their total to 13 agreements that meet the internationally agreed tax standard.

Each of these jurisdictions is a member of the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes and has agreed to participate in a peer review of their laws and practices in this area. According to the schedule of reviews published by the Global Forum, they will undergo reviews of their legal and regulatory framework for exchange of information in 2011 and reviews of their information exchange practices in 2013.

Jeffrey Owens, Director of the OECD’s Centre for Tax Policy and Administration said, “We continue to see a great deal of progress as jurisdictions move to sign agreements. With Anguilla, St. Kitts and Nevis and St. Vincent and the Grenadines now reaching this benchmark, almost all of the Caribbean jurisdictions have substantially implemented the standard, and we will be working with the remaining jurisdictions— both in the Caribbean and elsewhere — to encourage them to follow this trend and provide whatever assistance we can. The real test will come with the peer review process, when the Global Forum can evaluate the quality of these agreements and the extent of the implementation of the standards in practice.”

For further information visit www.oecd.org/tax/ transparency or www.oecd.org/tax and www.oecd.org/tax/evasion.

    D. Other Developments at OECD :

    1. Draft Guidelines on the application of VAT/ GST to the international trade in services and intangibles for public consultation (9th February, 2010) :

The OECD Committee on Fiscal Affairs invites public comments on the draft Chapter II of the International VAT/GST Guidelines that deal with customer location in the context of identifying the jurisdiction of taxation.

These draft Guidelines build on the consultation documents that were issued by the Committee in 2008. They consider which jurisdiction has the taxing rights in cases where services and intangibles are supplied internationally. The Committee has already agreed the principle that the jurisdiction with the taxing rights is the one in which consumption takes place but there frequently need to be proxies to determine consumption. The draft Guidelines propose that, as a Main Rule, the location of the customer is the most appropriate proxy to determine consumption for business-to-business supplies. The draft assumes that all supplies are legitimate and with economic substance and that there is no artificial tax avoidance or tax minimisation taking place. Further, the Guidelines address services and intangibles received by enterprises with a single location only.

The Committee, through its Working Party 9 on Consumption Taxes and the Working Party’s Technical Advisory Group (TAG) comprising government, academic and business representatives, will work on the development of further Guidelines on enterprises with multiple locations and will deal with artificial avoidance and minimisation issues later. It will also consider appropriate exceptions to the Main Rule. Given that this further work may require the Committee to review this current draft, these Guidelines should be regarded as provisional.

The Committee invites interested parties to send their comments on this draft before 30th June 2010. Comments should be sent electronically (in Word format) to jeffrey.owens@oecd.org.

2. OECD Global Forum consolidates tax evasion revolution in advance of Pittsburgh (2nd September, 2009) :

On the eve of the Pittsburgh G20 meeting, the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information dealing with tax matters, took major steps to confirm the end of the era of banking secrecy as a shield for tax evaders.

Hailing the breakthrough OECD Secretary General Angel Gurria said “what we are witnessing is nothing short of a revolution. By addressing the challenges posed by the dark side of the tax world, the campaign for global tax transparency is in full flow. We have equipped ourselves with the institutional means to continue the campaign. With the crisis, global public opinion’s expectations are high, their tolerance of non-compliance is zero and we must deliver”.

Representatives from the Forum which now numbers almost 90 jurisdictions around the world and a host of International Organisations gathering in Mexico, took concrete steps to empower the Global Forum to play the leading role in the global campaign to fight tax evasion.

Building on the extraordinary progress made in the last few months to incorporate the globally accepted standards developed by the OECD in both new and existing agreements, the Forum took the following key decisions :

  •     Teeth : to put in place a robust, comprehensive and global monitoring and peer review process to ensure that members implement their commitments; a Peer Review Group has been established to examine the legal and administrative framework in each jurisdiction and practical implementation of these standards. A first report on monitoring progress will be issued by end 2009.

  •     Extended Global Reach : to further expand its membership and to enshrine the principle that all members enjoy equal footing.

  •     Faster Agreements : to speed up the process of negotiating and concluding information exchange agreements including exploring new multilateral avenues.

  •     Developing country assistance : to put in place a coordinated technical assistance programme to assist smaller jurisdictions to implement the standards rapidly.

In its Assessment of Tax Co-operation in 2009 issued earlier (‘OECD assessment shows bank secrecy as a shield for tax evaders coming to an end’) the Global Forum highlighted that the standards on transparency and exchange of information pioneered by the OECD are now almost universally accepted and that extraordinary progress has already been made towards their full implementation.

The Forum also agreed on the need to convene regularly, with the next meeting scheduled for 2010.

Background :

The Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information was created in 2000 to provide an inclusive forum for achieving high standards of transparency and exchange of information in a way that is equitable and permits fair competition between all jurisdictions, large and small, developed and developing. The initial group of jurisdictions numbered 32. It now brings together almost 90 jurisdictions. It has been the driving force behind the development and acceptance of these international standards. The 2009 Global Forum meeting was its fifth, the last taking place in 2005.

In 2002, Global Forum members worked together to draft a Model Agreement on Exchange of Information on Tax Matters which is now used as a basis for bilateral agreements. Since 2006, the Global Forum has published annual assessments of the legal and administrative frameworks for transparency and exchange of information in more than 80 countries.

Its most recent assessment, Tax Co-operation 2009
    Towards a Level Playing Field based on information available up until 31st July 2009, was published on 31st August 2009.

Since the London G20 meeting in April, 2009, over 50 new Tax Information Exchange Agreements have been signed (doubling the total number of Agreements signed since 2000) and over 40 double taxation conventions have been signed.

As a consequence, a further 6 jurisdictions have since substantially implemented the internationally agreed tax standards.

OECD — RECENT DEVELOPMENTS — AN UPDATE

International Taxation

In June, 2010 issue of BCAJ, we covered various important
developments at OECD till then. In this issue, we have covered further major
developments after publication of the last Edition of OECD Model Tax Convention
(‘MC’) and developments in the field of Transfer Pricing and work being done at
OECD in various other related fields and have included the same in this update.
We shall endeavor to update the readers on major developments at OECD at regular
intervals. Various news items included here are sourced from various OECD
Newsletters.

A. Amendments to OECD Model Tax Convention :


1. Draft contents of the 2010 update to the Model
Tax Convention — 21st May, 2010 :


The OECD Committee on Fiscal Affairs has just released the
draft contents of the 2010 update to the OECD Model Tax Convention prepared by
Working Party 1 of the Committee. The update will be submitted for approval of
the Committee in June and the OECD Council in July.

The 2010 update will include the changes that were previously
released for comments in the following discussion drafts :

  •  The
    granting of treaty benefits with respect to the income of Collective Investment
    Vehicles :


The draft report was released on 9th December 2009 (see
http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/47/3/44211901.pdf). It was based on an earlier
report by the Informal Consultative Group on the Taxation of Collective
Investment Vehicles and Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross-Border Investors,
which itself was released for comments on 12th January 2009 (see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/34/26/41974553.pdf).
The changes to the Commentary on Article 1 included in the report were slightly
modified, based on the comments received at the February 2010 meeting of Working
Party 1 (WP1) on Tax Conventions and Related Questions (the CFA subsidiary body
responsible for changes to the OECD Model Tax Convention).

  •  
    Revised discussion draft of a new Article 7 of the OECD Model Tax Convention :


The draft was released on 24th November, 2009 (see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/30/52/44104593.pdf).
That revised draft reflected a number of changes made to the first version of
the new Article released on 7th July, 2008 (see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/37/8/40974117.pdf).
A few additional changes were made, based on the comments received on the
revised draft, at the February 2010 meeting of WP1.

  •  
    Application of tax treaties to State-owned entities, including Sovereign Wealth
    Funds :


The draft was released on 25th November 2009 (see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/59/63/44080490.pdf).
The changes included in this note reflect a few modifications made at the
February 2010 meeting of WP1 in light of the comments received on the changes
proposed in that draft.

  •  Tax
    treaty issues related to common telecommunication transactions :


The draft was released on 25th November, 2009 (see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/59/62/44148625.pdf).
The changes included in this note reflect a few modifications made at the
February 2010 meeting of WP1 in light of the comments received on the changes
proposed in that draft.

  •  
    Revised changes to the Commentary on paragraph 2 of Article 15 :


The first draft of these changes was released in April, 2004
(see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/52/61/31413358.pdf). Based on the comments
received and a public consultation meeting with business representatives and
other interested parties held on 30th January, 2006, a number of modifications
were made and revised proposals were released for comments on 12th March, 2007
(see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/36/32/38236197.pdf). The final version of the
changes included in this note reflects a number of additional changes made
following the comments received on that second discussion draft.

As all the substantive contents of the 2010 update have
previously been released for comments through these discussion drafts, this
draft is released for information only and not for additional comments. The
introduction to the draft summarises how the main comments received on these
discussion drafts have been dealt with.

The update will also include a number of changes to OECD
countries’ reservations and observations and to non-OECD countries’ positions,
which will be added to the update in the next few weeks. Among these will be the
elimination of all reservations and positions on Article 26 (Exchange of
Information), which the OECD Council has already approved.

The Committee on Fiscal Affairs has been asked to discuss and
approve the draft update at its June, 2010 meeting. A revised version of the
Model Tax Convention that will incorporate the changes made through the update
is expected to be released in September, following the approval by the OECD
Council.

2. OECD Releases Report on Granting of Treaty
Benefits with respect to the Income of
Collective Investment Vehicles — 31st May,
2010 :


The OECD Committee on Fiscal Affairs has released a Report on
‘The Granting of Treaty Benefits with respect to the Income of Collective
Investment Vehicles’ which contains proposed changes to the Commentary on the
OECD Model Tax Convention dealing with the question of the extent to which
either collective investment vehicles (CIVs) or their investors are entitled to
treaty benefits on income received by the CIVs. These changes are expected to be
included in the 2010 update to the Model Tax Convention (the draft contents of
which were released on 21st May, 2010) and the Report would then be included in
volume II of the loose-leaf and electronic versions of the Model.

The Report is a modified version of the Report ‘Granting of Treaty Benefits with respect to the Income of Collective Investment Vehicles’ of the Informal Consultative Group on the Taxation of Collective Investment Vehicles and Procedures for Tax Relief for Cross-Border Investors (‘ICG’) which was released on 12th January 2009. In that original Report, the ICG addressed the legal and policy issues specific to CIVs and formulated a comprehensive set of recommendations addressing the issues presented by CIVs in the cross-border context. The Committee referred the recommendations by the ICG to its Working Party 1 (‘WP1’) on Tax Conventions and Related Questions (the Committee’s subsidiary body responsible for changes to the OECD Model Tax Convention) for further consideration. The WP1 Report was issued as a discussion draft on 9th December 2009 and modified in response to public comments.

The main conclusions and recommendations of the Report are similar to those in the ICG Report, with some modifications that reflect the varied experiences of the tax authorities of the OECD countries. Like the ICG Report, the Report therefore analyses the technical questions of whether a CIV should be considered a ‘person’, a ‘resident of a Contracting State’ and the ‘beneficial owner’ of the income it receives under treaties that, like the OECD Model Tax Convention, do not include a specific provision dealing with CIVs (i.e., the vast majority of existing treaties). Further, the Report includes changes to the Commentary on the Model Tax Convention to reflect the conclusions of the Committee with respect to these issues.

Although these changes to the Commentary will clarify the treatment of CIVs, it is clear that at least some forms of CIVs in some countries will not meet the requirements to claim treaty benefits on their own behalf. Accordingly, the Report also considers the appropriate treatment of such CIVs under both existing treaties and future treaties.

With respect to existing treaties, the Report concludes that, if a CIV is not entitled to claim benefits in its own right, its investors should in principle be able to claim treaty benefits. The Report reflects different views regarding whether such a right should be limited to investors who are residents of the Contracting State in which the CIV is organised, or whether that right should be extended to treaty-eligible residents of third States. In any event, administrative difficulties in many cases effectively prevent individual claims by investors. Accordingly, the Report concludes that countries should adopt procedures to allow a CIV to make the claim on behalf of investors.

With respect to future treaties, the Report endorses the ICG recommendation that the Commentary on Article 1 of the Model Tax Convention should be expanded to include a number of optional provisions for countries to consider in their future treaty negotiations. Inclusion of one or more of these provisions in bilateral treaties would provide certainty to CIVs, investors and intermediaries. The favoured approach for such a provision would treat a CIV as a resident of a Contracting State and the beneficial owner of its income, at least to the extent that its investors would themselves be eligible for benefits from the source country, rather than adopting a full look-through approach. Because different views were expressed on the issue of whether treaty-eligible residents of third countries should be taken into account in determining the extent to which the income of a CIV should be entitled to treaty benefits, the proposed Commentary includes alternative provisions that adopt different approaches with respect to the treatment of treaty-eligible residents of third countries. The proposed Commentary also includes an alternative provision that would adopt a full look-through approach, under which the CIV would make claims on behalf of its investors rather than in its own name. The look-through approach would be appropriate in cases where the investors, such as pension funds, would have been eligible for a lower, or zero, rate of withholding had they invested directly in the underlying securities.

B.    Amendments to OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines:

1.    OECD invites comments on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Intangibles — 2nd July, 2010:

The OECD is considering starting a new project on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Intangibles and is inviting comments from interested parties on the scoping of such a project. Comments should be sent before 15th September 2010 to Jeffrey Owens, Director, CTPA (jeffrey.owens@oecd.org).

The OECD’s Committee on Fiscal Affairs is now completing its work on two transfer pricing projects which the OECD Council will be asked to approve by the end of July in the form of revisions to the Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (TPG)?: its review of Comparability and Profit Methods and its report on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Business Restructuring.

In these two projects, transfer pricing issues pertaining to intangibles were identified as a key area of concern to governments and taxpayers, due to insufficient international guidance, in particular on the definition, identification and valuation of intangibles for transfer pricing purposes.

OECD guidance on the transfer pricing aspects of intangibles is currently found in the TPG, especially in Chapters VI and VIII. Further and updated guidance will be available in the revised Chapters I-III of the TPG and in the final report on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Business Restructuring once those are approved by the Council and publicly released. Intangibles are also addressed in the July 2008 Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments and in the Commentary on Article 12 of the Model Tax Convention.

The OECD is now considering starting a new project on the Transfer Pricing Aspects of Intangibles which could result in a revision of Chapters VI and VIII of the TPG. Working Party No. 6 of the Committee on Fiscal Affairs is still at the stage of scoping such a possible new project and would welcome the views of interested parties on?: what they see as the most significant issues encountered in practice in relation to the transfer pricing aspects of intangibles; what shortfalls, if any, they identify in the existing OECD guidance; what the areas are in which they believe the OECD could usefully do further work; and what they believe the format of the final output of the OECD work should be. Comments should be sent before 15th September 2010 in Word format to Jeffrey Owens, Director, CTPA (jeffrey.owens@ oecd.org).

Selected business commentators will be invited to meet with Working Party No. 6 on 9th November 2010 in Paris.

C.    Tax Transparency and Exchange of Information Agreements:

1.    OECD updates — Brazil, Indonesia ranked as implementing International Information Standard — 3rd June 2010?:

As a result of details provided to the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes, Brazil and Indonesia are now ranked in the category of jurisdictions that have substantially implemented the internationally agreed tax standard.

The OECD said it had updated its progress report, first issued in conjunction with the G20 London summit in April 2009, to take account of communications from Brazil and Indonesia on their legal and regulatory frameworks for exchange of information.

According to the information provided, Brazil has more than 25 bilateral tax treaties that provide for exchange of information in tax matters to the internationally agreed standard while Indonesia has 53 agreements that meet the standard. The two countries joined the Global Forum last September.

A full description of the two countries’ legal and regulatory frameworks will be included in the Global Forum’s 2010 annual assessment to be published later this year. As with all members of the Global Forum, both the countries will undergo peer reviews of their exchange of information laws and practices, Brazil in 2011 and 2012 and Indonesia in 2011 and 2013. Brazil is a member both of the Forum’s Steering Group and of its Peer Review Group.

Since April 2009, more than 500 bilateral tax information exchange agreements have been signed worldwide, with 28 jurisdictions joining those ranked as having substantially implemented the internationally agreed standard.

For more information, visit the following sites:
www.oecd.org/tax
www.oecd.org/tax/transparency
www.oecd.org/tax/evasion

B.    Amendments to OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines:

2.    A boost to multilateral tax cooperation: 15 countries sign updated Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters — 27th May, 2010:

In April 2009, the G20 called for action “to make it easier for developing countries to secure the benefits of the new cooperative tax environment, including a multilateral approach for the exchange of information.” In response, the OECD and the Council of Europe developed a Protocol amending the multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters to bring it in line with the international standard on exchange of information for tax purposes and to open it up to countries that are neither members of the OECD, nor of the Council of Europe.

On 27th May 2010, the updated Convention was presented to Ministers and Ambassadors attending the annual OECD Ministerial meeting held in Paris and was signed by 11 countries already Parties to the Convention (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Italy, France, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Ukraine, the United Kingdom and the United States). In addition, Korea, Mexico, Portugal and Slovenia signed both the Convention and the amending Protocol.

The Convention provides for a wide range of tools for cross-border tax co-operation including exchange of information, multilateral simultaneous tax examinations, service of documents, and cross-border assistance in tax collection, while imposing extensive safeguards to protect the confidentiality of the information exchanged (see background brief for more information). Once the Protocol has entered into force, the Convention will become a more powerful tool for multilateral tax cooperation as it will enable a wider group of countries to become parties and will require full exchange of information on request in all tax matters without regard to a domestic tax interest requirement or bank secrecy for tax purposes.

3.    Three Caribbean jurisdictions move up on OECD progress report — 19th May, 2010:

Dominica, Grenada and Saint Lucia have been moved into the category of jurisdictions considered to have substantially implemented the standard on transparency and exchange of information, having now all signed at least 12 exchange of information agreements conforming to the standard.

This brings to 28 the number of jurisdictions that have moved into this category since April 2009. The move affecting Dominica, Grenada and Saint Lucia follows the signature of a series of agreements involving these three jurisdictions plus Antigua and Barbuda, which had already reached 12 agreements on 7th December 2009, and the Nordic countries (Denmark, Faroe Islands, Finland, Greenland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden).

Following these signatures, Antigua and Barbuda has now signed a total of 20 agreements meeting the international standard. Dominica and Grenada have now signed 13 agreements each, and Saint Lucia has signed 15 agreements.

As members of the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes, each of these jurisdictions agreed to participate in a peer review of their laws and practices in this area. According to a schedule published by the Global Forum, Antigua and Barbuda, Grenada and Saint Lucia will undergo reviews of their legal and regulatory framework for exchange of information in 2011 and reviews of their information exchange practices in 2013. Dominica’s peer reviews will take place in 2012 and 2014.

For more information, visit: www.oecd.org/tax/transparency/ www.oecd.org/tax and www.oecd.org/tax/evasion.

OECD – RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – AN UPDATE

In this issue,
we have covered major developments in the field of International Taxation from
July 2018 till date and work being done at OECD in various other related
fields. It is in continuation of our endeavour to update the readers on major
developments at OECD at regular intervals. Various news items included here are
sourced from OECD Newsletters available on its website.


In this
write-up, we have classified the developments into 5 major categories viz.:


1)    BEPS Action Plans


2)    Transfer Pricing


3)    Common Reporting Standard (CRS)


4)    Multilateral Convention on Mutual
Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters


5)    Exchange of Information

 

1)  BEPS ACTION PLANS


OECD and IGF
release first set of practice notes for developing countries on BEPS risks in
mining industries


For many
resource-rich developing countries, mineral resources present a significant
economic opportunity to increase government revenue. Tax base erosion and
profit shifting (BEPS), combined with gaps in the capabilities of tax
authorities in developing countries, threaten this prospect. The OECD’s Centre
for Tax Policy and Administration and the Intergovernmental Forum on Mining,
Minerals, Metals and Sustainable Development (IGF) are collaborating to address
some of the challenges developing countries face in raising revenue from their
mining sectors. Under this partnership, a series of practice notes and tools
are being developed for governments.


Three practice notes have now been finalised
in October 2018. In addition, interested parties were invited to provide
comments on preliminary versions of these reports. OECD has also published the
public comments submitted. Building on BEPS Action 4, this practice note guides
government policy-makers on how to strengthen their defences against excessive
interest deductions in the mining sector.

 

2)  TRANSFER PRICING (BEPS ACTIONS 8 TO 10)


i)     BEPS discussion draft on the transfer
pricing aspects of financial transactions


In July, 2018, OECD
had invited Public comments on a discussion draft on financial transactions,
which deals with follow-up work in relation to Actions 8-10 (” Aligning
transfer pricing outcomes with value creation”) of the BEPS Action Plan.


The 2015 report on
BEPS Actions 8-10 mandated follow-up work on the transfer pricing aspects of financial
transactions. Under that mandate, the discussion draft, which does not yet
represent a consensus position of the Committee on Fiscal Affairs or its
subsidiary bodies, aims to clarify the application of the principles included
in the 2017 edition of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, in particular, the
accurate delineation analysis under Chapter I, to financial transactions. The
work also addresses specific issues related to the pricing of financial
transactions such as treasury function, intra-group loans, cash pooling,
hedging, guarantees and captive insurance.


ii)    OECD releases new guidance on the
application of the approach to hard-to-value intangibles and the transactional
profit split method under BEPS Actions 8-10


The OECD released
on 21.06.2018 two reports containing Guidance for Tax Administrations on the
Application of the Approach to Hard-to-Value Intangibles
, under BEPS Action
8; and Revised Guidance on the Application of the Transactional Profit Split
Method
, under BEPS Action 10.


In October, 2015,
as part of the final BEPS package, the OECD/G20 published the report on
Aligning Transfer Pricing Outcomes with Value Creation (OECD, 2015), under BEPS
Actions 8-10. The Report contained revised guidance on key areas, such as
transfer pricing issues relating to transactions involving intangibles;
contractual arrangements, including the contractual allocation of risks and
corresponding profits, which are not supported by the activities actually
carried out; the level of return to funding provided by a capital-rich MNE
group member, where that return does not correspond to the level of activity
undertaken by the funding company; and other high-risk areas. The Report also
mandated follow-up work to develop.


Guidance for Tax
Administrations on the Application of the Approach to Hard-to-value Intangibles
(BEPS Action 8)


The new guidance
for tax administration on the application of the approach to hard-to-value
intangibles (HTVI) is aimed at reaching a common understanding and practice
among tax administrations on how to apply adjustments resulting from the
application of this approach. This guidance should improve consistency and
reduce the risk of economic double taxation by providing the principles that
should underlie the application of the HTVI approach. The guidance also
includes a number of examples to clarify the application of the HTVI approach
in different scenarios and addresses the interaction between the HTVI approach
and the access to the mutual agreement procedure under the applicable tax
treaty.


This guidance has
been formally incorporated into the Transfer Pricing Guidelines as an annex to
Chapter VI.


Revised Guidance
on the Application of the Transactional Profit Split Method (BEPS Action 10)


This report
contains revised guidance on the profit split method, developed as part of
Action 10 of the BEPS Action Plan. This guidance has been formally incorporated
into the Transfer Pricing Guidelines, replacing the previous text on the
transactional profit split method in Chapter II. The revised guidance retains
the basic premise that the profit split method should be applied where it is
found to be the most appropriate method to the case at hand, but it
significantly expands the guidance available to help determine when that may be
the case.


It also contains more guidance on how to apply the method, as well as numerous
examples.


3)   COMMON REPORTING STANDARDS


i)     OECD releases further guidance for tax
administrations and MNE Groups on Country-by-Country reporting (BEPS Action 13)


In September, 2018,
the Inclusive Framework on BEPS has released additional interpretative guidance
to give certainty to tax administrations and MNE Groups alike on the
implementation of Country-by-Country (CbC) Reporting (BEPS Action 13).


The new guidance
includes questions and answers on the treatment of dividends received and the
number of employees to be reported in cases where an MNE uses proportional
consolidation in preparing its consolidated financial statements, which apply
prospectively. The updated guidance also clarifies that shortened amounts
should not be used in completing Table 1 of a country-by-country report and
contains a table that summarises existing interpretative guidance on the
approach to be applied in cases of mergers, demergers and acquisitions.


The complete set of guidance concerning the interpretation of BEPS
Action 13 issued so far is presented in the document released in September
2018. This will continue to be updated with any further guidance that may be
agreed.


ii)    OECD clamps down on CRS avoidance through
residence and citizenship by investment schemes


Residence and
citizenship by investment (CBI/RBI) schemes, often referred to as golden
passports or visas, can create the potential for misuse as tools to hide assets
held abroad from reporting under the OECD/G20 Common Reporting Standard (CRS).


In particular,
Identity Cards, residence permits and other documentation obtained through
CBI/RBI schemes can potentially be abused to misrepresent an individual’s
jurisdiction(s) of tax residence and to endanger the proper operation of the
CRS due diligence procedures.


Therefore, and as
part of its work to preserve the integrity of the CRS, the OECD has published
the results of its analysis of over 100 CBI/RBI schemes offered by CRS-committed
jurisdictions, identifying those schemes that potentially pose a high-risk to
the integrity of CRS.


Potentially
high-risk CBI/RBI schemes are those that give access to a low personal tax rate
on income from foreign financial assets and do not require an individual to
spend a significant amount of time in the jurisdiction offering the scheme.
Such schemes are currently operated by Antigua and Barbuda, The Bahamas,
Bahrain, Barbados, Colombia, Cyprus, Dominica, Grenada, Malaysia, Malta,
Mauritius, Monaco, Montserrat, Panama, Qatar, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint
Lucia, Seychelles, Turks and Caicos Islands, United Arab Emirates and Vanuatu.


Together with the results of the analysis, the OECD is also publishing
practical guidance that will enable financial institutions to identify and
prevent cases of CRS avoidance through the use of such schemes. In particular,
where there are doubts regarding the tax residence(s) of a CBI/RBI user, the
OECD has recommended further questions that a financial institution may raise
with the account holder.


Moreover, a number
of jurisdictions have committed to spontaneously exchanging information
regarding users of CBI/RBI schemes with all original jurisdiction(s) of tax
residence, which reduces the attractiveness of CBI/RBI schemes as a vehicle for
CRS avoidance. Going forward, the OECD will work with CRS-committed
jurisdictions, as well as financial institutions, to ensure that the guidance
and other OECD measures remain effective in ensuring that foreign income is
reported to the actual jurisdiction of residence.


4) MULTILATERAL CONVENTION ON MUTUAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANCE IN TAX MATTERS


i) Multilateral
Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent BEPS


In November, 2016,
over 100 jurisdictions concluded negotiations on the Multilateral Convention to
Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit
Shifting (“Multilateral Instrument” or “MLI”) that will
swiftly implement a series of tax treaty measures to update international tax rules
and lessen the opportunity for tax avoidance by multinational enterprises. The
MLI already covers over 75 jurisdictions and has entered into force on 1st
July, 2018. Signatories include jurisdictions from all continents and all
levels of development.


A number of jurisdictions have also expressed their intention to sign the MLI
as soon as possible and other jurisdictions are also actively working towards
signature.


ii)   Signatories
and Parties (MLI Positions)


The MLI offers
concrete solutions for governments to close the gaps in existing international
tax rules by transposing results from the OECD/G20 BEPS Project into bilateral
tax treaties worldwide. The MLI modifies the application of thousands of
bilateral tax treaties concluded to eliminate double taxation. It also
implements agreed minimum standards to counter treaty abuse and to improve
dispute resolution mechanisms while providing flexibility to accommodate
specific tax treaty policies.


The text of the
Multilateral Instrument (MLI) and its Explanatory Statement were developed
through a negotiation involving more than 100 countries and jurisdictions and
adopted on 24th November, 2016, under a mandate delivered by G20
Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors at their February 2015 meeting.
The MLI and its Explanatory Statement were adopted in two equally authentic
languages, English and French.


iii)     Translation
in Other Languages


Members of the ad
hoc Group have prepared translations of the MLI in Chinese, Dutch, German,
Italian, Japanese, Serbian, Spanish and Swedish. The OECD Secretariat has
prepared a translation of the MLI in Arabic. Other MLI translations, including
translations in Greek and Russian, are being prepared by members of the ad hoc
Group and will be made available shortly and further MLI translations are
expected by year end. The translations of the MLI in other languages are
provided only for information purposes. Only the signed English and French MLI
are the authentic MLI texts applicable.


iv)     Saudi
Arabia signs landmark agreement to strengthen its tax treaties


Saudi Arabia has
signed the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to
Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (the Convention) on 18.09.2018. It has
become the 84th jurisdiction to join the Convention, which now
covers over 1,400 bilateral tax treaties.


5)   EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION


i)  Major enlargement of the global network for
the automatic exchange of offshore account information as over 100
jurisdictions get ready for exchanges


The OECD has
published on 05.07.2018, a new set of bilateral exchange relationships
established under the Common Reporting Standard Multilateral Competent
Authority Agreement (CRS MCAA).

 

In total, the international legal network for
the automatic exchange of offshore financial account information under the CRS
now covers over 90 jurisdictions, with the others expected to follow suit in
due course. The network has allowed over 100 committed jurisdictions to
exchange CRS information from September 2018 under more than 3200 bilateral
relationships that are now in place.


The full list of automatic exchange relationships that are currently in
place under the CRS MCAA is available online.


There has been a
significant increase of jurisdictions participating in the multilateral
Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters, which is the
prime international instrument for all forms of exchange of information in tax
matters, including the exchange upon request, as well as the automatic exchange
of CRS information and Country-by-Country Reports. The total number of
participating jurisdictions now amount to 124. These recent developments show
that jurisdictions are completing the final steps for being able to commence
CRS exchanges from September 2018, therewith delivering on their commitment
made at the level of the G20 and the Global Forum.


ii)    Global Forum publishes compliance ratings on
tax transparency for further seven jurisdictions


The Global Forum is
the leading multilateral body mandated to ensure that jurisdictions around the
world adhere to and effectively implement both the standard of transparency and
exchange of information on request and the standard of automatic exchange of
information. This objective is achieved through a robust monitoring and peer
review process. The Global Forum also runs an extensive technical assistance
programme to provide support to its members in implementing the standards and
helping tax authorities to make the best use of cross-border information
sharing channels. The Global Forum also welcomed Oman as a new member. This
takes its membership to 154 members who have come together to cooperate in the
international fight against cross border tax evasion.


The Global Forum on
Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes published on
15-10-2018 seven peer review reports assessing compliance with the
international standard on transparency and exchange of information on request
(EOIR).


These reports
assess jurisdictions against the updated standard which incorporates beneficial
ownership information of all relevant legal entities and arrangements, in line
with the definition used by the Financial Action Task Force Recommendations.


Two jurisdictions –
Bahrain and Singapore – received an overall rating of “Compliant”. Five others
– Austria, Aruba, Brazil, Saint Kitts and Nevis and the United Kingdom were
rated “Largely Compliant”.


The jurisdictions
have demonstrated their progress on many deficiencies identified in the first
round of reviews including improving access to information, developing broader
EOI agreement networks; and monitoring the handling of increasing incoming EOI
requests as well as taking measures to implement the strengthened standard on
the availability of beneficial ownership.


Note: The reader
may visit the OECD website and download various draft reports and Public
Comments referred to in this article for his further studies.
 

 

OECD – Recent Developments – An Update

In this issue, we have
covered major developments in the field of International Taxation in the
Calendar year 2018 till date and work being done at OECD in various other
related fields. It is in continuation of our endeavour to update the readers on
major developments at OECD at regular intervals. Various news items included
here are sourced from various OECD Newsletters as available on its website.

 

In this write-up, we have
classified the developments into 6 major categories viz.:

 

1)   Tax Treaties

2)   BEPS Action Plans

3)   Transfer Pricing 

4)   Common Reporting Standard (CRS)

5)   Multilateral Convention on Mutual
Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters

6)   Others

 

1) Tax Treaties

 

(i) Major step forward in international tax
co-operation as additional countries sign landmark agreement to strengthen tax
treaties

 

24/01/2018 – Ministers and
high-level officials from Barbados, Jamaica, Malaysia, Panama and Tunisia have
today signed the BEPS Multilateral Convention bringing the total number
of signatories to 78.

 

In addition to those
signing today, Algeria, Kazakhstan, Oman and Swaziland have expressed their
intent to sign the Convention, and a number of other jurisdictions are actively
working towards signature by June 2018. So far, four jurisdictions – Austria,
the Isle of Man, Jersey and Poland – have ratified the Convention, which will
enter into force three months after a fifth jurisdiction deposits its
instrument of ratification.

 

The text of the Convention,
the explanatory statement, background information, database, and position of
each signatory are available at http://oe.cd/mli.

 

2) 
BEPS Action Plans

 

(i) OECD releases decisions on 11 preferential
regimes of BEPS Inclusive Framework Members

 

17/05/2018 – Governments
are continuing to make swift progress in bringing their preferential tax
regimes in compliance with the OECD/G20 BEPS standards to improve the
international tax framework.

 

Today, the Inclusive
Framework released the updates to the results for preferential regime reviews
conducted by the Forum on Harmful Tax Practices (FHTP) in connection with BEPS
Action 5
:

 


–  Four new regimes were
designed to comply with FHTP standards, meeting all aspects of
transparency, exchange of information, ring fencing and
substantial activities and are found to be not harmful (Lithuania, Luxembourg,
Singapore, Slovak Republic).

 

Four regimes were abolished or amended to remove harmful features
(Chile, Malaysia, Turkey and Uruguay).

–  A further three regimes do not relate to geographically mobile
income and/or are not concerned with business taxation, as such posing no BEPS
Action 5 risks and have therefore been found to be out of scope (Kenya and two
Viet Nam regimes).

 

Eleven new preferential
regimes are identified since the last update, bringing the total to 175 regimes
in over 50 jurisdictions considered by the FHTP since the creation of the
Inclusive Framework. Of the 175, 31 regimes have been changed; 81 regimes
require legislative changes which are in progress; 47 regimes have been
determined to not pose a BEPS risk; 4 have harmful or potentially harmful
features and 12 regimes are still under review.

 

This update shows the
determination of the Inclusive Framework to comply with the international
standards. For the updated table of regime results, see www.oecd.org/tax/beps/update-harmful-tax-practices-2017-progress-report-on-preferential-regimes.pdf.

 

(ii) The United Arab Emirates and Bahrain joins the
Inclusive Framework on BEPS.

 

(iii) OECD releases additional guidance on the
attribution of profits to a permanent establishment under BEPS Action 7

 

22/03/2018 – Today, the
OECD released the report Additional Guidance on the Attribution of
Profits to Permanent Establishments
(BEPS Action 7).

 

In October 2015, as part of
the final BEPS package, the OECD/G20 published the report on Preventing
the Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status.
The Report
recommended changes to the definition of permanent establishment (PE) in
Article 5 of the OECD Model Tax Convention, which is crucial in determining whether
a non-resident enterprise must pay income tax in another State. In particular,
the Report recommended changes aimed at preventing the use of certain common
tax avoidance strategies that have been used to circumvent the existing PE
definition.

 

(iv) OECD and IGF invite comments on a draft
practice note that will help developing countries address profit shifting from
their mining sectors via excessive interest deductions

18/04/2018 – For many
resource-rich developing countries, mineral resources present an unparalleled
economic opportunity to increase government revenue. Tax base erosion and
profit shifting (BEPS), combined with gaps in the capabilities of tax
authorities in developing countries, threaten this prospect. One of the avenues
for international profit shifting by multinational enterprises is the use of
excessive interest deductions.

 

Building on BEPS Action
4
, this practice note has been prepared by the OECD Centre for Tax
Policy and Administration under a programme of co-operation with the
Intergovernmental Forum on Mining, Minerals, Metals and Sustainable Development
(IGF), to help guide tax officials on how to strengthen their defences against
BEPS.

 

It is part of wider efforts
to address some of the challenges developing countries are facing in raising
revenue from their mining sectors. This work also complements action by the Platform
for Collaboration on Tax
and others to produce toolkits on top priority tax
issues facing developing countries.

 

(v) OECD releases third round of peer reviews on
implementation of BEPS minimum standards on improving tax dispute resolution
mechanisms and calls for taxpayer input for the fifth round

 

12/03/2018 – As the BEPS
Action 14 continues its efforts to make dispute resolution more timely,
effective and efficient, eight more peer review reports have been released
today. These eight reports highlight how well jurisdictions are implementing
the Action 14 minimum standard as agreed to in the OECD/G20 BEPS Project.

 

The third round reports
released today relate to implementation by the Czech Republic, Denmark,
Finland, Korea, Norway, Poland, Singapore and Spain.
A document addressing
the implementation of best practices is also available on each jurisdiction
that chose to opt to have such best practices assessed. These eight reports
contain over 215 specific recommendations relating to the minimum standard. In
stage 2 of the peer review process, each jurisdiction’s effort to address the
recommendations identified in its stage 1 peer review report will be assessed.

3) Transfer Pricing 

 

(i)      OECD
and Brazil launch project to examine differences in cross-border tax rules

 

 28/02/2018 – The OECD and Brazil today
launched a joint project to examine the similarities and gaps between the
Brazilian and OECD approaches to valuing cross-border transactions between
associated firms for tax purposes. The project will also assess the potential
for Brazil to move closer to the OECD’s transfer pricing rules, which are a
critical benchmark for OECD member countries and followed by countries around
the world.

 

(ii) OECD invites public comments on the scope of
the future revision of Chapter IV (administrative approaches) and Chapter VII
(intra-group services) of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines

 

09/05/2018 – The OECD is
considering starting two new projects to revise the guidance in Chapter IV
(administrative approaches) and Chapter VII (intra-group services) of the
Transfer Pricing Guidelines.

 

Public comments are invited
on:

 

the future revision of Chapter IV, “Administrative Approaches to
Avoiding and Resolving Transfer Pricing Disputes” of the Transfer Pricing
Guidelines, and

 

the future revision of Chapter VII, “Special Considerations for
Intra-Group Services”, of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines.

 

(iii) OECD releases 14 additional country profiles
containing key aspects of transfer pricing legislation

 

09/04/2018 – The OECD has published
new transfer pricing country profiles for Australia, China (People’s
Republic of), Estonia, France, Georgia, Hungary, India, Israel, Liechtenstein,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Sweden and Uruguay
respectively. These new
profiles reflect the current transfer pricing legislation and practices of each
country. The profiles of Belgium and the Russian Federation have also been
updated. The country profiles are now available for 45 countries.

 

4) Common Reporting Standard (CRS)

 

(i) OECD addresses the misuse of
residence/citizenship by investment schemes

 

19/04/2018 – Today’s
revelations from the “Daphne Project” on the Maltese residence and
citizenship by investment schemes underline the crucial importance of the
OECD’s work to ensure that the integrity of the OECD/G20 Common Reporting
Standard (CRS) is preserved and that any circumvention is detected and
addressed.

 

Over the last months, the
OECD has been taking a set of actions to ensure that all taxpayers maintaining
financial assets abroad are effectively reported under the CRS, including by:

 

–  issuing new model disclosure rules that require lawyers,
accountants, financial advisors, banks and other service providers to inform
tax authorities of any schemes they put in place for their clients to avoid
reporting under the CRS. The adoption of such model mandatory disclosure rules
will have a deterrent effect on the promotion of CBI/RBI schemes for
circumventing the CRS and provide tax authorities with intelligence on the
misuse of such schemes as CRS avoidance arrangements. The EU Member States have
already agreed to implement these rules as part of a wider directive on
mandatory disclosures;

 

–  reaching out to individual jurisdictions, including Malta, to
make them aware of the risk of abuse of their CBI/RBI schemes and offer
assistance in adopting mitigating measures; and

 

–  establishing a list of high risk schemes in order to further
raise awareness amongst stakeholders of the potential of such schemes to
undermine the CRS due diligence and reporting requirements.

 

In addition, on 19th
February 2018, the OECD issued a consultation document, outlining potential
situations where the misuse of CBI/RBI schemes poses a high risk to accurate
CRS reporting and seeking public input both to obtain evidence on the misuse of
CBI/RBI schemes and on effective ways for preventing such abuse.

 

The substantial amount of
input received in response to the consultation further underlines the
importance of the OECD’s actions in this field. It also contains a wide range
of proposals for further addressing the misuse of RBI/CBI schemes, including:
1) comprehensive due diligence checks to be carried out as part of the RBI/CBI
application process, 2) the spontaneous exchange of information about
individuals that have obtained residence/citizenship through such a CBI/RBI
scheme with their original jurisdiction(s) of tax residence; and 3)
strengthened CRS due diligence procedures on financial institutions with
respect to high risk accounts. 

 

(ii)     Global
network for the automatic exchange of offshore account information continues to
grow; OECD releases new edition of the CRS Implementation Handbook

 

05/04/2018 – Today, the
OECD published a new set of bilateral exchange relationships established under
the Common Reporting Standard Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement (CRS
MCAA) which for the first time includes activations by Panama.

 

In total, there are now
over 2700 bilateral relationships for the automatic exchange of offshore
financial account information under the CRS in place across the globe. The full
list of automatic exchange relationships that are currently in place under the CRS
MCAA is available online.

 

The OECD today also
released the second edition of the Common Reporting Standard Implementation
Handbook.

 

The Handbook provides
practical guidance to assist government officials and financial institutions in
the implementation of the CRS and to provide a practical overview of the CRS to
both the financial sector and the public at-large.

 

(iii)    Game
over for CRS avoidance! OECD adopts tax disclosure rules for advisors

 

09/03/2018 – Responding to
a request of the G7, today, the OECD has issued new model disclosure rules
that require lawyers, accountants, financial advisors, banks and other service
providers to inform tax authorities of any schemes they put in place for their
clients to avoid reporting under the OECD/G20 Common Reporting Standard (CRS)
or prevent the identification of the beneficial owners of entities or trusts.

As the reporting and
automatic exchange on offshore financial accounts pursuant to the CRS becomes a
reality in over 100 jurisdictions this year, many taxpayers that held
undeclared financial assets offshore have come clean to their tax authorities
in recent years, which has already led to over 85 billion of additional tax
revenue.

 

At the same time, there are
still persons that, often with the help of advisors and financial
intermediaries, continue to try hiding their offshore assets and fly under the
radar of CRS reporting. The new rules released today target these persons and
their advisers, by introducing an obligation on a wide range of intermediaries
to disclose the schemes to circumvent CRS reporting to the tax authorities. The
new rules also require the reporting of structures that hide beneficial owners
of offshore assets, companies and trusts.

 

These model disclosure
rules will be submitted to the G7 presidency and are part of a wider strategy
of the OECD to monitor and act upon tendencies in the market that try to avoid
CRS reporting and hide assets offshore. As part of this work the OECD is also
addressing cases of abuse of golden visas and similar schemes to circumvent CRS
reporting.

 

(iv) OECD releases consultation document on misuse
of residence by investment schemes to circumvent the Common Reporting Standard

 

19/02/2018 – More and more
jurisdictions are offering “residence by investment(RBI)
or “citizenship by investment(CBI) schemes, which
allow foreign individuals to obtain citizenship or temporary or permanent
residence rights in exchange for local investments or against a flat fee.
Individuals may be interested in these schemes for a number of legitimate
reasons, including greater mobility thanks to visa-free travel, better
education and job opportunities for children, or the right to live in a country
with political stability. At the same time, information released in the market
place and obtained through the OECD’s CRS public disclosure facility,
highlights the misuse of RBI and CBI schemes to circumvent reporting under the
Common Reporting Standard (CRS).

 

 As part of its CRS loophole strategy, the OECD
is releasing a consultation document that (1) assesses how these schemes are
used in an attempt to circumvent the CRS; (2) identifies the types of schemes
that present a high risk of abuse; (3) reminds stakeholders of the importance
of correctly applying relevant CRS due diligence procedures in order to help
prevent such abuse; and (4) explains next steps the OECD will undertake to
further address the issue, assisted by public input.

 

(v) Panama joins international tax co-operation
efforts to end bank secrecy

 

15/01/2018 – Today, at the
OECD Headquarters in Paris, the Director-General of Revenue and the delegated
Competent Authority of Panama, Publio Ricardo Cortés, has signed the CRS Multilateral Competent Authority Agreement?
(CRS MCAA), in presence of OECD Deputy Secretary-General Masamichi Kono. Panama
is the 98th jurisdiction to join the CRS MCAA, which is the prime
international agreement for implementing the automatic exchange of financial
account information under the Multilateral Convention on Mutual Administrative
Assistance. 

 

5) Convention on Mutual Administrative
Assistance in Tax Matters

 

The Convention on Mutual
Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters (“the Convention”) was
developed jointly by the OECD and the Council of Europe in 1988 and amended by
Protocol in 2010. The Convention is the most comprehensive multilateral
instrument available for all forms of tax co-operation to tackle tax evasion
and avoidance, a top priority for all countries.

 

The Convention was amended
to respond to the call of the G20 at its 2009 London Summit to align it to the
international standard on exchange of information on request and to open it to
all countries, in particular to ensure that developing countries could benefit
from the new more transparent environment. The amended Convention was opened
for signature on 1st June 2011.

 

122 jurisdictions currently
participate in the Convention, including 17 jurisdictions covered by territorial
extension*. This represents a wide range of countries including all G20
countries, all BRIICS, all OECD countries, major financial centres and an
increasing number of developing countries.

 

* In May 2018, the People’s
Republic of China extended the territorial scope of the Convention to the Hong
Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions pursuant to Article 29. As such,
The Convention will enter into force for  
both   Hong Kong (China)   and  
Macau  (China)  on 1st September
2018.

 

6) Others

 

(i) Global Forum issues tax transparency compliance
ratings for nine jurisdictions as membership rises to 150

 

04/04/2018 – The Global
Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes (the Global
Forum) published today nine peer review reports assessing compliance with international
standards on tax transparency.

 

Eight of these reports
assess countries against the updated standards which incorporate beneficial
ownership information of all legal entities and arrangements, in line with the
Financial Action Task Force international definition.

 

Four jurisdictions – Estonia,
France, Monaco and New Zealand
– received an overall rating of “Compliant.”
Three others – The Bahamas, Belgium and Hungary were rated “Largely
Compliant.” Ghana was rated “Partially Compliant.”

 

Progress for Jamaica
were recognised through a Supplementary Report
which attributes a “Largely Compliant” rating.

 

The Global Forum now
includes 150 members on an equal footing as Montenegro has just joined the
international fight against tax evasion. Members of the Global Forum already
include all G20 and OECD countries, all international financial centres and
many developing countries.

 

The Global Forum also runs
an extensive technical assistance programme to provide support to its members
in implementing the standards and helping tax authorities to make the best use
of cross-border information sharing channels.

 

(ii) Governments should make better use of energy
taxation to address climate change

 

14/02/2018 – Taxing
Energy Use 2018
describes patterns of energy taxation in 42 OECD and G20
countries (representing approximately 80% of global energy use), by fuels and
sectors over the 2012-2015 period.

 

New data shows that energy
taxes remain poorly aligned with the negative side effects of energy use. Taxes
provide only limited incentives to reduce energy use, improve energy efficiency
and drive a shift towards less harmful forms of energy. Emissions trading
systems, which are not discussed in this publication, but are included in the
OECD’s Effective Carbon Rates, are having little impact on this broad picture.

 

Meaningful tax rate
increases have largely been limited to the road sector. Fuel tax reforms in
some large low-to-middle income economies have increased the share of emissions
taxed above climate costs from 46% in 2012 to 50% in 2015. Encouragingly, some
countries are removing lower tax rates on diesel compared to gasoline. However,
fuel tax rates remain well below the levels needed to cover non-climate
external costs in nearly all countries.

 

Coal, characterised by high
levels of harmful emissions and accounting for almost half of carbon emissions
from energy use in the 42 countries, is taxed at the lowest rates or fully
untaxed in almost all countries.

 

While
the intense debate on carbon taxation has sparked action in some countries,
actual carbon tax rates remain low. Carbon tax coverage increased from 1% to 6%
in 2015, but carbon taxes reflect climate costs for just 0.3% of emissions.
Excise taxes dominate overall tax rates by far.

 

Note:
The reader may visit the OECD website and download various reports referred to
in this article for his further studies.
 

 

UAE’s Corporate Tax Law – An Update

In the earlier article published in BCAJ February, 2023, authors had provided an overview of the United Arab Emirates’ [UAE] newly introduced Corporate Tax Law [CT Law].

In this article, the authors endeavor to cover further developments in this respect of the CT Law since the issue of Federal Decree Law No. 27 of 2022 on 9th December, 2022. Since the CT Law has become effective for financial years starting on or after 1st June, 2023, these developments assume lot of significance.

A. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS RELATED TO CT LAW

The Federal Decree Law No. 27 of 2022 on Taxation of Corporations and Businesses was signed on 3rd October, 2022 and was published in Issue #737 of the Official Gazette of the UAE on 10th October, 2022. The UAE CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/corporate-tax/.

FAQs

The law has been supplemented with FAQs originally released on 9th December, 2022 comprising of 158 questions and answers, by the Ministry of Finance [Ministry]. The FAQs have been updated and the current Corporate Tax FAQs contain 209 questions and answers that provide guidance on the UAE CT Decree-Law. The FAQs on the CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/corporate-tax-faq/.

‘EXPLANATORY GUIDE’ ON CT LAW

The UAE’s Ministry has on 11th May, 2023 issued the ‘Explanatory Guide on Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the ‘Taxation of Corporations and Businesses’.The CT Law provides the legislative basis for imposing a federal tax on corporations and business profits in the UAE. It comprises of 20 Chapters and 70 Articles, covering, inter alia, the scope of Corporate Tax, its application, rules pertaining to compliance and the administration of the Corporate Tax regime etc.

The Explanatory Guide has been prepared by the Ministry, and provides an explanation of the meaning and intended effect of each Article of the CT Law. It may be used in interpreting the CT Law and how particular provisions of the CT Law may need to be applied.

The Explanatory Guide has to be read in conjunction with the CT Law and the relevant decisions issued by the Cabinet, the Ministry and the Federal Tax Authority [FTA] (The information on the Corporate Tax topics can be found at the link https://tax.gov.ae/en/taxes/corporate.tax/corporate.tax.topics.aspx) for the implementation of certain provisions of the CT Law. It is not, and is not meant to be, a comprehensive description of the CT Law and its implementing decisions. The Explanatory Guide on the CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/explanatory-guide-for-federal-decree-law/.

CABINET DECISIONS

The CT Law in 18 of the total 70 articles, contains enabling powers to prescribe various conditions, determine persons, list entities, prescribe relevant dates, etc. in a decision issued by the Cabinet at the suggestion of the Minister.Accordingly, the following Cabinet decisions for the purposes of Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the Taxation of Corporations and Businesses have been issued by the Prime Minister of the UAE:

Sr. No. Cabinet Decision No. Cabinet Decision regarding Issued on Relevant Article of CT Law
1. 37 of 2023 Regarding the Qualifying Public Benefit Entities 7th April,2023 Article 9 – Qualifying Public Benefit Entity
2. 49 of 2023 On Specifying the Categories of Businesses or Business Activities Conducted by a Resident or Non-Resident Natural Person subject to Corporate Tax 8th May, 2023 Article 11 – Taxable Person
3. 55 of 2023 Determining Qualifying Income for the Qualifying Free Zone Person 30th May, 2023 Article 18 – Qualifying Free Zone Person
4. 56 of 2023 Determination of a Non-Resident Person’s Nexus in the State 30th May, 2023 Article 11 – Taxable Person

The Cabinet Decisions contain a Standard Article ‘Implementing Decisions’ which provides that ‘The Minister shall issue the necessary decisions to implement the provisions of this Decision.’ Accordingly, necessary Ministerial Decisions are issued for implementation of the Cabinet Decisions, in addition to other Ministerial decisions prescribing, determining, specifying, etc under various articles of the CT Law.

MINISTERIAL DECISIONS

The Office of the Minister, Ministry of Finance of the UAE, for the purposes of Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the Taxation of Corporations and Businesses, has issued the undermentioned Ministerial Decisions:

Sr. No. Ministerial Decision No. Ministerial Decision regarding Issued on
1. 43 of 2023 Concerning Exception from Tax Registration 10th March, 2023
2. 68 of 2023 On the treatment of all businesses and business activities of a government entity as a single taxable person 29th March, 2023
3. 73 of 2023 Small Business Relief 03rd April, 2023
4. 82 of 2023 On the Determination of Categories of Taxable Persons required to prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements 10th April, 2023
5. 83 of 2023 On the Determination of the Conditions under which the presence of a Natural Person 10th April, 2023
in the state would not create a PE for a Non-Resident Person
6. 97 of 2023 On requirements for maintaining TP Documentation 27th April, 2023
7. 105 of 2023 On the Determination of the Conditions under which a person continue to be deemed as an Exempt Person  4th May, 2023
8. 114 of 2023 On Accounting Standards and Methods 9th May, 2023
9. 115 of 2023 On Private Pension Funds and Private Social Security Funds 10th May, 2023
10. 116 of 2023 On Participation Exemption 10th May, 2023
11. 120 of 2023 On the adjustments under the transitional rules 16th May, 2023
12. 125 of 2023 On tax group 22th May, 2023
13. 126 of 2023 On the general interest deduction limitation rule 23rd May, 2023
14. 127 of 2023 On unincorporated partnership foreign partnership and family foundation 24th May, 2023
15. 132 of 2023 On transfers within a qualifying group for corporate tax purposes 25th May, 2023
16. 133 of 2023 On business restructuring relief for corporate tax purposes 25th May, 2023
17. 134 of 2023 On the general rules for determining taxable income for corporate tax purposes 29th May, 2023
18. 139 of 2023 Regarding qualifying activities and excluded activities 1st June, 2023

The Cabinet and Ministerial Decisions on the CT Law can be found at the link https://mof.gov.ae/tax-legislation/.

B. FREE ZONE CORPORATE TAX REGIME [FZCT REGIME]

In this Article, we have analysed and focused on the Cabinet Decision No. 55 of 2023 on ‘Determining Qualifying Income’ and on 1st June, 2023 issued Ministerial Decision No. 139 of 2023 on ‘Qualifying Activities and Excluded Activities’ related to FZCT Regime.The FZCT Regime is a form of UAE Corporate Tax relief which enables Free Zone companies and branches that meet certain conditions to benefit from a preferential 0 per cent Corporate Tax rate on income from qualifying activities and transactions.

Free zones are an integral part of the UAE economy that continue to play a critical role in driving economic growth and transformation both in the UAE and internationally. In recognition of their continued importance and the tax-related commitments that were made at the time the Free Zones were established, Free Zone companies and branches that meet certain conditions can continue to benefit from 0% corporate taxation on income from qualifying activities and transactions.

Natural persons, unincorporated partnerships and sole establishments cannot benefit from the FZCT Regime. Only juridical persons can benefit from the FZCT Regime. This includes any public or private joint stock company, a limited liability company, limited liability partnership and other types of incorporated entities that are established under the rules and regulations of the Free Zone. A branch of a foreign or domestic juridical person that is registered in a Free Zone would also be considered a Free Zone Person [FZP].

A foreign company can become a FZP by transferring its place of incorporation to a UAE Free Zone and continue to exist as an entity incorporated or established in a Free Zone.

The FZCT Regime does not impose any limitations or restrictions with regards to who can establish or own a FZP.

The FZCT Regime does not restrict or prohibit a Qualifying Free Zone Person [QFZP] from operating outside of a Free Zone either in the mainland UAE or in a foreign jurisdiction. However, the income attributable to a domestic or foreign branch or Permanent Establishment [PE] of the QFZP, outside the Free Zone, will be subject to the regular UAE Corporate Tax rate of 9 per cent.

In the case of a foreign PE, the QFZP can claim relief from any double taxation suffered under the Corporate Tax Law or the applicable double tax treaty.

FREE ZONE PERSON

Chapter 5 of the CT Law comprising of Articles 18 and 19 contains relevant provisions relating to FZP.A FZP is a legal entity incorporated or established under the rules and regulations of a Free Zone, or a branch of a mainland UAE or foreign legal entity registered in a Free Zone. A foreign company that transfers its place of incorporation to a Free Zone in the UAE would also be considered a FZP.

The FZCT Regime is available only to FZPs, and this term is also used to determine what income can benefit from the regime by treating income from transactions with other FZPs as Qualifying Income.

QUALIFYING FREE ZONE PERSON [QFZP]

Article 18(1) of the CT Law provides that a QFZP is a FZP that meets all the five conditions mentioned therein i.e.
a) maintains adequate substance in a Free Zone;
b) derives Qualifying Income;
c) has not made an election to be subject to the regular UAE Corporate Tax regime;
d) comply with arm’s length principle and transfer pricing rules and documentation requirements;
e) Prepare and maintain audited financial statements.

Failure to meet any of the conditions results in a QFZP losing its qualifying status and not being able to benefit from the FZCT Regime for five (5) Tax Periods.

On 30th May, 2023, the UAE Ministry of Finance issued Cabinet Decision No. 55 of 2023 on ‘Determining Qualifying Income’ and on 1st June, 2023 issued Ministerial Decision No. 139 of 2023 on ‘Qualifying Activities and Excluded Activities’. These two decisions seek to clarify the application of the UAE corporate tax framework to UAE Free Zone businesses, and whether a taxable person qualifies to be treated as a QFZP under Article 18 of the UAE CT law.

Where a taxpayer is classified as a QFZP, Article 3(2) of the UAE CT law states that the QFZP would be subject to tax at 0 per cent on its Qualifying Income, and at a 9 per cent rate on non-Qualifying Income that it receives.

The FZCT Regime apply automatically. A QFZP that continues to meet all relevant conditions will automatically benefit from the FZCT Regime. There is no need to make an election or submit an application to the FTA.

A QFZP that does not want to benefit from the FZCT Regime can elect to apply the standard UAE Corporate Tax regime instead.

A QFZP will need to maintain documents to evidence compliance with the conditions of the FZCT Regime. In addition to maintaining audited financial statements and adequate transfer pricing documentation, a QFZP will need to maintain all relevant documents and records to evidence its compliance with the conditions to be considered a QFZP. This includes documentation in relation to the substance maintained in a Free Zone and the types of activities performed and income earned.

A QFZP is responsible for ensuring that it continues to meet all the conditions to benefit from the FZCT Regime and for filing its Corporate Tax return on this basis.

The FTA is responsible for the administration and enforcement of UAE Corporate Tax. In this capacity, the FTA can verify and make a final determination of whether a QFZP has complied with all the conditions of the FZCT Regime.

QUALIFYING INCOME

Article (3)(1) of the Cabinet Decision 55 provides that for the purposes of application of Article 18 of the CT law, ‘Qualifying Income’ of the QFZP shall include income derived from transactions with:

1. Other FZPs (except income derived from Excluded Activities);
2. A Non-Free Zone person, only in respect of ‘Qualifying activities’ that are NOT Excluded Activities;
3. Any other income (i.e. income from Excluded Activities) provided that it is below the de minimis threshold.
However, such qualifying income should not be attributable to a Domestic PE or a Foreign PE or to the ownership or exploitation of immovable property in accordance with the Article (5) and (6), respectively, of the Cabinet Decision 55.

INCOME DERIVED FROM TRANSACTIONS WITH OTHER FZPS

Income will be considered as derived from transactions with a FZP where that FZP is the ‘Beneficial Recipient’ i.e. a person who has the right to use and enjoy the service or the goods and does not have a contractual or legal obligation to pass such service or goods to another person.

QUALIFYING ACTIVITIES

Article (2)(1) of the Ministerial Decision 139 states that the following activities conducted by a QFZP shall be considered as Qualifying Activities:
(a) Manufacturing of goods or materials.
(b) Processing of goods or materials.
(c) Holding of shares and other securities.
(d) Ownership, management and operation of Ships.
(e) Reinsurance services that are subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(f) Fund management services that are subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(g) Wealth and investment management services that are subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(h) Headquarter services to Related Parties.
(i) Treasury and financing services to Related Parties.
(j) Financing and leasing of Aircraft, including engines and rotable components.
(k)Distribution of goods or materials in or from a Designated Zone to a customer that resells such goods or materials, or parts thereof or processes or alters such goods or materials or parts thereof for the purposes of sale or resale.
(l) Logistics services.
(m) Any activities that are ancillary to the activities listed in paragraphs (a) to (l) of this Clause.

EXCLUDED ACTIVITIES

Excluded Activities are defined in Article (3)(1) of the Ministerial Decision 139 which states that the following activities shall be considered as Excluded Activities:

(a) Any transactions with natural persons, except transactions in relation to the Qualifying Activities specified under paragraphs (d), (f), (g) and (j) of Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decision.
(b) Banking activities subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State.
(c) Insurance activities subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State, other than the activity specified under paragraph (e) of Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decision.
(d) Finance and leasing activities subject to the regulatory oversight of the competent authority in the State, other than those specified under paragraphs (i) and (j) of Clause (1) of Article (2) of the Decision.
(e) Ownership or exploitation of immovable property, other than Commercial Property located in a Free Zone where the transaction in respect of such Commercial Property is conducted with other FZPs.
(f) Ownership or exploitation of intellectual property assets.
(g) Any activities that are ancillary to the activities listed in paragraphs (a) to (f) above.

An activity shall be considered ancillary where it serves no independent function but is necessary for the performance of the main Excluded Activity.

The activities referenced in Clause (1) of the Article shall have the meaning provided under the respective laws regulating these activities.

Where income falls within Excluded Activities this will not be treated as Qualifying Income (irrespective of where this income is derived from).

DE MINIMIS THRESHOLD

Article (4) of the Ministerial Decision 139, contains provisions related to De Minimis Requirements.A QFZP can earn Non-qualifying income from (i) Excluded Activities or (ii) activities that are non-Qualifying Activities where the other party is a Non-Free Zone Person, provided that this does not exceed the De Minimis threshold, being the lower of either (i) 5 per cent of total revenue of the QFZP in the tax period or (ii) United Arab Emirates Dirham [AED] 5 million.

Certain revenue shall not be included in the calculation of non-qualifying Revenue and total Revenue. This includes revenue attributable to certain immovable property located in a Free Zone (non-commercial property, and commercial property where transactions are with Non-Free Zone Persons). It also includes revenue attributable to a Domestic PE (e.g., a UAE mainland branch) or a Foreign PE.

OTHER CONDITIONS

Where the De Minimis threshold is breached or the QFZP does not satisfy the eligibility conditions of Article 18 of the UAE CT law or any other conditions prescribed, then the FZP shall cease to be a QFZP for the current tax period and then the subsequent four (4) tax periods i.e. they will be treated as a Taxable Person subject to 9 per cent CT rate for a minimum of five years.The implication of the FZP ceasing to be a QFZP is that all of the Taxable Income of the FZP would be subject to 9 per cent (on the Taxable Income that exceeds AED 375,000).

DOMESTIC PE

The Decisions introduce the concept of a Domestic PE where a QFZP has a place of business or other form of presence outside the Free Zone in the State.Income attributable to a Domestic PE should be calculated as if the establishment was a separate and independent person and shall be subject to CT at 9 per cent. However, it will not disqualify the FZP from benefitting from a 0 per cent CT rate on Qualifying Income, or be factored into the de minimis test (as above).

For the purposes of determining whether a QFZP has a Domestic PE, the normal PE rules of Article 14 of the CT Law shall apply. A mainland branch of a QFZP will therefore generally constitute a Domestic PE and be subject to CT at 9 per cent.

REQUIREMENT TO MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUBSTANCE

Article 18(1)(a) of the UAE CT law requires that, in order to be treated as a QFZP, the FZP has to have adequate substance in the UAE.

Article (7) of Cabinet Decision No. 55 provides that a QFZP is required to undertake its core income-generating activities in a Free Zone and having regard to the level of activities carried out, have adequate assets and an adequate number of qualifying employees, and incur an adequate amount of operating expenditures.

It is possible for this substance requirement to be outsourced to a related party in a Free Zone or a third party in a Free Zone, provided that there is adequate supervision of the outsourced activity by the QFZP. Therefore, it would not be possible for these activities to be outsourced to a UAE mainland party.

The FZCT Regime does not prescribe any minimum investment, job creation or business expansion requirements. However, a QFZP must have adequate staff and assets and incur adequate operating expenditure in a Free Zone relative to the Qualifying Income it earns.

This requirement is in line with the existing UAE economic substance regulations.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Article (5)(1)(b) of Ministerial Decision No. 139 confirms the requirement that if a FZP is seeking to be treated as a QFZP it is required to prepare audited financial statements for the tax year in accordance with any decision issued by the Minister on the requirements to prepare and maintain audited financial statements for the purposes of the CT law.Article 54(2) of the CT Law dealing with Financial Statements provides that the Minister may issue a decision requiring categories of taxable persons to prepare and maintain audited or certified financial statements.

Ministerial Decision No. 82 of 2023 on the Determination of Categories of Taxable Persons required to prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements, provides that the following categories of taxable persons shall prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements:
A Taxable Person deriving Revenue exceeding AED 50,000,000 (fifty million United Arab Emirates dirhams) during the relevant Tax Period.
1. A Qualifying Free Zone Person.
2. Thus, each QFZP is to prepare and maintain audited Financial Statements.

CONCLUSION

The release of Cabinet Decision No. 55 on Determining Qualifying Income and Ministerial Decision No. 139 on Qualifying Activities and Excluded Activities provide some clarity on the nature of a Free Zone Person’s income that will be taxed at 0 per cent, as well as the income that would disqualify the FZP (completely) from claiming the 0 per cent tax rate.The released Decisions present a huge shift in understanding of the Free Zone regime within the UAE CT framework. Notably, the introduction of a de minimis threshold will have an impact on Free Zone entities as they could be fully taxable under the new rules.

The definition of ‘Qualifying Activity’ captures a large number of domestic business activities and the provision of services to entities that are located outside of a Free Zone, as well as preserves a beneficial tax regime for the UAE headquarters functions (with headquarters and treasury services falling within the definition).

For Free Zone entities that earn income from individuals (such as earnings from e-commerce sales to individuals, retail businesses, restaurants, hotels, and to an extent professional service/consultancy firms) and UAE businesses that hold or exploit intellectual property (e.g., royalty and license fees from copyrights, trademarks), these income streams are included in the definition of ‘Excluded Activity’ income. This will result in the businesses needing to assess if this income falls within the De Minimis exclusion (being the lower of (i) 5per cent of total revenue or (ii) AED 5 million).

The regulations suggest that if the level of the Excluded Activity income falls outside the De Minimis threshold, then the entity affected would not be eligible to be treated as a QFZP and all of its income would be subject to tax at 9 per cent (under the UAE mainland tax regime). Furthermore, such a business would also be excluded from seeking to be treated as QFZP (i.e., claiming the 0 per cent rate) for the following four (4) tax periods.

It is, therefore, critical that a FZP assesses whether and the extent to which their income streams can be viewed as Qualifying Activity income (i.e., including if their Excluded Activity income falls within the De Minimis exclusion).

Free Zone businesses should ensure that they satisfy all of the requirements of Article 18 of the UAE CT law (which also includes the preparation of audited financial statements) to ensure that they continue to satisfy the conditions to be viewed as a QFZP.

With the release of these Cabinet and Ministerial decisions, and with UAE CT law now effective (accounting periods starting on or after 1 June 2023), businesses that are yet to assess the impact of UAE CT should commence this assessment, at the earliest. With the clarity now available on CT law for Free Zone, time is of essence for Companies to assess their readiness to register and comply with the new regime.

Select Practical Issues in Certification of Taxability of Foreign Remittances in Form 15CB – Part 1

BACKGROUND

The certification of taxability of foreign remittances in Form 15CB remains one of the most practiced areas in international taxation for a Chartered Accountant (‘CA’) in India. While the entire gamut of tax treaties and interplay with domestic tax provisions would apply while analysing the taxability of foreign remittances, there are various practical issues a CA faces while issuing Form 15CB. While it is impossible to cover all such practical issues, the authors, through this article, divided into multiple parts, seek to cover some issues that one comes across, and possible practical solutions for such issues. At the outset, it may be highlighted that as in the case of legal issues, multiple views and solutions may be possible on a particular issue.

With the increase in the rate of tax for royalty and FTS, the claim for treaty benefit becomes a far more crucial issue. In the first part of the article, the authors seek to cover some of the issues related to the tax residency certificate and the issue of Form 10F.

ISSUES RELATING TO TAX RESIDENCY CERTIFICATE (‘TRC’)

Issue 1: Whether TRC is mandatory?

Section 90(4) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 provides that the benefit of a Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (‘DTAA’) shall be available to a non-resident only in case such non-resident obtains a TRC from the tax authorities of the relevant country in which such person is a resident.

While the provision seeks to deny benefits of a DTAA to a non-resident who does not provide a valid TRC, the Ahmedabad Tribunal, in the case of Skaps Industries India (P) Ltd vs. ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448, held as follows,

“9. Whatever may have been the intention of the lawmakers and whatever the words employed in Section 90(4) may prima facie suggest, the ground reality is that as the things stand now, this provision cannot be construed as a limitation to the superiority of treaty over the domestic law. It can only be pressed into service as a provision beneficial to the assessee. The manner in which it can be construed as a beneficial provision to the assessee is that once this provision is complied with in the sense that the assessee furnishes the tax residency certificate in the prescribed format, the Assessing Officer is denuded of the powers to requisition further details in support of the claim of the assessee for the related treaty benefits. …..

10….. Our research did not indicate any judicial precedent which has approved the interpretation in the manner sought to be canvassed before us i.e. Section 90(4) being treated as a limitation to the treaty superiority contemplated under section 90(2), and that issue is an open issue as of now. In the light of this position, and in the light of our foregoing analysis which leads us to the conclusion that Section 90(4), in the absence of a non-obstante clause, cannot be read as a limitation to the treaty superiority under Section 90(2), we are of the considered view that an eligible assesse cannot be declined the treaty protection under section 90(2) on the ground that the said assessee has not been able to furnish a Tax Residency Certificate in the prescribed form.”

Therefore, the ITAT held that section 90(4) of the ITA does not override the DTAA. In a recent decision, the Hyderabad Tribunal in the case of Sreenivasa Reddy Cheemalamarri vs. ITO [2020] TS-158-ITAT-2020 has also followed the ruling of the Ahmedabad Tribunal of Skaps (supra). Similar view has also been taken by the Hyderabad ITAT in the cases of Vamsee Krishna Kundurthi vs. ITO (2021) 190 ITD 68 and Ranjit Kumar Vuppu vs. ITO (2021) 190 ITD 455.

However, it is also important to highlight that in the absence of a TRC, the onus is on the recipient taxpayer to substantiate that the said taxpayer is a resident of a particular country. Therefore, if the taxpayer can substantiate, through any other document, the eligibility to claim the benefit under the DTAA, the said benefit should be granted. An example of the document to be provided would be the certificate of incorporation wherein the domestic law of the particular country treats companies incorporated in that jurisdiction to be tax residents of that jurisdiction such as Germany, UK, etc. Similarly, in the case of individuals, one may consider the number of days one has stayed in a particular jurisdiction if the test of residence of that jurisdiction is the number of days stay in that jurisdiction.

However, the deductor, who is required to evaluate the eligibility of the recipient for treaty benefit, would need to exercise caution while considering a document other than the TRC as proof of tax residency as the ITA places an onerous responsibility, of withholding the tax due from the non-resident recipient, on the payer.

Further, it is also important to highlight that in Form 15CB, one is required to clearly state as to whether TRC is available. Given the fact that a CA is certifying the taxability of the foreign remittance and in the absence of any provision in the form to provide an explanation, in the view of the authors, the CA would clearly need to state whether TRC is available or not and in the absence of a TRC, one will need to select ‘No’ in the said form.

Issue 2: Is the TRC sufficient to claim the benefits of the DTAA?

Having analysed whether TRC is mandatory to avail the benefits of the DTAA, the next issue which needs to be addressed is whether TRC is sufficient to avail the benefits of the DTAA. In other words, can the beneficial provisions of the DTAA be availed only on the basis of the DTAA. In the context of the India – Mauritius DTAA, there are various judicial precedents which have followed the CBDT Circular No. 789 of 2000 which provides that a TRC issued by the Mauritius tax authorities will constitute sufficient evidence for accepting the status of residence as well as beneficial ownership or to avail the exemption of tax on capital gains.

However, in today’s post-BEPS world, it is extremely important to satisfy the economic substance in claiming the benefits of a DTAA. Further, there is also a school of thought that such requirement to satisfy substance over form through conditions such as the Principal Purpose test (‘PPT’) could also apply even where such DTAA is not modified by the Multilateral Instrument (‘MLI’). This school of thought has been followed in a number of judicial precedents wherein the courts have sought to apply the substance over form approach even prior to the implementation of the MLI or the General Anti-Avoidance Rules (‘GAAR’).

Therefore, in such a scenario, in the view of the authors, while TRC, which merely provides that the said taxpayer is a tax resident of the said country, is mandatory, it may not be sufficient on its own to justify claim of beneficial provisions of a DTAA. In other words, one would need to satisfy the other tests such as beneficial ownership test, PPT, GAAR, Limitation of Benefit test, as may be applicable, to justify the claim of the benefit of the DTAA. However, it is also important to note that as a payer or as a CA issuing Form 15CB, one may not have sufficient information to evaluate the application of the above anti-avoidance measures. Therefore, one should consider obtaining an appropriate declaration from the recipient after having reasonable care and undertaken analysis on the basis of the facts available. One may also refer to an article by the authors in the February 2021 edition of this Journal wherein the issue of application of subjective measures such as PPT test to section 195 of the ITA have been discussed in detail.

Issue 3: Period covered under TRC

Generally, the TRC provides a specific period for which it is applicable. While the TRC of some jurisdictions provide the period for which the taxpayer may be considered as a resident of that jurisdiction, some provide the residential status as on a particular date. While India follows April to March as the financial year, most countries follow the calendar year as the tax year and therefore, the question arises is which period should the TRC cover.

Section 90(2) of the ITA enables the taxpayer to choose between the provisions of the DTAA and the ITA, whichever is more beneficial. Further, section 90(4) of the ITA provides that a non-resident is not entitled to claim the benefit of the DTAA unless TRC has been obtained.

Similarly, section 195 of the ITA provides that tax has to be deducted at source at the rates in force at the time of payment or credit, whichever is earlier. Therefore, on a combined reading of the above sections, one can reasonably conclude that the TRC should cover the period when one is applying the  beneficial provisions of a DTAA i.e. at the time when tax has to be deducted at source on the particular transaction.

This is important as the requirement for furnishing the certificate in Form 15CB under section 195(6) of the ITA is only at the time of payment.

Let us take an example of payment of consultancy fees to a French company for consultancy services rendered in the month of September 2022 where the invoice is provided in the month of October 2022, expense is booked in the same month and the payment for such fees is made in the month of February 2023. As France follows the calendar year for tax purposes, the TRC required would be of 2022, even though the Form 15CB would be issued in February 2023 at the time of payment.

Now, the next question which arises is how one should deal with a situation where the TRC is of an earlier period and the TRC of the relevant period is not available with the vendor or the vendor has applied for the TRC and is awaiting the same. This could typically be in situations where the tax deduction is made in the beginning of the calendar year where most taxpayers would be in the process of applying for the TRC for that year with their tax authorities and hence, the latest TRC may not be available.

In such a situation, so long as one is able to justify the tax residency by way of any other document, the payer can consider providing the benefit of the DTAA to the recipient following the decisions of the Ahmedabad and Hyderabad ITAT mentioned above.

However, similar to the above situation, as a CA who is certifying the taxability in Form 15CB, it is important that the correct TRC is obtained before the issue of the certificate as one is required to state whether TRC has been obtained and in the context of the form, the TRC would need to be the one which is corresponding to the date of deduction of TDS. If the applicable TRC is not available, it may be advisable for the CA to certify that ‘No’ TRC is available and deny treaty benefits or alternatively it may be advisable to obtain a lower withholding certificate from the tax authorities under section 197 or section 195 of the ITA.

ISSUES RELATING TO FORM 10F

Issue 4: Interplay of requirement of TRC and Form 10F

Section 90(5) of the ITA read with Rule 21AB of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 (‘Rules’) provide that the taxpayer who wishes to apply the beneficial provisions of the DTAA shall also submit a self-declaration in Form 10F in case the TRC obtained from the tax authorities of the country of residence does not contain all the necessary information required. Namely, the legal status of the taxpayer, the nationality or country of incorporation / registration, the unique tax identification number in the country of residence, the period for which the TRC is applicable and the address of the taxpayer.

Generally, the TRC issued by most countries contains most of the information such as unique tax identification number, period for which the TRC is applicable and the address of the taxpayer. Further, the TRC issued by a few countries such as the Netherlands, Germany, Mauritius, etc. contain all the information as required in Rule 21AB. Therefore, the need for obtaining a Form 10F in the case of taxpayers who are residents of such countries does not arise.

It is important to highlight that Form 10F is to be used to supplement the TRC by providing information in addition to that provided in the TRC, and it is not to be used as a replacement for the TRC itself. In other words, Form 10F without the TRC has no value. On the other hand, beneficial provisions of a DTAA can be applied even in the absence of a Form 10F if the TRC contains all the necessary information (such as the case with the countries mentioned above).

Further, in the view of the authors, even if the TRC does not contain all the required information, benefits of the DTAA may still be availed even in the absence of Form 10F if one can substantiate on the basis of any other documents, the said information. However, such a situation may be more from a theoretical perspective than a practical one, as Form 10F is a self-declaration from the taxpayer.

Issue 5: Requirement of furnishing Form 10F online

Prior to July 2022, Form 10F, being a self-declaration, was to be issued physically. However, CBDT vide Notification No. 3/2022 dated 16th July, 2022 mandated online furnishing of the said form. This issue has been dealt with in detail in the September 2022 edition of this Journal and therefore, not being discussed here.

Subsequently, in December 2022, the CBDT exempted the mandatory online furnishing of Form 10F to 31st March, 2023. Now, the said exemption has been extended till 30th September 2023 vide Notification No. F. No. DGIT(S)-ADG(S)-3/e-Filing Notification/ Forms/2023/13420 dated 28th March, 2023.

However, it is important to note that this relaxation only applies to those taxpayers who do not have a PAN and are not required to obtain PAN. Section 139A of the ITA mandates every person having income in excess of maximum amount not chargeable to tax, to obtain a PAN in India. Therefore, the Notification above only exempts those non-residents from mandatory furnishing Form 10F online, who do not have income in excess of maximum amount not chargeable to tax.

In order to understand the impact of the above Notification and the situations wherein the exemption applies, one can consider the following scenarios:

a.    Scenario A – Income taxable under the Act and taxable under the DTAA at the same rate of tax i.e. no benefit available in the DTAA – such as capital gains on sale of shares in the case of India – US DTAA .In this situation, as there is no treaty benefit availed, the question of furnishing Form 10F itself does not arise.

b.    Scenario B – Income not taxable under the ITA itself. In this situation as well, in the absence of any treaty benefit availed, Form 10F need not be furnished.

c.    Scenario C – Income taxable under the ITA but exempt under the DTAA – such as fees for technical services rendered by a resident of the US and which do not make available technical know-how, skill, experience, etc. In this situation, due to the exemption under the DTAA, the income of the taxpayer does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax and therefore, the taxpayer is not required to obtain PAN. Here, one would be able to apply the exemption as provided in the Notification and need not furnish Form 10F online till 30th September, 2023. However, one may also need to consider the recent amendment vide Finance Act 2020, wherein a non-resident earning certain income such as dividend, interest, royalty or FTS, is exempt from filing the return of income only if tax has been deducted at the rates prescribed in section 115A of the ITA.

d.    Scenario D – Income taxable under the ITA as well as the DTAA with a lower rate of tax under the DTAA – such as dividends in most DTAAs have a rate of tax lower than the 20% under section 115A of the ITA. In this situation, while the DTAA benefit is claimed, the taxpayer is still liable to tax (albeit at a lower rate of tax) in India and therefore, if the income exceeds the maximum amount not chargeable to tax, the exemption in the said Notification may not apply and one may need to furnish Form 10F online only.

Issue 6: Whether Form 10F is required in case of no PAN

As discussed above, Form 10F supplements the TRC by providing additional information. However, TRC is used not only for availing benefits under the DTAA but is also one of the prescribed documents/ information required to be furnished by a non-resident who is taxable in India; and does not have a PAN under section 206AA of the ITA read with Rule 37BC of the Rules. With the increase in the tax rate for royalty and FTS, there could be limited situations wherein the provisions of section 206AA would apply in the case of payments to non-residents or foreign companies.

Nevertheless, the question arises is whether Form 10F is required to be obtained for satisfying the conditions as provided in Rule 37BC, in case the TRC obtained does not contain all the necessary information. In this regard, as highlighted earlier, the genesis for furnishing Form 10F arises from section 90(5) of the ITA and therefore, its application should only be limited to claim the benefits of the DTAA and not to the provisions of section 206AA of the ITA. In other words, if the TRC does not contain all the necessary information, one may still provide the balance information as required in Rule 37BC and in such a situation, the higher tax rate under section 206AA should not apply even if Form 10F is not furnished, while Form 10F may be required to obtain the treaty benefits, if any.

CONCLUSION

Section 161 r.w.s 163 of the ITA places an onerous responsibility on the payer for recovery of the taxes due from a non-resident recipient. It means, taxes can be recovered from a payer if the payee fails to discharge his obligation. This is in addition to the disallowance of expenses for non-deduction of tax at source. Further, section 271J of the ITA also provides for a penalty on a CA in respect of any incorrect information provided in any certificate including in Form 15CB. On the one hand, the complexities in the international tax world are increasing. On the other hand, one sees a significant increase in litigation in India on international tax issues. Therefore, it is extremely important for a CA to remain updated and to independently analyse the taxability of the foreign remittances before issuing Form 15CB. In the subsequent part of the article, the authors shall cover various practical issues which arise while issuing Form 15CB such as multiple dates of deduction of tax at source, the role and responsibility of CA in issuing Form 15CB, precautions to be taken, etc.

Revisiting Non-Discrimination Clause of The India – Us Tax Treaty in Light of India’s Corporate Tax Rate Reduction

Tax complexity itself is a kind of tax – Max Baucus, US Senator

This Article seeks to juxtapose the principle of non-discrimination with Article 14(2) of the India – US tax treaty and analyse its fallout. The combined reading of the two provides for the applicability of different tax rates imposed on a permanent establishment of a US corporation vis-à-vis a domestic corporation in India. However, the treaty posits that the tax rate differential shall not exceed fifteen percentage points. In this Article, the author argues that with the reduction of the corporate tax rate in India (albeit through an election), the concession of fifteen percentage points provided by the United States stands breached. Sequitur, the full force of principles of non – discrimination may be applicable notwithstanding the carve-out of Article 14(2).

I. INTRODUCTION

On September 20, 2019 the Government of India enacted a significant reduction of the corporate income tax rate for domestic corporations. On the statute, it was introduced as an election where the domestic corporations could elect to be taxed at 22 per cent1 which was earlier either 25 per cent or 30 per cent2 effective taxable year beginning April 1, 2019. On making this election, the corporation would forgo majority of the tax exemptions and incentives. If the domestic corporation is engaged in manufacturing activity, subject to certain conditions like company formation and commencement of operations, then it could elect a tax rate of 15 percent3. On the other hand, tax rate for a foreign corporation or a Permanent Establishment (“PE”) of a foreign corporation was left unaltered at 40 per cent4.

Article 26 of the India-US Tax Treaty (“Treaty”) enlists the principle of non-discrimination which enjoins nationals of a Contracting State to not be subjected to any taxation that is ‘other or more burdensome’ or ‘less favourable’ than that taxation of nationals in ‘same circumstances’ in the other Contracting State. Article 26(5) of the Treaty creates a carve-out from the general principle in terms of Article 14(2) – Permanent Establishment Tax. To give some context, Article 14 concerns itself with the imposition of a permanent establishment or branch tax5. Article 14(2) while deviating from the general principle of non-discrimination provides for the taxation of United States resident at a tax rate higher than applicable to domestic companies in India. However, the Article posits that the difference in tax rate shall not exceed the ‘existing’ difference of 15 percentage points. The Article therefore, in a certain way, creates a positive obligation on the Contracting State, India, to adhere the domestic tax rates in line with the treaty obligations. Curiously, this is an obligation on the Contracting State and not the taxpayers who are usually stuck in fulfilling conditions for treaty benefits!


1    Effective tax rate of 25.17% including peak surcharge and cess.
2    Effective tax rate of 34.94% including peak surcharge and cess.
3    Effective tax rate of 17.16% including peak surcharge and cess.
4    Effective tax rate of 43.68% including peak surcharge and cess.
5    See, Tech. Ex. to the Convention between United States and India (1991).

This article concerns itself with the above treaty obligation and the gamut of questions that arise therefrom. However, in absence of any previous steep tax rate reduction, this obligation has not been extensively examined by the Judiciary. Nonetheless, an attempt is made to put India’s corporate tax rate reduction in context with the non-discrimination principles and try to shed some perspective on whether the obligation is breached, and if so, the effect of such breach.

II. CONTEXTUALIZING DOMESTIC TAX REGIME WITH TREATY OBLIGATIONS

A. Headline Rate v. Concessional Tax Rate as a base to measure the 15 per cent differential

The subject of how much tax corporations pay in India is a complicated one. Over the last decade, the statutory rate or the headline has fallen down from 35 per cent to 30 per cent and in cases where a certain turnover threshold is met to 25%. Sections 115BAA and 115BAB of the (Indian) Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) accord an election to the taxpayer to elect the tax rate at 22 per cent or 15 per cent respectively for domestic corporations and domestic corporations engaged in manufacturing activities (collectively, “concessional tax regime”). This concessional rate is further increased by a surcharge of 10 per cent and a cess of 4 per cent and the concessional tax regime is applicable from the financial year 2019 – 2020. Once this election is made it cannot be revoked. Further, the corporations opting for the election are exempt from tax liability under Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”). The downside, as it were, to this election is forgoing majority of the tax incentives and exemptions. Some of these exemptions may be claimed by foreign corporations too (through their PE’s). The domestic corporations, therefore, undertake a cost-benefit analysis and either elect to be taxed at a concessional rate or maintain status-quo in light of their existing exemptions and incentives (which reduce their effective tax rate below the concessional rate).

The first question which arises in the calculation of the differential tax rate of 15 per cent is whether such rate would be inclusive of surcharge and cess. While generally for this purpose, the definition of ‘taxes covered’ under Article 2 of the Treaty would be inquired into – implying a rate inclusive of surcharge and cess should be considered. However, it is a well-established principle of law in regard to the interpretation of agreements that such interpretation adopted should effectuate the intention of the parties and not defeat it. The term used in Article 14(2) consciously puts an upper cap on percentage points caveating it to the ‘existing’ differential, making historical analysis of the tax rate at the time of signing of the Treaty imperative.

For the assessment year 1990-91 pertaining to the taxable year 1989-90 the rate of tax on the domestic companies was 50 percentage points and the surcharge was payable at the rate of 8 percentage points. The rate of tax in the case of companies other than domestic companies was 65 percentage points. The Treaty takes note of the difference in the tax rates of domestic companies and foreign companies at 15 percentage points. Therefore, the Treaty in measuring the tax rates disregards the surcharge and cess6.


6    The rate of tax referred to in the agreement is the rate of tax chargeable under Article 270 of the Constitution of India. The surcharge is the additional tax, which was not intended to be taken into account for the purpose of placing a limit in the levy of tax in the case of foreign companies, Bank of America v. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax, [2001] 78 ITD 1 (Mumbai). This view in the context of India – US DTAA/ Treaty has been reiterated by the High Court of Uttarakhand in CIT v. Arthusa Offshore Company, ITA 46 of 2007 decision dated 31.03.2008.

Having analysed the above, the logical question that follows is whether a concessional regime may be taken as a base for measuring the differential? Because only if the concessional regime can be taken as a base would the argument of breach of treaty obligation survive. Otherwise, the headline rate in the Act still remains 30%/ 25% and in either case, 15% rate differential would not get breached in such a scenario.

To put it in perspective, under the terms of the Act, the Assessing Officer is mandated to carry out an assessment of the taxpayer in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The Treaty has statutory recognition under section 90 of the Act. Section 4 of the Act, which is a charging provision, provides that where a Central Act enacts that income-tax it shall be charged at that rate or those rates in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act. A concessional tax regime forms part of the Act and as such if elected the charging provision provides for levying tax at a specified (concessional) rate.

However, because the concessional tax regime is not available to foreign companies, they are unable to elect such a rate. This asymmetry merits consideration in light of the principle of ‘quando aliquid prohibetur ex directo, prohibetur et per obliquum’, which means ‘you cannot do indirectly what you cannot do directly’. Accordingly, such an approach, on the first principles, would be unsound in as much as it is well settled in law that the treaty partners ought to observe their treaties, including their tax treaties, in good faith.

B. Invoking Article 26 of the Treaty to provide parity to the rate of tax applicable to US companies

A non-discrimination clause in a tax treaty essentially prevents any discrimination afforded between two taxpayers on the basis of country of origin. There may be various types of protection against discrimination typically provided in tax treaties, that is, inter alia, nationality-based non-discrimination, situs-based non-discrimination, or ownership-based discrimination.

The Pune Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Automated Securities Clearance Inc. v. ITO7, has observed that principles of non-discrimination clause would be available in case of a non-resident in case the different treatment meted out by the other state is considered as unreasonable, arbitrary or irrelevant. However, the rigors laid down in Automated Securities (supra) were overruled by a Special Bench verdict in the case of Rajeev Sureshbhai v. ACIT8. The Tribunal relied upon the following principles to settle the controversy:

  • For the application of Article 26(2) of the Treaty, it is sufficient to show that the non-resident taxpayer is engaged in the same business and is treated less favourably, the different circumstances in which the business is being performed are irrelevant;
  • There is no scope for “reasonable” discrimination and the concept is alien to treaty law;
  • If certain exemptions and deductions are available only for Indian taxpayers and not available for non-resident taxpayers, the same is to be construed as a less favourable treatment.

Flowing from above, the principle of pacta sunt servanda9, disallowing a favourable taxation regime to companies situated in ‘same circumstance’10 may ipso facto be a ground for invocation of the non-discrimination principles11 justifying the need of a carve-out under Article 14(2) in the first place. While there is a carve-out in Article 26(5) of the Treaty, for the rate of tax, the general principles of non-discrimination in Article 26 of the Treaty are still in force. The application of general principles is not estopped but is only subject to the carve-out. Thus, principles under Article 26(1) and (2) still apply. This implies that the Contracting State, i.e., India is still obliged to provide taxation which is not ‘other or burdensome’ or ‘less favourable’ to the residents of the United States. Discrimination is to be seen not only from the viewpoint of Indian law but what the two sovereigns agreed on at the time of signing of the Treaty. This includes ‘indirect’ discrimination12, which appears to be precisely the fallout of adopting a concessional tax regime13 only for domestic taxpayers; putting the residents of the other Contracting State at a significant disadvantage. This prima facie seems to violate the non-discrimination provisions of the Treaty notwithstanding the carve-out.


7    118 TTJ 619

8    129 ITD 145 (Ahd. Trib. – SB)

9    Supreme Court of India recognized the customary status of the Vienna Convention despite India not having ratified the convention yet. The courts in India have been leaning towards the principles of pacta sunt servanda and general rules of interpretation of a treaty, as contained in the Vienna convention to embrace good faith compliance. See, Ram Jethmalani v. Union of India, (2011) 9 SCC 751

10    Non-Indian banks carry out the same activity as Indian banks, ABN Amro Bank N.V v. JCIT, ITA 692/Cal./2000

11    OECD MTC 2017 C-24, para 44, 45 – “As such measures are in furtherance of objectives directly related to the economic activity proper of the State concerned, it is right that the benefit of them should be extended to permanent establishments of enterprises of another State which has a double taxation convention with the first embodying the provisions of Article 24, once they have been accorded the right to engage in business activity in that State, either under its legislation or under an international agreement (treaties of commerce, establishment conventions, etc.) concluded between the two States….It should, however, be noted that although non-resident enterprises are entitled to claim these tax advantages in the State concerned, they must fulfil the same conditions and requirements as resident enterprises.”

12    Id., para 1, 56 “When the taxation of profits made by companies which are residents of a given State is calculated according to a progressive scale of rates, such a scale should, in principle, be applied to permanent establishments situated in that State”

13    Id., para 15 Subject to the foregoing observation, the words “...shall not be subjected...to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome ...” mean that when a tax is imposed on nationals and foreigners in the same circumstances, it must be in the same form as regards both the basis of charge and the method of assessment, its rate must be the same and, finally, the formalities connected with the taxation (returns, payment, prescribed times, etc.) must not be more onerous for foreigners than for nationals.

C. Explanation 1 to section 90 of the Act – whether valid a defence?

Explanation 1 to section 90 of the Act inserted in 2001 with retrospective effect from April 1, 1962, envisages that rate of tax cannot by itself imply less favourable (term used by the Act, akin non-discrimination in the Treaty) treatment to a non-resident. Should this explanation be accepted it would amount to a treaty override. As originally inserted the Explanation acknowledged its existence owing to the difference in the tax treatment of a domestic corporation (in that the domestic corporations in addition to corporate tax pay dividend distribution tax) vis-à-vis a foreign corporation (which only pays corporate tax). Since then the position has changed and the Explanation has been amended. Now it does not mention any ‘reason’ for such treatment.

OECD in its 1989 report on treaty override specifically states that domestic legislation (whether inserted before or after the commencement of the Treaty) in no way affects the continuing international obligation of a State unless it has been specifically denounced14. In this context, the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the famous Azadi Bachao15 case held that that a Treaty overrides the provisions of the Act in the matter of ascertainment of income and its chargeability to tax, to the extent of inconsistency with the terms of the Treaty. This view has been reiterated by the judiciary multiple times16. The reasoning behind this principle is to curtail amendments to an international obligation through unilateral measures – something that we have been grappling with in the digital space!


14    See, OECD Report of 1989 on Tax treaty override, para 12

15    Azadi Bachao Andolan v. Union of India, (2003) 184 CTR (SC) 450

16    By virtue of Clause 24(2) of the said agreement and the statutory recognition thereof in section 90(2) of the Act, the permanent establishment of a Japanese entity in India could not have been charged tax at a rate higher than comparable Indian assessees carrying on the same activities. Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi Ltd. v. Commissioner of Income-tax [2019] 108 taxmann.com 242 (Calcutta), para 5

Pertinently, the Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of Sanofi Pasteur Holding SA v. Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance: 354 ITR 316 (AP) gave due consideration to the question whether a retrospective amendment in the domestic law could be considered in interpretation of the tax treaty. The Court while holding tax treaty supremacy referred to the general rule of interpretation postulated in the Vienna Convention and observed as under:

“…Treaty-making power is integral to the exercise of sovereign legislative or executive will according to the relevant constitutional scheme, in all jurisdictions. Once the power is exercised by the authorized agency (the legislature or the executive, as the case may be) and a treaty entered into, provisions of such treaty must receive a good faith interpretation by every authorized interpreter, whether an executive agency, a quasi-judicial authority or the judicial branch. The supremacy of tax treaty provisions duly operationalised within a contracting State [which may (theoretically) be disempowered only by explicit and appropriately authorized legislative exertions], cannot be eclipsed by employment of an interpretive stratagem, on misconceived and ambiguous assumption of revenue interests of one of the contracting States. Where the operative treaty’s provisions are unambiguous and their legal meaning clearly discernible and lend to an uncontestable comprehension on good faith interpretation, no further interpretive exertion is authorized; for that would tantamount to usurpation (by an unauthorized body – the interpreting Agency/Tribunal), intrusion and unlawful encroachment into the domain of treaty-making under Article 253 (in the Indian context), an arena off-limits to the judicial branch; and when the organic Charter accommodates no participatory role, for either the judicial branch or the executors of the Act.”

On the other hand, it may be argued at the instance of the Revenue that Explanation 1 to section 90 is a specific provision aimed at providing different tax regimes for domestic companies vis-à-vis foreign companies. In Chohung Bank17, the Tribunal accepted that there is no conflict between Explanation 1 to section 90 and the India-Korea Tax Treaty. The Court inter-alia observed that the Explanation confirms the proposition that rates of taxes, which are provided under the Finance Act, as opposed to the Act, are out of the purview of the general rule under the Act – provisions to the extent they are more beneficial shall apply to a taxpayer.


17    12 SOT 301 (Mum – Trib.) relying on previous Tribunal order in ITA No. 4948/Mum/05

However, it may not be out of place to mention that the annual tax rates, which are decided as per section 4 of the Act, provide that where a Central Act enacts that income-tax it shall be charged at that rate or those rates in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act. Thus, the rates of taxes are subject to the provisions of the Act.

In an AAR Ruling Transworld Garnet Co. Ltd., In Re18 it was observed that terms “taxation” and “tax” are not interchangeable. The AAR went on to observe that the object clause of every agreement uses the expression “taxation” and “tax” where the purpose is stated to be “avoidance of double taxation and prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income or wealth”. Further, drawing contradistinction between the two expressions, the AAR held that where the rate of tax is the focus, the language used is “tax so charged shall not exceed”. The discrimination against taxation, therefore, means the procedures by which tax is imposed. While I may not entirely agree with the said proposition, it would still aid the taxpayer since Article 14(2) of the Treaty specifically uses the term “tax rate”.

In Sampath Iyengar’s Law of Income Tax19, the learned author has enunciated that giving effect to Explanation 1 contained in section 90 of the Act, would tantamount to a breach of the non-discrimination clause where the tax treaties themselves mention the differential tax rates. The author has observed:

“…This is a live issue, since a mere provision in domestic law will hardly help without such clarification in the anti-discrimination clause in the Agreement, where India has such an agreement. The solution lies in incorporating this understanding to be explicitly made as part of the Agreement to avoid such controversy. In other words, the Agreement, should itself indicate, whether discrimination is only with reference to nationality or otherwise and whether the differential rate of tax on residents would construe discrimination.”


18. 333 ITR 1
19. 12 Edn. at page 8562

It may further be apposite to state that in the context of discrimination on account of rate of tax, tax treaties signed by India with certain countries such as the UK, Germany, Canada, Russia etc. specifically permit taxation of PE at a rate higher than the rate applicable to domestic companies. In certain tax treaties, however, the tax treaties themselves provide an upper limit/ place a cap on the tax rate. Refer Annexure for the relevant Articles of the respective tax treaties.

Thus, where the Treaty itself acknowledges that the tax rate differential shall not exceed 15 percentage points, following the precedents as laid down by the Supreme Court, the taxpayer has a good case to defend that Explanation 1 shall not override the provisions of the Treaty20. Good faith interpretation as enunciated by VCLT necessitates the treaty provisions to be good law.

D. Prescribed Arrangement under section 2(22A) of the Act – an open question

The Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of ITO v. Decca Survey Overseas Ltd21 had observed that in absence of a notified “prescribed arrangement” as provided under section 2(22A) of the Act, Explanation 1 to section 90 would not come in the way for the non-resident companies to claim tax rates equal to the resident companies. Thereafter, Rule 27 of the (Indian) Income-tax Rules, 1962 (“the Rules”) was inserted.


20    The priority of two provisions of the same rank can be achieved by the interpretation rules of lex specialis derogate legi generali and lex generalis posterior non-derogat legi speciali priori. The tax treaty provision is seen as the more special provision.

21    ITA No. 3604/Bom/94 dated 27.02.2004

Rule 27 has been reproduced below for easy reference:

“Prescribed arrangements for declaration and payment of dividends within India.

27. The arrangements referred to in sections 194 and 236 to be made by a company for the declaration and payment of dividends (including dividends on preference shares) within India shall be as follows:

(1) The share register of the company for all shareholders shall be regularly maintained at its principal place of business within India, in respect of any assessment year from a date not later than the 1st day of April of such year.

(2) The general meeting for passing the accounts of the previous year relevant to the assessment year and for declaring any dividends in respect thereof shall be held only at a place within India.

(3) The dividends declared, if any, shall be payable only within India to all shareholders.”

The same has been relied upon by the Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Shinhan Bank v. DCIT22 to hold that a foreign company could carry out the “prescribed arrangement” to be eligible to be classified as a domestic corporation and hence held that there was no discrimination per se in differential rates of tax.

The observation of the Tribunal are as under:

“As a matter of fact, the terminology used, so far as the tax rate for companies is concerned, in the finance Acts is “domestic company” and “a company other than a domestic company?. Under section 2(22A), a domestic company is defined as “an Indian company or any other company, which in respect of its income liable to tax in India makes prescribed arrangements for declaration and payment of dividends within India”, and Section 2(23A), a foreign company is defined as a company “which is not a domestic company” i.e. which has not made prescribed arrangements for declaration and payment of dividends in India. The basis of different tax rates being applied is thus not the situs of fiscal domicile or incorporation but simply the arrangement for making arrangements for the declaration of payment of dividends within India.”

“If a non-resident company can make arrangements for the declaration and payment of dividends, out of income earned in India, in India, that non-resident company will be subjected to the same rate of tax which is levied on the Indian companies. The taxation of the foreign companies at a higher rate therefore at a higher rate vis-à-vis the domestic companies is thus not considered to be discriminatory vis-à-vis the foreign companies. The sharp contrast in the definition of a foreign company under section 2(23A) vis-à-vis the definition of a non-resident company under section 6(3) makes it clear that so far as the charge of tax is concerned, the critical factor is the situs of the control and management of a company, but so far as the rate of tax is concerned, the critical factor is the arrangements for the declaration of dividends out of income earned in India. Clearly, thus, the mere fact that a company which has not made “arrangements for the declaration of dividends out of income earned in India” is charged at a higher rate of tax in India vis-à-vis domestic company, cannot be treated as discrimination on account of the fact that the enterprise belonged to the other Contracting State, i.e. Korea.”

At first glance, the prescribed arrangement does not seem “other or more burdensome” since even domestic companies are required to withhold tax on dividend payments. However, the above reasoning leaves many open questions:

  • The US Company would arguably consolidate its earnings at the US level, it would merit consideration whether the US or any other country of residence of such shareholder grants Foreign Tax Credit (“FTC”) on account of taxes withheld in India.

To elaborate, say a US Company has shareholders which are either US-based or based outside the US, Canada for instance. The US company enters into a prescribed arrangement to withhold taxes on account of dividend payments to its shareholders (qua income derived from India), however would the residence country of the shareholders (Canada in this case) grant FTC to these shareholders on account of taxes withheld in India? Or would the same be in accordance with the Convention between US and Canada (in our illustration). Without the grant of FTC, this arrangement may palpably result in double taxation, which is the first objective, the Tax Treaty is aimed to mitigate!

  • Where the US Company enters into the prescribed arrangement and is classified as a domestic company, Revenue in India may allege that as a domestic company, the US Company is not entitled to the benefits of the Treaty.
  • Since dividend payments are taxable at the level of the shareholder (as opposed to perhaps a dividend distribution tax) is the prescribed arrangement proportionate to the object sought to be achieved? Especially since payment of tax on dividends is a vicarious liability for the US Company.
  • Since Rule 27 would apply regardless of the tax treaty in question, there may be a situation where the corporate law, in the other Contracting State, may restrict moving the share register/ holding a general meeting for passing the accounts, outside that jurisdiction, which is the essence under Rule 27. In that situation, fulfillment of conditions specified in Rule 27 may become an impossibility. Would Rule 27, in that case, be read down?

A similar controversy is pending before the Hon’ble Delhi High Court in the case of Gokwik Commerce Solutions v. DCIT23 wherein the taxpayer has contended that it was a recently incorporated entity and hence could not fulfill the strict conditions, for obtaining lower withholding certificate, specified under Rule 28AA which require the filing of financial statements for four previous years.

E. Effect of breach of the treaty obligation

Tax Treaties do not usually provide for remedies in cases of breach24 since treaties are essentially agreements entered into by sovereign states25. In Sanchez-Llamas v. Oregon,26 the Supreme Court of the United States opined that “where a treaty does not provide a particular remedy, either expressly or implicitly, it is not for the federal courts to impose one on the States through law making of their own.”27. Closer home, in T Rajkumar v. Union of India28, the issue under consideration before the Hon’ble Madras High Court was the constitutional validity of section 94A of the Act and notification and circular issued thereunder, specifying Cyprus as a notified jurisdiction area for the purposes of section 94A of the Act. As per the provisions under section 94A, the executive is empowered to notify any country as a notified jurisdictional area having regard to the other country’s lack of effective exchange of information.

The petitioners in the case, inter alia, argued that basis the doctrine of pacta sunt servanda, the executive could not invoke municipal/ internal law to annul the provisions of a tax treaty. The Court did not entertain the said plea where there was a breach of an obligation from a treaty partner. The Court, inter alia, observed:

“88. But, even if we invoke the rule of Pacta Sunt Servanda contained in Article 26 of the Vienna Convention, on the basis that the same was part of the customary international law, the petitioners would not be better off. This is for the reason that Article 26 of the Vienna Convention obliges both the contracting parties to perform their obligations in good faith. As pointed out earlier, one of the four purposes for which, an agreement could be entered into by the Central Government under Section 90(1), is for the exchange of information. If one of the parties to the Treaty fails to provide necessary information, then such a party is in breach of the obligation under Article 26 of the Vienna Convention. The beneficiary of such a breach of obligation by one of the contracting parties (like the assessee herein) cannot invoke the Vienna Convention to prevent the other contracting party (India in this case) from taking recourse to internal law, to address the issue.”


22    ITA No. 2227 & 2229/Mum/2017 and 139 taxmann.com 563
23    WP (C) No. 199/202, order dated 09.01.2023
24    Lord Arnold McNair, The Law of Treaties 574 (1961)
25    Id.
26    Sanchez-Llamas v. Oregon, 126 S. Ct. 2669 (2006)
27    Id. at 2680
28    239 Taxman 283 (Mad.)

Therefore, while the Treaty does not enlist any repercussion/ fall out of breach of a tax treaty by a Contracting State, an inference may be drawn from the above precedent in T Rajkumar (supra), that the other Contracting State (in this case, United States) is free to utilize its domestic law to remedy the situation and the same would not fall foul of international commitments.

View 1: In light of the preceding, once the ostensible breach takes place and is continuing it may logically follow that the corporate tax rate afforded to a US corporation operating in India should be equal to the domestic (concessional) tax rate as adjusted by the differential as provided in Article 14(2) of the Treaty.

View 2: Article 14(2) is akin to a proviso to Article 26 of the Treaty. Essentially, a concession given by the United States to India on a good-faith basis. The words used, as described in preceding paragraphs, is ‘[the] existing tax rate’, implying thereby that the differential was needed to be maintained with reference to the time of the entry of the Treaty29.


29    Bank of America v. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax, [2001] 78 ITD 1 (Mumbai)

To take an analogy, in cases of commercial contracts, the offending parts would be severed and the rest would stand up. More generally called the blue pencil doctrine. It owes its existence in the time when Courts were called in question to adjudge equities, where the Court would not re-write the contract but severe the unenforceable clauses. Though the blue pencil doctrine is not an absolute proposition it is generally applied in commercial contracts and finds its statutory basis in the Indian Contract Act, 1872.

The offending part is the proviso to Article 26 and therefore till the existence or continuance of the breach, a view may be taken that the proviso, since it is severed, has no legal effect. In other words, and to borrow constitutional law principles, the clause stands eclipsed till the time the breach is remedied. Once remedied the clause may spring back, however, till such time, the clause has no legal validity.

Assuming therefore, once the ostensible breach takes place and is continuing it would follow that the corporate tax rate afforded to a US corporation operating in India should be equal to the domestic tax rate. This rate should not automatically be adjusted by 15 percentage points since the existence of this particular clause stands severed till the time the breach continues. Sequitur, parity should subsist and the full breadth and scope of the non-discrimination clause should apply to US corporations in ‘same circumstances’ as their domestic counterparts.

The US may adopt the above route/ interpretation and may issue a notification for the same, and in accordance with the precedent in T Rajkumar (supra) till the time the treaty breach survives the said notification would be valid.

III. CONCLUSION

This commentary remains a work in progress and only scratches the surface. The heart of the matter is on first principles – ensuring non-discrimination. The non-discrimination clause of a tax treaty is one of the most important protections that is afforded to non-resident investors. As Rowlatt J. wrote ‘in taxing statute one has to merely look at what is clearly said’30. I hope we start to see more through the lens of the great judge. In the same measure, a global convergence is required in principles of tax treaty interpretation and following observations of the Tribunal in the case of Meera Bhatia v. ITO31 serve as a ready reckoner to that ideal:

“7. In legal matters like interpretation of international tax treaties and with a view to ensure consistency in judicial interpretation thereof under different tax regimes, it is desirable that the interpretation given by the foreign courts should also be given due respect and consideration unless, of course, there are any contrary decisions from the binding judicial forums or unless there are any other good reasons to ignore such judicial precedents of other tax regimes. The tax treaties are more often than not based on the models developed by the multilateral forums and judicial bodies in the regimes where such models are being used to get occasions to express their views on expressions employed in such models. It is only when the views so expressed by judicial bodies globally converge towards a common ground that an international tax language as was visualized by Hon’ble Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT v. Vishakhapatnam Port Trust [1983] 144 ITR 1461, can truly come into existence, because unless everyone, using a word, or a set of words, in a language, does not understand it in the same manner, that language will make little sense.”


30    Cape Brandy Syndicate v I.R.C. (1 KB 64, 71)
31    38 SOT 95 (Mum. – Trib.)

Annexure

  • India – UK Tax Treaty provides:

“ARTICLE 26

NON-DISCRIMINATION

1. The nationals of a Contracting State shall not be subjected in the other Contracting State to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome than the taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome than the taxation and connected requirements to which nationals of that other State in the same circumstances are or may be subjected.

2. The taxation on a permanent establishment which an enterprise of a Contracting State has in the other Contracting State shall not be less favorably levied in that other State than the taxation levied on enterprises of that other State carrying on the same activities in the same circumstances or under the same conditions. This provision shall not be construed as preventing a Contracting State from charging the profits of a permanent establishment which an enterprise of the other Contracting State has in the first-mentioned State at a rate of tax which is higher than that imposed on the profits of a similar enterprise of the first-mentioned Contracting State, nor as being in conflict with the provisions of paragraph 4 of Article 7 of this Convention.”

  • India – Germany Tax Treaty carries similar verbiage:

“ARTICLE 24

NON-DISCRIMINATION

1. Nationals of a Contracting State shall not be subjected in the other Contracting State to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome than the taxation and connected requirements to which nationals of that other State in the same circumstances and under the same conditions are or may be subjected. This provision shall, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 1, also apply to persons who are not residents of one or both of the Contracting States.

2. The taxation of a permanent establishment which an enterprise of a Contracting State has in the other Contracting State shall not be less favourably levied in that other State than the taxation levied on enterprises of that other State carrying on the same activities. This provision shall not be construed as preventing a Contracting State from charging the profits of a permanent establishment which a company of the other Contracting State has in the first-mentioned State at a rate of tax which is higher than that imposed on the profits of a similar company of the first-mentioned Contracting State, nor as being in conflict with the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 7 of this Agreement. Further, this provision shall not be construed as obliging Contracting State to grant to residents of the other Contracting State any personal allowances, reliefs and reductions for taxation purposes which it grants only to its own residents.”

  • India – Canada Tax Treaty provides a cap on rate of tax:

“ARTICLE 24

NON-DISCRIMINATION

1. Nationals of a Contracting State shall not be subjected in the other Contracting State to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith, which is other or more burdensome than the taxation and connected requirements to which nationals of that other State in the same circumstances are or may be subjected.

2. The taxation on a permanent establishment which an enterprise of a Contracting State has in the other Contracting State shall not be less favourably levied in that other State than the taxation levied on enterprises of that other State carrying on the same activities.

3. Nothing in this Article shall be construed as obliging a Contracting State to grant to residents of the other Contracting State any personal allowances, reliefs and reductions for taxation purposes on account of civil status or family responsibilities which it grants to its own residents.

4. (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as preventing Canada from imposing on the earnings of a company, which is a resident of India, attributable to a permanent establishment in Canada, a tax in addition to the tax which would be chargeable on the earnings of a company which is a national of Canada, provided that any additional tax so imposed shall not exceed the rate specified in sub-paragraph 2(a) of Article 10 of the amount of such earnings which have not been subjected to such additional tax in previous taxation years. For the purpose of this provision, the term ‘earnings’ means the profits attributable to a permanent establishment in Canada in a year and previous years after deducting therefrom all taxes, other than the additional tax referred to herein, imposed on such profits by Canada.

The provisions of this sub-paragraph shall also apply with respect to earnings from the disposition of immovable property situated in Canada by a company carrying on a trade in immovable property without a permanent establishment in Canada but only insofar as these earnings may be taxed in Canada under the provisions of Article 6 or paragraph 2 of Article 13.

(b) A company which is a resident of Canada may be subject to tax in India at a rate higher than that applicable to Indian domestic companies. The difference in tax rate shall not, however, exceed 15 percentage points.”

  • India – Russia Tax Treaty provides a similar cap though more beneficial to the taxpayer:

“PROTOCOL

TO THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDIA AND THE GOVERNMENT OF THE RUSSIA FEDERATION FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBLE TAXATION WITH RESPECT TO TAXES ON INCOME

The Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Russian Federation, Having regard to the Agreement between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Russian Federation for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on income signed today (in this Protocol called “the Agreement”),

Have agreed as follows :

1. …………….

3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2 of Article 24 of this Agreement, either Contracting State may tax the profits of a permanent establishment of an enterprise of the other Contracting State at a rate which is higher than that applied to the profits of a similar enterprise of the first-mentioned Contracting State. It is also provided that in no case the differences in the two rates, referred to above will exceed 12 percentage points.”

Overview of the United Arab Emirates’s Corporate Tax Law

In a recent important development on the international tax front, United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) has issued its Decree-Law introducing taxation of Corporations and Businesses on their income.

In this article the authors endeavour to make the readers aware of the salient features and provide an overview of the UAE’s new Corporate Tax (“CT”) law. It is expected that further information and guidance on the technical details and other specifics of the UAE’s CT Regime will be made available in due course by the Federal Tax Authority (“FTA”) and Ministry of Finance (“MoF”) of the UAE. Accordingly, the authors have not touched upon the areas which are yet to be clarified.

INTRODUCTION

The UAE has been one of the few countries in the world with no taxes on income for most of the taxpayers, with the exception of a few industries. However, keeping the changing international tax landscape of global minimum tax in mind, the UAE has sought to introduce income tax on Corporations and Businesses. The MoF of UAE had issued a Public Consultation Document 28th April, 2022 seeking comments by 19th May, 2022.

Following the comments received, the Federal Decree-Law No. 47 of 2022 on the Taxation of Corporations and Businesses (“CT Law” or “CT Decree-Law”) was issued by the UAE on 9th December, 2022. The CT Law is materially aligned with the Public Consultation Document and expands on many of the key provisions.

The CT Law provides the legislative basis for the introduction and implementation of a Federal Corporate Tax in the UAE. CT is a form of direct tax levied on the net income of corporations and other businesses. The CT Law was published in the Official Gazette on 10th October, 2022 and became effective on 25th October, 2022 and will apply to Taxable Persons for financial years commencing on or after 1st June, 2023.

The law has been supplemented with CT FAQs comprising of 158 questions and answers, also released on 9th December, 2022 to provide guidance on the UAE CT Decree-Law. The reader is advised to refer to the same for a detailed study and understanding.

The UAE CT regime appears to build from best practices globally and incorporates principles internationally known and accepted, with a minimal compliance burden placed on businesses as compared to other regimes internationally, to ensure efficiency, fairness, transparency and predictability in the design and execution of the proposed CT regime.

On 16th May, 2018, the UAE became the 116th jurisdiction to join the Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”). The CT Law lays the foundation for the UAE to align with the global minimum tax initiative as proposed under Pillar Two of the OECD BEPS project. The introduction of a CT regime helps provide the UAE with a framework to adopt the Pillar Two rules.

OVERVIEW OF THE UAE CT LAW

The CT Law has 20 chapters and 70 articles covering a wide range of areas and provisions. A brief outline of the same is given for a better understanding of the overall contents of the Law.

Chapter Articles
One –
General provisions
Article 1 – Definitions
Two –
Imposition of Corporate Tax and Applicable Rates
Article 2 – Imposition of Corporate Tax

Article 3 – Corporate Tax Rate

Three –
Exempt Person
Article 4 – Exempt Person

Article 5 – Government Entity

Article 6 – Government Controlled Entity

Article 7 – Extractive Business

Article 8 – Non-Extractive Natural Resource Business

Article 9 – Qualifying Public Benefit Entity

Article 10 – Qualifying Investment Fund

Four –
Taxable Person and Corporate Tax Base
Article 11 – Taxable Person

Article 12 – Corporate Tax Base

Article 13 – State Sourced Income

Article 14 – Permanent Establishment

Article 15 – Investment Manager Exemption

Article 16 – Partners in an Unincorporated Partnership

Article 17 – Family Foundation

Five –
Free Zone Person
Article 18 – Qualifying Free Zone Person

Article 19 – Election to be Subject to Corporate Tax

Six –
Calculating Taxable Income
Article 20 – General Rules for Determining Taxable Income

Article 21 – Small Business Relief

Seven –
Exempt Income
Article 22 – Exempt Income

Article 23 – Participation Exemption

Article 24 – Foreign Permanent Establishment Exemption

Article 25 – Non-Resident Person Operating Aircraft or Ships in
International Transportation

Eight –
Reliefs
Article 26 – Transfers Within a Qualifying Group

Article 27 – Business Restructuring Relief

Nine –
Deductions
Article 28 – Deductible Expenditure

Article 29 – Interest Expenditure

Article 30 – General Interest Deduction Limitation Rule

Article 31 – Specific Interest Deduction Limitation Rule

Article 32 – Entertainment Expenditure

Article 33 – Non-deductible Expenditure

Ten –
Transactions with Related Parties and Connected Persons
Article 34 – Arm’s Length Principle

Article 35 – Related Parties and Control

Article 36 – Payments to Connected Persons

Eleven –
Tax Loss Provisions
Article 37 – Tax Loss Relief

Article 38 – Transfer of Tax Loss

Article 39 – Limitation on Tax Losses Carried Forward

Twelve –
Tax Group Provisions
Article 40 – Tax Group

Article 41 – Date of Formation and Cessation of a Tax Group

Article 42 – Taxable Income of a Tax Group

Thirteen
– Calculation of Corporate Tax Payable
Article 43 – Currency

Article 44 – Calculation and Settlement of Corporate Tax

Article 45 – Withholding Tax

Article 46 – Withholding Tax Credit

Article 47 – Foreign Tax Credit

Fourteen
– Payment and Refund of Corporate Tax
Article 48 – Corporate Tax Payment

Article 49 – Corporate Tax Refund

Fifteen
– Anti-Abuse Rules
Article 50 – General anti-abuse rule
Sixteen
– Tax Registration and Deregistration
Article 51 – Tax Registration

Article 52 – Tax Deregistration

Seventeen
– Tax Returns and Clarifications
Article 53 – Tax Returns

Article 54 – Financial Statements

Article 55 – Transfer Pricing Documentation

Article 56 – Record Keeping

Article 57 – Tax Period

Article 58 – Change of Tax Period

Article 59 – Clarifications

Eighteen
– Violations and Penalties
Article 60 – Assessment of Corporate Tax and penalties
Nineteen
– Transitional Rules
Article 61 – Transitional Rules
Twenty –
Closing provisions
Article 62 – Delegation of Power

Article 63 – Administrative Policies and Procedures

Article 64 – Cooperating with the Authority

Article 65 – Revenue Sharing

Article 66 – International Agreements

Article 67 – Implementing Decisions

Article 68 – Cancellation of Conflicting Provisions

Article 69 – Application of this Decree-Law to Tax Periods

Article 70 – Publication and Application of this Decree-Law

SALIENT FEATURES AND IMPORTANT PROVISIONS OF THE CT LAW

Effective Date

The CT Law will become effective for financial years starting on or after 1st June, 2023. Accordingly, for F.Y. 1st July, 2023 – 30th June, 2024, the effective date would be 1st July, 2023. However, if the F.Y. is 1st January, 2023 – 31st December, 2023 then the effective date would be 1st January, 2024 and if the F.Y. is 1st April, 2023 – 31st March,2024, then the effective date would be 1st April, 2024 [FAQ 4].

CT is imposed on Taxable Income, at the rates determined under this Decree-Law, and payable to the Authority under CT Decree-Law and the Tax Procedures Law.

CT RATE [ARTICLE 3]

CT will be levied at a headline rate of 9 per cent on Taxable Income exceeding AED 375,000. Taxable Income below this threshold will be subject to a 0 per cent (zero per cent) rate of CT.

CT will be charged on Taxable Income as follows:

A. Resident
Taxable Persons
Rate of Tax
1 Taxable Income not exceeding AED 375,000

(this amount is to be confirmed in a Cabinet Decision )

0%
2 Taxable Income exceeding AED 375,000 9%
B. Qualifying
Free Zone Persons (“QFZP”)
1 Qualifying Income 0%
2 Taxable Income that does not meet the Qualifying Income
definition
9%

TAXABLE PERSON AND CT BASE, ETC [ARTICLES 11 TO 17]

CT applies to the following “Taxable Person”:

  • UAE companies and other juridical persons that are incorporated or effectively managed and controlled in the UAE;
  • Natural persons (individuals) who conduct or undertake a business activity in the UAE as specified in a Cabinet Decision to be issued in due course; and
  • Non-resident juridical persons (foreign legal entities) that have a Permanent Establishment (“PE”) in the UAE, derive a UAE-sourced income and have a nexus in the UAE.

The main purpose of the PE concept in the UAE CT Law is to determine if and when a foreign person has established a sufficient physical presence in the UAE to warrant the business profits of that foreign person to be subject to CT.

The definition of PE in the CT Law has been designed on the basis of the definition provided in Article 5 of the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and Capital and the position adopted by the UAE under the Multilateral Instrument to implement tax treaty related measures to prevent base erosion and profit shifting. This allows foreign persons to use the relevant Commentary of Article 5 of the OECD Model Tax Convention when assessing whether or not a PE has been constituted in the UAE. This assessment should consider the provisions of any bilateral tax agreement between the country of residence of the non-resident person and the UAE.

Juridical persons established in a UAE Free Zone are also within the scope of CT as “Taxable Person” and need to comply with the requirements set out in the CT Law. However, a Free Zone Person that meets the conditions to be considered a QFZP can benefit from a CT rate of 0 per cent on their Qualifying Income only.

In order to be considered a QFZP, the Free Zone Person must:

  • maintain adequate substance in the UAE;
  • derive ‘Qualifying Income’;
  • not have made an election to be subject to CT at the standard rates; and
  • comply with the transfer pricing requirements under the CT Law.

The Minister may prescribe additional conditions that a QFZP should meet. If a QFZP fails to meet any of these conditions, or makes an election to be subject to the regular CT regime, he will be subject to the standard rates of CT from the beginning of the Tax Period where he failed to meet the conditions.

Non-resident persons who do not have a PE in the UAE or who earn UAE-sourced income not related to their PE may be subject to Withholding Tax (at the rate of 0 per cent). Withholding tax is a form of CT collected at source by the payer on behalf of the recipient of the income. One of the reasons for the payment being subject to a Withholding Tax at 0 per cent is to bring such income within the scope of the income tax law while not taxing it. Therefore, one may be able to argue that such an income is subject to tax in the UAE even though no tax has actually been paid on the same.

For the purposes of the CT Law, a distinction is made between a Resident Person and a Non-Resident Person and the applicable tax base will depend on the nature of the taxable person.

In line with the tax regimes of most countries, the CT Law taxes income on both residence and source basis. The applicable basis of taxation depends on the classification of the Taxable Person.

  • A “Resident Person” is taxed on income derived from both domestic and foreign sources (i.e. a residence basis).
  • A “Non-Resident Person” will be taxed only on income derived from sources within the UAE (i.e. a source basis).

Residence for CT purposes is not determined by where a person resides or is domiciled but instead by specific factors set out in the CT Law. If a person does not satisfy the conditions for being either a resident or a non-resident person then he will not be a Taxable Person, and will not therefore be subject to CT.

Briefly, the following aspects should be considered when determining the nature of a Taxable Person as well as the applicable tax base:

Resident Person Tax base
An entity that is incorporated in the UAE (including a Free Zone
entity)
Worldwide income
A foreign entity that is effectively managed and controlled in
the UAE
Worldwide income
A natural person/individual who conducts a business or
undertakes business activity in the UAE
Worldwide income
Non-resident Person Tax base
Has a PE in the UAE Taxable income attributable to the PE
Derives UAE-sourced income The UAE-sourced income not attributable to the PE
Has a nexus in the UAE Taxable income attributable to such a nexus

EXEMPT PERSON [ARTICLES 4 TO 10]

Certain types of businesses or organizations are exempt from CT given their importance and contribution to the social fabric and economy of the UAE. Exempt Persons include:

Exemption Category Entities covered
Automatically exempt a) Government Entities

Government Controlled Entities specified in a Cabinet Decision

Exempt if notified to the Ministry of Finance (and subject to
meeting certain conditions)
a) Extractive Businesses

b) Non-Extractive Natural Resource Businesses

Exempt if listed in a Cabinet Decision a) Qualifying Public Benefit Entities
Has a PE in the UAE Taxable income attributable to the PE
Exempt if applied to and approved by the FTA (and subject to
meeting certain conditions)
a) Public or private pension and social security funds

b) Qualifying Investment Funds

c) Wholly-owned and controlled UAE subsidiaries of a Government
Entity, a Government Controlled Entity, a Qualifying Investment Fund, or a
public or private pension or social security fund.

Has a nexus in the UAE Taxable income attributable to such a nexus

In addition to not being subject to CT, Government Entities, Government- Controlled Entities specified in a Cabinet Decision, Extractive Businesses and Non-Extractive Natural Resource Businesses may also be exempted from any registration, filing and other compliance obligations imposed by the CT Law, unless they engage in an activity which is within the charge of CT.

Resident and Non-resident Persons

Insofar as foreign incorporated entities effectively managed and controlled in the UAE are concerned, no additional guidance is provided in the CT Law. Therefore, taxpayers should rely on guidance from the OECD’s international tax commentaries, which provide detailed guidance on determination of ‘effective management and control’.

NON-RESIDENT PERSONS

Certain UAE sourced income of a Non-Resident Person that is not attributable to a PE in the UAE will be subject to withholding tax @ 0 per cent.

It will be subject to UAE CT on any Taxable Income attributable to the PE of the non-resident, or any UAE sourced income where the income is not attributable to the PE, or any Taxable Income attributable to the nexus of the non-resident in the UAE.

Both Resident Persons and Non-Resident Persons are regarded as Taxable Persons for purposes of the CT Law, meaning that the tax compliance obligations for these persons should be carefully considered.

DETERMINATION OF TAXABLE INCOME [ARTICLE 20]

CT is imposed on Taxable Income earned by a Taxable Person in a Tax Period. CT would generally be imposed annually, with the CT liability calculated by the Taxable Person on a self-assessment basis. This means that the calculation and payment of CT is done through the filing of a CT Return with the FTA by the Taxable Person.

The starting point for calculating the Taxable Income is the Taxable Person’s accounting income (i.e. net profit or loss before tax) as per their financial statements. The Taxable Person will then need to make certain adjustments to determine his Taxable Income for the relevant Tax Period. For example, adjustments to accounting income may need to be made for income that is exempt from CT and for expenditure that is wholly or partially non-deductible for CT purposes.

For this purpose, the financial statements should be prepared in accordance with accounting standards accepted in the UAE. The UAE does not have its own Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) are commonly used by businesses in the UAE.

In order to arrive at Taxable Income, expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the Taxable Person’s Business, not capital in nature, may be deductible in the Tax Period in which it is incurred. However, the CT Law disallows/restricts the deduction of certain expenses. This is to ensure that relief can only be obtained for expenses incurred for the purpose of generating Taxable Income, and to address possible situations of abuse or excessive deductions.

The CT Law prescribes a number of key adjustments to the accounting net profit (or loss) in order to compute the Taxable Income. These include; unrealised gains/losses (Taxable Persons now have an election to make on how to treat it), exempt income, certain tax reliefs, non-deductible expenditure, Transfer Pricing (“TP”) adjustments, tax loss reliefs, other incentives or special reliefs for a Qualifying Business Activity (as specified in a future Cabinet Decision), and any other income or expenditure as may be specified in a Cabinet Decision at a later stage.

The CT law makes reference to certain incentives and special relief for qualifying business on which further detail will be provided in a subsequent cabinet decision. The CT law is also silent on the tax treatment of depreciation, adjustments in respect of revenue and expense items accounted for in Equity or Other Comprehensive Income and Leases.

SMALL BUSINESS RELIEF [ARTICLE 21]

Article 21 provides that a tax resident person may elect to be treated as not having derived any Taxable Income where the revenue for the relevant and previous tax periods do not exceed a threshold and meet certain conditions, set or prescribed by the Minister.

If a tax resident person applies for “small business relief”, certain provisions of the CT Law will not apply such as exempt income, reliefs, deductions, tax loss relief, TP compliance requirements, as specified in the relevant chapters of the CT Law. The Authority may request any relevant records or supporting information to verify the compliance within a timeline, to be prescribed.

EXEMPT INCOME [ARTICLES 22 TO 25]

The CT Law also exempts certain types of income from CT. This means that a Taxable Person will not be subject to CT on such income and cannot claim a deduction for any related expenditure. Taxable Persons who earn exempt income will be subject to CT on their Taxable Income.

The main purpose of a certain income being exempt from CT is to prevent double taxation on certain types of income. Specifically, dividends and capital gains earned from domestic and foreign shareholdings will generally be exempt from CT. Furthermore, a Resident Person can elect, subject to certain conditions, to not take into account income from a foreign PE for UAE CT purposes.

The following income and related expenditure shall not be taken into account in determining the Taxable Income:

1. Dividends and other profit distributions received from a juridical person that is a Resident Person.

2. Dividends and other profit distributions received from a Participating Interest in a foreign juridical person as specified in Article 23.

3. Any other income from a Participating Interest as specified in Article 23.

4. Income of a Foreign PE that meets the condition of Article 24.

5. Income derived by a Non-Resident Person from operating aircraft or ships in international transportation that meets the conditions of Article 25.

RELIEFS [ARTICLES 26 & 27]

Article 26 contains provisions for relief in respect of Transfers within a Qualifying Group and provides that no gain or loss needs to be taken into account in determining the Taxable Income in relation to the transfer of one or more assets or liabilities between two Taxable Persons that are members of the same Qualifying Group.

Two Taxable Persons shall be treated as members of the same Qualifying Group where all of the following conditions are met:

a) The Taxable Persons are juridical persons that are Resident Persons, or Non- Resident Persons that have a PE in the UAE.

b) Either the Taxable Person has a direct or indirect ownership interest of at least 75 per cent (seventy-five per cent) in the other Taxable Person, or a third Person has a direct or indirect ownership interest of at least 75 per cent (seventy-five per cent) in each of the Taxable Persons.

c) None of the Persons qualify as an Exempt Person.

d) None of the Persons qualify as a QFZP.

e) The Financial Year of each of the Taxable Persons ends on the same date.

f) Both Taxable Persons prepare their financial statements using the same accounting standards.

Article 27 contains provisions for Business Restructuring Relief and provides tax relief on mergers, spin-offs and other corporate restructuring transactions where whole or independent part of business is being transferred in exchange of shares or other ownership interest provided the following conditions are met:

a) The transfer is undertaken in accordance with, and meets all the conditions imposed by, the applicable legislation of the UAE.

b) The Taxable Persons are Resident or Non-Resident Persons that have a PE in the UAE.

c) None of the Persons qualify as an Exempt Person.

d) None of the Persons qualify as a QFZP.

e) The Financial Year of each of the Taxable Persons ends on the same date.

f) The Taxable Persons prepare their financial statements using the same accounting standards.

g) The transfer is undertaken for valid commercial or other non-fiscal reasons which reflect economic reality.

DEDUCTIONS [ARTICLES 28 TO 33]

In principle, all legitimate business expenses incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of deriving a Taxable Income will be deductible, although the timing of the deduction may vary for different types of expenses and the accounting method applied. For capital assets, expenditure would generally be recognized by way of depreciation or amortization deductions over the economic life of the asset or benefit.

Expenditure that has a dual purpose, such as expenses incurred for both personal and business purposes, will need to be apportioned with the relevant portion of the expenditure treated as deductible if incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of the taxable person’s business.

Certain expenses deductible under general accounting rules may not be fully deductible for CT purposes. These will need to be added back to the Accounting Income for the purposes of determining the Taxable Income. Examples of expenditure that is or may not be deductible (partially or in full) include:

Types of Expenditure Limitation to deductibility
•  Bribes

•  Fines and penalties (other than amounts
awarded as compensation for damages or breach of contract).

•  Donations, grants or gifts made to an entity
that is not a Qualifying Public Benefit Entity

•  Dividends and other profits distributions

•  Corporate Tax imposed under the CT Law

•  Expenditure not incurred wholly and
exclusively for the purposes of the Taxable person’s Business

No deduction
•  Expenditure incurred in deriving income that
is exempt from CT
•  Entertainment Expenditure Partial deduction of 50% of the amount of the expenditure
•  Interest Expenditure Deduction of net interest expenditure exceeding a certain de
minimis threshold up to 30 per cent of the amount of earnings before the
deduction of interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (except for certain
activities).

Further, there are certain exclusions, for example, expenses incurred in deriving an exempt income will not be tax deductible.

WITHHOLDING TAX [ARTICLE 45]

A 0 per cent withholding tax may apply to certain types of UAE-sourced income paid to non-residents insofar as it is not attributable to a PE of the non-resident. Because of the 0 per cent rate, in practice, no withholding tax would be due and there will be no withholding tax related registration and filing obligations for UAE businesses or foreign recipients of UAE sourced income.

Withholding tax does not apply to transactions between UAE resident persons.

TAX LOSSES [ARTICLES 37 TO 39]

Businesses will be able to carry forward tax losses indefinitely, subject to certain conditions. These losses can be used to offset up to 75 per cent of the taxable income of future tax periods. Losses incurred before the effective date of CT will not be eligible for relief.

TAX GROUP [ARTICLES 40 TO 42]

Two or more Taxable Persons who meet certain conditions can apply to form a “Tax Group” and be treated as a single Taxable Person for CT purposes.

To form a Tax Group, both the parent company and its subsidiaries must be resident juridical persons, have the same Financial Year and prepare their financial statements using the same accounting standards.

Additionally, to form a Tax Group, the parent company must:

  • own at least 95 per cent of the share capital of the subsidiary;
  • hold at least 95 per cent of the voting rights in the subsidiary; and
  • is entitled to at least 95 per cent of the subsidiary’s profits and net assets.

The ownership, rights and entitlement can be held either directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, but a Tax Group cannot include an Exempt Person or QFZP.

Forming a Tax Group may be more efficient from a tax standpoint when compared to each legal entity in a group filing on a standalone basis. This is mainly due to reduced administration costs, offsetting tax losses and profits within the group and the fact that inter-company balances and transactions between group entities should typically be eliminated on consolidation, thus reducing TP compliance obligations.

With regards to the offsetting tax losses and profits within the group, pre-grouping tax losses of any joining member will be the carried forward losses of the Tax Group; however, the offset of such pre-grouping loss is limited by the attributable income of the new joining member.

TAXABLE INCOME OF A TAX GROUP

To determine the Taxable Income of a Tax Group, the parent company must prepare consolidated financial accounts covering each subsidiary and member of the Tax Group for the relevant Tax Period. Transactions between the parent company and each of the group member and transactions between them would be eliminated for calculating the Taxable Income of the Tax Group.

TAX REGISTRATION AND DEREGISTRATION, RETURNS, CLARIFICATIONS, VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES [ARTICLES 51 TO 60]

All Taxable Persons (including Free Zone Persons) will be required to register for CT and obtain a CT Registration Number. The FTA may also request certain Exempt Persons to register for CT.

Taxable Persons are required to file a CT return for each Tax Period within 9 months from the end of the relevant period. The same deadline would generally apply for the payment of any CT due in respect of the Tax Period for which a return is filed.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES AND CONNECTED PERSONS I.E. “TP” [ARTICLES 34 TO 36 AND 55]

The TP provisions will also take effect for financial years starting on or after 1st June, 2023.

The term ‘Related Parties’ has been defined in a very broad manner. When a legal entity or individual has more than 50 per cent of direct or indirect ownership or control over a taxable person, this falls within the related party definition. In addition to ‘related parties’ and ‘connected persons’, the law also defines ‘control’ as ‘the ability of a person, whether in their own right or by agreement or otherwise, to influence another person’.

TP rules seek to ensure that transactions between Related Parties are carried out on Arm’s Length Price (“ALP”), as if the transaction was carried out between independent parties and the consideration of transactions with Related Parties and Connected Persons needs to be determined by reference to their “Market Value”. The market value may represent an arm’s length range of financial results or indicators, subject to certain conditions.

Transactions between domestic related parties as well as between mainland and free zone entities are all covered within the scope of the Law.

A non-resident person, through a PE in the UAE, would also be subject to the UAE TP provisions, and therefore would be required to maintain and submit the relevant TP documentation.

Transactions carried out between different business lines of an Exempt Person (e.g. an exempt business and a non-exempt business of an Exempt Person) should also be carried out in accordance with the ALP.

Methods: For the purpose of the application of the ALP, the Law sets forth 5 TP methods (by applying one or a combination), broadly in line with the OECD TP Guidelines. The 5 methods are (a) Comparable Uncontrolled Price Method; (b) Resale Price Method; (c) Cost Plus method; (d) Transactional Net Margin Method; and (e) Transactional Profit Split Method.

In case neither of these methods can be reasonably applied, the Law allows for the application of any other TP method to the extent that it would lead to an arm’s length result.

Documentation: Certain businesses will be required to submit a disclosure containing information regarding their transactions with Related Parties and Connected Persons along with their tax return.

Certain businesses may be requested to maintain a master file and a local file.

The FTA may seek a taxpayer to provide a copy of their Master File or Local File or any information to support the arm’s length nature at any time by issuing a notice of not less than 30 days.

Threshold and format of the master file and a local file to be prescribed by the FTA.

The CT FAQs state that businesses which claim small business relief will not have to comply with the TP documentation rules.

Corresponding Adjustment: In the event of an adjustment imposed by a foreign tax authority which impacts a UAE entity, an application must be made to the FTA for a corresponding adjustment to provide the UAE Company with relief from double taxation. A corresponding adjustment related to a domestic transaction does not require this type of application.

TP Adjustment: While making any TP adjustments to the tax base of taxable persons, the FTA would need to rely on information that can or will be made available to the Taxable Person.

Advanced Pricing Agreements (APAs): An APA is an approach that attempts to prevent TP disputes from arising by determining criteria for applying the ALP to transactions in advance of those transactions taking place. The law provides that APAs will be exploitable, through the regular clarification process that is already in place.

The CT Law does not provide any materiality thresholds, but it is expected that the MoF will issue further guidance /clarification in this respect.

Penalties: Presently, no specific penalties for non-compliance of TP documentation requirements or non-submission of such information have been set out in the Law.

GENERAL ANTI-ABUSE RULE (‘GAAR’) [ARTICLE 50]

Article 50 applies to a transaction or an arrangement if, having regard to all relevant circumstances, it can be reasonably concluded that the entering into or carrying out of the transaction or arrangement, or any part of it, is not for a valid commercial or other non-fiscal reason which reflects economic reality; and the main purpose or one of the main purposes of the transaction or arrangement, or any part of it, is to obtain a CT advantage that is not consistent with the intention or purpose of CT Law.

Where the GAAR applies, the Authority may make a determination that one or more specified CT advantages are to be counteracted or adjusted. If such a determination is made, the Authority must issue an assessment giving effect to the determination and can make compensating adjustments to the UAE CT liability of any other person affected by the determination.

For the purpose of determining whether the GAAR applies to a transaction or arrangement, specific facts and circumstances should be analysed, such as form and substance, the manner in which entered into, the timing, whether the transaction or arrangement has created rights or obligations which would not normally be created between persons dealing with each other at arm’s length, changes in the financial position of the Taxable person or of another person etc.

In any proceeding concerning the application of the GAAR, the Authority must demonstrate that the determination made is just and reasonable.

Considering that GAAR aims to counteract any abusive tax arrangements, taxpayers should ensure that all their transactions have a bona fide business purpose and are properly documented.

CONCLUSION

With the CT law and FAQs in place, businesses should assess what impact the new CT law will have on their operations and legal structure. One should consider the law carefully and areas that are yet to be clarified by the MoF by way of separate Cabinet Resolutions / Ministerial decisions.

In this connection it would be advisable to (a) read the CT Law and the supporting information available on the websites of the MoF and the FTA; (b) use the available information to determine whether the business will be subject to CT and if so, from what date; (c) understand the requirements for business under the CT Law, including, for registration, determination of the accounting / tax Period, applicable due date for filing CT return, elections or applications may or should make and financial information and records needed to be kept for CT purposes. Further, regularly visiting the websites of the MoF (https://mof.gov.ae/) and the FTA (https://www.tax.gov.ae/en/) for further information and guidance on the CT regime will be useful.

Select Tax and Transfer Pricing Issues in Case of Transactions between the Head Office and its Permanent Establishment

BACKGROUND

With
the ever-evolving tax world, in light of the BEPS Project and the
resultant Multilateral Instrument, transactions involving physical
presence in India would be under greater scrutiny for the constitution
of a Permanent Establishment (‘PE’). Once it has been concluded that a
PE exists in a particular jurisdiction, one of the key issues to be
navigated is in respect of the profit attributable to the PE. The
concept of a PE deems the PE to be considered as a separate taxable
entity from the Head Office (‘HO’) for limited specific purposes. In
this article, the authors analyse some of the interesting issues which
arise due to ‘transactions’ between the PE and the HO. The topic of
profit attribution to the PE and the interplay between the tax treaties
and domestic law as well as transfer pricing provisions is a vast topic
in itself and in this article only the limited issues of ‘transactions’
between the PE and the HO are considered.

WHETHER TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN PE AND HO WOULD TRIGGER INCOME TAX IMPLICATIONS IN THE HANDS OF THE HO

Article 7(2) of the UN Model Tax Convention 2021 provides as follows:

“Subject
to the provisions of paragraph 3, where an enterprise of a Contracting
State carries on business in the other Contracting State through a
permanent establishment situated therein, there shall in each
Contracting State be attributed to that permanent establishment the
profits which it might be expected to make if it were a distinct and
separate enterprise engaged in the same or similar activities under the
same or similar conditions and dealing wholly independently with the
enterprise of which it is a permanent establishment.”

Therefore, Article 7(2) forms the genesis behind treating a PE of a taxpayer as an independent and separate entity.

Further,
while Article 7(3) of the UN Model restricts the claim of deduction in
respect of certain payments such as royalty, fees, commission, or
interest by the PE to its HO, while computing the profits attributable
to the PE, the language differs in various DTAAs entered by India. For
example, one would not find such restriction in Article 7 of the India –
Singapore DTAA.

Similarly, Para 7(2) of the OECD Model 2017 provides as follows:

“For
the purposes of this Article and Article [23 A] [23 B], the profits
that are attributable in each Contracting State to the permanent
establishment referred to in paragraph 1 are the profits it might be
expected to make, in particular in its dealings with other parts of the
enterprise, if it were a separate and independent enterprise engaged in
the same or similar activities under the same or similar conditions,
taking into account the functions performed, assets used and risks
assumed by the enterprise through the permanent establishment and
through the other parts of the enterprise.”

The question
which arises in the case of the constitution of PE of a non-resident
taxpayer in India, is whether the expenses which are deducted while
computing the profits attributable to a PE and which are paid by the PE
to the HO, would result in taxable income in the hands of the HO in
India?

Let us take an example of an entity, resident in
Singapore (‘SingCo’), which undertakes activities through a branch in
India, which constitutes a PE in India. In this case, there could be two
types of expenses, which one would consider for the purpose of
computing the profits attributable to the PE of SingCo in India:

a)
Expenses incurred outside India by the HO, which are directly related
to the activities undertaken by the PE in India and therefore deductible
in the hands of the PE, say fees of a consultant who has been employed
exclusively in respect of the activities undertaken in India.

b)
Expenses which, if the PE was a distinct and independent entity, would
have entailed using certain resources of the HO and therefore, a cost
thereof, such as royalty or interest paid to the HO and therefore,
deductible in the hands of the PE.

In respect of point (a)
above, arguably one may be able to take a position that the income of
the consultant (assumed that it is considered as fees for technical
services) would be considered as deemed to accrue or arise in India by
virtue of section 9(1)(vii)(c) of the Act. Further, if the payment is
not considered as fees for technical services or royalty, in any case,
in the absence of deeming provisions such as section 9(1)(vi) and
9(1)(vii) of the Act, the income of the consultant does not accrue or
arise in India and therefore, the question of taxability of any income
in India in the hands of the HO or the consultant does not arise.

In
respect of point (b) above, the issue arises is given the fact that
deduction is claimed for the payments (or deemed payments in accordance
with Article 7 of the relevant DTAA) while computing the profits
attributable to the PE in India, would such payments be considered as
income in the hands of the HO in India?

In this regard, the
cardinal principle to apply would be that one cannot make profit/ income
out of oneself. This principle has been held by the Supreme Court in
the case of Sir Kikabhai Premchand vs. CIT (1953) 24 ITR 506 and various other judgments as well.

In the context of interest received by the PE from the HO, the Bombay High Court in the cases of DIT vs. American Express Bank Ltd (2015) 62 taxmann.com 349, DIT vs. Oman International Bank S.A.O.G (2017) 80 taxmann.com 139 and DIT vs. Credit Agricole Indosuez (2015) 377 ITR 102
has held that such interest or interest received from other branches of
the same entity would not be taxable as the same cannot constitute
income. While the above decisions are in the context of interest
received by an Indian PE, the same principles would apply even in the
case of interest received by the HO.

Similarly, while there are
various ITAT decisions on the issue of taxability of amounts received by
the HO from its PE, recently the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Shinhan Bank vs. DDIT (2022) 139 taxmann.com 563
has succinctly explained the issue of the dichotomy of claiming the
expenses (notional) in the hands of the PE on the one hand and not
taxing the notional income in the hands of the HO (General Enterprise or
‘GE’ in the case law) on the other. The relevant extracts are
reproduced below:

“32. The approach so adopted by the revenue
authorities, on the first principles, is simply contrary to the scheme
of the tax treaties. The fiction of hypothetical independence of a PE
vis-a-vis it’s GE and other PEs outside the source jurisdiction is
confined to the computation of profits attributable to the permanent
establishment and, in our considered view, it does not go beyond that,
such as for the purpose of computing profits of the GE. Article 7(2) of
the then Indo-Korea tax treaty specifically provides that when an
enterprise of a treaty partner country carries out business through a
permanent establishment, “there shall be in each Contracting State be
attributed to that permanent establishment the profits which it might be
expected to make if it were a distinct and separate enterprise engaged
in the same or similar activities under the same or similar conditions
and dealing wholly independently with the enterprise of which it is a
permanent establishment”. This fiction of hypothetical independence
comes into play for the limited purposes of computing profits
attributable to permanent establishment only and is set out under the
specific provision, dealing with the computation of such profits, in the
tax treaties, including in the then Indo-Korean DTAA. There is nothing,
therefore, to warrant or justify the application of the same principle
in the computation of GE profits as well. Clearly, therefore, the
fiction of hypothetical independence is for the limited purpose of
profit attribution to the permanent establishment.

33. To that
extent, this approach departs from the separate accounting principle in
the sense that the GE, to which PE belongs, is not seen in isolation
with it’s PE, and a charge, in respect of PE – GE transactions, on the
PE profits is not treated as income in the hands of the GE.”

Interestingly,
the CBDT Circular 740 dated 17 April 1996 sought to tax this notional
income in the hands of the HO. Para 3 of the Circular provided:

“It
is clarified that the branch of a foreign company/concern in India is a
separate entity for the purposes of taxation. Interest paid/payable by
such branch to its head office or any branch located abroad would be
liable to tax in India and would be governed by the provisions of
section 115A of the Act. If the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement with
the country where the parent company is assessed to tax provides for a
lower rate of taxation, the same would be applicable. Consequently, tax
would have to be deducted accordingly on the interest remitted as per
the provisions of section 195 of the Income-tax Act, 1961.”

This
view of the CBDT was duly struck down by the various ITAT judgments
which have held that in the absence of any income, such payments cannot
be taxed.

The Finance Act, 2015 has sought to tax these types of
payments in the hands of the HO in the case of banking companies by
inserting an Explanation to section 9(1)(v) of the Act as follows:

“For the purposes of this clause, –

(a) it
is hereby declared that in the case of a non-resident, being a person
engaged in the business of banking, any interest payable by the
permanent establishment in India of such non-resident to the head office
or any permanent establishment or any other part of such non-resident
outside India shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India and shall be
chargeable to tax in addition to any income attributable to the
permanent establishment in India and the permanent establishment in
India shall be deemed to be a person separate and independent of the
non-resident person of which it is a permanent establishment and the
provisions of the Act relating to computation of total income,
determination of tax and collection and recovery shall apply
accordingly;..”

While the above amendment may now create a
deeming fiction to tax the notional income of the HO in the case of
banking companies, the authors are of the view that such deeming
provisions cannot be read into the DTAAs and therefore, following the
principles laid down by the various judicial precedents, such notional
income should not be taxable in India.

Another argument in
favour of the non-taxability of such notional transactions under the
DTAAs is that generally Article 11 and Article 12 of the DTAAs, dealing
with Interest and Royalty respectively refer to the respective income
‘arising’ in a Contracting State and ‘paid’ to a resident of the other
Contracting State. Under general parlance, the term ‘paid’ would require
two distinct entities or persons and therefore, in the absence of a
deeming provision such as that in the Explanation to section 9(1)(v)
which deems a PE and the HO to be distinct for tax purposes under the
Act, the notional income should not be taxable in India.

The
next scenario which one needs to consider is whether transactions
between an Indian HO and its Overseas PE would result in any tax
implications in India?

In this scenario, as the HO being a
resident of India is already subjected to worldwide taxation under
section 5 of the Act, the question of separately taxing the transaction
between the Indian HO and its overseas PE would not arise.

WHETHER TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN PE AND HO WOULD BE SUBJECT TO TRANSFER PRICING IN INDIA

One
of the questions which arises is whether transactions between the HO
and its Branch (i.e., PE) would be subject to transfer pricing?

This
issue arises as section 92A of the Act, dealing with the term
‘associated enterprises’ (‘AEs’), refers to ‘enterprises’ instead of
‘entities’, and the term ‘enterprise’ is defined in section 92F(iii) of
the Act to include a permanent establishment, thereby considering a PE
as a separate entity for transfer pricing provisions.

In this
regard, one may need to analyse the provisions in respect of
transactions between a branch (which is a PE) and HO under two distinct
scenarios – the first one where an Indian company has a branch overseas
and the second scenario wherein the foreign company has a branch in
India.

In the first scenario, the Delhi ITAT in the case of Aithent Technologies Pvt Ltd vs. ITO [TS-38-ITAT-2015(DEL)-TP]
held that the transactions between a foreign branch and the Indian HO
cannot be an international transaction as a branch is not a separate
entity and one cannot undertake a transaction with oneself.

Further, in the case of the same assessee for another year, the Delhi ITAT in Aithent Technologies Pvt Ltd vs. DCIT [TS-752-ITAT-2016(DEL)-TP]
also held that even if one ignores the argument that the branch is not a
separate entity, given that section 5 of the Act provides that the
global income of a resident is taxable in India, increasing the income
of the HO in India would result in a corresponding increase in the
expense of the overseas branch and as such income would be consolidated,
the net impact of such adjustment would be Nil. It explained the same
by way of the following example:

“Suppose the Indian head
office purchases goods worth Rs.95 and transfers the same to foreign
branch office at Rs.100, which are in turn sold by the branch office for
a sum of Rs.120. The profit of the head office will be Rs.5 (Rs.100
minus Rs.95) and the profit of the branch office will be Rs.20 (Rs.120
minus Rs.100). The Indian general enterprise will be chargeable to tax
in India on its world income of Rs.25 (Rs.5 plus Rs.20). If for a
moment, it is presumed that the ALP of the goods transferred to the
branch office is Rs.110 and not Rs.100 and the figure is accordingly
altered, the profit of the head office will become Rs.15 (Rs.110 minus
Rs.95) and that of the branch office at Rs.10 (Rs.120 minus Rs.110).
Again the Indian general enterprise will be chargeable to tax in India
on its world income of Rs.25 (Rs.15 plus Rs.10). There can never be any
reason for an Indian enterprise to over or under invoice the goods or
services to its foreign branch office because by virtue of section 5(1),
it is its world income which is going to be charged to tax in India,
which in all circumstances will remain same at Rs.25 in the above
example.”

Therefore, one can conclude that the transactions
between an Indian company and its overseas branch would not be
considered as international transactions and therefore, would not be
subject to transfer pricing in India.

Interestingly, while the
facts were related to an Indian company having an overseas branch, the
Delhi ITAT in the above decision also evaluated the transfer pricing
provisions in the second scenario i.e., a foreign company having a
branch in India. It held as follows:

“The rationale in not
applying the provisions of Chapter-X on transactions between the head
office and branch office is limited only on an Indian enterprise having
branch office abroad. It is not the other way around. If a foreign
general enterprise has a branch office in India, such Indian branch
office will be considered as an `enterprise’ u/s 92F(iii) and the
transactions between the foreign head office and the Indian branch
office will be `International transactions’ in terms of section 92B.
This is for the reason that the total income of a non-resident in terms
of section 5(2) includes all income from whatever source derived which
(a) is received or is deemed to be received in India in such year by or
on behalf of such person; or (b) accrues or arises or is deemed to
accrue or arise to him in India during such year. Thus, it is only the
Indian income of a non-resident, which is chargeable to tax in India. In
such circumstances, there can be an allurement to some non-resident
assesses to resort to under or over-invoicing so as to mitigate the tax
burden in India. It is with this background in mind that the legislature
introduced Chapter X with the caption `Special provision relating to
avoidance of tax’ so to ensure that the international transactions are
reported at ALP.

Some foreign associated enterprise instead of
having an Indian enterprise may opt to have a branch office in India and
then claim that since the Indian branch office is not a separate
enterprise, the transfer pricing provisions should not be applied.
Section 92F(iii) has been incorporated to ensure that not only the
transactions between the foreign enterprise and its Indian associated
enterprise but also the transactions between the foreign enterprise and
its branch office in India are also determined at ALP so that the Indian
tax kitty is not deprived of the rightful amount of tax due to it.
Thus, the definition of `enterprise’ as per section 92F(iii) as also
including its permanent establishment for the transfer pricing
provisions is confined only in respect of a foreign general enterprise
having a branch office in India and not vice versa.”

Therefore,
the Delhi ITAT has held that given the objective of the transfer
pricing provisions, transactions between a foreign entity and its Indian
branch would be considered as international transactions and would be
subject to transfer pricing.

However, one of the aspects which
is not considered by the Hon’ble ITAT in the above case, is whether the
HO and branch would be considered as AEs.

Section 92A(1)(a) of the Act provides that an AE means an enterprise:

“which
participates directly or indirectly, or through one or more
intermediaries, in the management or control or capital of the other
enterprise.”

The term ‘associated enterprises’ has been
defined in section 92A of the Act. While sub-section (1) provides the
broad principles for determining whether an enterprise is as AE,
sub-section (2) lists various scenarios wherein two enterprises shall be
deemed to be AEs. The ensuing paragraphs analyse the broad principles
of determination of AE as well as the scenarios wherein two enterprises
are deemed to be AEs.

The broad principles in section 92A(1)
refer to direct or indirect participation in capital, control or
management. The instances of deemed AEs enumerated in section 92A(2)
include holding shares carrying voting rights, significant loan
advanced, significant guarantee provided, right to appoint members of
the board of directors or governing board, ownership of intangibles for
manufacture of goods, significant purchase of raw materials and holding
by relatives or member of HUF.

Participation in the capital would
mean holding shares in a company or interest in any other entity.
While, the term ‘control’ or ‘management’ is not defined in the Act, the
term ‘control and management’ is referred to in sections 6(2), 6(3)(ii)
[prior to the amendment vide Finance Act 2015] and 6(4), to determine
the residential status of HUF, firm, AOP, companies (prior to the
amendment as referred above) and every other person. In that context,
various judicial precedents have held that ‘control and management’ of
the affairs would mean where the key decisions are taken. In the context
of companies, various Courts have held that the ‘control and
management’ is situated where the meeting of the Board of Directors is
held and where they make the key decisions. These principles are
explained in the Supreme Court decision in the case of CIT vs. Nandlal Gandalal [(1960) 40 ITR 1]
wherein it was held that the term ‘control and management’ means
controlling and directive power – ‘the head and brain’ of the entity.

Therefore,
participation in management or control could also signify the ability
to exercise decision-making authority over an enterprise. In this
regard, one may refer to the decision of the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Kaybee Pvt Ltd vs. ITO [(2015) 171 TTJ 536]
which held that holding a key position of making decisions such as the
Chief Operating Officer would signify the exercise of ‘control or
management’ of an entity.

In the case of a branch and HO, there
is no investment in the capital by the HO in the Branch and therefore,
one would need to evaluate if there is exercise of any control or
management between the enterprises.

In this regard one may be
able to argue that the HO exercises some level of control over the
branch and therefore, there is an element of ‘control’. However, the
question is whether one would also need to satisfy the conditions as
provided in section 92A(2) of the Act in order to be considered as AEs.

The
Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2002, while amending section 92A(2) of
the Act has provided the reasoning for such amendment as follows:

“It
is proposed to amend sub-section (2) of the said section to clarify
that the mere fact of participation by one enterprise in the management
or control or capital of the other enterprise, or the participation of
one or more persons in the management or control or capital of both the
enterprises shall not make them associated enterprises, unless the
criteria specified in sub-section (2) are fulfilled.”

Therefore,
the intention of the Legislature is clear that merely satisfying the
conditions in section 92A(1) of the Act is not sufficient and one needs
to fulfill one of the criteria laid down in section 92A(2) in order to
qualify as an AE.

The above principle has been upheld by the Ahmedabad ITAT in the case of ACIT vs. Veer Gems [(2017) 183 TTJ 588],
wherein it was held that the conditions as prescribed in section 92A(1)
are restricted to the conditions or illustrations provided in section
92A(2) and such illustrations are exhaustive. In other words, the
Ahmedabad ITAT held that if the case is not covered under section 92A(2)
of the Act, the enterprises would not be considered as AEs and one
cannot apply section 92A(1) of the Act.

Interestingly, while the Gujarat High Court, in the case of PCIT vs. Veer Gems [(2018) 407 ITR 639],
did not specifically deal with the issue of section 92A(2) vis-à-vis
section 92A(1), it upheld the decision of the Ahmedabad ITAT above and
held that since the conditions of section 92A(2) were not satisfied, the
entities would not be considered as AEs. In our view, therefore, the
Gujarat High Court has also upheld the above principles. Moreover, the
Supreme Court also dismissed the SLP filed by the Revenue in the case of
PCIT vs. Veer Gems [(2018) 256 Taxman 298], thereby bringing the issue to an end.

In
the present scenario, therefore, one would need to evaluate whether any
of the specific scenarios as stated in section 92A(2) of the Act are
triggered in the case of a HO and Branch.

If one evaluates the
scenarios as provided in section 92A(2) of the Act, one may reach a
conclusion that the scenarios refer to situations where there are two
separate entities and not where they are a part of the same entity.

CONCLUSION

Section
92A(2) provides that two enterprises shall be deemed to be AEs if, at
any time during the previous year the prescribed conditions in clauses
(a) to (m) are fulfilled. This may mean that the inclusion of PE in the
definition of ‘enterprise’ in section 92F becomes non-operational. The
court may therefore take a view that the condition of two enterprises as
prescribed under section 92A(2) would not be applicable in the case of
an Indian PE of a foreign enterprise.

Further, given that in any
case, one would need to compute the profits attributable to the PE in
accordance with transfer pricing provisions, and that this issue may be
more from a perspective of whether the compliance under the transfer
pricing provisions needs to be undertaken, a better and more
conservative view would be to undertake such compliance. Another aspect
to be considered may be what ‘transactions’ should be covered in the
transfer pricing report. In this regard, one may typically cover both
types of transactions, one where the HO incurs certain expenses which
are directly related to operations of the PE and the second where there
are transactions for payment of interest, royalties etc. to HO.

Secondment Conundrum: Does SC Ruling on Indirect Tax Trouble Direct Tax?

INTRODUCTION
In case of Multi-National Enterprise (MNE) Groups, it is a usual practice for a foreign parent or group entity to depute or second it’s employees to the Indian subsidiary or group company for various reasons. Such reasons, inter alia, include enabling the Indian subsidiary to provide quality services to the group entities or to enable the subsidiary to carry on its own business in a more efficient and effective manner by using the expertise of the deputationist or seconded employee. In such scenarios, the department is often found taking a stand that the salaries paid by the Indian subsidiary or group company to such deputationists or seconded employees or the reimbursement of such salary costs by it to the foreign parent or group company amounts to ‘Fees for technical Services’ payable by the Indian entity to the foreign entity. The department is also found taking a stand that the services rendered by such an employee constitutes a ‘Service PE’ in India. To counter this stand of the department, assessees adopt various defenses, which among other things, include the most common stand that the deputationist or seconded employee becomes the employee of the Indian entity during such period of deputation or secondment. In this article, the authors seek to discuss the tests laid down by Courts and Tribunals to determine the true employer in such cases.

GENERAL TESTS FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER-EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP

There is a distinction between legal employment and real/economic employment. This distinction becomes even more relevant in cases of deputation/secondment. While the seconded/deputed employee may continue to remain in legal employment of the foreign entity, in so far as he would revert to the foreign entity after completion of such period of deputation/secondment, the Indian entity may be said to be the economic employer of the said employee during such period, depending on the facts and circumstances. This has been envisaged in the Commentary in Article 15 of the OECD Model Tax Convention.

The IT Act does not define the term ‘employment’. It also does not overlook the concept of economic employment, as well. Hence, the distinction between legal employment and economic employment and the principles for determination of economic employment would be relevant for the purposes of the Income-tax Act (IT Act).

We may discuss the various decisions in the context of the IT Act and other statutes which have laid down the tests to determine whether there exists an employee-employer relationship. Some of these decisions are discussed below:

  • In Lakshminarayan Ram Gopal & Son Ltd. vs. Government of Hyderabad (1954) 25 ITR 449 (SC), it has been held that the word ‘employment’ connotes the existence of a jural relationship of master and servant between the employer and the employee, that is, between the person paying and the person paid.

  • In East India Carpet Co (P) Ltd. vs. Its Employees 1970 Jab LJ 29, 31; it has been held that the term ‘employment’ involves a concept of employment under a contract of service. In DC Works Ltd vs. State of Saurashtra (1957) SCR 152 (SC), it has been held that the greater the amount of direct control exercised over the person rendering the services by the person contracting them, the stronger the grounds for holding it to be a contract for service.

  • In Silver Jubilee Tailoring House vs. Chief Inspector Of Shops And Establishments 1974 AIR 37 (SC), for drawing a distinction between a contract for service (employment) and contract of service (independent contractor), the Court has highlighted the importance of the degree of control and supervision of the employer or the person employing such services. It has been held that if an ultimate authority over the worker in the performance of his work resided in the employer so that he was subject to the latter’s direction, that would be sufficient. A reference may also be made to the decision in Shivnandan Sharma vs. Punjab National Bank Ltd., (1955) 1 SCR 1427:AIR 1955 SC 404:(1955) 1 LLJ 688. The test of control and supervision has also been applied in the undernoted1  cases.

1. Ram Prashad vs. CIT [1972] 86 ITR 122 (SC); Dharangadhara Chemical Works Ltd. vs. State of Saurashtra 1957 SCR 152; CIT vs. Lakshmipati Singhania (1973) 92 ITR 598 (All).
One would notice a common thread flowing through the ratios laid down in the above decisions. The above decisions have unequivocally voiced the view that a contract of employment (service) can be said to exist where the following conditions are satisfied:

  • A person exercises supervisory control over another’s work; and

  • The former exercises the ultimate authority over the latter’s work in so far as the former gives directions to the latter specifying the manner in which the work is to be carried out and the latter is bound by such directions.

SUPREME COURT’S DECISION IN MORGAN STANLEY’S CASE

In the case of DIT vs. Morgan Stanley & Co. [2007] 292 ITR 416 (SC), the Court was hearing appeals filed by the assessee and the department against the ruling obtained by the assessee from the AAR. As per the facts of the case, an agreement was entered into by an Indian group entity Morgan Stanley Advantages Services Pvt. Ltd. (‘MSAS’) and the assessee (‘MSCO’), whereby the former would provide support services to the latter. Pursuant to the same, MSCO outsourced some of its’ activities to MSAS. MSCO filed an application for advance ruling. The basic question on which the ruling was obtained was as to whether MSCO could be said to have a PE in India under Article 5(1) of the Indo-US DTAA on account of services rendered by MSAS under the Service Agreement. The AAR ruled that MSCO cannot be regarded as having a fixed place of business in India within the meaning of Article 5(1). It also ruled that MSCO did not have an agency PE under Article 5(4) of the DTAA. However, it ruled that MSCO would be regarded as having a Service PE under Article 5(2)(l) of the DTAA if it were to send some of its’ employees to India as stewards or as deputationists in the employment of MSAS. Against the ruling, both the department and the assessee filed appeals before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

In appeal, while examining whether a Service PE exists within the meaning of Article 5(2)(l) of the DTAA, the Court in paragraph 14 ruled that the said Article applies in cases where the MNE furnishes services within India and those services are furnished through its’ employees. Thus, where employees are deputed by MSCO in India for providing services to MSAS, the Court held that MSAS constitutes a Service PE. The Court has given due credence to the control and supervision exercised by MSCO on the employees deputed in India through whom it provides services in India to MSAS. Based on the same, the Court has concluded that MSAS constitutes a Service PE for MSCO in India.

Though the ratio is in the context of Service PE under the provisions of the DTAA, it is relevant for determination of the economic employer in the case of deputation. This is for the reason that a Service PE would be constituted in India where a foreign entity renders services in India through its’ employees in India. Thus, for a Service PE to be constituted, the deputationist must continue to remain the employee of the foreign entity even post such deputation.

The said test of control and supervision laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court for determining whether the deputationist continues to remain the employee of the foreign entity is in line with the test discussed in the earlier segment.

Having ruled so, in paragraph 15, the Hon’ble Court went on to lay down the following propositions of law:

(i)    On deputation, the employee of MSCO, when deputed to MSAS, does not become an employee of MSAS.

(ii)    The deputationist has a lien on his employment with MSCO. As long as the lien remains with the MSCO, the said company retains control over the deputationist’s terms and employment.

(iii)    Where the activities of the multinational enterprise entail it being responsible for the work of deputationists and the employees continue to be on the payroll of the multinational enterprise or they continue to have their lien on their jobs with the multinational enterprise, a service PE can emerge.

(iv)    On request/requisition from MSAS, MSCO deputes its staff. The request comes from MSAS depending upon its requirement. Generally, occasions do arise when MSAS needs the expertise of the staff of MSCO. In such circumstances, generally, MSAS makes a request to MSCO. A deputationist under such circumstances is expected to be experienced in banking and finance. On completion of his tenure, he is repatriated to his parent job. He retains his lien when he comes to India. He lends his experience to MSAS in India as an employee of MSCO as he retains his lien and in that sense there is a service PE (MSAS) under Article 5(2)(1).

Thus, it may be noted that the Hon’ble Supreme Court has provided the following parameters to treat a deputationist/expat as the employee of the foreign entity:

  • A deputationist shall have a lien on his employment with foreign entity;

  • The foreign entity retains control over the deputationist’s terms and employment at the time of deputation; and

  • A Service PE emerges where the activity of the foreign entity requires it to be responsible for the work of deputationists, and the deputationists continue to be on the payroll of foreign entity or have their lien on their jobs with the foreign entity.

Thus, it may be noted that while in paragraph 14, the Court emphasized only the control and supervision exercised by the foreign entity on the deputationist, in paragraph 15, it has brought out two aspects i.e., lien exercised by the deputationist on his employment with the foreign entity, and the foreign entity being responsible for the work of the deputationist. The second aspect i.e., being responsible for the work, may subsume into the test of control and supervision adumbrated in paragraph 14.

However, it is pertinent to note that while the Court has laid down the twin tests of control and supervision over the work [thus being responsible thereof] of deputationists and the exercise of lien by the deputationists as relevant tests, it has not discussed as to which of the two tests would have greater precedence over the other.

DELHI COURT DECISION IN THE CASE OF CENTRICA INDIA
The next decision which would be relevant for discussion would be the decision in the case of Centrica India Offshore (P.) Ltd. vs. CIT [2014] 364 ITR 336 (Delhi). As per the facts of the said case, the Petitioner (CIOP), a wholly owned subsidiary of Centrica Plc, UK, had entered into Service Agreements with the latter and other foreign subsidiaries of Centrica Plc to provide locally based interface to those overseas entities and the Indian entity. To seek support during its’ initial year of operation, CIOP sought for some employees on secondment from the overseas entities. For this purpose, it entered into an agreement with the overseas entities whereby the latter seconded some employees for a fixed tenure. The employees so seconded would work under the direct control and supervision of CIOP who would bear all risks and enjoy all rewards associated with the work performed by such employees.

The issue that arose before the Court was whether the secondment of employees by the overseas entities would amount to Fees for Technical Services or Fees for Included Services within the relevant DTAAs in question, which would embody the concept of a Service PE.

In order to drive home the point that the seconded employees were under the employment of CIOP, it was argued on behalf of CIOP that the seconded employees would work under the direct supervision and direction of the board and management of CIOP. It was also argued that it was convenient for them to receive salaries overseas. An option available to such employees was to receive their salaries through India and later transfer their salaries overseas. However, to avoid the same, the employees continued to remain on the payroll of the overseas entities who would disburse the salaries. Thereafter, the petitioner would reimburse such salary costs to the overseas entities. Thus, the primacy of concept of economic employment as opposed to legal employment was argued to contend that for, all practical purposes, CIOP is the economic employer. The reasons attributed to defend this contention were that the entire direction and supervision over the seconded employees was under its control and the pay and emoluments were borne by it.

While negating the argument on behalf of the Petitioner, the Court ruled that the overseas entities rendered services through the seconded employees to CIOP. Thus, the Court ruled that even post the secondment, the employees continued to remain the employees of the overseas entities on the following grounds:

(i)    The service provided by the secondees is to be viewed in the context in which their secondment or deputation was necessitated. The overseas entities required the Indian subsidiary, CIOP, to ensure quality control and management of their vendors of outsourced activity. For this activity to be carried out, CIOP required personnel with the necessary technical knowledge and expertise in the field, and thus, the secondment agreement was signed since CIOP – as a newly formed company – did not have the necessary human resource.

(ii)    The secondees are not only providing services to CIOP, but rather also tiding CIOP through the initial period, and ensuring that going forward, the skill set of CIOP’s other employees is built and they continue these services without assistance. In essence, the secondees are imparting their technical expertise and know-how onto the other regular employees of CIOP. The activity of the secondees is thus to transfer their technical ability to ensure quality control vis-à-vis the Indian vendors, or in other words, ‘make available’ their know-how of the field to CIOP for future consumption.

(iii)    While the Court agreed that the seconded employees were under the control and supervision of CIOP, there was no purported employment relationship between CIOP and the secondees. None of the documents, including the attachment to the secondment agreements placed on record (between the secondees and CIOP) revealed that the latter can terminate the secondment arrangement; there is no entitlement or obligation, clearly spelt out, whereby CIOP has to bear the salary cost of these employees. The secondees cannot in fact sue CIOP for default in payment of their salary – no obligation is spelt out vis-à-vis the Petitioner.

(iv)    All direct costs of such seconded employee’s basic salary and other compensation, cost of participation in overseas entities’ retirement and social security plans and other benefits in accordance with its applicable policies and other costs were ultimately paid by the overseas entity. Whilst CIOP was given the right to terminate the secondment, (in its agreement with the overseas entities) the services of the secondee vis-à-vis the overseas entities – the original and subsisting employment relationship – could not be terminated. Rather, that employment relationship remained independent, and beyond the control of COIP.

(v)    The employment relationship between the secondee and the overseas organisation is at no point terminated, nor is CIOP given any authority to even modify that relationship. The attachment of the secondees to the overseas organization is not temporary or even fleeting, but rather, permanent, especially in comparison to CIOP, which is admittedly only their temporary home.

(vi)    The social security, emoluments, additional benefits, etc. provided by the overseas entity to the secondee, and more generally, its employees, still govern the secondee in its relationship with CIOP.

(vii)    Whilst CIOP may have operational control over these persons in terms of the daily work and may be responsible (in terms of the agreement) for their failures, these limited and sparse factors cannot displace the larger and established context of employment abroad.

(viii)    The Court placed reliance on the Commentary of Klaus Vogel, wherein it was noted that the situation would have been different if the employee works exclusively for the enterprise in the State of employment and was released for the period in question by the enterprise in his state of residence. The Hon’ble High Court considered that this factor was critical to determine the economic employer.

From the above, it may be noted that the High Court, with due respect, has erred in giving higher weightage to the latter of the twin tests laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra), i.e. exercise of lien by the seconded employee on its’ employment with the overseas entities. The High Court may not be correct in stating that limited and sparse factors of operational control over the secondees by CIOP in terms of their daily work and its’ responsibility for their work would not displace the larger and established context of employment abroad.

Further, while the counsels for Petitioner argued as to the concept of economic employment and relied on the degree of operational control exercised by CIOP, it appears that satisfaction of the twin conditions as laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court was not highlighted before the High Court. Had the Petitioner highlighted the importance of the said twin conditions, the ratio laid down by the High Court may have been different.

The petitioner’s SLP before the Hon’ble Supreme Court was dismissed in Centrica India Offshore Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT [SLP (C). No 22295/2014, dated 10th October, 2014. Further, a review petition filed was also dismissed in Centrica India Offshore Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT [RP(C) No. 2644 of 2014 in SLP (C). No 22295/2014, dated 10th December, 2014].    

OTHER TRIBUNAL AND HIGH COURT DECISIONS
In IDS Software Solutions (India) Ltd. vs. ITO2, the ITAT held that though the service rendered by expat is technical service, the assessee was not liable to deduct tax from the amount representing reimbursement of the salary paid by IDS-USA to expat while remitting the same to IDS-USA u/s 195. The ITAT came to such conclusion based on the following grounds:

(i)    IDS-USA was the legal employer. Since the assessee-company was to reimburse the emoluments paid by IDS-USA to him, it was the assessee-company which for all practical purposes was to be looked upon as the employer of ‘S’ during the relevant period;

(ii)    The person who actually controlled the services of ‘S’ was the assessee-company. Under the secondment agreement, ‘S’ was to act in accordance with the reasonable requests, instructions and directions of the assessee-company. He would have to devote the whole of his time, attention and skills to the assessee-company. He was to report to and be responsible to the assessee-company;

(iii)    The assessee-company could remove ‘S’ before the expiration of the period of his office. The board of directors of the assessee-company regulated the powers and duties of ‘S’ by passing appropriate resolutions;

(iv)    The seconded employee is required to also act as an officer or an authorised signatory or nominee or in any other lawful personal capacity for the assessee-company, which would also be out of place in an agreement for rendering technical services; and

(v)    Therefore, it was held that seconded employee was responsible and subservient to the assessee-company, which could not be the case if the agreement was for providing technical services by IDS to the assessee-company.


2. (2009) 122 TTJ 410 (Bang); relied on in ITO vs. M/s Cerner Health Care Solutions Pvt. Ltd [I.T.(T.P.) A.No.1509/Bang/2012];  ITO vs. Ariba Technologies (India) Pvt. Ltd [I.T.A. No.616(Bang.)/2011]; Caterpillar India Pvt. Ltd vs. Deputy Director of Income-tax [ITA 629/630/606/607/149/(Bang)/2010]; DCIT vs. Mahanagar Gas Ltd. [2016] 69 taxmann.com 321 (Mumbai – Trib.)

In Deputy Director of Income-tax vs. Yum! Restaurants (Asia) Pte. Ltd. [2020] 117 taxmann.com 759 (Delhi – Trib.), where, a Singapore based company, seconded its employee to an Indian concern for carrying out business operations of its’ restaurant outlets in India efficiently, the said employee worked under direct supervision and control of Indian concern, his salary cost was reimbursed to assessee on a cost-to-cost basis, the Tribunal ruled that the employee was the employee of the Indian concern during the period of secondment. The Tribunal distinguished the case on hand from the facts in the case of Centrica India (supra) on the facts of the case by observing that in the case of Centrica, the overseas entity was providing services to Indian company through seconded employees to ensure quality control and management of their vendors of outsourced activities, with the intention to provide staff with appropriate expertise and knowledge about process and practices implemented. However, a perusal of the facts before the Tribunal would reveal that during the period of secondment, the seconded employee was under the exclusive employment of the Indian entity and foreign entity did not exercise any control or lien over the employee.

In AT & T Communication Services (India) (P.) Ltd vs. DCIT [2019] 101 taxmann.com 105 (Delhi – Trib.), it was held by the Tribunal that the nature of income embedded in related payments is relevant for deciding whether or not section 195 will come into play and so long as a payment to non-resident entity is in the nature of payment consisting of income chargeable under the head ‘Salaries’, the Indian Company does not have any tax withholding applications u/s 195 of the Act. The Tribunal distinguished the case before it from Centrica India’s case (supra) and observed that seconded employees of foreign company were not taking forward the business of foreign company in India. In Centrica (Supra), the employees were seconded to Indian company to ensure that services to be rendered to the overseas entities by the Indian vendor are properly coordinated.

In DIT vs. Abbey Business Services Ltd. (2020) 122 taxmann.com 174 (Kar), the assessee was a subsidiary of ANITCO Ltd. a group company of Abbey National Plc, UK (ANP). ANP had entered into an agreement with the assessee, to outsource the provision of certain process and call centers to M/s. Msource India Pvt. Ltd. Under the agreement, Msource India Pvt. Ltd was required to provide high quality services which supports the position of ANP and its affiliates as well as to customers in UK. To facilitate outsourcing agreement between ANP and Msource India Pvt. Ltd., an agreement for secondment of staff was entered into between ANP and the assessee on 4th February, 2004. For deputation of its employees, Abbey, India had made certain payments to ANP, part of which was salary reimbursement on which tax was deducted. The question arose whether such payments amounted to fees for technical services. The Court ruled that the reimbursement of salary costs by the Appellant was not FTS as the employees in question were employees of the assessee. The Court took into consideration the aspect of control, direction and supervision exercised by the assessee. The Court also observed that the employees were required to function in accordance with the policies, rules and guidelines applicable to the employees of the assessee. The Court has distinguished the judgement in Centrica’s case (supra) on the grounds that the question of permanent establishment was not involved in the case on hand, unlike in Centrica’s case (supra). With due respect, such basis is incorrect given that even in Centrica’s case, the question for consideration was whether costs reimbursed by petitioner therein to the overseas entity was FTS/FIS within the meaning of the DTAAs in question, which was also the question before the Karnataka High Court in Abbey’s case (supra).


SUPREME COURT’S DECISION IN NORTHERN OPERATING SYSTEMS (P.) LTD.’S CASE
In C.C.,C.E. & S.T. Bangalore vs. Northern Operating Systems (P.) Ltd. [2022] 61 GSTL 129 (SC), the Court was examining whether where the overseas group companies seconded their employees to the assessee in India, the same would amount to manpower recruitment and supply services liable to service tax u/s 65(68) r.w.s. 65(105)(k) of the Finance Act, 1994.

From the above extracted paragraphs, it can be noted that the Honourable Supreme Court has concluded that the seconded employees were not the employees of the assessee company in India by taking into consideration the following aspects:

  • The nature of the overseas group companies’ business is providing certain specialized services (back office, IT, bank related services, inventories, etc. which can be performed by its highly trained and skilled personnel.
  • Taking advantage of the globalized economy and location savings, the Overseas group company had assigned, inter alia, certain tasks to the assessee, including back-office operations of a certain kind, in relation to its activities, or that of other group companies or entities.
  • As part of this agreement, a secondment contract is entered into, whereby the overseas company’s employee or employees, possessing the specific required skill, are deployed for the duration the task is estimated to be completed in. Thus, the employees were deployed to the assessee, on secondment in relation to the business of the overseas employer and the group.
  • Though the employee was in control of the assessee and the assessee had the power to terminate the services of the seconded employees, upon expiry of the secondment period, the employees would return to their overseas employer.
  • The Overseas employer pays them the salary. The terms of employment, even during their secondment, are in accord with the policy of the overseas company who is the employer.
  • The fact that the assessee had to ultimately bear the burden of salaries of the seconded employees was irrelevant as the seconded employees were performing the tasks in relation to the assessee’s activities and not in relation to the overseas employer.

After discussing various decisions laying down the traditional test of supervision and control, the Court has indicated that such traditional test to indicate who the employer is may not be the sole test to be applied.

The above decision, in contrast to the decisions of the twin tests laid down in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra) has brought out a new perspective i.e. whose business the seconded employee is carrying on? The decision lays down the principle that where the Indian entity provides support or back-office services to the foreign entity and the seconded employees enable the company to provide such services efficiently and effectively through their expertise, the employees continue to remain in employment of the foreign entity though their functions may be under the control and supervision of the Indian entity.

The said principle appears to be in line with the facts and the ultimate ratio in Centrica’s case (supra) and also the basis on which other decisions as cited in paragraph 5 have distinguished the ratio in Centrica’s case (supra).

SUBSEQUENT DECISION IN FLIPKART’S CASE
The above decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) was considered by the Ld. Single Judge in Flipkart Internet (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2022] 139 taxmann.com 595 (Karnataka). As per the facts of the said case, the Petitioner had made pure reimbursement payments to Walmart Inc. towards payment of salaries to deputed expatriate employees. The Petitioner applied for a certificate u/s 195 for Nil deduction of tax at source which was denied by the departmental officer. In writ proceedings, the Court has observed that the seconded employees were employees of the Petitioner by making the following observations:

  • Clause 1.5 of the Master Service Agreement (MSA) defines the scope of work relating to secondment.
  • Clause 3.1 of the MSA provides that the Petitioner may terminate the services of the secondees.
  • Clause 4.2 provides that the party placing the secondees can invoice the party receiving the service, the secondment costs, expenses and incidental costs borne in the Home Country.
  • Even though Walmart Inc. has the power to decide the continuance of the services in USA of the seconded employees after the termination of their secondment in India, it would relate to a service condition post the period of secondment. What would be of significance is the relationship between the petitioner and the seconded employee.
  • The equity eligibility of the seconded employee which was a pre-existing benefit (even prior to the secondment) ought not to alter the relationship of employer and employee between the petitioner and the employee.
  • Further, mere payment by Walmart Inc. to the seconded employees would not alter the relationship between the petitioner and the seconded employees, as the petitioner only seeks to make payment to Walmart Inc. of its payment to the seconded employees which is stated to be by way of reimbursement.
  • The Petitioner was not merely acting as a back office for providing support service to the overseas entity, whereby the overseas entity could be treated as an employer.
  • The Petitioner issues the appointment letter, the employee reports to the petitioner and the petitioner has the power to terminate the services of the employee.

The Court also rejected the revenue’s reliance on the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) by distinguishing the case on hand from the facts in the said case, on the following grounds:

  • The Apex Court has interpreted the concept of a secondment agreement taking note of the contemporary business practice and has indicated that the traditional control test to indicate who is the employer, may not be the sole test to be applied. The Apex Court while construing a contract whereby employees were seconded to the assessee by foreign group of Companies, had upheld the demand for service tax holding that in a secondment arrangement, a secondee would continue to be employed by the original employer.

  • The Apex Court in the particular facts of the case had held that the Overseas Co., had a pool of highly skilled employees and having regard to their expertise were seconded to the assessee and upon cessation of the term of secondment would return to their overseas employees. While returning such finding on facts, the assessee was held liable to pay service tax for the period as mentioned in the show cause notice.

  • The judgment rendered was in the context of service tax and the only question for determination was as to whether supply of manpower was covered under the taxable service and was to be treated as a service provided by a Foreign Company to an Indian Company. But in the case on hand, the legal requirement requires a finding to be recorded to treat a service as ‘FIS’ which is “made available” to the Indian Company.

BASIS ON WHICH THE DECISION IN NORTHERN OPERATING’S CASE (SUPRA) CAN BE DISTINGUISHED
It is needless to state that whether the seconded or deputed employee continues to remain the employee of the foreign entity or becomes the employee of the Indian entity would depend on the facts of the case.

Though the said decision is in the context of provisions of Service Tax, the decision lays down certain important principles to determine whether or not the seconded employee remains the employee of the foreign entity even after such secondment or deputation to the Indian entity. Hence, the principles laid down thereunder would equally apply even in the context of provisions of the Income- tax Act.

While the decision in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra) was rendered by a division bench of the Hon’ble Supreme Court, the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) is rendered by a larger bench of 3-judges. Thus, the interesting question for consideration is whether the twin tests laid down in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra) are sacrosanct or have they been diluted in terms of the ratio in Northern Operating’s case (supra).

  • While the Court has referred to its’ earlier decision in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra) in its’ subsequent decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra), it has not doubted the twin tests laid down thereunder or dissented from the ratio laid therein.
  • As discussed earlier, the subsequent decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) has stated that the traditional test of control and supervision for determination of the economic employer cannot be the sole test. Even in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra), the test of control and supervision was not the sole and determinative factor but was part of twin tests. Thus, on this count, the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) appears to be line with the decision in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra).
  • A fortiori, the twin tests laid down in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra), continue to hold the field even post the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) and are still relevant given that they have been laid down in the specific context of the Income-tax Act read with the relevant DTAAs.

Northern Operating’s case (supra) was rendered in the context of sections 65(68) and (105)(k) of the Finance Act, 1994 dealing with ‘supply of manpower’ prior to amendment in 2012 (with effect from 1st July, 2012) and section 65B(44) of the Finance Act, 1994 defining the term ‘service’ post such amendment. Thus, on the interpretation of such provisions, the Court ruled that the service of supply of manpower was rendered by the overseas entities to the appellant therein. However, in the context of Income-tax Act read with the relevant DTAAs, it would be necessary for the department to establish that the services, if any, rendered by the overseas entity through its’ employees would amount to technical services or included services as per the provisions of the IT Act read with the relevant DTAA, before any liability can be imposed.

The Commentary on Article 15 of the OECD Model Tax Convention recognizes the principles of real or economic employment in contradistinction to legal employment. It lays down the following tests or factors for determination of economic employment:

  • The hirer does not bear the responsibility or risk for the results produced by the employee’s work;
  • The authority to instruct the worker lies with the user;
  • The work is performed at a place which is under the control and responsibility of the user;
  •  The remuneration to the hirer is calculated on the basis of the time utilized, or there is in other ways a connection between this remuneration and wages received by the employee;
  • Tools and materials are essentially put at the employee’s disposal by the user;
  • The number and qualifications of the employees are not solely determined by the hirer.

In the Commentary by Professor Klaus Vogel on ‘Double Taxation Conventions,’ it has been observed that where an employee is sent abroad to work for a foreign enterprise as well, the foreign enterprise does not qualify as an employer merely because the employee performs services for it or because the enterprise was issuing to the employee instructions regarding his work or places or tools at his disposal. However, it has been highlighted that the situation would be different if the employee works exclusively for the enterprise in the State of employment and was released for the period in question by the enterprise in his State of residence.

The above commentaries lay down the tests to be applied to determine the economic employer, which would be relevant for the purposes of the Income-tax Act read with the DTAAs and may not be relevant for the purposes of the Service Tax Act. Hence, these commentaries were not considered by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Northern Operating’s case (supra). However, for the purposes of provisions of the Income-tax Act, the tests laid down in the said commentaries would be relevant. The Supreme Court in Engineering Analysis Centre Of Excellence P. Ltd. vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471 chose to apply principles canvassed by OECD in the absence of contrary provisions in the domestic law.

The above commentaries would indicate while the test of control and supervision may be a relevant test, it may not be sole determinative factor, more so when the employee does not work exclusively for the Indian entity to whom he has been deputed and continues to carry on the business of the foreign entity. This is the key aspect which has also been emphasized by the Delhi High Court in Centrica’s case (supra) as highlighted earlier.

This also appears to be the sentiment of the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra). Thus, the key takeaway from the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra) and on reconciling the same with various earlier decisions of the Hon’ble Supreme Court including the one in Morgan Stanley’s case (supra) is that supervision and control exercised by the Indian entity would by itself not be determinative. Where the Indian entity is itself under the supervision and control of the foreign entity and carries on the business of the latter, mere supervision and control exercised by the Indian entity over the seconded/deputed employees would be irrelevant. In such circumstances, the seconded employees would be enabling the Indian entity in carrying on the business of the foreign parent in a more efficient and effective manner.

Thus, an analysis would have to be made in each case whether post such secondment/deputation, the seconded/deputed employee is carrying on the business of the foreign entity or is solely serving the Indian entity to whom he has been seconded/deputed. It is only in the latter situations, coupled with the supervision and control exercised by the Indian entity, one may be able to conclude that such person is the employee of the Indian entity during such period of secondment/deputation. This proposition is in line with the Commentary on Article 15 of the OECD Model Tax Convention and Commentary by Klaus Vogel, laying down the tests for determination of economic employer, which appear to be the distinguishing factor as taken into account by the High Court in the decision in Centrica India’ case (supra).

Thus, after such deputation/secondment, where the employee is exclusively devoted to the Indian entity and does not carry on the business of the foreign entity, he can be said to be under the economic employment of the Indian entity. In such circumstances, it would be possible for the Indian entity to distinguish its’ case from the facts in Northern Operating’s case (supra).

In CIT vs. Eli Lilly & Co. (India) P. Ltd. [2009] 312 ITR 225 (SC), the assessee company, incorporated in India, was a joint venture between M/s. Eli Lilly, Netherlands B.V. and Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. The foreign partner had seconded four expatriates to the joint venture in India. They were employees of the joint venture post such deputation or secondment. However, they continued to remain on the rolls of the foreign company. They received home salary outside India from the foreign partner. The Indian venture deducted tax on salary paid to such expats but failed to deduct tax on such home salary. In appeal, the Court held that the Indian joint venture was liable to deduct at source u/s 192 in respect of such home salary which accrued in India under the provisions of section 9(1)(ii) read with the Explanation thereto.

Thus, in the above decision, the Court has understood that the home salary is salary paid by the foreign entity on behalf of such Indian entity. It is for this reason, the Court directed the Indian entity to deduct tax at source from such payments u/s 192. The above judgement, in the specific context of provisions of the Income-tax Act would indicate that where the services are provided by the expatriate post the secondment to the Indian entity, the employee would be under the economic employment of the Indian entity despite the fact that such employees continue to be on the rolls of the foreign entity.

The decision in Eli Lilly’s case (supra) would support the proposition that even where salaries are paid by the foreign entity to the seconded/deputed employees, such employees can be said to be under the economic employment where the services are rendered to the Indian entity during the course of such secondment.

Further, the decision in Eli Lilly’s case (supra) appears to be in line with the principles laid down in the Commentary by Klaus Vogel, laying emphasis on sole employment during the period of secondment, which was considered the most important factor as per the decision in Centrica’s case (supra). This is for the reason that in the judgement in Eli Lilly’s case (supra), there is a finding of fact by the Hon’ble Court that post the deputation, no work was performed by the employees for the foreign company.

Dealing with this exclusivity theory, it may be noted that the concept of simultaneous dual employment is not alien to the Income-tax Act. It has in fact been recognized by section 192(2) of the IT Act, which recognizes that during the financial year, an assessee may be employed simultaneously under more than one employer. Further, in today’s times, with the emergence of concept of moonlighting, certain employers permit their employees to exercise a second employment in so far as such second employment does not affect the business activities of the employer.

In such scenarios, when the provisions of the IT Act recognize such dual employment, it may be possible for the seconded employee to exercise such dual employment, during such period of secondment. Thus, the decision in Northern Operating’s case (supra), rendered in the specific context of the facts therein and more so in the context of provisions of Service Tax, cannot be relied on to insist on exclusivity.

With respect to fee paid to visiting doctors by hospitals, the Revenue3 is often found taking a stand that such payment amounts to salary and that tax is to be deducted by the concerned hospital u/s 192 as against section 194J. This stand is adopted despite the fact that upon any negligence by the doctor, he and not the concerned hospital would be responsible as per the Code of Ethics and the Medical Council Guidelines applicable to such doctors. Thus, in such cases, the responsibility over the work of the doctors by the hospital is overlooked by the department. The department also overlooks the factor of sole employment, given that the doctors may be visiting and providing their services to more than one hospital.

However, in the context of secondment, the revenue is seen taking a completely contradictory argument of sole employment with the Indian entity, for the purposes of determination of economic employment.


3. CIT vs. Grant Medical Foundation [2015] 375 ITR 49 (Bombay); CIT vs. Manipal Health Systems (P.) Ltd. [2015] 375 ITR 509 (Karnataka); CIT vs. Teleradiology Solutions Pvt Ltd [2016-TIOL-703-HC-KAR-IT];  ITO vs. Dr. Balabhai Nanavati Hospital [2017] 167 ITD 178 (Mumbai); Hosmat Hospital (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT [2016] 160 ITD 513 (Bangalore – Trib.). Note that the authors have only named a few cases herein.

Taxation and FEMA aspects of Cross-Border Employees’ Stock Options

Employees’ Stock Option Plans (“ESOPs”) play a significant role in motivating and retaining key employees of companies / multinational groups. In many cases, employees of the Indian subsidiaries are offered/given ESOPs of the parent company / other group companies. Various tax and regulatory issues arise for consideration and proper implementation of such schemes in India.

In this article, the authors have examined the important Taxation, FEMA and Accounting aspects in such situations, by way of a case study. For the sake of completeness, certain FEMA and accounting aspects have also been discussed in addition to taxation issues.

INTRODUCTION

Over the last few decades, the global movement of capital and the growth of multinational enterprises (“MNEs”) have increased significantly. With this, the recruitment and retention of key and high-performing employees have emerged as important challenges for the MNEs. ESOPs, with their various variants, have been used to achieve the goal of attracting and retaining talent. MNEs offer ESOPs of parent companies to the employees of their various subsidiaries/associates across the globe to incentivise them.

In an Indian scenario, this raises various regulatory issues relating to Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”), taxation, withholding obligations and accounting.

In order to better understand the issues and their probable impact and resolutions, it has been thought appropriate to deal with the same by way of a case study.
 

FACTS OF THE CASE STUDY

  • ABC Pte Ltd. is a company (referred to as “ABCPL”) incorporated in Singapore, which has framed Employee Stock Options Plan (ESOP) to issue Employee Stock Options globally to its employees and employees of its subsidiary where its holding is more than 51 per cent.

  • The scheme is applicable to all employees who qualify as per the ESOPs and as per the discretion of the Committee set up by the company for the implementation of ESOPs.

  • XYZ India Pvt Ltd (referred to as “XYZIPL”) is a subsidiary of ABCPL.

  • Employees of XYZIPL are eligible to participate in the ESOP scheme of ABCPL (the Parent Company) and therefore granted shares w.e.f. 1st October, 2022.

  • The details of options (shares) granted, exercised and vested at various dates are assumed to be given in the ESOP.

ISSUES THAT ARISE FOR CONSIDERATION

  • What are the implications on the Indian Subsidiary Company and Singapore Holding Company of ESOPs given by the Singapore holding company to the employees of the Indian Subsidiary Company with respect to FEMA/ RBI, Companies Act and Income Tax?

  • What are the accounting treatments of such ESOPs in the books of the Singapore company and Indian company?

  • While exercising option, employees will need to make payment to the Singapore company for the acquisition price. Whether they should opt for Liberalised Remittance Scheme (“LRS”) or Overseas Direct Investment (“ODI”) route for making payment? Further what compliances under FEMA and Income-tax, Employees / Indian Company / Singapore Company will need to comply?

  • If employees opt for buyback of shares by Singapore company, then what will be the best legal way to route the payment, which will be beneficial to all stakeholders, namely, employees, Indian company and Singapore company?

  • Any other reporting / filing requirement under any Statute like FEMA / Income tax / Company law etc.?

FEMA PROVISIONS

Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Rules, 2022 (“OI Rules”) have come into force from 22nd August, 2022 in supersession of erstwhile Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004.

Rule 13 of the OI Rules provides that a Resident individual may make overseas investment in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in Schedule III.

Clause 1(2)(iii)(h) of Schedule III of OI Rules provides that a resident individual may make or hold overseas investment by way of, ODI or Overseas Portfolio Investment (“OPI”), as the case may be, by way of acquisition of shares or interest under ESOP or Employee Benefits Scheme (“EBS”).

Clause 3 of Schedule III contains provisions relating to the acquisition of shares or interest under ESOP or EBS or sweat equity shares. It provides that a resident individual, who is an employee or a director of an office in India or a branch of an overseas entity or a subsidiary in India of an overseas entity or of an Indian entity in which the overseas entity has direct or indirect equity holding, may acquire, without limit, shares or interest under ESOP or EBS or sweat equity shares offered by such overseas entity, provided that the issue of ESOP or EBS is offered by the issuing overseas entity globally on a uniform basis.

For this purpose, indirect equity holding means indirect foreign equity holding through a special purpose vehicle or step-down subsidiary. Further, the Employee Benefits Scheme means any compensation or incentive given to the directors or employees of any entity which gives such directors or employees ownership interest in an overseas entity through ESOP or any similar scheme.

A.P. (DIR) Circular 12 dated 22nd August, 2022 explaining provisions relating to ESOPs

Para 1(ix)(f) of the Circular explains that Resident individuals may make OPI within the overall limit for LRS in terms of Schedule III of the OI Rules. Further, shares or interest acquired by the resident individuals by way of sweat equity shares or minimum qualification shares or under ESOP/EBS up to 10 per cent of the paid-up capital/stock, whether listed or unlisted, of the foreign entity and without control shall also qualify as OPI.

Para 22(2) explains that Overseas Investment by way of capitalisation, swap of securities, rights/bonus, gift, and inheritance shall be categorised as ODI or OPI based on the nature of the investment. However, where the investment, whether listed or unlisted, by way of sweat equity shares, minimum qualification shares and shares/interest under ESOP/EBS does not exceed 10 per cent of the paid-up capital/stock of the foreign entity and does not lead to control, such Investment shall be categorised as OPI.

In Para 22(5) to (7), it is explained that shares/interest under ESOP/EBS – AD banks may allow remittances, towards acquisition of the shares/interest in an overseas entity under the scheme offered directly by the issuing entity or indirectly through a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) /SDS. Where the investment qualifies as OPI, the necessary reporting in Form OPI shall be done by the employer concerned in accordance with regulation 10(3) of OI Regulations. Where such investment qualifies as ODI, the resident individual concerned shall report the transaction in Form FC.

Foreign entities are permitted to repurchase the shares issued to Residents in India under any ESOP Scheme provided (i) the shares were issued in accordance with the rules/regulations framed under FEMA, 1999, (ii) the shares are being repurchased in terms of the initial offer document, and (iii) necessary reporting is done through the AD bank.

Though there is no limit on the amount of remittance made towards the acquisition of shares/interest under ESOP/EBS or acquisition of sweat equity shares, such remittances shall be reckoned towards the LRS limit of the person concerned.


ANALYSIS OF FEMA PROVISIONS

Acquisition of Shares under ESOP

From the above provisions of FEMA, it is clear that the employees of XYZIPL, being an Indian subsidiary of ABCPL, a Singapore company issuing ESOPs, are eligible to participate in the ESOP and acquire shares by way of general permission under OI Rules. There is no requirement for any specific percentage of holding of shares.

However, for making remittances for the purchase of shares under the ESOP Scheme, the same must be offered by ABCPL globally on a uniform basis.

Acquisition under which route – ODI or OPI?

Overseas investment by an individual can be made either as an ODI or as OPI. For deciding that one needs to examine the terms of the ESOP and if the aggregate number of shares that may be acquired by an employee does not exceed 10 per cent of the enlarged share capital of the company, then the same would be considered as OPI for that employee.

The investments by Indian employees under the ESOP would be without any controlling stake and would fall under the category of OPI, which would not require the filing of an ODI form. If the remittance sought is within the overall limit of USD 250,000 per annum under LRS, there should not be an issue.

Sale of shares acquired under ESOP

Prior to OI Rules, Indian resident employees were permitted to transfer the shares acquired (pursuant to exercising options) by way of sale, provided that the sale proceeds are repatriated to India within 90 days from the date of such sale.

It is expected that in the Master Direction to be issued after coming into force of OI Rules, appropriate clarity in this regard would be provided.

Repurchase of shares by the Company

ABCPL being a foreign entity can repurchase shares issued under the ESOP from the Indian resident employees subject to the fulfilment of the following conditions:

(i)    the shares were issued in accordance with the rules/regulations framed under FEMA, 1999.

One of the conditions of ESOPs under FEMA is that the shares must be issued by the company globally on a uniform basis. The management of both companies has to make sure of fulfilment of this condition.

(ii)    the shares are being repurchased in terms of the initial offer document.

Repurchase of shares by the company in terms of the initial offer document would be considered as fulfilment of the condition.

(iii)    Necessary reporting is done through the AD bank.


INCOME TAX PROVISIONS AND THEIR ANALYSIS
Following four events are triggered under any ESOP Scheme:

(i)    Grant of Options: An eligible person is invited to participate in an ESOP.

(ii)    Vesting of Options: Shares are vested as per the eligibility criteria and a person becomes eligible to exercise the option to buy the shares.

(iii)    Exercise of Options: Exercising options to buy the shares at an offered price (which is usually at a discount than its fair market value).

(iv)    Sale of Shares: Sale of shares purchased under ESOP either to a third party or to the company under a buy-back scheme.

Granting and vesting of options: There is no tax implication in the first two events, i.e., granting and vesting of options as there are no actual transactions, but only a probability of future transactions is created.

Exercise of option: The difference between Fair Market Value (FMV) and the exercise price is taxed as a perquisite in hands of the employees in the year of exercise of options and buying of shares. Thereafter, the FMV becomes the cost of shares in hands of the employees.

Sale of shares: At the time of sale of shares, the difference between the sale price and the cost (which is a FMV in the hands of the employees), would be taxed as capital gains. The incidence of tax would depend upon the period of holding.

Taxability of ESOPs as per provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the “Act”)

Normally, ESOPs are taxed as perquisite u/s 17 of the Act under the head “Salaries”.

However, in the instant case employees of the Indian subsidiary of the foreign parent company are receiving ESOPs. There is no direct employer-employee relationship between the Indian employees and the Singapore company. Under the circumstances, an issue for consideration arises i.e., whether the difference between the FMV and the exercise price would be taxed as a perquisite u/s 17 or as other income u/s 56 of the Act.


JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS
In Sumit Bhattacharya vs. ACIT, [2008] 112 ITD 1 (Mumbai) (SB), on 3rd January, 2008 the Special Bench of the ITAT held that amount in question is received from a person other than the employer of the assessee, and that in order for an income to be taxed under the head ‘income from salaries’ it is a condition precedent that the salary, benefit or the consideration must flow from employer to the employee, the amount received by the assessee on redemption of stock appreciation rights will still be taxable-though under the head ‘income from other sources’. It further held that the plea raised by the assessee that the amount in question cannot be taxed as ‘income from salaries’ is thus irrelevant.

Once the SC comes to a conclusion that an employment-related benefit received from a person other than the employer, is to be taxed as an income from other sources, it cannot be open to ITAT to take any other view of the matter.

The above view of the Mumbai ITAT was based on the Bombay High Court’s decision in the case of Emil Weber vs. CIT 114 ITR 515, which was later on upheld by the SC.

In the case of Emil Weber, the question before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court was “whether, on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the amount of tax paid by Ballarpur (a person other than assesses employer) on behalf of the assessee is income taxable under the head income from other sources”.

It is interesting to note the observations of the SC in the case of Emil Weber, while reaffirming the decision of the Bombay HC, where the SC observed that “The question then arises as to under which head of income the said income should be placed. In as much as the assessee is not an employee of Ballarpur which made the payment, it cannot be brought within the purview of Section 14 of the Act, It must necessarily be placed under sub-section (1) of Section 56, “income from other sources”. According to the said sub-section, income of every kind which is not to be excluded from the total income under the Act shall be chargeable to income-tax under the head “Income from other sources”, if it is not chargeable to income-tax under any of the other heads specified in Section 14, items A to E. It is not the case of the assessee that any provision of the Act exempts the said income from the liability to tax.”

It may be noted that the decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in case of Sumit Bhattacharya (supra) was reversed by the Bombay HC on a different point, which is not relevant here.


TAXABILITY UNDER THE HEAD “INCOME FROM OTHER SOURCES”
Based on the above, it can be concluded that since there are no employer-employee relationships between ABCPL, Singapore and the employees of its Indian subsidiary, the difference between the exercise price and the FMV would be taxed in hands of the Indian employees under the head “Income from Other Sources”. In such a case, the following options are available for deduction of tax at source or to discharge the tax liability by the employees directly:

(a)    the Singapore company deducts tax at source at the time of allotment of shares, for which it would be required to take TAN in India and do necessary compliances.

(b)    Indian employees file a statement of particulars of income taxable under the head “Income from other Sources” as prescribed in section 192(2B) read with Rule 26B to XYZIPL, which can take cognisance of this and deduct appropriate tax at source.

(c)    Indian employees pay applicable advance tax on the income offering it under the head “Income from other Sources” and submit the proof of such payment to ABCPL. In that event, ABCPL would not be held as an assessee-in-default u/s 201 of the Act, provided all conditions laid down in that section are satisfied. The conditions are as follows:

(i)    The employee has furnished his return of income u/s 139;

(ii)    The employee has taken into account such sum for computing income in such return of income;

(iii)    The employee has paid the tax due on the income declared by him in such return of income; and

(iv)    The employee furnishes Accountant’s (CA) Certificate in Form No. 26A read with Rule 31ACB.

However, ABCPL will still be liable for a simple interest from the date of withholding tax obligation to the date of filing of the income-tax return by the employee.


INCOME TAXABLE UNDER THE HEAD “SALARIES”
The Hon’ble SC’s five judge bench judgment in the case of Justice Deoki Nandan Agarwal vs. Union of India 237 ITR 872 has, inter alia, held that what Hon’ble Judges receive, as salary, is reward for their services and it is for this reason that such reward is brought within the scope of salary. This decision thus has the effect of expanding the scope of head of income ‘salary’ as it holds that what is relevant is the salary being a reward for employment rather than existence of an employer in conventional sense of the expression. The question of reward of employment flowing from employer to employee, in order to be bring the same within the ambit of taxability under the head ‘income from salaries’, is thus redundant.

Thus, though there is no direct employer-employee relationship between the ABCPL and the employees of the XYZIPL, there is a close nexus between the two.

The close nexus is on account of employment with the XYZIPL, which is a subsidiary of the ABCPL in India. The grant of options is due to employees’ employment with and performance at the XYZIPL. But for their employment with XYZIPL, ABCPL would not have granted ESOPs to the employees of XYZIPL.

It is, therefore, logical and natural for the Indian employer (XYZIPL), to carry out employer related compliances. One may draw a reference from the CBDT Circular No. 9/2007 dated 20th December, 2007 which was issued in the context of the erstwhile Fringe Benefit Tax (FBT).

In the context of applicability of FBT for shares awarded by the foreign holding company to the employees of the Indian subsidiary for the employment period in India, in answer to question 3, it was mentioned that the Indian subsidiary would be liable to pay FBT in respect of the value of the shares allotted or transferred by the foreign holding company if the employee was based in India at any time during the period beginning with the grant of the option and ending with the date of vesting of such option (hereafter such period is referred to as ‘grant period’), irrespective of the place of location of the employee at the time of allotment or transfer of such shares.

In the case of P. No. 15 of 1998 [1999] 235 ITR 565 AAR, (Microsoft’s case) which has a similar fact pattern, as in the instant case study, the AAR held that the American parent company was making the offer with a view to give an incentive to employees of the Indian company. There would have been no problem had the stock option been offered by the Indian company. But the position in law will not be different only because the stock option is offered not by the Indian company but by its parent company. If the “salary” is paid for or on behalf of the employer that will also have to be included in the “salary” income by virtue of Clause (b) of Section 15.

It was further held that in a case like this, the corporate veil will have to be lifted to see the real nature of the transaction. The only possible explanation for the offer of stock options by the American company to the employees of the Indian company can be that it regards its business and the business of the Indian company as one. There is no difficulty in law in recognizing the reality of the transaction and treating the benefit to be given to the Indian employees as one by the employer himself or by the American company for or on behalf of the employer. In either view of the matter, this additional remuneration or profit will have to be treated as income from “salary”.

By devising the stock option scheme, the American company has taken upon itself the responsibility for paying, what must be regarded as “salary” to the employees of the Indian company. They are under an obligation u/s 192 to deduct income tax at source on the amount payable to the employees.

Thus, the better view seems to be to that income from ESOPs should be taxable under the head ‘Salaries’ instead of ‘Income from Other Sources’.


COMPLIANCES BY THE INDIAN COMPANY (XYZIPL)

Taxability of ESOPs in hands of Indian Employees

As per the provisions of the Act, the taxation of ESOPs triggers at two stages. The first point of taxation is when the shares are allotted to the employees under the ESOP and the second stage is when the employee ultimately sells the shares.

Taxability at the time of Exercising/Allotment of Shares
The Indian company’s (XYZIPL) obligation is to deduct tax at source u/s 192 read with Rule 26A, at the time of exercising/allotment of shares. The difference between the exercise price and the FMV would be taxed in the hands of the employees as perquisites u/s 17(2)(vi) of the Act. Rule 3(8) of the Act, contains the rules for determining the FMV of ESOPs.

Reporting in Form 16 and 12BA

XYZIPL has to report the value of the perquisite on which tax is withheld in Form 16 along with other salaries, and Form 12BA issued to the employee.

A question arises as to whether the buyback amount can be routed through the Indian company (XYZIPL) by ABCPL. In this regard, it is important to keep in mind that if the amount is routed through the XYZIPL, then the Indian employees would be surrendering (or selling) foreign security (shares) to the foreign company but receiving payments in Indian currency. This situation is not covered by general permission under FEMA, and therefore, specific prior approval from RBI would be required to implement this kind of scheme.

COMPLIANCES BY INDIAN EMPLOYEES

At the time of exercising Options – Taxable as a Perquisite

It is advisable for Indian employees to make a declaration to XYZIPL about the exercise/allotment of shares by ABCPL in accordance with the ESOP on the lines of declaration under Form 12B of the Act and request XYZIPL to deduct the appropriate amount of tax at source.

Any perquisite arising to any employee in respect of an employment exercised in India would be taxable in India, irrespective of his residential status or place of receipt of income. The reason being salaries and related perquisites will be deemed to accrue or arise in India, if the employment is exercised in India, even in the case of a non-resident.
 
During the holding period – Disclosure in IT Returns

Indian Employees, who have exercised the options, are required to report the details of their foreign shares and foreign-sourced income (dividend income, capital gains, etc.) in their Indian Tax Returns throughout the period of holding (i.e., until the year of sale).

At time of Sale – Taxable as Capital Gains   

If ABCPL undertakes the buyback of shares from Indian employees, then capital gains will be chargeable to tax in the hands of Indian employees u/s 46A of the Income Tax Act. Capital gains will be computed as the difference between buyback prices decided by ABCPL and FMV on the date of allotment which shall be considered as the cost of acquisition as per provisions of section 49(2AA).

Tax on capital gains arising out of buyback of shares in the hands of Indian Employees in Singapore, if subject to tax in Singapore, can be claimed as a credit under the provisions of India – Singapore Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (DTAA), which also provides for the right of taxation in Singapore.

RELIEF FROM DOUBLE TAXATION – ARTICLE 25 OF THE INDIA-SINGAPORE DTAA
Article 13 of the DTAA between India and Singapore provides that Capital gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April, 2017 in a company, which is a resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in that State.

Capital gains arising to an employee who is a resident and ordinary resident will be taxed in India on a worldwide taxation basis and would also be taxed in Singapore. Double taxation can be avoided by resorting to the provisions of Article 25 of the DTAA.

Paragraph 2 of the said Article 25 provides for relief of double taxation for an Indian resident and provides that where a resident of India derives income which, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, may be taxed in Singapore, India shall allow as a deduction from the tax on the income of that resident an amount equal to the Singapore tax paid, whether directly or by deduction.

IMPLICATIONS UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013
The Companies Act, 2013 has specific regulations covering employees’ stock options plans, but they do not apply to a foreign entity issuing ESOPs to Indian employees.

ABCPL, being a foreign company provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 pertaining to ESOPs are not applicable to it.


ACCOUNTING OF ESOPS
Since XYZIPL is an unlisted company, provisions of Accounting Standards would apply instead of Ind AS, assuming that it is not meeting the net worth criteria for the applicability of IndAS. In this regard, Accounting Standards are notified under Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2021.

In the instant case study provisions of Rule 3(1) would be applicable to  XYZIPL. That Rule lists AS in annexure B to the AS Rules 2021. From that list AS -15 dealing with “Employee Benefits” is the closest AS applicable. However, the scope of the AS-15 clearly states that the Standard should be applied by an employer in accounting for all employee benefits, except employee share-based payments and the Standard does not deal with accounting and reporting by employee benefit plans.

Thus, there is no prescribed Accounting Standard for accounting for Share-Based Payments. However, there is a Guidance Note issued by the ICAI, which deals with the Accounting for Share-Based Payments.

Provisions of Guidance Note on Accounting for Share-Based Payment – September 2020 Edition

Since the Accounting Standards do not contain provisions relating to share-based payments, the only reliance the Indian Company can have is on the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI in this regard. The introduction page of the Guidance Note (GN) on Accounting for share-based payments issued by the ICAI states that this is applicable for enterprises that are not required to follow Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS). Paragraph 2 of the Introduction to the said GN clarifies that the GN is applicable to companies following Accounting Standards under Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2021 read with section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013. Companies following Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, shall continue to follow Ind AS 102 – Accounting for Share-Based Payments.

The Effective Date is provided in paragraph 87 of the said GN, which states that the GN applies to share-based payment plans the grant date in respect of which falls on or after 1st April, 2021. An enterprise is not required to apply this GN to share-based payment to equity instruments that are not fully vested as at 1st April, 2021.

Whether Guidance Note is Mandatory?

Guidance Notes are primarily designed to provide guidance to members on matters which may arise in the course of their professional work and on which they may desire assistance in resolving issues, which may pose difficulty and are recommendatory in nature.

As the Guidance note on share-based payment is not mandatory in nature, XYZIPL (Indian Company) may follow the generally accepted accounting policy.

However, in case XYZIPL decides not to follow the guidance note and account for the ESOP to its employees by ABCPL, then it is advisable for the Auditor of XYZIPL to make necessary disclosure in the Notes to the Accounts.

Repercussions in case the Guidance Note is followed

If XYZIPL chooses to follow the Guidance Note on Share-Based Payments, then it needs to pass the necessary accounting entries.


CONCLUSION
Various practical issues commonly faced in respect of some of the cross-border ESOPs are broadly discussed in this write-up. The readers are well advised to minutely analyse the facts and other features of ESOPs before considering the application of some of the aspects discussed in this article.

Practically, it will be easier for the Indian company (XYZIPL) to comply with withholding tax obligations at the time of exercising options by its employees. Therefore, XYZIPL may opt for the solution discussed above. In either case, there would be no difference in the amount of withholding tax, however, the compliance would be easier if XYZIPL opts to deduct tax at source.

Section 92C of the Act – Even though FCCBs issued by an Indian company are to be compulsorily converted into equity shares, till they are converted, they are in the nature of foreign currency loan – hence, ALP of Interest on FCCB should not be benchmarked as INR debt but should be determined as a foreign currency debt

Watermarke Residency Ltd. vs. DCIT TS-648-ITAT-2022-TP
[ITA No: 740/1590/1591/Hyd/2022] A.Ys: 2013-14 to 2015-16
Date of order: 21st September, 2022

12. Section 92C of the Act – Even though FCCBs issued by an Indian company are to be compulsorily converted into equity shares, till they are converted, they are in the nature of foreign currency loan – hence, ALP of Interest on FCCB should not be benchmarked as INR debt but should be determined as a foreign currency debt

FACTS

The assessee had issued FCCB to its AEs. These FCCBs were to be compulsorily converted into equity shares. Hence, the assessee considered them as equity instruments denominated in INR and consequently, benchmarked Interest on FCCB in INR at SBI prime lending rate on the date of issue plus 3 per cent spread. Thus, the assessee benchmarked interest at 17.75 per cent.

The TPO treated FCCB as foreign currency loan and benchmarked interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points.

The CIT(A) affirmed the order of TPO/AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

FCCBs are debt till they are compulsorily converted into equity as per the terms of the issue.

Therefore, the assessee will never be required to repay the debt if the same are converted into equity. Therefore, the ratio laid down by Delhi High Court in CIT vs. Cotton Naturals (I) (P.) Ltd. [2015] 55 taxmann.com 5231, which requires consideration of the currency in which the loan was taken or to be repaid, was not relevant.

The ITAT did not accept the contention of the assessee to treat the FCCB as equity instrument denominated in INR and consequently benchmark interest in INR. It upheld the approach of the TPO to consider FCCB as foreign currency loan, and also upheld LIBOR plus 200 basis points as ALP.


1. The assessee placed reliance on Cotton Natural case where Hon’ble court has held that interest rate is not to be determined based on resident country of lender or Borrower but the currency in which loan is to be repaid because interest rate is market driven. Normally currency in which loan is to be repaid determines rate of return on money borrowed/lent. ALP is to be determined basing on the currency in which loan and interest is to be repaid/paid. Assessee contended that conversion of FCCB into equity is repayment of loan.

Section 194LD of the Act – NCDs issued by Indian Co. qualifies as rupee denominated bond of an Indian company and are entitled to concessional withholding tax rate of 5 per cent

Heidelberg Cement AG vs. ACIT
[2022] 143 taxmann.com 79 (Delhi – Trib.)
11 [ITA No: 531/Del/2022] A.Y.: 2017-18
Date of order: 26th September, 2022

Section 194LD of the Act – NCDs issued by Indian Co. qualifies as rupee denominated bond of an Indian company and are entitled to concessional withholding tax rate of 5 per cent

FACTS

The assessee had invested in rupee-denominated Non- Convertible Debentures (‘NCDs’) of an Indian company (I Co). I Co offered interest on NCDs at 5 per cent u/s 115A(1)(a)(iiab) r.w.s. 115A(1)(BA)(i) of the Act.

The AO took a view that assessee is not eligible to offer interest income at 5 per cent as section 194LD only covers ‘rupee denominated bonds’. The assessee appealed to the DRP. The DRP upheld the order of the AO. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The Act does not define the term ‘Bond’. Hence, ITAT relied on the decision of the Delhi High Court in DIT vs. Shree Visheshwar Nath Memorial Public Ch. Trust (2010) 194 taxman 280 (Delhi), wherein it was held that the term ‘debenture’ includes the bond of a company.

Applying this test, ITAT held that debentures are bonds for the purposes of section 194LD of the Act and accordingly, interest paid on NCDs issued by an Indian company will qualify for concessional tax rate of 5 per cent.

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA, India-Canada DTAA and India-Mexico DTAA

10 Cadila Healthcare Ltd. vs. DCIT (Intl.Taxn) & ACIT vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd.
[ITA No: 711 & 1140/Ahd/2019]
A.Y.: 2013-14
Date of order: 9th September, 2022

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA, India-Canada DTAA and India-Mexico DTAA –

(i) On facts, American and Canadian tax resident entities did not satisfy “make available” condition; they did not develop and transfer technical plan/design; they did not transfer ‘industrial or commercial experience’ – hence, payments were not taxable as either FTS/FIS or as royalty.

(ii) Mexican tax resident entity had provided ‘technical services’ – since India-Mexico DTAA does not incorporate “make available” clause, payments were taxable.

FACTS

The assessee is a global pharmaceutical company based in India. During the assessment year, the assessee had made payments to certain non-resident entities, comprising four entities tax residents in the USA, one entity tax resident in Canada and one entity tax resident in Mexico. The payments were made in consideration for the clinical trial services and consultancy services provided by them. The assessee did not withhold tax from the said payments.

According to the AO, the assessee was required to withhold tax u/s 195 of the Act from payments made to non-resident entities. Further, in respect of the fee paid to one entity in consideration for consultancy services, such fee was in the nature of FTS. Therefore, the AO concluded that the assessee had defaulted in its obligation to withhold tax and raised demand for tax and interest.

In appeal, CIT(Appeals) allowed relief in respect of payments made for clinical trials to entities tax resident in the USA and Canada holding that the facts did not show any intention that the payments were to “make available” technology to the assessee, which enabled it to apply the technology on its own in future. Therefore, the services did not satisfy the “make available” test under India-USA and India-Canada DTAAs. CIT (Appeals) also noted that on this same issue, ITAT Ahmedabad had decided the issue in favour of the assessee in A.Y. 2010-11.

As regards the alternate contention of the AO that, payments made to entities tax resident in USA and Canada were in the nature of Royalty, CIT(Appeals) held that it was evident from the very nature of clinical trials and testing services that such services could only be classified as a “fee for technical services” and not as “Royalty”.

In respect of payments made for the clinical trial services to the entity tax resident in Mexico, the assessee claimed benefit of exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act, read with Explanation 2, relying on decision in DIT vs. Lufthansa Cargo India 60 Taxman.com 187 (Delhi), the assessee contended that since the services were both rendered as well as utilised outside India, the same were not chargeable to tax in India, and consequently, there was no withhold tax obligation vis-à-vis these payments.

Relying on decision in CIT vs. Havells India Ltd 21 Taxman.com 476 (Delhi), CIT(Appeals) held there was a distinction between the source of income, and the source of receipt, and that to fall within the said exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b), the source of income should be situated outside India. However, as the export had taken place from India, the source of income was located in India. To fall within the exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act, the assessee should have utilised the services in the business carried on outside India or for making or earning income from any source outside India. In this case, the assessee had undertaken all activities related to the business in India, and had exported from India. Source of “income” cannot be said to be outside India, merely because customer was situated outside India. Payment received outside India was only a source of receipt, and not source of income, outside India. Hence, the assessee did not qualify for benefit under exception in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act.


HELD

(i) Whether payments in consideration for “make available”1?

The Tribunal considered decision of ITAT Ahmedabad in case of the Assessee for A.Y. 2010-11 and also considered decisions in ITO vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd. [2017] 77 taxmann.com 309 (Ahmedabad – Trib.), ITO vs. B.A. Research India (P.) Ltd. [2016] 70 taxmann.com 325 (Ahmedabad – Trib.) and ITO vs. Veeda Clinical Research 144 ITD 297 (Ahmedabad Tribunal).

The Tribunal noted that on facts, and having regard to the said decisions, the condition of “make available” under India- USA DTAA and under India-Canada DTAA was not fulfilled. Therefore, the services were not in the nature of “fee for technical services” or “fee for included services”.

(ii) Whether payments were in consideration for technical plan/design2?

The Department alternately argued that the payment was for development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design mentioned in second portion of FTS Article.

However, this contention is without any basis since there was no agreement for development or transfer of a technical plan or design. Hence, on facts, there was no scope for invoking the said provision.

(iii) Whether payments were royalty?

The department has further argued that the services may qualify as “royalty”.

In Diamond Services International (P.) Ltd. vs. UOI [2008] 169 Taxman 201 (Bombay),
Bombay High Court held that ‘royalty’ under Article 12 envisages transfer of ‘industrial or commercial experience’ from assignor to assignee for a consideration.

Payments made to non-residents by the assessee for clinical trials services did not qualify as FTS/FIS. The services also did not transfer ‘industrial or commercial experience’ from Mexican entity to the assessee.

Since the payment could not be termed as falling under any of the specific clauses of royalty under India-USA DTAA or India-Canada DTAA, on facts, the alternative argument of the Department that the services may qualify as “royalty” was not maintainable.

(iv) Payments made to Mexican tax resident entity3

Payments made by the assessee to the Mexican tax resident entity were for services which were “technical services” in terms of India-Mexico DTAA, which does not incorporate “make available” clause.

Further, as held by CIT (Appeals) in his Order, the assessee did not qualify under exception provided in section 9(1)(vii)(b) of the Act.

Therefore, the assessee was required to withhold tax from payments in respect of these services.


1 Article 12(4) of India-USA DTAA and Article 12(4) of India-Canada DTAA, respectively define FIS. Definitions under both DTAAs are similar. First part of sub-clause (b) of Article 12(4) mentions: “make available technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, or processes or … …”


2 Canada DTAA mentions: “… … or consist of the development and transfer of a technical plan or technical design”.

3 Article 12(3)(b) of India-Mexico DTAA mentions: “The term “fees for technical services” as used in this Article means payments of any kind, other than those mentioned in Articles 14 and 15 of this Agreement as consideration for managerial or technical or consultancy services, including the provision of services of technical or other personnel.”. Article 12(2) allocates taxing rights upto 10% tax to the source State.

GLoBE Rules: Some Special Rules, Administrative and Compliance Aspects – Part 3

[This is the concluding part of a 3-part series on GloBE Rules. The first part was published in the August, 2022 issue of BCAJ (“Pillar 2: An Introduction to Global Minimum Taxation and the second part (“GloBE Rules – Determination of Effective Tax Rate (ETR) and Top-Up Tax (TUT”)) was published in September, 2022 BCAJ.]

TO REFRESH ON EARLIER PARTS
In the previous two articles, we discussed how GloBE Rules apply, when the effective tax rate (ETR) computed at a jurisdictional level is less than 15 per cent, and, how a top-up tax (TUT) is levied to achieve at least 15 per cent tax in each jurisdiction where the MNE Group has a presence in the form of a subsidiary or a permanent establishment (PE). For this purpose, each subsidiary or PE is referred to as a constituent entity (CE) of the MNE Group. We also discussed certain nuances around the computation of ETR – which, as aforesaid, is calculated on a country-by-country basis as a fraction of adjusted covered tax (numerator) upon GloBE income (denominator). While ETR is primarily linked to book results based on ‘fit for consolidation’’ accounts, specified adjustments, coupled with options/choices, make the exercise fairly complex and unique. Moreover, we also discussed hierarchical rules (i.e. top-down approach of income inclusion rule) for recovery of such TUT.

Having discussed the above, in this third and final part of this series, we shall discuss some special provisions under GloBE Rules dealing with business reorganizations, joint ventures, and PEs. Towards the end, we shall also discuss administrative and compliance aspects, which shall soon become a new way of life for MNE Groups covered by GloBE Rules.

NEGATIVE ADJUSTED COVERED TAX DUE TO SUPER/WEIGHTED DEDUCTIONS

In Part II of this series, we discussed how deferred tax accounting impacts adjusted covered tax in the calculation of ETR for a jurisdiction. We will now level up a notch further and discuss a specific complexity of the GloBE Rules associated with deferred tax accounting.

Ordinarily, a jurisdiction that has zero GloBE income or GloBE loss may not trigger any GloBE TUT liability. This is because the ETR cannot be computed as the denominator is zero or a negative amount. Still, it is possible that the tax loss is higher than the book loss (or GloBE loss) – if local tax rules allow a weighted deduction of specific expenses (to incentivize specific activities, such as R&D) in computing taxable income.

Assume that, in year 1, there is a book loss of 1,000, and tax loss of 1,500, the difference of 500 being on account of weighted deduction. Assume that, in year 2, there is a book profit of 1,500, and a tax loss of  year 1 is fully offset, resulting in zero local tax liability in year 2. Assume that such jurisdiction’s local tax rate is 15 per cent.

In books, DTA of 225 is recognized for tax loss in year 1 (i.e. 1,500 x 15 per cent), which is reversed in year 2. ETR of year 2 is calculated as 225 / 1,500. Since ETR (after reckoning reversal of DTA) is 15 per cent, there is no GloBE TUT liability in year 2. Thus, there is no requirement under GloBE Rules to exclude reversal of DTA attributable to tax loss arising on account of weighted deduction, while determining ETR of year 2.

To ensure that the TUT is collected in year 1 itself, when a tax incentive of weighted deduction is claimed, despite year 1 having zero GloBE income or GloBE loss, a special provision1 requires payment of GloBE TUT liability. Such a liability is not based on ETR formula. According to such provision, where adjusted covered tax (after reckoning generation of DTA) is less than [GloBE loss x 15 per cent], the difference straightaway becomes TUT liability. In the example on hand, in year 1, adjusted covered tax (after reckoning generation of DTA) is negative 225, and GloBE loss x 15 per cent is negative 150 (negative 1,000 x 15 per cent). The difference between negative 225 and negative 150 is 75, which straightaway becomes TUT liability in year 1.


1    Article 4.1.5

This provision has been perceived to be harsh because TUT liability is payable despite the jurisdiction having earned zero GloBE income or GloBE loss. Representations have been made to modify this provision, and OECD is evaluating the same.

In Indian Income-tax Act (ITA), weighted deductions [along the lines of s.35(2AB) of ITA] have been phased out. ITA has a weighted deduction only in the form of s.80JJAA, which is allowed only against positive gross total income – such an incentive cannot be availed in a case of tax loss. But, if a CE in India generates DTA on account of business reorganization (as illustrated in the ensuing paras), such a DTA can result in TUT liability under the above provision, despite the jurisdiction having zero GloBE income or GloBE loss in the year of generation of such DTA.

BUSINESS REORGANIZATIONS TAKING PLACE AFTER GLOBE RULES ARE EFFECTIVE2

Where gain on account of tax neutral transfers is recognized in P&L account as prepared for the purpose of ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, in absence of any specific adjustment in GloBE Rules, such a gain can trigger TUT liability. This may result in nullifying fiscal incentive provided under domestic tax laws of the jurisdiction for tax neutral transfers. GloBE Rules aim to avoid such an outcome, and preserve tax neutrality for transfer of assets and liabilities, if following cumulative conditions are met.

•    Consideration for transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests.

•    The transferor’s gain is not subject to tax (under the domestic tax laws).

•    The transferee is required (under the domestic tax laws) to compute taxable income using transferee’s tax basis of the assets (i.e. no cost step-up).

If all the above three conditions are met – in GloBE calculations, for transferor, gain recognized in P&L account is excluded from the GloBE income – and therefore, is exempt from TUT liability. For transferee, carrying values of assets taken over, for the purpose of GloBE calculations, are pegged to those of transferor (i.e. no cost step-up in computation of GloBE income).


2 Readers may note that, this article only discusses GloBE Rules applicable to transfers of assets and liabilities, as per articles 6.3.1 to 6.3.32. There are separate rules for corporate transformations (such as conversion of company into another business vehicle such as LLP) or migration from one jurisdiction to another jurisdiction, which are not discussed in this article.

However, if any one of the above three conditions are not met – gain on account of a transfer recognized in P&L account, which is tax-exempt as per domestic tax laws, cannot be excluded in computation of GloBE income of the transferor, and therefore, can trigger TUT liability. For transferee, carrying values for GloBE calculations are based on cost as recognized in the books (after step-up, if any).

Example 1: Business transfer by a holding company to a wholly-owned subsidiary

Assume that, the FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has a holding company in India, which in turn has a wholly owned subsidiary (WOS) in India. After GloBE Rules are applied to FCo, the holding company transfers a capital asset (e.g., an intangible asset) having a book value of 1,000 to WOS, at a fair price of 11,000, for cash consideration. In ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, the holding company recognizes a gain of 10,000, whereas WOS recognizes such a capital asset at 11,0003.

For local tax purposes, the holding company claims capital gains tax exemption u/s 47(iv) of ITA on 10,000; and the cost in the hands of WOS is pegged to 1,000 on account of Explanation 6 to s.43(1) of ITA.


3 As per our understanding, and subject to confirmation of accounting experts, it is only for common control business transfer that IFRS/Ind-AS mandates the transferee to recognise at book value of transferor. This mandate may not apply to an asset transfer, which, the transferor and transferee may record at the transaction value.

In computing the GloBE income of the holding company in the year of the aforesaid transfer, a question arises, whether the gain of 10,000, recognized in P&L account can be excluded? The first condition (namely that consideration for the transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests) is not satisfied in the present case. To recollect, for excluding gain from GloBE income, all the three conditions stated aforesaid need to be cumulatively satisfied. In the present case, only the second and third conditions are satisfied (namely, the ‘transferor’s gain is not subject to tax; and the transferee is required to compute taxable income using the transferee’s tax basis of the assets) and not the first condition. This may result in a gain of 10,000 being included in GloBE income and therefore, being subject to TUT liability.

In the case of WOS, the cost of capital asset as per books is 11,000. However, for the computation of a taxable income as per ITA, such cost is pegged to 1,000 on account of Explanation 6 to s.43(1) of ITA. Consequently, WOS is expected to have higher capital gains tax liability upon the sale of a such capital asset. Therefore, a question is whether WOS can recognize the provision for DTL of 2,500 (namely book to tax difference of 10,000 x 25 per cent applicable tax rate) in the year of acquisition of such capital asset? Under Ind-AS, WOS may not be able to recognize such a provision for DTL due to the “initial recognition exception” in para 15 of Ind-AS 12.

As a result, TUT liability is likely to arise in the case on hand – because, in the year of transfer of a capital asset, a gain of 10,000 recognized in P&L account of the holding company remains included in GloBE income as aforesaid (to recollect, GloBE income is computed at a jurisdictional level, by clubbing book results of the holding company and WOS). Still, there are no corresponding taxes payable on such a gain (either in the form of provision for DTL or provision for current tax because of exemption u/s 47(iv) of ITA).

In the future, assuming there is a violation of conditions of s.47(iv) of ITA and the holding company pays capital gains tax u/s 47A in the year of transfer to WOS, there is no clarity on the GloBE’s impact on the holding company and WOS. As GloBE Rules presently stand, such capital gains tax discharged by the holding company can be reckoned in adjusted covered tax (namely, numerator of ETR) only in a future year when such tax is provided for in the books of the holding company. Hence, there may be no ability to claim a refund of TUT liability already discharged in the year of transfer to WOS.

Example 2: Common control demerger

Assume that FCo (the ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has two wholly owned subsidiaries in India; namely DCo and RCo. DCo has two business undertakings, namely U1 and U2. U2 is demerged in favour of RCo under a tax-neutral demerger as per s.2(19AA) of ITA, where RCo issues equity shares to FCo as a consideration for such demerger. As DCo and RCo are considered entities under common control, in the ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts prepared as per IFRS/Ind-AS, both DCo and RCo would record the business transfer at book value. There is no gain recorded in the P&L account of DCo. Accordingly, the question of levying TUT liability as a consequence of tax-neutral demerger may not arise in the present  case.

Without prejudice to the above, even assuming DCo were to prepare ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts based on some other accounting standards other than IFRS/Ind-AS and recognize gain in P&L account w.r.t. tax neutral demerger, due to satisfaction of all three conditions specified aforesaid, such a gain may qualify for exclusion in computing GloBE income of DCo. To recollect, three conditions are as under:

•    Consideration for transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests [namely; RCo issues equity shares to overseas parent of DCo].

•    The transferor’s gain is not subject to tax [namely; DCo’s gain, if any, is exempt from capital gains tax u/s. 47(vib) of ITA].

•    The transferee is required compute taxable income using transferee’s tax basis in the assets [namely; cost base in hands of RCo is pegged to that of DCo, as per Explanation 7A to s.43(1) of ITA and Explanation 2A to s.43(6) of ITA].

Example 3: Non common control demerger


 Tax neutral demerger of U2, by DCo to RCo.

Assume that, FCo1 (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has a subsidiary in India, namely, DCo. DCo has two business undertakings; namely U1 and U2. FCo2 (ultimate parent entity of another unrelated MNE Group), also has a subsidiary in India, namely, RCo. U2 (having book value of 1,000) is demerged by DCo in favour of RCo, pursuant to a tax neutral demerger as per s.2(19AA) of ITA. RCo issues equity shares (having fair value of 11,000) to FCo1 as consideration for such demerger.

DCo and RCo are considered to be entities not under common control. In ‘fit for consolidation ‘accounts’ of DCo, in terms of Appendix A of Ind-AS 10, DCo recognizes a dividend payable of 11,000 (by taking into account fair value of shares to be issued by RCo to FCo1) by debit to reserves or retained earnings. Such dividend payable of 11,000 is settled by transfer of business having book value of 1,000 and difference of 10,000 is credited to P&L account of DCo. D Co does not pay any capital gains tax [as per s.47(vib) of ITA] and DCo also does not pay any minimum alternate tax [as per s.115JB(2A)(d) of ITA] in respect of such gain credited to P&L account.

Where all the three conditions are met, gain of 10,000 credited to P&L account can be excluded from GloBE income of DCo. In the present case:

•    Consideration for transfer is, in whole or in significant part, discharged by way of equity interests [namely; RCo issues equity shares to FCo1, the overseas parent of DCo].

•    The transferor’s gain is not subject to tax [namely; DCo’s gain, if any, is exempt from capital gains tax
u/s 47(vib) of ITA as also from MAT tax u/s 115JB(2A)(d)].

•    The transferee is required to compute taxable income using the transferee’s tax basis in the assets, [namely; the cost base in the hands of RCo is pegged to that of DCo, as per Explanation 7A to s.43(1) of ITA and Explanation 2A to s.43(6) of ITA].

However, assuming RCo were to claim cost step-up in respect of assets received upon demerger while computing taxable income as per ITA [by relying on Supreme Court’s decision in case of Smiffs Securities (2012) (348 ITR 302)], the third condition is not satisfied. In such a case, a gain of 10,000, credited to the P&L account of D Co, cannot be excluded from the GloBE income of DCo and may be subject to TUT liability.

Example 4: Tax exempt transfer by LLP to company u/s 47(xiii) of ITA

Assume that the FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group) has a 99 per cent interest in an LLP, where intellectual property assets are predominant. The enterprise value of such LLP is 11,000, comprising tangible assets of 1,000 and self-generated brand of 10,000. For diverse commercial considerations, the following reorganization is implemented after GloBE Rules are introduced:

•    FCo to incorporate ICo.

•    LLP to transfer business as slump sale to ICo for agreed monetary consideration of 11,000 i.e. fair value, to be discharged in the form of allotment of equity shares by ICo to FCo.

•    ICo is to allot equity shares to FCo at a premium, such that the aggregate issue price is 11,000.

LLP and partners comply with all conditions of s.47(xiii) of ITA, and thus qualify for exemption u/s 47(xiii) of ITA. ICo allocates 1,000 to tangible assets and 10,000 to identifiable intangible assets (being brand). For the present case study, one may proceed on the assumption that purchase price allocation is on a fair and reasonable basis and that ICo is entitled to claim depreciation u/s 32 on intangible assets of 10,000 over 4 years basis SLM (assumed for simplicity). In terms of s.49(1)(iii)(e) of ITA, ICo cannot claim any cost step-up while computing capital gains on transfer of brand.

In the ‘‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, in terms of IFRS/Ind-AS, accounting principles applicable to a common control business combination are applied. Accordingly, both LLP and ICo recognize business transfer at book value of the transferor. The following is the accounting treatment adopted in P&L account forming part of ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts:

•    LLP recognizes profits of 10,000 in partner’s capital a/c (or other equity a/c), and not in P&L a/c.

•    ICo recognizes LLP’s assets in books based on carrying values of transferor, at 1,000 – as this is a common control business combination. As ICo does not recognize brand in books, ICo does not provide any amortization of such brand in books, year on year.

•    Considering that tax base of assets is higher by 10,000 and having regard to applicable tax rate of 25 per cent, ICo recognizes DTA of 2,500.

•    Over next 4 years, DTA as recognized will be reversed by debit to P&L a/c as and when amortization for local tax purposes is claimed by ICo. In the facts of the case, such unwinding will be at 625 per annum (namely, yearly depreciation of 2,500 x 25 per cent tax rate) over next four years.

In GloBE calculations of LLP, no adverse implications are likely to arise, because, as aforesaid, LLP does not record any gain on business transfer in P&L account.

In GloBE calculations of ICo, unless the three conditions aforesaid are cumulatively satisfied, DTA recognized by ICo in the year of business acquisition is likely to reduce adjusted covered tax (numerator of ETR). To recollect, generation of DTA reduces adjusted covered tax (and consequently, reduces ETR), and can result in potential TUT liability. A negative ETR also attracts TUT liability4.

In the present facts, the third condition of non-grant of cost step-up (namely; the transferee is required to compute taxable income using transferee’s tax basis in the assets) is not fulfilled. As a result, in GloBE calculations of ICo, DTA generated of 2,500 at 25 per cent tax rate will be recast to 1,500 at 15 per cent tax rate. There could be potential TUT liability on this account, unless the same is shielded by other high-taxed incomes in India.


4  For e.g., assuming ETR is -10 per cent, TUT percentage is 25 per cent [calculated as 15 per cent – (10 per cent) = 25 per cent].

IMPACT OF NON-TAX NEUTRAL BUSINESS TRANSFER

Assume that FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group) has two wholly owned subsidiaries in India, ICo1 and ICo2. ICo1 transfers business having a book value of 1,000 to ICo2, at fair price of 11,000. The business transfer is not tax neutral (i.e. it is taxable in India). However, in the present case, ICo1 does not pay any capital gains tax on the business transfer because ICo1 sets off capital loss incurred on account of the sale of shares of an associate. Thus, specific to this transaction, ICo1’s tax liability as per ITA is nil.

In ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, as this is a common control business combination, ICo1 does not recognize any gain on business transfer, and ICo2 records business acquisition at a book value of 1,000. Absent recognition of a gain in the P&L account, there is no TUT liability concerning ICo1. Also, as discussed in the previous part of this article, the capital loss on account of sale of shares of an associate is ignored in computing GloBE income of ICo1. In other words, while such capital loss has gone to reduce capital gains tax liability as per ITA, such a capital loss does not enter the calculation of GloBE income (namely, the denominator of ETR).

As the business transfer is not tax-neutral, ICo2 is eligible for a cost step-up in computing taxable income as per ITA. In ‘fit for ‘consolidation’ accounts, ICo2 recognizes DTA to reflect tax benefit on account of higher depreciation u/s 32 of ITA on the stepped-up cost. In the present case, DTA recognized by ICo2 in the year of business acquisition is 2,500 (book to tax difference of 10,000 x 25 per cent tax rate). For GloBE calculations of ICo2, such generation of DTA will be recast to 1,500 at 15 per cent tax rate. As the generation of DTA reduces adjusted covered tax, there could be a potential TUT liability on this account, unless the same is shielded by other high-taxed incomes in India.

ANTI-AVOIDANCE PROVISIONS FOR INTRA-GROUP ASSET TRANSFERS AFTER 30th NOVEMBER, 2021 BUT BEFORE APPLICABILITY OF GLoBE RULES

Article 9.1.3 provides that, in the case of intra-group asset transfers (i.e. amongst constituent entities of the same MNE Group) effected after 30th November, 20215 but before applicability of GloBE Rules, GloBE income of transferee will be calculated by taking into account the carrying values of transferor6.

5    30th November, 2021 is when GloBE Rules were expected to be published – though they actually got published on 20th December, 2021. Article 9.1.3 is a specific anti avoidance provision to control restructuring which may happen after 30th November 2021 but before applicability of GloBE Rules, with a view to dilute future GloBE TUT liability – while such restructuring by itself may not attract any immediate GloBE TUT liability because such restructuring happens when GloBE Rules are not yet effective.


6    Additionally, adjusted covered tax of transferee is computed by ignoring adjustments to deferred tax in books of transferee as a result of such intra-group asset transfers. This is also clarified by OECD Secretariat in virtual public consultation meeting held on 25th April, 2022.
The impact of article 9.1.3 is explained using a case study. Assume that, the FCo (ultimate parent entity of an MNE Group), has two subsidiaries, IPCo1 in nil tax jurisdiction and IPCo2 in high-tax jurisdiction (having tax rate of 15 per cent). IPCo1 owns self-generated brand that has book value of zero and fair value of 10,000. On 1st April, 2022 (i.e. after 30th  November, 2021 but before GloBE Rules are effective), IPCo1 transfers the brand to IPCo2 for fair value of 10,000. IPCo2 annually receives royalty income of 5,000 on such brand.

IPCo2 amortizes the cost of such a brand in ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts as also in computation of taxable income at 2,000 per annum over 5 years. The taxable income of IPCo2 for local tax purposes (after deduction of brand amortization) is 3,000, and the local tax liability of IPCo2 at 15 per cent tax rate is 450.

In the absence of article 9.1.3, GloBE income of IPCo2 would have been computed at 3,000, after considering deduction on account of brand amortisation. ETR of IPCo2 would have been 15 per cent (i.e. 450 / 3,000) – and there would have been no GloBE TUT liability in respect of IPCo2.  

Article 9.1.3 provides that, in the present case, the GloBE income of IPCo2 should be based on the carrying value of IPCo1. As a result, the carrying value of the brand is zero in computing the GloBE income of IPCo2. Thus, GloBE income of IPCo2 is 5,000, after disallowing brand amortization of 2,000 per annum. The ETR of IPCo2 is 9 per cent (i.e. 450 / 5,000), which attracts GloBE TUT liability of 6 per cent on GloBE income of 5,000. Article 9.1.3, therefore, seeks to control the cost step-up by shifting the assets from low tax jurisdiction to high tax jurisdiction after 30th November, 2021 but before the applicability of GloBE Rules.7


7    Assuming such a brand transfer happens after GloBE Rules apply, in year of brand transfer, IPCo1 is likely to trigger immediate GloBE TUT liability at 15 per cent on gain of 10,000. In subsequent years, brand amortisation can be deducted in computing GloBE income of IPCo2.

Article 9.1.3 applies, irrespective of whether the intra-group transfer was for business and commercial considerations, such that the test of domestic General Anti Avoidance Rule and/or treaty PPT is passed. Article 9.1.3 applies regardless of whether the transferor and transferee are within the same or in different jurisdictions. However, it does not apply to transfers of inventory.

Article 9.1.3 is agnostic to what may have been the capital gains tax liability of the transferor in its jurisdiction in respect of the intra-group transfer. To illustrate, assuming that the aforesaid transaction of the brand transfer happened between two wholly owned subsidiaries of FCo in India, the transferor WOS may have discharged capital gains tax liability as per ITA on the transfer of self-generated brand at ~20 per cent. A literal application of article 9.1.3 may prevent transferee WOS from deducting brand amortization in computing GloBE income – which may result in GloBE TUT liability because brand amortization is deducted in computing taxable income as per ITA. Representations are made to the OECD to restrict the applicability of Article 9.1.3 to intra-group transfer that is tax exempt in the hands of the transferor, or where the transferor is in low tax jurisdiction. UK HMRC has also acknowledged significant uncertainty on this provision and has stated that this issue is to be raised as part of the GloBE implementation framework.

SPECIAL RULES FOR JOINT VENTURES UNDER GLoBE RULES8

To recollect, GloBE Rules are generally applicable to recover TUT in respect of subsidiaries consolidated on a line-by-line basis in consolidated financial statements of the ultimate parent entity. Under Ind-AS/IFRS, only those entities over which UPE has unitary control qualify for line-by-line consolidation. A joint venture (where both co-venturers have joint or shared control, either equally in a 50:50 stake or unequally in a 51:49 stake) is accounted for as per the equity method in CFS, and not as line-by-line consolidation.

As discussed in the previous article, in computing the GloBE income of the co-venturer, gain/loss as per equity method of the joint venture (as also gain/loss on disposal of shares of the joint venture) is excluded. However, where all the following conditions are satisfied, there are special provisions in GloBE Rules that require the co-venturer to bear TUT liability in respect of his proportionate interest in a joint venture:  

•    JV is an entity accounted for under the equity method in CFS of UPE; and

•    UPE of the co-venturer group directly or indirectly holds >= 50 per cent (i.e. at least 50 per cent) ownership interest
 in such JV; and

•    JV Group (namely, JV and subsidiaries of such JV) is not subject to GloBE Rules.

Where all the above conditions are satisfied, the co-venturer group is required to compute jurisdictional ETR and TUT of the JV Group by treating such JV Group as a separate MNE Group. In other words, assuming the co-venturer group has a WOS in the same jurisdiction as JV, the profit/loss and adjusted covered tax of such WOS cannot be blended with JV while determining jurisdictional ETR and TUT of JV Group.


8    Article 6.4
9    The term ‘ownership interest’ is separately defined under GloBE Rules.

The above concept can be better understood using the following illustration.
Assume that the MNE Group A and MNE Group B are two separate MNE Groups whose consolidated revenue as per CFS crosses €750 million and to whom GloBE Rules are applicable. These MNE Groups have come together and formed a JV Co where each MNE Group has an equal 50 per cent ownership interest. The JV Co is accounted for under equity method in the CFS of these MNE Groups.

The JV Co is merely a holding company which operates through three subsidiaries abroad having operations in zero tax jurisdiction, namely JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3. JV Sub 1 has profit of 10,000. JV Sub 2 has loss of 15,000. JV Sub 3 has profit of 20,000.

JV Co itself prepares CFS to consolidate the results of these subsidiaries, and consolidated revenue as per such CFS is < € 750 million.

In this case, all three conditions specified above are satisfied qua both MNE Groups A and B. Hence, special provisions in GloBE Rules for JV are applicable qua both MNE Groups A and B. As per these special provisions, the jurisdictional ETR/TUT for JV Co Group is calculated separately, as if the JV Co Group is a separate MNE Group – de-hors any subsidiaries that MNE Groups A and B may have in the jurisdiction of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3. For example, assuming MNE Group A has a WOS in the same jurisdiction as JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3, and such WOS incurs a loss of 15,000 – while the aggregate profit of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 is 15,000 – loss of such WOS cannot be blended while determining ETR/TUT of JV Group as the JV Group is deemed as a separate MNE Group.

As per these special provisions, the ultimate parent entity of each co-venturer group that satisfies the three conditions specified above, is subject to TUT liability to the extent of his proportionate ownership interest in JV Co Group. In the present case, jurisdictional ETR of the JV Co Group is zero and its jurisdictional TUT is 15,000 x 15 per cent = 2,250. The MNE Group A is subject to TUT liability of 1,125 and likewise, the MNE Group B is also subject to TUT liability of 1,125. As per top-down approach, if the jurisdiction of the ultimate parent entity of the co-venturer group has not implemented GloBE Rules, such TUT liability can be recovered from the intermediate parent of such co-venturer group which directly or indirectly holds joint ownership interest in JV Co.

Contrastingly, assuming MNE Groups A and B each held 50 per cent ownership interest directly in JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 (without any holding company such as JV Co in between), ETR and TUT liability would have been calculated separately in respect of each of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 – because each of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 would be considered as a separate MNE Group. In this case, for JV Sub 3, MNE Group A would have been subject to TUT liability of 1,500 (namely, jurisdictional profit of 20,000 x 15 per cent x 50 per cent) and for JV Sub 1, MNE Group A would have been subject to TUT liability of 750 (namely; 10,000 x 15 per cent x 50 per cent).

Contrastingly, where MNE Groups A and B each held only 49 per cent ownership interest in JV Co – the remaining 2 per cent held by a third party – the second condition (of holding at least 50 per cent ownership interest) is not satisfied qua both MNE Groups A and B. Hence, special provisions in GloBE Rules for JV are not applicable for both MNE Groups A and B. Hence, neither MNE Group A nor MNE Group B needs to pay TUT liability in respect of JV Co Group.

Contrastingly, where consolidated revenue as per JV cCo’s CFS itself is > € 750 million and the jurisdiction of JV Co has adopted GloBE Rules – the third condition is not satisfied. Hence, special provisions in GloBE Rules for JV are not applicable for both M NE Groups A and B. In this case, the JV Co Group itself becomes an in-scope MNE Group – and the JV Co pays TUT in respect of each of JV Sub 1 to JV Sub 3 as per income inclusion rule. As TUT is recovered from JV Co itself, co-venturer groups are exempt from such TUT.

SPECIAL RULES FOR PEs UNDER GLoBE RULES

In order to ensure parity between different forms of overseas operations (whether through a subsidiary or through a branch), as well as to check the possibility of blending of low-taxed income earned in HO jurisdiction with high taxed income in jurisdiction where PE is situated, under the GloBE Rules, a PE is treated as a separate constituent entity, distinct from its HO or any other PE of such HO10.

In fact, HO with only one or more PEs can also constitute an MNE Group within scope of GloBE Rules even if there are no other subsidiaries (subject however to satisfaction of revenue threshold being >= € 750 million)11. For example, a large pharmaceutical MNE having only domestic manufacturing and R&D operations deriving revenue mainly from exports can constitute an MNE Group even in absence of overseas subsidiaries, if there are branch offices in overseas location/s which satisfy any of the four limbs of PE stated below.

What is a PE?12

For GloBE purposes, the term PE is defined broadly to have 4 legs (paragraphs) as below:

•    Para (a) – Treaty PE: Covers cases where a place of business is situated in the source jurisdiction, which is treated as a PE, following the applicable tax treaty (which has come into effect) between the HO-source jurisdiction and source jurisdiction taxes the income “attributable” to such PE in accordance with a provision “similar” to the business profits article of OECD Model Convention (MC) 2017 – irrespective of whether such applicable treaty between HO-source jurisdiction replicates the language or outcomes of Article 7 of OECD MC 2017. Treaty PE will typically include a Fixed PE and other forms of deemed PEs (like Service PE, Agency PE, Construction PE) which form a part of the HO-Source Jurisdiction tax treaty. However, cases where a place of business is not treated as a PE as per treaty due to a specific exception, such as the preparatory or auxiliary exception, may not be covered by Para (a). Similarly, the HO jurisdiction engaged in the operation of an aircraft in international traffic sets up a place of business in the source jurisdiction for such purpose, profits that are not taxed in the source jurisdiction due to specific exemption. This may not be covered by Para (a).


10    Article 1.3.1 and 1.3.2
11    Article 1.2.1 and 1.2.3
12    Article 10.1


•    Para (b) – Domestic PE: Covers cases where there is no tax treaty between the HO-source jurisdiction – and where the source jurisdiction has adopted a definition and taxation rules of PE (or a similar concept) in its domestic law, such that it taxes the income attributable to such PE on a net-basis, identical to the manner in which it taxes its residents. For example, business connection u/s 9(1) of ITA. Interesting questions may arise about whether Para (b) of the PE definition may extend to cover virtual presence (for example, SEP), assuming the same is taxed on a net basis.

•    Para (c) – Hypothetical PE: Covers cases where there is no tax treaty between the HO-source jurisdiction, and where the source jurisdiction does not have a corporate tax system, where a place of business in the source jurisdiction  would be treated as a PE under the OECD MC – and such PE would have been taxed under Article 7 dealing with business profits of such OECD MC13. Illustratively, this may be relevant for an HO in India which has a branch/presence/project in the Cayman Islands which passes the threshold of PE presence as per Article 5 of OECD MC 2017, which would have been taxed as per Article 7 of OECD MC 2017, but the Cayman Islands does not have a corporate tax system, and India does not have a treaty with Cayman Islands.


13    Interestingly, for this purpose, while the Model Rules define the OECD MC as referring to the 2017 update, the Commentary goes on to state that the “last version… of the year in which the analysis is made” to determine presence of PE

•    Para (d) – Stateless PE: This is a residual category applicable where none of the above legs of the PE definition are triggered, and yet, the HO jurisdiction exempts the income earned from activities in the source jurisdiction on account of their overseas nature and follows ?exemption method’ in order to provide relief from double taxation on such income. This category acknowledges that HO jurisdiction may provide exemption under domestic law for overseas operations in a situation where there is neither a treaty nor a domestic law in jurisdiction leading to double non-taxation for PE profits. A case where there is no treaty and no domestic tax law in source jurisdiction but HO jurisdiction does not provide exemption for overseas operations is covered by para (c) above – while Para (d) effectively deals with situations of double non-taxation as illustrated above.

Importantly, as contradistinguished from other types of PEs covered by Paras (a) to (c) above, a PE covered by Para (d) is considered stateless of the GloBE Rules, meaning that the income of the PE would be subject to the GloBE Rules on a standalone basis without the benefit of jurisdictional blending with profits/ losses of other constituent entities located either in HO or in source jurisdiction.

Generally, a PE is located in the jurisdiction where it is treated as a PE, and is subject to tax14 [except in case of Stateless PE at Para (d) of the definition above].

Determination of ETR of PE

Considering that the concept of PE is found in the taxation laws rather than in accounting (as is also acknowledged by the Commentary), accounts may typically not treat the profits of a PE any differently than the profits of HO jurisdiction, leading to questions on the determination of ETR especially in cases where any separate financial accounts of PE do not exist. Accordingly, GloBE Rules have special provisions for the same as below:

•  Determination of GloBE income of PE15

For types of PEs covered by paras (a) to (c) above, the starting point for determining GloBE income of PE is income or loss of PE as per separate financial accounts on a standalone basis prepared by the PE (either prepared or required to be prepared specifically for computing GloBE income) based on accounting standards used in CFS of UPE.


14    Article 10.3.3
15    Article 3.4 of the Model Rules

Thereafter, specified adjustments are made to arrive at GloBE income, based on the types of PEs described above, which may be tabulated as below:

Clause

Type of
PE

Adjustments
to determine GloBE income of PE

(a)

Treaty PE

Adjusted, if
necessary, to reflect only incomes and expenses
“attributable”
to the PE in accordance with relevant tax treaty
[for Para (a) PE] or domestic tax law of source jurisdiction [for Para (b)
PE] respectively
irrespective of the actual profits offered or subjected
to tax (say, – effects on account of disallowances as per domestic tax law
such as s.43B or accelerated depreciation in source jurisdiction are ignored
for determining GloBE income).

(b)

Domestic PE
(where corporate income tax law exists but no treaty)

(c)

Hypothetical
PE (no treaty and no corporate income tax law exists)

Adjusted, if
necessary, to reflect only incomes and expenses that would have been
“attributable” to the PE as per Article 7 of the OECD MC dealing with business
profits, which requires attribution based on functions performed, assets used
and risks undertaken.

In all such cases, any amount attributed to the PE and considered for GloBE income determination of PE is to be generally excluded16 while determining the GloBE income of HO.

For a stateless PE, GloBE income is the income exempted as per domestic tax laws of the HO jurisdiction, attributable to operations conducted overseas (namely; outside the HO jurisdiction). The expenses, which can be deducted against such income are those which are not deducted as per domestic tax laws of the HO jurisdiction. However,  nevertheless, they are attributable to operations conducted overseas.

 • Determination of Adjusted Covered Taxes of PE17

Tax paid on the income attributable to the PE as enumerated above (even if paid by the HO in the HO jurisdiction), is also allocated to the PE and considered for the determination of ETR of the location of the PE namely; the source jurisdiction18 [except in Para (d) PE namely; Stateless PE which does not qualify for jurisdictional blending]. In this regard, the determination of taxes paid in the HO jurisdiction related to the PE may be a complex exercise and is acknowledged by the Commentary as needing further work.

• Miscellaneous

The parameters of employees and tangible assets located in PE jurisdiction are not taken into account while computing the allocation keys for UTPR liability19 and substance-based income exclusion20 of HO jurisdiction.


16    In the context of jurisdictions like India which may permit HO to set-off losses of a PE, special rules are provided in Article 3.4.5 for allocation of income of the PE in future years. On a similar note, tax adjustments for determination of ETR in such case are also given at Article 4.3.4.
17    Article 4.3
18    Understandably, cross-border allocation is not a feature of Stateless PE as defined in Para (d) of the definition, as such PE in fact is identified based on exemption provided by the HO jurisdiction.
19    Refer Definition of Number of Employees and Tangible Assets at Article 10.1.
20    Refer Article 5.3.6


Case study on PE and presumptive taxation

Facts: To illustrate, assume FCo of Germany, part of an in-scope MNE Group for GloBE Rules, has a project office (PO) in India providing services in connection with extractive activities in the crude oil sector.

*FCo is part of in-scope MNE Group providing services in India  in connection with extractive activities in the crude oil sector.

Gross receipts of FCo from operations in India is 1,000. In India, FCo offers income to tax on presumptive basis u/s 44BB which deems profit from such operations to be 10 per cent of the gross income i.e. 100. Accordingly, corporate tax paid by FCo in India at 40 per cent21 is 40.

FCo has not availed the opportunity u/s 44BB(3) to offer a lower amount of income to tax in India. Accordingly, the FCo does not maintain any books of accounts in India. While FCo is required to maintain financial statements in Germany in accordance with German Accounting Standards, such financial statements do not require separate identification of revenue and expenditure attributable to the PE.


21    Approximate tax rates have been taken for ease of computation.

Based on internal MIS, the following revenue and expenditure is found attributable to the PE:

Particulars

Expenses

Particulars

Income

Direct expenses

400

Gross Revenue

1,000

Indirect expenses allocated by HO

200

 

 

Net profit (Bal Fig.)

400

 

 

Under the German domestic tax law, PE profits are exempt from tax. As per German domestic tax law, such PE profits are computed at 500.

Analysis: Para (a) of PE definition requires the following conditions to be satisfied for existence of PE thereunder:

•   Existence of place of business/deemed place of business.

•   Treatment as PE in accordance with relevant treaty (namely India-Germany) in force.

•   Source jurisdiction (namely India) to tax income “attributable” to PE in accordance with provisions “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017.

In this regard, there presently exist ambiguities whether presumptive taxation provisions in India as per s.44BB satisfies the last condition of taxation similar to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017. To recollect, taxation should be as per provision “similar” to and not “same as” Article 7 of OECD MC 2017. As per commentary, “similar” does not require the source jurisdiction “to replicate the language or outcomes” of Article 7 of OECD MC 2017, and can cover treaties based on OECD MC 2010 and UN MC 201722. Whether s.44BB merely provides an alternative mechanism for taxation of income “attributable” to PE which is “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017 resulting in satisfaction of Para (a) of the PE definition, or, does s.44BB go beyond that (and does not satisfy condition of being “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017), can be a matter of debate.


22    Refer para 102, pg. 210 of commentary.

Where, the conditions of Para (a) of PE definition are met, as indicated in the table above, the start point of GloBE income for Para (a) of PE definition is income or loss as per separate financial accounts of PE, as adjusted, if necessary, to reflect only incomes and expenses “attributable” to the PE in accordance with India-Germany treaty. The parameters of taxation as per domestic tax laws of source jurisdiction (India) as well as of HO jurisdiction (Germany) are irrelevant. S.44BB only determines taxable income, whereas GloBE income of PE needs to be based on revenue and expenses “attributable” to PE as per accounting principles as further adjusted in accordance with business profits article of relevant treaty. Accordingly, GloBE income of PE will be 400 and ETR 10 per cent (40/ 400). This may attract TUT liability at 5 per cent.

Alternatively, where conditions of Para (a) of PE definition are not met since taxation as per s.44BB is not considered to be “similar” to Article 7 of OECD MC 2017, Para (d) of PE definition namely; Stateless PE will trigger. In such case of Stateless PE, GloBE income will be amount exempted as per domestic tax laws of Germany i.e. 500. In such case, ETR is 8 per cent (40/500). This may attract TUT liability at 7 per cent. Again, for the purposes of Stateless PE, parameters of taxation as per domestic tax laws of source jurisdiction (India) are irrelevant.

DE MINIMIS EXCLUSION FOR THE JURISDICTION23

To avoid compliance burden of applying GloBE to all jurisdictions, jurisdictions having, in aggregate, average GloBE revenue of < € 10 million [Rs. ~80 Cr.] and average GloBE income < € 1 million [Rs. ~8 Cr.] or loss are excluded. The parameters of all CEs in a jurisdiction needs to be aggregated for testing this threshold.

To evaluate if this exclusion is applicable, MNE would need to compute GloBE revenue and GloBE income for the jurisdiction. The reference point is therefore income/revenue as adjusted for GloBE purposes. To minimize volatility, the exclusion is linked to average, determined by adopting simple average for current and preceding two fiscal years. In the computation of average:

•    Fiscal years that are not GloBE years (i.e. when GloBE Rules did not apply to the MNE – either because they are before applicability of GloBE Rules to in-scope MNE or because € 750 million threshold is not crossed) are excluded.

•    Fiscal years in which MNE had no presence in the jurisdiction (due to absence of CEs or such CEs were dormant) are also excluded.

To illustrate, for a newly formed MNE (to whom GloBE Rules did not apply in the past), a 3-year average may not be needed and GloBE revenue/income for evaluating the above exclusion is based on the current year alone. For year 2, the above exclusion is based on 2-year average i.e. current year as also preceding year.


23    Article 5.5


IMPLEMENTATION AND ADMINISTRATION – ACHIEVES THE PROFESSED OBJECT OF SIMPLICITY AND CERTAINTY?
Recognizing the gargantuan nature of BEPS 2.0 project potentially impacting MNE Groups worldwide, right from the initial days, OECD has time and again emphasized on the need for simplicity, certainty and objectivity, to ensure that business and growth is not stifled. Despite this, one may nevertheless perceive (and perhaps, justifiably) that the final shape taken by the GloBE Rules inherently necessitates a huge compliance burden on MNE Groups.

Every MNE Group is required to file a GloBE Information Return (GIR). While GIR needs to be filed only once internationally24, such GIR requires myriad data points, some of which are not otherwise captured for local tax or financial reporting purposes. Some of the data which is required to be filed in GIR are:

•    Data available from financial accounts: Revenue, deferred tax, profits, dividend and capital gains on investments, etc.

•    Data available from income tax filings: Income tax accrued, PE status of branches, WHT and dividend tax, ALP in respect of intra-group transactions, business reorganizations, income tax accrued in respect of incomes excluded from GloBE income, etc.

•    Other data specifically collected for GloBE Rules: whether provision for DTL has reversed within 5 years, recast DTA/DTL to 15 per cent tax rate, maintain track of DTA for tax loss recognized and reversed under GloBE Rules, maintain track of various elections and choices under the GloBE Rules, standalone financial results of PE, determine ownership interest in the constituent entity for  computing TUT liability, etc.


24    The jurisdiction where such GIR is filed needs to automatically share this information with all other jurisdictions where MNE Group operates [Article 8.1].

The authors believe that there are at least 50 data points which need to be computed and tracked exclusively for GloBE compliance. Various industry representatives have also alluded to the army of personnel required to ensure GloBE compliance.

While, at a conceptual level, this compliance burden is sought to be alleviated through the application of objective safe harbours, the actual design of such safe havens may be presently unclear and awaits clarity. The need to balance the request for simplicity by MNE Groups with the desire of tax authorities to ensure at least 15 per cent tax in each jurisdiction without leakage is a tightrope that OECD/BEPS IF needs to balance.

The Commentary gives many indications to evince that OECD/BEPS IF shall continually handhold implementation by developing a GloBE Implementation Framework and an Agreed Administrative Guidance, to guide jurisdictions for coherent and consistent implementation of GloBE Rules.

In this backdrop, as per ‘OECD’s economic analysis, GloBE Rules are estimated to generate $150 billion of additional tax revenues per year. One may wonder if this revenue is commensurate with the enhanced compliance costs and significant efforts that implementation of GloBE Rules may entail.

THE ROAD AHEAD

Considering the above, despite the OECD/BEPS IF setting an ambitious timeline of 2023 for implementation of the IIR, and 2024 for the implementation of the UTPR, various concerns have arisen over the short and ambitious implementation timeline, which may not have adequately factored in impact of such over-arching measures.

These concerns are evident from stalling of legislative developments within the US and EU. To address these concerns, the EU was the first to shift the timeline for implementation by a year – which is now also being replicated across jurisdictions like UK and Hong Kong.

Nonetheless, various jurisdictions (illustratively, Mauritius, Switzerland and Korea) are well ahead of the curve to legislate the GloBE Rules, and a plethora of other jurisdictions (such as Germany, France, Netherlands, Singapore, Indonesia, Malaysia) have indicated their intention to adopt GloBE Rules.

However, despite the growing acceptability of the GloBE Rules, Indian tax authorities, despite India being a signatory to the agreement of BEPS, that  released in July and October 2021, has not released any official statement stating India’s position on GloBE Rules. Rather, the focus of the Indian Government seems to be on the implementation of Pillar 1 and subject-to-tax rules (STTR). To an impartial observer, it may seem that India is on a wait-and-watch mode. Perhaps implementation may happen only after further guidance and clarifications are made available from OECD/BEPS IF.

[The authors are thankful to CA Geeta D. Jani and CS Aastha Jain (LLB) for their guidance and support.]

Transfer Pricing – Benchmarking of Overdue Receivables and Payables – Complexities and Caution

Receivables and payables are inevitable parts of any business transaction. While group entities generally focus on the main transaction of import or export of goods or services, it is extremely important to keep track of the settlements of consequent receivables and payables. The delay in settlement of transactions could subject the MNE Group to onerous compliances, additional costs and penal consequences if there is a slippage in the appropriate disclosures.

Owing to rising disputes, while the CBDT brought the specific amendment to clarify this aspect with retrospective effect in Finance Act 2012, it is important first to understand the history and logic behind this controversial issue:

BACKGROUND OF THE ISSUE

Before the Finance Act 2012, a significant controversy erupted due to a lack of clarity as to whether the transaction of overdue receivables/ payables should be considered as a separate international transaction. The Indian revenue authorities astutely noticed instances of funding overseas group entities by delaying the settlement of the inter-company transaction. However, as there was no clear guidance to consider overdue receivables/payables as an international transaction, the legislature came up with the below-mentioned clarification vide the Finance Act 2012.

The definition of ‘international transaction’ u/s 92B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) was amended to widen its scope. Clause (c) was added to the sub-section (2) of section 92B, with retrospective effect from 1st April, 2002 as mentioned below:

“(c) capital financing, including any type of long-term or short-term borrowing, lending or guarantee, purchase or sale of marketable securities or any type of advance, payments or deferred payment or receivable or any other debt arising during the course of business.”

It is important to note that while the Memorandum contained reference as regards to the purpose of inclusion of various items in the definition, there was no specific mention of ‘capital financing’ and the purpose or implication of its inclusion within the definition of ‘international transaction’.

As per the Guidance note on Report under Section 92E of the Act issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’):

“Advance payments received or made and debts arising during the course of business shall need to be carefully considered and reported by the accountant however ensuring that there is no duplication or overlap with reporting of the principal transactions to which such advances or debts relate to, unless the accountant identifies factors which cause such advances or debts as separate transactions.”

In view of the above, the issue to be considered is whether the trade advances/trade receivables / similar deferred payments should be treated as:

  • Arising in the ordinary course of the business of the taxpayer and hence would not constitute a separate ‘international transaction’ (the impact of the interest loss on account of the credit period would get offset by the higher profits earned on account of the increase in sales or pricing as a result of extending such credit terms to the customers);

OR

  • Separate lending or borrowing transactions liable to interest.


BENCHMARKING OF THE TRANSACTION

As mentioned above, since the overdue receivables issue is litigative, it is important to analyze it in detail and take appropriate actions beforehand.

On the basis the guidance provided by ICAI, one of the most important exercises is to delineate outstanding receivables arising in the ordinary course of business from the receivables for which the realization is intentionally delayed to fund the overseas associated enterprises (‘AE’). The following steps may be followed for the same:

Step 1 –
Identify receivables in the ordinary course of business. Since the principal transaction would already be benchmarked, separate benchmarking of such outstanding receivables may lead to duplication. Hence, an exercise needs to be conducted to separate the overdue receivables as per the contractual agreement with the overseas AE.

Step 2 – Post conducting of such an exercise, an analysis may also be conducted qua industry practice, on the basis of the information available in the public domain to identify the general credit period prevalent in such industry (e.g., textile and real estate enjoy higher credit period as compared to commodity and bullion) to determine the overdue receivables in comparison to the comparable companies.

Step 3 – The receivables overdue qua contract and qua industry need to be reported and benchmarked appropriately. To benchmark these overdue receivables, it is crucial to determine the reason for such a delay in realization. In case of genuine reasons beyond the control of the taxpayers, appropriate documentation should be maintained to prove such a bona fide reason. Certain common practical challenges faced by businesses recently are listed below (illustrative):

a)    Supply chain disruptions in view of COVID may cause a shortage of containers for transit of goods impacting the sale of goods sold on Free on Board (‘FOB’) basis.

b)    In cases where semi-finished goods are sold to the AE which further sells the goods to ultimate customers, due to a shortage of containers for shipment, the AE is unable to ship the goods and hence delays the sale and realization on an overall basis.

c)    Due to the ongoing geo-political reasons and point a) mentioned above, the transit time of shipments has significantly increased.

d)    Liquidity crunch or bankruptcy of AE may have led to write-off in the books of the taxpayer.

e)    Delay in realization of the amount from the ultimate customer may lead to delayed payment by the AE to the taxpayer.

f)    In certain cases, the taxpayer, at the time of finalization of books determines the true-up required to be recovered from AE as per the contractual agreement. Since the determination of true-up is done at the time of finalization of books, the payment of the same is realized after a long time as compared to the original timeline by which the taxpayer was supposed to realize such an amount.

g)    In some countries, any payment to an overseas party may lead to withholding tax implications requiring the payer to approach the tax authorities for seeking exemption on withholding tax on payment for non-taxable transactions to the taxpayer. Such approval from the tax department may take time and hence, result in the delay of realization.

h)    In certain cases, the taxpayer undertakes the transaction of purchase and sale with the same AE. In WNS Global Services Pvt Ltd – ITA No.1451/Mum/2012, the Mumbai ITAT held that the credit period provided by the AE vis-à-vis credit period provided by the taxpayer for such transactions respectively may require to be analyzed in aggregation, since analyzing the sales transaction in singularity may portray a distorted picture of delayed realization of proceeds to the taxpayer.

Step 4 – Post determining the reason for delayed realization, the next step is to benchmark the overdue receivables. The points mentioned below are important in this context:

a)    For calculating the credit period, the weighted average collection period could be computed (by assigning weights to the value of invoices) rather than computing simple average of collection period. This approach can be useful to put more weights to the high-value transactions. Further, in cases wherein the payment has been received in advance, such negative credit period invoices may also be considered to reduce the overall credit period.

b)    If the reason for a delayed realization is due to genuine business rationale beyond the control of the taxpayer as well as the AE, detailed documentation at an appropriate time is the key to benchmarking the transaction and creating a defense against potential adjustment. For instance:

– In case of long transit time for shipment of goods, a formal dialogue for renegotiating the credit period offered to the AE and the resulting amendment in the contract, along with documentation of detailed justification of such modification, can portray the genuineness of variation in credit period.

–  In case of a liquidity crunch or bankruptcy of an AE, formal documentation of various attempts made for the recovery and statutory documents supporting such a condition may create a substantial backup for benchmarking.

– In cases where the determination of a true-up at the time of finalization of books resulted in the delayed realization of receivables, one of the possible solutions can be that the AE provides an ad-hoc advance payment during the end of the financial year on the basis of the history of such true-up payments in earlier years. While the accurate amount gets determined at the time of finalization of books, such advance payment by the AE can create an important backup for the taxpayer to prove that there was a bona fide intention of the taxpayer for realizing the amount in time and only the differential amount can be settled at a later point of time.

– If the AE has funds but is unable to pay the taxpayer on time due to regulatory reasons, such an amount may be earmarked and deposited in the bank, and the interest earned on it may also be passed on to the taxpayer as and when the principal amount is paid to the taxpayer. Such an arrangement can justify that the taxpayer has not suffered any loss due to the delayed receipt of the amount.

Further, it may be separately noted that as per the FEMA regulations, the period of realization for exports is nine months from the date of export.

However, the RBI had extended the period of realization of export proceeds from the existing nine months to fifteen months from the date of export due to the COVID pandemic for exports made between 1st April, 2020 to 31st July, 2020. Such an extension of timeline for realization of proceeds by RBI can also be taken as a base to substantiate the delay in realization of proceeds during such period on an overall basis due to industry-wide and worldwide issues.

However, it is to be noted that the above timeline is the maximum period within which the export proceeds are required to be realized.

The above reasons, supported with the detailed backup documentation can also help the taxpayers avoid substantiate penal consequences, if any, as the same may prove the bona fide intent of the taxpayer to the tax administrators.

c)    If the taxpayer is unable to prove the genuine business reason for delayed receipt, the taxpayer may be required to receive an arm’s length interest income for the overdue period.

The above steps can be followed to comprehensively analyze the outstanding receivables and decide the need for separate disclosure and benchmarking.

CALCULATION OF THE ARM’S LENGTH INTEREST INCOME

Once it is determined that overdue receivables are not due to specific business reasons, and an arm’s length interest income is required to be recovered from AE, the next step would be to calculate the interest income. For such calculation, the most important criterion would be the determination of the basis of interest rate.

As per various judicial precedents in sync with the commercial logic:

A)    If the receivable is denominated in the foreign currency and upon realization of the same, the currency gain or loss due to the fluctuation in the exchange rate will be borne by the Indian taxpayer, then the appropriate reference rate for determining the arm’s length interest charge would be LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) / SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) / SONIA (Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate), etc.

B)    If the receivable is denominated in the Indian currency, then the appropriate base rate would be the Indian bank reference rate such as PLR, base rate, etc.

Reference rates prescribed by the Indian tax and other regulatory authorities with respect to minimum interest income to be charged on loans and advances provided to AE for specific cases:

a)    As per safe harbour rule 10T of Income-tax Rules, 1962 (‘IT Rules’):

i.    If the intra-group loan is advanced in Indian Currency – the interest rate is to be charged on the one-year marginal cost of funds lending rate of State Bank of India plus prescribed basis points as per the credit rating of AE.

ii.    If the intra-group loan is advanced in Foreign Currency – the interest rate is to be charged on the six-month LIBOR of the relevant foreign currency plus prescribed basis points as per the credit rating of AE.

b)    As per rule 10CB of IT Rules, in case a transfer pricing adjustment is made, and such adjustment money is not repatriated back to India by the taxpayer within the prescribed period, the same gets recharacterized as advance provided to AE (secondary adjustment) and interest on the same is required to be levied at the rate of:

i.    In case the respective international transaction is denominated in Indian Currency – at one-year marginal cost of fund lending rate of State Bank of India as on 1st April of the relevant previous year plus 325 basis points.

ii.    In case the respective international transaction is denominated in Foreign Currency – at six-month LIBOR as on 30th September of the relevant previous year plus 300 basis points.

c)    As per Foreign Exchange Management (Overseas Investment) Regulations, 2022, loans advanced by an Indian entity should be backed by a loan agreement with an arm’s length interest rate charged on the same.

d)    In terms of Regulation 15 of Notification No. FEMA 23 (R)/2015-RB dated 12th January, 2016, where an exporter receives advance payment (with or without interest), from a buyer outside India, the exporter shall be under an obligation to ensure that the shipment of goods is made within one year from the date of receipt of advance payment; the rate of interest, if any, payable on the advance payment should not exceed LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

The above-prescribed interest rate may be considered as a guide. However, the exact computation of arm’s length interest rate will depend upon the facts and circumstances of each case.

Further, in case an interest is charged to the AE, then such interest amount needs to be repatriated to India by the AE.

OTHER METHODS OF BENCHMARKING SUPPORTED BY JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS

Since the issue of overdue receivables has been in limelight for many years, there are several judicial precedents accepting certain methods of benchmarking. Such generally accepted benchmarking methodologies are provided below:

a) Working Capital Adjustment

A widely accepted method of benchmarking receivables and payables is undertaking working capital adjustment on the profit level indicator of comparable companies. Under this method, the level of working capital namely debtors, creditors and inventory of the comparable companies is compared against the working capital of the tested party (i.e., either Indian taxpayer or AE) and necessary adjustment is made in the profitability working of the comparable companies to account for the differences in payables, receivables and inventory using an imputed cost of finance for the differences identified. Also, items like advances to and from customers and unbilled revenue can be considered in the computation of a working capital adjustment if they impact the working capital position of the tested party and the comparables. This position has been upheld in certain judicial precedents including CGI Information System & Management Consultant1 and Infineon Technologies India Pvt Ltd2.

1 IT(TP) No. 346/Bang/2015
2 IT(TP)A No.474/Bang/2015

Once such an adjustment is carried out, the working capital adjusted margin of the comparable companies is compared with the profit margin of the tested party. In case the tested party has earned a margin at arm’s length against such working capital adjusted margin of comparable companies, it can be deduced that the outstanding receivables and payables are at arm’s length price.

One of the main features of such working capital adjustment is that it takes into account both debtors and creditors. In view of the same, in case any taxpayer is providing a high credit period in sales, but at the same time is also enjoying high credit period on purchase, such mutual credit period is taken into consideration and, hence it does not portray a distorted picture of only delayed realization of receivables to the taxpayer.

There are many judicial precedents that support the above method of benchmarking (e.g., Kusum Health Care Pvt. Ltd.3 and Visual Graphics Computing Services (India) Pvt Ltd4), and are also recommended by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) for benchmarking of debtors and creditors. In view of the same, it may be recommended to conduct this exercise on a regular basis to avoid any potential litigation.

b) Comparison of credit period to AE vis-à-vis unrelated entity

When the taxpayer has transactions with AE and an unrelated entity, in such cases the credit period offered to AE vis-à-vis an unrelated entity can be compared to benchmark the outstanding receivables of the AE. Further, one can evaluate whether the Indian taxpayer has levied interest on delayed receivables from the unrelated entity and whether the interest needs to be charged for delayed receivables from the AE. This approach has also been supported by certain judicial precedents (e.g., M/s Sharda Spuntex Pvt. Ltd5, M/s. DHR Holding India Private Ltd.6, and WNS Global Services Pvt Ltd7).

c) Taxpayer is a debt-free company

Another position favorably accepted in several judicial precedents is that the taxpayer is a debt-free company, and does not incur any interest on the amount stuck in the delayed receivables. Hence, the taxpayer is also not required to levy any interest on the delayed receipt of overdue receivables. This approach has also been supported by certain judicial precedents (e.g. Betchel India Pvt. Ltd8).

3 ITA 765 of 2016, Delhi High Court
4 T.C.A.No.414 of 2018, Madras High Court
5 D.B. Income Tax Appeal No. 56 / 2017, Rajasthan High Court
6 ITA No.1614/Del./2018, Delhi ITAT
7 ITA No.1451/Mum/2012, Mumbai ITAT
8 ITA 379/2016, Delhi High Court

RECEIVABLES ARISING OUT OF SECONDARY ADJUSTMENT
The secondary adjustment has been defined as an adjustment in the books of accounts of the taxpayer and its AE to reflect that the actual allocation of profits between the taxpayer and its AE that are consistent with the arm’s length price as may be determined because of primary adjustment, thereby removing the imbalance between a cash account and actual profit of the taxpayer.

It is further provided that the excess money available with the AE due to the primary adjustment if not repatriated to the taxpayer into India within the prescribed time limit, then the primary adjustment will be deemed as an advance extended to the overseas AE and interest on such advance shall be computed in the manner as prescribed.

In view of the above provisions, receivables arising out of secondary adjustment need to be accounted for in the books along with the interest income as prescribed by CBDT. As mentioned above, since the interest rate has been prescribed by the CBDT, the same provides an indication of the interest rate which may be adopted by the tax authorities for benchmarking of overdue trade receivables as well.

DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

While the above sections cover the ways for benchmarking outstanding receivables, it is also very important to make appropriate disclosures in Form 3CEB and TP documentation to avoid any non-disclosure implications. The relevant clause where reporting of overdue outstanding receivables and payables is covered in Form 3CEB is provided below:

“Clause 14: Particulars in respect of
lending or borrowing of money:

Has the assessee entered into any international
transaction(s) in respect of lending or borrowing of money including any
type of advance, payments, deferred payments, receivable, non-convertible
preference shares/debentures or any other debt arising during business as
specified in Explanation (i)(c) below section 92B(2)?”

 

[If ‘yes’, provide the following details
in respect of each associated enterprise and each loan/advance:]

(a) Name and address of the associated
enterprise with whom the international transaction has been entered into.

 

(b) Nature of financing agreement.

 

(c) Currency in which transaction has taken
place.

 

(d) Interest rate charged/paid in respect
of each lending/borrowing.

 

(e) Amount paid/received or
payable/receivable in the transaction—

 

(i) as per books of account;

 

(ii) as computed by the assessee having
regard to the arm’s length price

 

(f) Method used for determining the arm’s
length price [See section 92C(1)]

 

i) Receivables – Disclosure
As mentioned above, outstanding receivables need to be bifurcated in the following categories:

a)    Receivables arising out of the ordinary course of business which do not necessitate that the transaction gets recharacterized as advance provided to AEs.

b)    Receivables in nature of debts which warrant the taxpayer to charge interest on such overdue receivables.

From the perspective of disclosure in Form 3CEB, in case of category a) mentioned above, if after carrying out the necessary exercise, as also suggested by ICAI Guidance Note, the receivables are in the ordinary course of business and not characterizable as advances, then reporting of such receivables separately may prove to be duplication of reporting the transactions by way of the principal transaction as well as trade receivables. However, on a conservative basis, such receivables
and payables may be reported in the notes section of Form 3CEB to avoid unnecessary litigation for non-disclosure.

However, in case of category b) mentioned above, it is important to disclose the transaction separately in Form 3CEB in Clause 14, and also to charge interest in line with Para 3 above in order to avoid litigation at a later stage.

Similar disclosures would also be required for receivables arising out of secondary adjustment along with disclosure of the interest income earned from it.

Further, since such overdue receivables are deemed as advance, the same should not trigger compliances under ODI (‘Overseas Direct Investment’) regulations applicable to loan transactions.

ii) Payables – Disclosure
Generally, outstanding payables are not a cause of concern for the Indian taxpayer, but it is important to analyze the same from the perspective of overseas AE.

From the Indian taxpayer’s perspective, if the credit period availed is in excess qua contract and qua industry, one possible interpretation can be that the Indian taxpayer is using such funds at the behest of the overseas AE. However, since it is beneficial from the Indian taxpayer’s perspective, any transfer pricing adjustment made by the Income-tax authorities on such a transaction would have an effect of reducing the income chargeable to tax or increasing the loss, as the case may be. Such adjustment is prohibited vide Section 92(3) of the Act since it leads to base erosion of tax from India.

Further, the outstanding payable of the Indian taxpayer would be outstanding receivable from an overseas AE perspective. It could result in adverse consequences for overseas AE, as the law mandates each taxpayer to demonstrate the arm’s length nature of its international transaction. Further, there are conflicting judgments on the applicability of the base erosion principle while dealing with disputes relating to overseas AE.

Hence, the exercise and steps mentioned for outstanding receivables above should also be followed for outstanding payables to the extent applicable. It would be advisable to make appropriate disclosures of identified overdue payables in Form 3CEB of the Foreign Company and undertake appropriate benchmarking of the same and maintenance of documentation.

CONCLUSION
One may need to review voluminous data to assess the rationale for delays, if any, and consequent interest costs. In case the impact of interest cost resulting from the delay is not significant, then there may be a temptation to ignore charging interest in the inter-company transaction to minimize administrative hassles. However, at this juncture, it is important to weigh the penal consequence of 2 per cent of the transaction value which gets triggered due to the non-disclosure of overdue transactions in the year-end compliances.

In the inter-company contracts, the clauses related to invoicing (i.e., budgeted cost or actual cost) invoice frequency, credit term, penal interest clause etc. should be carefully drafted. Further, aforesaid clauses should be regularly reviewed to ensure the conduct of the parties is in line with contractual arrangements. It is observed that MNCs sometimes mention a percentage of penal interest to be charged in case of delay in payments. However, in actual practice, such an interest is waived or not charged. It is critical that any such waiver is backed with appropriate justification and documentation. Further, in cases wherein parties don’t have the intention to charge penal interest for delays, then such clauses should be carefully drafted as the same can go against the taxpayer.

In the assessment proceedings, the tax officers have been specifically seeking details of the settlement of receivable and payable transactions throughout the year and scrutinizing ageing analysis of year-end debts closely. Thus, it is imperative that the taxpayer compiles the said information proactively and maintains adequate justification to defend stray situations of delays, if any, in settling inter-company debts.

As discussed above, the FEMA regulations permit nine months from the date of export to realize the proceeds from the overseas entity. However, the tax officers often consider a narrow credit period of 45 days to 90 days. It will be helpful if some guidance is provided by the government to field officers to consider the credit period in line with FEMA regulations.

Further, the taxpayer must be vigilant to ensure that the receivables and payables are settled in the normal credit period. In case of delays in settlement, the taxpayer should gather evidence to demonstrate his bona fide behaviour and situations beyond his control. Further, the documents should also clearly demonstrate there was no intention to fund the operation of overseas AE through an excess credit period.

Taxability of Subscription to Database Paid to Non-Resident

Digitalisation has changed the way we conduct business in the last few years. In this article, the authors seek to analyse the tax implications arising from paying a subscription to a database to a non-resident.

1. BACKGROUND

Payment for the subscription to an online database is one of the most common remittances for businesses in India. The taxability of this payment has been a litigative issue, especially when it comes to TDS. The nature of the payment is such that one would need to look at various provisions under the Act and the DTAA to determine its taxability. The issue of whether payments for the use of an online database constitute royalty has been covered in the May, 2017 edition of BCAJ in the ‘Controversies’ feature. Further, the authors also covered this issue in the March, 2007 edition of BCAJ.

However, in the context of payment for the use of the software, the Hon’ble Supreme Court has laid down the law in its recent decision in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471. Further, India has introduced Equalisation Levy provisions for E-commerce operators as well as extended the definition of ‘income deemed to accrue or arise in India’ with the introduction of the Significant Economic Presence provisions (Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i)) and extended source rule provisions (Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i)). Therefore, the authors have sought to provide an overview of the taxability of such payments in view of the recent amendments in law and the judicial precedents.  

A database is an organised collection of data and information. From a business-user perspective, it can broadly cover the publicly available information provided in an organised manner, such as the price of certain commodities, a legal database covering various judgements, business information reports etc., or cover opinions on various issues provided by various experts or a mix of both.

When subscribing to a database, one generally gets access to view various reports/ data available on the database. Such a database may further, in some cases, be modified in a certain manner (such as granting access to only certain modules) depending on the need of the user organisation. In most End User Licence Agreements (‘EULA’) granting  access to the database, the right to view the information is provided. The main copyright of the database and the data in the database continue to be with the database owner (except in cases where the data in the database is publicly available information).

Some aspects that one needs to consider while determining the taxability of payment for subscription of an online database, especially in a cross-border transaction and which the authors have sought to analyse in this article are as follows:

  • Whether the payment would constitute  Royalty under the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) or the relevant Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (‘DTAA’)?

  • Whether the payment constitutes ‘Fees for Technical Services’ under the provisions of the Act or the relevant DTAA?

  • Whether the provisions of Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) of the Act, i.e. Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’) would, apply to such a payment?

  • Would the Equalisation Levy on E-commerce Operators, introduced by the Finance Act, 2020, apply to such a payment?

2. TAXABILITY UNDER THE ACT

In the ensuing paragraphs, we have analysed the provisions of the Act. The activities of the database service provider are generally undertaken outside India, and therefore, arguably, income earned from granting access to the database may not be considered as accruing or arising in India u/s 5 of the Act. One needs to consider if the income would be considered ‘deeming to accrue or arise in India’ u/s 9 of the Act. Under the domestic tax provisions of the Act, one would also need to evaluate whether the payment qualifies as ‘royalty’ or ‘fees for technical services’ or whether the SEP provisions are attracted.

2.1. Whether taxable as royalty?

The term ‘royalty’ has been defined in Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act. In this regard, we would like to bring the attention of the readers to the feature in BCAJ in May, 2017, mentioned above, wherein the applicability of the definition of the term to the payment for access to an online database has been analysed. In the said feature, the authors have concluded that the payment towards the use of the database would not constitute royalty under the provisions of the Act as well as the relevant DTAA. While, to give a holistic view on the matter, in this article, we have covered the applicability of the provisions of the term ‘royalty’, the reader may refer to the May, 2017 article for further in-depth analysis.

The term ‘royalty’ is defined to mean consideration for the following:

“(i) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a licence) in respect of a patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property;

(ii) the imparting of any information concerning the working of, or the use of, a patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property;

(iii) the use of any patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property;

(iv) the imparting of any information concerning technical, industrial, commercial or scientific knowledge, experience or skill;

(iva) the use or right to use any industrial, commercial or scientific equipment but not including the amounts referred to in section 44BB;

(v) the transfer of all or any rights (including the granting of a licence) in respect of any copyright, literary, artistic or scientific work including films or video tapes for use in connection with television or tapes for use in connection with radio broadcasting ; or

(vi) the rendering of any services in connection with the activities referred to in sub-clauses (i) to (iv), (iva) and (v).”

In the ensuing paragraphs, we have sought to analyse each and every aspect of the above definition.  

2.1.1. Whether software?

Explanation 4 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act further extends the definition to include consideration in respect of any right, property or information and also includes the transfer of right for use or right to use computer software (including granting of a licence).

Explanation 3 to section 9(1)(vi) defines the term ‘computer software’ as follows:

“For the purposes of this clause, “computer software” means any computer programme recorded on any disc, tape, perforated media or other information storage device and includes any such programme or any customized electronic data.”

As the expression ‘means’ has been used for defining ‘computer software’, one would need to interpret the provisions strictly within the confines of the definition. In other words, a database would be considered ‘computer software’ only if it falls within any of the aspects covered above.

In the case of an online database, it is not a computer programme recorded on any disc, tape, perforated media or other information storage device. The question that arises is whether it would be considered as ‘customized electronic data’. In this regard, one may refer to the decision of the Chennai ITAT in the case of ITO vs. Accurum India Pvt Ltd (2010) 126 ITD 69, wherein this term was analysed, albeit in the context of section 80HHE for the definition of ‘computer software’1. The ITAT held that for the data to be ‘customised’ it would need to be suitable for a specific customer only. In the present case, the data is available to all subscribers to the database and, therefore, cannot be considered customised.


1. Taxation of Copyright Royalties in India – Interplay of Copyright Law and Income Tax by Ganesh Rajgopalan published by Taxsutra and Oakbridge, 2nd edition.

Therefore, a database cannot be considered ‘computer software’, and the provisions of Explanation 3 and 4 of section 9(1)(vi) shall not apply in this case.

2.1.2. Whether patent, invention, model, design, secret formula or process or trade mark or similar property?

While the online database would not be considered a patent, invention, model, design or trade mark (the process is discussed in ensuing paragraphs), the question arises what does one mean by ‘similar property’.

Various Courts have referred to the Copyright Act, 1957 (‘CA 1957’) in this regard to determine whether ‘software’ can be considered copyright and, therefore, payment for the use of the same be considered as ‘royalty’ under the Act. The Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT vs. Wipro Ltd. (2013) 355 ITR 284, held that payment for the use of the database would constitute royalty. In this case, the Court relied on its earlier ruling in the case of CIT vs. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd (2012) 345 ITR 494,  and after relying on the definition of copyright under the CA 1957 had held that the payment for the use of computer software would constitute payment towards the use of copyright and therefore, taxable as ‘royalty’.

Section 2(o) of the CA 1957 provides as follows:

“‘literary work’ includes computer programmes, tables and compilations including computer databases;”

Further, section 14 of the CA 1957 provides as follows:

“For the purposes of this Act, “copyright” means the exclusive right subject to the provisions of this Act, to do or authorise the doing of any of the following acts in respect of a work or any substantial part thereof, namely:—

(a) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, not being a computer programme,—

(i) to reproduce the work in any material form including the storing of it in any medium by electronic means;

(ii) to issue copies of the work to the public not being copies already in circulation;

(iii) to perform the work in public, or communicate it to the public;

(iv) to make any cinematograph film or sound recording in respect of the work;

(v) to make any translation of the work;

(vi) to make any adaptation of the work;

(vii) to do, in relation to a translation or an adaptation of the work, any of the acts specified in relation to the work in sub-clauses (i) to (vi);

(b) in the case of a computer programme,—

(i) to do any of the acts specified in clause (a);

(ii) to sell or give on commercial rental or offer for sale or for commercial rental any copy of the computer programme:

Provided that such commercial rental does not apply in respect of computer programmes where the programme itself is not the essential object of the rental;”

Recently, we had the landmark ruling in the context of the taxability of computer software as royalty. The Supreme Court in the case of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471, held that payment towards the use of the computer software would not constitute ‘royalty’ under the relevant DTAA, effectively overruling the decision of the Karnataka High Court in the case of Samsung Electronics (supra).

The relevant paragraphs of this landmark decision of the Apex Court, applicable to our analysis of taxability of online database, have been reproduced below:

“46. When it comes to an end-user who is directly sold the computer programme, such end-user can only use it by installing it in the computer hardware owned by the end-user and cannot in any manner reproduce the same for sale or transfer, contrary to the terms imposed by the EULA.

47. In all these cases, the “licence” that is granted vide the EULA, is not a licence in terms of section 30 of the Copyright Act, which transfers an interest in all or any of the rights contained in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act, but is a “licence” which imposes restrictions or conditions for the use of computer software. Thus, it cannot be said that any of the EULAs that we are concerned with are referable to section 30 of the Copyright Act, inasmuch as section 30 of the Copyright Act speaks of granting an interest in any of the rights mentioned in sections 14(a) and 14(b) of the Copyright Act. The EULAs in all the appeals before us do not grant any such right or interest, least of all, a right or interest to reproduce the computer software. In point of fact, such reproduction is expressly interdicted, and it is also expressly stated that no vestige of copyright is at all transferred, either to the distributor or to the end-user. A simple illustration to explain the aforesaid position will suffice. If an English publisher sells 2000 copies of a particular book to an Indian distributor, who then resells the same at a profit, no copyright in the aforesaid book is transferred to the Indian distributor, either by way of licence or otherwise, inasmuch as the Indian distributor only makes a profit on the sale of each book. Importantly, there is no right in the Indian distributor to reproduce the aforesaid book and then sell copies of the same. On the other hand, if an English publisher were to sell the same book to an Indian publisher, this time with the right to reproduce and make copies of the aforesaid book with the permission of the author, it can be said that copyright in the book has been transferred by way of licence or otherwise, and what the Indian publisher will pay for, is the right to reproduce the book, which can then be characterised as royalty for the exclusive right to reproduce the book in the territory mentioned by the licence. ….

52. There can be no doubt as to the real nature of the transactions in the appeals before us. What is “licensed” by the foreign, non-resident supplier to the distributor and resold to the resident end-user, or directly supplied to the resident end-user, is in fact the sale of a physical object which contains an embedded computer programme, and is therefore, a sale of goods, which, as has been correctly pointed out by the learned counsel for the assessees, is the law declared by this Court in the context of a sales tax statute in Tata Consultancy Services (supra) (see paragraph 27).”

The Supreme Court has distinguished the rights in the software and held that the right to use the software is different from the right in the copyright in the software, and the former would not constitute royalty.

Using the same analogy for an online database, one does not get a right to use the copyright in the database itself but only the right to use the database and therefore, such a payment would not constitute royalty under the first limb of the definition.

Similar principles, that payment for the use of database would not constitute payment for the use of copyright in the database and therefore not royalty, are also emanating from the following recent decisions (albeit rendered before the above-referred decision of the Supreme Court):

  • Mumbai ITAT in the case of American Chemical Society vs. DCIT (2019) 106 taxmann.com 253.

  • Delhi ITAT in the case of Dow Jones & Company Inc vs. ACIT (2022) 135 taxmann.com 270.

  • Ahmedabad ITAT in the cases of DCIT vs. Welspun Corporation Ltd (2017) 183 TTJ 697 and ITO vs. Cadila Healthcare Ltd (2017) 184 TTJ 178.

Further, there are various rulings such as that of the AAR in the cases of Dun & Bradstreet Espana, S.A., In re (2005) 272 ITR 99, Factset Research System Inc. and In re (2009) 317 ITR 169 or the Delhi ITAT in the case of McKinsey Knowledge Centre India (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO (2018) 92 taxmann.com 226, wherein it has been held that payment towards the use of database which only collates publicly available information, cannot be considered as ‘royalty’ under the Act or the DTAA.

2.1.3. Whether Process Royalty?

The term ‘process’ has been defined in Explanation 6 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act as follows:

“For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that the expression “process” includes and shall be deemed to have also included transmission by satellite (including up-linking, amplification, conversion for down-linking of any signal), cable, optic fibre or by any other similar technology, whether or not such process is secret;”

In the view of the authors, process would mean the way a particular activity is undertaken, and Explanation 6 merely extends the meaning of the term to cover the various modes of transmission of the process and to overrule certain judicial precedents which held that under the Act, for payment towards the process to be considered as ‘royalty’, such process should be secret.

In this scenario, the payment is not towards any process relating to the database. Therefore, this limb of the definition of ‘royalty’ is also not satisfied in the case of payment towards access to an online database.

2.1.4. Whether Equipment Royalty?

The term ‘royalty’ includes payment for the use or right to use industrial, commercial or scientific equipment.

In this regard, one may refer to the decision of the AAR in the case of Cargo Community Network (P.) Ltd, In re (2007) 289 ITR 355 wherein it has been held that amounts received towards the access granted to use an internet-based air cargo portal would constitute payment towards the use of ‘equipment’ and therefore, taxable as royalty under the Act. In the said case, the AAR concluded that it is not possible to use the portal without the server, and therefore, payment was made towards an integrated commercial-cum-scientific equipment, being the server on which the portal operates.

A similar view was also taken by the AAR in the case of IMT Labs (India) (P.) Ltd, In re (2006) 287 ITR 450.

However, in a subsequent decision of Dell International Services India (P) Ltd, In Re (2009) 305 ITR 37, the AAR has held that payment towards the use of a facility which uses sophisticated equipment would not be considered as payment towards the use of the equipment itself.

In the view of the authors, the decision of the AAR in the case of Dell (supra) presents a better view of the matter, and if one pays for access to the database, it cannot be said that one is paying for the use of the server on which such database is operated. Therefore, such a payment would not be considered towards the use or right to use industrial, commercial or scientific equipment.

2.1.5. Whether Experience Royalty?

Clause (iv) of Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi), defining the term ‘royalty’ includes payment towards the imparting of any information concerning technical, industrial, commercial or scientific knowledge, experience or skill.

The OECD Model Commentary on Article 12 explains the term as follows:

“11. In classifying as royalties payments received as consideration for information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience, paragraph 2 is referring to the concept of “know-how”. Various specialist bodies and authors have formulated definitions of know-how. The words “payments … for information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience” are used in the context of the transfer of certain information that has not been patented and does not generally fall within other categories of intellectual property rights. It generally corresponds to undivulged information of an industrial, commercial or scientific nature arising from previous experience, which has practical application in the operation of an enterprise and from the disclosure of which an economic benefit can be derived….

11.1 In the know-how contract, one of the parties agrees to impart to the other, so that he can use them for his own account, his special knowledge and experience which remain unrevealed to the public. It is recognised that the grantor is not required to play any part himself in the application of the formulas granted to the licensee and that he does not guarantee the result thereof……”

There is further guidance on this subject in the UN Model Commentary on Article 12, which provides as follows:

“16. Some members from developing countries interpreted the phrase “information concerning industrial, commercial or scientific experience” to mean specialized knowledge, having intrinsic property value relating to industrial, commercial, or managerial processes, conveyed in the form of instructions, advice, teaching or formulas, plans or models, permitting the use or application of experience gathered on a particular subject. “

The term ‘knowledge, experience or skill’ has been held to be referring to those intangibles or know-how which are acquired on undertaking a particular activity, but which may not necessarily be registered as an intangible.

If one refers to the meaning of the term, there are various decisions, such as the Hyderabad ITAT in the case of GVK Oil & Gas Ltd vs. ADIT (2016) 158 ITD 215, Mumbai ITAT in the case of Dy. DIT vs. Preroy AG (2010) 39 SOT 187, the AAR in the case of Real Resourcing Ltd, In re (2010) 322 ITR 558 and the Bombay High Court in the case of Diamond Services International (P) Ltd vs. Union of India (2008) 304 ITR 201, wherein the distinction between a contract for imparting know-how, experience or skill has been differentiated from a contract where such know-how, experience, skill has been used to provide services. There are various decisions which have been referred to above wherein the Courts have held that payment towards the use of publicly available information would not amount to imparting of any knowledge, experience or skill and, therefore, would not be considered ‘royalty’.

In this regard, it would be important to highlight the decision of the AAR in the case of ThoughtBuzz (P.) Ltd, In re (2012) 21 taxmann.com 129, wherein it has been held that income of a social media monitoring service, providing a platform for a subscription for users to engage with their customers, brand ambassadors, etc., would constitute payment for the use of commercial or industrial knowledge and therefore, taxable as royalty. In the said case, the taxpayer obtained information from blogs, forums, social networking sites, review sites, questions and answers sites and Twitter and collated the same for its users. The AAR did not provide detailed reasoning for arriving at this conclusion.

However, in the authors’ view, this may not be the better view as the information, which is collated by the database in question, was public information.

In most cases, the payment towards access to the database would not be considered ‘royalty’ as the payment would be towards information which is publicly available, but collated for the benefit of the users. However, one may need to evaluate, on the basis of the facts, if any knowledge or experience (whether belonging to the database service provider or otherwise) is imparted through the database, payment towards the use of such database, and if such experience is imparted, the transaction may be considered as ‘royalty’.

In view of the above, one may be able to take the view that the payment towards access to an online database would not constitute royalty under the Act.

2.2. Whether taxable as Fees for Technical Services?

The term ‘fees for technical services’ has been defined in Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vii) of the Act to mean the following:

“For the purposes of this clause, ‘fees for technical services’ means any consideration (including any lump sum consideration) for the rendering of any managerial, technical or consultancy services (including the provision of services of technical or other personnel) but does not include consideration for any construction, assembly, mining or like project undertaken by the recipient or consideration which would be income of the recipient chargeable under the head “Salaries”;”

The first question which arises is whether such a payment would constitute ‘towards services’. While the term is not specifically defined in the Act, one may look at the general meaning of the term and such payment would constitute ‘towards services’. Arguably, such services would not be considered managerial or consultancy services. Further, such services do not involve any human intervention, and therefore, following the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Kotak Securities Ltd (2016) 383 ITR 1, such services would not be considered ‘technical services’.

In the specific context of online databases, a similar view was taken by the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Elsevier Information Systems GmbH vs. DCIT (2019) 106 taxmann.com 401, wherein it was held that in the absence of any interaction between the customer/user of the database and the employees of the assessee, or any other material on record to show any human intervention while providing access to the database, such a payment could not be considered towards technical services.

Therefore, a subscription to an online database would not be considered as ‘fees for technical services’ u/s 9(1)(vii) of the Act.

2.3. Applicability of SEP provisions

The Finance Act, 2018 has introduced  Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’) provisions in India. Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) extends the definition of business connection to include SEP and SEP has been defined to mean the following:

(a) transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India including provision of download of data or software in India, if the aggregate of payments arising from such transaction or transactions during the previous year exceeds such amount as may be prescribed; or

(b) systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India, as may be prescribed.

Further, the Proviso to the Explanation also provides that the transactions or activities shall constitute SEP, whether or not:

(i) the agreement for such transactions or activities is entered in India; or

(ii) the non-resident has a residence or a place of business in India; or

(iii) the non-resident renders services in India.

In other words, the SEP provisions would apply even if such services are rendered outside India, if it is undertaken with any person in India and if the aggregate payments during the year exceed the threshold prescribed.

The CBDT vide Notification No. 41/2021/F.No.370142/11/2018-TPL dated 3rd  May, 2021, has notified the thresholds to mean Rs. 2 crores in the case of payments referred to in clause (a) above and 3 million users in clause (b) above.

In the case of an online database, the question first arises is which of the above clauses of the Explanation would apply – whether the payment threshold or the number of users. As discussed above, the provision of access to the database may be considered a service, even if no human intervention is involved. Therefore, such services, not being FTS and rendered by a non-resident to any person in India, would trigger the SEP provisions if the payment threshold is exceeded. Further, if the number of users in India of such a database exceeds the number prescribed, SEP provisions could apply.

In other words, both the clauses of Explanation 2A could apply simultaneously, and even if one of the conditions prescribed is met, SEP provisions may apply to the said transactions.

2.4. Applicability of Explanation 3A of section 9(1)(i)

The Finance Act, 2020 extended the Source Rule for income attributable to operations carried out in India by inserting Explanation 3A to Section 9(1)(i), which reads as under:

“Explanation 3A.—For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the income attributable to the operations carried out in India, as referred to in Explanation 1, shall include income from—

(i) such advertisement which targets a customer who resides in India or a customer who accesses the advertisement through internet protocol address located in India;

(ii) sale of data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses internet protocol address located in India; and

(iii) sale of goods or services using data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses internet protocol address located in India.’’

At the outset, in the authors’ view, and as explained in detail in our article in the March 2021 issue of BCAJ, Explanation 3A does not create a new source or nexus for the income of a non-resident in India, but it merely extends the source, which a non-resident may already have to tax the income specified above. Therefore, if the non-resident is otherwise not having a business connection in India, Explanation 3A would not impact the income of such taxpayers in India. On the other hand, if a non-resident has a business connection in India, say on account of the SEP provisions, the income as mentioned above would also be considered attributable to operations undertaken in India irrespective of whether they are attributable to the business connection or not.

In the case of an online database, income from providing access of database would not be covered under clause (i) above. Further, one may also be able to argue that the database is not selling the data but merely providing access to view the data, and therefore, clause (ii) may also not apply.

The database service provider is providing services and if the data used in those services from a person who resides in India or from an ISP located in India, clause (iii) may trigger and if such non-resident already has a business connection in India, the income from the provision of such services (even to other non-residents) may be taxed in India. However, if the database collects information from all over the world (say for example, a global legal database covering judicial precedents on a particular issue from all over the world including India), it may not be possible to attribute a particular value to the data collected from India.

3. TAXABILITY UNDER DTAA

In the above paragraphs, we have analysed that the payments received towards the provision of access to database would not be taxable as Royalty or FTS under the domestic provisions of the Act itself. Generally, the definition of ‘Royalty’ or FTS in a DTAA is similar or narrower than the definition of the term under the Act, and therefore, such payments would also not be taxable as Royalty or FTS under the DTAA.

Further, even if the SEP provisions are triggered on account of the payments received from persons in India or the number of users in India, such online database service provider, in the absence of any physical presence in India, may also not have a Permanent Establishment (PE) in India under the DTAA and therefore, may not be liable to tax in India under the DTAA.

4. TAXABILITY UNDER EQUALISATION LEVY PROVISIONS

The Finance Act, 2020 introduced Equalisation Levy (‘EL’) in the hands of a non-resident E-commerce operator on E-commerce supply or services (‘EL ESS’). The earlier provisions of EL applied in the case of online advertisement services, which would not apply in the case of payment for access to a database. However, one may need to evaluate whether the provisions of EL ESS may apply in this scenario.

Section 165A of the Finance Act, 2016 (inserted vide Finance Act, 2020 with effect from 1st April, 2020) provides that EL ESS provisions shall apply at the rate of 2% on the amount of consideration received or receivable by an E-commerce operator (‘EOP’) from E-commerce supply or services (‘ESS’) made or provided or facilitated by it if the turnover or sales from such ESS exceeds Rs. 2 crores during the previous year. The first question which arises is whether an online database service provider would be considered  an EOP.

4.1. Whether database service provider would be considered as an E-commerce operator

Section 164(ca) of the Finance Act, 2016 (inserted vide Finance Act, 2020 with effect from 1st April, 2020) defines an EOP to mean as follows:

“‘e-commerce operator’ means a non-resident who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility or platform for online sale of goods or online provision of services or both;”

In the case of an online database service provider, the database would constitute an electronic facility or platform. The issue to be addressed is whether such a platform would be for the online provision of services. In this regard, we have discussed above, that provision of an online database would constitute a service, and such services are provided through the database and hence would be considered as having been provided online.

Therefore, an online database service provider would be considered an EOP.

4.2. Whether services would qualify as E-commerce supply or services

As discussed above, as the services rendered by the EOP would be considered an online provision of services, such services would also satisfy the definition of ESS u/s 164(cb) of the Finance Act, 2016.

Section 165A of the Finance Act, 2016 provides as follows:

“On and from the 1st day of April, 2020, there shall be charged an equalisation levy at the rate of two per cent of the amount of consideration received or receivable by an e-commerce operator from e-commerce supply or services made or provided or facilitated by it—

(i) to a person resident in India; or

(ii) to a non-resident in the specified circumstances as referred to in sub-section (3); or

(iii) to a person who buys such goods or services or both using internet protocol address located in India.”

Having concluded that the services qualify as ESS and the database service provider would be considered as EOP, the EL ESS provisions would apply if the access to the database is provided to a person resident in India, a person using an IP address located in India.

In this regard, it would be important to highlight that in the case of EL ESS, the liability to discharge the tax is on the non-resident recipient, and no deduction of EL is required to be undertaken by the resident payer.

The specified circumstances, as provided in clause (ii) above, would apply only in case the data is collected from a person resident in India or a person who uses an IP address located in India. If the data is not collected from such a person, and if the access is provided to a non-resident, the EL ESS provisions will not apply even if the data collated is in respect of India.

5. CONCLUSION

In view of the above discussion, payment for subscription of an online database may not be considered  Royalty or FTS under the Act or the DTAA. If the amount of payment or the number of users in India is exceeded, SEP provisions may be triggered, and the online database service provider may be considered as having a business connection in India. However, the income from subscription to the database would not be taxable in the absence of a PE in India under the relevant DTAA. Further, if the income from Indian users exceeds Rs. 2 crores, the EL ESS provisions may apply to such an online database service provider.

Digitalisation of Form 10F – New Barrier To Claim Tax Treaty?

BACKGROUND
The Income-tax Act 1961 (‘Act’) grants an option to a Non-Resident (‘NR’) to be
governed by the provisions of the Act or the Double Tax Avoidance Agreement
(DTAA), whichever is beneficial. Section 90(4) mandates non-residents to obtain
a Tax Residency Certificate (TRC) from the country of residence to take benefit
of the DTAA by virtue of section 90 of the Act. In addition, section 90(5)
requires non-residents to furnish information in Form 10F. In practice, NRs
used to furnish TRC and Form 10F either in physical form or an electronic copy
to the payer of income to avail of DTAA benefits at the time of withholding.
Now, Notification No. 3/2022 dated 16th July, 2022 (‘Notification’), requires
Form 10F to be furnished electronically and verified in the manner prescribed.
This article deals with nuances and implications arising from this
Notification.

PROCESS OF OBTAINING FORM 10F IN DIGITALISED FORM
The Notification came into effect on 16th July, 2022. Form 10F in digitalized
form can be generated from the income tax e-filing portal by logging into the
assessee’s account for the Financial Year (F.Y.) 2021-22 and F.Y. 2022-23.
Thereafter, the NR is required to fill in information prescribed in Form 10F,
upload a copy of TRC and verify the same by affixing the digital signature
(DSC) of the person authorized to e-verify Form 10F.

Incidentally, when logging in, the portal states, “This Form is applicable
to an assessee who is a citizen of India living in another country and earning
foreign Income”
. It is submitted that this statement is incorrect. In any
case, instruction on the portal has no statutory force.

CONSEQUENCES OF DIGITALISED FORM 10F
Obtaining Form 10F in the digitalised form will require a NR to obtain PAN in
India, as without PAN, Form 10F in digitised form is not accepted. In addition,
the authorized signatory must register his DSC in the NR tax login. It is
possible that such an authorized signatory may be a non-resident. Consequently,
the authorized signatory will also be required to submit KYC documents to
procure DSC.

This requirement can be complied with by NR assessees, generally Associated
Enterprises (AEs) who receive taxable income in India and regularly file a tax
return in India or report international transactions in Form 3CEB. These AEs,
irrespective of technical reading of Rule 21AB(2), are likely to comply with
new norms1. However, there are numerous business payments made to NR
which are not recurring in nature and are not chargeable to tax in India
pursuant to a favorable tax treaty. NR vendors are not comfortable obtaining
PAN and therefore undertake submission of 10-F electronically. Section 195
creates parallel liability on the deductor to withhold tax. The Notification is
expected to give rise to uncertainty in the following illustrative situations:

  • Payment for technical services which does not fulfil
    the requirement of make available condition in India-US DTAA.

 

  • Software license payments which are not taxable
    pursuant to royalty article in DTAA read with Supreme Court decision in
    case of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P.) Ltd vs. CIT2.

 

  • Import of goods in India may result in Significant
    Economic Presence under Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i). Since SEP
    provisions are subject to DTAA, importers obtain TRC and Form 10F from
    NRs.

 

  • Interest payment on rupee-denominated loans which are
    not entitled to concessional tax rate u/s 194LC or section 194LD / where
    payer wishes to obtain TRC and Form 10F on the conservative basis (should
    the benefit of section 194LC or section 194LC is denied by tax authority).

 

  • Equipment rental payment to Netherland NR and payment
    for aircraft leasing to Ireland NR.

 

  • Transfer of shares of an Indian Company by NR seller
    being tax resident of Mauritius, Singapore entitled to capital gain
    exemption3.

 

  • Indirect transfer of shares of an overseas company
    deriving substantial value from India taxable under Explanation 4 and
    Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i).


This Notification is effective from 16th July, 2022. No prior intimation or
time gap is given to the assessee to comply with the law. It is likely to
impact ongoing contracts where Indian payers based on a bonafide understanding
of the law would have agreed to bear tax liability under the net of tax
contract on the premise that NR will provide TRC, Form 10F (either in physical
or an electronic copy), and other usual declarations. The Notification may
result in a change in the law that was not envisaged at the time of entering
into the contract. Equally, NR may not agree to obtain PAN and furnish Form 10F
digitally. They may continue the present practice of giving Form 10F in
physical or an electronic copy. In such cases, if the Law is read literally, it
may mean that Form 10F is not furnished by NR in the prescribed manner and
accordingly condition of section 90(5) of the Act is not complied with.
Consequently, tax may be required to be deducted in accordance with Act. This
is likely to create friction between the deductor and the NR vendor. In cases
where the contract is on the net of tax basis, the deductor will be responsible
for paying tax which will escalate the cost of services.

Considering the aforesaid, it is necessary to evaluate whether the Notification
which requires digitalization of Form 10F is valid and is likely to stand the
test of law. This needs to be evaluated considering the propositions which are
discussed hereunder.


1. Non-corporate FPIs do not need DSC for signing tax
returns. Non-corporate entities can electronically transmit the ITR and
subsequently submit the physically-signed acknowledgment copy with CPC. Using a
DSC only for electronically furnishing Form 10F is likely to create a practical
challenge.
2. [2021] 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC)
3. Article 13(3A) of India-Mauritius DTAA; Article 13(4A) of India-Singapore
DTAA subject to satisfaction of specified conditions in DTAA.

 

FORM 10F – WHETHER REQUIRED IN ALL
CIRCUMSTANCES?

Section 90(4) provides that NR shall not be entitled to the benefit of DTAA
unless TRC is obtained. Section 90(5) provides that NR referred to in
subsection (4) shall provide other information as may be prescribed. This
linkage gives the inference that subsection (5) needs to be read as an integral
part of sub-section (4), and noncompliance of same can result in denial of DTAA
benefit.

Rule 21AB(1) of the Income-tax Rules, 1961 (“the Rules”) (prescribed u/s 90(5))
requires NR to furnish the following information in Form 10F:

(i) Status (individual, company, firm, etc.) of the assessee;

(ii) Nationality (in case of an individual) or country or specified territory
of incorporation or registration (in case of others);

(iii) Assessee’s tax identification number in the country or specified
territory of residence and in case there is no such number, then, a unique
number based on which the person is identified by the Government of the country
or the specified territory of which the assessee claims to be a resident;

(iv) Period for which the residential status, as mentioned in the certificate
referred to in subsection (4) of section 90 or sub-section (4) of section 90A,
is applicable; and

(v) Address of the assessee in the country or specified territory outside
India, during the period for which the certificate, as mentioned in (iv) above,
is applicable.

The information prescribed in item number (i) above should be read “as
applicable” even though such words are not found in Rule 21AB(1). This is
because the status of the assessee is a concept under Indian law. Section 2(31)
ascribes status to a person, which may not be a concept in overseas countries.
Further, the tax identification number may not be issued by the country to a
tax-exempt entity (e.g. Abu Dhabi Investment Authority or pension trust).

The Notification requires NR to fill in aforesaid information in its tax login
account and verify the same using the DSC of the person authorized to sign the
income-tax return. Rule 21AB(2) creates carve out to sub-rule (1). It reads as
under:

“The assessee may not be required to provide the information or any part
thereof referred to in sub-rule (1) if the information or the part thereof, as
the case may be, is contained in the certificate
referred to in sub-section
(4) of section 90 or sub-section (4) of section 90A.”

The exception carved out in Rule 21AB(2) is important. It states that Form 10F
is not required if all information in Rule 21AB(1) is already forming part of
TRC. In the view of the authors, typically, TRC issued by major treaty partners
(e.g. Germany, Netherlands, Singapore, Japan, Mauritius, Australia, France
etc.) reveals that it contains all the information as stipulated in Rule
21AB(1). Accordingly, Rule 21AB(1) and consequently section 90(5) is not
applicable in so far as TRC issued by such countries are concerned. Thus, NRs
resident of such countries are not impacted by the Notification requiring Form
10F to be issued digitally.

However, TRC issued by countries like Hong Kong, Ireland, etc., does not
contain information such as addresses. Thus, the safe harbour of Rule 21AB(2)
does not apply in such cases. Accordingly, NR from such treaty countries will
be required to submit Form 10F in digitalized form.

PROVISIONS IN ACT AND RULE GOVERNING THE APPLICATION OF PAN

Section 139A(1) and Rule 114 requires the assessee to obtain PAN if his income
is chargeable to tax in India. Rule 114B has prescribed such transactions where
PAN is required to be obtained. Transactions listed in Rule 114B are in nature
of investment in shares, debentures, etc., above a particular threshold. None
of the provisions requires NR to obtain PAN in India, where income is exempt
from tax pursuant to favourable DTAA. In fact, section 206AA and Rule 37BC
(dealt subsequently) give further force to this argument.

The Notification is issued in exercise of powers conferred in sub-rule (1) and
sub-rule (2) of Rule 131 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962. Rule 131 was, in turn,
inserted by the Income-tax (first twenty-first Amendment) Rules, 2021, w.e.f.
29th July, 2021 (21st Amendment). The 21st Amendment, in turn, was in the
exercise of powers conferred in section 295 of the Act. The process of
obtaining Form 10F in digitalised form requires the NR assessee to obtain PAN
in India. Thus, indirectly, the Notification is inconsistent with section
139A(1) / Rule 114. It is trite law that subordinate legislation must conform
to the parent statute and any subordinate legislation inconsistent with the
provisions of the parent statute is liable to be set aside. It is equally well
settled that circulars being executive / administrative in character cannot
supersede or override the Act and the statutory rules4. In Godrej
& Boyce Mfg. Co. Ltd. vs. State of Maharashtra
5, the
Apex Court held that circulars are administrative in nature and cannot alter the
provisions of a statute, nor can they impose additional conditions.


4. Federation of Indian Airlines vs.
Union of India (WP (C) No. 8004/2010); In Additional District Magistrate
(Rev.), Delhi Administration vs. Shri Ram AIR 2000 SC 2143; In B.K. Garad vs.
Nasik Merchants Co-op. Bank Ltd, AIR 1984 SC 192.
5. (2009) 5 SCC 24


NOTIFICATION – WHETHER OVERRIDES TAX TREATY?
This issue will arise in a situation where a non-resident who is otherwise
entitled to beneficial treatment under DTAA is denied treaty benefit as Form
10F is not furnished in a digitalised format. This is primarily because NR does
not have a PAN in India, or his authorized signatory does not have a DSC. The
following arguments support Notification indirectly overrides tax treaty which
is not permissible:


  • Article 31 of the Vienna Convention provides that a
    treaty is to be interpreted “in good faith in accordance with the ordinary
    meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in the
    light of its object and purpose. Every treaty in force is binding on the
    parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith”. What it
    implies is that whatever the provisions of the treaties, these provisions
    are to be given effect in good faith. Therefore, no matter how desirable
    or expedient it may be from the perspective of the tax administration when
    a tax jurisdiction is allowed to amend the settled position with respect
    to a treaty provision by an amendment in the domestic law and admittedly
    to nullify the judicial rulings, it cannot be treated as the performance of
    treaties in good faith. That is, in effect, a unilateral treaty over-ride
    which is contrary to the scheme of Article 26 of Vienna Convention on Law
    of Treaties6.

 


6. DIT vs. New Skies Satellite BV
[2016] 382 ITR 114 (Mad); ACIT vs. Reliance Jio Infocomm Ltd [2019] 111
taxmann.com 371 (Mumbai – Trib.).


  • The Andhra Pradesh High Court in Sanofi Pasteur
    Holding SA
    cautioned against the use of legislative power to
    unilaterally amend domestic law in the following words:


“Treaty-making power is integral to the exercise of sovereign legislative or
executive will according to the relevant constitutional scheme, in all
jurisdictions. Once the power is exercised by the authorized agency (the
legislature or the executive, as the case may be) and a treaty entered into,
provisions of the such treaty must receive a good faith interpretation by every
authorized interpreter, whether an executive agency, a quasi-judicial authority
or the judicial branch. The supremacy of tax treaty provisions duly
operationalised within a contracting State [which may (theoretically) be
disempowered only by explicit and appropriately authorized legislative
exertions], cannot be eclipsed by the employment of an interpretive stratagem,
on the misconceived and ambiguous assumption of revenue interests of one of the
contracting States.”


  • Failure on part of NR to obtain Form 10F in digitalised
    form impairs the right of NR to claim treaty benefit. The information
    prescribed under Rule 21AB(1) obtained in a physical or an electronic copy
    does not become invalid merely because it is not furnished in electronic
    form through the income tax e-filing portal. The Notification, to this
    extent, has the vice of treaty override, which may not be permissible. The
    requirement of obtaining Form 10F is under domestic law and is not forming
    part of the treaty. Accordingly, section 90(5), as also the impugned
    Notification may be considered a treaty override.

 

  • As per section 90(2), the provisions of DTAA to the
    extent more beneficial to the assessee shall prevail over the Domestic Law
    and if the legislature wants to make any provision of Domestic Law to
    override the Treaty, a specific provision is required to be made in the
    Statute to that effect as made in sub-section (2A) of section 90 to give
    overriding effect to GAAR provisions. A proposition that treaty benefit
    can be denied for non-digitalised Form 10F seems untenable as there is no
    corresponding amendment in section 90 to permit treaty override or in
    section 139A to obtain PAN by specified class of assessee. In fact,
    Notification is inserted pursuant to Rule 131, which was inserted vide
    21st amendment to the Rules in exercise of power u/s 295.

 

  • In the context of section 90(4), which requires an
    assessee to obtain TRC, Tribunal7 has held that an eligible
    assessee cannot be denied the treaty protection u/s 90(2) on the ground
    that the said assessee has not been able to furnish a TRC in the
    prescribed form. The Tribunal8 read section 90(4) as resulting
    in treaty override and did not accept Revenue’s contention of the
    superiority of section 90(4) over section 90(2). The ratio of these
    decisions should equally apply in the present context.


7. Skaps Industries India (P.) Ltd
vs. ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448 (Ahmedabad – Trib.); Ranjit Kumar Vuppu vs.
ITO [2021] 127 taxmann.com 105 (Hyderabad – Trib.)
8. Supra


SECTION 206AA – LEGISLATIVE HISTORY

Section 206AA provides for withholding of tax at 20% if PAN is not furnished by
the recipient of income. In the context of DTAA, the question arose whether
section 206AA overrides the treaty rate where NR does not have PAN in India.

In under noted decisions9, the supremacy of tax treaty was upheld.
This view is based on the premise that the purpose of the DTAA provision will
get defeated if tax is withheld at a higher rate in the absence of PAN which
subsequently needs to be refunded by the filing of the tax return in India. The
Delhi High Court in Danisco India (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India10
read down the provision of section 206AA in the following words:

“Having regard to the position of law explained in Azadi Bachao Andolan
(supra) and later followed in numerous decisions that a Double Taxation
Avoidance Agreement acquires primacy in such cases, where reciprocating states
mutually agree upon acceptable principles for tax treatment, the provision in
Section 206AA (as it existed) has to be read down to mean that where the
deductee i.e. the overseas resident business concern conducts its operation from
a territory, whose Government has entered into a Double Taxation Avoidance
Agreement with India, the rate of taxation would be as dictated by the
provisions of the treaty.”


9. Infosys Ltd. vs. DCIT [2022] 140
taxmann.com 600 (Bangalore – Trib.); Nagarjuna Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.
vs. Asstt. CIT [2017] 78 taxmann.com 264 (Hyd.);
10. [2018] 90 taxmann.com 295/253 Taxman 500/404 ITR 539


Parliament amended law by introducing sub-section (7) to section 206AA, making law
inapplicable to non-residents for interest, dividend, royalty, fees for
technical service income who furnishes information prescribed in Rule 37BC.

Rule 37BC(2) makes section 206AA inapplicable to non-residents who furnish the
following information:

i)    name, e-mail id, contact number;

ii)    address in the country or specified territory outside
India of which the deductee is a resident;

iii)    a certificate of his being resident in any country or
specified territory outside India from the Government of that country or
specified territory if the law of that country or specified territory provides
for the issuance of such certificate;

iv)    Tax Identification Number of the deductee in the country
or specified territory of his residence and in case no such number is
available, then a unique number based on which the deductee is identified by
the Government of that country or the specified territory of which he claims to
be a resident.

The aforesaid information is identical to information contained in Form 10F. It
can be contended that information under self-declaration can be considered
valid for the purpose of Rule 37BC; it cannot be considered invalid for the
purposes of Form 10F merely because it is not submitted in the electronic form
on the income tax e-filing portal.

Since the information in Rule 37BC is akin to Form 10F, the Notification can be
viewed as contrary to or overriding Rule 37BC. The Notification will result in
denial of treaty benefit even though the condition of Rule 37BC has complied.
If by Notification, the Act itself stands affected, the Notification may be
struck down11.


11. Kerala Samsthana Chethu
Thozhilali Union vs. State of Kerala, (2006) 4 SCC 327


CONCLUDING REMARKS
The Notification has an impact on cross-border payments for F.Y. 2021-22
compliance as well as on ongoing transactions. Payer will have to factor in
this Notification while entering into new / renewal of existing business
contract, especially when payment is on a net of tax basis. Law regarding Form
10F was settled and well understood by non-residents dealing with India. In
practice, it is unlikely that vendors will obtain PAN in India and furnish Form
10F in electronic form on the income tax e-filing portal. This will require the
industry to take decisions on merits.

GLoBE Rules: Determination of Effective Tax Rate (ETR) and Top-Up Tax (TUT) – Part 2

1. TO REFRESH ON THE FIRST PART

1.1 In the first part of this article (“Pillar 2: An Introduction To Global Minimum Taxation”, August, 2022 BCAJ), we discussed the evolution and policy objectives of GloBE Rules. The article also discussed different inter-locking mechanisms of GloBE Rules, which ensure that a large MNE Group (turnover as per CFS is = € 750 mn in 2 out of 4 preceding fiscal years) pays at least 15% tax on profits earned in each jurisdiction where it has a presence (in the form of a subsidiary or a permanent establishment (PE)). This is achieved by the imposition of a “top-up tax” (TUT), wherever the effective tax rate (ETR) computed at a jurisdictional level for all subsidiaries/PEs in a jurisdiction is below 15%. For this purpose, each subsidiary or PE is referred to as a “constituent entity” (CE) of the MNE Group.

As a first priority, such TUT can be imposed by the same jurisdiction whose ETR is < 15%. If such jurisdiction fails to impose TUT, it can be imposed by the jurisdiction of the ultimate parent entity (UPE) of the MNE Group or, failing that, by the jurisdiction of the lower tier intermediate parent entities of the MNE Group.

Assuming none of the aforesaid mechanisms can collect TUT, as a last resort, it can be imposed by other jurisdictions where the MNE Group has a presence (in the form of a subsidiary or a PE) which have implemented GloBE Rules.

While the above is to broadly recap different inter-locking mechanisms of GloBE Rules, which are discussed more elaborately in the first part, in this second part, we shall discuss the calculation of ETR. It is computed at a jurisdictional level as a factor of tax expense (numerator) upon GloBE income (denominator) of all CEs in a single jurisdiction. For this purpose, chapters 3 and 4 of GloBE Rules specify detailed rules to compute the numerator and denominator, which are explained in this article. An attempt has also been made to contextualise the provisions as if an overseas MNE Group is computing the TUT liability for a CE in India. However, the discussion may equally apply to computing TUT liability in respect of Indian in-scope MNE having a CE abroad. Of specific attention to readers are those situations where, surprisingly, even a high-tax jurisdiction such as India, can trigger TUT liability under GloBE Rules.

2. START POINT FOR ETR – ‘FIT FOR CONSOLIDATION’ ACCOUNTS

The UPE prepares consolidated financial statements (CFS) by calling for ‘data pack’ or ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts of each CE. Such ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts are based on accounting standards applicable to the CFS of the UPE, which may differ from accounting standards applicable to local statutory accounts of the CE. These ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts may also include profit/loss on account of intra-group transactions, which are subsequently eliminated in preparing CFS.

In the GloBE Rules, the start point for computing the numerator and denominator of jurisdictional ETR formula is tax expense and profit after tax as per ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts of each CE. As the numerator and denominator is initially computed for each CE, profit/loss on intra-group transactions (both domestic and cross-border) is factored in the start point. To address certain policy issues and to take care of specific considerations, GloBE Rules have introduced certain adjustments to the start point. Some adjustments are mandatory, while others are optional. Once the tax expense and book profit for each CE is adjusted for GloBE, both these parameters are aggregated for all CEs in a jurisdiction. The ETR is determined by dividing aggregate adjusted tax expense upon aggregate adjusted book profit. In this article, the numerator is termed “adjusted covered tax” and the denominator “GloBE income”.

3. COMPUTATION OF DENOMINATOR OF ETR – GLoBE INCOME

Assuming, instead of adjusted book profit, ETR would have been determined by adopting taxable income (for local tax purposes) as the denominator, which could have reflected the impact of all tax incentives (such as those available under the Indian Income-tax Act – IFSC, s.80-IA, s.10AA, agricultural income or weighted deductions such as s.80JJAA), it would not have achieved the GloBE Rules objective. As a result, the denominator is reckoned w.r.t. adjusted book profit.

Some adjustments in computing GloBE income, as enumerated below, are clearly on account of policy considerations such as disallowing payments on account of bribes or penalties. As against that, exclusion in respect of dividend and capital gains on equity shares in computing the GloBE income is primarily to ensure that the rules remain restricted to operating profits of a CE while dividend and capital gains are a derivative reflection of operating profits of the underlying CE. In addition, some adjustments are made to ensure that intra-group cross-border transactions are at ALP, and certain other adjustments are in the form of a SAAR to target abusive arrangements, such as disallowing intra-group finance expenditure, which may have the impact of reducing GloBE liability.

4. ILLUSTRATIVE MANDATORY ADJUSTMENTS

The mandatory adjustments to profit after tax include:

(a)    Add back provision for current tax and deferred tax expense1.

(b)    Add back fines and penalties (only if amount = € 50,000 per CE), and bribes and illegal expenses2.

(c)    Deduct provisions on account of contributions to pension fund only on actual payment3.

(d)    Adjustments to align transaction value in respect of intra-group cross-border transactions with ALP adopted for local tax purposes, if book treatment is at variance from such ALP (discussed further below)4.

(e)    Exclude dividend or capital gain/loss on equity interests (discussed further below).

(f)    Include effect of prior period errors or change in accounting policy, which is otherwise routed directly through the balance sheet (these are considered only if the amounts pertain to periods after applicability of GloBE Rules)5.

(g)    Expenses attributable to intragroup financing arrangement (discussed further below).

(h)    Exclusion for income from international shipping and qualifying ancillary activities (discussed further below).


1. Article 3.2.1(a)
2. Article 3.2.1(g)
3. Article 3.2.1(i)
4. Article 3.2.3
5. Article 3.2.1(h) – however, where prior period expense results in tax refund of > € 1 mn, GloBE requires reworking of prior year’s ETR by adopting reduced tax expense in numerator and such prior period expense in denominator.


5. ILLUSTRATIVE ELECTIVE ADJUSTMENTS

Some adjustments are at the option of the taxpayer. These are:

(a) Deduct Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) cost as per local tax rules instead of as per books6.

(b) Ignore fair valuation/impairment gain/loss and consider such gain/loss only on actual realisation7.


6. Article 3.2.2
7. Article 3.2.5 – if realisation method is elected, such option applies qua jurisdiction (cannot pick and choose for one of the CE) – also, such option can be exercised either qua all assets or only qua all tangible assets.


6. EXCLUSION OF DIVIDEND AND CAPITAL GAIN/LOSS ON EQUITY INTERESTS8

6.1. As indicated above, one of the adjustments to arrive at GloBE income is exclusion in respect of dividend and gain/loss on sale of equity shares. The rationale behind such exclusion is:

a. Dividend is generally paid out of retained earnings that have already been subject to corporate tax or GloBE TUT in the hands of the company9.

b. Similarly, gain on equity shares represents retained earnings which may have already been subject to corporate tax or GloBE TUT in the investee company’s jurisdiction and/or represents unrealised gains in assets held by the investor company which may be subject to corporate tax or GloBE TUT in future as these gains are realised10.


8. Article 3.2.1(b) and (c)
9. Para 179 to 189 of Blueprint
10. Para 190 to 196 of Blueprint

6.2. The exclusion ensures that no TUT is levied on such income which is exempt across most jurisdictions (while not in India). The following are excluded in computing GloBE income of corporate shareholder:

Classification
in CFS

What is
excluded

Conditions for
exclusion

Subsidiary, joint venture, associate

• Dividend

• Capital gain/loss (includes fair
valuation gain/loss)

• Gain/loss recognised as per equity method

N/A

Any other entity, where MNE holds = 10%
ownership interest as on date of distribution or disposition

• Dividend

• Capital gain/loss (includes fair
valuation gain/loss)

N/A

Any other entity, where MNE holds < 10%
ownership interest

• Dividend

Holding should be long-term i.e. held for
at least a year as on the date of distribution

From the discussion hereabove, in respect of the last category above, where MNE holds < 10% ownership interest, only dividend is excluded, and that too, only if such holding is long-term, whereas capital gain/loss is subject to TUT liability.

Separately, although local tax rules typically disallow deductions for expenses associated with income excluded from taxable income, for simplicity, while dividend is excluded from GloBE income, there is no specific requirement to disallow expenses related to such dividend11.


11. Para 45 of commentary

While dividend and capital gain/loss are excluded in computing GloBE income, there is no such exclusion in computing taxable income or book profit for the purposes of s.115JB. This can have an interesting interplay as illustrated here in the context of ICo, which is owned by an overseas MNE Group:

  • ICo enjoys 100% tax holiday on operating profits u/s. 10AA, and hence does not have any normal tax liability. However, ICo is subject to MAT at ~15%.

  •  During the year in question, particulars of ICo’s income are as below:
  1. Operating profit eligible for S.10AA deduction is 1,00,000.
  2. Loss on sale of shares of associate is 60,000.

  •  Accordingly, book profit for MAT is 40,000 and tax liability @ 15% as per MAT provisions is 6,000.

  •  In computing ETR of ICo under GloBE, gain/loss on sale of shares of an associate (and related tax effects) are excluded. Thus, denominator is 1,00,000 and numerator is 6,000. ETR is 6,000/1,00,000 = 6%, resulting in shortfall of 9% as compared to 15%.

  •  TUT liability in respect of ICo = 9,000 namely 9% on operating profits of 1,00,000 (subject to reduction on account of substance-based carve out).

7. ALP ADJUSTMENTS IN COMPUTING GLoBE INCOME

7.1. Article 3.2.3 provides that, in computing GloBE income, any intra-group cross-border transaction recognised at a value that is not consistent with ALP as adopted for local tax purposes must be adjusted to be consistent with such ALP.

7.2. As per commentary, it is “generally expected” that an intra-group cross-border transaction is recognised at ALP in books. In the absence of any bilateral/unilateral TP adjustment for local tax purposes, Article 3.2.3 is not triggered, and the value recognised in the books is accepted to be ALP.

7.3. Impact of bilateral TP adjustment – For bilateral TP adjustment, where the taxable income of both transacting CEs is at variance from book income, the impact of such TP adjustment should also be considered in computing GloBE income.

Article 3.2.3 makes no distinction based on the point of time that such ALP is determined, namely whether the bilateral TP adjustment is made before or after GloBE returns are filed. Article 3.2.3 can apply irrespective of whether ALP is determined as part of self-assessment or pursuant to assessment by tax authorities. It can apply pursuant to bilateral APA or MAP.

Assuming information regarding bilateral TP adjustment is available at the time of filing GloBE return (i.e. return for self-assessment of GloBE tax liability), it is possible to give effect to Article 3.2.3 at the time of filing such GloBE return itself. However, questions may arise when bilateral TP adjustment is finalised many years after filing GloBE return. To illustrate,

  • Assume ICo of India (subject to a local tax rate of 25%) has received services in Year 1 from FCo (which is in a zero-tax jurisdiction).
  • FCo has raised an invoice of 1,000 on ICo.
  • Bilateral APA is concluded after 5 years where ALP for the transaction is computed at 800.
  • Giving effect to such ALP increases ICo’s GloBE income by 200, whereas FCo’s GloBE income decreases by 200.

  • If such adjustment is given effect retrospectively by revising GloBE return of Year 1, TUT liability in respect of FCo reduces by 30 (200 x 15%), resulting in a refund of previously paid GloBE TUT12. As per commentary, article 3.2.3 adjustment cannot result in the refund of previously paid GloBE tax, and in this example, the impact of article 3.2.3 should be given in GloBE return of year 5 and not of year 1. As a result, FCo’s GloBE income for year 5 decreases by 200 in respect of the transaction concluded in year 1, resulting in an increase in ETR for year 5.

12. ICo, being in HTJ, may not trigger any GloBE TUT liability as a result of ALP adjustment.

  • While article 3.2.3 cannot result in a refund of GloBE tax paid for a past year, article 3.2.3 can result in additional demand of GloBE tax for a past year. In this example, assuming FCo procured services from ICo at 1,000 in year 1 whose ALP is determined at 800 in year 5 pursuant to bilateral APA, FCo’s GloBE income can be retrospectively increased by 200, such that, in year 5, the taxpayer can be exposed to an additional demand of GloBE tax in respect of transaction concluded in year 1. To clarify, in this scenario, ETR of year 1 is recomputed to give effect to ALP adjustment, although resultant TUT liability may be collected in year 5. This may be contrasted with the earlier scenario above, where the ETR of year 5 itself was impacted.

7.4. Impact of unilateral TP adjustment – As aforesaid, for bilateral TP adjustment, the GloBE income of both transacting CEs needs to be adjusted to align with the taxable income mandatorily. However, for unilateral TP adjustment (affecting the taxable income of only one of the transacting CEs), special rules are provided to compute GloBE income based on whether unilateral TP adjustment is triggered in a high-tax jurisdiction (HTJ) vs. under-taxed jurisdiction (UTJ). The concepts of HTJ and UTJ are explained in later paras.

At a conceptual level,  when unilateral TP adjustment is initiated in HTJ, an adjustment must be made in computing the GloBE income of both transacting CEs, regardless of whether the counterparty is in HTJ or UTJ.

When unilateral TP adjustment is initiated in UTJ, no adjustment is needed in computing GloBE income of both transacting CEs – and book value is respected for such computation of both transacting CEs.

This can be explained with help of the following example:

  • Assume ICo of India (subject to a local tax rate of 25%) has received services from FCo (which is in a zero-tax jurisdiction).

  • FCo has raised  an invoice of 1,000 on ICo.

  • While ICo is unlikely to trigger TUT under GloBE, FCo may trigger TUT of 150 based on invoice value (15% of 1,000).

  • If, based on TP documentation, ICo determines ALP at 800 and makes voluntary TP adjustment while filing local tax return, ICo’s local tax liability increases by 50 (i.e. 200 x 25%).

  • As per commentary, if FCo’s GloBE income is not adjusted to 800, there is not only an increase in ICo’s local tax liability (by 50 as aforesaid) but also  an increase in the GloBE tax liability in respect of FCo – because GloBE income of 200 would be doubly counted in India as also in FCo’s jurisdiction. As a result, the commentary requires a downward adjustment to FCo’s GloBE income to the extent of 200.

  • Accordingly, GloBE TUT liability in respect of FCo is 120 (15% of 800). The commentary justifies this to avoid “double taxation”.

While the above illustrates a simple scenario, difficult questions may arise where unilateral TP adjustment may happen many years after GloBE returns are filed. Unlike the guidance for bilateral TP adjustment, there is no guidance for unilateral TP adjustment. In this example, assuming the transaction between ICo and FCo pertains to year 1 while unilateral TP adjustment attains finality with the conclusion of the assessment of ICo in year 5, questions will arise as to how FCo may be able to get its GloBE income corrected in terms of Article 3.2.3 and the basis on which it may effectively enjoy refund/reduction of GloBE TUT paid in earlier years as may arise on account of downward adjustment to FCo’s GloBE income.

Coming to the concepts of HTJ and UTJ for Article 3.2.3, the following alternate conditions are prescribed to determine whether or not a jurisdiction is UTJ:

a. Nominal tax rate of the jurisdiction is < 15%, (or)

b. GloBE ETR of the jurisdiction in each of the 2 preceding fiscal years is < 15%.

As the above are alternative conditions, it is possible that even a country like India may become UTJ for a given MNE Group, though the applicable headline tax rate may be > 15%.

7.5. Also, it is unclear how Article 3.2.3 will be applied where unilateral TP adjustment is made in computing taxable income of both transacting CEs, resulting in each CE adopting a different ALP for the same transaction. The commentary acknowledges that the GloBE implementation framework will give further consideration to appropriate adjustments when tax authorities in different jurisdictions disagree on ALP determination.

7.6.
While the above rules apply to intra-group cross-border transactions, there is limited applicability of ALP mandate for intra-group domestic transactions. Article 3.2.3 states that loss on account of sale/other transfer of an asset to another CE of the same jurisdiction is to be recognised at ALP – only if such loss is otherwise cognisable in computing GloBE income (i.e. such loss has been debited to P&L). As per the commentary, this is a tax avoidant measure to prevent manufacturing loss through intra-group asset transfers. Additionally, for cross-border and domestic transactions, Article 3.2.3 requires both transacting CEs to record a transaction in the same amount in computing GloBE income13.


13. As per para 109 of commentary, this result is anyways expected if a common accounting standard is applied to both transacting CEs.


8. INTRA-GROUP FINANCING

8.1. Article 3.2.7 provides that, in computing GloBE income of a CE in a low-tax jurisdiction (namely low-tax entity), the expense attributable to intra-group financing availed directly or indirectly from another CE in a high-tax jurisdiction (namely high-tax entity) shall be disallowed, if:

a. in the absence of Article 3.2.7, such expense would have reduced GloBE income of the low tax entity,

b. without resulting in a commensurate increase in “taxable income” (as per domestic tax laws) of high tax entity.

For the purpose of Article 3.2.714, a jurisdiction is LTJ if the jurisdiction’s effective tax rate (as per GloBE Rules, ignoring the impact of Article 3.2.7) is < 15% (and vice versa for HTJ).


14. Guidance in Article 3.2.3 to determine whether a jurisdiction is UTJ is not relevant for article 3.2.7.

To illustrate, assume ICo of India (in HTJ) provides an interest-free loan of 10,000 to FCo in zero tax jurisdiction. In fit for consolidation accounts (as per IndAS/IFRS), the lender (ICo) records a loan receivable of 10,000 at the net present value (NPV) of 6,000 by discounting at the prevalent interest rate. Over the life of the loan, ICo recognises notional interest income by credit to P&L and a debit to loan receivable. Likewise, the borrower (FCo) recognises corresponding and matching notional interest expenditure.  

In terms of Article 3.2.7, intra-group finance expenditure debited to P&L of FCo is disallowed in computing GloBE income of the borrower (FCo) in LTJ if there is no corresponding increase in “taxable income” (as per domestic tax laws) in the hands of the lender (ICo) in HTJ.

In the present case, notional interest income is not includible in the taxable income of the lender (ICo) in HTJ. Hence, Article 3.2.7 requires disallowance of notional interest expense in computing the GloBE income of the borrower (FCo) in LTJ.

Article 3.2.7 may not have applied in the hands of FCo if, in this example:

a. the loan was provided at prevalent market rate, as ICo would have included actual interest income in taxable income and paid local tax thereon; or

b. ICo was subject to MAT provisions and notional interest income has been included in book profit (namely taxable income computed as per MAT provisions); or

c. ICo was subject to TP adjustment in respect of interest free loan, resulting in imputing notional interest income while determining taxable income of ICo.

The scope of intra-group financing arrangement is not confined to loans. It can apply where there is any credit or investment made, and the other conditions are satisfied. In the above example, it can apply where ICo provides capital infusion as Redeemable Preference Shares (RPS) in FCo which is accounted under IndAS/IFRS as a loan, in a manner as specified above.

8.2. Additionally, for Article 3.2.7 to apply, all conditions (namely borrower is in LTJ, the lender is in HTJ, borrower debiting financing expense in P&L, no commensurate increase in taxable income of lender) should be reasonably anticipated to be fulfilled, over the expected duration of such intra-group financing arrangement.

8.3. Article 3.2.7 has strict conditions to determine whether there is an increase in the taxable income of the lender in HTJ. For example, if such lender is able to immediately set off interest income against brought forward loss or unabsorbed interest expenditure – which is not expected to be used otherwise – it is deemed that there is no increase in the taxable income of such lender, and therefore, the limitation of Article 3.2.7 applies while computing GloBE income of the borrower.

9. INTERNATIONAL SHIPPING SECTOR EXCLUSION

9.1. In terms of sector exclusion, net income from international shipping activities and qualifying ancillary activities are excluded from GloBE income. This is because special features of the shipping sector (such as capital-intensive nature, level of profitability and long economic life cycle) have led to special tax rules across jurisdictions (such as tonnage tax), often operating outside the scope of corporate income tax.

9.2. While detailed rules for shipping sector exclusion are not covered in this article, there is one important aspect that deserves to be highlighted. As per Article 3.3.6, in order to qualify for the exclusion of international shipping income, the CE must demonstrate that the strategic or commercial management of all ships concerned is effectively carried on from within the jurisdiction where the CE is located. As per the commentary, the location of strategic or commercial management is determined basis facts and circumstances. The commentary further provides the following indicators for determining the place of strategic or commercial management:

a. Strategic management includes making decisions on significant capital expenditure and asset disposals (e.g. purchase/sale of ships), award of major contracts, agreements on strategic alliances and vessel pooling and direction of foreign establishments.

b. Commercial management includes route planning, taking bookings, insurance, financing, personnel management, provisioning and training.

It is possible that ships are owned by ACo of Country A but are managed by BCo of Country B. ACo and BCo are CEs of the same MNE Group. The ownership is retained in Country A for commercial reasons such as creditor protection. The management is from Country B for commercial reasons such as efficiency, quality/safety, service level, and related factors. Since the location of strategic or commercial management is different from the location of the CE that owns these ships, income earned from these ships may not qualify for exclusion from GloBE income. In this regard, representations are made to provide more clarity on Article 3.3.6.

10. ADJUSTMENT TO BE MADE TO BOOK PROFIT, ONLY IF SPECIFIED BY GLOBE RULES

10.1. Since the calculation of GloBE income is linked to ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts, any item which is either debited or credited to the P&L account cannot be excluded unless there is a specific adjustment warranted by GloBE Rules. To illustrate, no adjustment may be needed in respect of charity donations or CSR expenses which may have been debited to the P&L account irrespective of its deductibility for local tax purposes.

10.2. Similar to expenditure, the amounts credited to the P&L account cannot be excluded from GloBE income unless specifically provided. Dividend and capital gains in respect of equity shares of subsidiary/joint venture/associate need to be excluded from GloBE income, irrespective of whether the jurisdiction of the CE (like India) has a participation exemption regime. Since dividend may trigger local tax in India at a rate higher than the minimum tax rate of 15%, a CE in India may desire that such dividend as also local tax thereon is considered to be a part of ETR calculation for India. However, no such option is available with MNE Group and such dividend and local tax thereon need exclusion while calculating ETR.

10.3. Separately, a significant impact may arise when the entity, pursuant to a settlement of liabilities under IBC or bankruptcy code, gets a significant haircut which in terms of applicable accounting standards may be required to be credited to the P&L account. In the Indian context, while MAT provisions have become academic for entities opting for s.115BAA, in respect of such credits to P&L account, which is accepted to be non-taxable, there could be TUT liability if the haircut is significant as compared to operating profits which MNE Group may earn from Indian entities.

11. DETERMINATION OF DENOMINATOR OF ETR – ADJUSTED COVERED TAX

11.1. As each jurisdiction may have its own corporate tax system, GloBE Rules define “covered tax”, which refers to types of tax that can be included in the numerator. For example, indirect tax or stamp duty cannot be considered as covered tax. At a broad level, covered tax is defined as any tax w.r.t. an entity’s income or profits. The commentary gives additional guidance in determining the scope of the covered tax. Generally, the concept of covered tax is likely to align with conditions to determine if a tax is income-tax as per Ind AS/IFRS.

11.2. To recollect, income tax expense as per ‘fit for consolidation’ accounts is the start point for the numerator of ETR. Once there are adjustments made to book profit in computing GloBE income to ensure that numerator (namely covered tax) represents tax paid in respect of profits forming part of the denominator, certain correlative adjustments are warranted even to calculate the numerator.  

11.3. At a policy level, in blueprint, the proposal was to adopt only current tax expense in the numerator and not to recognise deferred tax expense. This certainly was not acceptable to stakeholders and multiple representations were made to impress upon the OECD that ETR calculation will be skewed and will not represent the real picture if book-to-tax timing differences as dealt with by deferred tax adjustments are not taken into account. Consequently, in GloBE Rules, deferred tax elements are also considered, albeit with multiple safeguards/limitations. To illustrate, while DTL is reckoned in the numerator, to ensure the integrity of calculation is maintained such that DTL provided at a higher tax rate in books is not sheltering other tax incentives, GloBE Rules require calibration of DTL at 15% tax rate. Likewise, there are provisions to ensure that DTL, which is not actually paid within 5 years is recaptured (subject to certain exceptions). As discussed further, the DTA mechanism is also used by GloBE Rules for ensuring that loss incurred in earlier years is set off while computing TUT liability in future years.

To a tax professional, recollecting an understanding of DTA/DTL is crucial for understanding the adjustments of ETR calculation. While we claim no accounting expertise, we have broadly summarized DTA/DTL as relevant for IndAS/IFRS to the extent found pertinent.

11.4. CONCEPT OF DEFERRED TAX EXPENSE – AN ACCOUNTANT’S PERSPECTIVE

The timing of recognising incomes/expenses in books can be different compared to tax. To ensure a true and fair view and to adhere to the matching principle, accounting standard requires that “tax effects” of incomes and expenses should be recognised in the same period in which incomes and expenses are recognised. The tax expense is the aggregate of current tax and deferred tax. While current tax reflects actual tax payable as per tax return, deferred tax reflects the impact of temporary differences.15


15. Under IGAAP, DT is recognised for the timing difference between book profit and taxable income [this concept is also explained in the Supreme Court decision of J. K. Industries vs. UOI [2007] 165 Taxman 323 (SC)]. Under Ind AS, a balance sheet approach is followed, where DT is recognised for the temporary difference between book base and tax base of assets/liabilities. Ind AS does not make the distinction between timing difference and permanent difference – e.g., under Ind AS, DT is recognised even for the difference between book base and tax base on account of revaluation.

A provision for deferred tax liability is recognised when the future tax liability is higher because:

  • Income is recognised in books, and tax is payable only in future (e.g., percentage of completion method is followed to record revenue in books, but project completion method is followed for tax purposes), or

  • Deduction is claimed in the tax return, but the expense is recognised in books only in future (e.g., capital R&D expenditure is fully claimed u/s. 35(1)(iv) of ITA whilst the capital asset is depreciated in books over a period).

Contrarily, a deferred tax asset is recognised when a tax benefit is to arise in future (e.g., s.43B deduction allowable in tax return on actual payment).

Such deferred tax liability or asset is reversed when the temporary difference is reversed in future i.e.

  • Provision for DTL is reversed as tax liability is actually discharged in future, or

  • DTA is reversed as tax deduction is actually claimed in future.

11.5. For calculating ETR, generation of DTA lowers ETR, while reversal of DTA enhances ETR. Likewise, generation of DTL results in enhancing ETR, while reversal of DTL lowers ETR.

Assume, on account of s.35AD deduction, ICo’s local tax liability is nil – but ICo recognises DTL provision reflecting tax payable in future years. For calculating ETR under GloBE, as the DTL provision is included in the numerator, investment-linked incentives such as s.35AD is protected from TUT liability under GloBE.

11.6 ILLUSTRATIVE ADJUSTMENTS TO CURRENT TAX AND DEFERRED TAX, TO ARRIVE AT “ADJUSTED COVERED TAX”

11.6.1. Corelative adjustment: To ensure parity, GloBE requires exclusion from the numerator of current tax and deferred tax that relates to income excluded from the denominator16. For example, since dividend and capital gains on equity interests is typically excluded from the denominator (as discussed above at para 6), the tax effects of such income are also excluded from the numerator.

11.6.2. Recast DTA/DTL to 15% tax rate if recognised at tax rate > 15%: In books, DTA/DTL are measured at tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted as of the balance sheet date. If such tax rate is > 15%, specifically for computing ETR under GloBE, the DTA/DTL is recast to 15% tax rate17. For example, if ICo (subject to corporate tax rate of 25%) claims accelerated depreciation of 1,00,000 in tax return over and above book depreciation, ICo recognises DTL provision of 25,000 @ 25%. For computing ETR, such DTL provision is recast to 15% tax rate i.e. 15,000.


16. Article 4.1.3(a) and 4.4.1(a)
17. Article 4.4.1

This recast ensures that DTL provision in excess of 15% tax rate in respect of a taxable business is not used to shield TUT liability in respect of income of another business that enjoys 100% tax holiday, or other tax incentives that are enjoyed in the jurisdiction.

In a high-tax jurisdiction such as India, assume ICo opting for s.115BAA has a book profit of 1,00,000 but taxable income of nil due to excess of accelerated depreciation over book depreciation of 80,000 and weighted deduction u/s 80JJAA of 20,000. The DTL provision in the books on account of accelerated depreciation is recognised at 20,000 (80,000 x 25%) while in GloBE calculations, this is capped to 12,000 (15% tax rate). ETR of ICo is 12,000/1,00,000 = 12%. As ETR is < 15%, ICo can trigger TUT liability @ 3% – which reflects impact of weighted deduction u/s 80JJAA. This shows that even in high-tax jurisdictions such as India or UK, where taxable income can be significantly impacted by a combination of timing differences and weighted deductions, weighted deductions can result in TUT liability because DTL on account of timing differences is capped to 15% tax rate.

11.6.3. DTL recapture: If DTL provision is included in the numerator in year 1, GloBE Rules require such DTL to reverse within the next 5 years namely actual tax payment should happen within the next 5 years. If this condition is not met, GloBE Rules require such DTL to be re-captured in year 6, which means that, in year 6, ETR of year 1 is recomputed on a retrospective basis after ignoring such DTL – resultant TUT liability of year 1 (based on recomputed ETR of year 1) is payable in year 6. This is in addition to the normal top-up tax (if any) of year 6. It may be noted that the GloBE return of year 1 is not revised in year 6, but there is a separate column in GloBE return of year 6 to recompute ETR of year 1 and pay the resultant TUT liability in year 618. Furthermore, if the actual tax payment of such DTL happens in, say, year 8, the same can be added to covered tax in the the ETR computation of year 8.

However, where the DTL provision is covered by specified exceptions19, there is no recapture. Specified exceptions comprise, for example: DTL due to accelerated depreciation on tangible assets (e.g., s.35AD), DTL due to 100% tax deduction of capital R&D expenditure (e.g., s.35(1)(iv), DTL due to fair valuation gains, etc.)20 The policy rationale behind these exceptions is that: DTL is typically tied to substantive activities in a jurisdiction; (or) DTL is not prone to assessee manipulation; (or) DTL is certain to reverse over time.


18. If, at the time of filing GloBE return of year 1, the entity expects that DTL provision recognised in year 1 is unlikely to reverse in next 5 years, such entity can, in terms of Article 4.4.1(b) r. w. 4.4.7, elect to ignore or disclaim such DTL provision while filing GloBE return of year 1 itself – so as to avoid recapture of such DTL provision in year 6. Such actual tax payment will then form part of the numerator on actual payment basis.
19. Article 4.4.5
20. Under I-GAAP AS-22, DTL was not recognised w.r.t. fair valuation gains, as that represented a permanent difference between book profit and taxable income. Under IndAS, a balance sheet approach is adopted requiring comparison of book base and tax base, which results in recognising DTL on account of fair valuation gains in books.

It may be noted that the exceptions include only accelerated depreciation in respect of tangible assets and not in respect of intangible assets. For an entity focussed on acquiring intangibles with a huge IP base (e.g., a pharma or software company), IP having indefinite life is not amortised in books, but can be amortised for local tax purposes. This can result in recognising DTL provision every year, as the tax base of IP goes on reducing while the book base of IP remains constant. If such IP is sold in future, capital gains tax liability is computed w.r.t. WDV as reduced by accumulated depreciation. This future tax liability is recognised in the form of DTL provision every year as IP is amortised for local tax purposes. DTL provision reverses only on the sale of IP in future. Where DTL provision recognised in books in year 1 does not reverse until year 6 (because IP is not sold until year 6), there can be recapture. As a result, in year 6, ETR of year 1 needs to be recomputed by excluding (or ignoring) DTL provision in respect of IP amortisation. This exclusion of DTL provision from numerator can cause ETR of year 1 (as recomputed) to be < 15%, and trigger GloBE liability in year 6.

11.6.4. DTA in relation to tax credits is ignored: Under IndAS/IFRS, the concept of deferred tax accounting is not restricted to temporary differences between accounting income and taxable income. It also extends to tax credits/losses. It requires creating DTA when tax credits are made available in current year, which is reversed as tax credits are absorbed or offset in future years.

In respect of MAT credit, IndAS/IFRS requires recognising DTA in the year of generation of MAT credit – such DTA is reversed as MAT credit is utilised in future years. In the year of generation of MAT credit, the current tax provision is equivalent to MAT payable for that year, while a corresponding deferred tax asset is recognised of the very same amount, representing MAT credit entitlement. In the outer column of P&L A/c for this year, the net tax expense is zero21. In the year of generation of MAT credit, whether ETR should be computed after reducing DTA on account of MAT credit?

GloBE Rules state that, in computing ETR, DTA with respect to the generation and use of tax credits should be ignored or excluded22. The commentary suggests that the scope of this entry is wide and is not restricted to tax credits which are provided as tax incentives (for example, R&D tax credit, where a percentage of the capital cost of eligible R&D expenditure is set off against tax liability). Hence, in this case, in computing ETR, creation and reversal of DTA on account of generation and utilisation of MAT credit should be ignored. In the year of generation of MAT credit, the numerator should be based on actual MAT payable, ignoring the DTA represented by potential advantage on account of MAT credit entitlement.

11.6.5. Use of DTA to ensure set off for loss-making entities: Ordinarily, taxable income is determined after set off of past loss, and no tax may be payable if profits are insufficient to absorb past loss. As stated at para 2 above, the start point for the denominator is profit after tax as per P&L of the current year, while loss of earlier years is not captured therein. GloBE Rules grant set off of loss of earlier years by making use of DTA. To recollect, under IndAS/IFRS, a DTA is recognised in year of generation of loss, in anticipation of future tax benefit in form of set off of loss while computing taxable income. This DTA is reversed in the year of actual set off. Generation of DTA results in lowering ETR, while reversal of DTA results in enhancing ETR.

For example, assume that an entity (liable to corporate tax rate of 25%, and not enjoying any tax incentives) incurs loss of 1,00,000 in year 1 and earns profit of 1,00,000 in year 2. In books, in year 1, the entity creates DTA of 25,000 (@ 25%). In year 1, there is no GloBE liability because denominator of ETR formula is negative. In books, in year 2 namely generation of profit, DTA of 25,000 is reversed in books. For GloBE, such DTA of 25,000 is recast to 15,000 (@ 15%)23 in terms of discussion at para 11.6.2 above. As a result, ETR for year 2 is 15%, and there is no GloBE liability for year 2.


21. In a future year, when MAT credit is utilised, such DTA pertaining to MAT credit entitlement is reversed.
22. Article 4.4.1(e)
23. Article 4.4.1

It is possible that, under IndAS/IFRS, the entity may not recognise any DTA in books in respect of loss generated in year 1, if there is no reasonable certainty of future taxable profits as of year 1. To ensure that past loss is effectively set off even in this scenario where there is no DTA recognised in books, GloBE Rules provide that the impact of accounting recognition adjustment should be ignored24. The commentary25 explains that, in reckoning DTA/DTL for GloBE purposes, the requirement of reasonable certainty of future taxable profits (which is a pre-condition for recognising DTA in books) is discarded. As a result, despite non-recognition of DTA in books, it is possible to recognise DTA for GloBE purposes in the year of generation of tax loss and use such DTA for enhancing ETR when such tax loss is set off under domestic tax laws.

For jurisdictions having corporate tax rate < 15%:
Assume the same numbers given earlier, except that, the entity is liable to corporate tax rate of 10% instead of 25%. The entity would recognise DTA of only 10,000 in books, and ETR for year 2 would be 10% (namely DTA reversal of 10,000 divided by profit of 1,00,000), which would trigger TUT liability @ 5% (considering shortfall as compared to minimum tax rate of 15%) in year 2, despite the entity effectively not having made any profits. To avoid such results, DTA recognised in books at 10% tax rate can be recast upwards to 15% tax rate, such that DTA for GloBE purposes is considered at 15,000 as against 10,000. This ensures that ETR for year 2 is 15%, and there is no TUT liability in year 2. To claim this benefit, the entity needs to prove that the loss of 1,00,000 pertains to items forming part of GloBE income in the denominator of ETR. For example, if such loss is on account of sale of shares of an associate which is excluded while computing GloBE income, DTA for such loss needs to be excluded from the numerator (on the ground of corelative adjustment).

The discussion in the preceding paras is equally relevant to the loss incurred before applicability of GloBE Rules26.

For zero tax jurisdictions: Where the entity is in a jurisdiction which does not levy any corporate tax (and as a result, there is no potential of recognising DTA in the books) (e.g., Bermuda), GloBE Rules provide an option to the entity to recognise DTA outside the books @ 15% of GloBE loss (i.e. after making all upward/downward adjustments to arrive at the denominator of ETR)27. Such DTA can be utilised in future years to enhance ETR when denominator turns positive. Such option can be exercised only at the jurisdictional level, and only in the first GloBE return filed for that jurisdiction (and not in a later year).


24. Article 4.4.1 (c)
25. Refer para 76 and 77 at page 102.
26. Article 9.1
27. Article 4.5

Importantly, such an option can facilitate recognition of DTA outside the books only for loss incurred after the applicability of GloBE Rules. It does not apply for loss incurred before the applicability of GloBE Rules28. To illustrate, assume the same numbers given earlier, except that, the entity is liable to corporate tax rate of 0% instead of 25%. If year 1 is a pre-GloBE year (i.e. GloBE Rules are inapplicable in year 1), DTA outside the books cannot be recognised for loss of year 1, and TUT liability for year 2 is triggered of 15,000. However, if year 1 is a post GloBE year, TUT liability for both years is nil.

While the aforesaid option can also be exercised for high-tax jurisdictions, as a fallout of exercising such option, DTA/DTL in books is fully ignored in ETR, and only DTA for GloBE loss can be considered in addition to current tax provision in ETR.

11.7. Post filing adjustments29: If, in the current year, there is a change in tax provision for earlier year/s (can be increase or decrease of tax liability for earlier year/s), the impact of such change is always factored in computing ETR of the current year. The earlier year/s ETR is not reworked. Such changes can happen on account of completion of assessment or filing of revised return for earlier years.

As an exception to the above, in the following cases, refund/decrease of tax liability for an earlier year which gets admitted (or recognised in the books) in the current year is given effect to by recomputing earlier year’s ETR (any TUT liability due to such re-computation is recovered separately in current year):

a. Where quantum of refund/decrease of earlier year’s tax liability is > €1 million at jurisdiction level.

b. Where quantum of refund/decrease of earlier year’s tax liability is < € 1 million at jurisdiction level, and the assessee chooses to give effect by recomputing earlier year’s ETR (such being an annual choice).

11.8. Cross-border allocation rules30: GloBE Rules are built on the general principle that tax expense relating to a given income should be allocated to the jurisdiction where the underlying income is considered in GloBE calculations. To illustrate, if withholding tax is paid in source jurisdiction (say, India) in respect of royalty income which belongs to a subsidiary in residence jurisdiction (say, Netherlands), withholding tax paid in India as also tax paid in Netherlands will be included in numerator of Netherlands, while computing the ETR of Netherlands31.


28. Para 8.4 of UK consultation document on Pillar 2, OECD Secretariat’s clarification in virtual public consultation meeting held on 25th April, 2022.
29. Article 4.6.1
30. Article 4.3

31. Like withholding tax, if STTR is also recovered, STTR will also be attributed to the CE whose income suffers STTR.

Similarly,

• Taxes paid in respect of a PE (which is considered as a separate CE for GloBE Rules; and adjusted covered tax and GloBE income of such PE are computed separately from the HO owning such PE) in the PE jurisdiction as well as the HO jurisdiction are considered in the ETR calculation of the PE32.

• CFC tax paid in the jurisdiction of the ultimate parent is allocated to jurisdiction where CFC is located. This is despite CFC being many layers below the ultimate parent33.

In respect of dividend, tax paid on intra-group dividend (namely dividend declared by one CE to another CE) is allocated to the jurisdiction of the CE that has distributed the dividend34. To recollect, for computing ETR of shareholder’s jurisdiction, dividend is excluded from GloBE income, and tax on such dividend is also excluded from adjusted covered tax. But, on the logic that tax follows income, where one CE receives dividend from another CE, tax on such dividend can be allocated to the jurisdiction of the CE which has distributed the dividend. To clarify, tax on dividend borne by entities outside the MNE Group (which are not CEs) is not allocated to the CE which distributes dividend.


32. GloBE Rules have a specific definition of PE and also provide special provisions to deal with such cases. Accordingly, the impact of PE under GloBE Rules requires independent evaluation.
33. Article 4.3.2(c) r.w. 4.3.3
34. Article 4.3.2(e)

Assume a case where, ICo is the ultimate parent of an MNE Group, which holds 100% shares in MauCo, a CE having operations in Mauritius. MauCo pays no corporate tax in Mauritius. If MauCo declares its entire profits as dividend in the same year such profits are earned, dividend tax paid by ICo in India @ 25% is allocated to Mauritius (namely jurisdiction of CE that distributed such dividend) in determining ETR of Mauritius. As a result, although no corporate tax is paid in Mauritius, because of allocation of dividend tax from India to Mauritius, ETR of Mauritius is > 15%. However, assuming no occasion arises for ICo to pay dividend tax (because MauCo does not declare dividend, or because ICo claims deduction u/s 80M), nothing is allocated to Mauritius, and ETR of Mauritius is 0%, resulting in TUT liability @ 15% of profits earned in Mauritius. Dividend tax paid by individuals who are promoters of ICo cannot be allocated to Mauritius, as individuals are not a part of MNE Group under the GloBE Rules.

Let us tweak the facts to assume that ICo holds 100% shares of MauCo indirectly through another holding company namely SingCo of Singapore. The entire profits of MauCo are upstreamed to SingCo, and thereafter to ICo. ICo pays dividend tax @ 25% under ITA. As per GloBE Rules, dividend tax paid by ICo in India is allocated to the jurisdiction of the company that distributed such dividends (namely Singapore) and not to the jurisdiction of the underlying company which earned the profits (namely Mauritius). As a result, the ETR of Mauritius is 0%, and TUT liability in respect of MauCo profits is triggered @ 15%, despite payment of dividend tax in India on such profits. As per the commentary, where there is an intermediate holding company, dividend tax paid by the upper-tier parent (namely ICo) is not allocated to MauCo, considering the inconvenience of tracking and tracing distributions through the ownership chain.

12. COMING UP

This article discussed the charging provisions, recovery mechanism, determination of ETR (including illustrating some India-specific fact-patterns). In this backdrop, the last article of this series will, inter alia, dwell upon special tax rules for business reorganisations and compliance/administrative aspects.

[The authors are thankful to CA Geeta D. Jani, CA Shaptama Biswas and CA Dolly Sharma for their support.]

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

In the past six months, many developments have taken place in the International Tax arena relating to Transfer Pricing, Pillar I and Pillar II of the BEPS Project and proposed introduction of corporate tax in UAE etc.

In this article, we have covered some of these developments for updating the readers.

1. OECD RELEASES THE LATEST EDITION OF THE TRANSFER PRICING GUIDELINES FOR MULTINATIONAL ENTERPRISES AND TAX ADMINISTRATIONS

On 20th January, 2022, the OECD released the 2022 edition of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations.

The OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines provide guidance on the application of the “arm’s length principle”, which represents the international consensus on the valuation, for income tax purposes, of cross-border transactions between associated enterprises. In today’s economy, where multinational enterprises play an increasingly prominent role, transfer pricing continues to be high on the agenda of tax administrations and taxpayers alike. Governments need to ensure that the taxable profits of MNEs are not artificially shifted out of their jurisdiction and that the tax base reported by MNEs in their country reflects the economic activity undertaken therein and taxpayers need clear guidance on the proper application of the arm’s length principle.

This latest edition consolidates into a single publication the changes to the 2017 edition of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines resulting from:

  • The report Revised Guidance on the Transactional Profit Split Method, approved by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 4th June, 2018, and which replaced the guidance in Chapter II, Section C (paragraphs 2.114-2.151) found in the 2017 Transfer Pricing Guidelines and Annexes II and III to Chapter II;
  • The report Guidance for Tax Administrations on the Application of the Approach to Hard-to-Value Intangibles, approved by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 4th June, 2018, which has been incorporated as Annex II to Chapter VI;
  • The report Transfer Pricing Guidance on Financial Transactions, adopted by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 20th January, 2020, which has been incorporated into Chapter I (new Section D.1.2.2) and in a new Chapter X;
  • The consistency changes to the rest of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines needed to produce this consolidated version of the Transfer Pricing Guidelines, which were approved by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 7th January, 2022.

2. OECD RELEASES THIRD BATCH OF TRANSFER PRICING COUNTRY PROFILES

On 28th February, 2022, the OECD released the third batch of 2021/2022 updates to the transfer pricing country profiles, reflecting the current transfer pricing legislation and practices of 28 jurisdictions.

The updated country profiles add new information on countries’ legislations and practices regarding the transfer pricing aspects of financial transactions and the application of the Authorised OECD Approach (AOA) on the attribution of profits to permanent establishments. In addition, the country profiles reflect updated information on a number of transfer pricing aspects such as methods, comparability, intra-group services, cost contribution agreements, transfer pricing documentation and administrative approaches to prevent and resolve disputes.

In August and December 2021, the OECD released the first and second batches of updated transfer pricing country profiles. With this third batch, the profiles for Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Croatia, Dominican Republic, Estonia, Finland, Greece, Hungary, Israel, Korea, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Panama, Portugal, Slovenia, the United Kingdom, Uruguay and the United States have been updated, and 6 new country profiles from OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS Members (Honduras, Iceland, Jamaica, Papua New Guinea, Senegal and Ukraine) were added, bringing the total number of countries covered to 69.

The OECD will continue to update existing transfer pricing country profiles to include new jurisdictions as changes in legislation or practice are submitted to the OECD Secretariat.

To access the latest transfer pricing country profiles, visit: https://oe.cd/transfer-pricing-country-profiles

3. TAX CHALLENGES OF DIGITALISATION: DRAFT RULES FOR TAX BASE DETERMINATIONS UNDER AMOUNT A OF PILLAR ONE

On 18th February, 2022, as part of the ongoing work of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS to implement the Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy, the OECD sought public comments on the Draft Rules for Tax Base Determinations under Amount A of Pillar One.

The purpose of the tax base determinations rules is to establish the profit (or loss) of an in-scope MNE that will be used for the Amount A calculations to reallocate a portion of its profits to market jurisdictions. The rules determine that profit (or loss) will be calculated on the basis of the consolidated group financial accounts while making a limited number of book-to-tax adjustments. The rules also include provisions for the carry-forward of losses.

Public comments received on Draft rules for tax base determinations under Amount A of Pillar One are available on the OECD website for reference.

4. TAX CHALLENGES OF DIGITALISATION: TAX CERTAINTY ASPECTS OF AMOUNT A UNDER PILLAR ONE

On 27th May, 2022, as part of the ongoing work of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS to implement the Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy, the OECD has sought public comments on two consultation documents relating to tax certainty: a Tax Certainty Framework for Amount A and Tax Certainty for Issues Related to Amount A under Pillar One.

A central element of Amount A is an innovative Tax Certainty Framework for Amount A, which guarantees certainty for in-scope groups over all aspects of the new rules, including the elimination of double taxation. This eliminates the risk of uncoordinated compliance activity in potentially every jurisdiction where a group has revenues, as well as a complex and time-consuming process to eliminate the resulting double taxation. The Tax Certainty Framework incorporates a number of elements designed to address different potential risks posed by the new rules:

  • A Scope Certainty Review, to provide an out-of-scope Group with certainty that it is not in-scope of rules for Amount A for a Period, removing the risk of unilateral compliance actions.

  • An Advance Certainty Review to provide certainty over a Group’s methodology for applying specific aspects of the new rules that are specific to Amount A, which will apply for a number of future Periods.

  • A Comprehensive Certainty Review to provide an in-scope Group with binding multilateral certainty over its application of all aspects of the new rules for a Period that has ended, building on the outcomes of any advance certainty applicable for the Period.

Furthermore, a tax certainty process for issues related to Amount A will ensure that in-scope Groups will benefit from dispute prevention and resolution mechanisms to avoid double taxation due to issues related to Amount A (e.g. transfer pricing and business profits disputes), in a mandatory and binding manner. An elective binding dispute resolution mechanism will be available only for issues related to Amount A for developing economies that are eligible for deferral of their BEPS Action 14 peer review and have no or low levels of MAP disputes.

The Inclusive Framework on BEPS released the public consultation documents on a Tax Certainty Framework for Amount A and Tax Certainty for Issues Related to Amount A in order to obtain public comments, but this does not reflect consensus regarding the substance of the documents. The stakeholder input received will assist members of the Inclusive Framework on BEPS in further refining and finalising the relevant rules.

Public comments received on tax certainty aspects of Amount A of Pillar One are available on the OECD website for reference.

5. TAX CHALLENGES OF DIGITALISATION: THE REGULATED FINANCIAL SERVICES EXCLUSION UNDER AMOUNT A OF PILLAR ONE

On 6th May, 2022, as part of the ongoing work of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS to implement the Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy, the OECD sought public comments on the Regulated Financial Services Exclusion under Amount A of Pillar One.

The Regulated Financial Services Exclusion will exclude from the scope of Amount A the revenues and profits from Regulated Financial Institutions. The defining character of this sector is that it is subject to a unique form of regulation, in the form of capital adequacy requirements, that reflect the risks taken on and borne by the firm. The scope of the exclusion derives from that requirement, meaning that Entities that are subject to specific capital measures (and only those) are excluded from Amount A.

Public comments received on the regulated financial services exclusion under Amount A of Pillar One are available on the OECD website for reference.

6. CHINA DEPOSITS AN INSTRUMENT FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE MULTILATERAL BEPS CONVENTION

On 25th May, 2022, China has deposited its instrument of approval for the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS Convention), which now covers over 1,820 bilateral tax treaties, thus underlining its strong commitment to prevent the abuse of tax treaties and base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) by multinational enterprises. China’s instrument of approval also covers Hong Kong (China’s) bilateral tax treaties. The Convention will enter into force on 1st  September, 2022 for China.

On 1st June, 2022, over 880 treaties concluded among the 76 jurisdictions which have ratified, accepted or approved the BEPS Convention will have already been modified by the BEPS Convention. Around 940 additional treaties will be modified once the BEPS Convention will have been ratified by all Signatories.

7. OECD RELEASED DETAILED TECHNICAL GUIDANCE ON THE PILLAR TWO MODEL RULES FOR 15% GLOBAL MINIMUM TAX

On 14th March, 2022, the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS released further technical guidance on the 15% global minimum tax agreed upon in October, 2021 as part of the two-pillar solution to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalisation of the economy. The Commentary published elaborates on the application and operation of the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) Rules agreed and released in December 2021. The GloBE Rules provide a coordinated system to ensure that Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) with revenues above EUR 750 million pay at least a minimum level of tax – 15% – on the income arising in each of the jurisdictions in which they operate.

The release of the Commentary to the GloBE Rules provides MNEs and tax administrations with detailed and comprehensive technical guidance on the operation and intended outcomes under the rules and clarifies the meaning of certain terms. It also illustrates the application of the rules to various fact patterns. The Commentary is intended to promote a consistent and common interpretation of the GloBE Rules that will facilitate coordinated outcomes for both tax administrations and MNE Groups.

The OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS is developing an Implementation Framework to support tax authorities in the implementation and administration of the GloBE Rules.

The full text of the GloBE Rules and its Commentary can be accessed at https://oe.cd/pillar-two-model-rules

8. NEW RESULTS ON THE PREVENTION OF TAX TREATY SHOPPING SHOW PROGRESS CONTINUES WITH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF INTERNATIONAL TAX AVOIDANCE MEASURES

The implementation of the BEPS package to tackle international tax avoidance continues to progress, as the OECD on 21st March, 2022 released the latest peer review report assessing the actions taken by jurisdictions to prevent tax treaty shopping and other forms of treaty abuse under Action 6 of the OECD/G20 BEPS Project.

This peer review process, which includes data on tax treaties concluded by each of the 139 jurisdictions that were members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS on 31st May, 2021, was the first to be carried out under the revised methodology forming the basis of the assessment of the Action 6 minimum standard.

The fourth peer review report reveals that members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS are respecting their commitment to implement the minimum standard on treaty shopping. It further demonstrates that the BEPS Multilateral Instrument (MLI) has been the tool used by the vast majority of jurisdictions that have begun implementing the BEPS Action 6 minimum standard, and that the MLI has continued to significantly expand the implementation of the minimum standard for the jurisdictions that have ratified it.

The impact and coverage of the MLI are expected to rapidly increase as jurisdictions continue their ratifications and as other jurisdictions with large tax treaty networks consider joining it. To date, the MLI covers 99 jurisdictions and over 1,800 bilateral tax treaties.

As one of the four minimum standards, BEPS Action 6 identified treaty abuse, and in particular treaty shopping, as one of the principal sources of BEPS concerns. Treaty shopping typically involves the attempt by a person to access indirectly the benefits of a tax agreement between two jurisdictions without being a resident of one of those jurisdictions. To address this issue, all members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS have committed to implementing the BEPS Action 6 minimum standard and participate in annual peer reviews to monitor its accurate implementation.

9. MAKING TAX DISPUTE RESOLUTION MORE EFFECTIVE: NEW PEER REVIEW ASSESSMENTS FOR ANDORRA, BAHAMAS, BERMUDA, BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS, CAYMAN ISLANDS, FAROE ISLANDS, MACAU (CHINA), MOROCCO AND TUNISIA

Under BEPS Action 14, jurisdictions have committed to implementing a minimum standard to improve the resolution of tax-related disputes between jurisdictions. Despite the significant disruption caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the necessity to hold all meetings virtually, work has continued with the release of the Stage 2 peer review monitoring reports for Andorra, Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Faroe Islands, Macau (China), Morocco and Tunisia.

These reports evaluate the progress made by these nine jurisdictions in implementing the recommendations resulting from their Stage 1 peer review. They take into account any developments in the period of 1st September, 2019 – 30th April, 2021 and build on the Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP) statistics for 2016-2020.

The results from the peer review and peer monitoring process demonstrate positive changes across all nine jurisdictions, although not all show the same level of progress. Highlights include:

  • The Multilateral Instrument was signed by Andorra, Morocco and Tunisia, with the instrument already being ratified by Andorra, which will bring a substantial number of their treaties in line with the Action 14 minimum standard. In addition, there are bilateral negotiations either ongoing or concluded.

  • Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Faroe Islands, Macau (China), Morocco and Tunisia now have a documented bilateral notification/consultation process that they apply in cases where an objection is considered as being not justified by their competent authority.

  • The Faroe Islands closed MAP cases within the pursued average time of 24 months, whereas Andorra, Bahamas, Bermuda, British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Macau (China) had no MAP experience.

  • Andorra, Macau (China) and Tunisia ensure that MAP agreements can always be implemented notwithstanding domestic time limits.

  • Bermuda, Faroe Islands, Macau (China), Morocco and Tunisia have issued or updated their MAP guidance.

The OECD will continue to publish Stage 2 peer review reports in batches in accordance with the Action 14 peer review assessment schedule. In total, 82 Stage 1 peer review reports and 69 Stage 1 and Stage 2 peer monitoring reports have been published, with the tenth and final batch of Stage 2 reports being released in a few months.

10. INTRODUCTION OF CORPORATE TAX IN THE UAE

On 31st January, 2022 the Ministry of Finance of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) announced the introduction of a federal Corporate Tax (CT) on business profits, effective from the financial year beginning 1st June, 2023. Pursuant to the aforementioned announcement, the Ministry of Finance published a consultation document to collect and appraise the responses of stakeholders (Consultation Document) with regard to the most prominent features of the legislation and its implementation ahead of the release of the draft CT legislation.

The UAE currently does not have a federal CT regime. CT is determined at an Emirate level through tax decrees. Currently, at an Emirate level, the UAE only levies a corporate tax on oil and gas companies and branches of foreign banks. Furthermore, the UAE benefits from the presence of more than 40 free zones, which have their own rules and regulations. Such zones generally afford companies incorporated therein significant tax benefits, making the UAE an attractive jurisdiction from a tax perspective. Additionally, the UAE does not levy income tax on employment-based income.

The UAE, as a member of the OECD inclusive framework, is introducing the federal CT regime as a stepping stone to the execution of its commitment to the global minimum effective tax rate concept proposed by Pillar II of the OECD BEPS project. The responsible body of oversight has been designated as the Federal Tax Authority (FTA). In introducing CT, the UAE aims to further its objectives of accelerating its development and transformation by introducing “a competitive CT regime that adheres to international standards, together with the UAE’s extensive network of double tax treaties, which will cement the UAE’s position as a leading jurisdiction for business and investment”. The introduction of CT is also perceived as an important step in diversifying the UAE Government’s budget revenue away from revenues that today are mainly generated from the hydrocarbon industry. The Consultation Document offers assurances that the CT regime will build on international best practices as opposed to introducing new concepts, in order to ensure the seamless integration and cooperation of the regime with existing international frameworks.

The Consultation Document indicates that the UAE Government has been guided by a set of key principles in its legislative undertaking. Such principles include: (1) flexibility and alignment with modern business practices, ensuring adaptability to changing socio-economic circumstances; (2) certainty and simplicity of the tax rules to support businesses’ accurate decision-making and cost effective operation; (3) neutrality and equity, ensuring fair taxation treatment to different types of businesses; and (4) transparency.

The Consultation Document heavily emphasises the UAE’s ongoing commitment to executing BEPS 2.0, noting that “further announcements on how the Pillar Two rules will be embedded into the UAE CT regime will be made in due course.” No further practical guidance is otherwise offered in the Consultation Document.

Transfer Pricing method – Yield spread method is most appropriate method to benchmark corporate guarantee

9 DCIT vs. Sikka Ports & Terminals Ltd.
[2022] 140 taxmann.com 211 (Mumbai – Trib.)
ITA No: 2022/2139/Mum/2021
A.Ys.: 2013-14; Date of order: 30th May, 2022

Transfer Pricing method – Yield spread method is most appropriate method to benchmark corporate guarantee

FACTS
Aseessee had provided corporate guarantees to third parties for undertaking contractual and other obligations of its AE. For benchmarking, it adopted yield spread approach2. Based on a quote obtained from the Royal Bank of Scotland, 70 bps was computed as the yield spread, which was divided equally between the assessee and AE. Accordingly, the assessee adopted 0.35% as ALP.

The TPO obtained quotes from HDFC Bank and SBI. The quotes provided by the banks were for all types of guarantees. The TPO averaged the quotes and adopted 1.5% as ALP. On appeal, CIT(A) rejected TPO’s approach. Instead, CIT(A) placed reliance on the Bombay High Court3 decision, which accepted 0.5% as ALP. Thus, partial relief was granted.

Being aggrieved, the assessee and revenue appealed to ITAT.

HELD
Interest rate differential (i.e., interest with or without corporate guarantee) at the end of the relevant financial year and not on the date of entering into the transaction should be the reasonable basis to determine ALP.

Quotations obtained from HDFC Bank and SBI are for the bank guarantees simpliciter and not for corporate guarantees given to banks.

The proper comparable for the application of CUP is the consideration for which corporate counter guarantees are issued for the benefit of an associated enterprise to a bank.

The ITAT accepted the assessee’s benchmarking method of 0.35%.


2    The yield spread analysis is based on calculating the difference in the current market interests for the guarantor and the guarantee recipient, which is termed as yield spread and which is divided between the guarantor and the beneficiary. The reader may need to be connected here, may be say by taking an illustration.
3    CIT vs. Everest Kanto Cylinders Ltd. [2015] 378 ITR 57 (Bom)(HC)

Articles 12(3) and 12(4) of India-Singapore DTAA – If income from sale of software is not royalty under Article 12(3), income from IT support services provided in relation to sale of software is not taxable as FTS, either under Art 12(4)(a) or under Art 12(4)(b)

8 BMC Software Asia Pacific Pte Ltd vs. ACIT
[2022] 140 taxmann.com 328 (Pune – Trib.)
ITA No.: 97/Pune/2022
A.Ys.: 2018-19; Date of order: 15th July, 2022

Articles 12(3) and 12(4) of India-Singapore DTAA – If income from sale of software is not royalty under Article 12(3), income from IT support services provided in relation to sale of software is not taxable as FTS, either under Art 12(4)(a) or under Art 12(4)(b)

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, received income from the sale of software and IT-related services. The assessee did not offer it for tax on the footing that: the first receipt was for the sale of software licenses and not for the transfer of copyright, and the second receipt was for support services that did not make available any technical know-how to the customers.

The AO treated both receipts as taxable. Following the Supreme Court decision1, the DRP held that while income from the sale of sotware license was not taxable, and that IT support services were in the nature of fees for technical services under the India-Singapore DTAA.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to the ITAT. The issue before ITAT pertained to the taxability of IT support services.

HELD
Income from services will be taxable if it is covered under Article 12(4)(a) or Article 12(4)(b).

Article 12(4)(a) applies if the income is royalty under Article 12(3), and the services are ancillary to the enjoyment of the said right. Since the income from the sale of software was not royalty under Article 12(3), the question of applicability of Article 12(4)(a) to IT support services did not arise.

The assessee attended to requirements of customers relating to IT, reviews application performance and health checks. The assessee had provided the services using its technical knowhow, but no technical knowledge, experience, or skill, etc. were provided to the customers to enable them to apply the same on their own in future without the assistance of the assessee.

Thus, the requirement of ‘make available’ in Article 12(4)(b) of India-Singapore DTAA was not satisfied.


1    Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT (2021) 432 ITR 472 (SC)

PILLAR 2: AN INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL MINIMUM TAXATION – PART I

 1. INTRODUCTION – BEPS 2.0 – HEADING TOWARDS A GLOBAL RESET

“I see it as completion of work we started 10 years ago…It puts an end to the craziness where you could reduce your tax burden legally, massively, and in complete contradiction with the spirit of the law1.”

“Tell your CFOs, your CEOs, that the game has changed and that the tax function should be boring. It’s no longer a profit centre. So just tell your tax colleagues that it’s going to be boring. They will have to comply to pay the tax. And that’s done. They will stop playing with very sophisticated engineering2.”

– Pascal Saint-Amans,
Director of the Center for tax policy, OECD

1.1 Introduction, policy objectives behind Pillar 2: Despite BEPS 1.0 project, it was felt that risks of profit-shifting to no/ very low tax jurisdictions persist due to increasing reliance of the world’s economy on mobile resources such as finance and intangibles. To illustrate, it was felt that there is still a tendency to allocate substantial intangible and financial risk-related returns to group entities (in low-tax jurisdictions) that have a modest level of substance. To address these “remaining” BEPS risks and having regard to following policy objectives, OECD embarked upon another ambitious journey, to introduce a concept of global minimum tax, called Pillar 2. The premise behind the Pillar 2 is simple, if a jurisdiction does not exercise its taxing rights adequately, a new network of rules will re-allocate those taxing rights to another jurisdiction that will.

  • End of “race to bottom”: To quote US treasury3 “The problem is that nations have engaged in tax competition, which has driven down corporate tax rates, and diminished their important role in making sure that owners of capital bear their fair share of the tax burden. Because of this race to the bottom, corporate tax rates have declined from an OECD average of over 40% forty years ago, to just 23% today.” Pillar 2 aims to end this “race to bottom”.

1    https://www.fa-mag.com/news/global-corporate-taxes-face--revolution--after-u-s--shift-61375.html?print
2    https://mnetax.com/global-minimum-tax-will-work-if-implemented-oecds-saint-amans-says-46122
3    Remarks by Assistant Secretary for Tax Policy, Lily Batchelder at the New York State Bar Association’s Annual Meeting on 25th January, 2022
  • Ensure investment decisions are based on non-tax factors such as infrastructure, education levels or labour costs4.
  • Rethink tax incentives5: Revenue foregone from tax incentives can reduce opportunities for much-needed public spending on infrastructure and public services. GloBE Rules could effectively shield developing countries from the pressure to offer inefficient/wasteful tax incentives.
  • Restore public finances post COVID-196: Pillar 2 could increase global corporate income tax revenues by about $ 150 billion per year.
  • GloBE Rules trigger minimum tax in respect of profits which are in excess of routine returns related to real substance indicated by tangible assets and payroll costs. Thus, jurisdictions can continue to offer tax incentives for such routine returns as these are not adversely impacted by GloBE Rules8.

1.2 Pillar 2 comprises of 2 measures i.e.:

  • GloBE Rules (Global anti-Base Erosion Rules) – GloBE Rules consist principally of Income Inclusion Rule (IIR), which operates akin to CFC provisions, and enables headquarters jurisdiction to amend domestic tax laws and impose an additional top-up tax on low-taxed foreign profits of overseas subsidiaries/permanent establishments of an MNE to achieve minimum taxation of at least 15% on such foreign profits. These are complemented by Under Taxed Payments Rule (UTPR), which functions as a backstop to collect top-up taxes that cannot be collected through IIR.
  • STTR (Subject to Tax Rules) – To protect the interests of developing countries, Pillar 2 also consists of STTR, a treaty-based rule for expansion of source taxation rights on certain base-eroding payments (like interest and royalties) made to connected persons when they are not taxed up to the minimum rate of 9%.

4    OECD (2020), Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation – Economic Impact Assessment: Inclusive Framework on BEPS - https://doi.org/10.1787/0e3cc2d4-en
5    OECD (2019), Programme of Work to Develop a Consensus Solution to the Tax Challenges Arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy - www.oecd.org/tax/beps/programme-of-work-to-develop-aconsensus-solution-to-the-tax-challenges-arising-from-the-digitalisation-of-the-economy.htm.
6    OECD (2020), Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation – Report on Pillar Two Blueprint - https://doi.org/10.1787/abb4c3d1-en.
7    https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/oecd-releases-pillar-two-model-rules-for-domestic-implementation-of-15-percent-global-minimum-tax.htm
8    OECD FAQs on GloBE Rules (December, 2021)

1.3 Presently, OECD has released Model Rules and Commentary only w.r.t. GloBE Rules. STTR Model Treaty provisions, Commentary and design of MLI 2.0 on STTR are still awaited – though, as per the earlier timeline presented by OECD, this was expected to be published in mid-March, 20229. Considering this delay in the development of STTR, the United Nations Committee of Experts on International Cooperation in Tax Matters in April, 2022 constituted a sub-committee to look into providing an alternative approach for countries not interested in aligning with OECD/ BEPS IF for implementing STTR10. This series focuses only on the design and operational mechanics of GloBE Rules.

  1. TIMELINE OF EVENTS2.1 The key events leading to the development of GloBE Rules are:
  • October, 2020 – OECD Secretariat released a Blueprint11 on Pillar 2, which, while not representing a consensus of BEPS IF jurisdictions, elaborated extensively upon proposals being considered by OECD on the key design elements of both GloBE Rules and STTR.

9. Refer https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/oecd-launches-public-consultation-on-the-tax-challenges-of-digitalisation-with-the-release-of-a-first-building-block-under-pillar-one.htm
10. Source: https://www.un.org/development/desa/financing/sites/www.un.org.development.desa.financing/files/2022-03/CRP.6%20Digitalized%20and%20Globalized%20Economy.pdf
11. https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/tax-challenges-arising-from-digitalisation-report-on-pillar-two-blueprint-abb4c3d1-en.htm
  • July, October, 2021 – 137 members of BEPS IF out of 141 countries12 (which represent more than 90% of global GDP) agreed on the majority of the key components of the design of Pillar 2.
  • December, 2021 – Release of Model GloBE Rules13 by OECD/BEPS IF.
  • March, 2022 – Release of Commentary (which stretches to over 200 pages) and Examples on GloBE Rules explaining intended outcomes and application of GloBE Rules.

2.2 Model GloBE Rules are fairly detailed and complex set of provisions, comprised of 10 chapters spread over 70 pages, which deal with operative provisions (including definitions) for computing GloBE tax liability as also for determining entity from whom such GloBE tax liability should be collected. Also, while OECD dubs GloBE Rules as a “precise template” for coordinated and consistent implementation in domestic tax laws across jurisdictions, certain adaptations and tweaks to align with local tax policy are more likely to take place, such that GloBE Rules act more as model rules rather than a precise template.

Separately, to facilitate consistent interpretation, application and administration of GloBE Rules, as also to address any ambiguities and anomalies that may arise therefrom, OECD proposes to come out with Agreed Administrative Guidance along with a GloBE Implementation Framework14 to provide direction on coordinated and consistent interpretation or administration of GloBE Rules.

Amidst ever-evolving literature on the subject, in the ensuing paras, an attempt is made to deal with some of the key concepts of the GloBE Rules covering in-scope entities, charging provisions and operational mechanics, and collection of top-up-tax (TUT).

3. SCOPE OF GLoBE RULES15

GloBE Rules apply only if:- (a) a group is an MNE group, and (b) annual consolidated revenue of such group as per consolidated financial statements (CFS) is € 750 million or more in at least two of four preceding fiscal years. Revenue of tested fiscal year is not relevant for checking applicability of GloBE Rules.


12    The BEPS IF comprises 141 member jurisdictions. The only IF members that have not yet joined in the October, 2021 statement are Kenya, Nigeria, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka. Significantly, all OECD, G20, and EU members (except for Cyprus, which is not an IF member) joined the agreement, seemingly clearing the way for wide-spread adoption in all major economies.
13    https://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/tax-challenges-arising-from-the-digitalisation-of-the-economy-global-anti-base-erosion-model-rules-pillar-two.pdf
14    Article 8.1.3 r.w. definition of Agreed Administrative Guidance and GloBE Implementation Framework at Article 10.1.
15    Article 1.2

3.1 What is an MNE group?

An MNE group consists of entities located in more than one jurisdiction, which are related through ownership/control, such that their assets, liabilities, incomes, expenses and cash flows are required to be consolidated on a line-by-line basis in the CFS16 of the ultimate parent entity (UPE). UPE is one who holds the controlling interest in other entities, such that it consolidates these other entities on a line-by-line basis17. All the entities included in CFS are referred to as constituent entities (CE)18.

3.2 What is an Entity?

An entity is defined as any legal person (such as LLP) or an arrangement that prepares separate financial statements (SFS) (such as a partnership or trust). Natural persons/individuals are not considered as an entity and are outside the scope of the GloBE Rules.

3.3 Excluded Entities

Some entities, like governmental entities, international organisations, investment funds, non-profit organisations etc., are not considered as CEs and are excluded from the applicability of GloBE Rules. These are called Excluded Entities.

4. GloBE RULES AND ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

To determine whether the threshold of € 750 million or above is breached as well as for determining the amount of tax payable under the GloBE Rules as indicated hereunder (if any), the GloBE Rules heavily rely on CFS, which are prepared as per acceptable accounting standards. Towards this end, accounting standards accepted by the GloBE Rules include IFRS, US GAAP and GAAPs of some specified countries/blocs. Further, where GAAP of a jurisdiction is not acceptable under GloBE, such GAAP must be adjusted for material variations before it can be used for GloBE purposes.


16    As an exception, an entity which is excluded from CFS on size or materiality grounds or because it is held for sale is also considered as forming part of the group for GloBE purposes
17    Article 1.4.1
18    Article 1.3.1

  1. CHARGING PROVISIONS OF GloBE RULES

    “The GloBE Rules provide fora coordinated system of taxationintended to ensure large MNE Groups pay a minimum level of tax on the income arising in each of the jurisdictions where they operate. It does so by imposing a top-up tax whenever the Effective Tax Rate, determined on a jurisdictional basis, is below the minimum rate.”

– GloBE Model Rules (December, 2021)

5.1 GloBE Rules achieve a minimum tax rate of 15% qua each jurisdiction – GloBE Rules adopt “jurisdictional blending” (neither an entity level approach nor a global blending approach)
The effective tax rate (ETR) for a jurisdiction is determined by aggregating the income and tax expense of all CEs ‘located’ in a specific jurisdiction. Such aggregation of income and tax within the same jurisdiction is referred to as jurisdictional blending. GloBE Rules apply if the effective tax rate (ETR) of a jurisdiction (computed by clubbing results of all group entities located in that jurisdiction) is < MTR of 15%. Any shortfall will result in top-up tax (TUT) liability at the jurisdictional level.

For this purpose, a CE is said to be located in a jurisdiction of its tax residence determined in accordance with domestic tax laws19. In case an entity is located in more than one jurisdiction, the tie-breaker provisions as per the relevant tax treaty are resorted to20.

This is explained with help of an example below:


19     Location of a CE is determined as per Article 10.3.
20    In the absence of a treaty tie-breaker or where treaty requires a mutual agreement by competent authorities which does not exist, special hierarchical provisions are provided to determine location of CE.

5.1.1 Facts

  • MNE Group, having HQ/Ultimate Parent Entity in State P, has various wholly-owned subsidiaries in three overseas jurisdictions (State A, B and C).
  • State P, State A and State B have headline corporate tax rates of > 15% and do not offer any significant tax incentives, and hence are considered ‘high tax jurisdiction’ (HTJ). State C does not levy income tax, qualifying as a ‘low tax jurisdiction’ (LTJ).
  • UPE in State P has profits of 1,000 on which tax paid is > 15%.
  • SubCos in State A have aggregate profits of 2,000 on which tax paid is > 15%.
  • SubCos in State B have incurred aggregate losses. No taxes are paid in State B.
  • In State C, there are three wholly-owned subsidiaries, with profits and losses as follows:
  • C Co 1 – 5,000, C Co 2 – 3,000, C Co 3 – (4,000)
  • At the jurisdictional level, all 3 entities put together have profit of 4,000. Despite this, SubCos in State C trigger nil tax liability in State C.

5.1.2 GloBE impact on MNE group

As discussed above, GloBE operates neither at the entity level nor the global level, but at the jurisdictional level, to achieve minimum tax rate at the jurisdictional level of 15%.

Jurisdiction Profit/(Loss) as per CFS Tax rate Tax (Pre GloBE) GloBE tax impact Total tax (Post GloBE)
UPE 1,000 30% 300 NIL 300
SubCos A 2,000 20% 400 NIL 400
SubCos B (5,000) 30% NIL NIL NIL
SubCos C 4,000 NIL NIL 600 600
Total 2,000 700 600 1,300
ETR 35% 30% 65%
  • Despite ETR at the global level as per CFS is > 15% (i.e. 35%), GloBE Rules can still apply to such MNE if jurisdictional ETR is < 15%.
  • No GloBE impact in State A (being HTJ) and State B (due to losses).
  • As State C has jurisdictional ETR below 15%, GloBE Rules will apply in respect of entities of the MNE group that are in State C. As profit at the jurisdictional level in State C is 4,000, which is subject to zero local tax, such profit will be subject to a ‘top-up tax’ (TUT) to bring the total tax levy in respect of profits of State C up to the minimum tax rate of 15%. In other words, in the present case, GloBE TUT for State C will be 600 (4,000 x 15%). Such GloBE TUT is recovered through mechanisms discussed in the ensuing paras.
  •  As illustrated above, since GloBE Rules adopt jurisdictional blending as compared to worldwide blending, profits arising in one jurisdiction cannot be offset by losses in other jurisdictions. Also, corporate income tax beyond 15% borne in one jurisdiction cannot be blended with zero tax paid in another jurisdiction. However, losses of one entity can be set off against profits of other entities of the MNE Group in the same jurisdiction.
  • At the global CFS level, before the application of GloBE Rules, consolidated profit (after set off of loss) is 2,000, the total tax is 700; ETR is 35%. Post application of GloBE Rules, total tax rises to 1,300, and ETR shoots up to 65%!

5.2 Mechanisms for recovery of TUT under GloBE Rules

TUT, as determined on the jurisdictional basis above, is then recovered through a set of interlocking rules listed below, designed to be applied in a coordinated manner as per an agreed “Rule Order” illustrated below.

5.2.1 Domestic Minimum Top-up Tax (DMTT)21

The charging provisions for DMTT have not been specifically dealt with under the GloBE Rules, where reference to DMTT is only drawn at the time of determination of Jurisdictional TUT as reduction therefrom. DMTT is introduced in GloBE Rules only to provide primary taxing rights to LTJ itself and to avoid LTJ from ceding taxing rights on profits accrued within its jurisdiction to other jurisdictions.

Vide introduction of DMTT in domestic tax laws of LTJ, LTJ itself may opt to collect jurisdictional TUT as computed under the GloBE Rules rather than allowing such TUT to be collected by other countries under the other rules below. In the illustration above in para 5.1, State C has the first priority to implement DMTT and recover GloBE TUT of 600. Any tax paid under DMTT is credited for the determination of GloBE liability under the other rules below.

21    Article 10.1

While implementing DMTT is optional for LTJ, where implemented, it has to be consistent with outcomes of GloBE Rules22. In this regard, the exact design that such DMTT may take, along with further guidance thereon, may be provided by OECD in the upcoming GloBE Implementation Framework.

5.2.2 Income Inclusion Rule (IIR)23

IIR operates akin to CFC rules and requires certain parent entities of an MNE group to pay TUT in respect of each overseas constituent entity (namely subsidiary or permanent establishment) in LTJ. IIR has the second priority after DMTT.

IIR adopts the philosophy of a top-down approach by allocating taxing rights to the top-most jurisdiction of the ultimate parent entity, which has implemented the GloBE Rules, in priority to intermediate parent entities below the UPE.

As per the top-down approach, UPE will usually have the first priority to pay IIR liability in respect of direct/indirect interest held by such UPE in a foreign constituent entity of LTJ. If UPE’s jurisdiction has not implemented GloBE Rules, the liability to pay IIR shifts to the jurisdiction of the next parent entity in the ownership chain that has adopted GloBE Rules (i.e. jurisdiction of the intermediate parent entity (IPE) below the UPE). If the jurisdiction of UPE, as also IPE, has not adopted GloBE Rules, the liability to pay IIR shifts to the jurisdiction of the next lower tier IPE in the ownership chain that has adopted the GloBE Rules, and so on. Where UPE pays TUT under IIR, the lower tier parent entities are exempt from payment of IIR – exemption to lower tier parent entity is conditional upon the payment of IIR by the upper tier parent entity.

Usually, IIR is to be collected by the UPE of an MNE Group. In the example in para 5.1 above, if State C does not implement DMTT, UPE jurisdiction, i.e., State P will be able to recover GloBE TUT of 600 in respect of State C under IIR. TUT payable under IIR by the parent entity is based on such parent entity’s direct/indirect interest in each constituent entity of LTJ. In the present example, UPE holds 100% interest in each subsidiary of State C, and hence, IIR liability for UPE will be 600. On the other hand, assuming UPE of State P owned 75% in these SubCos, only 75% of 600, i.e. 450 would have been payable as IIR by UPE.

22    Implementing jurisdictions are prohibited from providing any collateral or other benefits that are related to such DMTT so as to achieve overall tax outcomes consistent with objectives of GloBE.
23    Article 2.1

Split ownership approach – an exception to the top-down approach – To recollect, IIR liability of the parent entity is based on such parent entity’s direct/indirect interest in each constituent entity of LTJ. When more than 20% ownership interest in an intermediate parent entity (below the UPE) is owned directly/indirectly by third parties outside the MNE group, as an exception to the top-down approach, the first priority to pay IIR liability shifts in favour of such partially-owned IPE (referred to as Partially Owned Parent Entities or POPE). In such a case, POPE gets first priority to pay IIR liability, in preference to UPE, notwithstanding the top-down approach. This is referred to as the split ownership approach.

Additionally, jurisdictions are allowed to apply IIR, at their option, to smaller MNE groups (below the consolidated revenue threshold of € 750 Mn). While GloBE Rules are silent on this option, it was accorded previous political agreements of BEPS IF and is also acknowledged in the Commentary. Currently, no jurisdiction (not even India) has indicated desire to implement IIR for smaller- sized MNEs.

Illustrating top-down approach and split ownership approach:

Scenario 1: Top-Down Approach

Consider A Co, UPE of a MNE group, located in State A. A Co holds 85% interest in B Co (IPE) located in State B. Balance 15% in B Co is held by third parties outside the MNE group. B Co holds 100% interest in C Co which is the only constituent entity of MNE group in State C. Assume that State C is an LTJ and TUT of C Co computed under GloBE Rules is 1,000. Assume that State C does not implement DMTT; State A and State B implement GloBE Rules.

In this scenario, A Co being UPE has first priority to pay IIR liability in respect of C Co of 850, based on A Co’s 85% interest in C Co (i.e. 85% of 1,000 = 850). The exception to top-down approach (i.e. split ownership approach) is not triggered in this case as direct/indirect third-party ownership interest in B Co is < 20%24.

Nonetheless, assuming State A does not implement GloBE Rules, but State B implements GloBE Rules, as per top-down approach, IIR liability will pass on to B Co (IPE). In such case, B Co needs to pay IIR of 1,000 in State B, based on B Co’s 100% interest in C Co.

Scenario 2: Split Ownership Approach

In this case, assume that A Co holds only 75% interest in B Co and remaining 25% in B Co is held by third parties.

In this scenario, B Co qualifies as POPE since direct/indirect third-party ownership interest in B Co is > 20%. As per split ownership approach, B Co (being POPE) will have first priority to pay IIR liability, in preference to A Co (being UPE). B Co needs to pay IIR of 1,000 to State B based on B Co’s 100% interest in C Co25.

Therefore, split ownership approach results in higher collection of IIR as compared to top-down approach. In the absence of split ownership approach, under top-down approach (where UPE has the first priority to pay IIR), UPE would have paid only 750 based on UPE’s 75% interest in C Co. Under the split ownership approach, POPE is responsible for paying IIR of 1,000, based on POPE’s 100% interest in C Co.

The applicability of the top-down/split ownership approach does not depend on whether POPE is situated in the same jurisdiction as UPE. In the above example, outcomes are the same even assuming A Co and B Co had been situated in the same jurisdiction – and the split ownership approach would have got triggered in scenario 2, requiring B Co to pay IIR in preference to A Co.

24    As discussed in Para 5.2.4 below, balance TUT of 150 remains uncollected under GloBE Rules.
25    However, in case State B does not adopt GloBE Rules, and in the absence of any intermediate subsidiary of B Co holding interest in C Co, IIR liability will pass on to A Co.

5.2.3 Under-Taxed Payments Rule (UTPR)26

UTPR acts as a “backstop” to IIR and has the same objective as IIR of collecting top-up tax under GloBE Rules. While IIR applies in priority over UTPR to recover TUT, assuming jurisdiction of none of the parent entities have implemented GloBE Rules and TUT cannot, therefore, be recovered under IIR, such TUT is recovered via UTPR. Under UTPR, TUT is collected by allocating such TUT to jurisdictions where constituent entities of the MNE group are located, which have implemented GloBE Rules. Such allocation is based on the relative level of substance in the form of tangible assets and employees in each UTPR implementing jurisdiction.


26    Article 2.5

In the example in para 5.1 above, if State C does not recover DMTT and State P also does not recover IIR, States A and B can implement GloBE Rules and recover UTPR of 600. UTPR TUT of 600 is allocated amongst all UTPR implementing jurisdictions (namely State A and B, in the present case) in the ratio of their UTPR %, which is determined as under:

The above parameters are likely to be picked up from CbCR reports. Assume the following data for State A and State B:

State Number of employees Net book value of tangible assets
State A 4,000 (66%) 1,200 (60%)
State B  2,000 (33%) 800 (40%)
Total 6,000        2,000

Calculation of UTPR % and UTPR TUT for State A and B:

State Number of employees Net book value of tangible
assets
UTPR % UTPR TUT
State A 50% x  4,000

6,000

+ 50% x  1,200

2,000

= ~ 63% ~380
State B 50% x  2,000

6,000

+ 50% x  800

2,000

= ~ 37% ~220
Total 600

Thus, UTPR TUT is allocated based on the relative substance (in the form of tangible assets and employees) in States A and B.

UTPR achieves collection of such TUT by denying deductions (or an equivalent adjustment) in computing taxable income of constituent entities located in the UTPR implementing jurisdiction.

To clarify, UTPR has the lowest priority and is triggered only if TUT is not recovered pursuant to DMTT or IIR. Additionally, IIR, by design, results in the recovery of TUT only in respect of foreign constituent entities (namely subsidiaries or permanent establishments) outside the jurisdiction of the parent applying IIR. If the jurisdiction of UPE (which applies IIR) itself is LTJ, TUT for such UPE’s jurisdiction may be recovered under UTPR.

The rule order of GloBE Rules is pictorially illustrated as under:

5.2.4 Interplay of IIR and UTPR

UTPR as a backstop generally recovers TUT at par with IIR but not always. As a general rule, where UPE/ POPE holds entire ownership interest in a low-taxed constituent entity and such UPE or POPE is able to recover 100% of TUT of LTCE, there will be no fallback on UTPR. However, assuming the entire 100% of TUT of low-taxed constituent entity is unrecovered under IIR due to non-implementation of GloBE Rules by any parent’s jurisdiction (as illustrated above in para 5.2.3), such entire TUT is recovered under UTPR.

Between these two extremes, questions will arise regarding UTPR applicability where IIR is able to recover only partial TUT since UPE/POPE applying IIR only holds a partial controlling interest in the constituent entity of LTJ. To illustrate, in the example above (para 5.1), assume that UPE of State P held only 75% interest in the low-taxed constituent entity (i.e. SubCos of State C). The balance 25% interest in such a low-taxed constituent entity is held by third parties outside the MNE group. In such case, GloBE Rules contemplate that UTPR will be reduced to zero if TUT attributable to direct/indirect ownership interest of UPE in the low-taxed constituent entity is recovered fully under IIR. There is no fallback on UTPR so long as UPE’s jurisdiction implements GloBE Rules and recovers TUT attributable to UPE’s 75% interest in low-taxed constituent entity, namely 450 (75% of 600) under IIR.

However, assuming State P does not implement GloBE Rules and does not recover TUT attributable to UPE’s 75% interest in the low-taxed constituent entity, the design of GloBE Rules may consequentially lead to the recovery of the entire TUT of 600 as UTPR. The following explanation from the commentary on page 38 is relevant:

“Applying the UTPR to the total amount of Top-up Tax of an LTCE (i.e. not limited to the UPE’s Ownership Interest in the LTCE) simplifies its application. It allows for a greater tax expense than the Top-up Tax that would have been collected under the IIR if it had applied at the UPE level, because it is not limited to the UPE’s Allocable Share of the Top-up Tax due in respect of LTCE.”

UTPR can also apply where UPE holds some ownership interest in LTCE directly and not through IPE, and UPE’s jurisdiction has not adopted GloBE Rules, but IPE’s jurisdiction has adopted GloBE Rules. In this case, despite payment of IIR liability by IPE, TUT attributable to all of direct/indirect ownership interest of UPE in LTCE is not fully recovered under IIR. In such a case, TUT already collected under IIR is reduced while determining UTPR liability.

6. INTRODUCTION TO CALCULATION OF JURISDICTIONAL ETR AND TUT


6.1 Determination of jurisdictional ETR:
 As GloBE rules adopt jurisdictional blending for calculating jurisdictional ETR, income and tax expense of all constituent entities located in a jurisdiction is aggregated, and tax expense is divided by income. Both income and tax expense are based on the ‘fit for consolidation’ SFS of each constituent entity (prepared as per accounting standards applicable to CFS of UPE, which may differ from accounting standards applicable to local accounts of constituent entity). The tax expense is the aggregate of current and deferred tax. Both income and tax expenses are subject to specific adjustments specified in Chapters 3 and 4 of the GloBE Rules.

To recollect, CFS captures the whole of revenue/profit of LTCE on a line-by-line basis irrespective of whether consolidating UPE holds 100% in such CE or 51%. Where < 100% interest is held by UPE, the minority interest is accounted separately while revenue, expense, and profit parameters get consolidated at 100%. For determination of the jurisdictional ETR and TUT, the whole of profit/loss and local tax outgo of all CEs in LTJ is aggregated.

6.2 Determination of jurisdictional TUT percentage: Once jurisdictional ETR is determined, top-up tax (TUT) percentage is calculated by finding the delta between 15% (minimum tax rate) and the jurisdictional ETR27. Assuming jurisdictional ETR is 10%, the TUT percentage is determined at 5% (15-10).

6.3 Determination of GloBE TUT: Having calculated TUT percentage, GloBE TUT liability is determined for a given jurisdiction by applying TUT percentage to “excess profit”. Such excess profit is calculated as GloBE income reduced by normative deduction for routine return [referred to as substance-based income exclusion (SBIE)]28.

SBIE for a jurisdiction = 10%* of eligible payroll costs of eligible employees located in that jurisdiction + 8%* of average (considering opening and closing) net book value of eligible tangible assets located in that jurisdiction

*These percentages are for fiscal year beginning in 2023 (Article 9.2.1). They decline gradually over 10 years to reach 5% for fiscal year beginning 2033 and later.

In other words, even if jurisdictional ETR is < MTR of 15%, where SBIE is greater than GloBE income, no GloBE tax liability is likely to arise for such a jurisdiction.


27    Article 5.2.1
28    Article 5.2.2

6.4 Allocation of jurisdictional TUT amongst different CEs in LTJ: To recollect, IIR liability of a parent is capped to the parent’s direct or indirect ownership in the CE. Assuming all CEs in LTJ are 100% owned by the parent applying IIR, there is no need to allocate jurisdictional TUT amongst CEs in LTJ, because IIR in respect of all such CEs needs to be paid fully only by such parent.

However, where a parent applying IIR does not hold 100% interest in these CEs, allocation of jurisdictional TUT to each CE becomes essential, so that IIR liability is restricted to such parent’s ownership interest in respective CE. Such jurisdictional TUT is allocated to CEs based on the positive GloBE income of each CE. To illustrate, in the facts at Para 5.1.1., presume that UPE holds 100% in C Co 1 but 90% in C Co 2 and C Co 3. In such case, since C Co 3 has a loss, no TUT is allocated to C Co 3. The entire top-up tax of 600 is allocated among C Co 1 and C Co 2 in the ratio of their positive GloBE incomes, namely 5000 : 3000.

Entity GloBE income TUT allocated to each CE Ownership interest of IIR applying parent TUT
recoverable
C Co 1 5,000 5,000 x 600 = 375

8,000

100% 375
C Co 2 3,000 3,000 x 600 = 225

8,000

90% ~203
C Co 3 100%
Total 8,000 600 578

6.5 The above discussion can be pictorially depicted as under:

6.6 The above calculations are done for the given fiscal year. The fiscal year for this purpose is the fiscal year starting from 2023. In the context of an India- headquartered in-scope MNE group, the calculations will be done for the financial year beginning on 1st April, 2023 and ending on 31st March, 2024. This will require calculations for all overseas CEs for the financial year ending on 31st March, irrespective of what may be the fiscal year adopted for local tax purposes in the jurisdiction of the CEs.

7. NATURE OF GLoBE RULES: A COMMON APPROACH, NOT A MINIMUM STANDARD

7.1 GloBE Rules are intended to be implemented as a “common approach” which means that they are non-mandatory. A jurisdiction is not mandated to adopt GloBE Rules, but if it chooses to do so, it agrees to implement and administer them in a way that is consistent with outcome under GloBE Rules and the Commentary thereon (including the agreement as to rule order).

7.2 GloBE Rules, being a common approach, does not take away the right of a jurisdiction to set its own tax policy/rate. Countries may opt out at their discretion but are required to accept the application of GloBE Rules by other members in accordance with the common template provided by these rules29. To illustrate, in the example at Para 5.1 aforesaid, State C may choose not to levy corporate tax at a low rate despite GloBE Rules. However, the common approach dictates that State C has to accept the implementation of GloBE Rules by other jurisdictions resulting in other jurisdictions imposing GloBE tax on profits generated in State C.

8. COMING UP…

8.1 While the discussion above provides a broad overview of GloBE Rules, subsequent articles will dwell upon specific aspects of GloBE Rules, including:

  • Illustrative impact of GloBE Rules for inbound and outbound structures.
  • Adjustments for determination of tax expense and GloBE income for ETR computation.
  • Special rules for joint ventures.
  • Special rules for permanent establishments.
  • Administrative aspects of the GloBE Rules.


[The authors are thankful to CA Geeta D. Jani for her guidance, as well as CS Aastha Jain (LLB) and CA Vinod Ramachandran for their support.]


29    EU directive on Pillar 2, which is largely on the lines of the GloBE Rules, as it stands today, has deviated from making GloBE Rules a “common approach” to a “minimum standard” to maintain coordinated implementation in EU member states.

Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Where Article of DTAA does not include beneficial ownership condition, reading such condition in the Article will amount to rewriting DTAA provision; hence, in absence of such condition in Article 13, capital gain exemption cannot be denied

7 Blackstone FP Capital Partners Mauritius V Ltd vs. DCIT [[2022] 138 taxmann.com 328 (Mumbai – Trib.)] ITA No: 981/1725/Mum/2021 A.Ys.: 2016-17; Date of order: 17th May, 2022

Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Where Article of DTAA does not include beneficial ownership condition, reading such condition in the Article will amount to rewriting DTAA provision; hence, in absence of such condition in Article 13, capital gain exemption cannot be denied

FACTS

 

Assessee, a Mauritius company, was a member-company of Cayman Island based ‘Blackstone’ group and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cayman Islands Co. It held TRC issued by the Mauritian Tax Authority. Assessee was also issued a Category 1 Global Business License (GBL). Assessee had sold equity shares of an Indian Company (I Co) and had claimed exemption under Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA. AO denied the benefit of capital gains exemption on following grounds:
• Basis the information obtained EOI exchange mechanism from Cayman Island and Mauritius, AO concluded as under:

• effective ownership and administrative control of assessee was with certain Cayman Island-based entities,

• the remittances from Cayman Island entities was the source for funds for acquiring shares of I Co,

• trail of transactions of sale and purchase showed dominant involvement of these Cayman Island-based entities

• directions to carry out the transactions in question were issued by the Cayman Island-based entities, which owned shares of assessee.

• The application form for Category 1 GBL stated that assessee’s ownership was with Blackstone group (Cayman Island), which, prima facie, established that investment in above shares were not made by assessee, but by the Blackstone’s entities in Cayman Island. Accordingly, there was a good case for lifting of the corporate veil.

DRP upheld the decision of AO. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• In order to determine whether the assessee is a beneficial owner of capital gains income, one needs to first determine whether the concept of beneficial ownership can be read into Article 13 of India- Mauritius DTAA. AO erroneously proceeded on the fundamental assumption of applicability of beneficial ownership condition to Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA.

• Unlike Article 10 and Article 11 of DTAA, which specifically include beneficial ownership conditions, Article 13 does not have any such provision . In absence of a specific provision in Article 13 of I-M DTAA, concept of beneficial ownership being a sine qua non to entitlement of treaty benefits, cannot be inferred or assumed.

• Reading beneficial ownership test in a treaty provision which does not include such test specifically, would amount to rewriting the treaty provision itself, rather than be a permissible interpretation.

• Tribunal remanded the matter back to Tax Authority for deciding both the fundamental issues, viz. (a) whether requirement of beneficial ownership can be read into the scheme of Article 13 of India-Mauritius DTAA; and (b) what are the connotations of beneficial ownership in facts of the case.  

________________________________________________________________

1   Dow Jones &
Company Inc. vs. ACIT (2022) 135 taxamann.com 270 (Del ITAT); Dun and Bradstreet
Espana S.A., IN RE (AAR) (2005) 272 ITR 99 (AAR) and confirmed by Hon’ble
Bombay High Court cited as (2011) 338 ITR 95 (Bom HC); American Chemical
Society vs. DCIT (IT) (2019) 106 taxmann.com 253 (Mum ITAT)

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA – Payments received from subscribers for access of news database was not royalty under India-UK DTAA

6 Factiva vs. DCIT [TS-462-ITAT-2022(Mum)] ITA No: 6455/Mum/2018 A.Ys.: 2015-16; Date of order: 31st May, 2022

Article 13 of India-UK DTAA – Payments received from subscribers for access of news database was not royalty under India-UK DTAA

FACTS
Assessee is in the business of providing global business news and information services to organizations worldwide by employing content delivery tools and services through a suite of products and services under the name Factiva. It granted the rights to distribute the Factiva product in the Indian market to D on principal-to-principal basis. Assessee claimed that the amount received by it was business income which was not taxable in India. However, AO treated the same as royalty under section 9(1)(vi), read with Article 13 of India-UK DTAA. On appeal, DRP upheld order of AO.

Being aggrieved, assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• Assessee collected the information available in the public domain, created a database of news, article/information and provided advanced search capabilities to its subscribers. Subscribers of Factiva product could access the database, raise query and related news articles/ other information were displayed on the screen.

• Subscribers did not make payment for any information qua industrial, scientific or commercial experience. They made the payment for accessing a searchable database based on information already available in the public domain in the form of news, articles etc.

• The payment was made for the use of database and not for the use or right to use any equipment as the subscriber and D did not have any access, right or control over data storage devices or the server maintained by the assessee.

• Copyright in the news article/blog never belonged to the assessee but belonged to the publisher or author. Subscriber could only search and view the displayed information.

• ITAT relied upon undernoted decisions and held that payment received was not royalty in terms of Article 13 of India UK DTAA.

Section 9(1)(i) of the Act – Commission received for overseas distribution of Indian mutual fund was not taxable in India

5 DCIT vs. Credit Suisse (Singapore) Ltd [[2022] 139 taxmann.com 145 (Mumbai – Trib.)] ITA No: 6098/7262/Mum/2019 A.Ys.: 2013-14 to 2015-16; Date of order: 6th June, 2022

Section 9(1)(i) of the Act – Commission received for overseas distribution of Indian mutual fund was not taxable in India

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, was a SEBI registered FII. It entered into an offshore distribution agreement with H, an Indian company, to distribute mutual fund schemes. Assessee created awareness about the schemes of funds, identified investors and procured subscriptions. As consideration, H paid commission which was received by assessee outside India. AO noted that the mutual fund of H was controlled and regulated by SEBI and RBI in India. Therefore, its location control and management were situated in India. This constituted a business connection with India and resulted in offshore distribution income having nexus with India. Accordingly, AO taxed commission in India.

On appeal, CIT(A) held that offshore distribution income earned by the assessee was in the nature of business income. In the absence of permanent establishment, income was not taxable in accordance with Article 7 of India – Singapore DTAA.

Being aggrieved, revenue appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• As per Explanation 1(a) to section 9(1)(i) of the Act, only that portion of the income which is ‹reasonably attributable› to the operations carried out in India is deemed to accrue or arise in India for the purpose of taxation under the Act.

• Assessee earns offshore commission income by distributing Mutual Fund schemes with a view to procuring subscriptions for such schemes from investors outside India.

• Assessee does not carry out any operation within India for the purpose of earning offshore distribution commission income.

• Since all the operations of the assessee were carried out outside India, offshore distribution commission income cannot be treated as being ‹reasonably attributable› to any operation carried out in India.

BEPS 2.0 SERIES PILLAR ONE – A PARADIGM SHIFT IN CONVENTIONAL TAX LAWS – PART II

(This article is written under the mentorship of CA PINAKIN DESAI)

1. PILLAR ONE – NEW TAXING RIGHT FOR MARKET JURISDICTIONS:

1.1
The digital revolution enables businesses to sell goods or provide
services to customers in multiple countries, remotely, without
establishing any form of physical presence (such as sales or
distribution outlets) in market countries (i.e. country where customers
are located). However, fundamental features of the current international
income tax system, such as permanent establishment (PE) and the arm’s
length principle (ALP), primarily rely on physical presence to allocate
taxing right to market countries and hence, are obsolete and incapable
to effectively tax digitalised economy (DE). In other words, in absence
of physical presence, no allocation of income for taxation was possible
for market countries, thereby resulting in deprivation of tax revenue in
the fold of market jurisdictions.

1.2 To meet the complaints of
market jurisdiction, Pillar One of BEPS 2.0 project aims to modify
existing nexus and profit allocation rules such that a portion of super
profits earned by large and highly profitable Multinational enterprise
(MNE) group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a formulary
approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical presence in such
market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing rights of market
jurisdictions over MNE’s profits. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”.

1.3
Considering a drastic change in tax system is aimed by Pillar One,
Amount A regime is agreed to be made applicable only to large and highly
profitable MNE groups. The first part of this article (published in
BCAJ June 2022 edition) discussed the conditions (i.e. scope thresholds)
that MNE groups must fulfil to qualify within Amount A framework.

1.4
MNE Groups who do not fulfil the scope conditions will be outside
Amount A profit allocation rules. However, MNE groups that fulfil the
scope conditions will be “Covered Group” and such Group would
need to determine Amount A as per proposed new profit allocation rules
(which would be determined on formulary basis at MNE level) and allocate
Amount A to market jurisdictions.

2. MARKET JURISDICTIONS MUST FULFIL NEXUS TEST TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR AMOUNT A ALLOCATION:

2.1
To recollect, the philosophy behind Pillar One is the proposition that
the jurisdiction in which the consumers/users reside is the jurisdiction
which, directly or indirectly, contributes to the profitability of MNE,
and therefore, some portion of the super profit which is earned by MNE
should be allowed to be taxed in the market jurisdiction regardless of
whether MNE accesses the market jurisdiction remotely or physically.

2.2
As mentioned above, Amount A aims to allocate new taxing right to
market jurisdictions. Broadly, market jurisdiction is jurisdiction where
goods or services are used or consumed. Accordingly, if an MNE is
carrying out within some jurisdiction manufacturing function or research
and development (R&D) which are completely unrelated to sales
marketing and distribution functions in a jurisdiction and there is no
sales function carried out there, such jurisdictions would not qualify
as market jurisdiction and hence, not eligible for Amount A. This is not
to suggest that the jurisdiction in which manufacturing function or
R&D activity is carried on will not tax profit attributable to that
activity. What we mean is that such allocation will not be on the basis
of jurisdiction being a market jurisdiction. Pillar One concerns itself
with that part of allocation of profit which has nexus with market
jurisdiction, without impairing all other existing tax rules which may
continue to tax other activities such as manufacture or R&D within
that jurisdiction.

2.3 Further, not all market jurisdictions
will be eligible for Amount A allocation. Amount A of MNE group will be
allocable to a market jurisdiction only where such market jurisdiction
meets the “nexus test”.

2.4 Nexus test: As per nexus test,
a market jurisdiction is eligible for Amount A allocation of a Covered
Group if following revenue thresholds are met:

GDP of market jurisdiction

Revenue threshold

Where GDP of a country > € 40Billion (Bn)

Atleast € 1 million (mn) of MNE’s third
party revenues is sourced from market jurisdiction

Where GDP of a country < € 40 Bn

Atleast € 0.25 mn of MNE’s third party revenues
is sourced from market jurisdiction

2.5  The thresholds for the Amount A nexus test have been
designed to limit the compliance costs for taxpayers and tax
administrations. The thresholds ensure that profits are allocated to
market jurisdiction only when MNE group earns material third party
revenues from such jurisdiction.

2.6 It must be noted that the
new nexus rule apply solely to determine whether a jurisdiction
qualifies for profit re-allocation under Amount A and will not alter the
taxable nexus for any other tax or non-tax purpose.

3. REVENUE SOURCING RULES:

3.1
As mentioned above, to determine whether a market meets the nexus test,
MNEs need to determine how much third party revenues are sourced from a
particular market jurisdiction.

3.2  As a broad principle, for
Amount A regime, revenue is ‘sourced’ from country where goods or
services are used or consumed. To facilitate the application of this
principle, OECD released public consultation draft in February 2022
providing detailed source rules for various types of transactions. While
the detailed list of source rules proposed by OECD for various revenue
categories is provided in Annexure, we have discussed below source rule
proposed for two categories of revenue:

(i) Revenue from sale of finished goods (FG) to end customers – either directly (i.e. through group entities) or through independent distributors is deemed to be sourced from place of the delivery of FG to final customer.
For example, an MNE group in USA may manufacture a laptop which is sold
to independent distributors who may in turn resale it to persons in
India and China. The market jurisdiction for MNE of USA is India or
China. MNE group will need to find out the place of delivery of FG to
determine whether a share of Amount A may be taxed in India or China.

(ii) Revenues from sale of components (i.e. goods sold to a business customer that will be incorporated into another good for sale) shall be sourced to place of delivery of the FG to the final customer into which the component is incorporated.
For example, an MNE group in USA (say Group X) manufactures a component
which is forming part of a car. The component is sold to another MNE
group in UK (say Group Y) engaged in manufacture of cars. Group Y uses
the component purchased from Group X in manufacture of its finished
goods (i.e. Cars) which are eventually sold by independent German
enterprise in India or China. The market jurisdiction for Group X for
sale of component is India or China. Group X will need to find out the
place of delivery of FG to determine whether a share of Amount A may be
taxed in India or China.

3.3 In order to determine place of
delivery of the FG to end customer, following indicators are suggested
by OECD to be place of market jurisdiction:

(i) The delivery address of the end customer.

(ii) The place of the retail storefront selling to the end customer.

(iii)
In case of sale through independent distributor, location of the
independent distributor may also be used in addition to the above
indicators; provided that the distributor is contractually restricted to
selling in that location only or that it is otherwise reasonable to
assume that the distributor is located in the place of the delivery of
FG to the end customer.

3.4 However, various concerns have been
raised by stakeholders on practical application of these revenue
sourcing rules. For instance,

(i) Tracing location of final
consumers, in particular where the taxpayer does not directly interact
with the final consumer will be very difficult.

(ii) It will be
onerous burden on Covered Group to collect, analyse and disclose what is
likely to be highly confidential data, such as location of customers.
This would often require collecting data not in the possession of the
Covered Group, and instead they would require reliance on third-party
data.

(iii) Companies also could face barriers to obtaining this
kind of highly confidential information from third parties. Such
barriers include, for example, contractual obligations in the form of
privacy and confidentiality clauses in third-party agreements as well as
statutory data protection requirements or other confidentiality
regulations.

(iv) In the case of sale of components, it might be
difficult for Covered Groups to track in which FG is their component
incorporated. Consider example of Covered group manufacturing and
selling electronic chips to third party buyers. These buyers may be
manufacturing various electronic gadgets such as computers, laptops,
smart phones, smart watches, washing machines etc. It may not be
possible for Covered Group to understand in which products is their
electronic chip actually installed and what is the final product.

(v)
To be able to apply this source rule for components, Covered Groups
would have to track the whole value chain of their components –
including all independent partners involved. This may be an arduous task
given the complex value chains that businesses follow today, which
would include several intermediary stages and multiple independent
partners outside the group.

3.5 Guidelines for applying revenue sourcing rules:

(i) Revenues to be sourced on a transaction-by-transaction basis:

(a) As per draft rules, source of each transaction that generates revenue for the Covered Group must be determined.

(b)
It is clarified in draft rules that applying source rule on
invoice-by-invoice basis may not be appropriate since one invoice could
contain multiple items or services charged at different prices.

(ii)
Where MNE group sells goods or provides services in multiple countries
under single contract, revenues earned by MNE group need to be allocated
to market countries using appropriate allocation key:

(a) As
per draft rules, where MNE group sells goods or provides services in
multiple countries under single contract, revenues earned by MNE group
need to be allocated to market countries using appropriate allocation
key.

(b) Consider this example where MNE Group A renders online
advertisement services to a US company (US Co) wherein US Co’s
advertisements/ banners will be displayed on Group A’s website across
the globe. However, Group A uses a different pricing model under each
scenario:

Pricing model

Revenue allocation to market jurisdiction

Group A charges US Co on “per click” basis
but clicks are charged at different prices in different jurisdictions.

Prices charged for clicks in each
jurisdiction will be considered as revenue earned by Group A from such market
jurisdiction.

Group A charges on “per click” basis and
same price is charged for viewer clicks across the globe.

For purposes of Amount A, revenues earned
by Group A from rendering ad services to US Co will be allocated to various
market jurisdictions in proportion to the number of viewers in each
jurisdiction.

Group A charges on “per click” basis but
higher prices are charged for ads displayed to customers in certain
jurisdictions such as India, China, Brazil.

For purposes of Amount A, revenues earned
by Group A from rendering ad services to US Co will be allocated to various
market jurisdictions in proportion to both the number of users in a
jurisdiction and the price charged per user.

(iii) Transaction comprising of multiple elements to be sourced according to its pre-dominant character:
As mentioned above, the draft rules provide source rules for various
categories of transaction. However, where a transaction may have several
elements that fall under more than one category of source rule,
revenues are to be sourced according to predominant character of the
transaction.

(iv) Revenues from Supplementary transactions to be sourced in line with main transaction:

(a)
Revenues from Supplementary Transactions should be sourced according to
the revenues from the Main Transaction. “Main Transaction” is defined
as a transaction entered into by a Covered Group with a customer that is
the primary profit driver of a multi-transaction bundle. “Supplementary
Transaction” is defined as a transaction that meets all of the
following conditions:

• The transaction would not have been entered into but for the Main Transaction;

• The transaction is entered into by the Covered Group with the same customer as the Main Transaction; and


Gross receipts from the transaction will not exceed 5% of the total
gross receipts from the Main and Supplementary Transaction combined.

(b) An example of main and supplementary transactions can be case of sale of phone along with repair and maintenance service-


Group X (a Covered group) sells smartphone to Mr. ABC in India. Mr. ABC
frequently travels across different countries and hence, he has
purchased a service subscription from Group X wherein, in case of any
technical defect with the phone, Mr. ABC can repair the phone in any
service centre of Group X across the globe.

• In this case, there
are two separate transactions- sale of smartphone in India and
subsequent repair services in any service centre in world. The revenue
earned from service transaction (being supplementary transaction) will
also be considered as sourced from India since main transaction of sale
of smartphone is sourced in India.

4. TAX BASE DETERMINATION FOR AMOUNT A COMPUTATION:

4.1
To recollect, Pillar One aims to modify existing profit allocation
rules such that a portion of super profits earned by large and highly
profitable MNE group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a
formulary approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical
presence in such market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing
rights of market jurisdictions over MNE’s profits. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”.

4.2
OECD has released draft tax base determination rules in February 2022
to quantify the profit of Covered Groups that will be used for the
Amount A calculations to reallocate a portion of their profits to market
jurisdictions.

4.3 Profits determined basis MNE Group’s consolidated financial statements (CFS):

(i)
As per draft rules, profit will be calculated based on the MNE group’s
audited CFS, while making a limited number of book-to-tax adjustments
and deducting any Net Losses. Amount A tax base will be quantified using
an adjusted profit measure, derived from Covered Group’s CFS, rather
than on a separate entity basis.

(ii) Audited CFS must be
prepared by Ultimate parent entity of the group basis Qualifying
Financial Accounting Standard (QFAS) in which assets, liabilities,
income, expense and cashflows are presented as those of single economic
activity.

(iii) A QFAS means International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) and Equivalent Financial Accounting Standards, which
includes GAAP of Australia, Brazil, Canada, Member States of EU, Member
States of the European Economic Area, Hong Kong (China), Japan, Mexico,
New Zealand, China, India, Korea, Russia, Singapore, Switzerland, UK,
and USA.

4.4 Computation of adjusted profits:

(i)
As per draft rules, the starting point for computation of the Amount A
tax base is the total profit or loss after taking into account all
income and expenses of the Covered Group except for those items reported
as other comprehensive income (OCI).

(ii) To this amount, following adjustments are to be done:

Adjustments

Comments

Financial Accounting P&L
in CFS of Covered Group (except OCI)

Add: Policy
Disallowed expenses

• These expenses are
amounts included in consolidated P&L of MNE group for illegal payments
including bribes, kickbacks, fines, penalties.

 

• Such expenses are related to behaviours
which are not encouraged by the government and hence is commonly disallowed
under corporate tax laws of many jurisdictions.

Add: Income
Tax

• Income tax includes current and deferred
tax expense (or income) a recognised in consolidated P&L of MNE group.

 

• It does not include interest charges for
late payment of tax.

Less:
Dividend Income

• Dividends to be excluded are dividends
included in consolidated P&L of the MNE group received or accrued in
respect of an ownership interest (i.e. equity interest).

 

• In consolidated P&L of MNE group,
intra-group dividends will get nullified and hence, only dividends received/
accrued from third parties will be disclosed which will be excluded from tax
base calculations.

Less: Equity
Gains/Loss

• Gains/loss arising on disposal of
ownership interest (i.e. equity interest)

• Scope of this adjustment is still under
discussion at OECD level. Concerns of differential treatment is raised
between asset interests and equity interests i.e. gains and losses associated
with disposal of asset interests are included in the Tax Base whereas gains
and losses associated with disposal of equity interests are not included.

 

• To remove such difference, OECD is
exploring whether gains and losses associated with disposal of controlling
interests should not be excluded from tax base.

• Changes in fair
value of ownership interest  (i.e.
equity interest)

• The requirement is to exclude gain or
loss arising on fair value measurement of all equity interests of the group
which is routed through the consolidated P&L.

• P&L on equity method of accounting
(except for Joint Venture(JV))

• Under IFRS/ Ind-AS, associates and JVs are
accounted under equity method. The draft rules suggest that P&L
pertaining to associates is to be excluded from tax base calculations but
P&L pertaining to JV is to be included.

 

• While the draft rules do not provide any
reason for differential treatment of associates and JV, one may contemplate
the reason to be that such associates are likely to get consolidated on line
by line basis into CFS of another MNE group which has control over such
associate.

 

• On the other hand, in case of JV, there
is joint control by two or more MNE groups. In such case, each MNE group is
required to consider their share in P&L for respective tax base
calculation of Amount A; otherwise profits of JV are likely to get excluded
from Amount A framework.

Add/ Less: Restatement
Adjustments for the Period

• Income/expense accounted due to prior
period errors or change in accounting policy need to be adjusted.

 

• Adjustments are to be capped to 0.5% of
consolidated MNE revenue. Any excess adjustments need to be carried forward
and adjusted in subsequent years.

Less: Net
Loss (carried forward from previous years)

Refer discussion in Para 4.5 below.

Adjusted Profit Before Tax
(Tax base) for Amount A purposes

4.5 Treatment for losses:

(i) Amount A rules apply only if in-scope MNE group has profitability of greater than 10%.

(ii)
If an MNE group is in losses, such loss can be carried forward and set
off against future profits. Accounting losses are to be adjusted with
above mentioned book to tax adjustments and restatement adjustments to
arrive at the amount of loss carried forward.

(iii) The draft
rules indicates that both pre implementation losses and post
implementation losses of MNE group can be carried forward. The time
limitation of pre and post implementation losses are being discussed at
OECD level. The draft rule suggest that OECD is contemplating these
period as under:

(a) Pre implementation losses to be losses incurred in 2 to 8 calendar years prior to the introduction of Amount A and

(b)
Post implementation losses to be losses incurred in5 to 15 calendar
years preceding current Period for which Amount A is being determined.

5. DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT A OF MNE GROUP:

5.1
The norms of profit allocation suggested in the Amount A regime are way
different from the taxability norms which are known to taxpayers as of
today. Hence, the formulary approach provided under Pillar One should be
studied on an independent basis without attempting to rationalise or
compare them with conclusion to which one would have arrived as per
traditional norms of taxation.

5.2 Pillar One to allocate only portion of non routine profits of MNE group to market countries: The 
philosophy behind Pillar One is that no MNE group can make sizeable or
abnormal or bumper profit without patronage and support that it gets
from the market jurisdiction. There is bound to be contribution made by
the market jurisdictions to the ability of MNE group to earn more than
routine1 (abnormal) profit. Hence, in relation to MNE groups which have
been successful enough to secure more than routine profits (i.e. they
earn abnormal/ bumper profits), some part of such bumper profits should
be offered to tax in every market jurisdiction which has contributed to
the ability to earn profit at group level. Consequently, if MNE group’s
profits are upto routine or reasonable or if the MNE is in losses, the
report does not seek to consider any allocation of profits to market
jurisdiction.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

1   
The blueprint and consensus statements on Pillar
One use the expression “residual profits” to convey what we call here abnormal
or non-routine or super profit

5.3 Amount A to be determined under 25% over 10% rule:

(i)
As per the global consensus statement released in July and October
2021, BEPS IF member countries have agreed that a profit margin of 10%
of book revenue shall be considered as normal profits i.e. 10% profit
margin will be considered as “routine profits” warranting no allocation
and any profit earned by MNE group above 10% alone will be considered as
“non routine profits” warranting allocation to market jurisdiction.
Where an MNE group’s profit margin is > 10%, it is agreed that25% of
profit earned by MNE group over and above 10% shall be termed as “Amount
A” which is allocated to market jurisdictions.

(ii) For
example, if the consolidated turnover of MNE group as per CFS is € 1000
mn on which it has earned adjusted book profits (as discussed in Para 4)
of € 50 mn as per CFS, its profit margin is only 5%. Since the profit
earned by the MNE group is only 5% (i.e. within routine profit margin of
10%), the MNE group is considered to have earned profits due to normal/
routine entrepreneurial risk and efforts of MNE group and nothing may
be considered as serious or abnormal enough to permit market
jurisdiction to complain that, notwithstanding traditional taxation
rules, some income should be offered to tax in market jurisdiction.

(iii)
Alternatively, if the consolidated turnover of MNE group as per CFS is
€50,000 mn on which it has earned adjusted book profit of €15,000 mn as
per CFS, its profit margin as per books is 30%. In such case, the
profits earned by MNE group beyond 10% (i.e. 30%-10%= 20%) will be
considered as non routine profits. Once it is determined that the MNE
group has received non routine profit in excess of 10% (in our example,
excess profit is 20% of turnover), 25% of such excess profit (i.e. 25%
of 20% of turnover = 5% of turnover)is considered as contributed by
market factor and hence, such profit is to be allocated to market
jurisdiction.

Particulars

Amount

Consolidated turnover of MNE group

50,000 mn

Consolidated book profit

15,000 mn

% of book profit to turnover

30%

Less: Allowance for routine profit

(10%)

Excess profit over routine profit, also
loosely for abnormal or super profit

20%

Of this, 75% of super profit of 20% is
considered as pertaining to the strength of non market
factors and having no nexus with contribution of market jurisdiction (and
hence out of Pillar One proposal)

15% of 50,000 mn =
7,500 mn

25% of super profit of 20% being considered
as fair allocation having nexus with contribution of market jurisdictions –
known also as Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to different
market jurisdictions

5% of 50,000 mn =
2,500 mn

5.4 Rationale behind 25% over 10% rule:

(i)
It is the philosophy that the consumers of the country, by purchasing
the goods or enjoying the services, contribute to the overall MNE profit
and but for such market and consumers, it would not have been possible
to effect the sales. However, at the same time, it is not as if that the
entirety of the non-routine or super profit is being earned because of
the presence of market. There are many other factors such as trade
intangibles, capital, research, technology etc. which may have built up
the overall success of MNE group.

(ii) Under the formulary
approach adopted by Pillar One, countries have accepted that 75% of the
excess profit or super profit may be recognised as pertaining to many
different strengths of MNE group other than market factor. It is the
residual 25% of the super profit component which is recognised as being
solely contributed by the strength of market factor. Hence, Pillar One
discusses how best to allocate 25% of super profit to market
jurisdictions.

(iii) The report is not concerned with allocation
or treatment of 75% component of super profit which is, as per present
text of Pillar One, pertaining to factors other than market forces.

(iv)
Even if under existing tax norms, no profits are taxable in a market
jurisdiction (say due to no physical presence), Amount A will ensure
market countries get right to tax over 25% of non-routine profits of MNE
group and that the market jurisdictions should not be left dry without
right to tax income.

6. ALLOCATION OF AMOUNT A TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS:

6.1
To recollect, the Amount A of MNE group determined basis “25% over 10%
rule” discussed in Para 5 above is to be allocated to market
jurisdictions which the nexus test discussed in Para 3. This paragraph
of the article discusses the manner in which Amount A of MNE group to be
allocated to market jurisdictions basis guidance provided in the
Blueprint.

6.2 Broadly, MNE carry out sales and marketing operations in market jurisdictions in following manner:

(i) Sales through remote presence like websites

(ii) Presence in form of Limited risk distributor (LRD)

(iii) Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)

(iv) Presence in dependent agent permanent establishment (DAPE)

6.3 Where MNE group has physical presence in market jurisdiction (say in form of LRD or FRD or DAPE),
there
may be trigger of taxability in such market jurisdiction even as per
existing taxation rules.Amount A will co-exist with existing tax rules
and such overlay of Amount A on existing tax rules may result double
taxation since Amount A does not add any additional profit to MNE group
but instead reallocates a portion of existing non-routine profits to
market jurisdictions.

6.4 The framework of Amount A agreed in
July/ October 2021indicates that such double taxation (due to interplay
of Amount A rules and existing tax rules) shall be eliminated.While the
exact mechanism of allocation of Amount A and elimination of double
taxation is awaited, the below discussion is basis the mechanism
explained in Pillar One Blueprint released in October 2020. Further,
since the mechanism is complex, we have explained the same through a
case study.

6.5 Facts of case study:

(i)  ABC group is a German headquartered group engaged in sale of mobile phones across the globe.

(ii)
The ultimate parent entity is German Co (GCo) and GCo owns and performs
development, enhancement, maintenance, protection and exploitation
(DEMPE) functions related to the MNE group’s IP.

(iii)  ABC group makes sales across the globe. As per ABC group’s CFS,

• Global consolidated group revenue is € 100,000 mn

• Group PBT is € 40,000 mn

• Group PBT margin is 40%

(iv) ABC group follows different sale model in different countries it operates:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE performing all
key functions and risk related Brazil market

Sales

10,000 mn

20,000 mn

40,000 mn

30,000 mn

Transfer Pricing (TP)
remuneration

NA

2%

10%

5%

(v) All countries (France, UK, India, Brazil) qualify as eligible market jurisdictions meeting nexus test.

(vi) Calculation of Amount A at MNE level:

Particulars

 

Profit margin

Amount in €

Profit before tax
(PBT) of the Group

(A)

40% of turnover

40,000

Less: Routine profits

 

(10% of € 100,000Mn)

(B)

10% of turnover

10,000

Non-routine profits

C = A-B

30% of turnover

30,000

Profits attributable to non-market factors

D = 75% of C

22.5% of turnover

6,750

Profits attributable to market
jurisdictions (Amount A)

E = 25% of D

7.5% of turnover

2,250

6.6  Allocation of Amount A in France where sales are only through remote presence:

(i)
GCo does not have any physical presence in France. Under existing tax
rules, GCo’s income is outside tax net in France (since GCo does not
have a PE in France) and thus, all profits earned from France market
(routine as well as non routine) are taxed only in Germany in hands of
GCo.

(ii) Though France does not have taxing right under
existing tax rules (due to no physical presence), Amount A regime ensure
that some profits shall be allocated to France.

(iii) As
calculated above, applying the “25% over 10% rule”, Amount A to be
allocated to market jurisdictions comes to 7.5% of the turnover. Since
turnover from France is € 10,000 mn, 7.5% of France turnover i.e. €750
mn will be allocated to France on which taxes will need to be paid in
France.

(iv) However, issue arises as to which entity will pay
taxes on Amount A in France. In this regard, the discussion in the
Blueprint and also global consensus statement released in July and
October 2021 suggests that Amount A tax liability will be borne by
entity/ entities which are allocated residual/ non routine profits under
per existing tax/ TP laws.

(v) In the given example, all
profits (routine as well as non routine) from France business are taxed
in hands of GCo under existing tax rules. In other words, € 750 mn
allocated to France under Amount A is already being taxed in Germany in
hands of GCo due to existing transfer pricing norms. Hence, GCo may be
identified as “paying entity” in France and be obligated to pay tax on
Amount A in France. Subsequently, GCo can claim credit of taxes paid in
France in its residence jurisdiction (i.e. Germany).

6.7 Allocation of Amount A in UK where presence in form of LRD:

(i)
Usually, presence in the form of LRD is contributing to routine sales
functions on a physical basis in such market jurisdiction. It is not a
category of work which contributes to any super profit, but is taking
care of logistics and routine functions for which no more than routine
profits can be attributed.

(ii) In this case, the sales in UK are
not made by GCo directly but instead it made through LRD physically
established in UK. In other words, headquarter company (GCo) is the
intellectual property (IP) owner and principal distributor but the group
has an LRD in UK (UKCo) which perform routine sales functions under
purview of overall policy developed by GCo.

(iii) Under existing
TP principles, it is assumed that UKCo is remunerated @ 2% of UK
revenue for its routine functions and balance is retained by GCo which
is not taxed in UK. In other words, all profits attributable to non
routine functions is attributed to GCo and hence not taxable in UK in
absence of PE of GCo in UK.

(iv) As mentioned above, under
existing laws, LRD are remunerated for routine functions Amount A
contemplates allocation of a part of super profit/ non routine profits.
Considering this, there is no concession or reduction in the allocation
of Amount A in LRD scenario merely because there is taxability @2% of
turnover for routine efforts in the form of LRD. The overall taxing
right of UK will comprise of compensation towards LRD function as
increased by allocation of super profits in form of Amount A.

(v)
Also, even if UK tax authorities, during UKCo’s TP assessment, allege
that UKCo’s remuneration should be increased from 2% to 5% of UK
turnover, still there would not implication on Amount A allocable to UK
since UKCo’s increase in remuneration for performing more routine
functions and no element of super profit forms part of such
remuneration.

(vi) While tax on compensation towards LRD
function will be payable by UKCo, issue arises which entity should pay
tax on Amount A allocable to UK. Since GCo is the IP owner and principal
distributor, existing TP rules would allocate all super profits
pertaining to UK market be allocated to GCo. Thus, the super profits of €
1500 mn (7.5% of € 20,000 mn) allocated to UK under Amount A is already
being taxed in Germany in hands of GCo basis the existing TP norms.
Hence, the discussion in the Blueprint suggests that GCo should be made
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in UK and then GCo can claim credit of
taxes paid in UK in its residence jurisdiction (i.e. Germany) against
income taxable under existing tax laws. Accordingly, UKCo would pay tax
in UK on LRD functions (i.e. routine functions) whereas GCo would pay
tax on super profits allocated to UK in form of Amount A.

6.8 Allocation of profits in India where presence in form of FRD:

(i)
An MNE Group may appoint a FRD in a market jurisdiction. An FRD
performs important functions such as market strategy, pricing, product
placement and also undertakes high risk qua the market jurisdiction. In
essence, the FRD performs marketing and distribution function in
entirety. Hence, unlike an LRD, FRD are remunerated not only with
routine returns but also certain non routine returns.

(ii) In
given case study, MNE group carries out business in India through an FRD
model. All key marketing and distribution functions related to Indian
market is undertaken by FRD in India (ICo). Applying TP principles, ICo
is remunerated at 10% of India sales.

(iii) Amount A
contemplates allocation of a part of MNE’s super profits to market
jurisdiction. Had there been no physical presence in India, part of
super profits allocable to India as Amount A would be € 3000 mn (7.5% of
€ 40,000).

(iv) Now, ICo as FRD, is already getting taxed in
India.It is represents taxability in India as per traditional rules for
performing certain marketing functions within India which contribute to
routine as also super profits functions in India. This is, therefore, a
case where, in the hands of ICo, as per traditional rules, part of the
super profit element of MNE is separately getting taxed in the hands of
ICo.

(v) In such case, the Blueprint assumes that while, up to 2%
of market turnover, the taxability can be attributed towards routine
functions of ICo (instead of towards super profit functions), the
taxability in addition to 2% of India turnover in hands of ICo is
attributable to marketing functions which contribute to super profit.

(vi)
Since India is already taxing some portion of super profits in hands of
ICo under existing tax rules, allocation of Amount A to India (which is
a portion of super profits) create risk of double counting. In order to
ensure there is no double counting of super profits in India under
Amount A regime and existing TP rules, the Blueprint recognises that,
Amount A allocated to India (i.e. 7.5%) should be adjusted to the extent
super profits are already taxed in market jurisdiction. In order to
eliminate double counting, following steps are suggested2:

a)
Find out the amount as would have been allocable to market jurisdiction
as per Amount A (in our illustration, 7.5% of India turnover of € 40,000
mn).

b) Fixed routine profit which may be expected to be earned
within India for routine operations in India. While this profit margin
needs to be multilaterally agreed upon, for this example, we assume that
additional profit of 2% of India turnover will be expected to be earned
in India on account of physical operations in India. Additional 2% of
India turnover can be considered allocable to India in lieu of routine
sales and marketing functions in India – being the allocation which does
not interfere with super profit element.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

2   
Referred to as marketing and distribution safe
harbour regime in the blueprint

c) Desired minimum allocation to market
jurisdiction of India for routine and non routine activities can be
expected to be 9.5% of the India turnover, on an aggregate of (a) and
(b) above.

d) This desired minimum return at step (c) needs to
be compared with the allocation which has been made in favour of India
as per TP analysis:

• If the amount allocated to FRD in India is
already more than 9.5% of turnover, no further amount will be allocable
under the umbrella of Amount A.

• On the other hand, if the
remuneration taxed under TP analysis is <9.5%, Amount A taxable will
be reduced to the difference of TP return and amount calculated at (c).


However, if the return under TP analysis is <2%, then it is assumed
that FRD is, at the highest, taxed as if it is performing routine
functions and has not been allocated any super profit under TP laws. The
allocation may have been considered towards super profit only if it
exceeded 2% of India turnover. And hence, in such case, allocation of
Amount A will continue to be 7.5% of India turnover towards super profit
elements. There can be no reduction therefrom on the premise that TP
analysis has already been carried out in India. Also, it may be noted
since Amount A determined as per step (a) above is 7.5% of India
turnover, an allocation in excess to this amount cannot be made under
Amount A.

(viii) To understand the above mentioned steps more lucidly, consider TP remuneration to FRD in India under 3 scenarios-

a. Scenario 1- ICo is remunerated @ 10% of India turnover

b. Scenario 2- ICo is remunerated @ 5% of India turnover

c. Scenario 3- ICo is remunerated @ 1% of India turnover

Particulars

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Scenario 3

Amount A allocable to
India (as determined above)

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Return towards
routine functions (which OECD considers tolerable additional allocation in
view of presence in India)

2%

2%

2%

Sum of a + b (This is
sum of routine and non routine profits that the OECD expects Indian FRD to
earn)

9.5%

9.5%

9.5%

TP remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

1%

Final Amount A to be allocated to India

No
Amount A allocable since FRD in India is already remunerated above OECD’s
expectation of 9.5%

4.5%,

 

OECD
expects Indian FRD to earn 9.5% but it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 4.5%
to be allocated as Amount A (instead of 7.5% as determined at (a))

 

7.5%,

 

No
reduction in Amount A since OECD intends only to eliminate double counting of
non routine profits and where existing TP returns is less than fixed return
towards routine functions, it is clear that no non routine profit is
allocated to India under existing tax laws

(viii) Once the adjusted Amount A is determined as per steps
above, one would need to determine which entity would pay tax on such
Amount A in India. In this case, since GCo and ICo both perform function
asset risk (FAR) activities that results in revenues from India market,
the Blueprint recognises that choosing the paying entity (i.e. entity
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India) will require further
discussions/ deliberations.

6.9 Allocation of Amount A in Brazil where presence is in form of DAPE

(i)
MNE group carries out business in Brazil through a dependent agent
which trigger DAPE of GCo in Brazil. DAPE perform key marketing and
distribution functions related to Brazil market. Applying TP principles,
DAPE is remunerated at 5% of Brazil
sales.

(ii) In this case,
since DAPE perform high risk functions as FRD, where DAPE performs high
risk functions, the taxability of Amount A would be similar to FRD
scenario discussed at Para 6.8.

(iii) Had there been no physical
presence in Brazil, 7.5% ofBrazil turnover would be allocable as Amount
A. However, by virtue of DAPE presence, GCo is taxed in Brazil @ 5% of
Brazil turnover. Since functional analysis of DAPE is such that it
perform beyond routine functions, as per traditional profit attribution
rules, part of the super profit element of MNE is separately getting
taxed in the hands of DAPE. Hence, such double taxation needs to be
eliminated.

(iv) As per mechanism discussed above at Para 6.8,
OECD expects that Brazil should at least get taxing rights over 9.5% of
Brazil turnover (i.e. 7.5% towards non routine element as Amount A + 2%
towards routine functions). However, since DAPE is already taxed @ 5% of
Brazil turnover, only the differential 4.5% of Brazil turnover shall be
allocable as Amount A.

6.10 Snapshot of allocation of Amount A under different sales models:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE

Amount A allocable
(as determined above)

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Fixed return towards
routine functions (as calibrated by OECD)

Marketing and distribution safe harbour
regime-NA since MNE has no presence or limited risk presence

2%

2%

Sum of a + b

9.5%

9.5%

TP remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

Final Amount A to be
allocated

7.5%

7.5%

NIL, since FRD in India is already remunerated above
OECD’s expectation of 9.5%

4.5%

OECD expects
DAPE to earn 9.5% but it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 4.5% to be
allocated as Amount A

Entity obligated to
pay Amount A

GCo  (FAR
analysis would indicate that GCo performs all key functions and assumes risk
related to France and UK market which helps to earn non routine profits from
these markets) 

NA, since there is no Amount A allocated to India

Depending on FAR analysis, Amount A may be payable by
GCo or DAPE or both on pro rata basis

7. IMPLEMENTATION OF AMOUNT A REGIME:

7.1
Amount A shall be implemented though changes in domestic law as well as
introduction of a new Multilateral Convention (MLC).

7.2 To
facilitate consistency in the approach taken by jurisdictions and to
support domestic implementation consistent with the agreed timelines and
their domestic legislative procedures, OECD shall provide Model Rules
for Domestic Legislation (Model Rules) and related Commentary through
which Amount A that would be translated into domestic law3. Model Rules,
once finalised and agreed by all members of BEPS IF, will serve basis
for the substantive provisions that will be included in the MLC.

7.3
From India perspective, with respect to domestic law changes under
India tax laws to implement Amount A regime, India will need to follow
the process of approval from both the Houses of Parliament and
thereafter consent of the President. From treaty perspective, the
process of ratification of tax treaties has been delegated to the
executive in terms of Section 90 of the Income Tax Act, 1961. Reliance
may be placed on Circular 108 dated 20.3.1973 which states that Central
Government is empowered to make provisions for implementing the
agreement by the issue of a notification in the Official Gazette.

7.4 New MLC to implement Pillar One with below mechanics:

(i)
The new MLC will introduce a multilateral framework for all
jurisdictions in consensus of Amount A, regardless of whether a tax
treaty currently exists between those jurisdictions.

(ii) Where
there is no tax treaty in force between parties, the MLC will create the
relationship necessary to ensure the effective implementation of all
aspects of Amount A.

(iii) If a tax treaty already exists between
parties to the new MLC, that tax treaty will remain in force and
continue to govern cross-border taxation outside Amount A, but the new
MLC will address inconsistencies with existing tax treaties to the
extent necessary to give effect to the solution with respect to Amount
A.

(iv) The MLC will contain the rules necessary to determine and
allocate Amount A and eliminate double taxation, as well as the
simplified administration process, the exchange of information process
and the processes for dispute prevention and resolution in a mandatory
and binding manner.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

3   
Draft model scope, nexus and revenue sourcing, tax
base rules to be included in domestic legislation have already been released

7.5 Earlier, the target was to develop
and open the MLC for signature in 2022 and jurisdictions would
expeditiously ratify the same with the aim for it to be in force and
with effect from 2023. Perhaps this target was far too ambitious. As per
recent communication by OECD4, the target deadline for effective date
of Amount A has been moved to 2024.

8. WITHDRAWAL OF UNILATERAL MEASURES:

8.1
When no consensus was reached in 2015 under BEPS Action Plan 1 on
taxation of digital economy, many countries introduced unilateral
measure in their domestic tax laws such as digital services tax (DST),
equalisation levy, significant economic presence, etc.

8.2 Global consensus on withdrawal of unilateral measure: The
October 2021 statement provides that the new MLC will require the
removal of all digital services taxes and other relevant similar
measures for all companies and the commitment not to introduce such
measures in the future. A detailed definition of “other relevant similar
measures” will be finalized as part of the adoption of the MLC.
Further, no newly enacted DST or other relevant similar measures will be
imposed on
any company from 8th October 2021 and until the earlier of 31st December 2023 or the coming into force of the new MLC.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

4   
OECD Secretary-General Matthias Cormann stated in
World Economic Forum meeting in Davos, Switzerland held on 24th May,
2022

8.3 India impact:

(i) India has introduced
Equalisation Levy (EL) and Significant Economic Presence (SEP) to
effectively tax digital economy. It is currently not clear whether SEP
provisions introduced in Indian tax laws can qualify as “other similar
tax measures” and hence required to be withdrawn. With respect to EL,
clarity is awaited from Indian tax administration on whether, as part of
India’s commitment to global consensus, EL measures shall be withdrawn.
As per news reports, India’s Finance Minister indicated that India
would withdraw EL once global tax deal is implemented5.

(ii) A
constant debate is how much India expected to gain from Pillar One
particularly since India may need to withdraw its unilateral measures.
As per reports6, in 2019–20, India collected R1,136 crores tax revenue
through EL. In F.Y. 2022-21, the tax revenue from EL rose to R2,057
crores. And in F.Y. 2022, it collected R4,000 crores EL revenue —?a
staggering 100% increase from the previous year. As compared to that,
while OECD expects that under Pillar One around $ 125 bn shall be
reallocated to market jurisdictions on yearly basis, it is currently not
known how much of these profits will be allocated to India as a market
jurisdiction. One needs to be mindful that Amount A is applicable only
to very large MNE groups (around top 100 MNEs) and also, while India may
be a large market for many foreign MNE groups, large Indian
headquartered MNEs may also need to comply with Pillar One rules and
India will need to share its taxing right with other countries.
Accordingly, while it is clear that EL has benefitted the kitty of
Indian exchequers, there is not clarity on how much tax revenues will
yield in favour of India under Pillar One.

8.4 Compromise with US to levy EL till implementation of Amount A:

(i)
In 2020-2021, US Trade Representative (USTR) conducted investigations
against digital taxes levied by several countries7and found that such
levies discriminatory against US digital companies and as retaliatory
measures, US threatened with additional tariffs on import of certain
items into US.

(ii) However, considering the ongoing discussions
under Pillar One,US has reached a compromise with several European
countries8 and India. As per compromise agreed with India, India is not
required to withdraw e-commerce EL until Pillar One takes effect.
However, India shall allow credit of the portion of EL accrued by a MNE
during “interim period” against the MNE’s future Pillar One Amount A tax
liability which arises when Pillar One rules are in effect. Interim
period starting from 1st April, 2022 till the implementation of Pillar
One or 31st March, 2024, whichever is earlier. In return, US has agreed
to withdraw trade retaliatory measures.

_____________________________________________________________________________________

5   
https://www.bloombergquint.com/business/indias-digital-tax-will-be-withdrawn-once-global-reform-effective-finance-minister-sitharaman

6   Sourced from
article titled- “An explainer on India’s digital tax revenues” issued by
Finshots on 18th May, 2022

7   Austria, Brazil,
the Czech Republic, the European Union, India, Indonesia, Italy, Spain, Turkey,
and the United Kingdom


9. CONCLUDING THOUGHTS:

Pillar
One aims to revolutionise fundamentals of existing international tax
system but, building such new tax system (with new nexus and profit
allocation rules) will be an arduous and onerous task. While the 137
countries have agreed on the broad contours of the Pillar One framework,
the fine print of the Pillar One rules are still being deliberated and
negotiated at OECD level. If the discussion drafts released by OECD on
scope, nexus rules, tax base etc. are any guide, it may be stated that
the devil lies in detail; since the detailed rules being chiselled out
are highly complex and convoluted. MNEs will have a daunting task of
understanding the nuances of the proposals and its impact on their
business, though on a positive side, there may be relief from unilateral
measures taken by countries to tax digital economy once Pillar One
proposal is implemented.

While tax authorities will be eager to
have another sword in their armoury, it may be noted that the OECD
proposal is still far away from finishing line. The ambitious plan of
implementing Pillar One rules by end of 2022 has been deferred to end of
2024. Explaining the delay on Pillar One, OECD Director of the Centre
for Tax Policy and Administration, Pascal Saint-Amans said9 “it was not
delayed, but rather subject to an extremely intensive negotiation”.

A
clear concern being raised by countries on Pillar One proposal is the
quantum of additional tax revenues that will be gained from implementing
these new tax rules. For instance, United States Treasury Secretary,
Janet Yellen, recently10 stated “Pillar One will have a small impact. We
will gain revenue from our ability to tax foreign corporations in the
US and lose some from reallocation of taxing authority, and it could be
positive or negative depending on details not yet worked out.”

____________________________________________________

8   UK, Austria,
France, Italy, Spain, Turkey

9   Stated in
Economic and Financial Council meeting in Luxembourg held on 17th
June, 2022

10 Stated in a 7th
June, 2022 Senate Finance Committee hearing on the F.Y. 2023 Budget

Similarly,
the human right experts appointed and mandated by United Nations Human
Rights Council has raised11 several concerns on OECD Pillar One such as
the solution will bring about only minimal benefits to developing
countries, the solution is fairly complex and entails a
disproportionately high administrative burden for countries with low or
overly stressed capacities. However, responding to such allegations,
OECD defended12 that Pillar One rules “stabilise the international tax
environment and defuse the trade tensions that result from a
proliferation of unilateral measures creating a drag on the world
economy precisely at a time when all economies are trying to rebuild the
fiscal space needed to address the economic shock of the COVID
pandemic”.

Thus, while the global tax deal has been struck, the
agreed framework will need to traverse through various hurdles before
the formal rules are sketched and implemented. It seems that OECD will
be walking on a tight rope with political power play of the countries on
one side and development of workable solution on the other.

Annexure: Source rule for some of key revenue categories for Pillar One

Key revenue stream

Market jurisdiction to whom revenue is to be allocated

Goods

Sale of Finished
goods to final customers (directly by the Covered Group or through
Independent Distributor)

Place of the delivery
of the finished goods to final customer

Sale of Digital goods
(other than component)

• In case of B2C
sale- Location of Consumer

 

• In case of B2B
sale- Place of use of B2B goods by business customer

Sale of components

Place of delivery to
final customer of the finished good into which the component is incorporated

Services

Location-specific
services (such as Services
Connected to Tangible Property)

Place of performance
of the service

Advertisement (Ad)
services

• Online Ad service-
Location of the viewer of online Ad

 

• Other Ad service-
Place of display or reception of Ad

Online intermediation
services

• Facilitation of
tangible or digital goods and digital services- Sourced 50-50% between
location of purchaser and seller

 

• Facilitation of
offline service- Sourced 50-50% between
location of customer and place
where offline service is
performed

Any other B2C
services

Location of the
Consumer

Any other B2B
services

Place of use of the
service

Other transactions

Licensing, sale or
other alienation of IP

• Where IP supports
provision
of service- Place of use of that service

 

• Any other case-
Place of use of IP by final customer

Licensing, sale or
other alienation of user data

Location of the User
that is the subject of the data being
transferred

Sale, lease or other
alienation of Real Property

Location of Real
Property

(This is the second article on Pillar One. The BEPS 2.0 series will continue with Pillar Two article/s)

S. 9(1)(vi) of the Act; Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA – Reimbursement of part of expat salary who worked under control and supervision of assessee is not FTS and no TDS is required to be deducted

4 M/s Toyota Boshoku Automotive India Pvt. Ltd vs. DCIT [[2022] 138 taxmann.com 166 (Bangalore – Trib.)] ITA No: 1646/Bang/2017 & 2586/Bang/2019 A.Ys.: 2013-14 to 2015-16; Date of order: 13th April, 2022          
            
S. 9(1)(vi) of the Act; Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA – Reimbursement of part of expat salary who worked under control and supervision of assessee is not FTS and no TDS is required to be deducted

FACTS
The assessee is a licensed manufacturer carrying out manufacturing activities using technology and knowhow obtained from T, Japan. The assessee entered into secondment agreement with T. In the course of assessment, TPO made certain transfer pricing adjustments and, the AO further disallowed certain charges by treating it as capital expenditure. On appeal, while upholding adjustments and disallowance made by AO/TPO, DRP further directed enhancement of the income by treating reimbursement of expat salary to T as FTS since the assessee had not deducted tax, section 40(a)(ia) was triggered.

Being aggrieved, assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
ITAT perused secondment agreement, independent employment contract entered by assessee with seconded employees and correspondence between seconded employees and assessee relating to payment of salary in India and outside India.  

Assessee initiates the process of secondment of employees when it requires the services of seconded employees of J. Assessee gives offer letter to employees. ITAT noted following clauses:

• Though he is employee of J during seconded period, his responsibilities towards J stand suspended during secondment period.

• He will work under control and supervision of assessee.

• During the assignment period, part of the salary will be paid in India and the balance salary will be payable in Japan by J on behalf of assessee. Assessee will reimburse this payment to J against debit note issued by J.

• During the period of assignment with the assessee in India, all other terms and conditions as per polices of the assessee company would be applicable.

Assessee deducted tax u/s 192 on entire amount. Accordingly, reimbursed part of salary cost was already subject to TDS.

In terms of Article 15 of OECD Commentary, the assessee in India is the economic and de facto employer of the seconded employees. Thus, there exists employer-employee relation between the assessee and the seconded employees.

Seconded employees have filed return of income in India offering entire salary to tax, including the portion which was received outside India.

Since seconded employee is regarded as employee of the assessee in India, the reimbursement to J was not in nature of FTS, but was in the nature of reimbursement of  ‘salary’.

MLI SERIES MLI ASPECTS IMPACTING TAXATION OF CROSS-BORDER DIVIDENDS

INTRODUCTION
The issues related to the taxability of dividends have always remained significant due to the inherent two-level taxation compared to other income streams like interest. Further, the taxing provisions are drafted in varied manners in an attempt to rein in any tax avoidance on such incomes. Taxation of dividends in the international tax arena has had its own set of complexities. In India, for a considerable period of time there used to be double taxation on foreign shareholders due to limited availability of credit for Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by Indian companies under the Income-tax Act. However, after the abolition of the DDT concept vide Finance Act 2020, cross-border dividends are now taxable in the hands of non-resident shareholders – bringing up issues of beneficial ownership, classification, conduit arrangements, etc.

This article concludes the series of articles for the BCAJ on Multi-lateral Instrument (MLI). The series of articles have explained the multilateral efforts to reduce tax avoidance and double non-taxation through MLI – a result of the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Project of the G20 and OECD. MLI has acted as a single instrument agreed upon by a host of countries1 through which several anti-abuse rules are brought in at one stroke in the DTAAs covered by the MLI.

Article 8 of the MLI provides anti-avoidance rules for Dividend Transfer- Transactions. This article attempts to highlight how the MLI has affected cross-border taxation of dividends, which has gained importance following the change in Income-tax Act from 1st April 2020. At the same time, it does not deal with the cross-border or domestic law issues that affect dividend payments in general, as it would be beyond the outlined scope of this article.

 

 

1   99 countries as on 10th May, 2022

TAXABILITY OF DIVIDENDS UNDER TREATIES
Under the double tax avoidance agreements (DTAAs), as far as tax revenue sharing is concerned between the two countries entering into the agreement, specific caps are prescribed for passive incomes like dividends, interest, royalty and fees for technical services. As per Article 10 of the OECD and UN model conventions, while the Country of Residence (COR) is allowed the right to tax dividends, the Country of Source (COS) is also allocated a right to tax such dividends. For dividend incomes, the COR is the country where the recipient of dividends is a resident; and the COS is the country where the company paying dividends is a resident of.

However, there is a cap on the tax which can be levied by the COS under its domestic laws, if the Beneficial Owner (BO) of such dividends is a resident of the other contracting state (i.e., COR). While typically, this cap is set at around 20-25% in DTAAs, a concessional rate of around 5-15% is prescribed if the BO is a company which meets the prescribed threshold of holding a certain minimum shareholding in the company paying dividends. This is considered to be a relief measure for cross-border corporate ownership structures, as against third-party portfolio investors who would generally hold a much lesser stake in the company paying dividends. The relief is explained below through an illustration:

Illustration 1: C Co., a Canadian Co., owns 12% voting power in I Co., an Indian Co. I Co. declares a dividend. The applicable dividend provisions of the India-Canada DTAA are as under:

Article 10
1. Dividends paid by a company which is a resident of a Contracting State to a resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other State.

2. However, such dividends may also be taxed in the Contracting State of which the company paying the dividends is a resident, and according to the laws of that State, but if the recipient is the beneficial owner of the dividends the tax so charged shall not exceed:

(a) 15 per cent of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner is a company which controls directly or indirectly at least 10 per cent of the voting power in the company paying the dividends;

(b) 25 per cent of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases.

As can be seen from the above, Article 10(2)(b) of the India-Canada DTAA provides for a cap of 25% on tax leviable in India (the COS in this case). However, as C Co., the beneficial owner of dividends from I Co., owns at least 10% voting power in I Co., the condition for minimum shareholding as specified for concessional rate in Article 10(2)(a) is met. Thus, the cap of 25% stands reduced to 15% as per Article 10(2)(a) of the India-Canada DTAA. This is the relief which is sought by group companies receiving dividend incomes on their investments in Indian companies.

PRONE TO ABUSE
The above reduced tax rate has led to abuse of this provision in cases where companies try to take benefit of the concessional rate by meeting the threshold requirement only for the period that the dividend is received. A simple illustration for understanding how this provision is abused is as follows:

Illustration 2: Continuing our example above, Con Co., a Canadian group Co. of C Co., also owns a 9% share capital of I Co. This holding would not allow for the concessional rate of tax to be applied when I Co. pays dividends to Con Co. However, just before the declaration of dividend by I Co., Con Co. buys an additional 1% stake in I Co. from its group Company C Co., which, as explained above, already holds a 12% stake in I Co. After this transaction C Co. continues to hold 11% stake in I Co.; while Con Co. will now hold 10% stake in I Co. As both Con Co. and C Co. now hold 10% or more in I Co., they fulfil the threshold requirement under Article 10(2)(b), and the concessional tax rate of 15% is applied. As this transaction is done only to avail the concessional rate, as soon as the dividend is distributed, the additional 1% holding is transferred back by Con Co. to C Co.

In this manner, by complying with the threshold requirement in a technical sense, Con Co. avails of the concessional tax rate. This is possible as the India-Canada DTAA does not provide for a minimum period for which the prescribed threshold for shareholding of 10% is required to be held for. This means that even if Con Co. meets the threshold for just the day when it receives the dividend from I Co., even then it can avail the concessional rate.

The Report on BEPS Action Plan 6 had identified this abuse and provided a possible solution to counter it by prescribing a threshold period for which shareholding is required to be held. This solution has been enacted in the form of Article 8 of the MLI – “Dividend Transfer Adjustments”, which is explained below.

STRUCTURE AND WORKING OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE MLI
Article 8 of the MLI provides that the concessional rate shall be available only if the threshold for minimum shareholding is met for a period of 365 days which includes the day of dividend payment. It should be noted that while Article 10 of the DTAA covers all recipients of dividends, the concessionary rate is available only to companies. Thus, the new test as per Article 8 of MLI also applies only to companies. At the same, time relief has been provided for ownership changes due to corporate re-organisation. [Para 1]
    
This condition shall apply in place of or in the absence of the minimum holding period condition existing in the DTAA. [Para 2] Thus, wherever Article 8 of the MLI applies, the new test of a 365-day holding period would be applied in the following manner:

• Where the treaty already contains a holding period test– such period would get replaced with the 365-day test; or

• In case of treaties where no such test exists, such a test would be introduced.

However, it should be noted that Article 8 of the MLI is an optional anti-abuse provision of the MLI. It is not a mandatory provision. Thus, the new minimum holding period test applies only to treaties where both the contracting states (countries party to the treaty) not only agree to the applicability of Article 8, but also to the manner in which it is applicable. The following options are available to the countries with regard to the applicability of Article 8:

• Para 3(a) provides that a country may opt out entirely from this new test; or

• Para 3(b) provides that a country may opt out to the extent the DTAA already provides for:

i. A Minimum Holding Period; or

ii. Minimum Holding Period shorter than 365 days; or

iii. Minimum Holding Period longer than 365 days.

Each country has to list which option it would be exercising from the above. Further, it also has to list down the DTAAs to which the above provision may not apply. Thus, India has opted out of Article 8 by way of reservation under Para 3(b)(iii) covering the India-Portugal DTAA as the treaty provides for a threshold period of 2 years already, which is higher than the one proposed under Article 8 of the MLI. Hence, the existing condition of 2 years will continue to apply in India-Portugal DTAA irrespective of India signing the MLI.

Para 4 states that countries shall notify the DTAA provision unless they have made any reservation. When two countries notify the same provision, only then will the 365-day threshold apply. India has notified such provision in its DTAAs with 24 countries. However, not all of these 24 countries have corresponded similarly. Hence, Article 8 of the MLI applies if the corresponding country has also notified its treaty with India under the same provision. A couple of illustrations will show how Article 8 of MLI works:

Illustration 3: Both India and Singapore have notified Illustration 3: Both India and Singapore have notified India-Singapore DTAA as a Covered Tax Agreement which will get impacted by MLI. India has notified the treaty under Article 8(4) of MLI. Basically, India agrees to apply the new 365-day test to the treaty. The India-Singapore treaty presently does not provide for such a test. However, Singapore has reserved the right for the entirety of Article 8 not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements [Para 3(a)]. Hence, while India has opted for applying MLI Article 8, Singapore has not. Thus, the Dividend Article of India-Singapore DTAA will not be affected by Article 8 of MLI even though India has expressed its willingness for the same.

Now let us consider another illustration:

Illustration 4: India and Canada both have made a notification under Article 8(4). No reservation has been made by any country for the relevant provision. Thus, there is no mismatch and Article 8 of MLI applies to the India-Canada DTAA. While before the MLI, there was no holding period requirement under the India-Canada DTAA, on the application of the MLI, the 365-day holding period gets inserted in the DTAA.

Considering the above, the following is the list of Indian treaties which have been amended by Article 8 of the MLI as both India, and the corresponding country have agreed to the applicability of Article 8 in the same manner, along with the respective dates for entry into effect of the MLI:  

    

Country

Threshold period for shareholding (pre-MLI)

Threshold period for shareholding (post-MLI)

Entry into Effect in India for TDS

Entry into Effect in India for other taxes

Canada

Nil

365
days

1st
April, 2020

1st
April, 2021

Denmark

Nil

365
days

1st
April, 2020

1st
April, 2021

Serbia

Nil

365
days

1st
April, 2020

1st April,
2020

Slovak
Republic

Nil

365
days

1st
April, 2020

1st April,
2020

Slovenia

Nil

365
days

1st
April, 2020

1st April,
2020

The above treaties already had specific thresholds for applicability of the concessional rates which are provided below for ease of reference:

Country

Condition for minimum shareholding / voting power

Concessional rate if condition is met

Tax rate if condition is not met

Canada

10%

15%

25%

Denmark

15%

15%

25%

Serbia

25%

5%

15%

Slovak
Republic

25%

15%

25%

Slovenia

10%

5%

15%

The illustration below will explain the changes pre and post MLI.

Illustration 5: SE Co., Serbia owns 21% shares of IN Co., India. On 1st April, 2021, SE Co. buys an additional 4% stake in IN Co. from a group company. IN Co. declares and pays a dividend on 15th December, 2021. SE Co. exits its stake of 4% on 1st January 2022. Pre-MLI, India-Serbia DTAA provided for a concessional tax rate of 5% where a minimum holding of 25% was met, even if such stake was held for only the day when dividend was earned. However, that has changed post-MLI. Post MLI, Article 10 of the India-Serbia treaty, as modified by Article 8 of MLI, provides that the concessional tax rate will be available only if the condition for a minimum holding period of 365 days is met. As that would not be met in this case, the concessional rate of tax on dividend income would not be available to SE Co.

365-DAY TEST
As per the MLI provisions, the recipient company shall hold the prescribed percentage of share capital for a period of 365 days to avail the concessional rate. The exact provision that gets added to the Dividend Article of the above-mentioned DTAAs is as follows:

[Subparagraph of the Agreement dealing with concessional rate] shall apply only if the ownership conditions described in those provisions are met throughout a 365 day period that includes the day of the payment of the dividends…

As can be seen above, the 365-day period would include the date of payment of the dividend. Thus, the language entails a “Straddle Holding Period” – a period covering the dividend payment date – but extending before or after such date. An illustration for the same is as follows:

Illustration 6: Continuing from Illustration 5 above, let us consider a case where SE Co. of Serbia continues to hold its stake of 25% in IN Co., India, for the foreseeable future after acquiring the 4% stake on 1st April, 2021. In such a case, even though the 365-day test is not met on the date of declaration of dividend, i.e., 15th December 2021, SE Co. would be able to claim the concessional rate of tax if it continues holding its stake of 25% in IN Co. at least up to 31st March, 2022, i.e., 365 days from 1st April 2021. In such a case, when it files its tax return, it can claim the lower rate of tax of 5% as it has met the 365-day test as prescribed under the modified India-Serbia treaty.

ISSUES RELATED TO STRADDLE-HOLDING PERIOD
There are a few issues with regard to the straddle-holding period. Let us take the above illustration in which IN Co. would be paying a dividend to SE Co on 15th December, 2021. IN Co. needs to deduct tax at source u/s 195 of the Income-tax Act before making payment of the dividend to SE Co. Since the 365-day test is not met as on the date of payment, can the concessional rate of tax be considered at the stage of deduction of tax at source? There is no clarity or guidance on this aspect, but as the law stands, IN Co. may need to deduct tax at 15%, ignoring the concessional rate of tax of 5%, as it would not be able to ascertain whether SE Co. will or will not be able to meet the 365-day test in the future. An expectation, howsoever strong, of SE Co. meeting the 365-day test would not allow IN Co. to apply the lower rate on the date it needs to deduct tax at source. It should be noted that in such a case, SE Co. can still claim the concessional rate by filing its tax return and claiming a refund for the excess tax deducted at source by IN Co.

The above view finds favour with the Australian Tax Office, which has issued a similar explanation by way of “Straddle Holding Period Rule”2 for its treaties modified by the MLI. A similar view has been expounded by the New Zealand Tax Office3. A similar clarification from the Indian tax department would provide certainty on this aspect.

Consider another illustration.

Illustration 7: SE Co. has invested 25% in shares of IN Co. on 1st February, 2022. Dividend has been declared by IN Co. on 28th February, 2022. As explained above, IN Co. would deduct tax at the higher rate of 15% as it would not be able to ascertain whether SE Co. would be in a position to meet the 365-day test or not. SE Co. would be able to meet the test only by 31st January, 2023. In this case, a further complication is that SE Co. would itself also face difficulty in claiming the concessional rate of tax in its tax return. This is because it would be required to file its tax return in India for A.Y. 2022-23 by either 30th September or 30th November, 2022. However, it would not have met the 365-day test by the return-filing deadline. Even the extended deadline of 31st December, 2022 for filing a revised tax return would fall short for SE Co. in meeting the 365-day test prescribed under the modified treaty. Such a situation would lead to practical issues where although the claim would be held valid at a future date, it would be difficult to make such a claim in the tax return filed.

 

 

2   QC 60960

3              Commissioner’s
Statement CS 20/03
The above illustrations show how the otherwise simple and objective 365-day test can become a difficult claim for the company earning the dividend income in certain situations.

It must also be noted that the 365-day test is an objective test – similar to the one for holding a prescribed minimum stake in shareholding or voting power. Such objective tests are prone to abuse. Consider a case where SE Co., in our illustration above, holds the stake in IN Co. for a period of 366 days, i.e.; it liquidates its stake as soon as the threshold period is met. It should be noted that the 365-day test is a simplistic representation of the income earner’s substance requirement as far as cross-border shareholding is concerned. But as is the case with every such specific test, while clarity in the law is available, abuse of the provisions may still be possible, even if such an exercise becomes more difficult.

In such a case, it should be noted that this test is only one among many anti-tax avoidance measures that the MLI provides. The Principal Purpose Test, the Limitation of Benefits clauses, etc., are other anti-tax avoidance measures under the MLI which may come into play where it is proven that even the 365-day test has been abused.

CORPORATE REORGANISATION
The MLI considers situations where ownership has changed due to corporate reorganisations like mergers or demergers. The language provided in the Article 8 is as follows:

…for the purpose of computing that period, no account shall be taken of changes of ownership that would directly result from a corporate reorganisation, such as a merger or divisive reorganisation, of the company that holds the shares or that pays the dividends.

Thus, the holding period of 365 days would apply across changes in ownership. The point to be noted is that such change would be ignored in ownership of the company that holds the share investment as also the company paying the dividends. Thus, both the parties to the dividend transaction need not consider the 365-day test from the date of reorganisation, but from the date of original holding. The intent seems to be that corporate reorganisation would not entail a change in ultimate ownership, but only a change in the holding structure within the group – for which the holding period test should not be reset.

CONCLUSION
To reiterate the above explanation in a few lines, Article 8 of MLI provides an additional objective test to avail the concessional rate available for dividend incomes under the treaties. The concessional rate is already subject to a minimum shareholding requirement. However, there was no compulsion of a minimum period for which such holding had to be maintained. This led to abuse of the relief provision. Through MLI Article 8, treaties will now provide for a 365-day shareholding period. Shareholders who meet this test can avail the lower concessional rate. However, as it is not a mandatory article of the MLI, at present only 5 Indian treaties have been impacted.
 

Taxation of dividend incomes has always remained an interesting topic for various reasons. The MLI provisions explained above make the subject even more interesting. Coupled with the recent controversies surrounding the applicability of Most Favoured Nation clauses (which is beyond the scope of the present article), we are ensured of interesting times ahead in the field of cross-border dividend taxation.

EPILOGUE
With this article, BCAJ completes a journey of over a year in providing a series of articles dealing with the most important aspects of the MLI – with a view to explain the provisions in as easy a manner as possible. The scope of the MLI provisions is vast, and it would not be possible for the BCAJ to cover all the myriad aspects. However, a reader wishing to avail a basic understanding of the MLI can access the articles starting from the April 2021 issue of the Journal. For readers interested in a deeper study of the subject, BCAS has published a 3 VOLUME COMPENDIUM ON THE MLI spread over 18 Chapters authored by experts in the field, which is a must-read for every international tax practitioner. Further, a research article “MLI Decoded” by CA Ganesh Rajgopalan provides a thread-bare analysis of each of the provisions of India’s treaties modified by the MLI and is available as free e-publication on the BCAS Website at https://www.bcasonline.org/Files/ContentType/attachedfiles/index.html.  

Articles
in MLI Series (Volume 53 and 54 of BCAJ)


Sr. No

Title of the Article

Month of Publication

1

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND OF MLI,
INCLUDING APPLICABILITY, COMPATIBILITY AND EFFECT

April,
2021

2

DUAL RESIDENT ENTITIES – ARTICLE 4 OF MLI

May,
2021

3

ANTI-TAX AVOIDANCE MEASURES FOR CAPITAL
GAINS: ARTICLE 9 OF MLI

June,
2021

4

MAP 2.0 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION FRAMEWORK
UNDER THE MULTILATERAL CONVENTION

August,
2021

5

ANALYSIS OF ARTICLES 3, 5 & 11 OF THE
MLI

September,
2021

6

ARTICLE 13: ARTIFICIAL AVOIDANCE OF PE
THROUGH SPECIFIC ACTIVITY EXEMPTION

October,
2021

7

ARTICLE 10 – ANTI-ABUSE RULE FOR PEs
SITUATED IN THIRD JURISDICTIONS (Part 1)

December,
2021

8

ARTICLE 10 – ANTI-ABUSE RULE FOR PEs
SITUATED IN THIRD JURISDICTIONS (Part 2)

January,
2022

9

ARTICLE 6 – PURPOSE OF A COVERED TAX
AGREEMENT AND ARTICLE 7 – PREVENTION OF TREATY ABUSE

February,
2022

10

COMMISSIONAIRE ARRANGEMENTS AND CLOSELY
RELATED ENTERPRISES

May,
2022

11

MLI ASPECTS IMPACTING TAXATION OF CROSS BORDER
DIVIDENDS

June,
2022

BCAJ Subscribers can access the e-versions of the above articles by logging in to bcajonline.org

BEPS 2.0 SERIES PILLAR ONE – A PARADIGM SHIFT IN CONVENTIONAL TAX LAWS – PART I

(This article is written under the mentorship of CA PINAKIN DESAI)

TAXATION OF DIGITAL ECONOMY – A GLOBAL CONCERN

1.1. The digital revolution has improved business processes and bolstered innovation enabling businesses tosell goods or provide services to customers remotely, without establishing any form of physical presence (such as sales or distribution outlets) in market countries(i.e. countries where customers are located).1.2. However, fundamental features of the current international income tax system, such as permanent establishment (PE) and the arm’s length principle (ALP), primarily rely on physical presence to allocate taxing rights to market countries and hence, are obsolete and incapable of taxing digitalised economy (DE) effectively. In other words, in the absence of physical presence, no allocation of income for taxation was possible for market countries, resulting in deprivation of tax revenue in the fold of market jurisdictions.1.3. For example, instead of using a local sales office in India, foreign companies can sell goods to customers in India through a website. In the absence of a PE, India cannot tax profits of the foreign company from the sale made to Indian customers. Another example is that a foreign company establishes an Indian company for distributing goods in India; but the Indian distributor performs limited risk sale and distribution activity in India and hence, is allocated limited returns on ALP basis, whereas the foreign company enjoys the residual profits which are offered to tax in its home jurisdiction.

1.4. In the absence of efficient tax rules, taxation of DE has become a key base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) concern across the globe. While the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) BEPS 1.0 project resolved several issues, the project could not iron out the concerns of taxation of DE. Hence, OECD and G20 launched BEPS 2.0 project, wherein OECD, along with 141 countries, is working towards a global consensus-based solution to effectively tax DE.

1.5. Pillar One of BEPS 2.0 project aims to modify existing nexus and profit allocation rules such that a portion of super profits earned by a large and highly profitable Multinational Enterprise (MNE) group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions under a formulary approach (even if MNE group does not have any physical presence in such market jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing rights of market jurisdictions over MNE’s profits.

2. CHRONOLOGY OF PILLAR ONE DEVELOPMENTS

TIMELINE OECD DEVELOPMENT REMARKS
October, 2020 OECD secretariat released a report titled ‘Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation- Report on the Pillar One Blueprint’ (the ‘Blueprint’) The blueprint represented the OECDs extensive technical work along with members of BEPS Inclusive Framework (IF)1 on Pillar One. It was a discussion draft prepared with an intention to act as a solid basis for negotiations and discussion between BEPS IF members.
July, 2021 OECD released a statement titled ‘Statement on a Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges arising from the Digitalisation of the Economy’ (‘July Statement’) The ‘July statement’ reflected the agreement of 134 members of BEPS IF on key components of Pillar One, including nexus and profit allocation rules.
October, 2021 OECD released an update to the ‘July statement’ (‘October statement’) In the ‘October statement’, 137 members of BEPS IF, out of 141 countries2 (which represent more than 90% of global GDP) reinstated their agreement on the majority of the components agreed in the ‘July statement’ and also agreed upon some additional aspects of Pillar One.
February, 2022 till May, 2022 OECD released series of public consultation documents Since the beginning of 2022, OECD has been releasing public consultation documents which provide draft rules on building blocks of Pillar One. OECD is seeking feedback from stakeholders before the work is finalised and implemented.
2023 Implementation of Pillar One Pillar One targeted to come into effect for critical mass of jurisdictions.

1   BEPS IF was formed by OECD in January, 2016 where more than 141 countries participate on equal footing for developing standards on BEPS-related issues and reviewing and monitoring its consistent implementation.

IMPLEMENTATION OF PILLAR ONE

3.1. The implementation of Pillar One rules will require modification of domestic law provisions by member countries, as also the treaties signed by them.The proposal is to implement a “new multilateral convention” (MLC) which would coexist with the existing tax treaty network. Further, OECD shall provide Model Rules for Domestic Legislation (Model Rules) and related Commentary through which Amount A3 would be translated into domestic law. Model Rules, once finalised and agreed by all members of BEPS IF, will serve basis for the substantive provisions that will be included in the MLC.3.2. It has been agreed that, once Pillar One is effective, all the unilateral Digital Service Tax and other similar measures undertaken by various countries will also need to be withdrawn by member countries.

4. COMPONENTS OF PILLAR ONE

4.1. As mentioned above, Pillar One has two components – Amount A and Amount B.

4.2. Amount A – new taxing right: To recollect, Pillar One aims to allocate certain minimum taxing rights to market jurisdictions where MNEs earn revenues by selling their goods/ services either physically or remotely in these market jurisdictions. In this regard, new nexus and profit allocation rules are proposed wherein a portion of MNE’s book profits would be allocated to market jurisdictions on a formulary basis. Mainly, the intent is to necessarily allocate certain portion of MNE profits to a market jurisdiction even if sales are completed remotely. MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to market jurisdictions is termed as “Amount A”. It is only if there is a positive value of Amount A that taxing right shall be allocated to market jurisdictions. If there is no Amount A, Pillar One does not contemplate the allocation of taxing rights to market jurisdiction.


2   The IF comprises 141 member jurisdictions. The only IF members that have not yet joined in the October, 2021 statement are Kenya, Nigeria, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka. Significantly, all OECD, G20, and EU members (except for Cyprus, which is not an IF member) joined the agreement, seemingly clearing the way for wide-spread adoption in all major economies.
3   Refer Para 4.2 for concept of Amount A

4.3. Amount B – Safe harbour for routine marketing and distribution activities – a concept separate and independent of Amount A:

a. Arm’s length pricing (ALP) of distribution arrangements has been a key area of concern in transfer pricing
(TP) amongst tax authorities as well as taxpayers. In order to enhance tax certainty, reduce controversy,
simplify administration under TP laws and reduce compliance costs, the framework of Amount B is proposed.

b. Amount B” is a fixed return for related party distributors who are present in market jurisdictions and perform routine marketing and distribution marketing and distribution activities. In other words, Amount B is likely to be a standard % in lieu of routine functions performed by marketing and distribution entities.

c. Unlike Amount A, which can allocate profits even if sales are carried out remotely, Amount B is applicable only when the MNE group has some form of physical presence carrying out marketing and distribution functions in the market jurisdiction. Currently, the agreed statements suggest that Amount B would work independent of Amount A, and there is no discussion of the interplay of the two amounts in the blueprint or agreed statements. Also, even if Amount A is inapplicable to the MNE group (for reasons discussed below), the MNE group may still need to comply with Amount B.

d. The scope and working of Amount B are still being worked upon by OECD, and hence, guidance is awaited on the framework of Amount B, such as – what will be scope of routine marketing and distribution functions? How will Amount B work if the distributor performs beyond routine functions? Will the fixed return reflect a traditional TP approach to setting the fixed return, or will it be a formulaic approach? Will fixed return vary by region, industry and functional intensity? Will implementation
of Amount B require changes to domestic law and tax treaty?

4.4. Since the framework of Amount B is still being developed at OECDs level and not much guidance is available on the scope and working of Amount B; and the focus of OECD is currently building the framework of Amount A, the scope of this article is limited to the concept and working of Amount A. This article does not deal with Amount B.

4.5. The nuances of Pillar One will be presented in a series of articles. This is the first article in the Pillar One series, which will focus on the scope of Amount A, i.e. what conditions are to be satisfied by an MNE group to be covered within the scope of the Amount A regime.

5. ‘AMOUNT A’ WORKS ON MNE LEVEL AND NOT ON ENTITY-BY-ENTITY APPROACH

5.1 As per existing tax laws, income earned by each entity of an MNE group is taxed separately, i.e. each entity is assessed to tax as a separate unit. However, Amount A significantly departs from this entity-by-entity approach. Amount A (including the evaluation of the applicability of Amount A rules) works on the MNE group level.

5.2 The draft rules issued by OECD define “Group” as a collection of Entities (other than an excluded entity) whose assets, liabilities, income, expenses and cash flows are, or would be, included in the Consolidated Financial Statements (CFS) of an ultimate parent entity (UPE).

5.3 Entity is defined as any legal person (other than a natural person) or an arrangement, including but not limited to a partnership or trust, that prepares or is required to prepare separate financial Statements (SFS). Thus, if a person (other than individuals) is required to prepare SFS, such person can qualify as an entity irrespective of whether or not it actually prepares SFS. However, certain entities are specifically excluded from the Amount A framework. This includes government entities, international organisations, non-profit organisations (NPO), pension funds, certain investment and real estate investment funds, and an entity where at least 95% of its value is owned by one of the aforementioned Excluded Entities.

5.4 As mentioned above, Group is defined by reference to CFS prepared by UPE. Hence, the concept of UPE is inherently important in the Amount A framework. To qualify as UPE, an entity needs to satisfy the following conditions:

(i) Such entity owns directly or indirectly a Controlling Interest4 in any other Entity.

(ii) Such entity is not owned directly or indirectly by another Entity (other than by Governmental Entity or a Pension Fund) with a Controlling Interest.

(iii) Such entity itself is not a Governmental Entity or a Pension Fund.

5.5 It may be noted that an entity that qualifies as UPE is mandatorily required to prepare CFS as per qualifying financial accounting standards (QFAS)5. It is specifically provided that even if a UPE does not prepare CFS in accordance with QFAS, it must produce CFS for purposes of Amount A.


4   Controlling Interest is defined as ownership interest in an Entity whose financial statements are consolidated or would be consolidated on line-by-line basis as per qualifying accounting standards.
5   Qualifying Financial Accounting Standards mean International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) and GAAP of countries like Australia, Brazil, Canada, EU, EEA Member states, Japan, China, Hong Kong, UK, USA, Mexico, New Zealand, Korea, Russia, Singapore, Switzerland and India.

5.6 The above concepts may be understood with the following examples:

(i)    Group 1: Promotor held group structure

Group 2: Government entity held group structure

6. CONDITIONS FOR APPLICABILITY OF ‘AMOUNT A’ TO MNE GROUP

6.1. Amount A shall revolutionise the existing taxation system. Amount A represents profits to be allocated to market jurisdictions for the purpose of taxability, even if, as per existing taxation rules, no amount may be allocable to market jurisdictions.

6.2. Considering the drastic change in the tax system, the Amount A regime is agreed to be made applicable only to large and highly profitable MNE groups. Hence, scope rules for applicability of Amount A to the MNE group have been kept at very high thresholds quantitatively and objectively, such that they are readily administrable and provide certainty as to whether a group is within its scope.

6.3. MNE Groups who do not fulfil any of the scope conditions discussed below will be outside Amount A profit allocation rules. However, where these conditions are fulfilled, an MNE group would need to determine Amount A as per the proposed new profit allocation rules (which would be determined on a formulary basis at the MNE level) and allocate Amount A to eligible market jurisdictions.

6.4. Criterion for determining whether Group is in-scope of Amount A framework as agreed by members of BEPS IF

(i) In a global consensus statement released in October, 2021, members of BEPS IF agreed on the following as scope threshold:

(a) An MNE group shall qualify as a “covered group” within the scope of Amount A if it has a global turnover of above € 20 billion and profitability (i.e. profit before tax/revenue) above 10%.These thresholds will be determined using averaging mechanisms.

(b) The turnover threshold of € 20 billion stated above will be reduced to € 10 billion after relevant review in this regard based on successful implementation, including tax certainty on Amount A. The relevant review in this regard will begin seven years after the Pillar One solution agreement comes into force. The review shall be completed within a timeframe of one year.

(ii) By virtue of such a high threshold, it is expected that it would cover only the top 100 MNE groups across the globe6, out of which about 50% of the MNEs in the scope of Amount A are likely to be US-based MNEs, about 22% are headquartered in other G7 countries, and about 8% are headquartered in China7. Most Indian headquartered MNE groups are unlikely to satisfy such high thresholds, except, large and profitable groups like the Reliance and Tata groups.

6.5 Criterion for determining whether a Group is in-scope of Amount A framework as provided in the draft scope rules

(i) Basis the broad scope agreed by BEPS IF members in October 2021, OECD released draft model rules for the Scope threshold. As per the draft rules, a Group qualifies as a Covered Group for a particular period (i.e. current period) if the following two tests are met:

(a) Global revenue test – Total Revenues of the Group for the current period should be greater than € 20 billion. While the threshold is provided in a single currency (i.e. euros), OECD is exploring coordination issues related to currency fluctuations.


6   As per OECD report “Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation – Economic Impact Assessment”.
7   Kartikeya Singh, “Amount A: The G-20 Is Calling the Tune and U.S. Multinationals Will Pay the Piper,” Tax Notes International, vol. 103, August 2, 2021.

(b) Profitability test – 3-step profitability test:

•    Period test – Group’s profitability exceeds 10% threshold in the current period.

•    Prior period test – Group’s profitability exceeds 10% threshold in 2 or more out of 4 periods preceding the current period8.

•    Average test – Group’s profitability exceeds 10% threshold on average across the current period and the four periods immediately preceding the current period.

(ii) All the above-mentioned tests should be cumulatively satisfied, i.e. if any condition is not satisfied, the Group is outside the scope of the Amount A regime.

(iii) Rationale for introducing prior period test and average test in draft rules – These tests seek to deliver neutrality and stability to the operation of Amount A and ensure Groups with volatile profitability are not inappropriately brought into its scope, which limits the compliance burden placed on taxpayers and the tax authorities.

(iv)    Adjustments to be made to revenue and profits for computing scope thresholds – It is noteworthy that for Global revenue test and Profitability test, adjusted revenues and adjusted profits are to be considered.

(a)    For revenues, the starting point is revenues reported in Group’s CFS to which certain adjustments are to be made such as:

•    Adding share of revenue derived from joint venture;

•    Subtracting dividends, equity gain/loss on ownership interest, and

•    Adjusting eligible restatement adjustments like prior period items.

(b) For profits, the starting point is profit or loss reported in the CFS to which certain book to tax adjustments are made, such as:

•    Adding tax expense (including deferred tax), dividends, equity gain on ownership interest, policy disallowed (bribe, penalty, fines etc.);

•    Subtracting of equity loss on ownership interest; and

•    Adjusting eligible restatement adjustments like prior period items.


8   If there is a Group Merger/ Demerger in the current Period or any of the three Periods immediately preceding the current Period, the calculation of profitability for prior period test and average test should be basis revenues and profits of Acquiring Group/ Existing Group (in case of merger) and Demerging Group (in case of Demerger).

(v) Weighted average to be considered for computing Average test:

(a) For the Average test (which requires evaluation of whether the Group’s profitability exceeds 10% threshold on average across the current period and the four periods immediately preceding the current period), the term “average” is defined as:

“Average” means the value expressed as a percentage by:

a. multiplying the Pre-Tax Profit Margin of each of the Period and the four Periods immediately preceding
the Period, by the Total Revenues of that same Period; and

b. summing the results of (a), and dividing it by the sum of the Total Revenues of the Period and the four Periods immediately preceding the Period.

(b) Further, it is specifically clarified that the calculation in subparagraph (a) of the definition of average requires that the pre-tax profit margin of each period are weighted according to the respective total revenues of the same period. The average calculation is, therefore, a weighted average calculation.

6.7. Ongoing discussions at OECD level on draft scope threshold rules

(i) The draft scope rules indicate that the profitability test requires evaluation of the profitability of 4 years prior to the current period, and also the average profitability of 5 years (i.e. the average of the current year and 4 prior years); whereas for the global revenue test, only the current year profits need to be considered. Thus, the global revenue test will be met even if revenues in prior years do not exceed € 20 billion.

(ii) However, it is noteworthy that the framework provided in the draft rules does not reflect the final or consensus views of the BEPS IF members, and the OECD is currently exploring a number of open questions in this area.

(iii) One of the issues being evaluated is whether the total revenues of a Group should be subject to the prior period test and the average test as well (which applies to profitability); and

(iv) Another issue is whether the prior period test and the average test should apply as a permanent feature of the Scope rules or, alternatively, apply as an “entry-level test” only. Under the latter option, once a Group falls in the scope of Amount A for the first time, the prior period test and the average test would no longer apply, and thereafter only the total revenues and profitability of the Group in the current period would determine whether the Group is in scope.

6.8. Anti-fragmentation rule to prevent circumvention of global revenue test

(i) The draft rules also provide for an anti-fragmentation rule (AF rule) as a “targeted deterrent and anti-abuse rule” to prevent a Group from restructuring in order to circumvent the global revenue test of € 20 billion.

(ii) The AF rule applies where a group (whose UPE is directly or indirectly controlled by an excluded entity, investment fund or real estate vehicle) in totality meets the global revenue test and the profitability test, but the group is artificially split to create one or more Fragmented Groups with the principal purpose of circumventing the global revenue test of €20 billion. Consider the following example:

(iii) By virtue of the AF rule, revenues of such fragmented groups shall be aggregated, and the global revenue test shall be met where such aggregated revenue exceeds € 20 billion. It may be noted that the AF rule shall provide for a grandfathering clause such that the rule shall be made effective only for restructurings that take place after a set date. Discussions are ongoing at the OECD level on what should be such date of grandfathering.

7. SECTOR EXCLUSIONS- EXCLUSION FOR EXTRACTIVE AND REGULATED FINANCIAL SERVICES

7.1. In the global consensus statement released in October, 2021, members of BEPS IF agreed that the extractive sector and regulated financial services sector must be excluded from the framework of Amount A. The revenues and profits earned by a group from extractive activities and regulated financial services are to be excluded while evaluating scope thresholds (i.e. global revenue of € 20 billion and the profitability test of 10%) as well as computation of Amount A for covered
groups.

7.2. In 2022, OECD released draft rules for the scope of this sector exclusion for extractive activities and regulated financial services.

7.3. Exclusion for profits and revenues of Regulated Financial Institutions (RFI)

(i) Profits and revenues of Entities that meet the definition of RFI are wholly excluded from Amount A. Alternatively, profits and revenues of an Entity that does not meet that definition (i.e. non RFI) is wholly included in Amount A. Hence, the exclusion works on an entity-by-entity basis. What is excluded is the entire profit of the RFI entity and not the segmental activity.

(ii) MNE groups need to evaluate the global revenue test and profitability test discussed in Para 6 above after excluding revenues and profits of RFI. If the MNE group still crosses the scope thresholds, such a residual group will qualify as a covered group under Amount A.

(iii) The rationale for providing this exclusion is that this sector is already subject to a unique form of regulation, in the form of capital adequacy requirements, that reflect the risks taken on and borne by the firms. This regulatory driver generally helps to align the location of profits with the market.

(iv) Definition of RFI

(a) RFI includes 7 types of financial institutions: Depositary Institution; Mortgage Institution; Investment Institution; Insurance Institution; Asset Manager; Mixed Financial Institution; and RFI service entity.

(b) Each type of RFI is specifically defined and generally contain 3 elements – all of which need to be satisfied: a license requirement, a regulatory risk-based capital requirement, and an activities requirement. For example, to qualify as a depositary institution, the following condition should be satisfied:

• It must have a banking license issued under the laws or regulations of the jurisdiction in which the Group Entity does that business.

• It is subject to capital adequacy requirements that reflect the Core Principles for Effective Banking Supervision provided by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

• It accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar business.

• At least 20% of the liabilities of the entity consist of Deposits as of the balance sheet date for the period.

(c) Entities whose substantial business is to provide regulated financial services to Group Entities of the same Group are not RFI.

7.4. Exclusion for extractive activity

(i) The extractive exclusion will exclude the Group’s revenues and profits from extractive activities from the scope of Amount A.

(ii) Definition of extractive activity

(a) As per the draft rules released in April 2022, an MNE group shall be considered to be engaged in “Extractive Activity” if such MNE group carries out exploration, development or extraction of extractive product and the group sells such extractive product. Thus, the extractive activities definition contains a dual test:

• a product test (i.e. the sale of an extractive product), and

• an activities test (i.e. conducts exploration, development or extraction).

(iii) Both of the above-mentioned tests must be satisfied to qualify as “Extractive Activity”. Thus, where a MNE group earns revenue from commodity trading only (without having conducted the relevant Extractive Activity), or revenue from performing extraction services only as a service provider (without owning the extractive product), such MNE may not be considered as carrying on “Extractive Activity”.

(iv) As per the OECD, these two conditions for extractive exclusion reflect the policy goal of excluding the economic rents generated from location-specific extractive resources that should only be taxed in the source jurisdiction, while not undermining the comprehensive scope of Amount A by limiting the exclusion in respect of profits generated from activities taking place beyond the source jurisdiction, or later in the production and manufacturing chain.

(v) The two tests in definition of “Extractive Activities” may be understood basis the following example:

7.5.  Revenues and profits from extractive activities to be excluded

(i) Unlike regulated financial services, the extraction exclusion does not exclude all revenues and profits of entities engaged in the extraction business.

(ii) In fact, where an MNE group is carrying on Extractive Activity, the consultation draft provides a complex mechanism to compute revenue and profits from such extractive activity on a segmented basis.

(iii) MNE groups need to evaluate the global revenue test and profitability test discussed in Para 6 above after excluding revenues and profits from extractive activities. If the MNE group still crosses the scope thresholds, such residual group will qualify as covered group under Amount A.

8. CONCLUSION

The discussion in this article highlights that rules to determine whether an MNE group is within the scope of the Amount A regime itself is a complex process. Where the entry test for Amount A rules itself is so convoluted, one can imagine the intricacies which the new profit nexus and profit allocation rules under Amount A will entail.

MNE groups who do not fulfil any of the scope conditions discussed in this article will be outside the Amount A profit allocation rules. However, where the above conditions are fulfilled, an MNE would need to determine Amount A as per the proposed new profit allocation rules (which would be determined on a formulary basis at the MNE level) and allocate Amount A to eligible market jurisdictions. These aspects will be discussed in detail in the next articles in this series. Stay tuned!

Article 12(3), (4) of India-USA DTAA – Fee received by American company for providing customized research services was not chargeable in India as Royalty

3 Everest Global Inc. vs. DDIT [2022] 136 taxmann.com 404 (Delhi) ITA No: 2469/Del/2015, 6137/Del/2015 and 2355/Del/2017 ITAT “D” Bench, Delhi Members: G.S. Pannu, President and C.N. Prasad, JM A.Ys.: 2010-11, 2011-12 and 2012-13; Date of order: 30th March, 2022 Counsel for Assessee/Revenue: Ms. Vandana Bhandari, Adv./ Shri Vijay Kumar Choudhary, Sr. DR

Article 12(3), (4) of India-USA DTAA – Fee received by American company for providing customized research services was not chargeable in India as Royalty

FACTS
The assessee was a company incorporated in the USA. It was in global services advisory and research business. The assessee assisted clients in developing and implementing leading-edge sourcing strategies, including captive outsourced and shared services approaches. The assessee mainly provided two kinds of services
to its clients – published research reports and customized research advisory as per client’s specific requirements.

The published reports were general in nature. They compiled factual information from various secondary sources. The database and server of the assessee were in the USA. The subscribers were granted access to the database through the website upon payment of a fee, which also allowed them to download published reports, annual market updates, white papers, etc. The published reports and database were copyright protected. The subscriber had a non-exclusive, non-transferable right and license to use the published report.

The assessee provided custom research advisory services on topics provided by clients in advance to clients in India. The output of custom research advisory service was provided to clients through emails or presentations. Work orders/invoices for customized research services were generated based on the requirements of clients.

In the course of assessment, the AO concluded that the subscription fee for published reports as well as fee for customized research advisory services was chargeable to tax in India under the head ‘Royalty’. In appeal, CIT(A) affirmed the order of the AO.

The issue before Tribunal pertained to the taxability of fees for customized research advisory services under the head ‘Royalty’.

HELD
The assessee provides custom research advisory services to outsourcing industry clients only on topics provided by them in advance. The output is provided through emails or presentations. These clients are not allowed to use the database of published reports.

The AO and CIT(A) failed to properly consider the facts and mixed up the taxability of published reports and custom research under the head ‘Royalty’.

Article 12(3), as well as clause (a) of Article 12(4), were not applicable to custom research services. Hence, the fee received for such services was not taxable as ‘Royalty’.

S. 9(1)(vi) of the Act; Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA – Where clients themselves generated reports using web portal of the assessee, and they did not have access, either to process, or to equipment, of the assessee, income of the assessee was not Royalty, either u/s 9(1)(vi) of the Act, or under Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA

2 M/s Salesforce.com Singapore Pte vs. Dy. DIT [2022] 137 taxmann.com 3 (Delhi)
ITAT “D” Bench, Delhi Members: N.K. Billaiya, AM and Anubhav Sharma, JM ITA No: 4915/Del/20166, 4916/Del/2016, 6278/Del/2016, 2907/Del/2017, 4299/Del/2017, 8156/Del/2019 and 999/Del/2019 A.Ys.: 2010-11 to 2016-17; Date of order: 25th March, 2022 Counsel for Assessee/Revenue: Shri Ravi Sharma, Adv, Shri Rishabh Malhotra, Adv/Ms. Anupama Anand, CIT- DR

S. 9(1)(vi) of the Act; Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA – Where clients themselves generated reports using web portal of the assessee, and they did not have access, either to process, or to equipment, of the assessee, income of the assessee was not Royalty, either u/s 9(1)(vi) of the Act, or under Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA

FACTS
The assessee was a company incorporated in, and a tax resident of Singapore. It was engaged in providing comprehensive Customer Relationship Management (CRM) services to its clients through its CRM application software portal. The clients subscribed to the services which they required. In consideration for the services, the clients were required to pay a subscription fee to the assessee. They could access the portal for the period they had paid the subscription fee.

The clients fed data into a database of the assessee. Thereafter, they were enabled to manage customer accounts, track sales, evaluate marketing campaigns, provide better post-sales service, generate reports and summaries, etc.

The AO concluded that the subscription fee received by the assessee was in the nature of Royalty u/s 9(1)(vi) of the Act and under Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA. In appeal, CIT(A) held that the services rendered by the assessee were in the nature of imparting information concerning commercial expediency and hence, it was in the nature of royalty.

HELD
The assessee provided CRM services through its portal. All equipment and machines required to provide the services were under the control of the assessee and located outside India. The assessee hosted data, which was fed by the clients, on its portal. All the servers of the assessee were located outside India. The assessee did not have any place of management in India or any personnel in India. Hence, it could not be considered to have a fixed place of business in India.

The assessee provided its clients’ online access to its portal. Using the portal, the clients generated reports.

The clients did not have any control over the equipment belonging to the assessee. In the absence of such control, the contention of the AO that the subscription fee received constituted ‘Royalty’ was not tenable. Further, the assessee did not provide any information concerning industrial, commercial, or scientific experience.

If the services were rendered de hors imparting of knowledge or transfer of any knowledge, experience or skill, then such services did not fall within the ambit of Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA.

Also, facts in the case of the assessee were distinguishable from those in the case of the AAR decision in Thought Buzz (P) Ltd 346 ITR 345, where that assessee was in the business of gathering and collating data obtained from various sources, which it shared with the users through its report. However, in case of the assessee, the clients generated reports using data fed by them on the portal of the assessee.

The clients did not have access, either to the process, or equipment and machines, of the assessee. Correspondingly, the assessee did not have access to the clients’ data.

Therefore, the subscription fee received by the assessee could not be taxed as royalty, either u/s 9(1)(vi) of the Act, or under Article 12 of India-Singapore DTAA.

MLI SERIES COMMISSIONAIRE ARRANGEMENTS AND CLOSELY RELATED ENTERPRISES

The concept of permanent establishment (PE) was originally introduced to tackle cross-border business and transactions that were left untaxed in the country where the transaction was carried out on account of the absence of a legal entity or a concrete presence in the source country. An entity is said to have a PE in a jurisdiction if it has a fixed place of business through which it carries out business activities, either wholly or partly. The entity’s profits, which are attributable to the PE from which business activities were conducted, were liable to tax in the country where the PE was created.

In order to circumvent being liable to tax in the source country, the parties engaged in cross-border transactions entered into intricate arrangements to artificially avoid creating a PE in the source country. Resultantly, these transactions remained outside the scope of taxation in the source country, resulting in significant revenue loss to the country. These strategies also resulted in either negligible taxation in a low-tax country or altogether, double non-taxation of the transaction. To tackle this issue, an elaborate definition of PE was introduced in the domestic tax laws as well as covered in the bilateral tax treaties entered into by two countries/ jurisdictions. Both the UN Model Convention and the OECD Model Convention exhaustively cover the concept of PE. Despite this, tax strategies such as entering into commissionaire arrangements, artificially splitting contracts and exploiting exemptions for preparatory and auxiliary activities were implemented to avoid the creation of PE in the source country artificially.

Action Plan 7 of the BEPS (in the report titled ‘Preventing the Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status, Action 7- 2015 Final Report’) proposed changes in the definition of PE to prevent such artificial avoidance through the use of commissionaire arrangements, specific activities exemption and other similar strategies.

The concept of commissionaire is found in European civil law systems (jurisdictions in which a codified statute is predominant over judicial opinions), which means a person who acts in their own name for the account of a principal. This means that a commissionaire, although contractually bound to deliver goods to the customer as per the terms and conditions agreed, does not own title or ownership in said goods and is therefore, an intermediary acting in its own name. Therefore, a commissionaire arrangement involvesthree parties, namely- Principal, Commissionaire, and the Customer with two separate contractual relationships – one is commissionaire arrangement itself (that is, between the Principal and the Commissionaire) and the other is between the Commissionaire and the Customer.

COMMISSIONAIRE ARRANGEMENT VERSUS AGENCY
While commissionaire is mainly found in civil law countries, common law countries (such as India) recognize the concept of agency. To briefly explain the difference between these two systems, the main feature lies in the binding force of judicial precedents of courts. In the civil law system (followed in most European countries), the court applies and interprets legal norms for deciding a case; because the law is codified and very prescriptive in nature. While under the common law system, the court’s decision is binding; the courts not only make rulings, but also provide guidance on resolving future disputes of similar nature by setting a precedent.

Under the Indian Contract Act of 1872, an agent is a person employed to do any act for another or represent another in dealings with third persons. Like a commissionaire arrangement, an agency involves three parties- the agent, principal and third party. The contract law also states that contracts entered through an agent and the obligations arising from the acts of the agent are enforceable in the same manner, and will have the same legal consequences, as if the contracts had been entered into and the acts done by the principal in person. This means that, unlike in a commissionaire arrangement where the principal is not a party to the contract and is therefore excluded from the legal consequences arising there from, an agency relationship binds the principal in the contract as much as the agent through which it was entered. This conveys that in an agency agreement, in case of breach of contract, the third party is entitled to initiate actions against the principal.

Further, as mentioned above, a commissionaire arrangement includes two separate contractual relationships – one is between principal and commissionaire, and other is between commissionaire and customer. However, in an agency relationship, there is only one contractual relationship- between the principal and the third party (customer).

While India does not recognize the concept of a commissionaire arrangement, it cannot be said that an entity can avoid PE status in India by entering a commissionaire arrangement for the sale of its products or services. The widened definition of PE under treaties, along with ‘business connection’ provisions in the domestic tax law act as a roadblock for structures created to avoid creating PE status in source country artificially.

The concept of commissionaire arrangement and the difference in tax liability between a standard arrangement and a commissionaire arrangement can be understood with an illustration:

In the given illustration: B Co. is a multinational company based in Country B specialising in producing chemicals. The average corporate income tax rate in B is 16%. B Co. has a subsidiary company A Co. in Country A. To sell these chemicals to its customers in Country A, B Co. sells its products to A Co. at arm’s length price, which A Co. then sells to the customers. The profits earned by A Co on such sales, which is generally 15% of the price at which products are sold to customers, are taxed in Country A at 30%. B Co. enters into a commissionaire arrangement with A Co. whereby A Co. will continue to sell these products to the customers based in Country A but on behalf of B Co. A Co, instead of profits, will now earn commission on the sale, which has been agreed at 2% of the customer’s sale price. The profits earned by B Co from the sale of products to the customers, after deducting the commission to A Co., are taxed in Country B.

This results in a reduction in the taxable base in Country A – previously, the entire profits earned by A Co. were taxed in Country A however, under the commissionaire arrangement, only the amount of commission is taxed in Country A while the entire profits on sale are taxed in Country B, a comparatively low-tax jurisdiction since the corporate tax rates are significantly lower than that of Country A.

The substantial reduction in tax liability and the tax base in Country A is depicted in the table below:

Therefore, the taxable base in Country A, where the average corporate income-tax rate is 30%, reduced from the 15% profits earned by A Co to 2% commission which resulted in a revenue loss of 3.75.

Article 5(5) of the OECD Model Tax Convention on Income and on Capital (‘OECD Model Convention’) states that barring specified exceptions, an enterprise is deemed to have a permanent establishment in a country if a person/entity in that country acts on behalf of the foreign enterprise and such person/entity habitually exercised authority to conclude the contracts which are in the name of the foreign enterprise.

The scope of Article 5 was subsequently expanded with effect from 21st November, 2017 through the report titled ‘The 2017 Update to the Model Tax Convention’ to also cover a person/entity which habitually concludes such contracts (which are in the name of the foreign enterprise and are for transfer of title in goods or for rendering services), or where such person/ entity has a major part in concluding such contracts without making any material modifications.

Further, Article 5(6) excludes a person/ entity from the scope of deemed PE if such person/ entity acts as an independent agent and acts for the foreign enterprise in the ordinary course of business. However, such an agent will not be considered independent if it is established that such agent is acting exclusively or almost exclusively for the foreign enterprise or on behalf of one or more enterprises to which it is closely related (discussed in subsequent paragraphs). Erstwhile language of Article 5(5) emphasized the conclusion of contracts in the name of the principal by an agent to constitute its PE. Therefore, commissionaire arrangements under civil law countries escaped constituting a PE as the contracts were entered through Commissionaire. Resultantly, the expanded scope of Article 5 leads to creation of an agency PE in that country if the above criteria are not fulfilled. Therefore, with the widened scope, a person is said to be dependent agent PE if it either has the authority to conclude contracts or habitually plays the principal role in concluding contracts. However, it must be kept in mind that an agency PE is not created in a situation where an activity is specifically mentioned in Article 5(4), that is, activities which do not qualify for creating a PE status. Further, independent agents, as mentioned in Article 5(6) also do not constitute a PE unless one of the cumulative criteria mentioned therein is not fulfilled.

Based on the recommendations made in the BEPS Action Plan 7, Article 12 of the Multilateral Convention Instrument (MLI) widens the scope of PE by including within its ambit cases where a person/ entity habitually concludes contracts or plays a principal role in the conclusion of contracts of the foreign enterprise. Further, although an independent agent which does not exclusively or almost exclusively act for the foreign enterprise does not constitute PE, if the agent acts outside its ordinary business, it may constitute ‘business connection’ as per Explanations 2 and 2A to section 9(1)(i) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The concept of ‘business connection’ was introduced vide the Finance Act of 2003, which was later substantially modified by the Finance Act of 2018 to align its scope with the permanent establishments’ rules as modified by the MLI (explanatory memorandum).


ARTICLE 12 OF MLI AND ‘BUSINESS CONNECTION’

The scope of business connection under domestic law is analogous to dependent agent PE under tax treaties. Prior to the amendment made by the Finance Act of 2018, ‘business connection’ included business activities carried out by a non-resident through its dependent agents.

With the insertion and subsequent substitution of Explanation 2A, the scope of business connection was widened to include activities of a non-resident carried out through a person acting on its behalf, where the said person,

• has the authority to conclude contracts on behalf of the non-resident and such person habitually exercises such authority in India, or

• habitually concludes contracts, or

habitually plays the principal role leading to conclusion of contracts by non-resident

and the contracts are in the name of the non-resident or are for transfer of ownership of property or granting right to use in the property, or for provision of services by the non-resident.

While both the provisions aim to expand the scope of permanent establishment, the concept of business connection also covers situations where the person has and habitually exercises in India, an authority to conclude contracts on behalf of the non-resident- this situation is not covered in Article 5(5) of the OECD Model Convention. Further, contrary to Article 5(5), which applies if a person routinely concludes a contract without any material modification made by the foreign enterprise, Explanation 2A does provide such qualification for determining business connection. Additionally, unlike Article 12, which excludes activities which are preparatory or auxiliary in nature, ‘business connection’ does not provide for such exclusion thereby making the scope of domestic law provisions wider than Article 12.

INDIA’S POSITION ON ARTICLE 12 OF MLI
Being a signatory to the MLI, India has chosen to adopt the provisions of Article 12 to implement measures for preventing the artificial avoidance of PE status through commissionaire arrangements and similar strategies. The provisions of Article 12 will apply to a tax treaty entered by India with another country/ jurisdiction if the treaty partner is also a signatory to the MLI and has not expressed any reservations under Article 12(4) regarding this provision. Article 12(1) of the MLI will replace or supplement the existing language of tax treaties to make it in line with Article 5(5) of the OECD Model Convention. Similarly, Article 12(2) will replace/ supplement the existing language of tax treaties to make it in line with Article 5(6).

Further, where two contracting jurisdictions choose to apply Article 12(2) of the MLI, Article 15(1) dealing with ‘closely related enterprise’ is also automatically applicable. Unlike other articles of MLI where a country/jurisdiction has those choices to implement a particular article by choosing one of the alternatives mentioned therein, Article 12 does not provide such options. This means that a country either has the option to implement both agency PE rule and independent agent provisions or opt out from adopting both. Treaty partners such as Austria, Australia, Finland, Georgia, Ireland, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Singapore and the United Kingdom have expressed reservations on the application of Article 12 to their respective Covered Tax Agreements. On the other hand, countries such as France and New Zealand have opted in to apply Article 12 to their Covered Tax Agreements.

IMPACT ON TRANSFER PRICING
Transfer pricing aims to allocate the income of an enterprise in jurisdictions where the enterprise conducts business, on an arm’s length basis. One of the most important aspects of transfer pricing provisions is to determine whether an enterprise has a permanent establishment in a jurisdiction and, accordingly, allocating the profits attributable to the PE based on a detailed analysis of the activities undertaken by it. In a way, transfer pricing provisions assist a country in eliminating the shift of profits resulting from avoiding PE status in the source country.

With India being a signatory to the MLI and adopting the provisions of Article 12, there have been fundamental changes in the definition of permanent establishment with regards to changes in rules determining agency PE, commissionaire arrangements and specific activity exemptions for foreign companies undertaking preparatory or auxiliary activities in India.

The modified definition of PE widens the test to determine dependent agency PE to include commissionaire arrangements by covering the situation where contracts are not formally concluded by the person acting on behalf of the foreign enterprise but where that person’s functions and actions results in the conclusion of the contract. Further, where the ownership or rights to use a property is to be transferred, and the said property is not in the name of the person entering into the contract (for example, a commissionaire) but is in the name of the foreign enterprise, such contracts for the transfer of ownership or grant of rights to use will also be included in the widened PE scope.

Enterprises, in order to avoid PE status in a country where they carry business activities, often restructure their business by converting, for example, a full-fledged distributor into a limited-risk distributor, agent or a commissionaire. As a general rule, a distributor is entitled to more profits earned from the source country if it performs more functions, assumes higher risks and employs more assets. In the previous example, A Co.’s status changed from being the distributor of B Co. to a commissionaire agent with B Co. acting as the principal. As a result of this, the functions and risks (such as product liability risk, bad debt risk, foreign exchange risk and inventory risk) undertaken by A Co. drastically reduced to a relatively lower level since the risks previously assumed by A Co. with respect to distribution functions have now shifted to B Co. Consequently, A Co. will be entitled to only the commission portion earned on sale instead of the entire profits earned from the source country A.

However, since the threshold for determining agency PE has been reduced under MLI, it is probable that foreign enterprises are likely to have increased PE exposure in the source country. While several judicial precedents have upheld the formation of an agency PE on the basis that agent were actively involved in negotiation, agency PE has been a litigious area; with the adoption of MLI provisions, these decisions now seem to have been accepted.

CLOSELY RELATED ENTERPRISES
For Articles 12, 13 and 14 of the MLI, Article 15(1) defines a person is said to be closely related to an enterprise if, based on the relevant facts, one person has control of the other or both are under the control of the same persons or enterprises. Further, if one person possesses, whether directly or indirectly, more than 50 per cent of the beneficial interest/voting power/equity interest or if another person possesses, directly or indirectly, more than 50 per cent of the beneficial interest/ voting power/ equity interest in the person and the enterprise, such person shall be considered as closely related to an enterprise.

Under this Article, the general rule is that a person is closely related to an enterprise if the one has control over the other, or both are under mutual control. All the relevant facts and circumstances are to be analysed before determining whether a person/ enterprise is closely related to another. The second leg of the provision provides various situations where a person or enterprise is considered as closely related to an enterprise, which can be split into the following:

a) the person who possesses directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent of the

• beneficial interest in the enterprise, or vice versa; or

• aggregate vote and value of the company’s shares or of the beneficial equity interest in the enterprise, or vice versa.

b) another person possesses directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent of the

• beneficial interest in the person and the enterprise; or

• beneficial equity interest in the person and the enterprise.

Like Article 12, a jurisdiction may either choose to adopt the entire Article 15 or may opt out completely. It is not possible to partially implement the provisions of Article 15. However, if either of the treaty partners has expressed reservations in adopting Article 12, 13 or 14, which results in non-application of said provision to a Covered Tax Agreement, Article 15 will automatically stand inapplicable since this article is solely for the purpose of Articles 12, 13 and 14.

CONCLUSION
In a nutshell, business arrangements involving Indian tax resident, acting for or on behalf of non-residents, requires careful consideration under the widened scope of business connection under section 9(1)(i) of ITA and in case tax of treaty applicability, the interplay of treaty provisions read with MLI needs due emphasis in the determination of tax position of such transactions. It is pertinent to note that contractual arrangement needs to be carefully considered while determining the tax applicability on a transaction, even when it is between unrelated entities.

Article 5 of India-Japan DTAA – Presence of personnel of foreign parent in premises of Indian subsidiary to render services did not constitute, either fixed place PE, or Supervisory PE of foreign company

1 FCC Co. Ltd. vs. ACIT
[2022] 136 taxmann.com 137 (Delhi – Trib.)
ITA No: 54/Del/2019
A.Y.: 2015-16; Date of order: 9th March, 2022                        

Article 5 of India-Japan DTAA – Presence of personnel of foreign parent in premises of Indian subsidiary to render services did not constitute, either fixed place PE, or Supervisory PE of foreign company

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Japan (FCO), received the following income from its wholly owned-subsidiary (ICO) in India:

• Royalty and FTS income offered to tax at 10% under DTAA, and

• Income from the supply of raw material, components and capital goods treated as not taxable in India in the absence of PE.

AO considered that the premises of ICO was the office or branch of FCO in India. Accordingly, he taxed income from the supply of material by treating premises of ICO as fixed place PE of FCO in India. AO further held that FCO constituted supervisory PE as employees visited India to help ICO in setting up a new product line in India. DRP upheld AO’s order.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
Fixed place PE

• To constitute a Fixed Place PE, it is a prerequisite that premises must be at the disposal of the enterprise.

• Access to ICO’s premises to provide services by FCO would not amount to the place being at its disposal. Such access was for the limited purposes of rendering services to ICO without FCO having any control over the said premises.

•    ICO was an independent legal entity carrying on its business with its own clients. FCO provided technical assistance to ICO from time to time as was required by ICO. FCO had not carried out its business from the alleged Fixed Place PE.

•    FCO had manufactured goods outside India; FCO had sold sale goods outside India; title in the goods had passed outside India; and FCO had also received consideration outside India. Thus, FCO had not carried out any operation in India in relation to the supply of raw material and capital goods.

Supervisory PE

•    FCO employees had visited India for assisting ICO in relation to supplies made by ICO to its customers; resolving problems relating to production; for fixing machines; maintenance of machines; checking safety status at the premises; suggesting ways for enhancing safety; support in quality control; IT-related services; and, support for the launch of new segment line. Said services were not supervisory in nature.

•    Further, as no assembly or installation work is going in ICO premises, services rendered by FCO were also not in connection with any construction, installation, or assembly project.

Section 90 of the Act; Protocol to India-Spain DTAA – Protocol containing MFN clause is an integral part of DTAA and gets imported on notification of DTAA itself and does not require separate notification. This condition of Circular is contrary to section 90(1) of the Act read with DTAA and hence not binding on the taxpayer. Also, it cannot have retroactive applicability

7 GRI Renewable Industries SL vs. ACIT  [TS – 79 – ITAT – 2022 – (Pune)] ITA No: 202/Pun/2021 A.Y.: 2016-17; Date of order: 15th February, 2022

Section 90 of the Act; Protocol to India-Spain DTAA – Protocol containing MFN clause is an integral part of DTAA and gets imported on notification of DTAA itself and does not require separate notification. This condition of Circular is contrary to section 90(1) of the Act read with DTAA and hence not binding on the taxpayer. Also, it cannot have retroactive applicability

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Spain, received FTS and royalty income from India. Relying upon MFN clause in India-Spain DTAA read with Article 12 of India-Portugal DTAA assessee claimed taxation at 10% as against 20% provided in India-Spain DTAA. CIT(A) affirmed AO’s order. AO rejected the assessee’s claim on the ground that the MFN clause could not be applied automatically as section 90 requires separate notification. DRP affirmed the order of AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• India entered DTAA with Portuguese (a member of OECD Country) vide notification dated 16th June, 2020. Article 12 of India-Portuguese DTAA provides a tax rate of 10% for FTS and royalty.

•    India-Spain DTAA was signed on 8th February, 1993, entered into force on 12th January, 1995 and was notified on 21st April, 1995. Protocol containing the MFN clause was stated in DTAA to be an integral part of DTAA. It was also signed on 8th February, 1993.

•    CBDT Circular No.3/2022 dated 3rd February, 2022 mandates issuing separate notification for importing of benefits of a treaty with second State into the treaty with the first State by relying on section 90(1) of the Act.

•    This condition of Circular is contrary to section 90(1) of the Act read with DTAA, which treats protocol as an integral part of the DTAA.

•    On notifying the DTAA, all its integral parts get automatically notified. There is no need to notify the individual limbs of the DTAA again to make them operational one by one.

•    Circular issued by CBDT is binding on AO and not on the assessee.

•    Circular prescribing additional stipulation that creates disability cannot operate retrospectively to transactions taking place in any period anterior to its issuance.

TAXABILITY OF EXPORT COMMISSION PAID TO A NON-RESIDENT AGENT

Rapid globalisation and the increasing use of technology has resulted in a significant increase in foreign remittances from India. Given the onerous responsibility of a practitioner to certify the tax liability of the non-resident recipient to a foreign remittance, it is imperative that one is aware of the various interpretations available, and takes an informed view while issuing Form 15CB.

Over a series of articles, the authors seek to analyse the withholding tax implications and some of the issues arising on some of the common remittances. While all forms of remittances may not be covered in this article, the authors’ objective is to provide comprehensive coverage of the limited types of remittances.

In this first part of the series, we have analysed payments regarding export commission.

1. BACKGROUND
Let us consider the payment of export commission to an agent situated outside India. The activities undertaken by such an agent would typically include marketing the goods in the country of sale, identifying the buyer, coordinating with the buyer on the logistical aspects of the sale, and placing the order for the goods with the buyer. The activities of such an agent may also include receiving goods from the principal and delivering it to the buyer. For such activities, the agent may charge a fixed commission to its principal situated in India.

2. WHETHER THE INCOME OF SUCH AGENT WOULD ACCRUE OR ARISE IN INDIA?
Section 5 of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) provides that income of a non-resident would be taxable in India if such income:

a. Is received or is deemed to be received in India; or

b. Accrues or arises or is deemed to accrue or arise in India.

In the case of export commission paid to a non-resident agent, generally such income is paid outside India and is therefore, not received in India. Therefore, one would need to evaluate whether such income is accruing or arising in India or is deemed to accrue or arise in India.

In this regard, Circular No. 23 of 1969 throws some light on the matter by providing the following:

“3.4 A foreign agent of Indian exporter operates in his own country and no part of his income arises in India..”

Therefore, the Circular provided that in respect of a non-resident agent, commission income from export would not be considered as accruing or arising in India.

While the Circular has since been withdrawn, the principle emanating from the Circular should apply even after the withdrawal.

There are various judicial precedents which have held that the income of such agent would not be considered as accruing or arising in India.

The Delhi ITAT in the case of Welspring Universal vs. JCIT [2015] 56 taxmann.com 174, held:

“4…….In the context of rendering of services for procuring export orders by a non-resident from the countries outside India, there can be no way for considering the actual export from India as the place for the accrual of commission income of the non-resident. One should keep in mind the distinction between the accrual of income of exporter from exports and that of the foreign agent from commission. As a foreign agent of Indian exporter operates outside India for procuring export orders and further the goods in pursuance to such orders are also sold outside India, no part of his income can be said to accrue or arise in India.”

Interestingly, in the above case, the Tribunal distinguished between the source of income for the foreign agent vis-à-vis that for the exporter. The source of income for the exporter, as held by the Chennai ITAT in the case of DCIT vs. Alstom T & D India Ltd. (2016) 68 taxmann.com 336, would be the place where the manufacturing activities are undertaken or where the export contract has been entered into. On the other hand, for the foreign agent, the source of his income i.e. commission on the sale of goods would depend on where the services are rendered by such agent.

Prior to the amendment in Explanation to section 9(1)(vii) of the Act, the Supreme Court in the case of Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Ltd. vs. DCIT (2007) 288 ITR 408 held that even if the services are considered as fees for technical services (‘FTS’), if such services are not rendered in India, the income arising from such services would not be considered as accruing or arising in India. While the above decision of the Apex Court has been overruled by the amendment vide Finance Act 2010 (with retrospective effect from 1st June, 1976), the principle arising from the decision would still apply in the case of services rendered (to the extent the same is not considered as FTS) outside India.

The Karnataka High Court in the case of PCIT vs. Puma Sports India (P.) Ltd. (2021) 434 ITR 69 held that commission paid to a non-resident agent for placing orders with manufacturers outside India would not be liable to tax in India as such services were rendered as well as utilized outside India. Therefore, no taxing event had taken place within the territories of India. The Supreme Court dismissed the SLP filed by the Revenue against the above High Court order (2022) 134 taxmann.com 60.

3. WHETHER SUCH INCOME IS DEEMED TO ACCRUE OR ARISE IN INDIA UNDER SECTION 9(1)(i)
The next question which arises is whether such income is deemed to accrue or arise in India under section 9 of the Act. While the question as to whether such income is considered as FTS under section 9(1)(vii) of the Act has been analysed in the ensuing paragraphs, let us first evaluate whether section 9(1)(i) of the Act could bring the commission income of a non-resident agent from services rendered to the principal outside India, to tax in India.

Section 9(1)(i) of the Act deems the following income to accrue or arise in India:

a.    Income accruing or arising, directly or indirectly, through or from any business connection in India;

b.    Income accruing or arising, through or from any property in India;

c.    Income accruing or arising, through or from any asset or source of income in India; or

d.    Income accruing or arising, through the transfer of a capital asset situated in India.

With regards to the first limb, the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. R.D. Aggarwal and Co. (1965) 56 ITR 20, has laid down the broad principle for defining the term ‘business connection’. In the context of section 42(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1922, similar to the provisions of section 9(1)(i) of the Act, the Apex Court held as follows:

“The expression “business connection” undoubtedly means something more than “business”. A business connection in section 42 involves a relation between a business carried on by a non-resident which yields profits or gains and some activity in the taxable territories which contributes directly or indirectly to the earning of those profits or gains. It predicates an element of continuity between the business of the non-resident and the activity in the taxable territories: a stray or isolated transaction is normally not to be regarded as a business connection. Business connection may take several forms: it may include carrying on a part of the main business or activity incidental to the main business of the non-resident through an agent, or it may merely be a relation between the business of the non-resident and the activity in the taxable territories, which facilitates or assists the carrying on of that business. In each case the question whether there is a business connection from or through which income, profits or gains arise or accrue to a non-resident must be determined upon the facts and circumstances of the case.

A relation to be a “business connection” must be real and intimate, and through or from which income must accrue or arise whether directly or indirectly to the non-resident. ….

….  Income not taxable under section 4 of the 1922 Act of a non-resident becomes taxable under section 42(1) of the 1922 Act, if there subsists a connection between the activity in the taxable territories and the business of the non-resident, and if through or from that connection income directly or indirectly arises.”

Therefore, in order for business connection [other than the provisions of Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’), which have been discussed subsequently in this article] to exist, there needs to be a business activity continuously undertaken in the country. In other words, in the absence of any business activities undertaken in India, a business connection may not be constituted.

This is also evident from Explanation 1 to section 9(1)(i) of the Act which provides as follows:

“(a) in the case of a business, other than the business having business connection in India on account of significant economic presence, of which all the operations are not carried out in India, the income of the business deemed under this clause to accrue or arise in India shall be only such part of the income as is reasonably attributable to the operations carried out in India ;”

Therefore, except in the case of a business connection on account of the SEP provisions, only such part of the income as is reasonably attributable to operations carried out in India can be considered as income deemed to accrue or arise in India.

In this regard, the Supreme Court, in the case of CIT vs. Toshoku Ltd. (1980) 125 ITR 525, had analysed whether the export commission paid to non-resident agents would be considered as income deemed to accrue or arise in India.

In that case, the assessee was an exclusive sales agent of tobacco in Japan and France for an Indian exporter. The assessee, for its services rendered, received commission from the Indian exporter. Without evaluating whether ‘business connection’ of the non-resident assessee was constituted in India, the Supreme Court held that in the absence of any activities undertaken by the non-resident assessee in India, no income could be considered as attributable to any operations in India and therefore, no income could be considered as deemed to accrue or arise in India.

The second limb of section 9(1)(i) of the Act refers to income accruing through or from a property situated in India. Arguably, sale of goods may not be considered as sale of property. Moreover, even in case such sale of goods is considered as sale of property, one may be able to argue that section 9(1)(i) refers to income accruing through or from a property situated in India and income from the sale of such property would not qualify as income from a property (such as rental income) nor as income through a property. Additionally, one can also argue that the commission income, being income from services rendered in relation to the sale of goods, is one step further away from income from sale of property and income through or from property.

The third limb of section 9(1)(i) of the Act refers to income accruing or arising through or from any asset or source in India. As discussed above, income from services rendered towards sale of goods may not be considered as income accruing or arising through or from any asset in India. Interestingly, the AAR in the case of Rajiv Malhotra, In re (2006) 284 ITR 564, held that export commission would be considered as income accruing or arising through or from a source of income in India.

In that case, the assessee was organising an exhibition in India and had appointed foreign agents to furnish information to foreign participants about the exhibition and for booking space in the exhibition. Such agents would be rendering the services outside India, and no services by the agents were rendered in India. The agents were responsible for planning, directing and executing the sales campaign for the assessee and the exhibition in the foreign jurisdictions. The agent would receive the commission only on participation by the exhibitors in the exhibition in India.

The AAR held that the fact that the income of the agent was dependent on the participation by the exhibitors (customers) in India would mean that the source of income for the non-resident agent would be considered to be in India. The AAR further also held that the fact that the services by the agents were rendered outside India would be of no consequence.

The above decision of the AAR was also followed in the decision by the same authority in the case of SKF Boilers and Driers (P.) Ltd., In re (2012) 343 ITR 385.

In the view of the authors, with the utmost respect to the AAR, the above decisions of the AAR may not be considered as an appropriate analysis of the matter on account of the following reasons:
a. The AAR did not consider the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Toshoku Ltd. (supra), wherein the commission received by non-resident agents was considered to be accruing or arising outside India and hence not taxable; and

b. The AAR did not consider the impact of Explanation 1(a) to section 9(1)(i) of the Act. Even if the decision of the AAR is considered, the fact that no operations of the agent are actually undertaken in India would result in no attribution of income of the agent to be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

Therefore, subject to the applicability of the SEP provisions, analysed in para 6 below, export commission earned by a non-resident agent would not be deemed to accrue or arise in India under section 9(1)(i) of the Act.

4. WHETHER THE SERVICES RENDERED BY THE AGENT CAN BE CONSIDERED AS FEES FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES
The other sub-clauses of section 9(1) of the Act – dealing with salary, interest and royalty would not be applicable in this case. One would now need to analyse whether the services rendered by the commission agent would be considered as FTS under section 9(1)(vii) of the Act. There are various decisions discussing various facets of the FTS clause, and this article does not cover all such case laws on the matter. This article covers those case laws relevant to the type of payment, i.e. export commission and the taxability thereof.

The crux of the matter is whether the consideration received by a commission agent would be considered as towards rendering of services. In this regard, one may refer to the Ahmedabad ITAT in the case of DCIT vs. Welspun Corporation Ltd. (2017) 77 taxmann.com 165, wherein it has been held that the agent receives the commission on securing order and not for the provision of the services. The reasoning provided by the ITAT is as under:

“Even proceeding on the assumption that these non-resident agents did render the technical services, which, is an incorrect assumption any way, what is important to appreciate is that the amounts paid by the assessee to these agents constituted consideration for the orders secured by the agents and not the services alleged rendered by the agents. The event triggering crystallization of liability of the assessee, under the commission agency agreement, is the event of securing orders and not the rendition of alleged technical services. In a situation in which the agent does not render any of the services but secures the business any way, the agent is entitled to his commission which is computed in terms of a percentage of the value of the order. In a reverse situation, in which an agent renders all the alleged technical services but does not secure any order for the principal i.e. the assessee, the agent is not entitled to any commission. Clearly, therefore, the event triggering the earnings by the agent is securing the business and not rendition of any services. In this view of the matter, the amounts paid by the assessee to its non-resident agents, even in the event of holding that the agents did indeed render technical services, cannot be said to be ‘consideration for rendering of any managerial, technical or consultancy services’…..The work actually undertaken by the agent is the work of acting as agent and so procuring business for the assessee but as the contemporary business models require the work of agent cannot simply and only be to obtain the orders for the product, as this obtaining of orders is invariably preceded by and followed by several preparatory and follow up activities. The description of agent’s obligation sets out such common ancillary activities as well but that does not override, or relegate, the core agency work. The consideration paid to the agent is also based on the business procured and the agency agreements do not provide for any independent, standalone or specific consideration for these services.”

Therefore, the Ahmedabad ITAT in the above case held that the consideration received by the agent is towards the procurement of business and not for services rendered.

However, generally, the revenue authorities also seek to tax the export commission as FTS, given the sheer number of judicial precedents on the issue. Therefore, it is important to analyse whether such commission can be classified as FTS under section 9(1)(vii).

The term ‘fees for technical services’ broadly covers the following categories of services:

• Managerial services;

• Technical services; and

• Consultancy services.

The terms ‘managerial’, ‘technical’ or ‘consultancy’ have not been defined in the Act, and therefore, one would need to understand these terms in common parlance.

4.1 MANAGERIAL SERVICES
Black’s Law Dictionary defines the terms ‘manage’ to mean the following:

“To conduct; to carry on the concerns of a business or establishment.”

Further, the term ‘manager’ is defined to mean the following:

“One who has charge of corporation and control of its business or branch establishment, and who is vested with a certain amount of discretion and independent judgment.”

Having looked at the dictionary meaning of the term ‘manage’, the question arises as to what is meant by managerial services, specifically – managing a particular function of an entity such as purchase or sales or managing the entity as a whole, akin to a director of a company.

The issue as to what is meant by ‘managerial services’ and whether the services rendered by a commission agent would constitute managerial services have been analysed by the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Linde AG vs. ITO (1997) 62 ITD 330, albeit in the context of a procurement agent. In the said case, the assessee procured certain materials and spares required to set up a fabrication plant in Gujarat. These purchases were charged from the Indian concern, i.e. Gujarat State Fertilizers Company, at cost plus 4% procurement charges. Referring to the decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of J.K. (Bombay) Ltd. vs. CBDT & Anr. (1979) 118 ITR 312 in the context of section 80-O of the Act, the ITAT held as under:

“Their Lordships of Delhi High Court referred to an article on ‘Management Sciences’ in 14 Encyclopaedia 747, wherein it is stated that the management in organisations include at least the following:

(a) discovering, developing, defining and evaluating the goals of the organisation and the alternative policies that will lead towards the goals;

(b) getting the organisation to adopt the policies;

(c) scrutinising the effectiveness of the policies that are adopted and

(d) initiating steps to change policies when they are judged to be less effective than they ought to be.

The third category is managerial service. The managerial service, as aforesaid, is towards the adoption and carrying out the policies of a organisation. It is of permanent nature for the organisation as a whole. In making the stray purchases, it cannot be said that the assessee has been managing the affairs of the Indian concern or was rendering managerial services to the assessee.”

Therefore, while holding that procurement services would not constitute managerial services, the ITAT explained that managerial services would refer to carrying out the organisation’s policies as a whole.

In this regard, as the broad range of services rendered by an export agent as well as a procurement agent is similar, albeit, for two different ends of a transaction, their taxability would also be similar. Therefore, any decision in respect of taxability of income of a procurement agent (for procurement outside India) would equally apply to the export commission earned by an agent.

The Authority for Advance Rulings in the case of Intertek Testing Services India (P.) Ltd., In re (2008) 307 ITR 418 held the term ‘managerial services’ to mean the following:

“Thus, managerial services essentially involves controlling, directing or administering the business.”

In the context of export commission, the Delhi High Court in the case of DIT (International Taxation) vs. Panalfa Autoelektrik Ltd. (2014) 272 CTR 117, held as follows:

“The services rendered, the procurement of export orders, etc. cannot be treated as management services provided by the non-resident to the respondent-assessee. The non-resident was not acting as a manager or dealing with administration. It was not controlling the policies or scrutinising the effectiveness of the policies. It did not perform as a primary executor, any supervisory function whatsoever.”

This differentiation between ‘execution’ and ‘management’ has also been explained by the Mumbai ITAT in the case of UPS SCS (Asia) Ltd. vs. ADIT (2012) 50 SOT 268, wherein it has been held that:

“Ordinarily the managerial services mean managing the affairs by laying down certain policies, standards and procedures and then evaluating the actual performance in the light of the procedures so laid down. The managerial services contemplate not only execution but also the planning part of the activity to be done. If the overall planning aspect is missing and one has to follow a direction from the other for executing particular job in a particular manner, it cannot be said that the former is managing that affair. It would mean that the directions of the latter are executed simplicity without there being any planning part involved in the execution and also the evaluation of the performance. In the absence of any specific definition of the phrase “managerial services” as used in section 9(1)(vii) defining the “fees for technical services”, it needs to be considered in a commercial sense. It cannot be interpreted in a narrow sense to mean simply executing the directions of the other for doing a specific task. …….. On the other hand, ‘managing’ encompasses not only the simple execution of a work, but also certain other aspects, such as planning for the way in which the execution is to be done coupled with the overall responsibility in a larger sense. Thus it is manifest that the word ‘managing’ is wider in scope than the word ‘executing’. Rather the latter is embedded in the former and not vice versa.”

The Chennai ITAT in the case of DCIT vs. Mainetti (India) P. Ltd. (2011) 46 SOT 137 held that canvassing for orders would not constitute managerial services.

Similarly, Madras High Court in the case of Evolv Clothing Co. (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT (2018) 407 ITR 72 held that market survey undertaken incidental to the services of a commission agent would also not be considered as fees for technical services under section 9(1)(vii).

Further, as regards whether one can argue that one is providing managerial services if one is managing the purchase/sales function, the ITAT in the case of Linde AG (supra) held as under:

“The Learned Departmental Representative brought to our notice a concept of ‘marketing management’ but such marketing services are to be, as aforesaid, on a regular basis, i.e. when the purchases of the assessee on a permanent or semi-permanent or at regular interval basis. It does not include the purchases made only to be utilised for a particular venture taken up by the assessee, which in this case is fabrication of a new scientific plant. It being a one-time job and not marketing management of making purchases by the assessee for the new concern.”

Therefore, one can conclude based on the above observation by the Mumbai ITAT that if the purchase or sales function of the entire organisation has been completely outsourced to an agent, then the services rendered by such agent may be considered as managerial services. For example, if an entity within the entire MNE group is in charge of undertaking the entire purchase or sales function of all the entities within the MNE and such entity is also deciding the policies of such function, one may possibly consider such services managerial services.

4.2 TECHNICAL SERVICES
The second limb of the definition of FTS is ‘technical service’. The Merriam – Webster dictionary defines the term ‘technical’ to mean “as having special and usually practical knowledge especially of a mechanical or scientific subject”

Similarly, the Collins dictionary defines the term as “of, relating to, or specializing in industrial, practical, or mechanical arts and applied sciences”.     

Therefore, in common parlance, one may say that technical services would mean services which require application of industrial, mechanical or applied sciences.

The Madras High Court in the case of Skycell Communications Ltd. & Anr. vs. DCIT & Ors (2001) 251 ITR 53 has provided guidance as to what would be considered as ‘technical services’ as under:

“Thus while stating that “technical service” would include managerial and consultancy service, the Legislature has not set out with precision as to what would constitute “technical” service to render it “technical service”. The meaning of the word “technical” as given in the New Oxford Dictionary is adjective 1. of or relating to a particular subject, art or craft or its techniques: technical terms (especially of a book or article) requiring special knowledge to be understood: a technical report. 2. of involving, or concerned with applied and industrial sciences: an important technical achievement. 3. resulting from mechanical failure: a technical fault. 4. according to a strict application or interpretation of the law or the rules: the arrest was a technical violation of the treaty.

Having regard to the fact that the term is required to be understood in the context in which it is used, “fee for technical services” could only be meant to cover such things technical as are capable of being provided by way of service for a fee. The popular meaning associated with “technical” is “involving or concerning applied and industrial science”.”

Interestingly, the Memorandum of Understanding to the DTAA between India and US provides as follows:

“Article 12 includes only certain technical and consultancy services. But technical services, we mean in this context services requiring expertise in a technology.”

While the term ‘technology’ refers to machines and processes, the term ‘technical’ would be wider and would cover applied and mechanical sciences and would mean a kind of specialized or complex knowledge.

Therefore, the meaning under the MOU in the India – US DTAA may be restricted in application to the India – US DTAA only as it provides a narrower meaning than used in common parlance.

Having understood the meaning of the term ‘technical services’, the issue arises is whether the services rendered by a commission agent could be considered as ‘technical services’. In this regard, the Delhi High Court in the case of Panalfa Autoelektrik Ltd. (supra) held as follows:

“The non-resident had not undertaken or performed “technical services”, where special skills or knowledge relating to a technical field were required. Technical field would mean applied sciences or craftsmanship involving special skills or knowledge but not fields such as arts or human sciences.”

On the other hand, the Cochin ITAT in the case of ITO vs. Device Driven (India) (P.) Ltd. (2014) 29 ITR (T) 263 held that export commission in case of software was considered as technical services. In this regard, the ITAT held as under:

“Software is a highly technical product and it is required to be developed in accordance with the requirements of the customers. Even after the development, it requires constant monitoring so that necessary modifications are required to be carried out in order to make it suitable to the requirements. The work of the assessee company also does not end upon developing and installing the software at the client’s site. As stated earlier, it requires on-site monitoring, especially when the customized software is developed. Hence, in our view, it cannot be equated with the commodities, where the role of the Commission agent normally ends after supply of goods and receipt of money. Hence, in the case of software companies, the sales agent should also possess required technical knowledge and then only he could procure orders for the company by understanding the needs of clients and further convincing them..….. As per the clauses of the agreement, which are extracted above, the Commission agent is responsible in securing orders and for that purpose only he has to assist the assessee company in all respects including identifying markets, making introductory contacts, arranging meeting with prospective clients, assisting in preparation of presentations for target clients. His duty does not end on securing the orders, but he has to monitor the status and progress of the project, meaning thereby the Commission agent is responsible for ensuring supply of the software and also for receiving the payments. All these activities, in our view, could be carried on only by a person who is having vast technical knowledge and experience. Hence, we agree with the tax authorities’ view that the payment made to Shri Balaji Bal constitutes the payment made towards technical services.”

Interestingly, the Cochin ITAT equated the nature of product sold by the agent with the nature of services rendered by the agent. With due respect to the Cochin ITAT, the authors are of the view that it may not be appropriate to equate the product sold with the service rendered. The ITAT in the above case did not list out any specific services required to be rendered by an agent distributing software that would be different from that distributing other commodities. For example, even if one sells an iron rod, one is required to have certain knowledge of the product sold to enable him to match the client’s requirement with the product and sell the product. Further, identifying markets, arranging meeting with prospective clients, preparing presentations for target clients, and ensuring that the product is smoothly delivered is something an agent selling any product may be required to undertake.

In this regard, the Ahmedabad ITAT in the case of Welspun Corporation Ltd. (supra) has succinctly segregated the nature of service from the nature of product sold. It has held as follows:

“Just because a product is highly technical does not change the character of activity of the sale agent. Whether a salesman sells a handcrafted souvenir or a top of the line laptop, he is selling nevertheless. It will be absurd to suggest that in the former case, he is selling and the latter, he will be rendering technical services. The object of the salesman is to sell and familiarity with the technical details, whatever be the worth of those technical details, is only towards the end of selling. In a technology driven world that we live in, even simplest of day to day gadgets that we use are fairly technical and complex. Undoubtedly when a technical product is being sold, the person selling the product should be familiar with technical specifications of the product but then this aspect of the matter does not any way change the economic activity.”

On the other hand, it is also important to highlight that the above Cochin ITAT decision was upheld by the Kerala High Court in the case of the same assessee in Device Driven (India) P Ltd. vs. CIT (2021) 126 taxmann.com 25. However, the Kerala High Court did not analyse the services rendered by the agent to determine whether the services were ‘technical services’ but relied more on the argument that the services were rendered for earning source outside India, and therefore, not accruing or arising in India.

4.3 CONSULTANCY SERVICES
The last limb of the definition of the term FTS is ‘consultancy services’.

In common parlance, ‘to consult’ would mean ‘to advise’. With regards to the overlap with technical services, the MOU in the India – US DTAA provides as under:

“By consultancy services, we mean in this context advisory services. The categories of technical and consultancy services are to some extent overlapping because a consultancy service could also be a technical service. However, the category of consultancy services also includes an advisory service, whether or not expertise in a technology is required to perform it.”

The Supreme Court in the case of GVK Industries Ltd. & Anr. vs. ITO & Anr. (2015) 371 ITR 453 evaluated the meaning of ‘consultancy services’ under section 9(1)(vii). In the said case, a non-resident company rendered services related to raising finance for the assessee, which included, inter alia, financial structure and security package to be offered to the lender, making an assessment of export credit agencies worldwide and obtaining commercial bank support on the most competitive terms, assisting the appellant loan negotiations and documentation with lenders and structuring, negotiating and closing the financing for the project in a co-ordinated and expeditious manner.

“The word ‘consultation’ has been defined as an act of asking the advice or opinion of someone (such as a lawyer). It means a meeting in which a party consults or confers and eventually it results in human interaction that leads to rendering of advice. The NRC had acted as a consultant. It had the skill, acumen and knowledge in the specialized field i.e. preparation of a scheme for required finances and to tie-up required loans. The nature of service rendered by the NRC, can be said with certainty would come within the ambit and sweep of the term ‘consultancy service’ and, therefore, it has been rightly held that the tax at source should have been deducted as the amount paid as fee could be taxable under the head ‘fees for technical services’.”

Similarly, the AAR in the case of Guangzhou Usha International Ltd., In re (2015) 378 ITR 465 held that where the agent was not only identifying new products but also generating new ideas for the principal after market research, evaluating credit, finance, organisation, production facility, etc. and on the basis of the evaluation, giving advice to the principal, the services rendered by such agent would be considered as ‘consultancy services’.

However, the Delhi High Court in the case of Panalfa Autoelektrik Ltd. (supra) as well as the Mumbai ITAT in the case of Linde AG (supra) have held that services rendered by an agent would not constitute ‘consultancy services’.

On similar lines, the Delhi High Court in the case of CIT vs. Grup Ism (P.) Ltd. (2015) 378 ITR 205 held that export commission would not be considered as ‘consultancy services’ even though the nomenclature of the transaction as per the agreement was of ‘consultancy services’. It held as follows:

“‘Consultancy services’ would mean something akin to advisory services provided by the non-resident, pursuant to deliberation between parties. Ordinarily, it would not involve instances where the non-resident is acting as a link between the resident and another party, facilitating the transaction between them, or where the non-resident is directly soliciting business for the resident and generating income out of such solicitation. The mere fact that CGS confirmed that it received consultancy charges from the assessee would not be determinative of the issue. The actual nature of services rendered by CGS and MAC needs to be examined for this purpose.”

From the above jurisprudence, it is clear, in the view of the authors, that export commission by itself would not be considered as ‘consultancy services’. However, if the agent provides advisory services along with the export commission, one may need to evaluate the predominant nature of services to determine the characterisation of the transaction.

5. WHETHER THE WITHDRAWAL OF CIRCULAR NO. 23 OF 1969 WOULD RESULT IN TAXABILITY

As discussed above, the CBDT Circular No. 23 of 1969 had clarified non-taxability in India for commission earned by a foreign non-resident agent. This Circular was subsequently withdrawn stating that it did not reflect the correct position under section 9 of the Act. In this regard, the question therefore, arises is whether the withdrawal of the Circular can result in the taxation of the commission earned by a foreign agent.

In this regard, the Delhi ITAT in the case of Welspring Universal vs. JCIT (supra) held as follows:

“11. ….The legal position contained in section 5(2) read with section 9, as discussed above about the scope of total income of a non-resident subsisting before the issuance of circular nos. 23 and 786 or after the issuance of circular no. 786 has not undergone any change. It is not as if the export commission income of a foreign agent for soliciting export orders in countries outside India was earlier chargeable to tax, which was exempted by the CBDT through the above circulars and now with the withdrawal of such circulars, the hitherto income not chargeable to tax, has become taxable. The legal position remains the same de hors any circular in as much as such income of a foreign agent is not chargeable to tax in India because it neither arises in India nor is received by him in India nor any deeming provision of receipt or accrual is attracted. It is further relevant to note that the latter Circular simply withdraws the earlier circular, thereby throwing the issue once again open for consideration and does not state that either the export commission income has now become chargeable to tax in the hands of the foreign residents or the provisions of section 195 read with sec. 40(a)(i) are attracted for the failure of the payer to deduct tax at source on such payments.

12. Ex consequenti, we hold that the amount of commission income for rendering services in procuring export orders outside India is not chargeable to tax in the hands of the non-resident agent and hence no tax is deductible under section 195 on such payment by  the payer.”

The authors are also of a similar view that the legal position upheld by various courts does not change, and the export commission earned by a non-resident agent may still not be liable to tax in India.

6. WHETHER THE PROVISIONS OF SEP CAN TRIGGER IN THE CASE OF EXPORT COMMISSION
The Finance Act, 2018 has introduced the significant economic presence (‘SEP’) provisions in India. Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) of the Act extends the definition of business connection to include SEP and SEP has been defined to mean the following:

(a) transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India including provision of download of data or software in India, if the aggregate of payments arising from such transaction or transactions during the previous year exceeds such amount as may be prescribed; or

(b) systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India, as may be prescribed:

Further, the Proviso to the Explanation also provides that the transactions or activities shall constitute SEP, whether or not:

(i) the agreement for such transactions or activities is entered in India; or

(ii) the non-resident has a residence or a place of business in India; or

(iii) the non-resident renders services in India

In other words, the SEP provisions apply even if such services are rendered outside India if it is undertaken with any person in India and if the aggregate payments during the year exceed the threshold prescribed.

Further, the CBDT vide Notification No. 41/2021/F.No.370142/11/2018-TPL dated 3rd May, 2021, has notified the thresholds to mean INR 2 crore in the case of payments referred to in clause (a) above and 3 million users in clause (b) above.
The authors have analysed the SEP provisions in detail in their article in the March, 2021 edition of BCAJ Journal.

Therefore, now, if the services rendered by the commission agent exceed INR 2 crore in a financial year, such non-resident agent may be considered as having a business connection in India due to the SEP provisions under section 9(1)(i) of the Act.

7. CONCLUDING REMARKS
In this article, the authors have analysed the taxability of export commission in detail. To summarize, the commission earned by a non-resident in respect of agency services rendered for exports, where no activities are undertaken in India, would not be taxable in India under the Act. However, one would need to evaluate if there are any additional services rendered by such an agent, such as managing the entire purchase or sale function of an organisation which could result in taxability under the Act or the relevant tax treaty as FTS. Moreover, one may need to also evaluate if the payments to the agent during the year exceed INR 2 crore, in which case the SEP provisions may apply, resulting in taxability of the commission earned by such non-resident agent on account of the business connection being constituted in India. In such a scenario, one may still be able to apply the provisions of the DTAA and such income may not be taxable in the absence of a PE of such agent in India, subject to the requirement of documents such as tax residency certificate, etc as well as fulfilling the conditions as may be provided in the OECD Multilateral Instrument, if applicable.
 

Section 195 read with Section 40(a)(i) of the Act – Section 40(a)(i) is applicable on failure to deduct tax on payments made for FTS and does not encompass fees for professional service

6 Chandan Mohon Lal vs. ACIT  [TS – 1123 – ITAT –  2021 (Del)] ITA No: 1869/Del/2019 A.Y.: 2015-16; Date of order: 9th December, 2021

Section 195 read with Section 40(a)(i) of the Act – Section 40(a)(i) is applicable on failure to deduct tax on payments made for FTS and does not encompass fees for professional service

FACTS
The assessee was an advocate practicing in the field of Intellectual Property Laws. During the relevant year, the assessee had made payments to various persons/entities outside India towards professional/technical fees without deducting TDS. AO disallowed expenditure under Section 40(a)(i) of the Act. AO held that payments were chargeable to tax as they were made to persons from non DTAA countries, and in respect of DTAAs countries, the assessee had not furnished TRCs. CIT(A) affirmed AO’s order. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
Reimbursement of expenses
• The assessee had made foreign remittances in respect of (a) amounts recovered in a court proceeding on behalf of the client in litigation (b) official fee for international application (c) publication and trade fair services.

• Payments representing reimbursements for official purposes and trade fair services were not in the nature of income chargeable to tax. Accordingly, provisions of Section 195 were not applicable.

Fees for technical services vs. Professional fees
• Non-resident attorneys had rendered the following professional services outside India:

? Filing of application for grant/registration of IPRs.
??Filing of Form/responses/petitions in relation to activity leading to, or in the process of, grant/registration.

??Maintenance of such grant/registration or services in relation thereto, as required under law, such as, annuity payment, renewal fee, restoration of patent, etc.

??Undertaking compliances for effecting change in the ownership/address etc., of such intellectual property.

• Non-resident attorneys had rendered services outside India. Accordingly, income received in respect thereof could not be treated as income received in India, or deemed to be received in India, or as income accrued or arisen in India.

• The Act considers legal/professional services and FTS as two distinct and separate categories. A conjoint reading of Sections 40(a)(i) and 40(a)(ia) brings out a clear distinction between FTS and fees for professional services. Section 40(a)(ia) encompasses both FTS and fees for professional services. However, Section 40(a)(i) is applicable only in case of failure to deduct tax on payments made for FTS.
• This could be because, as per Section 5 and Section 9 of the Act, legal/professional fee payment to a non-resident does not accrue or arise in India, or is not deemed to accrue or arise in India.

• In reaching its conclusion, ITAT placed reliance on under noted decisions1 where similar view was expressed.

Source Rule exclusion
• Indian/overseas clients had engaged the assessee for availing certain services. In turn, the assessee had engaged foreign attorneys to perform certain services required to be performed in foreign jurisdictions. Clients were not concerned whether work was done by the assessee or someone else.

• Thus, the source of income of the assessee through services rendered by non-resident attorneys in foreign jurisdictions was located outside India.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
1    NQA Quality Systems Registrar Ltd. vs. DCIT: 92 TTJ 946; ONGC vs. DCIT, Dehradun: 117 taxmann.com 867 (Delhi-Trib.); Deloitte Haskins & Sells vs. ACIT: [2017] 184 TTJ 801 (Mumbai –Trib.)

MLI SERIES- ARTICLE 6 – PURPOSE OF A COVERED TAX AGREEMENT AND ARTICLE 7 – PREVENTION OF TREATY ABUSE

1. BACKGROUND
Multinational companies and large global conglomerates transitioned from country-specific operating models to global business models – thanks to the continuously-improving information and communication technology, internet reach and integrated supply chains. However, the tax laws failed to catch up with the speed and advancement of such business models, leading to gaps in the interplay between domestic and international tax laws resulting in double non-taxation of income. Companies artificially shifted profits to low tax jurisdictions or tax havens where they had little or no business, famously referred to as ‘Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (‘BEPS’). BEPS led to widespread tax evasion causing serious concerns to the already revenue deficit developing economies unable to collect their fair share of taxes.

The bilateral tax treaties signed by the countries also could not prevent improper use of treaties by companies to pay no or minimum taxes leading to treaty shopping or tax treaty abuse. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) has been trying to address such issues through its model tax convention or commentary by introducing concepts such as ‘beneficial owner’,conduit companies’, ‘object and main purpose of arrangement or transaction’ etc. over the years. However, multi-nat`ional companies continued treaty shopping and evaded billions in taxes.

Considering the above, a need was felt for international cooperation to tackle the BEPS risks by arriving at a consensus-based solution. The OECD developed a strategy to address BEPS issues in a harmonized and comprehensive manner to counter weaknesses in the taxation system and confront gaps and mismatches in tax treaties. Hence, the concept of Multilateral Instrument (‘MLI’) was introduced whereby existing tax treaties stood modified to incorporate treaty-related BEPS measures via a single instrument called MLI. Multiple action plans were devised as a part of the BEPS project, and one such plan was Action Plan 6 – Prevention of tax treaty abuse.

2. OVERVIEW OF ACTION PLAN 6

BEPS Action Plan 6 deals with a variety of measures to control treaty abuse. It recommended a three-way approach to deal with treaty abuse, i.e., a) introduction of a preamble to the treaty; b) introduction of purpose based anti-abuse provision called ‘principal purpose test’; and c) introduction of objective based anti-abuse provision called ‘limitation on benefits’. These recommendations have been considered in the MLI.

The MLI contains multiple articles, which are divided into 7 parts. Part III, containing Articles 6 to 11, deals with the prevention of treaty abuse. Article 6 covering ‘Purpose of Covered Tax Agreement’ and Article 7 on ‘Prevention of Treaty Abuse’ has been discussed in this article.

Primarily, BEPS Action Plan 6 includes, inter-alia, introduction of title and preamble to every treaty as a minimum requirement along with the insertion of the clause on principal purpose test as well as limitation on benefits.

3. ARTICLE 6 OF MLI – PREAMBLE AS MINIMUM STANDARD

The preamble text which is introduced / replaced by MLI reads as under:

‘Intending to eliminate double taxation with respect to the taxes covered by this agreement without creating opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion or avoidance (including through treaty-shopping arrangements aimed at obtaining reliefs provided in this agreement for the indirect benefit of residents of third jurisdictions)’.

The main crux of the preamble as the minimum standard is to indicate the intention of the treaty countries to:

a) Eliminate double taxation;

b) Restrict opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion/avoidance strategies; and

c) Discourage treaty shopping or treaty abuse.

There is a possibility that the existing treaties may already have a preamble on similar lines. However, considering that multiple nations have commonly agreed upon the comprehensive text, it is desired that the countries adopt modified language of preamble as a substitute or in absence of the current text. However, if two countries believe that the language of preamble in the tax treaty is sufficient, they may continue with the text of preamble in the tax treaty by making a reservation without adopting change as suggested above.

The preamble forms part of the tax treaty and sets the tone and context in the right manner. It constitutes a statement of the object and purpose of the tax treaty.

With regards to the methodology of incorporating new preamble into existing treaties, it being a minimum standard, the countries who subscribe to MLI are presumed to have agreed to the change unless otherwise notified. If a country remains silent on its position without expressing any explicit reservation, it will be presumed that the country has agreed to the adoption of the minimum standard.

4. OPTIONAL ADDITION TO PREAMBLE
MLI provides an option to add following text in the preamble discussed above:

?Desiring to further develop their economic relationship and to enhance their cooperation in tax matters’

The additional text is offered as an option to the signatories of MLI with respect to the treaties that do not already have such a language as a part of its preamble. Only when both the countries expressly agree to adopt additional language will their tax treaty stand modified to include said text as part of the preamble. For example, the UK and Australia have opted for the inclusion of additional language as a part of the preamble. Hence, the UK-Australia tax treaty will have this additional language in addition to the language required as a minimum standard.

5. INDIA’S POSITION TO PREAMBLE AND OPTIONAL ADDITION
India is silent on the adoption of Article 6. Therefore, preamble text as stated above, being a minimum standard shall be deemed to have been adopted by India for its tax treaties. However, India has not opted for optional addition, and hence the same will not be included in the tax treaties.

6. IMPACT OF PREAMBLE ON INDIA’S EXISTING TREATIES

The impact of India’s adoption under Article 6 on few important tax treaties entered into by India is discussed below:

Country

Whether
the country is a signatory to MLI?

Whether
treaty with India is notified for MLI purpose?

Impact

Singapore

Yes

Yes

The existing preamble in the tax treaties contain objective of
prevention of double taxation and fiscal evasion.

The preamble language is likely to get widened with new preamble
which provides for
?without creating
opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion or
avoidance and anti-treaty shopping objective.’

 

Netherlands

United Kingdom

France

UAE

Mauritius

Yes

No

New preamble shall not be added and
hence existing treaty shall continue to operate as it is.

The existing preamble provides for
its object as ‘the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of
fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income and capital gains and for the
encouragement of mutual trade and investment.’

Germany

Yes

No

New preamble not to be added and hence existing treaty shall
continue to operate without any change.

USA

No

Not
Applicable

India-USA treaty shall remain
unchanged. However, based on BEPS Action Plan, countries may amend treaty
based on bilateral negotiations.

China

Yes

No

Neither country had notified counterparty. However, both the
countries recently amended tax treaty based on the bilateral negotiations.
The treaty has been amended based on the measures recommended in BEPS Action
Plan.

 

The amended tax treaty includes new preamble including optional
additional text. The same is reproduced as under:

 

‘Desiring to further develop their economic
relationship and to enhance their cooperation in tax matters, Intending to
eliminate double taxation with respect to taxes on income without creating
opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion or
avoidance (including through treaty-shopping arrangements aimed at obtaining
reliefs provided in this Agreement for the indirect benefit of residents of
third States).’

7. INTENT OF PREAMBLE
The main intention behind binding countries which are signatory to the MLI to include new preamble as a minimum requirement is to ensure prevention of inappropriate use of tax treaties leading to double non-taxation or reduced taxation. However, recognizing what is ‘appropriate’ vis-à-vis ‘inappropriate’ use of tax treaty is often complex and strenuous.

In a situation where a company is set up with no / minimum business activity in a particular jurisdiction it may be viewed to be a typical case of inappropriate use of tax treaty. Further, in case of a company being engaged in genuine commercial activities which incidentally leads to double non-taxation may not viewed to be a case of inappropriate use of tax treaty. In such cases, the effect of double non-taxation is not on account of any tax evasion arrangement but in line with the overall object and intent of the tax treaty.

The tax treaty also intends to encourage economic development and co-operation amongst countries. One such case is of India-Mauritius tax treaty wherein the preamble manifests the philosophy of encouraging mutual trade and investment as object of the treaty. In the landmark judgment of Union of India vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan ([2003] 263 ITR 706), the Supreme Court referred to the text of the preamble of the Mauritius Treaty and legitimized treaty shopping as being consistent with India’s intention at the time when the Mauritius treaty was entered. It is pertinent to evaluate whether Supreme Court would have rendered the decision on similar lines if preamble would not bear reference to the text relating to economic development. Further, it would be interesting to see how Courts interpret tax treaties considering the text of new preamble in the tax  treaties.

Mandatory adoption of new preamble is a step in right direction as an anti-abuse measure which keeps a check on treaty shopping and would help countries in collecting taxes in a fair and equitable manner.

8. ARTICLE 7 OF MLI – PREVENTION OF TREATY ABUSE
The BEPS Action Plan 6 Report provides for three alternatives to mitigate treaty abuse viz. the principal purpose test (‘PPT’), simplified limitation of benefit (‘SLOB’) provision and detailed limitation of benefit (‘DLOB’) provision. Under Action Plan 6, as a minimum standard, countries are provided with a choice between adopting the following options for prevention of Treaty Abuse:

(i) Only PPT.

(ii) PPT along with SLOB.

(iii) PPT along with DLOB.

(iv) DLOB supplemented by a mechanism that would deal with conduit arrangements not already dealt with in tax treaties.

The MLI provides for the PPT and SLOB provisions. However, it does not include a draft of the DLOB provision since it may require substantial bilateral customization and may be difficult to incorporate in a multilateral instrument. Further, since the PPT, by itself, can constitute compliance with the minimum standard, the same has been provided for as the default option for prevention of treaty abuse under Article 7 of MLI. However, countries are free to adopt either of the other three approaches as provided above.

9. CONCEPT OF PPT
The concept of PPT provides that where having regard to all relevant facts and circumstances, it is reasonable to conclude that one of the principal purposes of any transaction or arrangement was to obtain treaty benefit, such benefit would be denied unless it is established that the granting of such benefit would be in accordance with the object and purpose of the provisions of the treaty.

The concept of PPT may be dissected as under:

(i) Overriding Provision – The provisions of the PPT are notwithstanding other provisions of the treaty, namely they override the other provisions of the treaty.

(ii) Subjective Test – The test of PPT is subjective. While all relevant facts and circumstances needs to be considered in determining fulfilment of PPT, what constitutes the principal purpose of an arrangement and whether the principal purpose was to obtain a treaty benefit may be subject to varying interpretations.

(iii) Onus of Proof – The onus of proof (namely reasonable basis) required for the tax department to contest non-compliance of PPT is lower than the onus of proof (namely establish with certainty) required for the taxpayer to contend that granting of benefit is in accordance with the object and purpose of the treaty.

(iv) Application of PPT – PPT may fail even if one of the principal purposes of the transaction or arrangement was to obtain treaty benefit. One way to interpret this could be that where the transaction or arrangement would not have taken place or would have taken place in a different manner in the absence of the treaty benefit, then in such cases principal purpose may be said to have been to obtain treaty benefit.

(v) Transaction or Arrangement – The MLI does not define the terms ‘transaction’ or ‘arrangement’. However, the term ‘arrangement’ is defined in section 102(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘IT Act’), although for the limited purpose of Chapter XA relating to the General Anti-Avoidance Rule. However, these terms could be interpreted widely and may also include setting up an entity in a particular jurisdiction.

(vi) Benefit – The term ‘benefit’ has also not been defined in the MLI. However, the same has been defined in section 102(3) to include a payment of any kind, whether intangible or intangible form. Further, section 102(10) defines ‘tax benefit’ to include reduction, avoidance or deferral of tax, increase in refund, reduction in incomeor increase in loss. The term ‘benefit’ in the context ofMLI is also intended to be wide in nature to cover the above.

(vii) Taxability in case PPT is not satisfied – Where PPT is not satisfied, the benefit under the treaty may be denied. However, the taxability may not be altered under the treaty by recharacterizing the transaction, disregarding an arrangement, looking through the transaction etc.

(viii) Object and purpose of tax treaty – Even where the PPT is not satisfied, treaty benefit may still be granted where it is proved that the granting of such benefit is in accordance with the objects and purpose of the treaty. The object and purpose of treaty may be gauged from the treaty’s preamble, text of the relevant provision etc. Typically, treaties/treaty provisions include elimination of double taxation, promotion of exchange of goods and services, movement of capital and persons, fostering economic relations, trade and investment, provision of certainty to taxpayers, elimination of discrimination etc. as their objects.

Some of the situations where PPT may be applied to deny treaty benefits are setting up of an intermediate holding company for treaty shopping, assignment of the right to receive a dividend to a beneficial treaty country, holding of board meetings in a particular country to demonstrate residence of the entity in such country etc. Further, some of the situations where the treaty benefit may be provided under the exception to the PPT Rule (i.e. treaty benefit in accordance with object and purpose of tax treaty) include choice of a treaty country for setting up a new manufacturing plant as compared to setting up in a country with no treaty, allowing benefit to an investment fund or a collective investment vehicle set up in a country where majority investors are of that country while some minority investors may be of a different country etc.

In addition to the PPT, the MLI also provides an option to include an additional para empowering the competent authority of a contracting state to grant the treaty benefit upon request from the person even where the same has been denied as a result of the operation of PPT. This shall be the case where the competent authority determines that such benefits would have been granted even in the absence of the transaction or arrangement.

10. APPLICATION OF PPT TO COVERED TAX AGREEMENTS
The PPT applies ‘in place of’ or ‘in absence of’ any existing similar provisions in the treaty. Where a similar PPT provision (which either covers all benefits or is applicable to specific benefits under treaty) is already present in the treaty and the same is notified by both the parties to the CTA, the said provision would be replaced by the PPT under the MLI. Thus, the scope of existing PPT provisions under a CTA would get expanded by the operation of the MLI. Where no such provision is present, the PPT under MLI would be added to the treaty. Further, where only one of the parties to the CTA notifies a similar existing provision in the treaty or where none of the parties to the CTA notify a similar existing provision, the PPT under MLI would apply and prevail over the existing provision and the MLI PPT would supersede the existing provision to the extent that such existing provision is incompatible with the MLI PPT.

However, the optional para empowering the competent authority to grant treaty benefit would only apply where both the parties to CTA have chosen to adopt the same.

11. CONCEPT OF SLOB
As discussed earlier, the SLOB provision is an optional provision which may be adopted as a supplement to the PPT. It provides for objective conditions for entitlement to benefits under a CTA. Basically, the SLOB test provides that a resident of a contracting state would be entitled to treaty benefits which are otherwise available under the CTA only where such resident:

(i) Is a ‘qualified person’; or

(ii) Is engaged in active conduct of business; or
(iii) At least 75% beneficial interest in such person is directly or indirectly owned by equivalent beneficiaries; or

(iv) Is granted benefit by the competent authority irrespective subject to fulfilment of PPT.

However, the following benefits under the treaty are not subject to the SLOB test:

(i) Determination of residence of dual resident entities (Para 3 of Article 4).

(ii) Corresponding adjustment (Para 2 of Article 9).

(iii) Mutual agreement procedure (Article 25).

Some of the important concepts for test of SLOB are outlined below:

Qualified person

(i) Individual,

 

(ii) Contracting jurisdiction,
political subdivision or local authority thereof or instrumentality thereof,

 

(iii) Entity whose principal class of
shares is regularly traded on stock exchange(s),

 

(iv) Mutually agreed NGOs,

 

(v) Entities established and operated
to administer retirement benefits etc.,

 

(vi) Person other than individual, if
at least 50% of shares of the person are owned directly or indirectly by
persons who are residents and qualify for treaty benefit under (i) to (v)
above. The shares should be held on at least half the days of a twelve-month
period that includes the time when the benefit would otherwise be provided.

Active conduct of business

(i) Person must be engaged in active conduct of business in the
residence state and income derived from the other state emanates from or is
incidental to such business.

 

(ii) Following activities do not qualify as “active conduct of
business”:

 

? Holding company,

 

? Overall supervision or administration of a group of companies,

 

? Group financing (including cash pooling),

 

? Making or managing investments.

Equivalent beneficiaries

(i) Treaty
benefit would be available if equivalent beneficiaries directly or indirectly
own at least 75% of the beneficial interest of the resident income recipient.
The interest must be held on at least half of the days of any twelve-month
period that includes the time when the benefit would otherwise be accorded.

 

(ii) Equivalent
beneficiary means a person, who would have been entitled to an equivalent or
more favourable benefit either under its domestic law or treaty or any other
international instrument.

12. APPLICATION OF SLOB TO CTAs
The SLOB applies to a CTA only where both the parties to CTA have chosen to apply it. Where only one of the parties or none of the parties have adopted the SLOB, the PPT would apply.

Further, where one of the parties to a CTA has chosen to apply the SLOB while the other party has not, the first party has an option to opt-out of Article 7 in its entirety namely Article 7 (including PPT) would not apply in such a case. In order to discourage such a situation, MLI provides the party not applying the SLOB to opt for either of the following:

(i) Symmetrical application of SLOB: SLOB would apply symmetrically under CTAs with parties that have originally chosen to apply SLOB. For example, where State X has opted for SLOB while State Y has opted only for PPT, State Y may opt for application of SLOB symmetrically to X-Y treaty. In such a case from the perspective of State Y, SLOB clause would apply only for the limited purpose of X-Y treaty. SLOB would not be applicable to any of the Y’s treaties with other States where such other States have not chosen to apply SLOB.

(ii) Asymmetrical application of SLOB: In the earlier example, where State Y opts for asymmetrical application, State X would test both PPT and SLOB while granting treaty benefits while State Y would only test for PPT.

It may be noted that opting for either of symmetrical or asymmetrical option is not mandatory for State Y. If none of the options is opted, the SLOB shall not apply, and only PPT shall apply. However, State X would then have an option of opting out of the entire Article 7, and if such option is exercised, neither PPT nor SLOB shall apply. However, in such a scenario it is expected that countries should endeavour to each a mutually satisfactory solution that meets minimum standard for preventing treaty abuse. In the context of Indian treaties, considering that India has opted for Article 7, the application of PPT or PPT and SLOB would depend upon how the other country chooses to apply Article 7. The impact of Article 7 on select Indian tax treaties is discussed in the subsequent paragraphs.

SLOB also applies ‘in place of’ or ‘in absence of’ similar provisions in the CTA. Where a treaty already has existing similar SLOB provisions, the states may notify the same and the MLI SLOB shall apply in place of the existing SLOB provision upon notification by both the states. The application of SLOB would be similar to that or PPT as discussed in
para 10.1.

13. INDIA’S POSITIONS ON ARTICLE 7
India has chosen to apply PPT as an interim measure in its final notification. However, where possible, it intends to adopt a LOB provision, in addition to or in replacement of PPT, through bilateral negotiation. India has not opted to apply the optional provision empowering the competent authority to grant treaty benefit even where PPT is not met. Further, India has also opted to apply the SLOB to all  its treaties.

14. IMPACT OF ARTICLE 7 ON INDIA’S TREATIES
The impact of MLI on some of India’s prominent tax treaties is outlined in the Table below. The analysis in the below Table is considering that India has opted for PPT and SLOB provisions.

Treaty Partner

Notification
by Treaty Partner

Impact
of Article 7 of MLI

USA

Not adopted MLI

Since USA has not adopted MLI, none of the
provisions of MLI would apply to India – US Treaty. Accordingly, neither PPT
nor SLOB would apply to India – US Treaty.

Mauritius
/ China

Not
covered treaty with India as a CTA

Since treaty with
India is not notified as a CTA by Mauritius, none of the provisions of MLI
(including PPT and SLOB) would apply to India – Mauritius treaty.

 

Neither India nor
China have notified India-China tax treaty as CTA. However, both the
countries recently

(continued)

 

 

amended tax treaty based on the bilateral negotiations.
India-China tax treaty has been amended vide protocol notified by CBDT vide
Notification No. 54/ 2019 dated 17th July, 2019 where PPT has been
incorporated under Article 27A of the treaty.

Japan / France

Only
PPT

Only PPT would
apply to the treaty.

UAE / Australia / Singapore
/ Netherlands / Luxembourg / UK

PPT plus
optional provision empowering competent authority to grant treaty benefit
despite failure of PPT

Only PPT would apply.

 

Since India has not adopted the optional
provision empowering competent authority, the same would not apply to any of
India’s CTAs.

Russia

PPT and SLOB

Both PPT and SLOB
would apply.

Denmark

PPT and
Symmetrical Application of SLOB

Both PPT and SLOB would apply.

Greece

PPT and Asymmetrical Application of SLOB

Greece would
apply
only PPT in granting
treaty benefit while India would apply both PPT and SLOB in granting treaty
benefit

15. INTERPLAY OF PPT, SLOB AND GAAR

In the case of CTA where both PPT and SLOB apply, since SLOB deals with whether a particular “person” per-se is eligible for treaty benefit and provides for objective criteria as compared to PPT, the fulfilment of SLOB needs to be tested first. Where the SLOB itself is not fulfilled, treaty benefit would not be available irrespective of the fulfilment of PPT.

Once the SLOB is fulfilled, as a next step, the arrangement or transaction resulting in the income would also need to satisfy the PPT. Where SLOB is met, however, in case where a particular arrangement or transaction does not meet PPT, treaty benefit in respect of income from such arrangement or transaction may still be denied.

It is also pertinent to consider the interplay of PPT and General Anti-Avoidance Rules (‘GAAR’) under the IT Act. The table below provides a comparative analysis of these provisions.

Particulars

PPT

GAAR

Subject matter of test

Transaction or arrangement.

Arrangement which inter-alia includes a transaction.

Applicability

One of the principal
purposes is to obtain treaty benefit.

 

Tainted element test not
required to be fulfilled.

(i)
Main purpose is to obtain tax benefit; and

(ii) Any of the four tainted elements are
present (namely creates rights or obligations not at arm’s length, results in
misuse or abuse of provisions, lacks commercial substance or entered in
manner not ordinarily employed for bona fide purpose).

Consequences

Denial
of treaty benefit.

Disregarding or recharacterization of
arrangement, disregarding parties to arrangement, reallocation of income
between parties, reassessment of residency or situs, looking through
corporate structure etc.

Carveouts

Treaty benefit provided
where the same is in accordance with object and purpose of treaty.

None.

Safeguards
for judicious application

None.

Invocation to be approved by
Approving Panel.

Grandfathering

None.

Income from investments made prior to 1st April, 2017
grandfathered.

Threshold

None.

Applicable only where the tax benefit
exceeds Rs. 3 crores in a financial year.

It may be noted from the above that the test under PPT is more stringent than under GAAR. Accordingly, it is less likely that GAAR would apply where the PPT is satisfied. However, it would be interesting to see the manner in which GAAR provisions may apply where treaty benefit is provided under the exception to the PPT rule taking into account the object or purpose of the treaty.

16. CONCLUSION
With the introduction of the preamble in all CTAs, the same is likely to assume increasing significance in the interpretation of tax treaties and the provision of benefits thereunder, including by judicial forums. Any double non-taxation or treaty shopping case is likely to be subject to extensive scrutiny. Further, group holding structures, cross border transactions and arrangements planned by multinational corporations would need extensive examination with respect to the fulfilment of PPT in addition to already existing anti-avoidance measures. Further, since many countries have not opted for SLOB, the impact of SLOB provisions would be limited to select treaties entered into by India.

The importance of commercial substance and rationale is likely to assume prime significance and it is imperative that business decisions be driven by commercial factors rather than primarily by tax reasons. Going forward, the significance of adequate documentation for demonstrating the commercial rationale of entering into any transaction / arrangement cannot be undermined.

SAFE HARBOUR RULES – AN OVERVIEW (Part 2)

In this concluding Part 2 of the Article (the first Part appeared in the December issue of the BCAJ), we focus on dealing with Indian Safe Harbour Rules by providing an overview of the Indian Safe Harbour Rules and their important aspects, including certain judicial pronouncements

1. RELEVANT PROVISIONS AND RULES
1.1 Section 92CB – Power of Board to make safe harbour (SH) rules
(1) The determination of –
(a) income referred to in clause (i) of sub-section (1) of section 9; or
(b) arm’s length price u/s 92C or u/s 92CA,
shall be subject to SH rules.
(2) The Board may, for the purposes of sub-section (1), make rules for safe harbour.

Explanation – For the purposes of this section, ‘safe harbourmeans circumstances in which the income-tax authorities shall accept the transfer price or income, deemed to accrue or arise under clause (i) of sub-section (1) of section 9, as the case may be, declared by the assessee.

Section 92CB(1) provides that the determination of Arm’s Length Price [ALP] u/s 92C or u/s 92CA shall be subject to SH rules. It has been substituted with effect from A.Y. 2020-21 to provide that apart from the determination of ALP, the determination of the income referred to in section 9(1)(i) shall also be subject to SH rules.

Section 9(1)(i) covers various types of income, e.g., income through or from any business connection in India, any property in India, etc. Further, it has various Explanations including
(a) Explanation 2 (Agency business connection),
(b) Explanation 2A (Significant economic presence or SEP),
(c) Explanation 3A (Extended source rule for income from advertisements, etc.).

Explanation to section 92CB defining SH is amended to provide that SH would also include circumstances in which income tax authorities shall accept the income u/s 9(1)(i) declared by the assessee. The amendment is effective from A.Y. 2020-21. Rules 10TA to 10TG contain the relevant SH rules relating to international transactions.

1.2 Application of SH rules prior to their introduction w.e.f. 18th September, 2013
In the following cases, inter alia, it has been held that the SH provisions in respect of TP were not applicable to the A.Ys. prior to the introduction of section 92CB / rules thereunder:
(a) PCIT vs. B.C. Management Services (P) Ltd. [2018] 89 taxmann.com 68 (Del)
(b) PCIT vs. Fiserv India Pvt. Ltd. ITA No. 17/2016, dated 6th January, 2016 (Del)
(c) PCIT vs. Cashedge India Pvt. Ltd. ITA No. 279/2016, dated 4th May, 2016 (Del)
(d) Delval Flow Controls (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2021] 128 taxmann.com 260 (Pun-Trib)
(e) Rolls Royce India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2018] 97 taxmann.com 651 (Del-Trib)
(f) Rampgreen Solutions (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2015] 64 taxmann.com 451 (Del-Trib).

1 However, in DCIT vs. Minda Acoustic Ltd. it was held that the SH rules can always be adopted as guidance in respect of the A.Ys. prior to their insertion.

 

1   [2019] 107
taxmann.com 475 (Del-Trib)

1.3 Application of definitions provided in Rule 10TA – Whether or not the assessee opts for the safe harbour
An important point to be kept in mind is that the definitions provided in rule 10TA shall not be applicable for the determination of ALP u/s 92C as per rule 10B. 2 The Pune bench of the ITAT in the case of Delval Flow Controls (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT (Supra) has held that unless an assessee opts for SH rules, rule 10TA cannot have across–the-board application. The ITAT in this regard observed as follows:
‘13. The emphatic contention of the Learned DR that section 92CB providing that the arm’s length price u/s 92C or u/s 92CA shall be subject to safe harbour rules and hence the application of rule 10TA(k) across the board is essential whether or not the assessee opts for the safe harbour, in our considered opinion does not merit acceptance. Section 92CB unequivocally states that the arm’s length price u/s 92C or u/s 92CA shall be subject to safe harbour rules. It only means that if there is an eligible assessee who has exercised the option to be governed by the safe harbour rules in respect of an eligible international transaction after complying with the due procedure, then the determination of the ALP shall be done in accordance with the safe harbour rules in terms of section 92CB of the Act and ex consequenti, the application of other rules will be ousted. The sequitur is that where such an option is not availed, neither section 92CB gets triggered nor the relevant rules including 10TA(k). In that scenario, determination of the ALP is done de hors the safe harbour rules.’

1.4 Reference to rule 10TA(k) – Exclusion of gains on account of foreign currency fluctuations relating to revenue transactions
Rule 10A contains certain definitions for the purposes of the said rule and rules 10AB to 10E. The said rule does not contain the definitions of ‘operating expense’, ‘operating revenue’ and ‘operating profit margin’. Rule 10TA for the purposes of the said rule and rules 10TB to 10TG, inter alia, contains the definitions of the aforesaid terms in rule 10TA(j), (k) and (l), respectively, w.e.f. 18th September, 2013.

Rule 10TA(k)(ii) provides that the term operating revenue does not include income arising on account of foreign currency fluctuations.

The assessees have taken a stand for long that foreign exchange gains arising out of revenue transactions form part of operating revenue and should accordingly be considered while computing operating profit margins for the purposes of computation of ALP under rules 10A to 10E. It has been argued that in the absence of any clear definition of operating revenue, the explicit exclusion of foreign exchange gain under rule 10TA(k)(ii) relating to SH cannot be applied for the computation of ALP under rules 10A to 10E.

The Tax Department, on the other hand, has been arguing that section 92CB provides that the ALP determination shall be subject to SH rules and the explicit exclusion of foreign exchange gain under rule 10TA(k)(ii) makes foreign exchange gains as non-operating. Further, for computation of operating margin, the said exclusion should be applied even in respect of transactions entered into prior to 18th September, 2013.

The ITAT and High Courts in a catena of cases have held that the SH rules have no retrospective application and are applicable prospectively only in respect of transactions entered into after 18th September, 2013. Further, in cases where the assessees have not opted for SH rules, the exclusion provided in rule 10TA(k)(ii) is not applicable and the foreign exchange gains should be considered as part of the operating margins.
The issue of exclusion of foreign exchange gain / loss for the purposes of computing ALP in TP proceedings is no more res integra in view of, inter alia, the following judicial precedents:
a) Fiserv India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-437-HC-2016 (Del)-TP]
b) Ameriprise India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-174-HC-2016 (Del)-TP]
c) DCIT vs. GHCL Ltd. ITA No. 976/Ahd/2014 dated 5th March, 2021 (ITAT Ahd)
d) NEC Technologies India Ltd. [TS-221-ITAT-2016 (Del)-TP]
e) Subex Ltd. [TS-181-ITAT-2016 (Bang)-TP]
f) Visa Consolidated Support & Services [TS-162-ITAT-2016 (Bang)-TP]
g) SAP Labs India (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT [2012] 17 taxmann.com 16 (Bang)
h) Four Soft Ltd. (ITA No. 1495/HYD/2010) (Hyd ITAT)
i) Trilogy E Business Software India Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT [23 ITR(T) 464) (Bang ITAT)]
j) Capital IQ Information Systems (India) (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2013] 32 taxmann.com 21 (Hyd-Trib)
k) S. Narendra vs. ACIT [2013] 32 taxmann.com 196 (Mum-Trib)
l) Cordys R&D (India) (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2014] 43 taxmann.com 64 (Hyd-Trib)
m) Techbooks International (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT [2014] 45 taxmann.com 528 (Del-Trib).

In the above cases, the courts have held that if the foreign exchange gain / loss is related to the operations undertaken by the assessee, such gain / loss would be considered as part of operating revenue or operating expenses. It is to be noted that foreign exchange gain / loss in respect of capital transactions cannot be considered as part of operating revenue or operating expenses.

 

2   [2021]128
taxmann.com 260 (Pun-Trib)

1.5 Issue relating to interpretation of KPO / BPO / ITeS
Rule 10TA(e) contains the definition relating to ‘information technology-enabled services’ and rule 10TA(g) defines ‘knowledge process outsourcing services’. Rule 10TA does not contain a separate definition relating to ‘business process outsourcing services’ (BPO). Interpretational issues have arisen in respect of characterisation of transactions into various categories of services like ITeS, KPO and BPO which have a very thin line of distinction.

3 In this connection, the Special Bench of the ITAT Mumbai in the case of Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT, after analysing the relevant definitions in rule 10TA, held as under:
73. On a careful study of the material placed before us to highlight the distinction between BPO services and KPO services, we are of the view that even though there appears to be a difference between the BPO and KPO services, the line of difference is very thin. Although the BPO services are generally referred to as the low-end services while KPO services are referred to as high-end services, the range of services rendered by the ITeS sector is so wide that a classification of all these services either as low end or high end is not always possible. On the one hand, KPO segment is referred to as a growing area moving beyond simple voice services suggesting thereby that only the simple voice and data services are the low-end services of the BPO sector, while anything beyond that are KPO services. The definition of ITeS given in the safe harbour rules, on the other hand, includes inter alia data search integration and analysis services and clinical data-base management services, excluding clinical trials. These services which are beyond the simple voice and data services are not included in the definition of KPO services given separately in the safe harbour rules. Even within the KPO segment, the level of expertise and special knowledge required to undertake different services may be different.’

4 However, the Delhi High Court in the case of Rampgreen Solutions (P) Ltd. vs. CIT after considering the Special Bench decision of Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. (Supra), held as follows:
‘34. We have reservations as to the Tribunal’s aforesaid view in Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. (Supra). As indicated above, the expression “BPO” and “KPO” are, plainly, understood in the sense that whereas BPO does not necessarily involve advanced skills and knowledge, KPO, on the other hand, would involve employment of advanced skills and knowledge for providing services. Thus, the expression “KPO” in common parlance is used to indicate an ITeS provider providing a completely different nature of service than any other BPO service provider. A KPO service provider would also be functionally different from other BPO service providers, inasmuch as the responsibilities undertaken, the activities performed, the quality of resources employed would be materially different. In the circumstances, we are unable to agree that broadly ITeS sector can be used for selecting comparables without making a conscious selection as to the quality and nature of the content of services. Rule 10B(2)(a) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 mandates that the comparability of controlled and uncontrolled transactions be judged with reference to service / product characteristics. This factor cannot be undermined by using a broad classification of ITeS which takes within its fold various types of services with completely different content and value. Thus, where the tested party is not a KPO service provider, an entity rendering KPO services cannot be considered as a comparable for the purposes of Transfer Pricing analysis. The perception that a BPO service provider may have the ability to move up the value chain by offering KPO services cannot be a ground for assessing the transactions relating to services rendered by the BPO service provider by benchmarking it with the transactions of KPO services providers. The object is to ascertain the ALP of the service rendered and not of a service (higher in value chain) that may possibly be rendered subsequently.

35. As pointed out by the Special Bench of the Tribunal in Maersk Global Centres (India) (P) Ltd. (Supra), there may be cases where an entity may be rendering a mix of services some of which may be functionally comparable to a KPO while other services may not. In such cases a classification of BPO and KPO may not be feasible. Clearly, no straitjacket formula can be applied. In cases where the categorisation of services rendered cannot be defined with certainty, it would be apposite to employ the broad functionality test and then exclude uncontrolled entities, which are found to be materially dissimilar in aspects and features that have a bearing on the profitability of those entities. However, where the controlled transactions are clearly in the nature of lower-end ITeS such as Call Centres, etc., for rendering data processing not involving domain knowledge, inclusion of any KPO service provider as a comparable would not be warranted and the transfer pricing study must take that into account at the threshold.’

Thus categorisation of services as BPO, KPO or ITeS could pose a problem in application of appropriate SH rates. In addition, there could be an ambiguity as to what is covered within the term ‘market research’ included in the definition of KPO services. In view of the distinct SH rates for each category, an inappropriate classification could result in larger tax implications.

1.6 Eligible assessee for the purpose of SH
Eligible assessee has been defined under rule 10TB to mean a person who has exercised a valid option for application of SH rules in accordance with rule 10TE, and
(i) is engaged in providing software development services or ITeS or KPO services, with insignificant risk, to a foreign principal;
(ii) has advanced any intra-group loan;
(iii) has provided a corporate guarantee;
(iv) is engaged in providing contract R&D services wholly or partly relating to software development, with insignificant risk, to a foreign principal;
(v) is engaged in providing contract R&D services wholly or partly relating to generic pharmaceutical drugs, with insignificant risk, to a foreign principal;
(vi) is engaged in the manufacture and export of core or non-core auto components and where 90% or more of total turnover during the relevant previous year is in the nature of original equipment manufacturer sales; or
(vii) is in receipt of low value-adding intra-group services from one or more members of its group.

Foreign principal referred to above means a non-resident associated enterprise. Various factors have also been provided which the A.O. or the TPO shall have regard to in order to identify an eligible assessee with insignificant risk [referred to in points (i), (iv) and (v) above] which are as follows:

a) The foreign principal performs most of the economically significant functions involved along with those involved in research or the product development cycle, as the case may be, including the critical functions such as conceptualisation and design of the product and providing the strategic direction and framework, either through its own employees or through its other associated enterprises, while the eligible assessee carries out the work assigned to it by the foreign principal;
b) The capital and funds and other economically significant assets including the intangibles required are provided by the foreign principal or its other associated enterprises, while the eligible assessee is provided remuneration for the work carried out;
c) The eligible assessee works under the direct supervision of the foreign principal or its associated enterprise which not only has the capability to control or supervise but also actually controls or supervises the activities carried out or the research or product development, as the case may be, through its strategic decisions to perform core functions, as well as by monitoring activities on a regular basis;
d) The eligible assessee does not assume or has no economically significant realised risks, and if a contract shows that the foreign principal is obligated to control the risk but the conduct shows that the eligible assessee is doing so, the contractual terms shall not be the final determinant;
e) The eligible assessee has no ownership right, legal or economic, on any intangible generated or on the outcome of any intangible generated or arising during the course of rendering of services or on the outcome of the research, as the case may be, which vests with the foreign principal as evident from the contract and the conduct of the parties.

2. PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED TO APPLY SH RULES
In order to apply SH rules, the procedure as provided in rule 10TE needs to be followed, a summary of which is given below:
a) Application in Form 3CEFA to be furnished to the A.O. on or before the due date for furnishing of return of Income.
b) The assessee should make sure that the return of income for the relevant A.Y. or the first of the A.Ys. is furnished before making an application in Form 3CEFA.
c) The assessee needs to clarify whether he is applying for one A.Y. or more than one A.Y. Such option exercised will continue to remain in force for a period of five years or the period specified in the form, whichever is less. It is to be noted that in respect of option for SH exercised under rule 10TD(2A), i.e., w.e.f. 1st April, 2017, the period of five years is reduced to three years.
d) The assessee needs to furnish a statement to the A.O. with respect to the A.Y. after the initial A.Y. providing details of eligible transactions, their quantum and the profit margins or the rate of interest or commission shown. Such statement needs to be furnished before furnishing the return of income of that particular year.
e) The SH option shall not remain in force for the A.Y. after the initial A.Y. if
i. The eligible assessee opts out of SH by furnishing a declaration to the A.O.; or
ii. The same has been held to be invalid by the respective authority, i.e., TPO or the Commissioner, as the case may be.
f) Upon receipt of the Form 3CEFA, the A.O. shall verify whether the assessee is an eligible assessee and the transaction is an eligible international transaction.
g) In case the A.O. doubts the eligibility, he shall make a reference to the TPO for determination of the eligibility.
h) The TPO may require the assessee to furnish necessary information or documents by notice in writing within a specified time.
i) If the TPO finds that the option exercised is invalid, he shall serve an order regarding the same to the assessee and the A.O. However, an opportunity of being heard is to be given to the assessee before passing the order declaring the option invalid.
j) If the assessee objects to the same, he shall file an objection within 15 days of receipt of the order with the Commissioner to whom the TPO is subordinate.
k) On receipt of the objection, the Commissioner shall pass appropriate orders after providing an opportunity of being heard to the assessee.
l) Where the option is valid, the A.O. shall verify that the Transfer Price in respect of the eligible international transactions is in accordance with the circumstances specified in rules 10TD(2) or (2A), and if the same is not in accordance with the said circumstances, the A.O. shall adopt the operating profit margin or rate of interest or commission specified in said sub-rules, as applicable.
m) In the A.Y. after the initial A.Y., if the A.O. has reasons to doubt the eligibility of an assessee or the international transaction for any A.Y. due to change in facts and circumstances, he shall make a reference to the TPO for determining the eligibility.
n) The TPO on receipt of a reference shall determine the eligibility and after providing an opportunity of being heard to the assessee, pass an order and serve the copy of the same on the assessee and the A.O.
o) For the purposes of rule 10TE:
i. No reference to the TPO by the A.O. shall be made after two months from the end of the month in which Form 3CEFA is received by him;
ii. No order shall be passed by TPO after two months from the end of the month in which reference from the A.O. is received by him;
iii. Order shall be passed within a period of two months from the end of the month in which objection filed by the assessee is received by the Commissioner.
p) If no reference is made or order has been passed within the time limit specified above, the option for SH exercised by the assessee shall be treated as valid.

The SH rules provide for a time-bound procedure for determination of the eligibility of the assessee and the international transactions. In case the action is not taken by any of the Income Tax authorities within the prescribed time lines as provided in the rules, the option exercised by the assessee shall be treated as valid.

In a case where the Commissioner passes an order against an assessee by holding that the option of SH is invalid (after providing a reasonable opportunity of being heard), in absence of clarity in rule 10TE, it appears that the only recourse available with the assessee is to either determine the ALP as per the normal TP assessment route or to file a writ petition in the High Court.

3. OBSERVATIONS REGARDING REVISED SH
The erstwhile TP SH thresholds, especially for IT and ITeS (20% / 22%), Contract R&D (30%) were set so high that it was not commercially viable for most companies to show any interest in the SH and therefore there were hardly any taxpayers opting for it, leaving the SH as having largely failed to achieve its purpose.

In contrast, the APA Scheme introduced in 2012 has been a roaring success even though it is a lot more intensive and a time-consuming negotiation process than opting for the SH, which works on a self-declaration basis. The APA route is preferred as it calls for lesser annual compliance requirements and determination of the agreed TP method which is a closer approximation of the ALP and the option of converting to a bilateral APA route which would avoid any economic double taxation for the multinational group.

3.1 No comparability adjustment and allowance
Rule 10TD(4) provides that no comparability adjustment and allowance under the 2nd proviso to section 92C(2) [reference to the 3rd proviso to section 92C(2) seems to have remained inadvertently] shall be made on the transfer price declared by the eligible assessee and accepted under rules 10TD(1) and (2), or (2A), as the case may be.

For international transactions undertaken for the period up to 31st March, 2014, the 2nd proviso to section 92C(2) provided that if the variation between ALP determined as per the MAM and the price at which the international transaction has actually been undertaken does not exceed notified percentage (not exceeding 3%), the price at which the international transaction is actually undertaken shall be deemed to be the ALP.

For international transactions undertaken from 1st April, 2014, the 3rd proviso to section 92C(2) was inserted to employ a ‘range’ concept for determination of ALP where more than one price is determined by the MAM. It provides that if more than one price is determined by the MAM, the ALP in relation to an international transaction shall be computed in the prescribed manner, i.e., rule 10CA(7). The proviso to rule 10CA(7) provides that the variation between ALP determined under the rule and the actual price does not exceed the notified percentage, then the actual price shall be deemed to be the ALP.

For the A.Y. 2020-21, Notification No. 83/2020 dated 19th October, 2020 provides the manner and limits of price variation (not exceeding 1% of the actual price in respect of wholesale trading and 3% of the actual price in all other cases).

Thus, the objective of rule 10TD(4) is that in cases where the option of the SH has been accepted, there would be no further allowance on account of comparability adjustment.

3.2 Maintenance, keeping and furnishing of information and documents
It is important to keep in mind that the provisions of rule 10TD(5) provide that section 92D relating to maintenance, keeping and furnishing of information and documents by certain persons, i.e., (i) One who has entered into an international transaction, as prescribed in rule 10D; and (ii) a constituent entity of an international group in respect of an international group as prescribed in rule 10DA, will be applicable irrespective of the fact that the assessee exercises his option for SH in respect of any such transaction.

3.3 Furnishing of report from an accountant by persons entering into international transactions
Rule 10TD(5) also provides that provisions of section 92E relating to a report from an accountant to be furnished by persons entering into international transactions will be applicable irrespective of the fact that the assessee exercises his option for SH in respect of any such transaction.

3.4 Non-applicability of SH rules in certain cases
Rule 10TF provides that SH rules contained in rules 10TA to 10TE shall not apply in respect of eligible international transactions entered into with an AE located in:
(a) any country or territory notified u/s 94A; or
(b) in a no-tax or low-tax country or territory.

Section 94A(1) containing enabling powers provides that the Central Government may, having regard to the lack of effective exchange of information with any country or territory outside India, specify by Notification in the official Gazette such country or territory as a notified jurisdictional area in relation to transactions entered into by any assessee.

In exercise of its powers, earlier the Central Government had, vide Notification No. 86/2013 dated 1st November, 2013 notified Cyprus as a ‘notified jurisdictional area’. However, subsequently the said Notification was rescinded vide Notification No. 114/2016 dated 14th November, 2016 and Notification No. 119/2016 dated 16th December, 2016 with effect from the date of issue of the Notification. CBDT, vide Circular No. 15 of 2017 dated 21st April, 2017, clarified that Notification No. 86/2013 had been rescinded with effect from the date of issue of the said Notification, thereby removing Cyprus as a notified jurisdictional area with retrospective effect from 1st November, 2013. Thus, no such Notification is in operation now.

Rule 10TA(i) defines ‘no-tax or low-tax country or territory’ to mean a country or territory in which the maximum rate of income-tax is less than 15%.

3.5 Applicability of the Mutual Agreement Procedure
OECD TP Guidelines in para 4.117 have recommended modification of the SH outcome in individual cases under mutual agreement procedures (MAPs) to mitigate the risk of double taxation where the SH are adopted unilaterally.

However, Indian SH rules have taken an opposite view as compared to OECD TP Guidelines and have provided that MAPs shall not apply.

Rule 10TG provides that where transfer price in relation to an eligible international transaction declared by an eligible assessee is accepted by the Income-Tax Authorities u/s 92CB, the assessee shall not be entitled to invoke MAP under a Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement.

3.6 Impact of TP litigations in the preceding years on the choice for SH
In the Indian scenario, the existing SH as an alternate dispute resolution mechanism has not proved itself as an attractive option. SH, as compared to other available options, has showcased bleak growth. This is evident as the Indian taxpayers have maintained a safe distance from SH over the years.

There are a number of dispute resolution mechanisms available for a taxpayer in India which, although time–consuming, generally yield the desired outcome for the taxpayer. Further, the price / margin to be offered under the Indian SH is perceived to be on the higher side compared to the benchmarks and outcome obtained via other mechanisms.

In some cases, where SH rates were relied upon by the TPO without performing any benchmarking, the same have been rejected by the ITAT and the lower margin of the taxpayer is accepted. This is another reason that makes the SH route less lucrative and the reason for the taxpayer’s reluctance to opt for the SH, as the margins lower than those prescribed by the SH in certain segments are well accepted.

However, in many cases where prolonged TP litigation has been going on for many years and the differential tax impact is not significant, the assessees have opted for the SH regime in order to avoid long litigation and have certainty.

4. IMPLICATIONS OF SECONDARY ADJUSTMENTS
As per section 92CE, secondary adjustment means an adjustment in the books of accounts of the assessee and its AE to reflect that the actual allocation of profits between the assessee and its AE are consistent with the transfer price determined as a result of primary adjustment, thereby removing the imbalance between the cash account and the actual profit of the assessee. Such secondary adjustment is now mandated under the following scenarios where primary adjustment to transfer price
(i) has been made suo motu by the assessee in his return of income;
(ii) made by the A.O. has been accepted by the assessee;
(iii) is determined by an APA entered into by the assessee u/s 92CC on or after 1st April, 2017;
(iv) is made as per the SH rules framed u/s 92CB; or
(v) is arising as a result of resolution of an assessment by way of the MAP under an agreement entered into u/s 90 or u/s 90A for avoidance of double taxation.

Primary adjustment has been defined in section 92CE(3)(iv) to mean the determination of transfer price in accordance with the arm’s length principle resulting in an increase in the total income or reduction in the loss of an assessee.

4.1 Significant hardships and issues that can arise due to secondary adjustment
The stated purpose of secondary adjustment is to remove the imbalance between the cash account and the actual profit of the taxpayer and to reflect that the actual allocation of profit is consistent with the ALP determined as a result of the primary adjustment. The issues that can arise due to the same are as follows:
a. Enforcing the recording of such adjustment in the books of accounts of the AE would be difficult for the Indian taxpayer, especially in cases where the primary adjustment is on account of the SH option, or suo motu offering to tax. The Government had clarified that SH margins are not necessarily ALP but only an option to avoid litigation. In such cases, to mandate the AE to record the adjustment would be unfair.
b. The taxpayer may be prompted not to accept the primary adjustment in the first place but instead litigate the same. The provisions provide that secondary adjustment should be made if primary adjustment made by the A.O. is accepted by the taxpayer. This would discourage the taxpayer from making suo motu adjustments or opting for SH provisions. When the Government is looking at reducing litigation, these new proposals are not going to help achieve that objective.

4.2 Impact of secondary adjustment on adoption of SH
As provided in the 1st proviso to section 92CE, secondary adjustment will not be required in cases where the primary adjustment made in any previous year does not exceed Rs. 1 crore. In view of the same, where the scale of operations of an assessee is small and likely primary adjustment as per the SH rules does not exceed Rs. 1 crore, the secondary adjustment will not be applicable. In such cases, there will not be any impact on adoption of SH rules even if there is a primary adjustment.

Example
In the case of two assessees who are engaged in the manufacture and export of core auto components (where the SH rules provide that the operating profit margin declared in relation to operating expenses should not be less than 12%), the impact of secondary adjustment on adoption of SH will be as follows:

Amount in crores

Sr. No.

Particulars

Assessee A

Assessee B

1.

Operating Revenue (in crores)

Rs. 80

Rs. 20

2.

Operating Expense (in crores)

Rs. 75

Rs. 18.5

3.

Operating Profit (in crores)

Rs. 5

Rs. 1.5

4.

Operating Profit margin (3 ÷ 2)

6.67%

8.12%

5.

SH margin required

12%

12%

6.

Operating profit as per SH rules (5 x 2) (in crores)

Rs. 9

Rs. 2.22

7.

Primary adjustment to be made (6 – 3) (in crores)

Rs. 4

Rs. 0.72

8.

Whether secondary adjustment required

Yes

No

As we can observe from the above example, in case of assessee A the primary adjustment to be made is Rs. 4 crores. Accordingly, secondary adjustment will be required and this will have an impact on the decision of assessee A to opt for SH. On the other hand, in case of assessee B the primary adjustment to be made does not exceed Rs. 1 crore. Accordingly, secondary adjustment will not be applicable and it will not have any impact on the adoption of SH.

Further, section 92CE(2A) provides that where the excess money or part thereof has not been repatriated within the prescribed time [on or before 90 days from the due date of filing of return u/s 139(1)], the assessee may at his option pay additional income tax @ 18% on such excess money or part thereof as the case may be.

Where the additional income tax as specified above is paid by the assessee, section 92CE(2D) provides that such assessee shall not be required to make secondary adjustment under sub-section (1) and compute interest under sub-section (2) from the date of payment of such tax.

5. PRACTICAL DIFFICULTIES AMIDST COVID-19
CBDT vide Notification dated 24th September, 2021 has notified the SH margins for F.Y. 2020-21 and they are the same margins which were applicable for F.Ys. 2016-17 to 2019-20.

Enterprises which have undertaken international transactions during F.Y. 2019-20 and F.Y. 2020-21 may have to perform a pilot analysis for verifying whether their margins are in compliance with the margins prescribed by the SH rules. If not, they can always opt out of SH rules for the relevant A.Y. by making a declaration to that effect to the A.O. as envisaged under rule 10TE.

SH rules were introduced by the CBDT to establish a simpler mechanism to administrate companies undertaking international transactions and also to reduce the amount of litigation. Prescribing the same margins for the coming years would work against the purpose for which they were introduced.

The Covid-19 pandemic has given rise to a number of problems, posing great challenges at least from a TP perspective. Due to the changing business risk environment and difficulty in determining the ALP, it was hoped that the SH margins would be reduced to provide more breathing space to businesses. However, the CBDT vide Notification No. 117/2021, dated 24th September, 2021, extended the validity of the provisions of the SH rules to A.Y. 2021-22 without making any changes or adjustments on account of the pandemic.

6. SAFE HARBOUR RULES FOR SPECIFIED DOMESTIC TRANSACTIONS
Rules 10TH and 10THA to 10THD contain the provisions relating to SH rules for Specified Domestic Transactions.

Rule 10THA defines the eligible assessee to mean a person who has exercised a valid option for application of SH rules in accordance with the provisions of rule 10THC and (i) is a Government company engaged in the business of generation, supply, transmission or distribution of electricity; or (ii) is a co-operative society engaged in the business of procuring and marketing milk and milk products.

In view of the limited application of SH rules for specified domestic transactions only to specified businesses relating to electricity and milk and milk products, the same is not elaborated in this article.

7. CONCLUDING REMARKS
Introduction of SH was a crucial step towards reduction of TP litigations, allowing the Department to focus its resources on significant issues and improving the ease of doing business ranking and investment climate in India from a tax perspective. It has also ensured the reduction of the compliance burden on the taxpayers, enabling them to focus more on their core activities.

In order to make SH rules more attractive to the assessees, the requirement to still maintain detailed TP documentation (TP Study), including benchmarking, may be dispensed with. Only a brief note about the business and ownership structure with brief FAR details should be enough. That will reduce cost of compliance and make this SH simpler to comply with. Where later on the eligibility for SH is questioned, there can be a requirement made to the taxpayer to compile and present more detailed information at that point in time.

In view of the Covid-19 pandemic where the business entities have been impacted adversely to a great extent, a reduction in the compliance burden along with reasonable SH margins would enable them to get back on their feet. However, given the recent CBDT Notification to extend the validity of the SH margins without any adjustment on account of the pandemic, it may be advisable for the taxpayers to evaluate the comparable margins of the industry and the impact of Covid-19 on the industry, before opting for the SH application.

_________________________________________________________________
3    [2014] 43 taxmann.com 100 (Mum-Trib) (SB)
4    [2015] 60 taxmann.com 355 (Del)

ISSUES IN TAXATION OF DIVIDEND INCOME, Part – 2

In the first of this two-part article published in April, 2021, we had analysed the various facets of the taxation of dividends from a domestic tax perspective as well as the construct of the dividend Article in the DTAAs. In this second part, we analyse some specific international tax issues related to dividends, such as applicability of DTAA to the erstwhile dividend distribution tax (‘DDT’) regime, application of the Most Favoured Nation clause in a few DTAAs, some issues relating to beneficial ownership, application of the Multilateral Instrument to dividends and some issues relating to underlying tax credit.

1. APPLICATION OF DTAA TO THE ERSTWHILE DDT REGIME
From A.Y. 2004-05 to A.Y. 2020-21, India followed the DDT system of taxation of dividends. Under that regime, the company declaring the dividends was liable to pay DDT on the dividends declared. One of the issues in the DDT regime was whether the DTAAs would restrict the application of the DDT. While this issue may no longer be relevant for future payments of dividends, with the Finance Act, 2020 reintroducing the classical system of taxation of dividends, this may be relevant for dividends paid in the past.

This controversy has gained significance because of a recent decision of the Delhi ITAT in the case of Giesecke & Devrient (India) (P) Ltd. vs. Add. CIT [2020] (120 taxmann.com 338). However, before considering the above decision, it would be important to analyse two decisions of the Supreme Court which, while not specifically on the issue, would provide some guidance in analysing the issue at hand.

The first Supreme Court decision is that of Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Limited vs. DCIT (2017) (394 ITR 449) wherein the question before the Court was whether section 14A applied in the case of dividend income (under the erstwhile DDT regime). The issue to be addressed was whether dividend income was income which does not form part of the total income under the Act. In the said case, the assessee argued that DDT was tax on the dividends and, therefore, dividends being subject to tax in the form of DDT, could not be considered as an income which does not form part of the total income of the shareholder. The Supreme Court did not accept this argument and held that the provisions of section 115-O are clear in that the tax on dividends is payable by the company and not by the shareholders and by virtue of section 10(34) the dividend income received by the shareholder is not taxable. Therefore, the Apex Court held that the provisions of section 14A would apply even for dividend income in the hands of the shareholders.

Interestingly, in the case of Union of India & Ors. vs. Tata Tea Co. Ltd. & Anr. (2017) (398 ITR 260), the Supreme Court was asked to adjudicate on the constitutional validity of DDT paid by tea companies as the Constitution of India prohibits taxation of profits on agricultural income. In this case the Court held that DDT is not a tax on the profits of the company but on the dividends and therefore upheld the constitutional validity of DDT.

Now the question arises, how does one read both the above decisions of the Supreme Court, delivered in different contexts, to give effect to both the orders in respect of DDT. One of the interpretations of the application of DDT, keeping in mind the above decisions of the Supreme Court, is that while DDT is not a tax on the shareholders but the company distributing dividends, it is a tax on the dividends and not on the profits of the company distributing dividends.

One would need to evaluate whether the above principle emanating from both the above judgments could be applied in the context of a DTAA. Article 10 of the UN Model Convention reads as under:

‘(1) Dividends paid by a company which is a resident of a Contracting State to a resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other State.
(2) However, such dividends may also be taxed in the Contracting State of which the company paying the dividends is a resident and according to the laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the dividends is a resident of the other Contracting State, the tax so charged shall not exceed:…..’ (emphasis supplied).

Therefore, the UN Model Convention as well as the DTAAs which India has entered into provide for taxation of the stream of income and do not refer to the person in whose hands such income is to be taxed. Accordingly, one may be able to take a view that a DTAA restricts the right of taxation of the country of source on dividend income and this restriction would apply irrespective of the person liable for payment of tax on the said dividend income. In other words, one may be able to argue that DTAA would restrict the application of DDT to the rates specified in the DTAA.

Interestingly, the Protocol to the India-Hungary DTAA provides as under,

‘When the company paying the dividends is a resident of India the tax on distributed profits shall be deemed to be taxed in the hands of the shareholders and it shall not exceed 10 per cent of the gross amount of dividend.’

In other words, the Protocol deems the DDT to be a tax on the shareholders and therefore restricted the DDT to 10%.

Further, as Hungary is an OECD member and the DTAA between India and Hungary was signed in 2003, one could also have applied the Most Favoured Nation clause in the Protocols in India’s DTAAs with Netherlands, France and Sweden to apply the above restriction on shareholders resident in those countries.

The Delhi ITAT in the case of Giesecke & Devrient (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Supra) also held that the DDT would be restricted to the tax rates as prescribed under the relevant DTAA. The argument that the Delhi ITAT has considered while applying the tax treaty rate for dividends is that the introduction of the DDT was a form of overriding the treaty provisions, which is not in accordance with the Vienna Convention of the Law of Treaties, 1969 and hence the DTAA rate should override the DDT rate.

Now, the question is whether one can claim a refund of the DDT paid in excess of the DTAA rate applying the above judicial precedents and, if so, which entity should claim the refund – the company which has paid the dividends or the shareholder? In respect of the second part of the question, the Supreme Court in the case of Godrej & Boyce (Supra) is clear that DDT is a tax on the company declaring the dividends and not on the shareholders. Therefore, the claim of refund, if any, for DDT paid in excess of the DTAA rates should be made by the company which has paid the dividends and not by the shareholders.

In order to evaluate whether one can claim refund of the excess DDT paid, it is important to analyse two scenarios – where the case of the taxpayer company is before the A.O. or an appellate authority, and where there is no outstanding scrutiny or appeal pending for the taxpayer company.

In the first scenario, where the taxpayer is undergoing assessment proceedings or is in appeal before an appellate authority, such a refund may be claimed by making such a claim before the A.O. or the relevant appellate authority. While the A.O. may apply the principle of the Supreme Court in the case of Goetze (India) Ltd. vs. CIT (2006) (284 ITR 323), the appellate authorities are empowered to consider such a claim even if not claimed in the return of income following various judicial precedents, including the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs. Pruthvi Brokers & Shareholders (P) Ltd. (2012) (349 ITR 336).

In the second scenario, the options are limited. One may evaluate whether following certain judicial precedents this could be considered as a mistake apparent from record requiring rectification u/s 154 or whether one can obtain an order from the CBDT u/s 119.

In the view of the authors, if the taxpayer falls in the category as mentioned in the first scenario, one should definitely consider filing a claim before the A.O. or the appellate authority as even if such claim is rejected or subsequently the Supreme Court rules against the taxpayer on this issue, given that the DDT has already been paid by the taxpayer company, there may not be any penal consequences.

2. ISSUE IN APPLICATION OF MFN CLAUSE IN SOME TREATIES

Another recent issue is the application of the MFN clause to lower the rate of taxation of dividends. While application of the MFN clause is not a new concept, this issue has been exacerbated with the reintroduction of the classical system of taxation.
Article 10(2) of the India-Netherlands DTAA provides for a 10% tax in the country of source. Paragraph IV(2) of the Protocol to the India-Netherlands DTAA provides as follows,

‘If after the signature of this Convention under any Convention or Agreement between India and a third State which is a member of the OECD, India should limit its taxation at source on dividends, interests, royalties, fees for technical services or payments for the use of equipment to a rate lower or a scope more restricted than the rate or scope provided for in this Convention on the said items of income, then as from the date on which the relevant Indian Convention or Agreement enters into force the same rate or scope as provided for in that Convention or Agreement on the said items of income shall also apply under this Convention’ (emphasis supplied).

The India-Netherlands DTAA was signed on 13th July, 1988. Pursuant to this, India entered into a DTAA with Slovenia on 13th January, 2003. Article 10(2) of the India-Slovenia DTAA provides for a lower rate of tax at 5% in case the beneficial owner is a company which holds at least 10% of the capital of the company paying the dividends.

While the DTAA between India and Slovenia was signed in 2003, Slovenia became a member of the OECD only in 2010. In other words, while the Slovenia DTAA was signed after the India-Netherlands DTAA, Slovenia became a member of the OECD after the DTAA was signed.

Therefore, the question arises whether one can apply the MFN clause in the Protocol of the India-Netherlands DTAA to restrict India from taxing dividends at a rate not exceeding 5%.

In this context, the Delhi High Court in a recent decision, Concentrix Services Netherlands BV vs. ITO (TDS) (2021) [TS-286-HC-2021(Del)] has held that one could apply the rates as provided under the India-Slovenia DTAA by applying the MFN clause in the India-Netherlands DTAA. In this case, the assessee sought to obtain a lower deduction certificate from the tax authorities u/s 197 by applying the rates under the India-Slovenia DTAA. However, the tax authorities issued the lower deduction certificate with 10% as the tax rate. Following the writ petition filed by the taxpayer, the Delhi High Court upheld the view of the taxpayer. The Delhi High Court relied on the word ‘is’ in the India-Netherlands DTAA in the term ‘….which is a
member of the OECD…’ of the Protocol. The High Court held that the said word describes a state of affairs that should exist not necessarily at the time when the subject DTAA was executed but when the DTAA provisions are to be applied.

Interestingly, the High Court also referred to the contents of the decree issued by the Netherlands in this respect wherein the India-Slovenia DTAA was made applicable to the India-Netherlands DTAA on account of the Protocol. In this regard, the Court followed the principle of ‘common interpretation’ while applying the interpretation of the issue in the treaty partner’s jurisdiction to the interpretation of the issue in India.

Therefore, one may be able to apply the lower rates under the India-Slovenia DTAA (or even the India-Colombia DTAA or India-Lithuania DTAA which also provide for a 5% rate) to the India-Netherlands DTAA by virtue of the MFN clause in the latter.

Similarly, India’s DTAAs with Sweden and France also contain a similar MFN clause and both the DTAAs are also signed before the India-Slovenia DTAA. Therefore, one can apply a similar principle even in such DTAAs.

However, it is important to consider the practical aspects such as how should one disclose the same in Form 15CB or in the TDS return filed by the payer as the TDS Centralised Processing Centre may process the TDS returns with the actual DTAA rate without considering the Protocol.

3. SOME ISSUES RELATING TO BENEFICIAL OWNER

In the first part of this article, we analysed the meaning of the term ‘beneficial owner’ in the context of DTAAs. This article seeks to identify some other peculiar issues around beneficial owner in DTAAs.

Firstly, it is important to understand that the term ‘beneficial owner’ is used in relation to ownership of income and not of the asset. Therefore, in respect of dividends one would need to evaluate whether the recipient is the beneficial owner of the income. The fact that the recipient of the dividends is a subsidiary of another company may not have any influence on the interpretation of the term. If, however, the recipient is contractually obligated to pass on the dividends received to its holding company, it may not be considered as the beneficial owner of the income.

Article 10 relating to dividends in most of India’s DTAAs requires the recipient of the dividends to be a beneficial owner of the income. For example, Article 10(2) of the India-Singapore DTAA provides as follows,

‘However, such dividends may also be taxed in the Contracting State …… but if the recipient is the beneficial owner of the dividends, the tax so charged shall not exceed….’ (emphasis supplied).

On the other hand, some of India’s DTAAs require the beneficial owner to be a resident of the Contracting State as against the recipient being the beneficial owner. For example, Article 10(2) of the India-Belgium DTAA provides as follows,

‘However, such dividends may also be taxed in the Contracting State ….. but if the beneficial owner of the dividends is a resident of the other Contracting State, the tax so charged shall not exceed….’ (emphasis supplied).
 
Now, the question arises whether the difference in the above languages would have any impact. In order to understand the same, let us consider an example wherein I Co pays dividends to A Co which is a resident of State A and A Co is obligated to transfer the dividends received to its holding company HoldCo, which is also a resident of State A. In other words, the recipient of the income is A Co and the beneficial owner of the income is HoldCo, and both are tax residents of State A.

In case the DTAA between India and State A is similar to that of the India-Singapore DTAA, the benefit of the lower rate of tax under the DTAA may not be available as the lower rate applies only if the recipient is the beneficial owner of the dividends, and in this case the recipient, i.e., A Co, is not the beneficial owner of the dividends.

On the other hand, if the DTAA between India and State A is similar to that of the India-Belgium DTAA, the benefit of the lower rate of tax under the DTAA would be available as the beneficial owner of the dividends, i.e., HoldCo, is a resident of State A. Therefore, one should also carefully consider the language in a particular DTAA before applying the same.

Another peculiar issue in respect of beneficial owner is the consequences of the recipient not being considered as the beneficial owner. The issue is further explained by way of an example.

Let us consider a situation where I Co, a resident of India, pays dividend to A Co, a resident of State A, and A Co is obligated to transfer the dividends received to its holding company B Co, a resident of State B.

In this scenario, the benefit of the DTAA between India and State A would not be available as the beneficial owner is not a resident of State A. This would be the case irrespective of whether the language is similar to the India-Singapore DTAA or the India-Belgium DTAA. Now the question is whether one can apply the DTAA between India and State B as the beneficial owner, B Co, is a resident of State B. While B Co is the beneficial owner of the income, the dividend is not ‘paid’ to B Co. Therefore, the Article on dividend of the DTAA between India and State B would not apply. Moreover, in the Indian context, the entity in whose hands the income would be subject to tax would be A Co and therefore evaluating the application of the DTAA between India and State B, wherein A Co is not a resident of either, would not be possible. Accordingly, in the view of the authors, in this scenario the benefit of the lower rate of tax on dividends in both the DTAAs would not be available.

4. APPLICATION OF THE MULTILATERAL INSTRUMENT (‘MLI’)
Pursuant to the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project of the OECD, India is a signatory to the MLI. The MLI modifies the existing DTAAs entered into by India. Some of the Indian DTAAs are already modified, with the MLI being effective from 1st April, 2020. We have briefly evaluated the relevant articles of the MLI which may apply in the context of dividends.

(a) Principal Purpose Test (‘PPT’) – Article 7 of the MLI
Article 7 of the MLI provides that the benefit of a Covered Tax Agreement (‘CTA’), i.e., DTAA as modified by the MLI, would not be granted if it is reasonable to conclude that obtaining the benefit of the said DTAA was one of the principal purposes of any arrangement or transaction, unless it is established that granting the benefit is in accordance with the object and purpose of the relevant provisions of the said DTAA.

In respect of dividends, therefore, the benefit under a DTAA may be denied in case it is reasonable to conclude that the transaction or arrangement was structured in a particular manner with one of the principal purposes being to obtain a benefit of that DTAA.

For example, US Co, a company resident in the US, wishes to invest in I Co, an Indian company. However, as the tax rate on dividends in the India-US DTAA is 15%, it interposes an intermediate holding company in the Netherlands, NL Co, with an objective to apply the India-Netherlands DTAA to obtain a lower rate of tax on dividends (5% after applying the MFN clause and the India-Slovenia DTAA as discussed above). In such a scenario, the tax authorities in India may deny the benefit of the dividend article in the India-Netherlands DTAA as one of the principal purposes of investment through the Netherlands was to obtain the benefit of the DTAA.

The PPT is wider in application than the General Anti-Avoidance Rules (‘GAAR’). Further, as it is a subjective test, there are various issues and challenges in the interpretation and the application of the PPT.

(b) Dividend transfer transactions – Article 8 of the MLI

Article 10(2) of some of the DTAAs India has entered into provide two rates of taxes as the maximum amount taxable in the country of source, with a lower rate applicable in case a certain holding threshold is met. For example, Article 10(2) of the India-Singapore DTAA provides for the following rates of tax as a threshold beyond which the country of source cannot tax:
(i) 10% of the gross amount of dividends in case the beneficial owner is a company which owns at least 25% of the shares of the company paying dividends; and
(ii) 15% in all other cases.

Such DTAAs provide a participation exemption by providing a lower rate of tax in case a certain holding threshold is met.

Article 8 of the MLI provides that the participation exemption which provides for a lower rate of tax in case a holding threshold is met would not apply unless the required number of shares for the threshold are held for at least 365 days, including the date of payment.

Therefore, in case of an Indian company paying dividends to its Singapore shareholder which holds more than 25% of the shares of the Indian company, the tax rate of 10% would be available only in case the Singapore company has held the shares of the Indian company for a period of at least 365 days.

One of the issues in the interpretation of Article 8 of the MLI is that the Article does not specify the manner of computing the period of holding – whether the period of 365 days should be considered for the period immediately preceding the date of payment of dividends, or can one consider the period after the dividend has been paid as well. While one may be able to take a view that as the Article does not require the holding period to be met on the date of the payment of the dividend, the period of holding after the payment of dividend may also be considered. However, there may be practical challenges, especially while undertaking withholding tax compliances for payment of such dividend.

5. ISSUES RELATED TO TAX CREDIT ON DIVIDENDS RECEIVED
Having analysed various aspects in the taxation of dividends in the country of source, we have also analysed some specific issues arising in respect of dividends in the country of residence. India follows the credit system of relieving double taxation.

One of the issues in respect of tax credit is that of conflict of interpretation between both the Contracting States. Let us take an example; F Co, a resident of State A, pays dividend on compulsorily preference shares to I Co, an Indian company. Assume that under the domestic tax law of State A such a payment is considered as interest. Assume also that the tax rate for interest and dividends is 15% and 10%, respectively, under the DTAA between India and State A.

In this scenario, State A would withhold tax at the rate of 15%. Now the question is whether India would provide a credit of 15% or would the tax credit be restricted to 10% as India considers such payment as dividends? The Commentary on Article 23 of the OECD Model Convention provides that in the case of a conflict of interpretation, the country of residence should permit credit for the tax withheld in the country of source even if the country of residence would treat this income differently. The only exception to this rule provided by the Commentary is when the country of residence believes that the country of source has not applied the provisions of a DTAA correctly, would the country of residence deny such higher tax credit.

In the present case, one may be able to contend that the country of source, State A, has correctly applied the DTAA in accordance with its domestic tax law and therefore India would need to provide tax credit of 15% subject to other rules relating to foreign tax credit.

Another peculiar aspect in respect of tax credit for dividends received from a foreign jurisdiction is that of the underlying tax credit. Some of the DTAAs India has entered into provide for an underlying tax credit.

For example, Article 25(2) of the India-Singapore DTAA, dealing with tax credit, provides as under,

‘Where a resident of India derives income which, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, may be taxed in Singapore, India shall allow as a deduction from the tax on the income of that resident an amount equal to the Singapore tax paid, whether directly or by deduction. Where the income is a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of Singapore to a company which is a resident of India and which owns directly or indirectly not less than 25 per cent of the share capital of the company paying the dividend, the deduction shall take into account the Singapore tax paid in respect of the profits out of which the dividend is paid.’

Therefore, tax credit would include the corporate tax paid by the company which has declared the dividend. This is explained by way of an example. Let us consider that I Co, an Indian company, is a 50% shareholder in Sing Co, a tax resident of Singapore. Assuming that Sing Co has profits (before tax) of 100 which are distributed (after payment of taxes) as dividend to the shareholders, the tax credit calculation in the hands of I Co would be as follows:
 

 

Particulars

Amount

A

Profit of Sing Co

100

B

(-) Corporate tax of 17% in Singapore

(17)

C

Dividend payable (A-B)

83

D

Dividend paid to I Co (50% of C)

41.5

E

(-) Tax on dividends in Singapore

(0)

F

Net amount received by I Co (D-E)

41.5

G

Tax in India u/s 115BBD (15% of F)

6.2

H

(-) Tax credit for taxes paid in Singapore (=E)

0

I

(-) Underlying tax credit for taxes paid by Sing Co (50% of B)

(8.5)

J

Actual tax credit [(H + I ) subject to maximum to G]

(6.2)

K

Tax payable in India (G – J)

0

L

Net amount received in India (net of taxes) (F –
K)

41.5

6. CONCLUSION

Each DTAA may have certain peculiarities. For example, the India-Greece DTAA provides for an exclusive right of taxation of dividends to the country of source, and the country of residence is not permitted to tax the dividends. With the reintroduction of the classical system of taxation of dividends, therefore, it is important to understand and evaluate the DTAA in detail in cross-border payment of dividends.

It is also important to evaluate the tax credit article in respect of dividends received from foreign companies in order to examine whether one can apply underlying tax credit as well.

DUAL RESIDENT ENTITIES – ARTICLE 4 OF MLI

(This is the second article in the MLI series of articles started in April, 2021)

1. INTRODUCTION
Section 90(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) read with Article 253 of the Constitution enables the Central Government to enter into Tax Treaties. Accordingly, India has entered into Tax Treaties with over 90 countries. The overarching preamble to a Tax Treaty is to eliminate double taxation and, vide the Multilateral Instruments (MLI), the same is also extended to prevent double non-taxation, or treaty abuse, or treaty-shopping arrangements.

The Tax Treaty does not impose taxes but distributes taxing rights. It provides substantive rights but relies on the domestic tax law to provide for the rules and procedures to levy tax. As per section 90(2), the beneficial provisions of the Tax Treaty shall override the specific provisions of the Act, subject to the domestic General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) and issue of Tax Resident Certificate from the tax officer in the foreign country. Thus, it is imperative to understand the treaty entitlement issues.

The taxpayer would certainly apply the Tax Treaty when its income is taxable in its resident state as well as in the source state. In other words, when it is the recipient of income taxable in more than one jurisdiction. Once applicable, its application is dependent on the following:

Scope of Application

Rules of Application

‘Taxpayer’ in Article 1

Preamble to Tax Treaty

‘Taxes’ in Article 2

Principal Purpose Tests

‘Residence’ in Article 4

Limitation of benefit clause, etc.

While the above relates to treaty entitlement, this article is focused on Article 4 of the MLI on Dual Resident Entities (non-individuals) that are usually referred to in Article 4(3) of the relevant Tax Treaty. As a pre-cursor, a Dual Resident Entity (DRE) is defined as such when an entity is deemed to be a resident of more than one jurisdiction under the domestic provisions. For example, when a  UK-incorporated entity is a tax resident of UK as per its domestic tax law (say, because of its incorporation under the UK tax law) and is also deemed to be a resident of India as per the Indian domestic tax law (say, because of the POEM rule under the Income-tax Act, 1961). The present Tax Treaty, without the effect of MLI, dealt with the conflict of dual resident entities and contained a tie-breaker rule for determination of the effective treaty residence.

2. ARTICLE 4(3) OF THE TAX TREATY
In accordance with Article 1(1) of the OECD Model Tax Convention, the Tax Treaty shall apply to persons who are residents of one or both of the Contracting States. Article 2 defines ‘persons’ to include an individual, a company and any other body of persons and defines ‘company’ to mean a body corporate or an entity that is treated as a body corporate for tax purposes, whereas Article 4 defines ‘residence’ for treaty purposes. In relevance, the Tax Treaty allocates or distributes taxing rights on the basis of the treaty residence.

The term ‘residence’ in Article 4(1) of the relevant Tax Treaty refers to the domestic definition of the residence, which, for Indian purposes, is section 6 of the Act. However, for resolving the issue of dual residency for non-individuals, the Tax Treaty refers to its own rule specified in Article 4(3) of the relevant Tax Treaty, i.e., Place of Effective Management (POEM). The OECD does not impose any restrictions or criteria for determination of residence in Article 4(1). In the case of dual residency for non-individuals, Article 4(3) refers to the POEM criterion as a single tie-breaker rule to determine ‘treaty residence’.

The term POEM is not defined in the OECD Model Tax Convention or in the relevant Tax Treaty. An analogy is drawn from the OECD Commentary which in itself does not provide sufficient and reliable guidance on its key determinants. Dual resident non-individuals are known to have abused this guidance gap. The tax authorities, as a last resort, have determined POEM on the basis of their domestic tax law vide Article 3(2) of the OECD Model Tax Convention. Under the Act, section 6 deems a foreign company to be a resident of India if it has its POEM in India. The CBDT Circular 6/2017 further provides guidance on how to determine POEM on the basis of various parameters for active business outside India and in India.

3. MULTILATERAL INSTRUMENTS
In order to curb tax abuse or evasion, article 4(1) of the Multilateral Instruments (MLI) amends the existing article 4(3) of the relevant Tax Treaty for resolving dual residency. It provides that the resolution of dual residence shall be through mutual agreement between the Contracting Jurisdictions concerned. It departs from the current treaty practice1, insofar as the POEM may no longer be the main rule to resolve the dual residence; and that the competent authorities will have the freedom to consider a number of factors to be taken into account while determining treaty residence of Dual Resident Entities (DRE). Article 4(1) of MLI also provides that the benefit of the Tax Treaty shall not be available until and unless the mutual agreement is concluded.

While Article 4(2) of MLI elucidates the manner in which the existing text of the Tax Treaty will change or modify, Article 4(3) of MLI provides an option to the Contracting States to make reservations. Article 4(4) of MLI elucidates the manner in which a Contracting Jurisdiction shall notify its partner Contracting Jurisdiction and thereby the Tax Treaty agreements to be covered under MLI.

4. DUAL RESIDENT ENTITIES – ARTICLE 4 OF MULTILATERAL INSTRUMENTS
4.1 Paragraph 1 of Article 4 of MLI states the following:
Paragraph 1. Where by reason of the provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement a person other than an individual is a resident of more than one Contracting Jurisdiction, the competent authorities of the Contracting Jurisdictions shall endeavour to determine by mutual agreement the Contracting Jurisdiction of which such person shall be deemed to be a resident for the purposes of the Covered Tax Agreement, having regard to its place of effective management, the place where it is incorporated or otherwise constituted and any other relevant factors. In the absence of such agreement, such person shall not be entitled to any relief or exemption from tax provided by the Covered Tax Agreement except to the extent and in such manner as may be agreed upon by the competent authorities of the Contracting Jurisdictions.

 

1   United Nations’ Manual for the Negotiation of
Bilateral Tax Treaties between Developed and Developing Countries 2019, page 61

The key phrases for discussion are given below:

  • ‘A person other than an individual is a resident of more than one Contracting Jurisdiction.’
  • ‘shall endeavour to determine by mutual agreement.’
  • ‘having regard to its place of effective management, the place where it is incorporated or otherwise constituted and any other relevant factors.’
  • ‘shall not be entitled to any relief or exemption from tax.’
  • ‘except to the extent and in such manner as may be agreed upon by the competent authorities of the Contracting Jurisdictions.’

MLI provides for a shift in the initial determination of treaty residence, from the taxpayer / tax authority (determination using POEM) to now the Competent Authority of the Contracting Jurisdiction concerned (determination by mutual agreement).

Until its final determination by mutual agreement, the DRE is not entitled to any relief or exemption from tax under the Tax Treaty to which MLI applies. However, the last sentence also contemplates a discretionary power in the hands of the Competent Authority to grant some relief under the relevant Tax Treaty. From the perspective of the Act, with no access to the Tax Treaty, a foreign company shall be deemed to be a domestic resident if its POEM (as per domestic guidance) is in India. A foreign limited liability partnership (being a body corporate) shall be deemed to be a resident in India where the control and management of its affairs is situated wholly or partly in India. Paragraph 52 of the Explanatory Statement to MLI provides the following:

‘Existing “tie-breaker” provisions addressing the residence of persons other than individuals take a variety of forms. For example, some [such as Article 4(3) of the UN Model Tax Convention, and of the OECD Model Tax Convention prior to the BEPS Project] break the tie in favour of the place of effective management, some focus on the place of organisation, and others call for determination by mutual agreement but do not explicitly deny benefits in the absence of such a determination.’

It must be noted that the POEM, being one of the various determinants, is in itself an anti-avoidance measure. It applies the substance-over-form approach in order to determine the location where ‘key management and commercial decisions’ were made. It seems that POEM is the key criterion for Competent Authorities to determine treaty residence and thereby entitlement to the relevant Tax Treaty. MLI or its Explanatory Statement does not provide any guidance on how to determine treaty residence and how to determine POEM or which aspect to consider for ‘any other relevant factor’. It seems that the domestic guidance on determination of POEM may not be relevant for determination of treaty residence as the purpose of section 6(3) is to make a foreign company a resident in India and thereby enabling dual residency, whereas the purpose of Article 4(1) of the MLI is to resolve the conflict of dual residency.

With high discretion in the hands of the Competent Authority, there is no obligation on the Competent Authority to reach a mutually acceptable agreement. Further, the DRE may not have any say in the matter and may not have any right to appeal or arbitrate a negative decision on treaty residence.

Lastly, the CBDT has in Rule 44G of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 provided for the manner in which an Indian resident can apply to the Competent Authority in India for initiation of MAP. It also provides for a suggestive timeline (not mandatory) of 24 months for arriving at a mutually agreeable resolution of the tax dispute. However, a foreign entity is not allowed to apply to the Competent Authority in India.

4.2 Paragraph 2 of Article 4 of MLI states the following:
Paragraph 1 shall apply in place of or in the absence of provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that provide rules for determining whether a person other than an individual shall be treated as a resident of one of the Contracting Jurisdictions in cases in which that person would otherwise be treated as a resident of more than one Contracting Jurisdiction. Paragraph 1 shall not apply, however, to provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement specifically addressing the residence of companies participating in dual-listed company arrangements.

The key phrases for discussion are given below:

  • ‘in place of or in the absence of.’
  • ‘companies participating in dual-listed company arrangements.’

This Paragraph is the compatibility clause that describes the interaction between Article 4(1) of the MLI and the existing Article 4(3) of the relevant Tax Treaty (also known as the Covered Tax Agreement). The effect of ‘in place of or in the absence of’ is as provided below:

 

4.3 Paragraph 3 to Article 4 of MLI states the following:
A party may reserve the right:
a) for the entirety of this Article not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements;
b) for the entirety of this Article not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements that already address cases where a person other than an individual is a resident of more than one Contracting Jurisdiction by requiring the competent authorities of the Contracting Jurisdictions to endeavour to reach mutual agreement on a single Contracting Jurisdiction of residence;
c) for the entirety of this Article not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements that already address cases where a person other than an individual is a resident of more than one Contracting Jurisdiction by denying treaty benefits without requiring the competent authorities of the Contracting Jurisdictions to endeavour to reach mutual agreement on a single Contracting Jurisdiction of residence;
d) for the entirety of this Article not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements that already address cases where a person other than an individual is a resident of more than one Contracting Jurisdiction by requiring the competent authorities of the Contracting Jurisdictions to endeavour to reach mutual agreement on a single Contracting Jurisdiction of residence, and that set out the treatment of that person under the Covered Tax Agreement where such an agreement cannot be reached;
e) to replace the last sentence of paragraph 1 with the following text for the purposes of its Covered Tax Agreements: ‘In the absence of such agreement, such person shall not be entitled to any relief or exemption from tax provided by the Covered Tax Agreement’;
f) for the entirety of this Article not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements with parties that have made the reservation described in sub-paragraph e).

This Paragraph relates to the reservation which can be entirely, partially or in a modified format. The signatories are free to express their reservation and restrict the extent of the application of Article 4 of MLI. It may opt out of Article 4 of MLI in the manner stated above and continue with the existing provisions of the Tax Treaty, without giving effect of MLI.

For example, in the India-Austria Tax Treaty, Austria has reserved the right for the entirety of Article 4 of MLI not to apply to its Covered Tax Treaty. India has notified India-Austria Tax Treaty and has not provided any reservation. Accordingly, Article 4 would not apply.

Likewise, in the India-Australia Tax Treaty, Australia has reserved the right to deny treaty benefits in absence of mutual agreement in accordance with Article 4(3)(e) of MLI above. Both India and Australia have notified the relevant article in the India-Australia Tax Treaty. India has not provided any reservation [including reservation as per Article 4(3)(f)]. Accordingly, Article 4(1) of MLI shall replace the existing Article 4(3) of the India-Australia Tax Treaty, with the last sentence of Article 4(1) of MLI to be modified by Article 4(3)(e) of the MLI.

The signatory party to the MLI that has not made a reservation of this article is required to notify the Depository of its Covered Tax Treaty purported to be covered or already covered in its existing treaty. The procedure is discussed in Article 4(4) of the MLI discussed below.

4.4 Paragraph 4 to Article 4 of MLI states the following:
Each party that has not made a reservation described in sub-paragraph a) of paragraph 3 shall notify the Depository of whether each of its Covered Tax Agreements contains a provision described in Paragraph 2 that is not subject to a reservation under sub-paragraphs b) through d) of Paragraph 3, and if so, the article and paragraph number of each such provision. Where all Contracting Jurisdictions have made such a notification with respect to a provision of a Covered Tax Agreement, that provision shall be replaced by the provisions of Paragraph 1. In other cases, Paragraph 1 shall supersede the provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement only to the extent that those provisions are incompatible with Paragraph 1.

This Paragraph complements the application of Article 4(2) of MLI. Refer to the diagram illustrated in Paragraph 2 above, wherein each party has to notify the Depository of whether each of its Covered Tax Agreements contains an existing provision that is not subject to a reservation under Paragraph 3(b) through (d). Such a provision would be replaced by the provisions of Article 4(1) of MLI where all parties to the Covered Tax Agreement have made such a notification. In all other cases, 4(1) of MLI would supersede the existing provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement only to the extent that those provisions are incompatible with Article 4(1) of MLI.

Paragraph 52 of the Explanatory Statement to MLI provides that ‘Where a single provision of a Covered Tax Agreement provides for a tie-breaker rule applicable to both individuals and persons other than individuals, Paragraph 1 would apply in place of that provision only to the extent that it relates to a person other than an individual.’

5. EXCEPTION
Paragraph 2 of Article 4 of MLI provides an exception to this Article, i.e., ‘Paragraph 1 shall not apply, however, to provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement specifically addressing the residence of companies participating in dual-listed company arrangements.’

The above clause has a restricted effect from the Indian perspective as it refers to the existing treaty clause addressing the residence of companies participating in dual-listed company arrangements, e.g., the UK-Netherlands Tax Treaty. In the dual-listed company arrangement, like merger, two listed companies operating in two different countries enter into an alliance in which these companies are allowed to retain their separate legal identities and continue to be listed and traded on the stock exchanges of the two countries. It is a process that allows a company to be listed on the stock exchanges of two different countries. In a typical merger or acquisition, the merging companies become a single legal entity, with one business buying the other. However, ‘a dual-listed company arrangement’ is a corporate structure in which two corporations function as a single operating business through a legal equalisation agreement but retain separate legal identities and stock exchange listings2. The arrangement reflects a commonality of management, operations, shareholders’ rights, purpose and mission through an agreement or a series of agreements between two parent companies, operating as one business.

 

2   http://www.legalservicesindia.com/article/1580/Dual-Listing-of-Companies.html
and Explanatory Statement in respect of Article 4(2) of MLI

 

6. WAY FORWARD
MLI is seeking to replace / supersede the existing framework of the Tax Treaty. While MAP was a well-known measure present in the Tax Treaty to resolve tax conflicts, Article 4 of MLI purports to use this measure for determining the Treaty Entitlement, more particularly the issue on treaty residence. Until the coming into force of Article 4(1) of MLI, the treaty entitlement was never doubted in the existing Article 4 of the relevant Tax Treaty [except in rare cases like in article 4(3) of the Indo-USA DTAA]. However, post-amendment through MLI, the DRE would be entitled to Tax Treaty only on conclusion of MAP, the outcome of which is uncertain. The MAP pursuant to Article 4(3) of MLI should not be confused with the MAP pursuant to Article 25 of the OECD Model Tax Convention.

For example, Article 27 of the India-UK Tax Treaty provides that ‘Where a resident of a Contracting State considers that the actions of one or both of the Contracting States result or will result for him in taxation not in accordance with this Convention, he may, notwithstanding the remedies provided by the national laws of those States, present his case to the competent authority of the Contracting State of which he is a resident.’

Whereas Paragraph 58 of the Explanatory Statement to MLI states that where Article 4(1) of MLI denies the benefits of the Covered Tax Agreement, in the absence of the concluded MAP for treaty residence, such denial cannot be viewed as ‘taxation that is not in accordance’ with the provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement.

Accordingly, Article 27 of the India-UK Tax Treaty would not apply for two reasons: (a) by referring to ‘resident of a contracting state’, it is referring to treaty residence and not domestic residence. Since treaty residence is not yet determined, the said clause is not applicable; (b) by referring to taxation that is ‘not in accordance with this Convention’, the said clause is not applicable when Paragraph 58 of the Explanatory Statement is read along with this clause.

Furthermore, MAP concluded under one Tax Treaty (e.g. UK-India Tax Treaty) would not have any precedence when contemplating another Tax Treaty (e.g. Netherlands-India Tax Treaty) and would be time-consuming and exhaustive for the DRE, especially when the MAP discussion fails under one Tax Treaty and it might be late for the DRE to initiate MAP for past years under another Tax Treaty.

Secondly, there is no obligation on the competent authorities to actually reach an agreement. The wording used in Article 4(1) of MLI is ‘shall endeavour’ to agree in MAP, pending which the taxpayer’s treaty entitlement is at stake. The discretion afforded to the Competent Authorities under Article 4 of MLI is wider in scope than the domestic General Anti-Avoidance Rule. Possibly, it was intentional to curtail treaty abuse and provide powers in the hands of the contracting state. Further, if POEM is the key determinant for the Competent Authority, it should be based on a regulated guidance, not at the free discretion of the respective Competent Authorities who may give different relevance to a particular factor. Howsoever it may be, the lifting of corporate veil under a cross-border scenario should be avoided in genuine cases and should be used only as a tool to prevent tax abuse or tax evasion. The form and governance of DRE should be respected to the extent it is appropriate and reasonable.

Thirdly, the DRE would not be entitled to the Tax Treaty, in the absence of mutual agreement, even if MAP discussion is ongoing, where the last sentence of Article 4(1) of MLI is replaced by the specific sentence in Article 4(3)(e) of MLI, or where the DRE would not be entitled to the Tax Treaty except to the extent the Competent Authorities grant some relief to it [assuming Article 4(3)(e) is not applicable]. In the absence of guidelines, the questions that may arise are: That once the MAP is concluded, whether the outcome shall apply to the DRE retrospectively or prospectively? Whether the person who is responsible for payment (payer) to DRE is obliged to withhold taxes without considering the benefit from Tax Treaty, considering that it may not be privy to the MAP or tax conflict? Whether the right to deny treaty entitlement is for the DRE and not for the payer who is obliged to withhold taxes at the applicable Tax Treaty rate or the Act rate, whichever is more beneficial? As a way forward, in order to reduce the hardship, the Competent Authorities should suspend or defer the collection of taxes while MAP discussions are ongoing and provide rules for the taxpayer to comply with withholding tax issues in these scenarios.

Lastly, the DRE should have a right to contest the conclusions drawn under the MAP in an international court or in its resident Contracting Jurisdiction, or under a multilateral arbitration. At present, MLI assumes that the MAP would be concluded in the right manner with right determinants, giving full discretionary power to the Competent Authorities to decide which determinants would be key to determine treaty residence, as against the guidance given in the OECD Commentary for, say, POEM, wherein it has discussed various determinants with examples. As a way forward, the Contracting Jurisdictions that participated in MAP should permit DRE a legal remedy to contest MAP in its domestic forum and, if successful, to allow the court decision to become an addendum to the concluded MAP. Further, if the MAP is not concluded, the DRE is not entitled to the Tax Treaty. DRE should not suffer from permanent fracture for the rigidness of the Competent Authorities. DRE should be provided with legal remedy to resolve the impending dispute.

TDS UNDER SECTION 195 IN POST-MLI SCENARIO

In our earlier articles of June, August and September, 2018, we had covered the various facets of TDS under section 195 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act), including some practical issues on the same. With the increase in global trade, TDS on payments to non-residents has gained importance in recent years. The year 2020 was unforgettable for various reasons – the ongoing pandemic and the lockdown that followed being one of them. However, the international tax landscape in India also underwent a significant change in 2020 with the Multilateral Instrument (MLI) coming into effect on 1st April, 2020. The MLI has modified various DTAAs. Further, the return to the classical system of taxing dividends and the abolishment of the Dividend Distribution Tax regime in the Finance Act, 2020 also extended the scope of TDS u/s 195 as dividend payments hitherto were not subject to such TDS by virtue of the exemption u/s 10(34).

Given the host of changes that the world, particularly the tax world, has undergone in 2020, this article attempts to analyse the impact of these changes on compliance u/s 195 especially for a practitioner who is certifying the taxability of foreign remittances in Form 15CB.

1. BACKGROUND

Section 195 requires tax to be deducted at the ‘rates in force’ in respect of interest or ‘other sum chargeable under the provisions of this Act’ in respect of payment to a non-resident. Further, section 2(37A), defining the term ‘rates in force’ in respect of income subject to TDS u/s 195 refers to the rate specified in the Finance Act of the relevant year, or the rate as per the respective DTAA in accordance with section 90. Therefore, TDS u/s 195 in theory results in the finality of the tax deducted on the income chargeable to tax in India in respect of a non-resident recipient as against the TDS under the other provisions of the Act, wherein TDS is only a form of collection of tax in advance and does not signify the final amount of tax payable in the hands of the deductee. This finality of the tax places a higher responsibility on a professional certifying the taxability u/s 195(6) in Form 15CB. Further, given the penal provisions for furnishing inaccurate information u/s 195, it is extremely important for a practitioner issuing Form 15CB to keep himself updated on the various changes in the international tax world. The ensuing paragraphs seek to address the practical issues arising on account of the recent changes in the international tax arena.

2. UNDERTAKING TDS COMPLIANCE BEFORE MLI

Before evaluating the impact of MLI on undertaking TDS compliances u/s 195, it may be worthwhile to briefly evaluate some of the best practices a professional would follow to avail the benefit under the DTAA before the MLI was effective.

While our earlier articles have covered most of these practices, in order to get a holistic view of the matter the same have been briefly covered below.

i. Tax Residency Certificate (TRC)
Section 90(4) provides that the benefit of a DTAA shall be available to a non-resident only in case such non-resident obtains a TRC from the tax authorities of the relevant country in which such person is a resident.

While the provision seeks to deny benefits of a DTAA to a non-resident who does not provide a valid TRC, the Ahmedabad Tribunal in the case of Skaps Industries India (P) Ltd. vs. ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448 (Ahmedabad – Trib.) held that section 90(4) does not override the DTAA and, therefore, if the taxpayer can substantiate through any other document his eligibility to claim the benefit under the DTAA, the said benefit should be granted to him. One may refer to our article in the August, 2018 issue of this Journal for a detailed discussion on the ruling. In a recent decision, the Hyderabad Tribunal in the case of Sreenivasa Reddy Cheemalamarri vs. ITO [2020] TS-158-ITAT-2020 (Hyd.) has also followed the ruling of the Ahmedabad Tribunal in Skaps (Supra).

However, from the perspective of deduction u/s 195, it is always advisable to follow a conservative approach and therefore in a scenario where the recipient has not provided a valid TRC, the benefit under the DTAA may not be granted. The recipient would always have the option of filing a return of income and claiming refund and substantiating the eligibility to claim the benefit of the DTAA before the tax authorities, if required.

Further, if the TRC does not contain all the information as required in Rule 21AB of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 (Rules), one needs to also obtain a self-declaration from the recipient in Form 10F.

As TRC generally contains the residential status of the recipient as on the date of certificate or for a particular period, it is important that one obtains the TRC and Form 10F which is applicable for the period in which the transaction is undertaken.

ii. Declarations
In addition to the TRC, one generally also obtains the following declarations before certifying the taxability of the transaction u/s 195:
a.    Declaration that the recipient does not have a PE in India and if a PE exists, the income from the transaction is not attributable to such PE;
b.    Declaration that the main purpose of the transaction is not tax avoidance. However, one also needs to evaluate the transaction in detail and not merely rely on the declaration under GAAR as one needs to be fairly certain of the taxability before certifying the same;
c.    Declaration in respect of specific items of income that the recipient is the beneficial owner of the income and that it is not contractually or legally obligated to pass on the said income to any other person;
d.    Declaration that the Limitation of Benefits (LOB) clause, if any, in the DTAA has been met. Similar to the above declarations, one needs to evaluate the transaction in detail to ensure that the transaction or the recipient, as the case may be, satisfies the conditions mentioned in the LOB clause and not merely rely on the declaration.

3. IMPACT ON ACCOUNT OF MLI


i. Background of the MLI

Following the recommendations in the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Project of the OECD in which discussion more than 100 countries participated, the MLI, a document which seeks to modify more than 3,000 bilateral tax treaties (modified tax treaties are called Covered Tax Agreements or CTAs), was released for ratification. India is one of the nearly 100 countries which are signatories to the MLI.

India signed the MLI on 7th June, 2017 and deposited the ratified document along with a list of its Reservations and Options on 25th June, 2019. Article 34(2) of the MLI provides that the MLI shall enter into force for a signatory on the first day of the month following the expiration of a period of three calendar months from the date of deposit of the ratified instrument. In the case of India, therefore, the MLI entered into force on 1st October, 2019.

Further, Article 35(1)(a) of the MLI provides that the MLI shall come into effect in respect of withholding taxes on the first day of the calendar year (or financial year in the case of India) that begins after the latest date on which the MLI enters into force for each of the Contracting Jurisdictions to the CTA. In other words, the MLI shall have an effect of modifying a particular DTAA on the first day of a calendar year (or financial year) beginning after the MLI has entered into force for both the countries which are signatory to the DTAA.

As the MLI has entered into force for India in October, 2019, it has come into effect and would result in the modification to the DTAA from 1st April, 2020 where the MLI has entered into force for the other signatory to the DTAA prior to 1st April, 2020 as well. The MLI had entered into force for many Indian treaty partners in 2019 or earlier and therefore the MLI has come into effect for those DTAAs from 1st April, 2020.

India has listed 93 of its existing DTAAs to be modified by the MLI. However, as the MLI works on a matching concept, the respective DTAA would be modified only if both the countries, signatories to the DTAA, have included the said DTAA in their final list of treaties to be modified. For example, while India has included the India-Germany DTAA in its final list, Germany has not and therefore the India-Germany DTAA will not be modified by the MLI. Some of the other notable Indian DTAAs which are not modified by the MLI are those with the USA, Brazil and Mauritius. Similarly, out of the 95 signatories to the MLI, as on date 59 countries have deposited the ratified document. Moreover, out of the 59 countries which have deposited the document, some of them have done so only recently and therefore it is important at the time of undertaking compliance of section 195 and dealing with a DTAA to verify whether the DTAA has been modified by the MLI and, if so, from which date. One can use the MLI Matching Database on the OECD website to know whether a particular DTAA has been modified and from which date.

Treaty
Partner

Whether
modified by MLI

Effective
date for withholding taxes from when MLI modifies DTAA 1

Albania

Yes

1st April, 2021

Armenia

No

NA

Australia

Yes

1st April, 2020

Austria

Yes

1st April, 2020

Bangladesh

No

NA

Belarus

No

NA

Belgium

Yes

1st April, 2020

Bhutan

No

NA

Botswana

No

NA

Brazil

No

NA

Bulgaria

No

NA

Canada

Yes

1st April, 2020

China (People’s Republic of)

No

NA

Colombia

No

NA

Croatia

No

NA

Cyprus

Yes

1st April, 2021

Czech Republic

Yes

1st April, 2021

Denmark

Yes

1st April, 2020

Egypt

Yes

1st April, 2021

Estonia

Yes

1st April, 2022

Ethiopia

No

NA

Fiji

No

NA

Finland

Yes

1st April, 2020

France

Yes

1st April, 2020

Georgia

Yes

1st April, 2020

Germany

No

NA

Greece

No

NA

Hong Kong (China)

No

NA

Hungary

No

NA

Iceland

Yes

1st April, 2020

Indonesia

Yes

1st April, 2021

Iran

No

NA

Ireland

Yes

1st April, 2020

Israel

Yes

1st April, 2020

Italy

No

NA

Japan

Yes

1st April, 2020

Jordan

Yes

1st April, 2021

Kazakhstan

Yes

1st April, 2021

Kenya

No

NA

Korea

Yes

1st April, 2021

Kuwait

No

NA

Kyrgyz Republic

No

NA

Latvia

Yes

1st April, 2020

Libya

No

NA

Lithuania

Yes

1st April, 2020

Luxembourg

Yes

1st April, 2020

Macedonia

No

NA

Malaysia

No

NA

Malta

Yes

1st April, 2020

Mauritius

No

NA

Mexico

No

NA

Mongolia

No

NA

Montenegro

No

NA

Morocco

No

NA

Mozambique

No

NA

Myanmar

No

NA

Namibia

No

NA

Nepal

No

NA

Netherlands

Yes

1st April, 2020

New Zealand

Yes

1st April, 2020

Norway

Yes

1st April, 2020

Oman

Yes

1st April, 2021

Philippines

No

NA

Poland

Yes

1st April, 2020

Portugal

Yes

1st April, 2021

Qatar

Yes

1st April, 2020

Romania

No

NA

Russian Federation

Yes

1st April, 2020

Saudi Arabia

Yes

1st April, 2021

Serbia

Yes

1st April, 2020

Singapore

Yes

1st April, 2020

Slovak Republic

Yes

1st April, 2020

Slovenia

Yes

1st April, 2020

South Africa

No

NA

Spain

No

NA

Sri Lanka

No

NA

Sudan

No

NA

Sweden

Yes

1st April, 2020

Switzerland

Yes

1st April, 2020

Syria

No

NA

Tajikistan

No

NA

Tanzania

No

NA

Thailand

No

NA

Trinidad & Tobago

No

NA

Turkey

No

NA

Turkmenistan

No

NA

Uganda

No

NA

Ukraine

Yes

1st April, 2020

United Arab Emirates

Yes

1st April, 2020

United Kingdom

Yes

1st April, 2020

Uruguay

Yes

1st April, 2021

USA

No

NA

Uzbekistan

No

NA

Vietnam

No

NA

Zambia

No

NA

As highlighted earlier, the above list of DTAAs modified is only as on 15th January, 2021, therefore it is advisable to review the latest list and positions as on the date of the transaction.

The MLI has introduced various measures to combat tax avoidance in DTAAs. While some of the measures are objective, there are certain subjective measures as well and can lead to some ambiguity for a payer who is required to deduct TDS as one needs to evaluate various factual aspects of the income as well as the recipient, which may not always be available with the payer to conclude on the applicability of such measures to a particular payment.

While MLI is a vast subject, the ensuing paragraphs seek to evaluate the impact of the MLI on undertaking compliance u/s 195 and the challenges thereof. Accordingly, there may be some provisions of the MLI, for example, the clause relating to method to be employed for elimination of double taxation, which would not have an impact on TDS u/s 195 and therefore have not been covered in this article. Another similar example is the modification relating to dual resident entities (other than individuals), wherein the provisions of section 195 would not apply as payment to such a dual resident entity (thereby meaning a resident of India under the Act as well as the other country under its domestic tax law) would be considered as payment to a resident and not to a non-resident under the Act.

ii. Principal Purpose Test (PPT)
Article 7 of the MLI provides that ‘Notwithstanding any provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement, a benefit under the Covered Tax Agreement shall not be granted in respect of an item of income or capital if it is reasonable to conclude, having regard to all relevant facts and circumstances, that obtaining that benefit was one of the principal purposes of any arrangement or transaction that resulted directly or indirectly in that benefit, unless it is established that granting that benefit in these circumstances would be in accordance with the object and purpose of the relevant provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement.’

Therefore, the PPT test acts as an anti-avoidance provision in a treaty scenario and seeks to deny a benefit under a DTAA if it is reasonable to conclude that obtaining the said benefit was one of the principal purposes of the arrangement or transaction. However, it may be highlighted that the PPT and GAAR, although having similar objectives, operate differently. Further, the PPT has a wider coverage as compared to GAAR and therefore a transaction which satisfies GAAR may not satisfy the PPT, resulting in denial of the benefit under the DTAA.

a. Issue 1: How does the PPT impact the compliance u/s 195

The first issue one needs to address is whether the PPT has any impact on the TDS u/s 195. As the PPT seeks to address the issue of eligibility of a taxpayer to obtain the benefit of a CTA, it would impact the tax to be deducted in cases where the DTAA benefit is claimed at the time of deduction.

In other words, if one is applying a DTAA (which has been modified by the MLI, thereby making it a CTA) on account of the beneficial provision under the DTAA at the time of undertaking TDS, one would need to ensure that the PPT test is satisfied to claim the benefit of the DTAA / CTA.

The second aspect that needs to be addressed in this issue is whether the payer needs to evaluate the applicability of the PPT at the time of deduction of tax u/s 195 or can one argue that the PPT needs to only be applied by the tax authorities at the time of assessment of the recipient of the income.

In order to address this aspect, one would need to refer to section 163(1)(c) which makes the payer an agent of the non-resident recipient. Moreover, as highlighted earlier, unlike the other TDS provisions in the Act, in most cases section 195 in theory results in the finality of the tax being paid to the government in the case of payment to a non-resident.

Therefore, the Act places a significant onerous responsibility on the payer to ensure that the due tax is duly deducted u/s 195 in the case of payments to a non-resident. Keeping this in mind, it is therefore necessary for the payer to apply the PPT while granting treaty benefits at the time of deduction of tax u/s 195.

b. Issue 2: How can one apply the PPT while undertaking compliances u/s 195
Once it is determined that the PPT needs to be evaluated at the time of application of section 195, the main issue which arises is that the PPT being a subjective intention-based test to determine treaty eligibility, how can one apply the same while undertaking compliance u/s 195 and what documentation should one obtain while certifying the taxability of the said transaction? As highlighted earlier, the major challenge in application of a subjective test at the time of withholding is that the payer and the professional certifying the taxability of the transaction u/s 195 are not aware of all the facts to conclude one way or another.

There are three views to address this issue.

View 1: Given the onerous responsibility tasked on the payer to collect the tax due on the transaction in the hands of the non-resident recipient and the subjective nature of the PPT, one can consider following a conservative approach by not providing any benefit under the DTAA at the time of deducting tax u/s 195 and asking the recipient to claim a refund of the excess tax deducted by filing a return of income. This would ensure that if any benefit under the DTAA is eventually claimed (by way of the recipient seeking a refund), the payer and the professional certifying the taxability are not responsible and the tax authorities can verify the subjective PPT in the hands of the recipient, who can provide the necessary information to satisfy the PPT directly to the tax authorities.

While this view is a conservative view, it may not always be practically possible as in many cases the recipient may not be willing to undertake additional compliance of filing a return of income, especially in a scenario where there is no tax payable under the DTAA.

View 2: Another conservative view is to approach the tax authorities to adjudicate on the issue by following the provisions of section 195(2) or section 197. This would eliminate any risk that the payer or the professional may undertake. However, this may not always be practically possible as there would be a delay in the remittance and this process is time-consuming, especially in scenarios where the payer makes many remittances to various parties during the year as this would entail approaching the tax authorities before every remittance.

View 3: Alternatively, as is the case with other declarations such as a ‘No PE declaration’ or a beneficial ownership declaration, one can take a declaration that obtaining the benefit under the DTAA is not one of the principal purposes of the arrangement or the transaction.

As per this view, the question arises whether such a declaration is to be obtained from the payer or from the recipient. The PPT needs to be tested qua the transaction as well as qua the arrangement. While the payer would in most cases be aware whether the principal purpose of a transaction is to avail DTAA benefits, an arrangement being a wider term may not entail the payer in necessarily being aware of all the details. Therefore, one must ensure that the declaration is to be obtained from the recipient of the income which is claiming the DTAA benefits.

This view is a practical one and follows the doctrine of impossibility, whereby in the absence of facts to the contrary it is not possible for a professional to certify that the transaction is designed to avoid tax and, therefore, the benefit of the DTAA should not be granted. While the payer would be aware whether the principal purpose of the transaction (not necessarily the arrangement) is to obtain benefit of the DTAA, in the absence of any facts provided to the professional, it is not possible for a professional to suspect otherwise.

Further, the Supreme Court in the case of GE India Technology Centre (P) Ltd. vs. CIT [2010] 193 Taxman 234 (SC) held, ‘(7)….where a person responsible for deduction is fairly certain then he can make his own determination as to whether the tax was deductible at source and, if so, what should be the amount thereof.’

Therefore, where the payer is ‘fairly certain’ having regard to the facts and circumstances about the taxability of a particular transaction, one need not approach the tax authorities.

However, it is advisable for a professional certifying the taxability of the transaction to question the nature of the transaction from an anti-avoidance perspective before taking the declaration or management representation. For example, if the transaction is towards payment of dividend by an Indian company to a Mauritian company, if such Mauritian company was set up at the time when the DDT regime was applicable, it may give credence to the fact that the investment through Mauritius was not made with the principal purpose of obtaining the DTAA rate on dividends paid.

In other words, the professional would need to question and evaluate, to the extent practically possible, as to why a particular transaction was undertaken in a particular manner and with adequate documentation to substantiate such reasoning. Such an evaluation may be required as unlike an audit report, where one provides an ‘opinion’ on a particular aspect, Form 15CB requires a professional to ‘certify’ the taxability after examination of relevant documents and books of accounts.

iii. Holding period for dividends
Article 8(1) of the MLI provides that, ‘Provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that exempt dividends paid by a company which is a resident of a Contracting Jurisdiction from tax or that limit the rate at which such dividends may be taxed, provided that the beneficial owner or the recipient is a company which is a resident of the other Contracting Jurisdiction and which owns, holds or controls more than a certain amount of the capital, shares, stock, voting power, voting rights or similar ownership interests of the company paying the dividend, shall apply only if the ownership conditions described in those provisions are met throughout a 365-day period that includes the day of the payment of the dividends….’

Accordingly, Article 8(1) of the MLI restricts the participation exemption or benefit granted to a holding company receiving dividends to cases where the shares have been held by the holding company for at least 365 days, including the date of payment of dividends. Such provision, therefore, denies the benefit of the lower tax rate to a company shareholder who has acquired the shares for a short period only to meet the minimum holding requirement for availing such benefit.

This provision, being an objective factual test to avail the benefit of lower tax rate on dividends under the DTAA, can be examined by the professional certifying the tax u/s 195 as this information, being information regarding the shareholding of the Indian payer company, is readily available with the payer company.

However, it may be highlighted that the provision requires the holding period to be maintained for any period which includes the date on which the dividend is paid and not necessarily the period preceding the date of payment of dividend.

For example, Sing Co acquires 50% of the shares of I Co on 1st January, 2021. The dividend is declared by I Co on 30th June, 2021. In this case, while the 365-day holding period has not been met on the day of payment or declaration of dividend, the holding period requirement under Article 8(1) of the MLI would still be satisfied if Sing Co continued holding the said shares till 31st December, 2021 and would still be eligible for the lower rate of tax.

This gives rise to an issue to be addressed as to whether the lower rate of tax under Article 10(2)(a) of the India-Singapore DTAA should be considered at the time of undertaking the TDS compliance at the time of payment of dividend.

In our view, as on the date of the dividend payment the number of days threshold has not been met, the benefit of the lower rate of tax under Article 10(2)(a) of the DTAA should not be granted and TDS should be deducted in accordance with Article 10(2)(b) of the DTAA. In such a scenario, Sing Co can always file its return of income claiming a refund of the excess tax deducted once it satisfies the holding period criterion.

iv. Permanent Establishment (PE)
The MLI has extended the scope of the definition of a PE under a DTAA to include the following:
a.     A dependent agent who does not conclude contracts on behalf of the non-resident will still constitute a PE of the non-resident if such agent habitually plays a principal role in the conclusion of contracts of the non-resident.
b.     The exemption from the constitution of a PE provided to certain activities undertaken in a Source State through a fixed place of business would not be available if the activities along with activities undertaken by a closely-related enterprise in the Source State are not preparatory or auxiliary in nature.
c.     In the case of a construction or installation PE, the number of days threshold that needs to be met will include connected activities undertaken by closely-related enterprises as well.

Now the question arises, how does a professional identify the applicability of the extended scope of the definition of PE in remittances to non-residents and whether a mere declaration that a PE is not constituted would be sufficient.

With regard to point (a) above, for the extended scope of PE in respect of the transaction itself, one should be able to identify the facts of the said transaction before certifying the taxability thereof and a mere declaration on this aspect may not be sufficient.

Similarly, with regard to points (b) and (c) above, one may be able to analyse the applicability of the MLI in case of transactions undertaken by the non-resident recipient himself in India as they would relate to the transaction the taxability of which is to be certified. However, with regard to the activities undertaken by the closely-related enterprises, one may be able to follow the doctrine of impossibility and obtain a declaration from the recipient provided one has gone through all the relevant documents related to the transaction itself.

4. STEP-BY-STEP EVALUATION
Having understood the impact of the MLI on the compliances to be undertaken u/s 195, the table below provides a brief guidance on the step-by-step process that a professional needs to follow before certifying
the transaction in Form 15CB once it is determined that the DTAA is more beneficial than the taxability under the Act:

Step
number

Particulars

1

Obtain TRC from recipient (check whether TRC is a valid TRC for
the period in which the transaction is undertaken)

2

Obtain Form 10F if TRC does not contain information as required
in Rule 21AB of the Rules (check whether Form 10F is for the period in which
the transaction is undertaken)

3

Check whether GAAR provisions apply to the said transaction and
obtain suitable declaration

4

Check whether any specific LOB clause in the DTAA applies. If
so, whether the conditions for LOB have been met and obtain suitable
declaration

5

Check whether DTAA modified by MLI as on date of transaction
(follow steps 6 to 7 if MLI modifies DTAA)

6

Check whether the conditions of PPT are satisfied and obtain
suitable declaration

7

In case of dividend income earned by a company, verify if the
holding period for the shares is met as on date of transaction

8

Check if the transaction constitutes a PE for the recipient in
India or if income from the transaction can be attributable to the profits of
any PE of the recipient in India and obtain suitable declaration (in case MLI
modifies DTAA, the declaration should include the modified definition of PE)

9

In case of dividend, interest, royalty or income from fees for
technical services, check if the recipient is the beneficial owner or if the
beneficial owner is a resident of the same country in which the recipient is
a resident and obtain suitable declaration

5. CONCLUSION
The introduction of the MLI has added complexities to the process of undertaking compliance u/s 195. A professional who is certifying the taxability would now need to evaluate various other aspects in relation to the transaction to satisfy himself, with documentary evidence, that the various provisions of the MLI have been duly complied with. Further, merely obtaining declarations may not be sufficient as one needs to be fairly certain, after going through the relevant documents, of the taxability of the transaction u/s 195 before certifying the same.

 

1   The effective date for withholding taxes has been provided
from an Indian
perspective and may vary in the other jurisdiction

Section 195 read with section 40(a)(i) – A payment may be treated as reimbursement, and consequently not be subject to TDS u/s 195, if it satisfies twin tests of: (a) one-to-one correlation between outflow and inflow of recipient; and (b) receipt and payment being of identical amount

2 TS-203 ITAT-2021 (Pune) BYK Asia Pacific Pte. Limited vs. ACIT ITA No: 2110/Pun/2019 Date of order: 24th March, 2021

Section 195 read with section 40(a)(i) – A payment may be treated as reimbursement, and consequently not be subject to TDS u/s 195, if it satisfies twin tests of: (a) one-to-one correlation between outflow and inflow of recipient; and (b) receipt and payment being of identical amount

FACTS
The assessee was the branch in India of a Singapore Company (Singapore HO). The Singapore HO was a subsidiary of a German parent company. The assessee was engaged in providing technical support services and testing facility to Asia-Pacific customers of the German parent – although it appears that such services were pursuant to an understanding with the Singapore HO. The assessee operated on cost-plus basis and recovered all its costs (including reimbursement) with a mark-up of 10%. The assessee was treated as a PE of the Singapore HO and was charged to tax on mark-up.

The assessee had made certain payments to Singapore HO which the HO had defrayed towards seminar, IT, training, printing expenses and staff welfare expenses for the assessee branch and which were claimed as deductions from income. Further, the branch had not deducted tax from the said payments on the ground that said payments were reimbursement of expenses. The A.O. disallowed payments u/s 40(a)(i). The DRP upheld the order of the A.O.

The aggrieved assessee appealed before the Tribunal.

HELD

  •  Section 195 applies only if amount is chargeable to tax in the hands of recipient. Chargeability presupposes some profit element. If the recipient merely recovers the amount spent by it, without any profit element, such recovery is reimbursement and not a sum chargeable to tax.
  •  Two conditions should co-exist to fall within reimbursement. First, one-to-one direct correlation between the outgo of the payment and inflow of the receipt must be established. Second, receipt and payment should be of identical amount.
  •  The first condition is satisfied when at the time of incurring the amount is directly identifiable as payment made for the benefit of the other.
  •  The second condition is satisfied when repayment of the amount originally spent is made without any mark-up.
  •  The assessee had provided back-to-back invoices of identical amounts in respect of payments made towards seminar, training and printing expenses. Accordingly, such payments were in the nature of reimbursement of expenses. Consequently, the assessee was not required to deduct tax from the same u/s 195.
  •  As regards IT expenses, it was observed that payments were made on monthly basis. The assessee had contended that payments were apportionment of head office expenditure to the assessee at cost. While the burden of proving ‘reimbursement’ is on the assessee, the assessee had not placed any agreement or evidence on record in support of its contention. Hence, the payments could not be said to be in the nature of reimbursement of expenses. Therefore, the matter was remanded to the A.O. for examining the true nature of the payment.

Note – It is not clear why ‘make available’ argument was not advocated in respect of monthly reimbursements.

 

ISSUES IN TAXATION OF DIVIDEND INCOME, Part – 1

The Finance Act, 2020 has reintroduced the classical system of taxation on dividends moving away from the Dividend Distribution Tax (‘DDT’) system. The DDT tax system was first introduced by the Finance Act, 1997, abolished by the Finance Act, 2002 and reintroduced by the Finance Act, 2003 before being abolished in 2020. This reintroduction of the earlier, traditional system of taxation, while not necessarily more beneficial to a resident shareholder, can be more favourable to a non-resident shareholder on account of the benefit of the tax treaty as compared to the erstwhile DDT system of taxing dividends. For example, under the DDT regime the dividends were subject to tax at the rate of 15% plus surcharge and education cess. Under the classical system of taxation, this rate of tax can now be reduced to a lower DTAA rate, depending on the DTAA.

Article 10 of the DTAAs, dealing with dividends, was not of much significance in the past. However, now one would need to understand the intricacies of the benefits available for dividends in tax treaties and the various issues arising therefrom. It is important to note that the Multilateral Instrument (MLI), of which India is a signatory and which modifies various Indian DTAAs, also contains certain clauses which impact the taxation of dividends. In this two-part article we seek to analyse part of the international tax aspects of the taxation of dividends. In the first part we analyse the taxation of dividends under the domestic tax law and the construct of the DTAAs in the case of dividend income. The second part would contain various specific issues arising in the taxation of dividends in an international tax scenario.

1. INTRODUCTION

Debt and equity are two main options available to a company to raise capital, with various forms of hybrid instruments having varying degrees of characteristics of each of these options. The return on investment from such capital structure is generally termed as ‘dividend’ or ‘interest’ depending on the type of structure, i.e., whether classified as a primarily equity or a debt instrument.

‘Dividend’ in its ordinary connotation means the sum paid to or received by a shareholder proportionate to his shareholding in a company out of the total sum distributed. Dividend taxation in a domestic scenario typically involves economic double taxation – the company is taxed on the profits earned and the shareholders are taxed on such profits when they are distributed by the company by way of dividends.

While DTAAs generally relieve juridical double taxation, some DTAAs also relieve economic double taxation to a certain extent, in cases where underlying tax credit is provided.

The ensuing paragraphs evaluate various domestic tax as well as DTAA aspects of inbound as well as outbound dividends, specifically from the international tax perspective. In other words, tax implications on dividends paid by a foreign subsidiary to an Indian resident and on dividends paid by Indian companies to foreign shareholders are sought to be analysed.

Most DTAAs as well as both the Model Conventions – the OECD as well as the UN Model – follow a similar pattern in terms of the language of the article on dividends. For the purposes of this article, the UN Model Convention (2017) is used as a base.

2. TAXATION OF DIVIDEND AS PER DOMESTIC TAX LAW

There are various options available to a country while formulating its tax laws for taxation of dividends. In the past India was following the DDT system of taxing dividends. From A.Y. 2021-22 India has moved to the classical system of taxing dividends. Under the classical system of taxation, the company is first taxed on its profits and then the shareholders are taxed on the dividends paid by the company.

2.1    Definition of the term ‘dividend’
The term ‘dividend’ has been defined in section 2(22) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. It includes the following payments / distributions by a company, to the extent it possesses accumulated profits:
a.    Distribution of assets to shareholders;
b.    Distribution of debentures to equity shareholders or bonus shares to preference shareholders;
c.    Distribution to shareholders on liquidation;
d.    Distribution to shareholders on capital reduction;
e.    Loan or advance given to shareholder or any concern controlled by a shareholder.

The domestic tax definition of dividend as compared to the definition under the DTAA has been analysed subsequently in this article.

2.2    Outbound dividends
Dividend paid by an Indian company is deemed to accrue or arise in India by virtue of section 9(1)(iv).

Section 8 provides for the period when the dividend would be added to the income of the shareholder assessee. It provides that the interim dividend shall be considered as income in the year in which it is unconditionally made available to the shareholder and that the final dividend shall be considered as income in the year in which it is declared, distributed or paid.

The timing of the taxation of interim dividend as per the Act, i.e., when it is made unconditionally or at the disposal of the shareholder, is similar to that provided in the description of the term ‘paid’ above. However, the timing of the taxation of the final dividend may not necessarily match with that of the description of the term.

For example, in case of final dividend declared by an Indian company to a company resident of State X in September, 2020 but paid in April, 2021, when would such dividends be taxed as per the Act?

In this regard, it may be highlighted that the source rule for taxation of dividends ‘paid’ by domestic companies to non-residents is payment as per section 9(1)(iv) and not declaration of dividend. The Bombay High Court in the case of Pfizer Corpn. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax (259 ITR 391) held that,

‘….but for 9(1)(iv) payment of dividend to non-resident outside India would not have come within 5(2)(b). Therefore, 9(1)(iv) is an extension to 5(2)(b)……. in case where the question arises of taxing income one has to consider place of accrual of the dividend income. To cover a situation where dividend is declared in India and paid to non-resident out of India, 5(2)(b) has to be read with 9(1)(iv). Under 9(1)(iv), it is clearly stipulated that a dividend paid by an Indian company outside India will constitute income deemed to (be) accruing in India on effecting such payment. In 9(1)(iv), the words used are “a dividend paid by an Indian company outside India”. This is in contradiction to 8 which refers to a dividend declared, distributed or paid by a company. The word “declared or distributed” occurring in 8 does not find place in 9(1)(iv). Therefore, it is clear that dividend paid to non-resident outside India is deemed to accrue in India only on payment.’

Therefore, one can contend that dividend declared by an Indian company would be considered as income in the hands of the non-resident shareholder only on payment.

Earlier, dividends declared by an Indian company were subject to DDT u/s 115O payable by the company declaring such dividends. The rate of DDT was 15% and in case of deemed dividend the DDT rate from A.Y. 2019-20 (up to A.Y. 2020-21) was 30%. Further, section 115BBDA, referred to as the super-rich tax on dividends, taxed a resident [other than a domestic company, an institution u/s 10(23C) or a charitable trust registered u/s 12A or section 12AA] earning dividends (from Indian companies) in excess of INR 10 lakhs. In case of such a resident, the dividend in excess of INR 10 lakhs was taxed at the rate of 10%.

From A.Y. 2021-22, dividends paid by an Indian company to a non-resident are taxed at the rate of 20% (plus applicable surcharge and education cess). Further, with the dividend now being taxed directly in the hands of the shareholders, section 115BBDA is now inoperable.

Payment of dividend to non-residents or to foreign companies would require deduction of tax at source u/s 195 at the rates in force on the sum chargeable to tax. The rates in force in respect of dividends for non-residents or foreign companies as discussed above is 20% (plus applicable surcharge or education cess) or the rate as per the relevant DTAA (subject to fulfilment of conditions in respect of treaty eligibility), whichever is more beneficial.

2.3    Inbound dividends
Dividends paid by foreign companies to Indian companies which hold 26% or more of the capital of the foreign company are taxable at the rate of 15% u/s 115BBD. Further, such dividends, when distributed by the Indian holding company to its shareholders, were not included while computing the dividend distribution tax payable u/s 115O. However, section 80M also provides such a pass-through status to the dividends received to the extent the said dividends received by an Indian company have been further distributed as dividend within one month of the date of filing the return of income of the Indian company. The tax payable would be further reduced by the tax credit, if any, paid by the recipient in any country.

Let us take an example, say F Co, a foreign company in country A distributes dividend of 100 to I Co, an Indian company which further distributes 30 as dividend to its shareholders (within the prescribed limit). Assuming that the withholding tax on dividends in country A is 10, the amount of tax payable would be computed as below:

 

Particulars

Amount

A

Dividend received from F Co

100

B

(-) Deduction u/s 80M for dividends distributed by I Co

(30)

C

Dividend liable to tax (A-B)

70

D

Tax u/s 115BBD (C * 15%)

10.5

E

(-) Tax credit for tax paid in country A (assuming full tax
credit available)

(10)

F

Net tax payable (D-E) (plus applicable surcharge
and education cess)

0.5

Dividends received by other taxpayers are taxable at the applicable rate of tax (depending on the type of person receiving the dividends).

2.4 Taxation in case the Place of Effective Management (‘POEM’) of foreign company is in India
a. Dividend paid by foreign company having POEM in India to non-resident shareholder
As highlighted earlier, section 9(1)(iv) deems income paid by an Indian company to accrue or arise in India. In the present case, as the deeming fiction only refers to dividend paid by an Indian company, one may be able to take a position that the deeming fiction should not be extended to apply to foreign companies even if such foreign companies are resident in India due to the POEM of such companies in India. One may be able to argue that if the Legislature wanted such dividend to be covered, it would have specifically provided for it as done in respect of the existing source rules for royalty and fees for technical services in section 9, wherein a payment by a non-resident would deem such income to accrue or arise in India. Accordingly, the dividend paid by the foreign company to a non-resident shareholder may not be taxable in India even though the foreign company, declaring such dividend, is considered as a resident of India due to the POEM of the foreign company in India.

b. Dividend paid by foreign company having a POEM in India to resident shareholder
Such dividend would be taxed in India on account of the recipient of the dividend being a resident of India. Further, section 115BBD provides a lower rate of tax on dividends paid by a foreign company to an Indian company, subject to the Indian company holding at least 26% in nominal value of the equity share capital of the foreign company. Accordingly, such lower rate of tax would apply to dividends received by an Indian company from a foreign company (subject to the fulfilment of the minimum holding requirement) even if such foreign company is considered as a resident in India on account of its POEM being in India.

c. Dividend received by a foreign company
The provisions of section 115A apply in the case of receipt by a non-resident (other than a company) and a foreign company. Accordingly, dividend received by a foreign company would be taxed at the rate of 20% (plus applicable surcharge and education cess) even if the foreign company is considered as a tax resident of India on account of its POEM being in India.

3. ARTICLE 10 OF THE UN MODEL CONVENTION OR DTAAs DEALING WITH DIVIDENDS
As discussed above, dividends typically give rise to economic double taxation. However, the dividends may also be subject to juridical double taxation in a situation where the income, i.e., dividend is taxed in the hands of the same shareholder in two different jurisdictions. Article 10 of a DTAA typically provides relief from such juridical double taxation.

Article 10 dealing with taxation of dividends is typically worded in the following format:
a.    Para 1 deals with the bilateral scope for the applicability of the Article;
b.    Para 2 deals with the taxing right of the State of source to tax such dividends and the restrictions for such State in taxing the dividends;
c.    Para 3 deals with the definition of dividends as per the DTAA or Model Convention;
d.    Para 4 deals with dividends paid to a company having a PE in the other State;
e.    Para 5 deals with prohibition of extra-territorial taxation on dividends.

4. ARTICLE 10(1) OF THE UN MODEL CONVENTION OR DTAAs
Article 10(1) of a DTAA typically provides the source rule for dividends under the DTAA and also provides the bilateral scope for which the Article applies.

Article 10(1) of the UN Model (2017) reads as under: ‘Dividends paid by a company which is a resident of a Contracting State to a resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other State.’

4.1. Bilateral scope
Paragraph 1 deals with the bilateral scope for applicability of the Article. In other words, for Article 10 to apply the company paying the dividends should be a resident of one of the Contracting States and the recipient of the dividends should be a resident of the other Contracting State.
4.2. Source rule
Paragraph 1 also provides the source rule for the dividends, which helps in identifying the State of source for the Article. The paragraph is applicable to dividends ‘paid by a company which is a resident of a Contracting State’. Therefore, the State of source in the case of dividends shall be the State in which the company paying the dividends is a resident.
4.3. The term ‘paid’
Article 10 provides for allocation of taxing rights of dividends paid by a company. Therefore, it is important to understand the meaning of the term ‘paid’.

The description of the term in the OECD Commentary is as follows, ‘The term “paid” has a very wide meaning, since the concept of payment means the fulfilment of the obligation to put funds at the disposal of the shareholder in the manner required by contract or by custom.’

The issue of ‘paid’ is extremely relevant in the case of a deemed dividend u/s 2(22).

Section 2(22)(e) provides that the following payments by a company, to the extent of its accumulated profits, shall be deemed to be dividends under the Act:
a.    Advance or loan to a shareholder who holds at least 10% of the voting power in the payee company;
b.    Advance or loan to a concern in which the shareholder is a member or partner and holds substantial interest (at least 20%) in the recipient concern.

While a loan or advance to a shareholder, constituting deemed dividend u/s 2(22)(e), would constitute dividend ‘paid’ to the shareholder and, therefore, covered under Article 10(1) (subject to the issue as to whether deemed dividend constitutes dividend for the purposes of the DTAA, discussed in subsequent paragraphs), the question arises whether, in case of advance or loan given to a concern in which the shareholder has substantial interest, would be considered as ‘dividend paid by a company’.

Let us take the following example. Hold Co, a company resident in Singapore has two wholly-owned subsidiaries in India, I Co1 and I Co2. During the year, I Co1 grants a loan to I Co2. Assuming that neither I Co1 nor I Co2 is in the business of lending money, the loan given by I Co1 to I Co2 would be considered as deemed dividend.

The Delhi High Court in the case of CIT vs. Ankitech (P) Ltd. & Ors. (2012) (340 ITR 14) held that while section 2(22)(e) deems a loan to be dividend, it does not deem the recipient to be a shareholder. This view was upheld by the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Madhur Housing & Development Co. & Ors. (2018) (401 ITR 152).

Therefore, the deemed dividend would be taxed in the hands of the shareholder, i.e., Hold Co in this case, and not I Co2, being the recipient of the loan, as I Co2 is not a shareholder. Would the dividend then be considered to be ‘paid’ to Hold Co as the funds have actually moved from I Co1 to I Co2 and Hold Co has not received any funds?

The question to be answered here is how does one interpret the term ‘paid’? In this context, Prof. Klaus Vogel in his book, ‘Klaus Vogel on Double Tax Conventions’ (2015 4th Edition), suggests,

‘“Payment” cannot depend on the transfer of money or “monetary funds”, nor does it depend on the existence of a clearly defined “obligation” of the company to put funds at the disposal of the shareholder; instead, in order to achieve consistency throughout the Article, it has to be construed so as to cover all types of advantages being provided to the shareholder covered by the definition of “dividends” in Article 10(3) OECD and UN MC, which include “benefits in money or money’s worth”. It has been argued that the term “payment” requires actual benefits to be provided to the shareholder, so that notional dividends would automatically fall outside the scope of Article 10 OECD and UN MC. This view has to be rejected, however, in light of the need for internal consistency of the provisions of the OECD and UN MC, which rather suggests that the terms “paid to”, “received by” and “derived from” serve only the purpose to connect income that is dealt with in a certain Article to a certain taxpayer, so that any income that falls within the definition of a “dividend” of Article 10(3) OECD and UN MC needs to be considered to be so “paid”. Indeed, it would make little sense to define a “dividend” with reference to domestic law of the Source State only to prohibit taxation of certain such “dividends” because they have not actually been “paid”.’

Accordingly, one may take a view that in such a scenario dividend would be considered as ‘paid’ under the DTAA.

4.4.    The term ‘may be taxed’
The paragraph provides that the dividend ‘may be taxed’ in the State of residence of the recipient of the dividends. It does not provide an exclusive right of taxation to the State of residence.

The interpretation of the term ‘may be taxed’ still continues to be a vexed issue to a certain extent even after the CBDT Notification No. 91 of 2008 dated 28th August, 2008. This controversy would be covered by the authors in a subsequent article.

5. ARTICLE 10(2) OF THE UN MODEL CONVENTION OR DTAAs
Article 10(2) of a DTAA typically provides the taxing right of the State of source for dividends under the DTAA.

Article 10(2) of the UN Model (2017) reads as under:
‘However, such dividends may also be taxed in the Contracting State of which the company paying the dividends is a resident and according to the laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the dividends is a resident of the other Contracting State, the tax so charged shall not exceed:
a. __ per cent of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner is a company (other than a partnership) which holds directly at least 25 per cent of the capital of the company paying the dividends throughout a 365-day period that includes the day of the payment of the dividend (for the purpose of computing that period, no account shall be taken of changes of ownership that would directly result from a corporate reorganisation, such as a merger or divisive reorganisation, of the company that holds the shares or pays the dividend);
b. __ per cent of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases.
The competent authorities of the Contracting States shall by mutual agreement settle the mode of application of these limitations.
This paragraph shall not affect the taxation of the company in respect of the profits out of which the dividends are paid.’

While the UN Model does not provide the rate of tax for paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b) and leaves the same to the individual countries to decide at the time of negotiating a DTAA, the OECD Model provides for 5% in sub-paragraph (a) and 15% in sub-paragraph (b).

5.1. Right of taxation to the source State
Paragraph 2 provides the right of taxation of dividends to the source State, i.e., the State in which the company paying the dividends is a resident. The first part provides the right of taxation to the source State and the second part of the paragraph restricts the right of taxation of the source State to a certain percentage on the applicability of certain conditions.
5.2. The term ‘may also be taxed’
Paragraph 2 provides that dividends paid by a company may also be taxed in the State in which the company paying the dividends is a resident.
5.3. Beneficial owner
The benefit of the lower rate of tax in the source State is available only if the beneficial owner is a resident of the Contracting State. Therefore, if the beneficial owner is not a resident of the Contracting State, the second part of the paragraph would not apply and there would be no restriction on the source State to tax the dividends.

The beneficial ownership test is an anti-avoidance provision in the DTAAs and was first introduced in the 1966 Protocol to the 1945 US-UK DTAA. The concept of beneficial ownership was first introduced by the OECD in its 1977 Model Convention. However, the Model Commentary did not explain the term until the 2010 update.

The term ‘beneficial owner’ has not been defined in the DTAAs or the Model Conventions.

However, the OECD Model Commentary explains the term ‘beneficial owner’ to mean a person who, in substance, has a right to use and enjoy the dividend unconstrained by any contractual or legal obligation to pass on the said dividend to another person.

In the case of X Ltd., In Re (1996) 220 ITR 377, the AAR held that a British bank was the beneficial owner of the dividends paid by an Indian company even though the shares of the Indian company were held by two Mauritian entities which were wholly-owned subsidiaries of the British bank. However, the AAR did not dwell on the term beneficial owner but stressed on the fact that
the Mauritian entities were wholly-owned by the British bank.

Some of the key international judgments in this regard are those of the Canadian Tax Court in the cases of Prevost Car Inc. vs. Her Majesty the Queen (2009) (10 ITLR 736) and Velcro Canada vs. The Queen (2012) (2012 TCC 57) and of the Court of Appeal in the UK in the case of Indofood International Finance Ltd. vs. JP Morgan Chase Bank NA (2006) (STC 1195).

In the case of JC Bamford Investments vs. DDIT (150 ITD 209), the Delhi ITAT held (in the context of royalty) that the ‘beneficial owner’ is he who is free to decide (i) whether or not the capital or other assets should be used or made available for use by others, or (ii) on how the yields therefore should be used, or (iii) both.

Similarly, the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of HSBC Bank (Mauritius) Ltd. v. DCIT (International Taxation) (2017) (186 TTJ 619) has explained the term ‘beneficial owner’, in the context of interest as, ‘“Beneficial owner” can be one with full right and privilege to benefit directly from the interest income earned by the bank. Income must be attributable to the assessee for tax purposes and the same should not be aimed at transmitting to the third parties under any contractual agreement / understanding. Bank should not act as a conduit for any person, who in fact receives the benefits of the interest income concerned.’

The question that arises is, how does one practically evaluate whether the recipient is a beneficial owner of the dividends? In this case, generally, dividends are paid to group entities wherein it is possible for the Indian company paying the dividends to evaluate whether or not the shareholder is merely a conduit. A Chartered Accountant certifying the taxation of the dividends in Form 15CB can ask for certain information such as financials of the non-resident shareholder in order to evaluate whether the recipient shareholder is a conduit company, or whether such shareholder has substance. In the absence of such information or such other documentation to substantiate that the shareholder is not a conduit company, it is advisable that the benefit under the DTAA is not given. It is important to highlight that an entity, even though a wholly-owned subsidiary, can be considered as a beneficial owner of the income if it can substantiate that it is capable of and is undertaking decisions in respect of the application of the said income.

6. ARTICLE 10(3) OF THE UN MODEL CONVENTION AND DTAAs
Article 10(3) of a DTAA generally provides the definition of dividends.

Article 10(3) of the UN Model (2017) reads as under: ‘The term “dividends” as used in this Article means income from shares, “jouissance” shares or “jouissance” rights, mining shares, founders’ shares or other rights, not being debt claims, participating in profits, as well as income from other corporate rights which is subjected to the same taxation treatment as income from shares by the laws of the State of which the company making the distribution is a resident.’

Therefore, the term ‘dividends’ includes the income from the following:
a.    Shares, jouissance shares or jouissance rights, mining shares, founders’ shares;
b.    Other rights, not being debt claims, participating in profits;
c.    Income from corporate rights subjected to the same tax treatment as income from shares in the source State.

6.1 Inclusive definition
The definition of the term ‘dividends’ in the DTAA as well as the OECD and UN Model is an inclusive definition. Further, it also gives reference to the definition of the term in the domestic law of the source State. The reason for providing an inclusive definition is to include all the types of distribution by the company to its shareholders.

6.2 Meaning of various types of shares and rights
The various types of shares referred to in the definition above are not relevant under the Indian corporate laws and, therefore, have not been further analysed.

6.3 Deemed dividend
The OECD Commentary provides that the term ‘dividends’ is expansively defined to include not only distribution of profits but even disguised distributions. However, the question that arises is whether such deemed dividend would fall under any of the limbs of the definition of dividends in the Article.

The Mumbai ITAT in the case of KIIC Investment Company vs. DCIT (2018) (TS – 708 – ITAT – 2018) while evaluating whether deemed dividend would be covered under Article 10(4) of the India-Mauritius DTAA (having similar language to the UN Model), held,

‘The India-Mauritius Tax Treaty prescribes that dividend paid by a company which is resident of a contracting state to a resident of other contracting state may be taxed in that other state. Article 10(4) of the Treaty explains the term “dividend” as used in the Article. Essentially, the expression “dividend” seeks to cover three different facets of income; firstly, income from shares, i.e. dividend per se; secondly, income from other rights, not being debt claims, participating in profits; and, thirdly, income from corporate rights which is subjected to same taxation treatment as income from shares by the laws of contracting state of which the company making the distribution is a resident. In the context of the controversy before us, i.e. ‘deemed dividend’ under section 2(22)(e) of the Act, obviously the same is not covered by the first two facets of the expression “dividend” in Article 10(4) of the Treaty. So, however, the third facet stated in Article 10(4) of the Treaty, in our view, clearly suggests that even “deemed dividend” as per Sec. 2(22)(e) of the Act is to be understood to be a “dividend” for the purpose of the Treaty. The presence of the expression “same taxation treatment as income from shares” in the country of distributor of dividend in Article 10(4) of the Treaty in the context of the third facet clearly leads to the inference that so long as the Indian tax laws consider “deemed dividend” also as “dividend”, then the same is also to be understood as “dividend” for the purpose of the Treaty.’

Therefore, without dwelling on the issue as to whether deemed dividend can be considered as income from corporate rights, the Mumbai ITAT held that deemed dividend would be considered as dividend under Article 10 of the DTAA.

In this regard it may be highlighted that the last limb of the definition of the term in the India-UK DTAA does not include the requirement of the income from corporate rights and therefore is more open-ended than the OECD Model. It reads as follows, ‘…as well as any other item which is subjected to the same taxation treatment as income from shares by the laws …’

7. ARTICLE 10(4) OF THE UN MODEL CONVENTION AND DTAAs


Article 10(4) of a DTAA provides for the tax position in case the recipient of the dividends has a PE in the other Contracting State of which the company paying the dividends is resident.

Article 10(4) of the UN Model (2017) reads as under, ‘The provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply if the beneficial owner of the dividends, being a resident of a Contracting State, carries on business in the other Contracting State of which the company paying the dividends is a resident, through a permanent establishment situated therein, or performs in that other State independent personal services from a fixed base situated therein, and the holding in respect of which the dividends are paid is effectively connected with such permanent establishment or fixed base. In such case the provisions of Article 7 or Article 14, as the case may be, shall apply.’

The difference between the OECD Model and the UN Model is that the OECD Model does not provide reference to Article 14 as the Article dealing with Independent Personal Services is deleted in the OECD Model.

7.1 Need to tax under Article 7 or Article 14
The paragraph states that once the bilateral scope in Article 10(1) is met, if the beneficial owner of the dividends has a PE in the source State and the holding in respect of which the dividends are paid is effectively connected to such PE, then the provisions of Article 7 or Article 14 shall override the provisions of Article 10.

To illustrate, A Co, resident of State A, has a subsidiary, B Co, as well as a branch (considered as a PE in this example) in State B. If the holding of B Co is effectively connected to the branch of A Co in State B, Article 7 of the A-B DTAA would apply and not Article 10.

The reason for the insertion of this paragraph is that once a taxpayer has a PE in the source State and the dividends are effectively connected to such PE, they would be included in the profits attributable to the PE and taxed as such in accordance with Article 7 of the DTAA. Therefore, taxing the same dividends on a gross basis under Article 10 and on net basis under Article 7 would lead to unnecessary complications in State B. In order to alleviate such unnecessary complications, it is provided that the dividends would be included in the net profits attributable to the PE and taxed in accordance with Article 7 and not Article 10.

7.2 The term ‘effectively connected’
The OECD Model Commentary provides a broad
guidance as to when the holdings would be considered as being ‘effectively connected’ to a PE and provides the following circumstances in which it would be considered so:
a.    The economic ownership of the holding is with the PE;
b.    Under the separate entity approach, the benefits as well as the burdens of the holding (such as right to the dividends attributable to ownership, potential exposure of gains and losses from the appreciation and depreciation of the holding) is with the PE.

8. ARTICLE 10(5) OF THE UN MODEL CONVENTION AND DTAAs
Article 10(5) of a DTAA deals with prevention of extra-territorial taxation.

Article 10(5) of the UN Model (2017) reads as under, ‘Where a company which is a resident of a Contracting State derives profits or income from the other Contracting State, that other State may not impose any tax on the dividends paid by the company, except insofar as such dividends are paid to a resident of that other State or insofar as the holding in respect of which the dividends are paid is effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base situated in that other State, nor subject the company’s undistributed profits to a tax on the company’s undistributed profits, even if the dividends paid or the undistributed profits consist wholly or partly of profits or income arising in such other State.’

Each country is free to draft source rules in its domestic tax law as it deems fit. Paragraph 5, therefore, prevents a country from taxing dividends paid by a company to another, simply because the dividend is in respect of profits earned in that country, except in the following circumstances:
a.    The company paying the dividends is a resident of that State;
b.    The dividends are paid to a resident of that State; and
c.    The holding in respect of which the dividends are paid is effectively connected to the PE of the recipient in that State.

Let us take an example where A Co, a resident of State A, earns certain income in State B and out of
the profits from its activities in State B (assume constituting PE of A Co in State B), declares dividend to X Co, a resident of State C. This is provided by way of a diagram below.

While State B would tax the profits of the PE of A Co, State B can also seek to tax the dividend paid by A Co to X Co as the profits out of which the dividend is paid is out of profits earned in State B. In such a situation, the DTAA between State C and State B may not be able to restrict State B from taxing the dividends if the Article dealing with Other Income does not provide exclusive right of taxation to the country of residence. In such a scenario, Article 10(5) of the DTAA between State A and State B will prevent State B from taxing the dividends on the following grounds:
a.    A Co, the company paying the dividends, is not a resident of State B;
b.    C Co, the recipient of the dividends, is not a resident of State B; and
c.    The dividends are not effectively connected to a PE of C Co (the recipient) in State B.

9. CONCLUSION
With the return to the classical system of taxing dividends, dividends may now be a tax-efficient way of distributing the profits of a company, especially if the shareholder is a resident of a country with a favourable DTAA with India. In certain cases, distribution of dividend may be a better option as compared to undertaking buyback on account of the buyback tax in India.

However, it is important to evaluate the anti-avoidance rules such as the beneficial ownership rule as well as the MLI provisions before applying the treaty benefit. As a CA certifying the remittance in Form 15CB, it is extremely important that one evaluates the documentation to substantiate the above anti-avoidance provisions and, in the absence of the same, not provide benefit of the DTAA to such dividend income. In the next part of this article, relating to international tax aspects of taxation of dividends, we would cover certain specific issues such as whether DDT is restricted by DTAA, MLI aspects and underlying tax credit among other issues in respect of dividends.

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND OF MLI, INCLUDING APPLICABILITY, COMPATIBILITY AND EFFECT

The development and roll-out of Multilateral Instruments or MLI is the latest global tax transformational process under the BEPS initiative. The BCAJ, in this Volume 53, will run a series of articles by practitioners to bring out basic concepts, de-jargonise terminology and bring out practical implications and deal with hurdles that they bring in our day-to-day practice. We would welcome your comments and suggestions and even generic questions which can be taken up by the authors.

A. INTRODUCTION TO MLI
1. The Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (the BEPS Action Plan), published by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) at the request of the G20, identified 15 actions to address BEPS in a comprehensive manner and set deadlines to implement those actions. Action 15 of the BEPS Action Plan provided for the development of a Multilateral Instrument (MLI).

2. As per the Explanatory Statement to the MLI, its object is to Implement Tax Treaty-Related Measures to Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting i.e., tax planning strategies that exploit gaps and mismatches in tax rules to artificially shift profits to low or no-tax locations where there is little or no economic activity, resulting in little or no overall corporate tax being paid.

3. FAQ 1 of Frequently Asked Questions on MLIs explains that the MLI helps fight BEPS by implementing the tax-related treaty measures developed through the BEPS Project in existing bilateral tax treaties in a synchronised and efficient manner. These measures will prevent treaty abuse, improve dispute resolution, prevent the artificial avoidance of permanent establishment status and neutralise the effects of hybrid mismatch arrangements.

B. IMPORTANT EVENTS OF MLI AND MLI STATISTICS
1. Background of MLI – from conception to entry-into-effect1: On 12th February, 2013 the report ‘Addressing Base Erosion and Profit Shifting’ (BEPS) was published recommending the development of an ‘Action Plan’ to address BEPS issues in a comprehensive manner. In July, 2013 the OECD Committee on Fiscal Affairs (CFA) submitted the BEPS Action Plan to the G20 identifying 15 actions to address BEPS in a comprehensive manner and set out deadlines to implement those actions. Action Plan 15 interim report provided for an analysis of the possible development of a Multilateral Instrument (MLI) to implement tax treaty-related BEPS measures. Based on the Action 15 interim report, a mandate was developed by the CFA in February, 2015 to set up an Ad hoc Group for the development of an MLI which was also endorsed by the G20 Finance Ministers and the Governors of Central Banks. The development of MLI was open for participation of all interested countries on an equal footing. On 24th November, 2016 the Ad hoc Group concluded the negotiations and adopted the text of the MLI as well as its accompanying Explanatory Statement which was signed by representatives of over 70 governments on 7th June, 2017 at a high-level signing ceremony in Paris. Thus, on 1st July, 2018, the MLI began its legal existence. However, the MLI would enter into force with respect to each of its parties on the first day of the month following three calendar months after the deposit of their instrument of ratification, acceptance or approval.

2. Applicability of MLI: As stated earlier, the MLI and its explanatory statement were adopted by the Ad hoc Group on 24th November, 2016 and MLI began its legal existence on that date. The first high-level signing ceremony took place on 7th June, 2017 when India signed the MLI by depositing its provisional document of notifications and ratifications. Thereafter, it filed its final document of notifications and ratifications on 25th June, 2019. As on 18th February, 2021, 95 tax jurisdictions are signatories to the MLI as per the website2 of OECD. Out of these, the MLI has come into effect qua 57 tax jurisdictions, including India. With reference to India, as per the MLI Matching database available on the OECD website3, out of its 90 tax treaties with other countries, 60 tax treaties are Covered Tax Treaties (CTAs). In other words, 60 tax treaties would stand modified by the MLI. Out of the said 60 treaties, MLI has already come into effect or is to come into effect qua India with respect to 42 tax treaties as the treaty partners have already deposited their final instrument of notifications and ratifications. Thus, with regards to the other 18 treaties (60 minus 42), the MLI would come into effect only when the necessary procedures with regard to deposit of final instruments of notifications and ratifications are complied with by the treaty partners.

1   https://www.oecd.org/tax/treaties/multilateral-instrument-BEPS-tax-treaty-information-brochure.pdf

  1. Global list of countries in respect of which MLI has come into effect as on 18th February, 2021:As stated earlier, MLI has already come into effect qua 57 countries globally as on 18th February, 2021. To get a detailed list of countries and to be updated with the latest position, one may go to the OECD website4 and click on ‘Signatories and Parties (MLI Position)’.

4. Countries with which MLI is in effect qua India or is to come into effect for India5:


Sl. No.
Contracting jurisdiction Entry into effect with respect to withholding Entry into effect with respect to other taxes Sl. No. Contracting jurisdiction Entry into effect with respect to withholding Entry into effect with respect to other taxes
1 Albania 01.04.2021 01.07.2021 22 Latvia 01.04.2020 01.08.2020
2 Australia 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 23 Lithuania 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
3 Austria 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 24 Luxembourg 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
4 Belgium 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 25 Malta 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
5 Canada 01.04.2021 01.06.2020 26 Malaysia 01.04.2022 01.12.2021
6 Croatia 01.04.2022 01.12.2021 27 Netherlands 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
7 Cyprus 01.04.2021 01.11.2020 28 New Zealand 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
8 Czech Republic 01.04.2021 01.03.2021 29 Norway 01.04.2020 01.05.2020
9 Denmark 01.04.2021 01.07.2020 30 Poland 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
10 Egypt 01.04.2021 01.07.2021 31 Portugal 01.04.2021 01.12.2020
11 Finland 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 32 Qatar 01.04.2020 01.10.2020
12 France 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 33 Russia 01.04.2021 01.04.2020
13 Georgia 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 34 Saudi Arabia 01.04.2021 01.11.2020
14 Iceland 01.04.2021 01.07.2020 35 Serbia 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
15 Indonesia 01.04.2021 01.02.2021 36 Singapore 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
16 Ireland 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 37 Slovak Republic 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
17 Israel 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 38 Slovenia 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
18 Japan 01.04.2020 01.04.2020 39 Ukraine 01.04.2020 01.06.2020
19 Jordan 01.04.2021 01.07.2021 40 United Arab Emirates 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
20 Kazakhstan 01.04.2021 01.04.2021 41 United Kingdom 01.04.2020 01.04.2020
21 Korea 01.04.2021 01.03.2021 42 Uruguay 01.04.2021 01.12.2020

2   http://www.oecd.org/tax/treaties/multilateral-convention-to-implement-tax-treaty-related-measures-to-prevent-beps.htm

3   https://www.oecd.org/tax/treaties/mli-matching-database.htm#:~:text=MLI%20Matching%20Database%20(beta)%20The%20Multilateral%20Convention%20to,MLI%20by%20matching%20information%20from%20Signatories’%20MLI%20Positions

4   http://www.oecd.org/tax/treaties/multilateral-convention-to-implement-tax-treaty-related-measures-to-prevent-beps.htm

5              https://www.oecd.org/tax/treaties/mli-matching-database.htm#:~:text=MLI%20Matching%20Database%20(beta)%20The%20Multilateral%20Convention%20to,MLI%20by%20matching%20information%20from%20Signatories’%20MLI%20Positions

  1. India’s significant treaties which are not CTAs under the MLI:
Sl. No. Country Remarks
1 Mauritius Kept India out of its CTA list
2 China Though no CTA, but treaty with China amended recently on lines of MLI
3 United States of America MLI not signed
4 Germany Kept India out of its CTA list
  1. ENTRY INTO EFFECT OF MLI, i.e., EFFECTIVE DATE OF APPLICABILITY OF MLI BETWEEN INDIA AND ITS TREATY PARTNER
  2. MLI 34 deals with ‘entry into force’ and MLI 35 deals with ‘entry into effect’. There is a difference between the two. ‘Entry into force’ indicates the date of adoption of the MLI by a country which is determined with reference to the date of filing the instrument of ratification by it. By itself, ‘entry into force’ does not make MLI applicable. It only signifies the MLI position adopted by a particular country. On the other hand, ‘entry into effect’ indicates the date of applicability of MLI between two countries. The ‘entry into effect’ makes MLI applicable and effective qua the two contracting states. The ‘entry into effect’ is determined by taking into consideration the dates of ‘entry into force’ of two contracting states.

2. MLI 35(1)(a) and (b) provide for different timelines for entry into effect of MLI in respect of taxes withheld at source and entry into effect of MLI in respect of all other taxes, respectively. The application of different timelines for withholding and other taxes could vary based on the interpretation of principles of levy of tax and its recovery and the domestic tax laws of contracting states dealing with the levy and recovery of tax.

3. We may consider one possible interpretation while being mindful of contrary views. In the Indian context, withholding in respect of payments to non-residents u/s 195 would apply in respect of all sums which are chargeable to tax. Ordinarily, chargeability to tax and withholding are inseparable. The obligations of a non-resident do not get discharged merely because taxes are liable to withholding. Recourse can be had to non-resident where tax is not withheld or short withheld. Compliance obligations like filing return and other reporting requirements would apply to such non-resident as well as be subject to specific exceptions, viz., sections 115A(5), 115AC(4) and 115BBA(2).

4. This may not be the position in case of India’s DTAA partner country. In such DTAA partner country, the domestic law may have two ‘boxes’ of incomes. The ‘first box’ would consist of incomes which are subject to withholding by the payer with no recourse to the recipient in case of non- / short deduction. The ‘second box’ consists of incomes which are not subject to withholding but are liable to be taxed directly in the hands of the person earning the income. The first box would be similar to the case of equalisation levy version 1 introduced by the Finance Act, 2016 which levies tax on a non-resident but enforces the same through deduction by the resident payer. The second box would be similar to the case of equalisation levy version 2 introduced by the Finance Act, 2020 whereby the liability is on the non-resident to pay the levy directly.

5. In this regard, reference may be made to Paragraph 4 of the OECD Commentary on Article 31 (Entry into force) of the OECD Model Tax Convention, 2017. The said Paragraph recognises that the relevant Article dealing with ‘entry into force’ of certain treaties provides, as regards taxes levied by deduction at the source, a date for the application or termination which differs from the date of application of the treaty to taxes levied by assessment. This would indicate that there may be countries whose domestic laws may have two boxes of incomes as referred to in the previous paragraph.

6. Consider Article 30(2)(a) of the Indo-USA DTAA which provides for a different time point for entry into effect of the DTAA in respect of taxes withheld as compared to other taxes. This may be because as per the US domestic taxation law, income of a non-resident in the US that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the US is not subject to NRA withholding.[Source: https://www.irs.gov/individuals/international taxpayers/withholding-on-specific-income.]

At this juncture, a reference may be made to Paragraph 60 of the recent judgment of the Supreme Court in the case ofEngineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Private Limited vs. CIT [2021] 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC) where, after referring to the OECD Model Commentary and Article 30(2)(a) of the Indo-USA DTAA, the Court concluded that adoption of such different dates for application of the treaty was for reasons connected with USA’s municipal taxation laws.

7. Now, consider a case where the MLI has come into effect only in respect of taxes withheld. In such a case, the CTA as amended by the MLI may be applied by the DTAA partner country for determining the taxes to be withheld (incomes of first box). However, the CTA amended by the MLI cannot be applied by the DTAA partner country in respect of incomes not subject to withholding but that are taxed directly in the hands of the person earning the income (incomes of second box). In such cases, the provisions of the CTA unamended by MLI will be applied till such time as the MLI comes into effect for the purposes of all other taxes.

8. Thus, in the Indian context the different timelines would not be relevant as non-residents earning Indian income are subject to comprehensive obligations. However, in a given case, from the DTAA partner country’s context, different timelines would matter.

D. SYNTHESISED TEXTS

  • Every CTA will have to be read along applicable protocol and applicable portions of the MLI. The said exercise would be complex and cumbersome particularly when the applicability of the MLI depends on reservations and notifications by contracting states.

2. The OECD encourages the preparation of consolidated texts or synthesised texts which would reproduce the
text of each CTA as modified by the MLI. The same has been explained in Paragraph 1 at Page 9 of the ‘Guidance for the development of synthesised texts’ issued by OECD.

3. However, the parties to the MLI are under no obligation to prepare synthesised texts. This has been clarified in Paragraph 13 of the Explanatory Statement on the MLI. This paragraph is referred to in Paragraph 4 at Page 9 of ‘Guidance for the development of synthesised texts’ issued by OECD.

4. In Paragraph 3 at Page 9 of the ‘Guidance’, it has been noted that the purpose of synthesised texts is to facilitate the understanding of the MLI. However, for legal purposes the provisions of the MLI must be read alongside Covered Tax Agreements as they remain the only legal instruments to be applied, in light of the interaction of the MLI positions of the contracting jurisdictions.

5. Thus, the synthesised texts would only help the users in better understanding of the CTA as modified by the MLI. In case of conflict between the synthesised text and the CTA read independently with applicable portions of the MLI, the latter would prevail.

6. As of date, India has synthesised texts in respect of tax treaties with the following jurisdictions:

Sl. No. Country Sl. No. Country Sl. No. Country
1 Australia 11 Latvia 21 Slovak Republic
2 Austria 12 Lithuania 22 Slovenia
3 Belgium 13 Luxembourg 23 UAE
4 Canada 14 Malta 24 UK
5 Cyprus 15 Netherlands 25 Ukraine
6 Czech Republic 16 Poland 26 France
7 Finland 17 Portuguese Republic
8 Georgia 18 Russia
9 Ireland 19 Serbia
10 Japan 20 Singapore
  1. MINIMUM STANDARDS
  2. In the final BEPS Package, in order to combat the issues relating to Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, it was agreed that a number of BEPS measures are minimum standards, meaning that countries have agreed that the standard must be implemented. Thus, countries which are parties to the OECD / G20 inclusive framework on BEPS are required to comply with the following five minimum standards:
  •  Action Plan 4: Limiting Base Erosion Involving Interest Deductions and Other Financial Payments (Adoption of a fixed ratio rule which limits an entity’s net deductions for interest to a percentage of EBITDA to entities in a multinational group is a minimum standard as per the Executive Summary to this Action Plan, AP4);
  •  Action Plan 5: Countering Harmful Tax Practices More Effectively, Taking into Account Transparency and Substance;
  •  Action Plan 6: Preventing the Granting of Treaty Benefits in Inappropriate Circumstances;
  •  Action Plan 13: Transfer Pricing Documentation and Country-by-Country Reporting;
  •  Action Plan 14: Making Dispute Resolution Mechanisms More Effective.
  1. While some of these minimum standards in BEPS Actions 6 and 14 have been implemented through MLI, others have been implemented via domestic amendments.

3. The following are the minimum standards implemented by way of domestic amendments:

Section of IT Act Particulars BEPS Action Plan
94B Thin capitalisation – Limitation on interest deduction Action Plan 4
115BBF Patent box regime Action Plan 5
90/90A (India has entered Tax Information Exchange Agreements with several non-DTAA jurisdictions) Exchange of information on tax rulings Action Plan 5
286 Country-by-country reporting Action Plan 13
  1. The following are the minimum standards implemented through MLI:
Article Provision
6(1) Preamble text to tax treaties
7(1) Principal Purpose Test (PPT)
16(1) to 16(3) Improving dispute resolution through Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP)
17(1) Corresponding adjustment
  1. Paragraph 14 of the Explanatory Statement to the MLI explains the flexibility with respect to the provisions relating to minimum standards. It has been stated that opting out of provisions that reflect minimum standards is possible only in limited circumstances where the provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement already meet the minimum standard. However, it clarifies that where a minimum standard can be met in several alternative ways, the convention gives no preference to any particular way of meeting such minimum standard.6. MLI 6(1) dealing with the ‘preamble text’ is a minimum standard. Opting out is possible only if the CTA already contains the text which is equal to or broader than the said ‘preamble text’. Therefore, MLI 6(4) provides for an exit option only where the CTA already contains preamble language which is similar to the preamble text of MLI 6(1) or is broader than the said preamble text of MLI 6(1).7. MLI 7(1) dealing with the ‘Principal Purpose Test (PPT)’ is also a minimum standard. Opting out is possible only if parties to the CTA intend to reach a mutually satisfactory solution which meets the minimum standard, or if the CTA already contains a PPT. MLI 7(15)(a) provides an exit option where parties to a CTA intend to reach a mutually satisfactory solution which meets the minimum standard for preventing treaty abuse under the OECD / G20 BEPS package. MLI 7(15)(b) provides for an exit option only where the CTA already contains a PPT.8. MLI 17(1) dealing with the ‘corresponding adjustments’ is another minimum standard. Opting out is possible only if the CTA already contains a provision providing for corresponding adjustment or on the basis that it shall make appropriate corresponding adjustment as referred to in MLI 17(1), or that its competent authority shall endeavour to resolve the case under the provisions of the CTA. This is accordingly provided in MLI 17(3).

    9. India has reserved its right under MLI 17(3)(a) for the entirety of MLI 17 not to apply to those of its CTAs that already contain a provision described in MLI 17(2).

    10. India has notified the list of DTAAs which contain a provision for corresponding adjustment. One such example is Canada where Article 9(2) of the DTAA already provides for corresponding adjustment. Hence, the same would remain unamended by MLI 17(1). One may notice this from the synthesised text of the Indo-Canada DTAA published by the CBDT.

    11. One may also take note of the DTAA between India and France. Article 10 of the DTAA which deals with ‘Associated Enterprises’ does not provide for corresponding adjustment. Hence, India has not notified the DTAA with France under MLI 17. Thus, in the absence of a provision providing for corresponding adjustment, MLI 17(1) would get added to Article 10 of the Indo-France DTAA. This may be observed from the synthesised text of the Indo-France DTAA published by the CBDT.

    F. COMPATIBILITY

  2. MLI provisions may either be newly added into CTA or may overlap with the existing provisions of CTA. While in the former the provisions of the MLI can be applied without any conflict with the provisions of the CTA, in the latter there is a conflict between the provisions of the MLI and the provisions of the CTA.

2. In order to address such conflicts, the provisions of the MLI contain compatibility clauses which may, for example, describe the existing provisions which the Convention is intended to supersede, as well as the effect on CTAs that do not contain a provision of the same type. This has been explained in Paragraph 15 of the Explanatory Statement to the MLI.

3. The Glossary to the Frequently Asked Questions on the Multilateral Instrument defines ‘compatibility clause’ as ‘clauses which define the relationship between the provisions of the MLI and existing tax treaties in objective terms and the effect the provisions of the MLI may have on Covered Tax Agreements.’

4. We may understand the application of compatibility clauses with reference to MLI 4:

4.1 MLI 4(1) deals with tie-breaker test in the case of dual-resident entities (person other than individual). MLI 4(2) provides that the text of MLI 4(1) would apply in place of or in absence of a clause in the existing text of the CTA which provides for a tie-breaker in the case of person other than individuals.

4.2 MLI 4(3) provides various reservations including reservation of right for the entirety of MLI 4 not to apply to the CTAs, under MLI 4(3)(a).

4.3 MLI 4(4) provides for notifications by the parties to the Depository where reservations under MLI 4(3)(a) have not been made. It provides that the text of MLI 4(1) would replace the existing provision of CTA where all parties have made such a notification. In all other cases, the provisions of the CTA would be superseded by the text of MLI 4(1) only to the extent that those provisions are incompatible with MLI 4(1).

4.4 If both the parties to the CTA notify the same Article number of the CTA, the text of MLI 4(1) would replace the existing text of such Article. Otherwise, the text of MLI 4(1) would supersede the text of the CTA only to the extent that those provisions are incompatible with MLI 4(1). The latter situation may arise, for example, when there is a mismatch in the notification of Articles by the parties.

4.5 In the Indian context, the applicability of MLI 4 is as per the following table:

Row Labels Count of Article 4
A.4(3) would be replaced by Article 4(1). 22
Article 4 would not apply. 34
The last sentence of Article 4(1) would be replaced with the text described in Article 4(3)(e). A.4(2) would be replaced by Article 4(1). 1
Japan

The last sentence of Article 4(1) would be replaced with the text described in Article 4(3)(e). A.4(3) would be replaced by Article 4(1).

1

3

Australia

Fiji
Indonesia

1

1

1

Grand Total 60

4.6 As may be seen from the above table, there is no notification mismatch. Therefore, there is no compatibility issue.

4.7 MLI 4(1) deals with cases of persons other than individuals. However, some CTAs may contain a common tie-breaker test in respect of both individuals and non-individuals. In such a case, Paragraph 52 of the Explanatory Statement to the MLI observes that where a single tie-breaker rule exists in the tax treaty for both individuals and persons other than individuals, the text of MLI 4(1) shall modify only that portion of the rule which deals with determination of residence for persons other than individuals. In other words, that portion of the tie-breaker rule dealing with individuals would remain unaltered or unaffected by MLI 4(1). One such example is Article 4(2) of the Indo-Japan DTAA. One can observe from the synthesised text of the Indo-Japan DTAA that the text of Article 4(2) would remain modified by the text of MLI 4(1) only to the extent that it deals with tie-breaker tests in the case of non-individuals.

5. We can understand the application of compatibility clauses with reference to MLI 6:

5.1 MLI 6(2) provides that the text of MLI 6(1) would apply in place of or in the absence of the preamble language of the Covered Tax Agreement referring to an intent to eliminate double taxation, whether or not that language also refers to the intent not to create opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation.

5.2 Paragraph 81 of the Explanatory Statement to the MLI explains that the preamble text in MLI 6(1) replaces the existing preamble language of CTAs that refers to an intent to eliminate double taxation (whether or not that language also refers to an intent not to create opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation), or is added to the preamble of CTAs where such language does not exist in the preamble of the Covered Tax Agreements.

5.3 MLI 6(5) provides that each party shall notify the Depository of whether each of its CTAs, other than those that are within the scope of a reservation under MLI 6(4), contains preamble language described in MLI 6(2), and if so, the text of the relevant preamble paragraph. Where all contracting jurisdictions have made such a notification with respect to the preamble language, such preamble language shall be replaced by the text described in MLI 6(1). In other cases the text described in MLI 6(1) shall be included in addition to the existing preamble language.

5.4 It may be noted that India has not made a reservation under MLI 6(4). India has also not made any notification under MLI 6(5). Other contracting states may have notified the existing preamble texts. For example, France has notified the existing preamble text with its treaty with India. Thus, there is a notification mismatch (i.e., India has not notified while France has notified). In such a case, the text of MLI 6(1) being a minimum standard would be added to the existing preamble text contained in the CTAs.

5.5 We may also refer to some of the following CTAs of India where the text of MLI 6(1) has been added to the text of the CTA:

5.5.1 Indo-Luxembourg DTAA:

DTAA LUXEMBOURG – Preamble – Relevant Extract
Existing The Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, desiring to conclude an Agreement for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income and on capital and with a view to promoting economic co-operation between the two countries, have agreed as follows:
Added ‘Intending to eliminate double taxation with respect to the taxes covered by this agreement without creating opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion or avoidance (including through treaty-shopping arrangements aimed at obtaining reliefs provided in this agreement for the indirect benefit of residents of third jurisdictions),’

5.5.2 Indo-Japanese DTAA:

DTAA JAPAN – Preamble – Relevant Extract
Existing The Government of Japan and the Government of the Republic of India,

Desiring to conclude a new Convention for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income,

have agreed as follows:

Added ‘Intending to eliminate double taxation with respect to the taxes covered by this agreement without creating opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion or avoidance (including through treaty-shopping arrangements aimed at obtaining reliefs provided in this agreement for the indirect benefit of residents of third jurisdictions),’

  1. RESERVATION

    1. It would be pertinent to note that the MLI cannot impinge upon the sovereign taxing rights of a contracting jurisdiction.

2. Thus, where a substantial provision of the MLI does not reflect a minimum standard, a party (contracting jurisdiction) is given the flexibility to opt out of the provision entirely, or in some cases partly.

3. Reservation means a party opts out of a provision of the MLI. When reserved, the relevant provision of the MLI so reserved would not amend the CTA. A reservation of an MLI provision would thus mean the CTA provision applies as it is. More and more of reservation means less and less of MLI affecting the CTA.

4. However, a reservation is not permitted for a minimum standard unless the CTAs contain clauses which meet the minimum standard. This has been dealt with in Paragraphs E6-E11 above.

5. It may be noted that MLI 28 deals with reservations. MLI 28(5) provides that reservations shall generally be made at the time of signature or when depositing the instrument of ratification, acceptance or approval, subject to certain exceptions. After such deposit, no further reservation is permissible. This would prevent further dilution of the impact of MLI by subsequent reservations.

6. At the same time, MLI 28(9) permits a party to withdraw a reservation made earlier at any time or to replace it with a more limited reservation. This would mean that it is permissible to further enhance the impact of MLI by subsequent withdrawal of reservations.

7. On reservation, in the Indian context, an example is the reservation made by India under MLI 3(5)(a). By virtue of this, India has reserved its right for MLI 3 not to apply in entirety to its CTAs. Thus, irrespective of whether contracting jurisdictions choose to apply MLI 3 qua India, the provisions of MLI 3 would not amend the provisions of India’s CTAs.

8. Consider the impact of reservation under MLI 12(4) by Australia on Article 5(PE) of the Indo-Australia DTAA. Though India has notified the relevant article numbers of the Indo-Australia DTAA under provisions of MLI 12(5) and MLI 12(6), Article 5 of the Indo-Australia DTAA would remain unamended by MLI 12 as Australia has reserved the application of MLI 12 in its entirety with respect to all its CTAs.

9. A party cannot make a reservation with respect to a particular CTA. It has to either be across-the-board or with respect to a subset of CTAs based on an objective criterion. This has been taken note of at Page 5 of the Explanatory Statement to the MLI. In other words, reservations cannot be country-centric but must be parameter-centric.

10. A country may still achieve the desired result in certain cases in light of specific reservation clauses. One such example could be of MLI 4(3)(f) which enables a party to reserve the right for MLI 4 not to apply in its entirety to those of its CTAs where the other party to the CTA has opted for MLI 4(3)(e). Thus, where a reservation is made under MLI 4(3)(f) it would only seek to target those treaties where the treaty partners exercise option under MLI 4(3)(e).

11. It may be noted that qua India, three countries, namely, Australia, Fiji and Indonesia, have exercised reservation under MLI 4(3)(e). If India wished it could have exercised reservation under MLI 4(3)(f). However, India has not chosen to make such a reservation.

H. NOTIFICATION

  • Notification represents an expression of choice of option by a party to the MLI or it ensures clarity about existing provisions that are within the scope of compatibility clauses.

2. This is clear from Page 11 of the FAQs to the MLI which provides that it is the information submitted to the Depository to ensure clarity and transparency on the application of alternative or optional provisions of the MLI and on the application of provisions of the MLI, and on the provisions that supersede or modify specific types of existing provisions of a CTA.

3. Notification is thus a communication by a contracting state who is party to the MLI. Notifications are issued for expressing reservations or exercising options or indicating the provisions of CTA to be amended by MLI.

I. INDIA’S MLI POSITION AS ON 18TH FEBRUARY, 2021

  1. India’s MLI position as per the MLI Matching Database available on the OECD Website6 stands as follows:
Particulars Count of countries
Agreements that would be CTAs:
1. Notification mismatch. Need to check whether both jurisdictions have identified the same agreement 10
2. The agreement would be CTA with an amending instrument in force:

 

Austria

Belgium

Morocco

Spain

4
3. The agreement would be a CTA 46
Sub-total (A) = 1 + 2 + 3 60
Agreements that would not be CTAs:
4. The agreement would not be a CTA because Germany has not included it in its notification 1
5. The agreement would not be a CTA because Hong Kong (China) has not included it in its notification 1
6. The agreement would not be a CTA because Mauritius has not included it in its notification 1
7. The agreement would not be a CTA because neither jurisdiction has included it in its notification 28
8. The agreement would not be a CTA because neither jurisdiction has included it in its notification

 

Bahrain

1
9. The agreement would not be a CTA because Oman has not included it in its notification 1
10. The agreement would not be a CTA because Switzerland has not included it in its notification 1
Sub-total (B) = (4) + (5) + (6) + (7) + (8) + (9) + (10) 34
Total (A) + (B) 94
  1. As per MLI 2(1)(a)(ii), in order for a tax treaty to be a CTA, it will have to be notified by each party to such treaty. From the above table it is clear that in the case of ten tax treaties there seems to be a notification mismatch as to the relevant tax treaty sought to be modified by the MLI. Thus, one will have to check whether both India and the corresponding treaty partner have notified the same treaty sought to be modified by the MLI before applying the MLI.

6   https://www.oecd.org/tax/treaties/mli-matching-database.htm#:~:text=MLI%20Matching%20Database%20(beta)%20The%20Multilateral%20Convention%20to,MLI%20by%20matching%20information%20from%20Signatories’%20MLI%20Positions.

  1. CONCLUSION

MLI is a reality and is in effect or is to come into effect in respect of treaties with 42 jurisdictions qua India. While examining the tax consequences under the treaty one will have to be mindful of the provisions of the MLI and the interaction between the provisions of the MLI and the provisions of the treaty. In doing so, one will have to refer to the compatibility clauses. One may also have to refer to the Explanatory Statement to the MLI which would explain each provision of the MLI and the object behind such insertion, the BEPS Actions which have formed the basis for conclusion of the MLI, the Frequently Asked Questions on MLI, the OECD Model Tax Conventions and Commentaries thereon.

TAXATION OF DIGITISED ECONOMY – SIGNIFICANT ECONOMIC PRESENCE AND EXTENDED SOURCE RULE

In our earlier articles of January and May, 2020, we had covered the proposals discussed between the countries participating in the Inclusive Framework to tax the digitised economy. Closer home, India has introduced several provisions to bring into the tax net the income of the digitised economy – Equalisation Levy (EL), Significant Economic Presence (SEP) and Extended Source Rule for business activities undertaken in or with India.

This article seeks to analyse the provisions introduced in the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) to tax the income in the digitised economy era – Explanation 2A, i.e., SEP, and Explanation 3A, i.e., the extended source rule, to section 9(1)(i). While there are other measures and provisions relating to taxation of the digitalised economy, such as EL and provisions related to deduction and collection of taxes, this article does not deal with such provisions.

1. BACKGROUND

Taxation of the digitised economy has been one of the hotly debated topics in the international tax arena in the recent past, not just amongst tax practitioners and academicians but also amongst governments and revenue officials. The existing tax rules are not sufficient to tax the income earned in the digital economy era. The existing rules of allocation of taxing rights in DTAAs between countries rely on physical presence of a business in a source country to tax income. However, with the advent of technology, the way businesses are conducted is different from that a few years ago. Today, it is possible to undertake business in a country without requiring any physical presence, thereby leading to no tax liability in the country in which such business is undertaken.

The urgency and importance of this topic became evident when OECD included taxation of the digital economy as the first Action Plan out of 15 in the BEPS Project. More than 130 countries, as part of the Inclusive Framework of the OECD, have been seeking to arrive at a consensus-based solution to tax the transactions in the digitised economy era for the past few years. In this regard, a two-pillar Unified Approach has been developed and the blueprints for both the Pillars were released for public comments in October, 2020.

While countries in the Inclusive Framework are hopeful of arriving at a consensus amongst all members this year, there are various policy considerations which need to be taken into account. Further, the UN Committee of Experts on International Co-operation in Tax Matters has also tabled a proposal seeking to insert a new article in the UN Model Double Tax Convention to tax the digitised economy.

India has been a key player in the global discussions to tax the digitised economy. While BEPS Action Plan 1 dealing with taxation of the digital economy did not provide a recommendation in the Final Report released in October, 2015 on account of the lack of consensus amongst the participating countries, the Report analysed (without recommending) three options for countries until consensus was arrived at – withholding tax, a digital permanent establishment in the form of SEP, or equalisation levy. It was also concluded that member countries would continue to work on a consensus-based solution to be arrived at at the earliest.

DEVELOPMENTS IN INDIA

India was one of the first countries to enact a law in this regard and EL was introduced as a part of the Finance Act, 2016. The EL applicable to online advertisement services was not a part of the Act and therefore, arguably, not restricted by tax treaties. The Finance Act, 2018 introduced the SEP provisions in the Act. Further, the scope of ‘income attributable to operations carried out in India’ was extended by the Finance Act, 2020. While introducing the extended scope, the Finance Act, 2020 also amended the SEP provisions and postponed the application of these provisions till the F.Y. 2021-22. Further, the Finance Act, 2020 also expanded the scope of the EL provisions.

Unlike the EL provisions, SEP by insertion of Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) and the Extended Source Rule by insertion of Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i), were introduced in the Act itself and hence the taxation of income covered under these provisions may be subject to the beneficial provisions of the tax treaties.

In other words, the application of these provisions would be required in a scenario where the non-resident is from a jurisdiction which does not have a DTAA with India, or where the non-resident is not eligible to claim benefits of a DTAA, say on account of application of the MLI provisions, or due to the non-availability of a Tax Residency Certificate (TRC).

In addition to scenarios where benefit of the DTAA is not available, it is important to note that one of the possible methods for implementation of Pillar 1 of the Unified Approach is the modification of the existing DTAAs through another multilateral instrument (MLI 2.0) to provide for a nexus and the amount to be taxed in the Country of Source or Country of Market. Therefore, the reason for introduction of these provisions in the Act is to enable India to tax such transactions once the treaties are modified because without charge of taxation in the domestic tax law, mere right provided by a tax treaty may not be sufficient.

2. EXPLANATION 2A TO SECTION 9(1)(I) (SEP)

The SEP provisions were introduced by way of insertion of Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) of the Act. It reads as follows:

‘Explanation 2A. – For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the significant economic presence of a non-resident in India shall constitute “business connection” in India and “significant economic presence” for this purpose, shall mean –
(a) transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India, including provision of download of data or software in India, if the aggregate of payments arising from such transaction or transactions during the previous year exceeds such amount as may be prescribed; or
(b) systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India, as may be prescribed:

Provided that the transactions or activities shall constitute significant economic presence in India, whether or not –
(i) the agreement for such transactions or activities is entered in India; or
(ii) the non-resident has a residence or place of business in India; or
(iii) the non-resident renders services in India:
Provided further that only so much of income as is attributable to the transactions or activities referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India.’

Therefore, Explanation 2A seeks to extend the definition of ‘business connection’ to certain transactions where the business is undertaken ‘with’ India as against the traditional method of creating a business connection only in cases of transactions undertaken ‘in’ India.

The thresholds in respect of the amount of payment for goods and services and in respect of the number of users have not yet been prescribed, therefore the provisions of SEP, although applicable from A.Y. 2022-23, are not yet operative.

2.1 Whether SEP would apply only in case of digital transactions
It is important to note that under Explanation 2A, the definition of SEP is an exhaustive one and therefore a transaction which does not satisfy the above criteria would not be considered as constituting an SEP.

It is also important to note that the definition of SEP is not restricted to only digital transactions but seeks to cover all transactions which are undertaken with a person in India. This is in line with the proposed provisions of Pillar 1 of the Unified Approach and the discussion of the same in the Inclusive Framework. Pillar 1 of the Unified Approach seeks to bring to tax automated digital businesses as well as consumer-facing businesses. On the other end of the spectrum, the proposed Article 12B in the UN Model Tax Convention seeks to tax only automated digital businesses and does not cover consumer-facing businesses.

Further, at the time of introduction of the SEP provisions in the Finance Act, 2018, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill (Memorandum) referred to taxation of digitalised businesses and thus the intention seems to be to tax transactions undertaken only through digital means. However, the language of the section does not suggest the taxation only of digital transactions. This is also evident in the CBDT Circular dated 13th July, 2018 (2018) 407 ITR 5 (St.) inviting comments from the general public and stakeholders, specifically comments on revenue threshold for transactions in respect of physical goods.

Further, with regard to clause (a) what needs to be prescribed is the threshold for the amount of payment and not the type of transactions covered. Therefore, even a transaction undertaken through non-digital means would constitute an SEP in India and hence a business connection in India if the aggregate transaction value during the year exceeds the prescribed amount.

An example of a transaction which may possibly be covered subject to the threshold could be the service provided by a commission agent in respect of export sales, wherein no part of the service of such agent is undertaken in India. Various judicial precedents have held that export sales commission is neither attributable to a business connection in India in such a scenario, nor does it constitute ‘fees for technical services’ u/s 9(1)(vii) of the Act. However, now the activities of such an agent, providing services to a person residing in India (the seller), could possibly constitute an SEP in India.

Further, clause (b) above refers to systematic and continuous soliciting of business or engaging in interaction with a prescribed number of users. At the time of the introduction of the SEP provisions by the Finance Act, 2018, this activity was required to be undertaken ‘through digital means’ in order to constitute an SEP. This additional condition of the activity being undertaken ‘through digital means’ was removed by the Finance Act, 2020. Accordingly, any activity which is considered
as soliciting business or engaging with a prescribed number of users could result in the constitution of an SEP in India.

For example, a call centre of a bank outside India which deals with a number of Indian customers could result in the entity owning the call centre to be considered as having an SEP in India if the number of customers solicited exceeds the prescribed threshold.

Accordingly, every type of transaction undertaken with India may be covered as constituting an SEP in India, not in accordance with what is provided in the Memorandum.

2.2 Transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India
The first condition for constitution of an SEP is a transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India, the payments for which exceed the prescribed threshold.

The term ‘goods’ has not been defined in the Act. While one may be able to import the definition of the term from the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, it may not be of much relevance as the SEP provisions also apply to transactions in respect of ‘property’. Therefore, all assets, tangible as well as intangible, would be covered under this clause subject to the discussion below regarding SEP covering only transactions whose income is taxed as business profits.

Thus, offshore sale of goods to a person in India may now be covered under the SEP provisions (subject to the fulfilment of the threshold limit). Interestingly, the Supreme Court in the case of Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Ltd. vs. DIT [2007] 288 ITR 408, held that income from sale of goods by a non-resident concluded outside India would not be considered as income accruing or arising in India. The SEP provisions, specifically covering such transactions, could now override the decision of the Apex Court in cases where the SEP provisions are triggered.

Another question that arises is whether a transaction of sale of shares is covered. Let us take as an example the sale of shares of a US Company by a US resident to a person in India. Such a sale, not being sale of shares of an Indian company, assuming that the US Company does not have an Indian subsidiary to trigger indirect transfer provisions, was not considered as accruing or arising in India and therefore is not taxable in India.

In the present case, one may be able to argue that even if the transaction value exceeds the threshold limit, the SEP provisions would not be triggered if the sale is not a part of the business of the US resident seller. This would be so as the constitution of an SEP results in the constitution of a business connection. Therefore, for SEP to be constituted, the transaction needs to be in respect of business income and not in respect of a capital asset. Section 9(1)(i) clearly differentiates between business connection and an asset situated in India.

In other words, SEP would only apply to transactions, the income from which would constitute business income. Accordingly, income from sale of shares, not being the business income of the US resident seller, would not trigger SEP provisions.
It is important to highlight that what is sought to be covered under the SEP provisions is business income and a transaction of sale of property which is not a part of the business of the non-resident seller may not be covered. However, this does not mean that a single transaction is outside the scope of SEP provisions. Let us take the example of a heavy machinery manufacturer in Germany who sells his machines globally. If the price of a single machine exceeds the threshold value, a single sale by the German manufacturer to a person in India may trigger the SEP provisions as the income from such sale is a part of his business income. While the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. R.D. Aggarwal & Co., (1965) (56 ITR 20, 24), held that a stray or isolated transaction is normally not to be regarded as a business connection, this position may no longer hold good for transactions triggering SEP as the SEP provisions require fulfilment of subjective conditions.

But then, what is meant by a ‘person in India’? While most of the sections in the Act refer to a ‘person resident in India’, Explanation 3A refers to a ‘person who resides in India’. Given the intention to tax a non-resident on account of the economic connection with India, there needs to be a semblance of permanent connection of the transaction with India. This permanent connection may not be satisfied in the case of a person who is visiting India for a short visit and is, say, availing the services from the non-resident. Therefore, one may argue that a person in India in Explanation 2A would mean a person resident in India. Further, the term ‘resides’ may connote a continuous form of residence and, therefore, in such a scenario also, one may be able to argue that the term refers to a person resident in India.

2.3 Systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India
The second condition for the constitution of an SEP is systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with a prescribed number of users in India.

There are two types of transactions which would be covered under the condition (subject to the fulfilment of the number of users in India threshold):
a) Systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities; and
b) Engaging in interaction.

There is ambiguity as to what constitutes ‘users’, ‘soliciting’ as well as ‘engaging in interaction’. As highlighted earlier, while the conditions required the above activities to be undertaken through digital means at the time SEP provisions were introduced by the Finance Act, 2018, the Finance Act, 2020 removed the requirement of digital means, thereby possibly expanding the scope of the transactions covered.

We need to wait and see how the threshold limits along with conditions, if any, are prescribed.

Some of the activities which may be covered under this condition would be social media companies, support services which engage with multiple users in India, online advertisement services, etc.

2.4 Profits attributable to SEP
The second proviso to Explanation 2A provides that only so much of income as is attributable to the transactions or activities referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India. Explanation 1(a) to section 9(1)(i), on the other hand, seeks to cover income attributable to operations carried out in India.

Given the peculiar language used in the 2nd proviso to Explanation 2A, this may result in a scenario where the entire income arising out of a transaction or activity would be considered as accruing or arising in India.

Let us take an example to understand the impact and such a possible absurd outcome in detail. A non-resident who manufactures certain goods outside India sells such goods in India under two scenarios – through a sales office in India and directly without any physical presence in India. Assuming that in both scenarios the sale of the goods is concluded outside India, in the first scenario the activities undertaken by the sales office could result in the constitution of business connection under Explanation 2 if the employees in the sales office habitually play a principal role in the conclusion of contracts of the non-resident in India. In such a scenario, Explanation 3 provides that only the income as is attributable to the activities of the sales office would be deemed to accrue or arise in India. Therefore, only a part of the profits of the non-resident, which represents the amount attributable to the activities of the sales office, let us say xx% on the basis of various judicial precedents, would be taxable in India.

However, in the second scenario, assuming that the threshold as prescribed in Explanation 2A is met, the transaction of the sale of goods to a person resident in India could constitute an SEP in India. In such a scenario, the moot question that arises for consideration is whether on a literal reading of the 2nd proviso to Explanation 2A, it can be said that in such a transaction the entire income is attributable to the ‘transaction’ and shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India?

In other words, if a business connection is constituted on account of operations carried out in India, only part of the profits would be taxed in India, whereas if the business connection is constituted on account of the SEP in India, it is open to question as to whether the entire income of the non-resident could be attributed and deemed to accrue or arise in India.

Similarly, the entire income of a social media company outside India engaging with a large number of users in India could be taxed in India if the number of users exceeds the threshold and results in the constitution of an SEP in India.

Such a view, on a literal interpretation of the amended provisions, would not be in consonance with the global discussion on the subject currently in progress at various international fora.

Such a view would also not be in line with the discussion contained in the BEPS Action Plan 1 Report which provides:
‘Consideration must therefore be given to what changes to profit attribution rules would need to be made if the significant economic presence option were adopted, while ensuring parity to the extent possible between enterprises that are subject to tax due to physical presence in the market country (i.e., local subsidiary or traditional PE) and those that are taxable only due to the application of the option.’

Further, the BEPS Action Plan 1 Report analyses three options while attributing profits to the SEP:
a) Replacing functional analysis with an analysis based on game theory that would allocate profits by analogy with a bargaining process within a joint venture. However, the Report appreciates that this method would mean a substantial departure from the existing standard for allocation of profits on the basis of functions, assets and risks and, therefore, unless there is a substantial rewrite of the rules for the attribution of profits, alternative methods would need to be considered;
b) The fractional apportionment method wherein the profits of the whole enterprise relating to the digital presence would be apportioned either on the basis of a predetermined formula or on the basis of variable allocation factors determined on a case-by-case basis. However, this method is not pursued further as it would mean a departure from the existing international standard of attributing profits on the basis of separate books of the PE;
c) The deemed profit method wherein the SEP for each industry has a deemed net income by applying a ratio of the presumed expenses to the taxpayer’s revenue derived in the country. While this option is relatively easier to administer, it has its own set of challenges, such as, if the entity on a global level has incurred a loss, would the deemed profit method still allocate a notional profit to the SEP?

Similarly, the draft Directive, introduced by the European Commission on ‘significant digital presence’, provided for a modified profit-split as the method to attribute the profits to the SEP. The draft Directive, introduced in 2018, was not enacted due to lack of consensus amongst the members of the European Union.

In both the examples above, in the context of profits attributable to the SEP, one may be able to argue that taxing activities undertaken outside India result in extra-territorial taxation by India and, therefore, go beyond the sovereign right of the country to tax such income.

The CBDT has recognised this need to provide clarity for profit attribution to the SEP and has included a chapter on the same in its draft report on Profit Attribution to Permanent Establishments (CBDT Press Release F 500/33/2017-FTD.I dated 18th April, 2019) (draft report).

The draft report provides that in the case of an SEP, in addition to the traditional equal weightage given to assets, employees and sales, one can consider giving weightage to users as well in the case of digitised businesses depending on the level of user intensity. The draft report proposes the weight of 10% to users in business models involving low / medium user intensity and 20% in business models involving high user intensity.

It is important to note that the report, when finalised and notified, would be forming a part of the Rules and in the absence of any reference to attribution of profits to the SEP in Explanation 2A, one may need to further analyse the application on finalisation of the rules.

2.5 Summary of SEP provisions
The SEP provisions have been summarised below:

3. EXPLANATION 3A TO SECTION 9(1)(i) (EXTENDED SOURCE RULE)
Following global discussions, the Finance Act, 2020 extended the source rule for income attributable to operations carried out in India by inserting Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i), which reads as under:
‘Explanation 3A. – For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the income attributable to the operations carried out in India, as referred to in Explanation 1, shall include income from –
(i)    such advertisement which targets a customer who resides in India or a customer who accesses the advertisement through an internet protocol address located in India;
(ii)    sale of data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses an internet protocol address located in India; and
(iii)    sale of goods or services using data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses an internet protocol address located in India.’

The following proviso has been inserted in Explanation 3A to clause (i) of sub-section (1) of section 9 by the Finance Act, 2020 w.e.f. 1st April, 2022:
Provided that the provisions contained in this Explanation shall also apply to the income attributable to the transactions or activities referred to in Explanation 2A.’

3.1 Whether Explanation 3A creates nexus?
Unlike Explanation 2A, which equates SEP to a business connection, the language used in Explanation 3A is different.

Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i) provides,
‘For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the income attributable to the operations carried out in India, as referred to in Explanation 1, shall include….’

Explanation 1 provides that in the case of a business of which all the operations are not carried out in India, only part of the income as is reasonably attributable to the operations carried out in India shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

Further, the nexus for income deemed to accrue or arise in India in the form of business connection in India or property in India or source of income in India, etc., is provided in the main section 9(1)(i).

Now, the question arises whether Explanation 1 can be applied without a nexus in section 9(1)(i)? One may argue that having established a nexus in the form of business connection, asset or source of income in India, Explanation 1 merely provides the amount of income attributable to the said nexus and, therefore, in the absence of a nexus u/s 9(1)(i), Explanation 1 cannot be applied.

In this regard, the role of ‘Explanation’ in a tax statute has been explained by the Karnataka High Court in the case of N. Govindraju vs. ITO (2015) (377 ITR 243) in the context of Explanation vs. proviso, wherein it was held,
‘37. Insertion of “Explanation” in a section of an Act is for a different purpose than insertion of a “proviso”. “Explanation” gives a reason or justification and explains the contents of the main section, whereas “proviso” puts a condition on the contents of the main section or qualifies the same. “Proviso” is generally intended to restrain the enacting clause, whereas “Explanation” explains or clarifies the main section. Meaning, thereby, “proviso”’ limits the scope of the enactment as it puts a condition, whereas “Explanation” clarifies the enactment as it explains and is useful for settling a matter or controversy.
38. Orthodox function of an “Explanation” is to explain the meaning and effect of the main provision. It is different in nature from a “proviso” as the latter excepts, excludes or restricts, while the former explains or clarifies and does not restrict the operation of the main provision. It is true that an “Explanation” may not enlarge the scope of the section but it also does not restrict the operation of the main provision. Its purpose is to clear the cobwebs which may make the meaning of the main provision blurred. Ordinarily, the purpose of insertion of an “Explanation” to a section is not to limit the scope of the main provision but to explain or clarify and to clear the doubt or ambiguity in it.’

The above decision lends weight to the argument that in the absence of a nexus in section 9(1)(i), Explanation 1 cannot apply. Having taken such a view, one may therefore possibly conclude that as Explanation 1 does not create a nexus and as Explanation 3A merely extends the scope of Explanation 1 in terms of income as is attributable to the operations carried out in India, Explanation 3A shall not apply unless the non-resident has a business connection. In other words, Explanation 3A merely acts like a ‘force of attraction’ provision in the Act and does not create a nexus by itself.

It may be highlighted that the above view that in the absence of a nexus u/s 9(1)(i), Explanation 1 shall not apply, is not free from doubt. Another possible view is that Explanation 1 refers to the income which is deemed to accrue or arise in India and therefore creates a nexus by itself irrespective of the fact as to whether or not there exists a business connection. One will have to wait for the judicial interpretation in this regard to see whether the judiciary reads down the extended source rule in Explanation 3A.

3.2  What is sought to be taxed through Explanation 3A
Explanation 3A seeks to extend the scope of income attributable to operations carried out in India in the case of three scenarios:
a) Sale of advertisement;
b) Sale of data; and
c) Sale of goods or services using data.

In respect of (a) and (b) above, the same is also covered by the extended EL provisions as applicable to e-commerce supply or services. Further, section 10(50) of the Act, as proposed to be amended by the Finance Bill, 2021, provides that income other than royalty or fees for technical services shall be exempt under the Act if the said transaction is subject to EL. Therefore, in respect of transactions covered under (a) or (b), the provisions of EL would apply and Explanation 3A may not be applicable.

Therefore, only the provisions of (c) have been analysed.

While Explanation 2A seeks to cover a transaction of a non-resident with a person residing in India, Explanation 3A does not require such conditions. In other words, even transactions between two non-residents may be subject to tax under Explanation 3A if the transaction:
a)    In the case of sale of advertisement, targets a customer residing in India;
b)    In the case of sale of data, is in respect of data collected from a person residing in India; or
c) In the case of sale of goods or services, is using data collected from a person residing in India.

For example, ABC, a foreign company owning a social media platform having various users all over the world, including India, is engaged by FCo, a foreign company engaged in the business of apparels, to provide data analytics services to enable FCo to understand the consumption pattern in Asia in order to enable it to target customers in Europe. It is assumed that the data analytics service is undertaken outside India.

In this scenario, as ABC is providing a service to FCo, both non-residents, using data collected from persons residing in India in addition to other countries, Explanation 3A may apply and, therefore, deem the income from sale of services to be accruing or arising in India. While, arguably, only the portion of the income which relates to the data collected from India should be taxed in India, it may be practically difficult, if not impossible, in such a scenario to bifurcate such income on the basis of data collected from every country.

Moreover, as this would be a transaction between two non-residents, the question of extra-territoriality as well as the practical difficulty of implementing the taxation of such transactions may need to be evaluated in detail.

The issues relating to the attribution of income – whether the entire income is deemed to accrue or arise in India or is only a part of the income (and if so, how is the same to be computed) is to be taxed, as explained above in the context of SEP would equally apply here as well. In fact, as the CBDT draft report on profit attribution to PE was released before the Finance Act, 2020, there is no guidance available to provide clarity in this matter.

4. CONCLUSION


Currently, the provisions of SEP are not yet operative as the thresholds have not yet been prescribed. Further, the SEP provisions as well as those related to extended scope have limited application due to the benefit available in the DTAAs. However, with treaty eligibility being questioned in various transactions in the recent past and with the application of the MLI, these provisions may be of greater significance. Therefore, it is imperative that some of the aforementioned ambiguities, such as the amount of income attributable to the SEP and extended scope, be clarified at the earliest by the authorities.

EQUALISATION LEVY ON E-COMMERCE SUPPLY AND SERVICES, Part – 1

The taxation of digitalised economy is a hotly debated topic in the international tax arena at present, with the OECD and its Inclusive Framework trying to come to a consensus-based solution and with the United Nations recently introducing a new article 12B on taxation of Automated Digital Services in the UN Model Tax Convention. In our earlier article (BCAJ, March, 2021, Page 24), we had covered the provisions relating to Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’) and the extended source rule, introduced by India in order to tax the digitalised economy. While the provisions relating to SEP have now been operationalised vide Notification No. 41/2021 issued on 3rd May, 2021, the Equalisation Levy (‘EL’) was the first provision introduced by India to tackle the issues in the taxation of the digitalised economy. After their introduction in the Finance Act, 2016 to cover online advertisement services (‘EL OAS’), the EL provisions have been extended vide the Finance Act, 2020 to bring more transactions within their scope. Similarly, while the application of the SEP provisions would be limited, in case of non-applicability of the DTAA or absence of a DTAA, the EL provisions may be applied widely. In this two-part article, we seek to analyse some of the intricacies and issues in respect of the Equalisation Levy as applicable to E-commerce Supply or Services (‘EL ESS’).

1. BACKGROUND
The rapid advancement of technology has transformed the digital economy and it now permeates all aspects of the economy; therefore, it is now impossible to ring-fence the digital economy. Today, technology plays an extremely significant role in the way business is conducted globally. This is clearly evident in the on-going pandemic wherein one is able to work within the confines of one’s home without visiting the office in most of the sectors thanks to the use of technology and the various tools available today. However, this technological advancement has also resulted in enabling an entity to undertake business in a country without requiring it to be physically present in the said country. For example, advertising which was done through physical hoardings or boards, can now be done on social media targeting the residents of a particular country without physically requiring any space in that country. Similarly, traditional theatres are being replaced by various Over-the-Top (‘OTT’) platforms which enable a viewer to watch a movie on her device without having to physically visit a theatre.

Another example is the replacement of the physical marketplace by e-commerce sites wherein sellers can sell their goods or services to buyers without having to go to the physical marketplace. Countries realised that the tax rules, which are more than a century old, do not envisage undertaking a business in a country without having physical presence and therefore do not provide for taxing rights to the source or market jurisdictions. ‘Addressing the Tax Challenges of the Digital Economy’ was identified as the 1st Action Plan out of the 15 Action Plans of the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (‘BEPS’) Project. This signifies the importance given to the issue by the OECD and other countries participating in this Project.

Interestingly, the workflow on digital economy was not included in the BEPS Project as endorsed by the G20 at the Los Cabos meeting on 19th June, 20121. However, it was considered as Action Plan 1 when it released the Action Plans in July, 2013 even though it did not fit under any of the structural headings of the OECD’s Plan of Action of ‘establishing international coherence of income taxation’, ‘restoring the full effects of the international standards’, ‘ensuring tax transparency’ of ‘developing a tool for swift implementation of the new measures’2. In other words, while the other Action Plans specifically dealt with countering BEPS measures, Action 1 seeks to re-align the tax rules irrespective of the fact that such rules give rise to any BEPS concerns.

BEPS Action Plan 1 did not result in a consensus and therefore it was agreed that more work would be done on this subject. However, the Action Plan shortlisted three alternatives for countries to implement as an interim measure. India was one of the first countries to enact a unilateral measure when it introduced the EL OAS in the Finance Act, 2016. Subsequently, several countries introduced similar measures in their domestic tax laws. India introduced the EL ESS in the Finance Act, 2020 to bring to tax e-commerce transactions. Interestingly, while the EL OAS was introduced at the time of introduction of the Finance Bill, 2016 during the annual Union Budget, the EL ESS provisions were not a part of the Finance Bill, 2020 and were introduced only at the time of its enactment. The absence of a Memorandum explaining the provisions of the EL ESS has resulted in a lot of confusion regarding the intention of certain provisions which is an important aspect one needs to consider while interpreting the law. While the Finance Act, 2021 did clarify a few issues, some of the issues are still unresolved. Moreover, the clarification in the Finance Act, 2021, which was made retrospective from 1st April, 2020, has also resulted in some issues. In the first part of this two-part article, the provisions of the EL ESS are analysed. However, before analysing the EL ESS provisions, given the interplay and overlap with the EL OAS, the ensuing paragraph briefly covers the EL OAS provisions.

___________________________________________________________________
1 B. Michel, ‘The French Crusade to Tax the Online Advertisement Business:
Reflections on the French Google Case and the Newly Introduced Digital
Services Tax,’ 59 Eur. Taxn. 11 (2019), Journal Articles & Papers IBFD
(accessed 28th January 2020)
2 Ibid
2. EQUALISATION LEVY ON ONLINE ADVERTISEMENT SERVICES

Recognising the need of the hour and the significance of the issues relating to the taxation of the digital economy, the Finance Ministry constituted the Committee on Taxation of E-commerce. It consisted of members of the Department of Revenue, representatives of some professional bodies, representatives from industry and other professionals, expert in the field. The Committee examined the Action 1 Report as well as the literature from several well-known authors on the subject and released its proposal in February, 2016.

The Finance Act, 2016 introduced the provisions of EL OAS. Unlike the SEP provisions and the extended source rule, the EL OAS (as well as EL ESS) is not a part of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘ITA’). EL OAS applies on specified services rendered by non-residents to a person resident in India or to a non-resident having a Permanent Establishment (‘PE’) in India. Specified service for the purpose of EL OAS has been defined in section 164(i) of the Finance Act, 2016 as follows:
‘“specified service” means online advertisement, any provision for digital advertising space or any other facility or service for the purpose of online advertisement and includes any other service as may be notified by the Central Government in this behalf.’

Under the EL OAS provisions, a person resident in India or a non-resident having a PE in India shall deduct EL at the rate of 6% on payment for specified service to a non-resident if it satisfies the following conditions:
a. The service rendered is not effectively connected to a PE of the non-resident service provider;
b. The payment for the specified service exceeds INR 100,000 during the previous year; and
c. The payment is in respect of the specified services utilised in respect of a business or profession carried out by the payer.

Therefore, the EL OAS applies only in respect of Online Advertisement Services or any facility or service for the purpose of online advertisement. Further, EL OAS provisions place the onus of responsibility of collection of the levy on the payer being a resident or on the payer being a non-resident having a PE in India.

While there are various issues and intricacies in relation to the EL OAS, we have not covered the same as the objective of this article is to cover the EL ESS provisions and the issues arising therefrom. However, some of the common issues, such as whether EL provisions are restricted by a tax treaty, have been covered in the second part of this two-part article.

3. EQUALISATION LEVY ON E-COMMERCE SUPPLY OR SERVICES

3.1 Scope and coverage
The Finance Act, 2020 extended the scope of EL to cover consideration received by non-residents on E-commerce Supply or Services (‘ESS’) made or facilitated on or after 1st April, 2020.

EL ESS applies at the rate of 2% on the consideration received by a non-resident on ESS, which has been defined in section 164(cb) of the Finance Act, 2016 to mean:
(i) Online sale of goods owned by the e-commerce operator; or
(ii) Online provision of services provided by the e-commerce operator; or
(iii) Online sale of goods or provision of services, or both, facilitated by the e-commerce operator; or
(iv) Any combination of activities listed in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii).

Further, the Finance Act, 2021 has also extended the definition of ESS for this clause to include any one or more of the following online activities, namely,
(a) Acceptance of offer for sale; or
(b) Placing of purchase order; or
(c) Acceptance of the purchase order; or
(d) Payment of consideration; or
(e) Supply of goods or provision of services, partly or wholly.

Moreover, EL ESS applies for consideration received or receivable by a non-resident in respect of ESS made or provided or facilitated by it to the following persons as provided in section 165A(1) of the Finance Act, 2016 as amended by the Finance Act, 2020:
(i) A person resident in India; or
(ii) a person who buys such goods or services, or both, using an internet protocol (IP) address located in India; or
(iii) a non-resident under the following specified circumstances:
a. sale of advertisement which targets a customer who is resident in India, or a customer who accesses the advertisement through an IP address located in India;
b. sale of data collected from a person who is resident in India, or from a person who uses an IP address located in India.

Further, the provisions of EL ESS shall not apply in the following circumstances:
(i) Where the non-resident e-commerce operator has a PE in India and the ESS is effectively connected to the PE;
(ii) Where the provisions of EL OAS apply; or
(iii) Whether the sales, turnover, or gross receipts of the e-commerce operator from the ESS made or provided or facilitated is less than INR 2 crores during the previous year.

Lastly, section 10(50) of the ITA provides an exemption from tax on the income which has been subject to EL OAS and EL ESS.

3.2 Non-resident
EL ESS applies in respect of consideration received or receivable by a non-resident from ESS made or provided or facilitated. The term ‘non-resident’ has not been defined in the Finance Act, 2016.

However, section 164(j) of the Finance Act, 2016 provides that words and expressions not defined in it but defined in the ITA shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Finance Act, 2016 as well. In other words, in respect of undefined words and expressions, the meaning as ascribed in the ITA would apply here as well.

Accordingly, one would import the meaning of the term ‘non-resident’ from section 2(30) read with section 6 of the ITA.

3.3 Online sale of goods
The EL ESS provisions apply in respect of ESS which has been defined in section 164(cb) of the Finance Act, 2016 as provided in paragraph 3.1 above. Accordingly, EL ESS applies in respect of consideration on online sale of goods made or facilitated by a non-resident. The term ‘online sale of goods’ has not been defined in the Finance Act, 2016 and therefore some of the issues in respect of various aspects of the term have been provided in the paragraphs below.

3.3.1 What is meant by ‘online’
The first condition in respect of the term ‘online sale of goods’ is that the goods have to be sold ‘online’. The term ‘online’ has been defined in section 164(f) of the Finance Act, 2016 to mean the following,
‘…a facility or service or right or benefit or access that is obtained through the internet or any other form of digital or telecommunication network.’

Therefore, the term is wide enough to cover most types of transactions undertaken through means other than physically. Thus, goods sold through a website, email, mobile app or even through the telephone would be considered as sales undertaken ‘online’.

3.3.2 What is meant by ‘goods’
The term ‘goods’ has not been defined in the Finance Act, 2016 or in the ITA. Therefore, the question arises as to whether one can import the term from the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 (‘SOGA’).

Section 2(7) of the SOGA provides that
‘“goods” means every kind of movable property other than the actionable claims and money; and includes stock and shares, growing crops, grass, and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be severed before the sale or under the contract of sale;’

On the other hand, section 2(52) of the Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (‘GST Act’) refers to a different definition of the term as follows,
‘“Goods” means every kind of movable property other than money and securities but includes actionable claims, growing crops, grass and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be severed before supply or under a contract of supply.’

The issue in this regard is whether one should consider the definition of the term under the SOGA or the GST Act, with the major difference in the definition under both the laws being that SOGA includes shares and stock as ‘goods’, whereas the GST Act does not do so. This issue is relevant while evaluating the applicability of the EL ESS provisions to the sale of shares and stock. While an off-market sale of shares may not trigger the EL provisions as there may be no consideration paid or payable to an e-commerce operator, one may need to evaluate whether the provisions could apply to a transaction undertaken on an overseas stock exchange (assuming that the overseas stock exchange is considered as an e-commerce operator).

In the view of the authors, it may be advisable to consider the definition under SOGA as this is the principal law dealing with the sale of goods, whereas the GST Act is a law to tax certain transactions. In other words, the transaction of sale of shares and stock on a stock exchange may be considered as an online sale of goods and may be subject to the provisions of EL provided that the stock exchange satisfies the definition of ‘e-commerce operator’ and other conditions are also satisfied. An analysis of whether an overseas stock exchange would be considered as an ‘e-commerce operator’ has been undertaken in paragraph 3.5.3 below.

However, in respect of an aggregator for booking hotel rooms or a hotel situated outside India providing online facility for booking hotel rooms, it would not be considered as undertaking or facilitating sale of goods as rooms would not be considered as ‘goods’. The issue of whether the said facility would constitute a covered provision of services for the application of the EL provisions in respect of booking of hotel rooms is discussed in subsequent paragraphs.

3.3.3 What is meant by ‘online sale of goods’?
Having analysed the meaning of the terms ‘online’ and ‘goods’, the crucial aspect that one may need to consider is whether the ‘sale’ of the goods has been undertaken online as the EL ESS provisions refer to consideration received or receivable for online ‘sale’ of goods made or facilitated by the non-resident e-commerce operator. This term has been generating a lot of confusion and uncertainty as one needs to understand as to whether the goods have been sold online. In other words, the issue that needs to be addressed is whether the EL provisions could apply in a situation where the goods are sold online but the delivery of the goods is undertaken offline.

In this regard, section 19 of the SOGA provides,
‘(1) Where there is a contract for the sale of specific or ascertained goods, the property in them is transferred to the buyer at such time as the parties to the contract intend it to be transferred.’

Therefore, SOGA provides that the title in the goods is transferred when the parties to the contract intend it to be transferred. Moreover, the terms and conditions of various e-commerce sites provide that the risk of loss and title passes to the buyer upon delivery to the carrier.

Hence, one could possibly argue that in such situations there is no online sale of goods made or facilitated by the e-commerce operators which merely facilitate the placement of the order for the said goods, and therefore the provisions of EL do not apply.

One could also take a similar view in the case of certain sites which offer e-bidding services for the goods.

However, this issue has been covered in the Finance Act, 2021 with retrospective effect from 1st April, 2020 wherein it has been provided that for the purpose of the definition of ESS, ‘online sale of goods’ shall include any one or more of the following online activities (‘extended activities’):
a. Acceptance of offer for sale; or
b. Placing of purchase order; or
c. Acceptance of the purchase order; or
d. Payment of consideration; or
e. Supply of goods or provision of services, partly or wholly.

Therefore, now, if any of the above activities are undertaken online, the transaction may be considered as ESS and may be subject to the provisions of EL (refer to the discussion in paragraph 3.5 as to whether the definition of e-commerce operator is satisfied in case the non-resident only undertakes the above activities online).

3.4 Online provision of services
The provisions of EL ESS apply in case of online sale of goods or online provision of services. Having analysed some of the nuances regarding the online sale of goods, let us now consider some of the nuances of online provision of services. Generally, the applicability of EL ESS to online provision of services may pose complexities which are significantly higher than those related to online sale of goods.

Some of the issues have been explained by way of an example in two scenarios.

(Scenario 1) Let us first take the example of a person resident in India booking a room in a hotel outside India (the ‘Hotel’), owned and managed by a non-resident, through its website. Let us assume that payment for the booking of the room is made immediately on booking itself. Now, the question arises whether the said transaction would be considered as an online provision of services by the Hotel and whether the provisions of EL would apply on the same.

The first question is whether there is any sale of goods or provision of services. Arguably, the renting out of rooms may be considered as a service rendered by the Hotel. Now, the question is whether any service is rendered online.

In this case, one may be able to argue, and rightfully so, that the service rendered by the Hotel of rental of rooms is not provided online but is rendered offline and, therefore, this is not a case of online provision of services. However, it is important to note that the Hotel is also providing a facility for booking the rooms online, which in itself is a service, independent of the rental of the rooms. This booking service is rendered online and, therefore, may be considered as an online provision of service by the Hotel to the person resident in India.

On the other hand, one may be able to argue that no consideration is received by the Hotel for providing the online facility and that the entire consideration received is that for the letting out of the rooms (this may be the case, for example, if the rate for the rooms is the same irrespective of whether booked online or directly at the hotel). In such a case, one may be able to argue that in the absence of consideration received or receivable, the provisions of EL cannot apply. Further, even if one were to counter-argue that the consideration received towards the rental of the room includes consideration towards providing the service of provision of online booking and the same can be allocated on some scientific basis, the dominant nature of the activities for the composite service is that of letting out of the hotel room, which is not provided online. Accordingly, in the view of the authors, the provisions of EL shall not apply in such a scenario.

(Scenario 2) Let us now take the same example wherein a person resident is booking a room in a hotel, situated outside India, but the same is booked through a room aggregator called ABC. Let us further assume that the entire consideration for the room is paid by the customer to ABC at the time of booking and then ABC, after deducting its commission or fees, pays the balance amount to the hotel.

Now, the first question to be evaluated here is whether the service rendered by ABC falls under sub-clause (ii) or (iii) of section 164(cb) of the Finance Act, 2016. Sub-clause (ii) of section 164(cb) refers to online provision of services by the e-commerce operator, whereas sub-clause (iii) of section 164(cb) refers to facilitation for online provision of services.

One may take a view that given that there is a specific clause relating to facilitation, which is what is provided by the aggregator ABC, one should apply sub-clause (iii). However, the said sub-clause applies only in respect of facilitation of online provision of services and the services which are being facilitated are in respect of letting out of the rooms of the hotel which are not rendered online. Therefore, the provisions of sub-clause (iii) may not apply.

Alternatively, one could argue that the service rendered by ABC is through an online facility and therefore it would fall under sub-clause (ii) relating to online provision of services. In such a case, the question arises whether the service is rendered to the customer booking the room or to the hotel. In case the service is considered as rendered to the hotel, the provisions of EL may not apply as it may be considered as a case of services rendered to a non-resident. However, in the view of the authors, the service rendered by ABC, of facilitating the letting out of the rooms of the hotel, is a service rendered by ABC to both, to the hotel and the customer who is booking the rooms. This would be the case even though the commission / fees for the services rendered by ABC is paid for by the hotel and the customer is not aware of the commission payable to ABC for facilitation out of the total amount paid by her.

3.5 E-commerce operator
Having analysed some of the issues relating to online sale of goods or online provision of services, this paragraph covers some issues in respect of the e-commerce operator.

3.5.1 Who is considered as an e-commerce operator?
An e-commerce operator is defined in section 164(ca) of the Finance Act, 2016 to mean the following:
‘“E-commerce operator” means a non-resident who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility or platform for online sale of goods or online provision of services, or both;’

Therefore, in order for a non-resident to be considered as an e-commerce operator, the following cumulative conditions are required to be satisfied:
a. There should be a digital or electronic facility or platform; and
b. The said facility or platform should be for online sale of goods or online provision of services, or both; and
c. The non-resident should own, operate or manage the said facility or platform.

3.5.2 Will sale of goods or providing services via e-mail be subject to the provisions of EL?
The biggest concern most non-residents were facing at the time of the introduction of the EL ESS provisions was whether the sale of goods concluded over exchange of emails could be subject to the provisions of EL ESS.

If such a transaction were to be covered under the provisions of EL ESS, there could be major repercussions for a lot of MNCs as a lot of intra-group transactions are undertaken over email. The confusion increased significantly after the amendments undertaken in the Finance Act, 2021 wherein the definition of ‘online sale of goods’ or ‘online provision of services’ has been extended to include acceptance of offer, placing of purchase order, acceptance of purchase order, payment of consideration, etc.

In this case, while ‘email’ may be considered as an online facility, the seller of the goods is not operating, owning or managing the email facility which is managed by the IT company (such as Microsoft or Google). Further, even if one considers that the seller is operating the facility, it is a facility for communication and it is not a facility for online sale of goods or for online provision of services. Moreover, it is important to highlight that there is a difference in the operation of the facility or platform and the operation of an account on the platform. Therefore, if one is operating an email account, it may not be appropriate to contend that one is operating the entire facility.

Accordingly, in the view of the authors, the transactions undertaken through email may not be subject to EL ESS as the seller of goods over exchange of emails may not come within the definition of ‘e-commerce operator’.

This would also be the case for services rendered through email, say an opinion given by a foreign lawyer to a client on email. In such a scenario, the lawyer cannot be considered as an ‘e-commerce operator’.

The absurdity of considering transactions undertaken through email as subject to EL is magnified in the case of transactions undertaken through a telephone. As telecommunication is considered as an online facility u/s 164(f) of the Finance Act, 2016, would one consider goods ordered through a telephone as being subject to the provisions of EL?

In this regard, it may be highlighted that even if one takes a view as explained in paragraph 3.5.4 below that the extended activities list should also apply to the definition of ‘e-commerce operator’, the argument that email is a facility or platform for communication and not for online sale of goods or provision of services, including the extended activities, should hold good.

Similarly, in the case of teaching services rendered online by universities, or conferences organised by various organisations online, the question arises whether the said services rendered by the universities or the organisations could be subject to the provisions of EL ESS. If the platform through which the services are rendered is owned, operated or managed by the university or organisation, such entities may be considered as e-commerce operators, and therefore the fees received by them may be subject to the provisions of EL ESS. However, if these entities are merely using the platform or facility owned and managed by a third party and only operate as users of the platform, then such entities cannot be considered as owning, managing or operating the facility or platform but merely operating or managing an account on the platform. In such cases, they may not be considered as e-commerce operators and the consideration received by them shall not be subject to the provisions of EL.

3.5.3 Will sale of shares on a stock exchange be subject to the provisions of EL?
As evaluated in paragraph 3.3.2 above, ‘shares’ may be considered as ‘goods’. Further, the platform through which the sale is undertaken in most overseas stock exchanges could be considered as an online facility as it would be undertaken through the internet, digital or telecommunication network. Now the question arises whether the platform is for the purpose of online sale of goods, the answer to which would be in the affirmative.

Therefore, if the platform or facility is owned, operated or managed by the overseas stock exchange, the non-resident owning the overseas stock exchange may be considered as an ‘e-commerce operator’ and the transaction may be subject to the provisions of EL.

3.5.4 Can a transaction be subject to EL only because the payment of consideration is undertaken online?
In this regard an interesting point to note is that while the terms ‘online sale of goods’ and ‘online provision of services’ have been extended to include certain online activities as provided in the Explanation to section 164(cb) (extended activities), the terms are provided in two clauses in section 164, namely:
a) Clause (ca) of section 164 defining the term ‘e-commerce operator’ wherein the facility or platform is for online sale of goods or online provision of services, or both.
b) Clause (cb) of section 164 defining the term ESS which means online sale of goods or online provision of services made or facilitated by the e-commerce operator.

The Finance Act, 2021 extended the terms ‘online sale of goods’ and ‘online provision of services’ only in respect of clause (cb), dealing with definition of e-commerce supply or services and not in clause (ca). The Explanation to clause (cb) provides as follows,
‘For the purposes of this clause “online sale of goods”…..’

Further, the definition of the term ‘e-commerce operator’ in clause (ca) does not include the term ‘e-commerce supply or services’ which is defined in clause (cb). Therefore, on a literal reading of the language, one may be able to argue that for a non-resident to be considered as an e-commerce operator, the sale of goods or the provision of services needs to be undertaken online. Moreover, the provisions of EL ESS may not apply in a scenario where only the extended activities are undertaken online without the actual sale of goods or provision of services undertaken online as the extended definition of the term ‘online sale of goods’ or ‘online provision of services’ applies only for the definition of ESS and not for an e-commerce operator.

While this is a literal reading of the provision, the above view may be extremely litigious and may not be accepted by the courts as it may result in the above amendment in the Finance Act, 2021 being made infructuous and would be against the intention of the Legislature.

However, if one takes a view that the extended activities would apply even to the definition of ‘e-commerce operator’ and therefore can result in the application of the EL ESS provisions, it may result in a scenario where EL ESS provisions could possibly apply even when none of the activities of the provision of services or sale of goods is undertaken online but only the payment is done online.

Let us take the earlier example of a foreign lawyer rendering advisory services over email to an Indian client, who would make the payment online through an app operated by a non-resident. In this regard, as discussed in paragraph 3.5.2, as the lawyer would not be considered as an ‘e-commerce operator’, the transaction may be subject to EL ESS as one of the extended activities, i.e., payment of consideration is undertaken online and the e-commerce operator is providing an online service of facilitating the payment. However, in this case the e-commerce operator would be the non-resident operating the app through which the payment is made and not the lawyer.

3.5.5 Can there be multiple e-commerce operators for the same transaction?
If one takes a view that the extended activities shall apply to the definition of ‘e-commerce operator’ as well, the question arises whether there can be multiple e-commerce operators for the same transaction?

One can evaluate this with an example. Let us consider a scenario where the goods of ABC, a non-resident, are sold through its website and the payment for the goods is done by the resident customer through a payment gateway, owned by XYZ, another non-resident. In this case, both ABC and XYZ would be considered as e-commerce operators. Further, the same amount may be subject to EL in the hands of multiple e-commerce operators. Continuing the above example, the consideration paid by the resident customer to ABC through the payment gateway would be subject to EL ESS. Further, if one considers that the payment gateway of XYZ has rendered services to both, the resident customer as well as ABC, the consideration received by XYZ from ABC would also be subject to EL ESS as it is consideration received by an e-commerce operator for services rendered to a resident.

3.6 Amount on which EL to be levied
EL ESS applies on consideration received or receivable by an e-commerce operator from ESS. The ensuing paragraphs deal with some of the issues in respect of consideration.

3.6.1 Whether EL to be applied on the entire amount
One of the key issues that require to be addressed is what would be the amount which would be subject to EL. The issue is explained by way of an illustration.

Let us take an example wherein goods are sold online by the e-commerce operator. Further, while the sale of the goods is concluded online, the e-commerce operator does not own the goods but merely facilitates the online sale of the goods. Let us assume that the price of the goods is 100 and the commission of the e-commerce operator is 15. In this scenario, the e-commerce operator may receive 100 from the Indian buyer of the goods and transfer 85 to the seller of the goods after retaining its fees or commission. The question which arises is, as EL is applicable on the consideration received, would the EL apply on the 100 received by the e-commerce operator, or would it apply on the 15 which is the income earned by the e-commerce operator?

Earlier, one could take a view that the EL ESS provisions seek to tax the e-commerce operator and the consideration is compensation paid to the e-commerce operator for his services and, therefore, the EL ESS provisions should apply on the 15 and not the entire 100. Another argument for this view was that the 85 received by the e-commerce operator does not belong to it and by the principles of diversion of income by overriding title, one can argue that the amount of 85 is not consideration which is subject to EL ESS.

However, the Finance Act, 2021 has provided, with retrospective effect from 1st April, 2020, that the consideration which is subject to EL ESS would include the consideration for sale of goods irrespective of whether or not the goods are owned by the e-commerce operator. Therefore, in the above example, now the entire 100 would be subject to EL ESS.

This may result in a scenario wherein offshore sale of goods, not sold through an e-commerce operator or facility, would not be subject to tax in India on account of the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Ltd. (2007) 288 ITR 408, goods sold through an e-commerce operator would now be subject to EL on the entire amount.

Further, this may result in various practical challenges as the margin of the e-commerce operator may not be sufficient to bear the levy on the entire consideration received.

3.6.2 Consideration received in respect of sale of goods by a resident
When the EL ESS provisions were introduced for F.Y. 2020-21, the provisions of section 10(50) of the ITA provided an exemption to any income arising from ESS which has been subject to EL ESS.

The provisions did not specify to whom the exemption belonged. Therefore, one could possibly take a view that if a resident is selling goods through a non-resident e-commerce operator and the entire consideration for the sale of goods is subject to EL ESS, the exemption u/s 10(50) would exempt the income of the resident seller as well. This is due to the fact that while the consideration is changing hands twice – once from the customer to the e-commerce operator and then from the e-commerce operator to the resident seller – there is only one transaction, sale of goods by the resident seller to a resident buyer through the e-commerce operator.

On the other hand, there was concern that if the resident seller is taxed on the income and the exemption u/s 10(50) does not apply, it could result in double taxation for the same transaction.

The Finance Act, 2021 has amended the provisions of the Finance Act, 2016 with retrospective effect from 1st April, 2020 to provide that the consideration which is subject to EL ESS shall not include the consideration towards the sale of goods or the provision of services if the seller or service provider is a resident or is a non-resident having a PE in India and the sale or provision of services is effectively connected to the PE.

Therefore, in such a situation now, only the consideration as is attributable to the e-commerce operator would be subject to EL ESS.

3.6.3 Levy on consideration received by e-commerce operator
It is important to highlight that for the EL ESS provisions to apply, consideration needs to be received or receivable by the e-commerce operator. While the amendment in the Finance Act, 2021 extends the coverage of the term ‘consideration’ to include the consideration for the sale of goods as well (100 from the example in paragraph 3.6.1), the extended scope would apply only if the entire consideration is received by the e-commerce operator. Therefore, even after the amendment, if the entire consideration (100 in the example used in paragraph 3.6.1) is paid by the buyer directly to the non-resident seller, who pays the fees or commission to the e-commerce operator, EL ESS shall apply only on the amount of commission or fees received by the e-commerce operator (15). This is due to the fact that EL ESS applies on consideration received or receivable by the e-commerce operator, and if the e-commerce operator does not receive the entire consideration for the sale of goods or provision of services but only receives a sum as facilitation fees or commission, EL ESS shall apply only on the portion received by the e-commerce operator.

4. CONCLUSION
Due to the absence of the Memorandum at the time of introduction of the EL ESS provisions, a lot of ambiguity and confusion exists in respect of various aspects. While the Finance Act, 2021 has made certain amendments with retrospective effect in order to clarify certain issues, the ambiguity in various other aspects continues to exist. In the next part of this two-part article, we shall seek to cover various other issues in respect of the EL ESS such as issues relating to residence and the situs of the consumer, issues relating to the turnover threshold, issues relating to the sale of advertisement and the sale of data, interplay of the EL ESS provisions with various other provisions such as the SEP provisions, EL OAS provisions, royalty / FTS and section 194-O of the ITA.

The assessee being wholly managed and controlled from UAE, qualified for benefit under India-UAE DTTA – Limitation of benefit provision not applicable as it has been conducting bona fide business since years, long before start of India business

3 Interworld Shipping Agency LLC vs. DCIT [2021] 127 taxmann.com 132 (Mum-Trib) A.Y.: 2016-17; Date of order: 30th April, 2021 Articles 4 and 29 of India-UAE DTAA

The assessee being wholly managed and controlled from UAE, qualified for benefit under India-UAE DTTA – Limitation of benefit provision not applicable as it has been conducting bona fide business since years, long before start of India business

FACTS
The assessee was a tax resident of the UAE. Since 2000, it was engaged in business as a shipping agent and
also providing ship charters, freight forwarding, sea cargo services and so on. From March, 2015 it commenced shipping operations by chartering ships for use in transportation of goods and containers. Relying upon Article 8 of the India-UAE DTAA, the assessee claimed that freight earned by it from India was not taxable in India.

The A.O. denied benefit under the DTAA on the grounds that: (i) the assessee was a partnership in the UAE; (ii) it was controlled and managed by a Greek national (Mr. G) who was being paid 80% of profits; (iii) no evidence was brought on record to show either that there was any other manager or that Mr. G was in the UAE for a period exceeding 183 days and since Mr. G was a Greek national, the business was not managed or controlled wholly from the UAE; (iv) TRC was obtained based on misrepresentation of facts. Hence, invoking Article 29 of the India-UAE DTAA1, the A.O. concluded that the assessee was formed for the main purpose of tax avoidance and denied the DTAA benefit. The DRP upheld the order of the A.O.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the Tribunal.

HELD

  •  From a perusal of the license issued by the Department of Economic Development, the annual accounts, Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, it was evident that the assessee was a company and not a partnership firm.

  •  The following facts showed that the assessee was controlled or managed from the UAE:

* The assessee had 14 expatriate employees who were issued work permits by the UAE Government for working with the assessee.
* Mr. G was in the UAE for 300 days during the relevant previous year. Hence, it was reasonable to assume that he was running the business from the UAE.
* Without prejudice, the presence of the main director will be material only if there is something to show that the business was not carried out from the UAE.
* The assessee was carrying on business since 2000 from its office in the UAE, while operations with Indian customers commenced much thereafter.
* The assessee had provided reasonable evidence to support the view that the business was wholly and mainly controlled from the UAE. The assessee cannot be asked to prove a negative fact, especially when such facts are warranted to be proved by the documents which the assessee is not required to maintain statutorily2.

  •  Considering the following reasons, it was not proper to invoke limitation of benefits under Article 29 of the India-UAE DTAA:

* The assessee was in business since 2000.
* While the assessee commenced shipping operations for transportation of goods and containers much later, in 2015, it cannot be said that the ‘main purpose of creation of such an entity was to obtain the benefits’ under the India-UAE DTAA.
* Article 29 cannot be invoked unless the purpose of creating the entity was to avail the India-UAE DTAA benefits.
* Even otherwise, the assessee was carrying on bona fide business activity.

Note: With effect from 1st April, 2020, Article 29 of the India-UAE DTAA is substituted with Paragraph 1 of Article 7 (PPT clause) of multilateral instrument (MLI).

__________________________________________________________
1    Article 29 provides for ‘Limitation of Benefits’. It reads as follows:
 ‘An entity which is a resident of a Contracting State shall not be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement if the main purpose or one of the main purposes of the creation of such entity was to obtain the benefits of this Agreement that would not be otherwise available. The cases of legal entities not having bona fide business activities shall be covered by this Article’

2    During assessment, the assessee did not provide Board minutes. It was represented that documents are not available and the UAE law does not mandate keeping Board of Directors’ Resolutions

MLI SERIES ANTI-TAX AVOIDANCE MEASURES FOR CAPITAL GAINS: ARTICLE 9 OF MLI

(This is the third article in the MLI series that started in April, 2021)

This article in the on-going series on the Multilateral Instrument (MLI) focuses on Article 9 of the MLI, which brings in anti-tax avoidance measures related to capital gains earned by sale of immovable property through indirect means.

A break-up of the various DTAAs signed by India, whether or not modified by the MLI, appears later in this article along with what a Chartered Accountant needs to keep in mind in the post-MLI scenario. However, the first requirement is to understand the provisions and what changes have been brought about by them. Owing to a multitude of options and different ways in which they can apply, the language of Article 9 of the MLI is quite difficult to decipher, leave alone explain. Therefore, we have attempted to simplify the provisions with the help of a story, a narrative that can provide a basic understanding about the concepts. The reader should refer to the respective DTAAs and the application of the MLI on those DTAAs before forming any opinion.

1. ‘The Story’
Mr. A is a wealthy Australian businessman with interests in real estate around the world, including India. He wants to sell shares in an Australian Company and therefore approaches his tax consultant, Mr. Smart, to get an opinion on his tax liabilities. Here is the transcript of a conversation between Mr. A and Mr. Smart:

Mr. A – Hi, did you calculate my taxes on the sale of shares?

Mr. Smart – Yes, I did. And for your information, we also have to pay tax in India.

Mr. A – Why in India? This company is incorporated in Australia. What does India have to do with it?
Mr. Smart – Well, you’re right. Capital gains on transfer of shares of a company are generally taxed in the country of its incorporation which in this case is Australia. However, your company’s value is majorly derived from that immovable property you had once purchased in India1. Therefore, as per the Indian tax laws, read with Article 13(4) of the India-Australia Treaty, India has a right to tax such shares. Let me read out the excerpt of the India-Australia Treaty…

Article 13(4) reads: ‘Income or gains derived from the alienation of shares or comparable interests in a company, the assets of which consist wholly or principally of real property referred to in Article 6 and, as provided in that Article, situated in one of the Contracting States, may be taxed in that State’.

Mr. A – Ah! Though I know that I will get credit for those taxes paid against my Australian taxes, but I do not want the hassle of paying tax in another country. Is there any way out? You said that the company should derive value wholly or principally from the immovable property. Could we plan in a manner that we contribute other assets, shortly before the sale of the shares, to overcome this? That would dilute the proportion of the value of the shares that is derived from immovable property situated in India. For example, if my company has a total asset size of AUD 100, which currently includes AUD 90 of immovable property in India, the gain on the sale of such company’s shares would be taxable in India. However, just before such sale, can I infuse AUD 100 in the company and park it in a fixed deposit? Then, the share of immovable property in my company’s value will be reduced to 45% and the transaction of such sale of shares would be taxed only in the state of incorporation of the company (Australia) and not in the state where the immovable property is situated (India).

Mr. Smart – Where the businessman leads, the taxman follows! Well, this planning might have worked if you would have come to me before 1st April, 2020. Knowing that many taxpayers plan their affairs in such a manner, the India-Australia Treaty has to be read along with the Multilateral Instrument which now reads as follows:

The following paragraph 1 of Article 9 of the MLI
applies to paragraph 4 of Article 13 of this agreement:

ARTICLE 9 OF THE MLI – CAPITAL GAINS FROM ALIENATION OF SHARES
OR INTERESTS OF ENTITIES DERIVING THEIR VALUE PRINCIPALLY FROM IMMOVABLE
PROPERTY

Paragraph 4 of Article 13 of the agreement:

(a)

shall apply if the relevant value threshold is met at any time during
the 365 days preceding the alienation
; and

(b)

shall apply to shares or comparable interests, such as
interests in a partnership or trust (to the extent that such shares or
interests are not already covered), in addition to any shares or rights
already covered by the provisions of the agreement

______________________________________________________________
1 Readers are requested to place FEMA issues aside for this story

As per clause (a), keeping money in a fixed deposit or any other asset for a short period of time would not work. If at any point of time during the preceding 365 days (period threshold), your company majorly derives value (proportion threshold) from immovable property situated in India, then the sales of shares would be taxable in India (source country).

Mr. A – Oh! Oh! They have plugged this loophole. I also see that in clause (b) comparable interest has been added. Does that mean that even if I hold immovable property in LLP, partnership firms, trust or any other similar forms, selling of those shares would also be under the ambit of India’s (source country) taxation?

Mr. Smart – You catch up really fast! Yes, that’s the case.
Mr. A – But how did this treaty change so quickly? Normally, treaty negotiations continue for decades. And till the time the taxman decides on taxing rights, technology and the way of doing business have already moved ahead.
Mr. Smart – It seems you don’t really catch up fast enough. You missed a small word in our conversation. I said that the treaty has to be read with the MLI, i.e., Multilateral Instrument, which has been signed by many countries [contracting jurisdictions (‘CJ’)] to prevent double non-taxation, or treaty abuse, or treaty-shopping arrangements. This way, instead of long bilateral negotiations, treaties could quickly be adapted to changes.
Mr. A – That’s interesting, so now all the signatory countries would have similar treaties. Things would become so simple in cross-border trade. Isn’t it?
Mr. Smart – I wish I could say that. See, this MLI is like a holy book. Every time you read it, you get a new perspective, or a new interpretation in technical terms. It is not that all the countries subscribe to one treaty, there are multiple options to choose from.
Mr. A – Options?
 
Mr. Smart – Let me explain. Imagine a dinner party which serves a lavish buffet. Not every guest is expected to talk to or sit with everyone. Only if there is mutual consent between two or more guests may they sit together. Even when they are sitting together, not all of them are expected to eat the same food. Everyone can pick their choices and only by mutual consent can they eat the same food together.

The same is true with MLI. You have various options on the menu. Whenever a country notifies that MLI should be applied to its treaty with another country, it is only if the other country reciprocates equivocally would their treaty be read with MLI (sit together). Similarly, even when the countries have decided that the treaty position will change, they still have options to not change all clauses and selectively they can choose and pick their options (eat together the same food).

Mr. A – Ok, that sounds delicious. What kind of options the countries have in case of such transaction of shares having underlying immovable property in another country?

Mr. Smart – You really want to understand that! This will take some time.
Mr. A – I am all ears. Go on
.
Mr. Smart – So any of the two countries who are MLI signatories have two broad options to choose from. Either to be governed by Article 9(1) or by Article 9(4). While article 9(4) prescribes the period threshold at a standard 50%, Article 9(1) allows countries to decide the relevant threshold or even usage of more general terms such as ‘the principal part’, ‘the greater part’, ‘mainly’, ‘wholly’, ‘principally’, ‘primarily’, etc.

Further, Article 9(1) provides a choice for inclusion / exclusion of the comparable interest condition [vide para 6(c)], whereas Article 9(4) makes comparable interest an integral and inseparable part of it. A country can select Article 9(4) or Article 9(1), but both cannot exist at the same time as they are alternatives to each other.

The Articles read as follows:
Article 9(1)
Provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement providing that gains derived by a resident of a Contracting Jurisdiction from the alienation of shares or other rights of participation in an entity may be taxed in the other Contracting Jurisdiction provided that these shares or rights derived more than a certain part of their value from immovable property (real property) situated in that other Contracting Jurisdiction (or provided that more than a certain part of the property of the entity consists of such immovable property (real property):

a. shall apply if the relevant value threshold is met at any time during the 365 days preceding the alienation; and
b. shall apply to shares or comparable interests, such as interests in a partnership or trust (to the extent that such shares or interests are not already covered) in addition to any shares or rights already covered by the provisions.’

Article 9(4)
‘For purposes of a Covered Tax Agreement, gains derived by a resident of a Contracting Jurisdiction from the alienation of shares or comparable interests, such as interests in a partnership or trust, may be taxed in the other Contracting Jurisdiction if, at any time during the 365 days preceding the alienation these shares or comparable interests derived more than 50 per cent of their value directly or indirectly from immovable property (real property) situated in that other Contracting Jurisdiction.’

Mr. A – So only two options to choose from. That is not so complex.

 
Mr. Smart – You jumped the gun. I wish it was that simple. A country may reserve the right for provisions of the MLI to not apply to its tax treaties in their entirety or a subset of its tax treaties, i.e., it may choose not to have dinner with all or a select group of other guests. Further, once the countries have chosen to be governed by Article 9, both the countries may decide on the following options:

1. Where both countries choose to apply the 365-day period threshold coupled with value threshold at a standard 50% under Article 9(4), then in such a case the more flexible option for anti-tax avoidance tests under Article 9(1) would not apply. [Article 9(8)]

2. However, even after choosing to apply Article 9(4) as above, a country may choose not to apply Article 9(4) to treaties with certain select countries. [Article 9(6)(f)] In that case, nothing changes for treaties with these countries and the treaty reads as it was pre-MLI.

3. Where no such reservation is made as per the above option, Article 9(4) applies. However, the countries need to choose which exact provision does Article 9(4) apply to in their existing Covered Tax Agreements. [Article 9(8)] If the other country also cites the same provision, then the language of the existing provision between treaties of both countries changes as per Article 9(4).

4. In the case where the same provision is not notified by the other country, even then Article 9(4) applies – as the countries have already agreed to apply it as per point No. 1 above. But in such a case, the wording of Article 9(4) would supersede the existing provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement to the extent it is incompatible with the present text of the Agreement. Thus, for example, if the Covered Tax Agreement at present cites a period threshold of only 60 days, as both countries have accepted to apply article 9(4), but not notified the same provision, the 365-day threshold will supersede the 60-day threshold.

5. Now, consider a situation where the countries notify that they do not want to apply the more flexible options under Article 9(1) to their treaties; and have also chosen not to apply the provision as per Article 9(4) – then in such a case there will be no change at all in their treaty language due to the provisions of Article 9 of the MLI. [Article 9(6)(a)] In essence, the anti-tax avoidance tests would not be part of the treaty.

6. Even where a country has chosen to apply Article 9(1), it can make a choice of applying only one of the anti-tax avoidance mechanisms, i.e., either the time threshold test or the comparable interest condition; or both. [Para 9(6)(b) to (e)] The other country can also make a similar choice and only the matching choices will get implemented. Thus, where a country chooses to apply both mechanisms, but the other country chooses to apply only the time threshold test, then only the time threshold test gets matched.

7. To the extent the choices made in respect of either or both of the mechanisms matches between both countries, the countries next need to specify which provision under their Covered Tax Agreement stands modified. [Article 9(7)] If the provision specified by both countries does not match, then the treaty language stands unchanged. Thus, even after choices have been made as per Article 9(6), such choices would apply only if the same provisions are earmarked by both countries for applying the changes.

So, as I said earlier, it is like even if the countries decide to sit at one dinner table, they can still reserve their right to not eat certain food items from the menu.

Mr. A – Gosh! That’s one dinner party I don’t want to be invited to. That’s too much to take in one day. As many of my friends the world over have properties in India, can you send me a note on the application of Article 9 with respect to India?

Mr. Smart – Sure, will do that. Have a nice day.
Mr. A – You, too, and keep reading ‘Multi-Level Inception’ (MLI). It’s really as thrilling and confusing as any of Christopher Nolan’s movies and in the end all people may have their own different opinions!
Mr. Smart – Ha, ha! Yes, it is!

2. Article 9 in the Indian?context

As can be seen from the above write-up, Article 9 has various permutations and combinations spelt out to deal with the tax avoidance schemes it seeks to target. Their relevance with respect to Indian treaties is as under:
* India has opted to apply Article 9(4). So where other Contracting Jurisdictions have also made such a notification, Article 9(4) will apply.
* In treaties, where a provision similar to Article 9(1) is already present, India has opted for application?of Article?9(1).
* The Indian position as on 30th?March, 2021 has been tabulated for ease of reference. Please do check the updated position while applying the same in practice.?Currently, India has DTAAs with 95 countries / territories and their position post-MLI is as under:

Conditions

Countries covered

No. of countries

No change in the existing
provision of the treaty due to MLI

Countries not signatories to MLI

Bangladesh, Belarus, Bhutan, Botswana, Brazil, Ethiopia, Kyrgyz
Republic, Libya, Mongolia, Montenegro, Mozambique, Myanmar, Namibia, Nepal,
Philippines, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syrian Arab Republic, Taipei, Tajikistan,
Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkmenistan, Uganda, USA,
Uzbekistan, Vietnam, Zambia

29

Countries which have no CTA with India

China, Germany, Hong Kong, Mauritius, Oman, Switzerland

6

Where both the CJs didn’t agree upon the application of the
provision either by reservation or by notification

Albania, Austria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Finland, Georgia,
Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Jordan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia,
Norway, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, South Korea, Sweden, United Arab
Emirates, United Kingdom

22

Existing provision changed
due to MLI

Treaties where Article 9(4) is applied

Croatia, Denmark, Estonia, France, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel,
Kazakhstan, New Zealand, Poland, Portuguese Republic, Serbia, Slovak
Republic,

16

[Continued]

 

– which have similar provision to Article 13(4) – either
replaced or supersede the existing provision

Slovenia, Ukraine, Oriental Republic of Uruguay

 

Treaties where Article 9(4) is applied – which don’t have
similar provision to Article 13(4) – additional provision added

Canada, Japan, Malta, Russia, UAR (Egypt)

5

Treaties where Article 9(1) applied (both comparable interest
and testing period applied)

Australia,?Netherlands

2

Treaties where only comparable interest condition applied from
Article 9(1)

Belgium

1

Treaties whose conditions of
MLI are provisional

Not yet deposited ratified MLI instruments

Armenia, Bulgaria, Columbia, Fiji, Italy, Kenya, Kuwait,
Macedonia, Mexico, Morocco, Romania, South Africa, Spain, Turkey

14

Total

95

3. Applicability to transactions
Finally, what are the points to be taken care of by a Chartered Accountant while reviewing the application of Article 9 of the MLI to specific transactions? These are as under:

a. Review of transaction – Check whether foreign company’s shares derive value from Indian immovable property? If yes, then the transaction falls in the scope of this Article.
b. Review of respective DTAA – Check whether India’s DTAA with country of residence has various thresholds for attribution of taxation rights of such shares in India. If yes, whether the transaction meets the threshold?
c. Review of MLI – Check whether the country of residence has notified the application of Article 9. If yes, then apply the provisions as per the matching principle explained above. Synthesised text2, if available, could be used for ease of interpretation.

4. Authors’ remarks
1) A country-specific example (that of Australia) has been taken here to make the article practical and easy to understand. Specific country positions need to be understood for in-depth analysis.
2) Definition ambiguity: Immovable property is not defined by the DTAA and by MLI only additional description provided as real property; therefore, one needs to see the definition of immovable property / real property from domestic law.
3) Article 9(6) has given various combinations of reservations to the countries, thereby providing flexibility but also leading to complexity when applying the provision.
4) MLI’s position qua India indicates that most Contracting Jurisdictions have opted out of this Article, thereby choosing to stick to the existing position.
5) A Chartered Accountant while issuing a certificate u/s 195 on the payment made by a buyer, needs to consider the Act, DTAA and MLI in combination before considering the final tax liability.

CONCLUSION

As can be seen from the above, applying a simple anti-tax avoidance measure like Article 9 of the MLI becomes complex when it is sought to be made at one go through the MLI. A professional applying the provisions must bear in mind the intricacies and read the treaty correctly before going ahead with a transaction which involves Article 9 of the MLI.

______________________________________________________________
2 https://incometaxindia.gov.in/Pages/international-taxation/dtaa.aspx – select
DTAA Type as Synthesised text

Article 12 of the India-Germany DTAA – Assessee was not liable to tax on royalty accrued but not received since it was chargeable to tax under DTAA on receipt basis

5 Faber Castell Aktiengesellschaft Numberger vs. ACIT [TS-1112-ITAT-2021 (Del)] ITA No.: 7619/Del/2017 A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 9th December, 2021

Article 12 of the India-Germany DTAA – Assessee was not liable to tax on royalty accrued but not received since it was chargeable to tax under DTAA on receipt basis

FACTS

The assessee (FC Germany) had entered into an agreement with FC India for use of the trademark owned by the assessee for marketing and sale of products procured by FC India for sale within India. In its return of income, FC Germany offered to tax the consideration received under the agreement as royalty and had further offered certain interest income.

 

The assessee followed the cash method of accounting. In the course of the assessment proceedings for F.Y. 2014-15, it explained that it had not received royalty and it had inadvertently included the same in its tax return. The assessee further explained that since FC India was facing a liquidity crisis it was unable to make royalty payment. Hence, the assessee had entered into a termination agreement with FC India pursuant to which the liability for payment of royalty from F.Y. 2011-12 to 2015-16 was waived. In support of its contention, the assessee submitted a no-objection certificate dated 26th October, 2016 issued by the RBI. The A.O. held that the royalty agreement could not be terminated on a back date as FC India had already used the brand and, hence, income had accrued to FC Germany.On appeal, the CIT(A) upheld order of the A.O.Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the ITAT.

 

HELD

It was noted that the assessee had waived royalty payment since FC India was facing liquidity crisis. And it could not be said that the waiver agreement was an arrangement of convenience as it was backed by a no objection certificate issued by the RBI.

 

Articles 12(1) and 12(3) require royalty to be received by the non-resident. Factually, even prior to the waiver of royalty, neither FC India had paid royalty nor had the assessee received royalty.

 

In support of its contention, the assessee relied on several decisions1 in which the judicial authorities have held that under the DTAA royalty is chargeable to tax in the hands of the non-resident on receipt basis.

 

Hence, royalty payable by FC India (but not paid) to the assessee was not taxable in India.   

 

 

Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA – Consideration received for grant of access to database (without right of reproduction or adaptation of data) is not in nature of royalty under Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA

4 Dow Jones & Company Inc. vs. ACIT [TS-1114-ITAT-2021 (Del)] ITA No: 7364/Del/2018 A.Y.: 2015-16; Date of order: 14th December, 2021

Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA – Consideration received for grant of access to database (without right of reproduction or adaptation of data) is not in nature of royalty under Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA

FACTS
The assessee was a tax resident of the USA engaged in the business of providing information products and services comprising global business and financial news to organisations worldwide. It had appointed ‘D’, an Indian company, for distributing its products in India. During the relevant A.Y., the assessee had received subscription fee from ‘D’ for granting access of database to customers of ‘D’ in India. The A.O. taxed the receipt as royalty under the Act as also the India-USA DTAA. This addition was confirmed by the DRP.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before ITAT.

HELD
Payments that allow a payer to use / acquire a right to use a copyright in a literary, artistic or scientific work are covered within the definition of royalty.Payments made for acquiring the right to use the product itself, without allowing any right to use the copyright in the product, are not covered within the scope of royalty.In this case, all rights, title and interest in licensed software continued to remain the exclusive property of the assessee. ‘D’ had no authority to reproduce the data in any material form, or to make any translation of data, or to make any adaptation of the data.

Further, even the end-user could not be said to have acquired any copyright or right to use the copyright in the data. Accordingly, payments made by ‘D’ for merely accessing the database were not in the nature of payments for use of copyright as contemplated in Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA.

Articles 22 and 23 of the India-UAE DTAA – On facts, unexplained investment taxed under sections 68 and 69 was not in nature of ‘Other Income’ contemplated under Article 22 and hence was not taxable in India – Article 23 deals with taxation of capital, whereas issue under consideration pertains to unexplained investment in immovable property and hence is not taxable in India

3 ITO vs. Rajeev Suresh Ghai [(2021)] 132 taxmann.com 234 (Mum-Trib)] ITA No: 6920/Mum/2019 A.Y.: 2010-11; Date of order: 23rd November, 2021

Articles 22 and 23 of the India-UAE DTAA – On facts, unexplained investment taxed under sections 68 and 69 was not in nature of ‘Other Income’ contemplated under Article 22 and hence was not taxable in India – Article 23 deals with taxation of capital, whereas issue under consideration pertains to unexplained investment in immovable property and hence is not taxable in India

FACTS
The assessee was a non-resident Indian settled in the UAE for three decades. He invested a certain amount to purchase a residential flat from AB. In the course of search and seizure operations carried out by the investigation wing of the Income-Tax Department on AB, it found certain data. Relying on this data, the A.O. concluded that the assessee had paid cash amounts of Rs. 2.5 crores to AB. He treated the said amount as an ‘unexplained investment’ u/s 69. The A.O. further noted that a sum of Rs. 4.47 lakhs was probably interest on loan and brought it to tax as such u/s 68.On appeal the CIT(A) deleted the addition on the ground that income taxed under sections 68 and 69 falls under Article 22 – ‘Other Income’ of the India-UAE DTAA – which is not taxable in India.The aggrieved Revenue appealed before the ITAT.

HELD
Article 22 of the India-UAE DTAA – Other income
* Unexplained investments were in the nature of application of income and not income per se. Hence, they could not be taxed in India under Article 22(1) of the India-UAE DTAA.
* Article 22(2) provides for taxation of income arising from immovable property. The issue under consideration was not about income from immovable property, but income said to have been invested in immovable property.Article 23 of the India-UAE DTAA – Capital
* Article 23(1) deals with taxation of capital represented by immovable property. It deals with taxation of capital but does not provide for taxation of unexplained investment in immovable property.

Interest income
* There was no evidence of interest income as even the finding of the A.O. states that the related entry ‘probably’ refers to interest.

MLI SERIES -ARTICLE 10 – ANTI-ABUSE RULE FOR PEs SITUATED IN THIRD JURISDICTIONS (Part 2)

In the first part of this article (BCAJ, December, 2021), the authors covered the background for the introduction of this anti-avoidance rule, its broad structure, some of the issues arising in interpretation of the said rule and the interplay of this rule with the other articles of the MLI and other anti-avoidance measures. In this second part, they analyse some practical challenges arising on account of the difference in the tax rates of the jurisdictions involved and the impact of the anti-avoidance rule on India. This part shall also cover the difference between Article 10 of the MLI and the BEPS Action Plan 6 Report on the basis of which the rule was incorporated in the MLI and Article 29 of the OECD Model

1. DIFFERENCE IN LANGUAGE IN BEPS ACTION 6 AND MLI
As mentioned in the first part of this article, there are certain differences between the suggested language in the final report of the BEPS Action Plan 6 and that in Article 10 of the MLI.

The first major difference is in respect of the implication of the application of the Article. In case Article 10 of the MLI applies, the Source State (State S) shall not be restricted by the DTAA and can tax the said income as per the domestic tax law. The draft language in the BEPS Action Report provided that in case the anti-abuse provisions apply, the Source State (State S) can tax income other than dividends, interest or royalties under the domestic tax law. In respect of the specified income, i.e., dividends, interest or royalties, the tax to be charged by the Source State would be restricted to a rate to be determined.

The other difference is in respect of the exemption from application of the anti-abuse rule. This difference is further explained in para 4 of this article.

Another difference between the BEPS Action Plan 6 report and Article 10 of the MLI is in respect of the conditions for triggering of the rule. Article 10 of the MLI applies if the income is exempt in State R and the tax rate in State PE is lower than 60% of the tax rate in State R. The BEPS Report had provided another optional language which can be used, wherein State S can deny the benefits in the treaty if the tax rate in State PE is lower than 60% of the tax rate in State R. In other words, under this optional language the condition that the income should be exempt in State R was not required to be triggered to apply the rule. Similar language has also been provided in the OECD Model Commentary as an optional language that countries can bilaterally negotiate.

While Article 29 of the OECD Model is largely similar to Article 10 of the MLI, there are two significant differences. The first one is discussed in the above paragraph. Another difference is in respect of the 60% threshold. The OECD Model provides that if the tax rate in State PE is less than 60% of the tax rate in State R, the rule would not apply if the tax rate in State PE is higher than a rate which is to be bilaterally agreed.

2. ISSUES ARISING ON ACCOUNT OF DIFFERENCE IN TAX RATES IN STATE PE AND STATE R
Article 10(1) of the MLI provides that in certain circumstances, benefit of the S-R DTAA shall not be available to any item of income on which the tax in State PE is less than 60% of the tax that would be imposed in the State R on that item of income if that PE were situated in State R.

Therefore, the article requires one to first hypothesise a PE of the taxpayer (A Co) in State R and if the rate of tax in State PE on that item of income is less than 60% of the tax on the same item of income in State R, then the benefit of the R-S DTAA shall not be available in State S.

Hypothesising a PE of the taxpayer in State R can result in various issues, some of which are discussed below.

2.1 Which tax rate is to be considered?
This issue is explained by way of an example. Let us assume gross income of 100, expenses of 80 and the tax rate in State R is 30%, the general corporate tax rate on PE in State PE is 20% but due to certain incentives provided by State PE, the tax on income from financing activities is 10%. In such a scenario, the question is should one compare the 30% rate in State R with 20% in State PE or with the actual tax rate of 10% in State PE? If one takes a view that the headline tax rate is to be considered, Article 10 of the MLI may not have an impact as the tax rate in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of the tax rate in State R (30%).

However, in the view of the authors, as Article 10(1) of the MLI refers to tax on an ‘item of income’, one would need to look at the effective tax rate of 10% in this case in State PE and compare the same with that in State R. This view is keeping in mind the objective of the provisions that the State S should not give up its right of taxation to the State R unless the income is taxed by the PE State at a minimum of 60% of the tax which would have been levied in the State R.

A similar view has also been provided in para 166 of the OECD Commentary on Article 29 wherein the mechanism provides that one should compare the ratio of the tax applicable to the net profit of the PE in both states – State PE as well as State R.

2.2 What would be the case if there is a loss in the State PE?
Another issue which arises is what would be the case if there is a loss in a particular year in the State PE. Let us assume the following facts:

Particulars

Year
1

Year
2

Gross income of the PE

100

100

Deductible expenses

120

90

Net taxable income of PE (before set-off of loss)

(20)

30

Tax rate in State PE

20%

Tax rate in State R

30%

In the above case, in Year 1, the tax paid in State PE is Nil on account of the loss. Assuming that the mode of claiming deduction, etc., and the amount of deduction in State R is similar to that in State PE (refer para 3.3.4 for issues arising on account of difference in the mode of computation in both the jurisdictions), no income is taxed in State R and therefore one may be able to argue that in Year 1 Article 10 of the MLI is not triggered as the rate of tax in State PE is more than 60% of the rate of tax in State R on the same item of income.

Now, in Year 2 in State PE the tax payable would be 2 (20% of 10) as one would reduce the loss brought forward from Year 1 while computing the income of Year 2. This would be possible even in the absence of a specific provision in the domestic tax law of State PE on account of Article 24 of the State R-State PE DTAA, dealing with Non-Discrimination, which provides that a PE in a jurisdiction should be taxed in the same manner as a resident of the said jurisdiction1. Now, in State R, assuming that the taxpayer has other income as well, no set-off of loss would be possible as the income of a resident is taxed on a net basis (i.e., by aggregating the income of any PE in that State as well as the head office in that State) and, therefore, there is no loss brought forward. In such a case, the tax paid in State R in Year 2 would be 9 (30% of 30) and as the tax paid in State PE is less than 60% of the tax paid in State R, Article 10 of MLI could trigger even though the tax rate on the item of income in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of the tax rate on the said item of income in State R (30%).

However, in the said fact pattern, in the view of the authors, Article 10 of the MLI should not trigger as the difference is only on account of the losses incurred in State PE and due to the fact that other income earned in State R is used to set-off the loss of the PE in Year 1, resulting in no carry forward of the loss.

Alternatively, a better view of the matter would be to hypothesise the PE as a separate entity in State R and then compare the tax payable in State R and State PE. This view is in line with the objective of the provisions, which is to deny treaty benefits if the tax rate in State PE is less than 60% of the tax rate in State R on that item of income.

___________________________________________________________________
1 Refer para 40(c) of the OECD Commentary on Article 24

2.3 Whether tax credit in State PE or State R of taxes paid in State S to be considered?
The question arises whether one should compare the taxes in State R and State PE or should one ignore the tax credit for such comparison. Let us consider the following illustration:

Particulars

Amount

Gross amount

100

Expenses deductible

80

Net profit attributable to PE

20

Tax rate in State PE

20%

Tax rate in State R

30%

Tax rate as per State S-State PE DTAA

10%

Tax rate as per State S-State R DTAA

10%

In the above illustration, if one does not consider the tax credit, the tax rate in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of the tax rate in State R (30%) and therefore Article 10 of the MLI should not be triggered. However, assuming that State PE applies the Non-Discrimination article as mentioned in the first part of this article, and grants credit for the taxes paid in State S, the actual tax paid in State PE would be 2.

Further, while State R would actually not provide any tax credit (as it follows the exemption method), when one hypothesises a PE in State R, tax credit for taxes paid under the R-S DTAA would also be considered. In such a scenario, the hypothetical tax payable in State R after tax credit would be 4 and if one now compares the taxes in State PE (2) with that of State R (4), Article 10 of the MLI could be triggered.

However, in the view of the authors, given the objective of the provisions, the comparison should be in respect of the taxes before the tax credit as one is trying to evaluate if the tax in State PE is substantially lower than the tax in State R. One may also draw a similar conclusion from para 166 of the OECD Commentary on Article 29 which refers to ‘tax that applies’ to the relevant item of income and not tax paid.

2.4 Issue relating to difference in the mode of computation of income in State R vs. in State PE
Given that each country has a different set of rules for computing income, there may be a difference in the tax applicable on an item of income on account of the difference in the mode of computation in these jurisdictions.

Let us first take an illustration wherein the income is taxed on a net basis in State PE, but on gross basis in State R. This could be possible, say in the case of dividend received from a foreign company and taxed on gross basis akin to section 115BBD of the Act. The facts of the illustration are as follows:

Particulars

Amount

Gross amount

100

Expenses deductible

80

Net profit attributable to PE

20

Tax rate in State PE

20%

Tax rate in State R

10% on gross income

In the above illustration, the tax payable in State PE would be 4 (20% of 20). On the other hand, if one hypothesises a PE in State R, given that State R taxes the income on gross basis (irrespective of whether the resident has a PE in the Residence State or not), the hypothetical tax payable in State R would be 10 (10% of 100).

In such a scenario, even though the headline tax rate in State PE is in fact higher than the tax rate in State R, given that State PE taxes the PE on a net basis whereas State R taxes the income on gross basis, Article 10 of the MLI could be triggered as the tax applicable on the item of income in State PE (4) is less than that applicable in State R (10).

Another issue arises where the amount of deduction allowable is different in both the jurisdictions. Let us take an illustration wherein the facts are as follows:

Particulars

Amount
in State PE

Amount
in State R

Gross amount

100

100

Expenses deductible

80

60

Net profit attributable to PE

20

40

Tax rate

20%

30%

In the above illustration, the tax payable in State PE is 4 (20% of 20) whereas the tax payable in State R if the PE was in State R is 12 (30% of 40). Therefore, even though the headline tax rate in State PE (20%) is more than 60% of that in State R (30%), Article 10 of the MLI would trigger as one needs to compare the tax applicable on an item of income in accordance with the provisions applicable in the respective jurisdictions.

This is also in line with the objective of the provisions.

3. PARA 2 OF ARTICLE 10 OF MLI – WHAT IS CONSIDERED AS ACTIVE CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
Para 2 of Article 10 of the MLI provides that the anti-abuse provisions of Article 10 of the MLI shall not apply if the income is derived in connection with or is incidental to the active conduct of a business carried out through the PE. The exception to the exemption is the business of making, managing or simply holding investments for the enterprise’s own account. However, if the business of making, managing or holding investments represents banking, insurance or securities activities carried on by a bank, insurance enterprise or registered securities dealer, respectively, it would be covered under the exemption from the application of the anti-abuse rules.

Paras 167, 74, 75 and 76 of OECD Commentary on Article 29 provide some guidance on what would be considered as income derived in connection with or incidental to the active conduct of business. The Commentary provides that whether an item of income is derived in connection with active business it must be determined on the basis of the facts and circumstances of the case.

Let us look at the following examples to understand whether income in the form of dividend, interest or royalty can be considered as derived in connection with the active conduct of business of the PE:
a. A Co, resident of State R, is in the business of trading securities through its office situated in State PE. As a part of the trading activity, it invests in shares of B Co, a company resident of State S, which pays dividends to A Co. Such dividends may be considered as income derived in connection with the active conduct of business by the PE of A Co in State PE and therefore the anti-abuse provisions in Article 10 would not apply.
b. Similar to the facts above except that instead of investing in shares, A Co invests in debt securities of B Co and trades in such debt securities… In such a scenario, interest earned by A Co may be considered as income derived in connection with the active conduct of the business by the PE of A Co.
c. A Co, a resident of State R, sets up a research and development centre in State PE. It licences the intangible arising out of such R&D to B Co, a company resident of State S, which pays royalty to A Co. Such royalty would be considered as income derived in connection with the active conduct of business by the PE of A Co in State PE.

The draft language in the final BEPS Action Plan 6 report also specifically exempted from the application of the anti-abuse provisions, royalties received as compensation for the use of, or the right to use, intangible property produced or developed by the enterprise through the PE. However, given that such an activity would in any case constitute an active conduct of business by the PE, such language is not provided in the final provisions in the MLI.

4. PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF MLI ARTICLE 10 FOR INDIA TREATIES
4.1 Treaties impacted
The Table below highlights the countries and their position with India in relation to applicability of Article 102:

Sr.
No.

Respective
countries

Particulars

Impact

1

1. Australia

2. Belgium

3. Bulgaria

4. Canada

5. Colombia

6. Croatia

7. Cyprus

8. Czech Republic

9. Egypt

10. Estonia

11. Finland

12. France

13. Georgia

14. Greece

15. Hungary

16. Iceland

17. Indonesia

18. Ireland

19. Italy

20. Jordan

21. Korea

22. Kuwait

23. Latvia

24. Lithuania

25. Luxembourg

26. Malaysia

27. Malta

28. Morocco

29. Norway

30. Poland

31. Portugal

32. Qatar

33. Saudi Arabia

34. Serbia

35. Singapore

36. South Africa

37. Sweden

38. Turkey

39. United Arab Emirates

40. United Kingdom

41. North Macedonia

India has not reserved rights for
Article 10 of MLI.

Other CJs have reserved the rights
for non-applicability of the provisions of Article 10 under paragraph 5(a)

Thus, Article 10 will not be
applicable in entirety

No change in the existing treaty

2

1. Andorra

2. Argentina

3. Bahrain

4. Barbados

11. Costa Rica

12. Côte d’Ivoire

13. Curaçao

14. Gabon

21. Nigeria

22. Pakistan

23. Panama

 

 

Not notified as CTA by both the CJs

MLI not applicable

2

(continued)

 

5. Belize

6. Bosnia and Herzegovina

7. Burkina Faso

8. Cameroon

9. China

10. Chile

(continued)

 

15. Guernsey

16. Isle of Man

17. Jamaica

18. Jersey

19. Liechtenstein

20. Monaco

 

(continued)

 

24. Papua New Guinea

25. Peru

26. San Marino

27. Senegal

28. Seychelles

29. Tunisia

 

 

 

3

1. Germany

2. Hong Kong

3. Mauritius

4. Oman

5. Switzerland

 

 

 

Not notified as CTA by other CJs

(Other CJ has not notified
its DTAA with India as CTA. Thus, MLI will not be applicable)

MLI not applicable

4

1. Bangladesh

2. Belarus

3. Bhutan

4. Botswana

5. Brazil

6. Ethiopia

7. Kyrgyz Republic

8. Libya

9. Macedonia

10. Mongolia

11. Montenegro

12. Mozambique

13. Myanmar

14. Namibia

15. Nepal

16. Philippines

17. Sri Lanka

18. Sudan

19. Syria

20. Tajikistan

21. Tanzania

22. Thailand

23. Trinidad & Tobago

24. Turkmenistan

25. Uganda

26. USA

27. Uzbekistan

28. Vietnam

29. Zambia

 

MLI not signed by other CJs

MLI not applicable

5

Iran

 

 

 

Not signed or notified as CTA by
India

MLI not applicable

6

1. Albania

2. Armenia

3. Austria

4. Denmark

5. Fiji

6. Japan

7. Kazakhstan

8. Kenya

9. Mexico

10. Netherlands

11. New Zealand

12. Romania

13. Russian Federation (Russia)

14. Slovak Republic

15. Slovenia

16. Spain

17. Ukraine

18. Uruguay

19. Israel

20. Namibia

 

 

Neither of the CJs have reserved right for non-applicability and
no date has been notified

MLI provisions applicable

Will supersede the existing provisions to the extent of
incompatibility

 

_________________________________________________________________
2 These details are updated as on September, 2021

4.2 India as a country of source
Article 10 of the MLI gives the Source State an unhindered right of taxing the income if certain conditions are triggered. As the Source State is denying the benefits of the DTAA, it is important to evaluate from a payer perspective whether the particular provision of the DTAA shall apply in the Source State or not.

Unlike the other TDS provisions in the Act, in most cases section 195 of the Act, in theory, results in the finality of the tax being paid to the Government in the case of payment to a non-resident.

Therefore, the Act places a significant onerous responsibility on the payer to ensure that the due tax is duly deducted u/s 195 of the Act in the case of payments to a non-resident. Keeping this in mind, it is therefore necessary for the payer to evaluate the application of Article 10 of the MLI before granting treaty benefits at the time of deduction of tax u/s 195 of the Act.

Generally, in the background of the application of MLI, a conservative view is to always approach the tax authorities u/s 195(2) or u/s 197 before making any payment. However, from a practical perspective, the same may not be feasible given the timelines for obtaining such a certificate.

On the other hand, while Article 10 of the MLI provides objective tests and does not contain subjective tests such as the Principal Purpose Test, there are certain practical challenges for a payer to apply these objective tests. The payer of the income is expected to analyse the following:
a. Whether the recipient has a PE in a third State;
b. Whether the amount paid by the payer is effectively connected to such PE in the third State;
c. Whether the Residence State exempts such profits of the PE;
d. Whether the tax rate in the third State of PE is less than 60% of the tax rate of the Residence State if such PE were situated in the Residence State.

The above questions would require the payer of income to interpret the tax laws of the third State in which the PE is constituted as well as the Residence State, which may not be possible. It may not be possible for the local consultant to interpret such foreign laws as well.

Therefore, it may be advisable for the payer to obtain a suitable declaration from the recipient while making such payment.

4.3 India as a country having PE
Prior to introduction of the MLI, Article 5 of the DTAA was referred to in order to establish the PE status. However, post introduction of the MLI, the PE status is governed by Articles 12 to 15 which are regarding PE status based on Action 7 of Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS).

Articles from 12 to 15 are not minimum standards. Thus, each country has an opportunity to reserve or notify applicability of these standards. The provisions of the above mentioned Articles widens the scope of PE as compared to that of the DTAA.

However, India has notified the provisions of Articles 12 to 15. Thus, in cases where the other country’s notification matches with India and India is a third state having PE, one will have to check the DTAA after giving effect to Articles 12 to 15 of the MLI.

However, Indian tax rates are very high, discouraging a potential abuse using India as a third state (State PE). Consequently, Article 10 is likely to have minimal applicability with India as a third state (State PE).

It is important to note that Article 10 does not, in any way, affect India’s right to tax the income attributable to the PE of the non-resident in India in accordance with the relevant DTAA.

4.4 India as a country of residence
As per the existing provisions of the DTAA, India has been following the credit method and not the exemption method. Further, India has reserved its rights regarding the applicability of Article 5 (Application of Methods for Elimination of Double Taxation) of the MLI.

Thus, in cases where India is a Resident State, paragraph 1 of Article 10 may not be of much relevance as India does not follow the exemption method.

5. CONCLUSION
Anti-abuse rules are necessary to prevent abuse of tax treaty provisions. However, when there are multiple anti-abuse rules under the Act as well as treaty, cohesive, coordinated and appropriate application of these anti-abuse rules becomes very necessary to avoid any uncertainty or hardships to the taxpayer. Rational interpretation of these anti-abuse provisions has become of utmost importance so that genuine business structures are not affected and stuck with litigations.

From a payer’s perspective, Article 10 of the MLI can have serious consequences. Further, as highlighted in the earlier paras, there are practical challenges a payer might face while evaluating the application of this Article, particularly as one would need to interpret the tax laws and treaties of other jurisdictions which may not always be possible. A practitioner who is certifying the remittances in Form 15CB may also need to evaluate the impact and, at the very least should seek a suitable declaration from the recipient of the income.

SAFE HARBOUR RULES – AN OVERVIEW (Part 1)

Over the years, Safe Harbour Rules in the context of Transfer Pricing have assumed significance. In this two-part article, we deal with Safe Harbour Rules under Transfer Pricing Regulations In Part 1 of this article, we focus on giving an overview of the Safe Harbour Rules, including background, objective and various other important aspects relating to them

1. BACKGROUND
Determination of Arm’s Length Price [ALP] is often time-consuming, burdensome and costly if an Associated Enterprise [AE] provides a range of intra-group services. It may impose a heavy administrative burden on taxpayers and tax administrations that can be intensified by both complex rules and resulting compliance requirements in respect of Transfer Pricing [TP]. Further, in recent times we have seen a substantial increase in litigation on transfer pricing issues, especially in developing countries like India. This has led to consideration of Safe Harbour(s) [SH] in the services sector like KPO services, Contract R&D services, ITES, certain low value-adding services, etc., along with the manufacture and export of core and non-core auto components (which is not a service) in the TP arena to provide certainty for the taxpayers and tax administrators. As per the amended Indian SH rules, low value-adding intra-group services have also been added in the eligible international transactions. SH rules have generally been applied to smaller taxpayers and / or less complex transactions. They are generally evaluated favourably by both tax administrations and taxpayers, which indicates that the benefits of SH outweigh the related concerns when such rules are carefully targeted and prescribed and when efforts are made to avoid the problems that could arise from poorly designed SH regimes.

A substantial number of cases in litigation on transfer pricing issues in India are in respect of selection of comparables while determining the ALP. An SH may significantly ease the compliance burden, reduce compliance costs for eligible taxpayers in determining and documenting appropriate conditions for qualifying controlled transactions and eliminating the need to undertake benchmarking exercises and selection of comparables which may be questioned by the tax authorities. It will also provide certainty to the taxpayers by ensuring that the price charged or paid on qualifying transactions will be accepted by the tax administrations with a limited audit or even without an audit, increase the level of compliance by small taxpayers and enable the tax authorities to use their resources to concentrate on TP review in which the tax revenue at stake is more significant.

2. OBJECTIVES OF SAFE HARBOUR
The importance of SH in TP has increased because of the following reasons:
a) Globalisation of markets and firms,
b) Development of powerful IT and efficient communication systems leading to increasing amounts of intercompany transactions,
c) Tax disputes on account of Base Erosion and Profit Shifting,
d) Complex regulatory compliances,
e) Documentation requirements, complexity in application, deadlines, stringent penalties in case of non-compliance, burden of audit and various other factors to be taken care of by the taxpayer,
f) Resource constraints of tax authorities and assessment of risk by them in order to focus their limited resources on large and significant cases.

SH has been introduced with the objective of assisting the tax authorities as well as reducing the compliance burden on the taxpayers. It has also been designed to reduce the amount of litigations in cases where there is a difference of opinion between the tax authorities and the taxpayers and also to provide certainty.

3. SAFE HARBOURS AS PER OECD TP GUIDELINES
As per the OECD, SH are expected to be most appropriate when they are directed at taxpayers and / or transactions which involve low TP risks and when they are adopted on a bilateral or multilateral basis, as against unilateral SH which may have a negative impact on the tax revenues of the country implementing them, as well as on the tax revenues of the countries whose AEs engage in controlled transactions with taxpayers electing a SH. A bilateral or multilateral SH would involve multiple countries agreeing on a fixed set of SH, thereby enabling the taxpayer to select and implement the SH without undertaking a risk of transfer pricing adjustment in all such jurisdictions.

Some of the difficulties that arise in applying the ALP may be avoided by providing circumstances in which eligible taxpayers may elect to follow a simple set of prescribed TP rules in connection with clearly and carefully defined transactions, or may be exempted from the application of the general TP rules. In the former case, prices established under such rules would be automatically accepted by the tax administrations that have expressly adopted such rules. These elective provisions are often referred to as ‘safe harbours’.

4. DEFINITION AND CONCEPT OF SAFE HARBOUR
4.1 OECD TP Guidelines
As per OECD TP Guidelines 2017, an SH in a TP regime is a provision that applies to a defined category of taxpayers or transactions and that relieves eligible taxpayers from certain obligations which are otherwise imposed by a country’s general TP rules. An SH provides simpler obligations in place of those under the general TP regime. Often, eligible taxpayers complying with the SH provisions will be relieved from burdensome compliance obligations, including some or all associated TP documentation requirements.

Such a provision could, for example, allow taxpayers to establish transfer prices in a specific way, e.g., by applying a simplified TP approach provided by the tax administration. Alternatively, an SH could exempt a defined category of taxpayers or transactions from the application of all or part of the general TP rules.

4.2 UN TP Manual
The UN TP manual defines SH as follows:
‘A provision in the tax laws, regulations or guidelines stating that transactions falling within a certain range will be accepted by the tax authorities without further investigation.’

As per the UN TP Manual, a practical alternative for a tax authority is to provide taxpayers with the option of using an SH for certain low value-adding services, provided it results in an outcome that broadly complies with the ALP. The SH may be based on acceptable mark-up rates for services. Several countries provide an SH option for certain services.

4.3 Toolkit for addressing difficulties in accessing comparables data for Transfer Pricing analyses [Toolkit]
The Toolkit prepared in 2017 in the framework of the Platform for Collaboration on Tax under the responsibility of the Secretariats and staff of the four mandated organisations, namely, International Monetary Fund, OECD, United Nations and World Bank Group, explains SH as follows:

‘An SH in a TP regime is a simplification measure through a provision that applies to a defined category of taxpayers or transactions and that relieves eligible taxpayers from certain obligations otherwise imposed by a country’s general TP rules. One of the merits of a well-framed SH is that it can reduce the need to find data on comparables and to perform a benchmarking study in every case.’

An SH may refer to two types of provisions:
‘Safe Harbour for TP’ – A mechanism to allow a tax administration to specify an appropriate TP method and an associated level or range of financial indicators that it considers to fulfil the requirements of the TP rules. Such an SH is applicable only in respect of a defined category of transactions.
‘TP Safe Harbour on process’ – The specification by a tax administration of a process that, when applied in respect of a defined category of transactions, is considered to produce a result that fulfils the requirements of the TP rules.

Both types of SH provide potential benefits to the tax administration and to taxpayers. In practice, SH may be appropriate in respect of a wide range of transactions, including:
* Manufacturing, especially in cases where the manufacturer does not have a right to valuable intangibles and does not assume significant risk. This is likely to include manufacturers that are in substance toll manufacturers or contract manufacturers;
* Sales and distribution entities, including sales agents, again in cases where the function does not exploit valuable intangibles or assume significant risk;
* Provision of services that do not involve the exploitation of valuable intangibles or the assumption of significant risk.

5. BENEFITS OF SAFE HARBOUR
5.1 Compliance relief
Application of the ALP may require collection and analysis of data that may be difficult or costly to obtain and / or evaluate. In certain cases, such compliance burdens may be disproportionate to the size of the taxpayer, its functions performed, and the TP risks inherent in its controlled transactions. A properly designed SH may significantly ease compliance burdens by eliminating data collection and associated documentation requirements in exchange for the taxpayer pricing qualifying transactions within the parameters set by the SH. Especially in areas where TP risks are small, and the burden of compliance and documentation is disproportionate to the TP exposure, such a trade-off may be mutually advantageous to both taxpayers and tax administrations.

5.2 Certainty
Another advantage of an SH is the certainty that the taxpayer’s transfer prices will be accepted by the tax administration, provided they have met the eligibility conditions of, and complied with, the SH provisions. The tax administration would accept, with limited or no scrutiny, transfer prices within the SH parameters. Taxpayers could be provided with relevant parameters which would provide a transfer price deemed appropriate by the tax administration for the qualifying transaction.

5.3 Administrative simplicity
An SH would result in a degree of administrative simplicity for the tax administration. Once eligibility for the SH has been established, qualifying taxpayers would require minimal examination with respect to the transfer prices of controlled transactions qualifying for the SH. This would enable tax administrations to secure tax revenues in low-risk situations with a limited commitment of administrative resources and to concentrate their efforts on the examination of more complex or higher risk transactions and taxpayers. An SH may also increase the level of compliance among small taxpayers that may otherwise believe their TP practices will escape scrutiny.

6. ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES
The availability of SH for a given category of taxpayers or transactions may have adverse consequences such as:
6.1 Divergence from the Arm’s Length Principle
Where an SH provides a simplified TP approach, it may not correspond in all cases with the Most Appropriate Method [MAM] applicable to the facts and circumstances of the taxpayer under the general TP provisions. SH involves a trade-off between strict compliance with the ALP and administrability. They are not customised to fit exactly the varying facts and circumstances of individual taxpayers and transactions. Any potential disadvantages to taxpayers diverging from ALP by electing SH are avoided when taxpayers have the option to either elect the SH or price transactions in accordance with the ALP. With such an approach, taxpayers that believe the SH would require them to report an amount of income that exceeds the ALP could apply the general TP rules. While such an approach can limit the divergence from ALP under an SH regime, it would also limit the administrative benefits of the SH to the tax administration.

The question of whether to opt for SH regime would actually depend on the scale of operations vis-à-vis the resultant tax impact.

Example
In the case of two assessees A & B who are engaged in the provision of Contract R&D relating to software development (where the SH Rules provide that the operating profit margin declared in relation to operating expense should not be less than 24%), the decision to opt for the SH regime may have to be considered based on the following:

Amount in crores

Sr. No.

Particulars

A

B

1.

Operating Revenue

Rs. 50

Rs. 190

2.

Operating Expense

Rs. 42

Rs. 160

3.

Operating Profit

Rs. 8

Rs. 30

4.

Operating Profit margin (3 ÷ 2)

19.05%

18.75%

5.

SH margin required

24%

24%

6.

Operating profit as per SH Rules (5 x 2)

10.08

38.40

7.

Assumed margin likely to be approved by the ITAT

22%

22%

8.

Operating profit as per assumed margin (7 x 2)

9.24

35.20

9.

Incremental cost for opting SH (6 – 8)

0.84

3.20

As we can observe from the above example, assessee A might consider opting for operating profit margin of 24% as provided in the SH Rules since the incremental cost which he might bear in India for opting for SH in exchange of having peace and certainty in a scenario where he could have got a resolution from the ITAT at, say, 22% of operating expenses, may not be quite large, being Rs. 0.84 crore approximately

However, for assessee B the situation may not warrant opting for the SH regime as the incremental costs based on the same assumptions as mentioned above could be quite significant over the years. It is, therefore, unlikely that the large captive payers would opt for such SH Rules.

Further, as the scale of operation increases and in cases where the data of comparable transactions is easily available, the determination of ALP would not be difficult, thus making the SH option less lucrative in such cases.

6.2 Risk of double taxation, double non-taxation and mutual agreement concerns
One major concern raised by an SH is that it may increase the risk of double taxation. If a tax administration sets SH parameters at levels either above or below ALP in order to increase reported profits in its country, it may induce taxpayers to modify the prices that they would otherwise have charged or paid to controlled parties in order to avoid TP scrutiny in the SH country. The concern of possible overstatement of taxable income in the country providing the SH is greater where that country imposes significant penalties for understatement of tax or failure to meet documentation requirements, with the result that there may be added incentives to ensure that the TP is accepted in that country without further review.

If the SH causes taxpayers to report income above arm’s length levels, it would work to the benefit of the tax administration providing the SH, as more taxable income would be reported by such domestic taxpayers. On the other hand, the SH may lead to less taxable income being reported in the tax jurisdiction of the foreign AE that is the other party to the transaction. The other tax administrations may then challenge prices derived from the application of an SH, with the result that the taxpayer would face the prospect of double taxation. Accordingly, any administrative benefits gained by the tax administration of the SH country would potentially be obtained at the expense of other countries, which in order to protect their own tax base would have to determine systematically whether the prices or results permitted under the SH are consistent with what would be obtained by the application of their own TP rules.

For example, let us consider Assessee A engaged in the provision of Contract R&D relating to software development to its AE in the US, where the SH provides that the operating profit margin declared in relation to operating expense should not be less than 24%. If the US considers 20% to be an appropriate ALP for payment by the US entity to Assessee A and if Assessee A opts for SH and offers a margin of 24%, such margin may not be accepted by the tax authorities in the US and may result in litigation there.

Where SH are adopted unilaterally, care should be taken in setting SH parameters to avoid double taxation, and the country adopting the SH should generally be prepared to consider modification of the SH outcome in individual cases under mutual agreement procedures to mitigate the risk of double taxation. Obviously, if an SH is not elective and if the country in question refuses to consider double tax relief, the risk of double taxation arising from the SH would be unacceptably high and inconsistent with the double tax relief provisions of treaties.

6.3 Possibility of opening avenues for tax planning
SH may also provide taxpayers with tax planning opportunities. Enterprises may have an incentive to modify their transfer prices in order to shift taxable income to other jurisdictions. This may also possibly induce tax avoidance, to the extent that artificial arrangements are entered into for the purpose of exploiting the SH provisions. For instance, if SH apply to ‘simple’ or ‘small’ transactions, taxpayers may be tempted to break transactions into parts to make them seem simple or small.

6.4 Equity and uniformity issues
SH may also raise equity and uniformity issues. By implementing an SH, one would create two distinct sets of rules in the TP area. Insufficiently precise criteria could result in similar taxpayers receiving different tax treatment: one being permitted to meet the SH rules and thus to be relieved from general TP compliance provisions, and the other being obliged to price its transactions in conformity with the general TP compliance provisions. Preferential tax treatment under SH regimes for a specific category of taxpayers could potentially entail discrimination and competitive distortions. The adoption of bilateral or multilateral SH could, in some circumstances, increase the potential of a divergence in tax treatment, not merely between different but similar taxpayers but also between similar transactions carried out by the same taxpayer with AEs in different jurisdictions.

7. EXAMPLES OF SAFE HARBOUR IN RESPECT OF INTRA-GROUP SERVICES
As per the UN TP Manual, two SH that may be used by tax authorities in respect of intra-group services are as follows:

(a) Low value services that are unconnected to an AE’s main business activity. This SH is usually available for low value-adding services. The rationale for an SH is that there may be difficulties in finding comparable transactions for low value-adding services and the administrative costs and compliance costs may be disproportionate to the tax at stake.
(b) Safe harbours for minor expenses (i.e., amounts below a defined threshold). These are for situations in which the costs of services provided or received are relatively low, so the tax authority may agree to not adjust the transfer prices provided they fall within the acceptable range. The rationale for this SH is that the cost of a tax authority making adjustments is not commensurate with the tax revenue at stake and therefore the taxpayer should not be expected to incur compliance costs to determine more precise ALP.

8. SAFE HARBOUR FOR LOW VALUE-ADDING SERVICES
Low value-adding services are services which are not part of an MNE group’s main business activities from which it derives its profits but are services that support the AE’s business operations. A determination of an AE’s low value-adding services would be based on a functional analysis of the enterprise which would provide evidence of the main business activities of an AE and the way in which it derives its profits.

Low value-adding intra-group services are services performed by one or more than one member of an MNE group on behalf of one or more other group members which:
a) Are of a supportive nature;
b) Are not part of the core business of the MNE group (i.e., not creating the profit-earning activities or contributing to economically significant activities of the MNE group);
c) Do not require the use of unique and valuable intangibles and do not lead to the creation of unique and valuable intangibles;
d) Do not involve the assumption or control of substantial or significant risk by the service provider and do not give rise to the creation of significant risk for the service provider.

Some common examples of low value-adding services for most MNE groups (i.e., provided they do not constitute the core business of the group) are human resources services, accounting services, clerical or administrative services, tax compliance services and data processing.

For an AE that is a distributor and marketer of an MNE’s products, marketing services would fail to qualify as administrative services as they are directly connected to the enterprise’s main business activity. Similarly, for an MNE whose core business is recruitment and human resources management, human resources services of a kind similar to those provided to independent customers would not qualify for the low value-adding SH despite the mention of human resources services in the section above.

9. MINOR EXPENSE SAFE HARBOUR
In the Minor Expense SH option, a tax authority agrees to refrain from making a TP adjustment if the total cost of either receiving or providing intra-group services by an AE is below a fixed threshold based on cost and a fixed profit mark-up margin is used.

The aim is to exclude from TP examinations services for which the charge is relatively minor. The rationale is that the costs of complying with the TP rules would outweigh any revenue at stake. It also considers the potential administrative savings for a tax authority by avoiding TP examinations of minor expenses. An important requirement is that the same fixed profit margin should be used for inbound and outbound intra-group services for a country. The SH provides taxpayers and tax authorities with certainty. The minor expense SH may contain the following requirements:
* A restriction on the relative value of the service expense (e.g., less than X per cent of total expenses of the AE receiving the services) or alternatively, a restriction on the absolute value of the service expense,
* A fixed profit margin,
* The requirement that the same profit margin is used in the other country,
* The documentation requirements that are expected.

An example of an SH for services is set out as follows.

For inbound intra-group services:
a) The total cost of the services provided is less than X per cent of the total deductions of the AEs in a jurisdiction for a tax year, or less than a defined absolute amount in the local currency;
b) The transfer price is a fixed profit mark-up on total costs of the services (direct and indirect expenses); and
c) Documentation is prepared to establish that the SH requirements have been satisfied.

For outbound intra-group services:
a) The cost of providing the services is not more than X per cent of the taxable income of the AE providing the services, or not more than a defined absolute amount in the local currency;
b) The transfer price charged is based on a fixed profit mark-up on the total costs of the services (direct and indirect expenses);
c) The same profit margin is used in the other country; and
d) Documentation is created to establish that these SH requirements have been satisfied.

At present there is no minor expense safe harbour rule prescribed as part of the SH regime in India.

10. RECOMMENDATIONS ON USE OF SAFE HARBOUR AS PER OECD TP GUIDELINES
TP compliance and administration is often complex, time-consuming and costly. Properly designed SH provisions, applied in appropriate circumstances, can help to relieve some of these burdens and provide taxpayers with greater certainty.

SH provisions may raise issues such as potentially having perverse effects on the pricing decisions of enterprises engaged in controlled transactions and a negative impact on the tax revenues of the country implementing the SH, as well as on the countries whose AEs engage in controlled transactions with taxpayers electing an SH. Further, unilateral SH may lead to the potential for double taxation or double non-taxation.

However, in cases involving smaller taxpayers or less complex transactions, the benefits of SH may outweigh the problems raised by such provisions. Making such SH elective to taxpayers can further limit the divergence from ALP. Where countries adopt SH, willingness to modify SH outcomes in mutual agreement proceedings to limit the potential risk of double taxation is advisable.

Where SH can be negotiated on a bilateral or multilateral basis, they may provide significant relief from compliance burdens and administrative complexity without creating problems of double taxation or double non-taxation. Therefore, the use of bilateral or multilateral SH under the right circumstances should be encouraged.

It should be clearly recognised that an SH, whether adopted on a unilateral or bilateral basis, is in no way binding on or precedential for countries which have not themselves adopted the SH.

For more complex and higher risk TP matters, it is unlikely that SH will provide a workable alternative to a rigorous, case-by-case application of the ALP under the provisions of these Guidelines.

11. RANGACHARY COMMITTEE – INDIAN SAFE HARBOUR COMMITTEE
The Prime Minister’s Office issued a press release on 30th July, 2012 announcing the constitution of a Committee to Review Taxation of Development Centres and the IT Sector under the Chairmanship of Mr. N. Rangachary, former Chairman, CBDT & IRDA (the Rangachary Committee), for seeking resolution of tax issues through an arm’s length exercise in the form of a review by the Committee including, inter alia, SH provisions announced but yet to be operationalised having the advantage of being a good risk mitigation measure and provide certainty to the taxpayer.

The Committee was mandated to engage in sector-wide consultations and finalise the SH provisions announced sector-by-sector. The Committee was also to suggest any necessary circulars that may need to be issued.

The Committee has submitted six reports including specific sector-wise / activity-wise reports for the following:
1) IT Sector,
2) ITES Sector,
3) Contract R&D in the IT and Pharmaceutical Sector,
4) Financial Transactions-Outbound Loans,
5) Financial Transactions-Corporate Guarantees,
6) Auto Ancillaries-Original Equipment Manufacturers.

12. OVERVIEW OF INDIAN SAFE HARBOUR
Businesses flourish only if there is certainty and SH provisions offer that certainty. These SH provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 [the Act] specify that from the perspective of TP provisions, if the assessee fulfils certain defined conditions, the Tax Authorities shall accept the TP declared by the taxpayer.

SH Rules benefit assessees by allowing them to adopt a TP mark-up in the range prescribed, which would be acceptable to the Income Tax Department with benefits of compliance relief, administrative simplicity and certainty and hence would avoid protracted litigation.

After its enactment vide the Finance (No. 2) Act 2009, the first set of rules was notified on 18th September, 2013 – Rules 10TA to 10TG and Form 3CEFA (for international transactions), and Rules 10TH to 10THD and Form 3CEFB (for domestic transactions) for a period of three years, followed by a revision in 2017 in the SH Rules, which were made applicable till F.Y. 2018-19.

The CBDT vide Notification No. 25/2020 dated 20th May, 2020 extended the applicability of Rule 10TD(1) and (2A) (applicable for A.Y. 2017-18 to A.Y. 2019-20) for A.Y. 2020-21 also. Of the categories of the eligible international transactions, the category of software development, ITES and KPO appears to have been popularly opted for.

The CBDT has issued Notification No. 117/2021 dated 24th September, 2021 to extend the applicability of SH Rules under Rule 10TD of the Income-tax Rules to A.Y. 2021-22. The amended rule is deemed to come into force from 1st April, 2021.

Considering that the TP References in smaller cases has substantially reduced, it would have been good to revise these SH limits downward by around 2 per cent points to make it a more attractive option.

A comparison of the erstwhile and revised SH is given below:

Sr. No.

Eligible International
Transactions

Old SH Rules for

01-04-12 to 31-03-17

Revised SH Rules for

01-04-16 to 31-03-21

Threshold

Margin

Threshold

Margin

1

Provision of software development services and information
technology-enabled services

Up to Rs. 500 crores

Not less than 20% on total operating costs

Up to Rs. 100 crores

Not less than 17% on total operating costs

Above Rs. 500 crores

Not less than 22% on total operating costs

Above Rs. 100 crores up to
Rs. 200 crores

Not less than 18% on total operating costs

2

Provision of KPO services

NA

Not less than 25% on operating costs

Up to Rs. 200 crores

Not less than 24% and employee cost at least 60%

Not less than 21% and employee cost is 40%
or more but less than 60%

Not less than 18%, and employee cost up to 40%

3

Advancing of intra-group loans where loan is denominated in
Indian Rupees

Loan up to
Rs. 50 crores

Base rate of State Bank of India + 150 basis points

One year marginal cost of funds lending rate
of SBI as on 1st April of relevant previous year plus:

CRISIL rating between AAA to A or its equivalent

175 basis points

3

 

(continued)

 

CRISIL rating of BBB-, BBB, BBB+ or its equivalent

325 basis points

Loan above Rs. 50 crores

Base rate of State Bank of India + 300 basis points

CRISIL rating of BB to B or its equivalent

475 basis points

CRISIL rating between C & D or its equivalent

625 basis points

Credit rating is not available, and amount of loan does not exceed
Rs. 100 crores as on 31st March of relevant previous year

425 basis points

4

Advancing of intra-group loans where loan is denominated in
foreign currency

NA

NA

6 month LIBOR interest rate as on
30th September of relevant previous year plus:

CRISIL rating between AAA to A

150 basis points

CRISIL rating of BBB-, BBB, BBB+

300 basis points

CRISIL rating of BB to B

450 basis points

CRISIL rating between C & D

600 basis points

Credit rating is not available, and amount of loan does not
exceed equivalent of Rs. 100 crores as on 31st March of relevant previous
year

400 basis points

5

Providing corporate guarantee

Up to Rs. 100 crores

Not less than 2% p.a.

NA

Not less than 1% p.a. on the amount guaranteed

Above Rs. 100 crores

Not less than 1.75% p.a.

6

Provision of contract R&D services relating to software
development

NA

Not less than 30% on operating expense

Up to Rs. 200 crores

Not less than 24% on the operating expense

7

Provision of contract R&D services relating to generic
pharma drugs

NA

Not less than 29% on operating expense

Up to Rs. 200 crores

Not less than 24% on the operating expense

8

Manufacture and export of core auto components

NA

Not less than 12% on operating expense

NA

Not less than 12% on operating expense

9

Manufacture and export of non-core auto components

NA

Not less than 8.5% on operating expense

NA

Not less than 8.5% on operating expense

10

Receipt of low value-adding intra-group services (New)

NA

NA

Up to Rs. 10 crores including mark-up

– 5% mark-up; and

– Cost pooling method, exclusion of shareholders cost, duplicate
costs and reasonableness of allocation keys is certified by an accountant

A.Y. 2017-18 is the overlapping year for which the taxpayers had an option to exercise either of the two SH rules depending upon whichever was most beneficial to them.

The downward revision of SH margins in case of software development and ITES, Contract R&D and KPO in the revised SH Rules was long overdue and a welcome move. The revised margins are also closer to the margin range being concluded in the vast majority of APAs concluded in the IT-ITES space. As a result of the reduction in the margins, the expected savings of taxpayers due to avoidance of litigation is likely to outweigh the premium paid (if any) due to higher than arm’s length margins especially for small and medium taxpayers with lower cost bases.

This move also highlights the Indian Revenue’s intention to attract appropriate cases to the SH scheme and away from the APA scheme thereby covering the higher value and non-routine cases for the more complex cases that need a deeper understanding and negotiation by the Indian Revenue.

Another interesting feature of the revised SH rules is the gradation of the SH margin thresholds for the KPO sector based on the percentage of employee cost incurred rather than covering all the KPO activities under a single umbrella. The streamlining of margins prescribed for KPO on the basis of employee cost ratio may not be the best course of action but it does seek to align with the premise that a technically skilled workforce would lead to a higher employee cost and signify a higher value addition commanding a higher operating margin. The employee cost has been defined comprehensively.

The definitions of ITES and KPO are very broad and general and the revised SH rules did not modify / clarify them. Keeping in view the litigations that have occurred, detailed definitions would have been welcome as they would have set a clearer line of distinction between KPO and ITES. The applicability of SH for transactions of software development and ITES, contract R&D and KPO has been reduced to Rs. 200 crores. Hence, after F.Y. 2016-17, taxpayers having transaction values greater than Rs. 200 crores cannot opt for SH but can only opt for APAs to attain certainty.

13. CONCLUDING REMARKS
Complying with the ALP can be burdensome. Even good faith efforts to ensure compliance result in uncertainty because the Tax Authorities may analyse the transaction in a different way and come to a different conclusion. Though it is important for the Government to be diligent, and the enterprises to be honest, easing out more on compliance procedures would enable enterprises to focus more on their core activities and in turn generate more business and profits, thereby keeping the wheel of taxation turning and intact.

A fair and transparent SH regime goes a long way in plugging tax leakage and leads to significant tax certainty. Country tax administrations should carefully weigh the benefits of and concerns regarding safe harbours, making use of such provisions where they deem it appropriate.

In Part 2 of this Article, we will deal with the remaining aspects of Indian SH Rules and jurisprudence.

Section 3(1), Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income & Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act 2015 (‘BMA’) – Relevant point of time for taxation of an undisclosed foreign asset under BMA is point of time when such asset comes to notice of Government – It is immaterial as to whether it continued to exist at time of taxation, or at the time when provisions of BMA came into existence

2 Rashesh Manhar Bhansali vs. ACIT [(2021) 132 taxmann.com 20 (Mum-Trib)] BMA Nos. 3 and 5 (Mum) of 2021 A.Y.: 2017-18; Date of order: 2nd November, 2021

Section 3(1), Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income & Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act 2015 (‘BMA’) – Relevant point of time for taxation of an undisclosed foreign asset under BMA is point of time when such asset comes to notice of Government – It is immaterial as to whether it continued to exist at time of taxation, or at the time when provisions of BMA came into existence

FACTS
The assessee (RMB) and his wife (ARB) were Directors and shareholders in a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (‘BVI Co’). The assessee had not disclosed this information in the Return of Income (‘ROI’) filed in India.

The Investigation Wing of the Income-tax Department received information regarding two accounts held in the UBS Bank, Singapore branch by BVI Co. On further probe, including information received through exchange of information provisions under the India-Singapore DTAA, the Department found that RMB and ARB were the beneficiaries and operators of the said accounts. Further, the said accounts showed gross credit entries of US $147 million (INR 999.74 crores @ US $1 = INR 68) over a period of time (which also included intra-bank and contra entries).

The KYC documents related to these bank accounts revealed that passport copies of RMB and ARB were submitted along with handwritten instructions for operating the bank accounts. One of the bank accounts was closed in 2008 and the other one in 2011.

The chronology of investigation by the Tax Authorities is as follows.

Year

Investigation

2013 and 2014

 

Summons for investigation were sent asking for details of
foreign asset, beneficial ownership, etc.

2016

Search conducted in premises of assessee

2017

BMA proceedings initiated by A.O.

At all the above-mentioned stages, the assessee denied having any knowledge of the said foreign bank accounts. Just three days prior to the completion of the assessment, RMB admitted that these accounts were opened in his and his wife’s name by his late father by taking their signatures on papers in the past. He submitted that the credit entries in the accounts were loans taken from UBS Bank which were repaid with interest.

The A.O. rejected various explanations offered by the assessee and held that the assessee is the beneficial owner of the undisclosed foreign bank accounts and computed total income of INR 56 crores. On appeal, CIT(A) gave partial relief of US $3.2 million (roughly, INR 21.8 crores) on account of credits in respect of redemption of investments held earlier.

Being aggrieved, both parties appealed to the ITAT.

HELD1
Applicability of BMA to undisclosed assets held, and income earned, prior to the enactment of the law (i.e., 1st July, 2015)
• The two foreign bank accounts were closed in 2008 and 2011. The assessee contended that an asset which did not exist at the time when BMA came into force cannot be assessed under the said Act.
• Section 3(1) of BMA specifically provides that an undisclosed asset located outside India shall be charged to tax in the year in which it comes to the notice of the A.O.
• It is immaterial whether the asset existed at the point of time of taxation or even at the time when the provisions of BMA came into existence. The only relevant date for levying tax is when the undisclosed asset comes to the notice of the A.O.
• The assessee further contended that BMA cannot be invoked in respect of a foreign asset which was already in the knowledge of Revenue authorities (i.e., Investigation Wing of the Income-tax Department) before the said Act came into force. The assessee relied upon the CBDT Circular2 which prohibited assessees from making a one-time voluntary declaration of foreign assets in respect of which the Government has prior information on the specified date.
• The said Circular is relevant only for voluntary declaration under BMA and it cannot be relied upon for making assessments under BMA.
• For taxation under BMA what is relevant is that either such foreign income is not disclosed in the ROI filed, or that the ROI is not filed at all by the assessee in India.

Bank account is an asset under BMA
• The assessee contended that an undisclosed foreign bank account is not an asset u/s 2(11) of BMA. The assessee argued that though Black Money Rules provide for valuation of undisclosed bank accounts, section 2(11) of the BMA does not cover a foreign bank account which does not exist.
• The assessee also contended that since section 2(11) of the BMA refers only to such assets having ‘cost of acquisition’ (i.e., source of investment), a bank account cannot be treated as an undisclosed foreign asset.
• Amount receivable from the bank in respect of a bank account is an asset of the person holding that account. If the owner of a bank account can substantiate the source of investment which is duly disclosed to Revenue authorities, to that extent, the source of investment is explained and the requirements of section 2(11) can be satisfied even in respect of a bank account.

Beneficial owner of asset
• The assessee contended that section 2(11) of the  BMA defines an undisclosed asset as one in which the assessee is a ‘beneficial owner’. Since this term is not defined under the BMA, it must derive its meaning from section 139(1) of the Income-tax Act, 19613.
• Merely because the expression ‘beneficial owner’ is defined under the Income-tax Act, 1961, per se, it cannot as well apply to BMA. Reliance was placed on the ITAT decision in the Jitendra Mehta case4 where it was held that beneficial owner can be interpreted with reference to the dictionary meaning and the provision in other statues keeping in mind the object and purpose of the BMA. The ITAT rejected the above arguments and held the assessee to be the beneficial owner of the foreign bank accounts under the BMA.

_____________________________________________________________________
1    For ease of reference, the issue raised by the assessee is mentioned before the observations of the ITAT
2    CBDT Circular No. 13 of 2015
3    Explanation 4 to section 139(1) provides that a ‘beneficial owner’ in respect of an asset is someone who has directly / indirectly provided for consideration for the asset
4    (BMA No. 1/Del/20; order dated 6th July, 2021)

MLI SERIES -ARTICLE 10 – ANTI-ABUSE RULE FOR PEs SITUATED IN THIRD JURISDICTIONS (Part 1)

The authors of the earlier articles in the MLI Series have covered various facets of the Multilateral Instrument (‘MLI’) such as the background and application of the MLI and various other specific articles in the MLI relating to dual resident entities, treaty abuse, transparent entities and method of elimination of double taxation. In this two-part article, the authors attempt to analyse Article 10 of the MLI relating to the anti-abuse rule for Permanent Establishments (‘PEs’) situated in third jurisdictions and some of the intricacies related therein. The first part of this article lays down the background for the introduction of this anti-avoidance rule, the broad structure of the rule, some of the issues arising in its interpretation and the interplay of this rule with the other articles of the MLI and other anti-avoidance measures.

1. BACKGROUND
At the outset, one admits that very limited literature is available in respect of this anti-abuse rule as most discussions on the MLI, at least in the Indian context, focus on the Principal Purpose Test (‘PPT’) and the amendments to the rules relating to the constitution of a PE. However, the anti-abuse rule for PEs situated in third jurisdictions can have significant implications, especially for an Indian payer undertaking compliance u/s 195 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’), given the amount of information required to apply this rule.

Under this rule, the Source State can deny treaty benefits to taxpayers on certain conditions being triggered. Such treaty benefits can be in the form of a lower rate of tax (as in the case of dividends, royalty, fees for technical services) or in the form of narrower scope (such as the narrower definition of royalty under the treaty or the make-available clause). Therefore, when one is undertaking compliance u/s 195, one would need to evaluate the impact of this rule.

While a detailed evaluation of the impact on India has been provided subsequently in this article, before one undertakes an analysis of the anti-abuse rule it is important to understand how the taxation works in the case of a PE in a third state, i.e., in triangular situations and the abuse of treaty provisions that this rule seeks to address.

1.1 Basic structure and taxation before application of the said rule
For the purpose of this article, let us take a base example of interest income earned by A Co, a resident of State R, from money lent to an entity in State S and such income earned is attributable to the PE (say a branch) of A Co in the State PE as it is effectively connected with the activities of the PE. A diagrammatic example of the said structure is provided below:

 

In this particular fact pattern, State S being the country of source would have a right to tax the interest. However, such right may be restricted by the application of the R-S DTAA, particularly the article dealing with interest. If the article on interest in the R-S DTAA is similar to that in the OECD Model Convention1, interest arising in State S payable to a resident of State R, who is the beneficial owner of the income, can be taxed in State S but not at a rate exceeding 15% of the gross amount of the interest.

 

1   Unless specifically
provided, the OECD Model Tax Convention and Commentary referred to in this
article is the 2017 version

Now, State PE, being the country in which the PE of A Co is constituted, will have the right to tax the income of the PE in accordance with the domestic tax laws and in the manner provided in the article dealing with business profits of the R-PE DTAA.

Further, while State PE would tax the profits of the PE, one would apply the non-discrimination article in the R-PE DTAA which generally provides that the taxation of a PE in a particular jurisdiction (State PE in this case) shall not be less favourable than that of a resident of that jurisdiction (State PE). This particular clause in the article would enable one to treat the PE as akin to a resident of State PE and therefore would be eligible to claim the foreign tax credit in State PE for taxes paid in State S2. The OECD Model is silent on whether State PE shall provide credit under domestic tax law or whether it would restrict the credit under the DTAA between State PE and State S. This issue of tax credit, not being directly related to the subject matter of this article, has not been dealt with in detail.

State R being the country of residence, would tax the income of the residence and provide credit for the taxes paid in State S as well as State PE in accordance with the R-S and the R-PE DTAAs.

1.2 Use of structure for aggressive tax planning
Many multinationals use the triangular structure to transfer assets to a jurisdiction which has a low tax rate for PEs and where the residence state provides an exemption for profits of the PE. These structures were typically common in European jurisdictions such as Belgium, Luxembourg, Switzerland and the Netherlands.

A common example is of the finance branch set up by a Luxembourg entity in Switzerland3. In this fact pattern, a Luxembourg entity would set up a branch in Switzerland for providing finance to all the group entities all over the world. Given the fact that a finance branch only required movement of the funds, it was fairly easy to set up the structure wherein the funds obtained by the Luxembourg entity (A Co) would be lent to its branch in Switzerland. This finance branch would then lend funds to all the operating group entities around the world acting as the bank of the group and earning interest. Interest paid by the operating entities would be deductible in the hands of the paying entity and taxed in the country of source in accordance with the DTAA between that jurisdiction and Luxembourg. Further, the Swiss branch, constituting a PE in Switzerland, would be subject to very low taxation in accordance with the domestic tax law in Switzerland.

 

2   Refer para 67 of the OECD
Model Commentary on Article 24

3   J-P. Van West, Chapter 1:
Introduction to PE Triangular Cases and Article 29(8) of the OECD Model in The
Anti-Abuse Rule for Permanent Establishments Situated in Third States: A Legal
Analysis of Article 29(8) OECD Model (IBFD 2020), Books IBFD (accessed 16th
November, 2021)

Moreover, the Luxembourg-Swiss DTAA provides that in the case of a PE in a Contracting State, the Resident State (State R) will relieve double taxation by using the exemption method (and not the tax credit method as is generally prevalent in the Indian tax treaties), i.e., the Resident State (State R) would not tax the profits attributable to a PE in the other State. Therefore, the profits attributable to the Swiss branch of A Co would be exempt from tax in Luxembourg.

This would result in the interest being taxed in the country of source (with a deduction for the interest paid in the hands of the payer in the country of source) at a concessional treaty rate, very low tax in the country where the PE is constituted, i.e., Switzerland and no tax in the country of residence, i.e., Luxembourg by virtue of the exemption method followed in the Luxembourg-Swiss DTAA.

Like interest, one could also transfer other assets which resulted in passive income such as shares and intangible assets, resulting in a low tax incidence on the dividend and royalty income, respectively.

Let’s take the example of India, where a resident of Luxembourg invests in the shares of an Indian company through a PE situated in Switzerland. In such a scenario, India would tax the dividend at the rate of 10% due to the India-Luxembourg DTAA (as against 20% under the Act), Switzerland may tax the income attributable to the PE at a low rate and Luxembourg would not tax the income in accordance with the Luxembourg-Switzerland DTAA.

The OECD, recognising the use of PE to artificially apply lower tax rates, attempted to tackle this in the OECD Model Convention by providing further guidance on what would be considered as income effectively connected in the PE. For example, para 32 of the 2014 OECD Model Commentary on Article 10, dealing with taxation of dividends, provides,

It has been suggested that the paragraph could give rise to abuses through the transfer of shares to permanent establishments set up solely for that purpose in countries that offer preferential treatment to dividend income. Apart from the fact that such abusive transactions might trigger the application of domestic anti-abuse rules, it must be recognised that a particular location can only constitute a permanent establishment if a business is carried on therein and, as explained below, that the requirement that a shareholding be “effectively connected” to such a location requires more than merely recording the shareholding in the books of the permanent establishment for accounting purposes.’

Similar provisions were also provided in the Commentary on Article 11 and Article 12, dealing with interest and royalty, respectively.

However, the above provisions may not necessarily always tackle all forms of tax avoidance. Thanks to the nature of tax treaties applying only in bilateral situations, it may not apply in case of a PE constituted in a third state (State PE). Similarly, one may still achieve an overall low rate of tax by moving the functions related to the activities in the State PE. For example, in the case of a finance branch, one can consider moving the treasury team to State PE with an office, which would constitute a fixed place of business and therefore, the interest income earned from the group financing activities may still be effectively connected to the PE in the State PE.

The OECD Model recognised this limitation and para 71 of the 2014 OECD Model Commentary on Article 24 provides that a provision can be included in the bilateral treaty between the State R and the State S to provide that an enterprise can claim the benefits of the treaty only if the income obtained by the PE situated in the other State is taxed normally in the State of the PE.

1.3 BEPS Action 6
The US was one of the few countries which had provisions similar to the Article in the MLI in its tax treaties even before the OECD BEPS Project. In fact, even though the US is not a signatory to the MLI, the provisions as released by the US were used as a base for further discussion in the BEPS Project. The anti-abuse rule was covered in the OECD BEPS Action Plan 6 dealing with Preventing the Granting of Treaty Benefits in Inappropriate Circumstances.

The objective of the anti-abuse provision is provided in para 51 of the BEPS Action 6 report, which is reproduced below,

‘It was concluded that a specific anti-abuse provision should be included in the Model Tax Convention to deal with that and similar triangular cases where income attributable to the permanent establishment in a third State is subject to low taxation.’

While the language in the MLI is similar to the suggested draft in the final report of the BEPS Action Plan 6, there are certain differences – mainly certain deletions, in the MLI, which have been discussed in detail in the second part of this article.

It is important to note that while Article 10(1) is included in the MLI as a specific anti-avoidance rule, MLI also contains a general anti-avoidance rule under Article 7 through the PPT. Further, in the Indian context, the domestic law also contains anti-avoidance provisions in the form of general anti-avoidance rules. An interplay between all three is discussed in para 3.5 below.

2. STRUCTURE AND LANGUAGE OF ARTICLE 1
2.1 Introduction to Article 10
The language contained in this Article refers to various terminologies that have been defined under Article 2 of the MLI [e.g., Contracting Jurisdiction (‘CJ’), Covered Tax Agreement (‘CTA’)]. Those terminologies referred to in Article 10, which have not been defined under Article 2 of the MLI, have to be interpreted as per Action 6 of Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (‘BEPS’).

Article 10 of the MLI seeks to deny treaty benefits in certain circumstances.

2.2 Structure
Article 10 of the MLI is structured in six paragraphs wherein each paragraph addresses a different aspect related to the anti-abuse provision. The flow of the Article is structured in such a way that the conditions for attracting the provisions of the article are laid down first, followed by the exceptions and finally the reservation and notification which are in line with the overall scheme of the MLI.

To better understand Article 10, it would be beneficial to understand each paragraph individually. Let us proceed as per the order of the article.

Paragraph 1:
Paragraph 1 brings out the conditions for the applicability of Article 10 in certain circumstances:

‘Where:

a) an enterprise of a Contracting Jurisdiction to a Covered Tax Agreement derives income from the other Contracting Jurisdiction and the first-mentioned Contracting Jurisdiction treats such income as attributable to a permanent establishment of the enterprise situated in a third jurisdiction; and

b) the profits attributable to that permanent establishment are exempt from tax in the first-mentioned Contracting Jurisdiction,

the benefits of the Covered Tax Agreement shall not apply to any item of income on which the tax in the third jurisdiction is less than 60 per cent of the tax that would be imposed in the first-mentioned Contracting Jurisdiction on that item of income if that permanent establishment were situated in the first-mentioned Contracting Jurisdiction. In such a case, any income to which the provisions of this Paragraph apply shall remain taxable according to the domestic law of the other Contracting Jurisdiction, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement.’

Each underlined word is a condition for the applicability of the article and has its own significance.

An enterprise – The question as to how to interpret the term ‘an enterprise’ and what comes under the purview of the same is covered in the later part of this article.

derives income from the other Contracting Jurisdiction – This emphasises on the aspect that the income earned by the Resident State should be derived from the State S for the Article to get triggered.

income as attributable to a permanent establishment of the enterprise situated in a third jurisdiction – In addition to the condition as mentioned above, the income derived by the State PE from State S should be treated as attributable to the PE in State PE by State R.

exempt from tax in the first-mentioned Contracting Jurisdiction – This covers the point regarding the taxability of the profits attributable to the PE in the State R. It focuses on the point that Article 10 would be applicable if the profits attributable to the PE are exempt from tax in State R.

tax in the third jurisdiction is less than 60 per cent – This sentence points out the 60% test which states that the tax in the State PE is less than 60% of the tax that would be payable in the State R on that item of income if that PE was situated in the State R.

In case all the above conditions are satisfied, the benefits of the CTA between the State R and the State S shall not apply to such item of income.

The second part of paragraph 1 gives power to the State S to tax the item of income as per its domestic laws notwithstanding any other provisions of the CTA in cases where the provisions of Article 10(1) are satisfied.

Thus, it can be understood that the provisions of Article 10(1) emphasise on the denial of treaty benefits in order to prevent complete non-taxation or lower taxation of an item of income.

Paragraph 2:
Paragraph 2 states the exceptions where the provisions as set out in paragraph 1 of the Article 10 will not be applicable.

The exception covers the income derived from the State S in connection with or is incidental to active conduct of the business carried on by the PE. However, the business of making, managing or simply holding investments for the enterprise’s own account such as activities of banking carried on by banks, insurance activities carried on by insurance enterprises and securities activities carried on by registered securities dealers will not come under the purview of paragraph 1 of the Article. The business of making, managing or simply holding investments for the enterprise’s own account carried on by other than the above-mentioned enterprises shall come under the purview of paragraph 1 of the Article. A detailed discussion on what is considered as active conduct of business is covered in the second part of this article.

Paragraph 3:
Paragraph 3 of Article 10 provides that even if treaty relief is denied due to the trigger of the provisions of
Article 10(1), the competent authority of State S has the authority to grant the treaty relief as a response to a request by the taxpayer in the State R on the basis of justified reasons for not satisfying the requirements of Article 10(1).

In such situations, the competent authority of the State S shall consult with the competent authority of the State R before arriving at a decision.

Paragraph 4:
Paragraph 4 is the compatibility clause between paragraph 1 through paragraph 3 which mentions ‘in place of or in the absence of’.

This means that if there is an existing provision in a CTA which denies / limits treaty relief in instances of triangular cases (‘Existing Provision’), then such a provision would be modified (i.e. in place of) to the extent paragraph 1 through 3 are inconsistent with the existing provisions (subject to notification requirements analysed below).

However, if there is no existing provision then paragraph 1 through 3 would be added to the CTAs (i.e., in absence of).

Paragraph 5:
Article 10(5) covers the reservation aspect to be in line with the overall scheme of the MLI.

This reservation clause is applicable because Article 10 is not covered under minimum standard and hence the scope for reservation is wide. There are three options available to each signatory:
a) Article to not be applicable to all CTA’s in entirety, or
b) Article to not be applicable in case where the CTA already contains the provision as mentioned in paragraph 4, or
c) Article to only be applicable in case of CTA’s that already contain the provisions as mentioned under paragraph 4 (i.e., the existing provisions to be modified to the extent that they are inconsistent with the provisions of Article 10).

Paragraph 6:
Article 10(6) provides the notification mechanism to assess the impact of the reservations and position adopted by the signatories on the provisions of the CTAs.

In cases where the parties decide to go as per sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of Article 10(5), then they need to notify the depository whether each of its CTA contains the provisions as per Article 10(4) along with the article and paragraph number. In case where all contracting jurisdictions have made such a notification, then the existing provisions shall be replaced by the provisions of Article 10. In other cases, such as in the case of a notification mismatch (i.e., one signatory to the CTA does not notify the provisions of Article 10 whereas the other signatory to the same CTA notifies them), the existing provisions shall ONLY be modified to the extent that they are inconsistent with the provisions of Article 10.

India has not made any reservation. Further, India has not notified any DTAAs which have a provision similar to that in para 4 of Article 10. Therefore, the provisions of Article 10 of the MLI shall supersede the existing provisions of the DTAAs to the extent they are incompatible with the existing provisions.

2.3 Reason as to why the Source Country should not grant DTAA benefits
The main policy consideration for implementation of Article 10 of the MLI is to plug the structure wherein one can artificially reduce the overall tax simply by interposing a PE in a low-tax jurisdiction, which is a major BEPS concern.

Tax treaties allocate the taxing rights between the jurisdictions. A Source State giving up its taxing rights is a result of bilateral negotiation with the Residence State. However, if such Residence State decides to treat such income as attributable to a third state and therefore not taxing such income by virtue of another treaty of which the Source State is a not a party, would be against the intention of the countries who have negotiated the treaty in good faith.

Therefore, if State R gives up its right of taxation of income earned from State S due to the artificial imposition of a PE in a third State, Article 10 of the MLI gives the entire taxing right back to State S.

3. SOME ISSUES RELATED TO INTERPRETATION OF PARA 1 OF ARTICLE 10 OF MLI
Having analysed the broad provisions of Article 10 of the MLI, the ensuing paragraphs seek to raise (and analyse) some of the issues in relation to para 1 of Article 10.

3.1 Definition of PE – Which DTAA to Apply
While considering the situation of denial of treaty benefits laid out in the treaty between State R and State S with regard to the income earned by the PE of an entity of the State R in a State PE, there are two DTAA’s that come under this purview, namely:
i. Treaty between the State R and the State S, and
ii. Treaty between the State R and the third state (PE State).

For the purpose of referring to the definition of PE, the first question that arises is which of the two DTAAs has to be referred to? This issue arises mainly because the term ‘Permanent Establishment’ is not a general term but is a specific term which is defined in the DTAA (generally in Article 5 of the relevant DTAA).

A view could be that since the acceptability or denial of benefits under the DTAA between the State R and State S is evaluated and State S is the jurisdiction denying the treaty benefit, one should look at the DTAA between the State R and State S to determine the PE status. However, the objective of the anti-abuse provision is to target transactions wherein income is not taxed in State R due to a PE in State PE. Further, MLI 10(1) applies only if the Residence State treats the income of an enterprise derived from the Source State as attributable to the PE of a third State. This decision of Residence State is obviously on the basis of its treaty with the PE State as it is a bilateral decision. As the Source State is not a party to this decision, the treaty between Residence State and Source State cannot be applied. Therefore, a better view would be to consider the provisions of the DTAA between the State R and the third state (State PE) for the definition of PE.

It is also important to note that prior to introduction of MLI, Article 5 of the DTAA was referred to in order to establish the PE status. However, post introduction of the MLI, one would also need to evaluate the impact of Article 12 to Article 15 of the MLI which covers the PE status based on Action 7 of Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS). This, of course, is subject to the CTA between Residence State and PE State not reserving the above articles.

3.2 Whether PE jurisdiction needs to be a signatory to MLI
Article 10 of the MLI merely provides that State S should deny benefit of the DTAA between State R and State S if certain conditions are triggered. One of the conditions is that the income is treated by Residence State as attributable to the PE of the taxpayer in State PE. Having concluded the above, that the PE definition under the DTAA between State R and State PE should be considered, it is not necessary that such DTAA is impacted by the MLI. If the DTAA between State R and State PE is impacted by the MLI, one would need to consider the modified definition of PE in such a situation.

Here, it would be important to look at Article 34 of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, 1969. The same is reproduced below:

Article 34 – General Rule Regarding Third States
A treaty does not create either obligations or rights for a third state without its consent.

In this particular scenario, it is clear that there is no right or obligation granted to the State PE under the DTAA between State R and State S. State PE can continue to tax the profits of the PE.

Further, by signing MLI Article 10, State S and State R should be deemed to have consented their rights and obligations under the State R-State S treaty as amended by MLI Article 10. Consequently, State PE would not be required to be a signatory to the MLI.

3.3 No taxation in country of residence
Another issue which arises is what if the country of residence does not tax the income irrespective of whether the income is attributable to a PE or not. For example, if dividend income is earned by a resident of Singapore and such income is attributable to the PE of the shareholder in a third jurisdiction, such dividend would not be taxable irrespective of whether the dividend is attributable to a PE in a third state or not.

In such a scenario, Article 10 of the MLI should not apply as the tax rate in State PE is not less than 60% of the tax rate in State R. In any case, as the Source State had given up its right of taxation even when the Residence State did not tax such income and imposing a third jurisdiction in the transaction, would not result in a reduction of taxes in the Residence State.

3.4 Interplay of Article 10 with Article 5
Article 5 of the MLI provides for the elimination of double taxation using the credit method as against the exemption method. It refers to three options for preventing double non-taxation situations arising due to the State R providing relief under the exemption method for income not taxed in the State S.

The interplay between Article 5 and Article 10 comes into play because Article 10 is applicable only in cases where the income is exempt in the State R. So, in order to determine whether or not the income is exempt in the State R, Article 5 will have to be referred to. If the DTAA between State R and State PE provides for the exemption method for elimination of double taxation, but State R has opted to apply Article 5 of the MLI, the credit method would apply and in such a situation, in the absence of exemption granted in State R, the provisions of Article 10(1) shall not apply.

India has opted for Option C under Article 5 which allows a country to apply the credit method to all its treaties where the exemption method was applicable earlier. Therefore, with respect to India only credit method will be applicable as a method to eliminate double taxation.

Given that India’s tax treaties apply the credit method for providing relief from double taxation, the situation contemplated under Article 5 may not be relevant in the Indian context.

3.5 Interplay of Article 10 with PPT / GAAR
The Principle Purpose Test (‘PPT’) rule under Article 7 is the minimum standard and applies to all DTAAs covered under MLI. A question could therefore arise as to which provision would override the other. It is pertinent to note that provisions of Article 29 of the OECD Model clearly specify that Article 29 would apply where the PPT has been met. However, Article 10 of the MLI does not lay down any preference of application of PPT or otherwise. Consequently, it could be possible to take a view that if the specific conditions of Article 10 are met, PPT rule should not apply to deny the treaty benefits.

However, a better and sensible view could be that even if the special anti-abuse provision contained in Article 10 is satisfied, the general anti-abuse provision under Article 7(1) also needs to be satisfied to avail treaty benefits. In other words, where the main purpose to set up or constitute the PE in the third state (State PE) was to obtain tax benefit, such an arrangement should be covered under the mandatory provisions of Article 7(1) of the MLI so as to deny the treaty benefits. In a case where the provisions of MLI Article 10 are applicable, the treaty benefits can be denied based on the applicability of MLI Article 10 itself. In other words, MLI article 7(1) and MLI Article 10 both can co-exist and an assessee needs to satisfy both the tests to avail treaty benefits.

Further, in a case where India is the State S, one will also have to see the applicability of GAAR provisions and its interplay with the provisions of Article 10. Typically, GAAR applies where the main purpose of the arrangement is to obtain tax benefit and the GAAR provisions can kick in to deny the treaty benefits as well. Here it is important to note that both Indian domestic law and OECD recognise that the provisions of GAAR / PPT and SAAR / MLI 10 can co-exist. FAQ 1 under Circular 7 of 2017 states that the provisions of GAAR and SAAR can co-exist and are applicable, as may be necessary, in the facts and circumstances of the case. The same has also been recognised under para 2 of the OECD commentary on Article 29.

4. CONCLUSION
In the second part of this article, the authors will attempt to analyse some practical challenges arising on account of the difference in the tax rates of the jurisdictions involved and the impact of the anti-avoidance rule on India. The second part will also cover the difference between Article 10 of the MLI and the BEPS Action Plan 6 Report on the basis of which the rule was incorporated in the MLI and Article 29 of the OECD Model.  

 

VALUE CHAIN ANALYSIS – ADDING VALUE TO ARM’S LENGTH PRINCIPLE

BACKGROUND
The recently introduced new tax reporting obligations under the three-tier documentation [that is, country-by-country report (CbCR), master file and local file] pursuant to implementation of Action 13 of the action plans on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS1) for companies having cross-border operations, requires maintenance and sharing of the transfer pricing documentation with tax authorities across the globe. While the CbCR will give tax authorities much more information on the global tax footprint of the group, the master file requires it to produce a global ‘overview’ of a multinational entity’s business including its supply chain, allocation of income and transfer pricing policies, and this may include sharing of critical and sensitive information about its business operations. The documentation required has become more robust and in sync with the actual conduct of the operations as against the contractual obligations. Hence, the existing requirement of documentation, which historically has been the cornerstone for supporting the arm’s length standard, needs to be aligned with the new reporting framework. The discrepancy between the two documentation frameworks, if not reconciled, can lead to misinterpretations and ineffective discussions between the taxpayers and tax authorities. This has led to the taxpayers relooking at the way the businesses have been conducted and requiring a much closer alignment between a company’s value chain, operating model and the tax structure.

 

1   BEPS
relates chiefly to instances where the interaction of different tax rules leads
to double non-taxation or less than single taxation. It also relates to
arrangements that achieve no or low taxation by shifting profits away from the
jurisdictions where the activities creating those profits take place – OECD’s
publication on ‘Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting’

In line with the above and with the advent of the new framework of documentation, the arm’s length principle (ALP) which was considered to be transaction-based and at most entity-based, has evolved from the entity approach to mapping of the position of the group entities and reconciling the profits allocated according to arm’s length with ‘value creation’. This shift is more so as ALP is seen as being vulnerable to manipulation as it lays emphasis on contractual allocations of functions, assets and risks and this results in outcomes which do not correspond to the value created through the economic activity carried out by the members of the group. Some of the instances of current ALP mismatches are given below:

(a) Benchmarking analysis currently undertaken which considers only one part of the transaction without taking into consideration the holistic analysis of the parties involved in the intercompany transaction.
(b) Commissionaire model wherein the significant people functions contribute highly to the group but draw only a cost plus or fixed return to the entity with the people function.
(c) IP structures without the people function charging royalty to the group entities by claiming to be the legal owner of intangibles while no value creation happens in the said entities.

Hence, for the sustainability of the group’s transfer pricing policy, it becomes necessary to conduct a value chain analysis in order to bridge the gap between the requirements of the existing documentation requirement and the BEPS-driven documentation.

Value chain analysis in simple terms means a systematic way of examining all the activities performed by the business and determining the sources of the competitive advantage which translate into profit for the group. In short, a value chain analysis projects the value creation story of the group by bringing out how and where the value is created and by which entities within the group. This analysis is crucial as it will assist the group to test and corroborate the alignment of the transfer pricing policies with the value creation.

The OECD in its BEPS projects has also recognised value chain analysis as being useful in determining the value drivers and the relevant factors necessary for splitting the profits to the entities creating the value. Further, Actions 8-102: 2015 Final Reports on ‘Aligning transfer pricing outcomes with value creation’ states that the value chain analysis should consider where and how value is created in the operations by considering the following:
(a) Economically significant functions, assets and risks and the key personnel contributing to the same;
(b) The economic circumstances that add to the creation of opportunities to increase profits;
(c) The substance in the value creation and whether the same is sustainable or short-term.

Effectively conducted value chain analysis can lead to transformation in the supply chain in order to align with the value drivers. A value chain analysis thus provides companies with a means to defend their transfer pricing policies, i.e., to prove that the arm’s length price is in sync with the actual functions performed, assets employed and risks assumed.

ORIGIN AND CONCEPT OF VALUE CHAIN
The concept of ‘value chain’ was introduced by Micheal Porter in his book The Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance, back in 1985. In simple terms, it refers to the chain of activities performed by a business to transform an input for a product or service into an output that is of value in the market for the customer. Such activities could range from design and development, procurement, production, marketing, logistics, distribution, to after-sales support to the final customer. These activities may be performed by a single entity or a group of entities which are based in different locations that contribute to the overall profitability of the business.

With increasing globalisation, international trade and advent of technology, the value chains of MNEs are dispersed across multiple geographies and entities which have resulted in the evolution of the concept of global value chain (‘GVC’). GVCs are organisational systems that operate across multiple nations and are highly integrated. GVCs help the MNEs to achieve enhanced productivity, efficiency and economies of scale at a global level in this dynamic business environment. Typically, a GVC would involve vertical integration of economic activities which at the same time are divided across countries, specialisation in tasks and business-related functions and reliance on the integrated networks of buyers and suppliers.

 

2   Actions
8 to 10 – Action 8 relates to TP framework for intangibles and cost
contribution agreements, Action 9 relates to TP framework for risks and
capital, and Action 10 relates to TP methods for other high-risk transactions

POST-BEPS – GUIDANCE PROVIDED ON VALUE CHAIN
BEPS is an initiative by the OECD which seeks to ensure that each country gets its fair share of taxes by setting up effective domestic and international tax systems which curb base erosion and profit shifting by multinational corporations by misusing the gaps and mismatches in the present tax systems. As a part of this project, 15 detailed Action Plans were laid down by the OECD across the themes of coherence, economic substance and transparency.

The concept of value chain analysis, though well-known, has gained more significance with the BEPS initiative. From a transfer pricing perspective, the important areas of change lie within the ‘economic substance’ and ‘transparency’ themes. The need for value chain analysis is rooted under both the said themes and is the heart of the BEPS from a transfer pricing perspective.

The OECD3 recognised that there is a need to address the issues arising due to mismatch of economic substance in corporate structures, where the income is parked in low tax jurisdictions under legal entities which lack substance, thus leading to erosion of the tax base of the other high tax jurisdictions.

Some of the guidance available emphasising on the relevance of value chain are reproduced below:

– OECD’s publication on ‘Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting’ 2013 has highlighted the importance of value chain analysis:
Action 54 – Point (ii) on ‘Restoring the full effects and benefits of international standards’ states that ‘Current rules work in many cases, but they need to be adapted to prevent BEPS that results from the interactions among more than two countries and to fully account for global value chains’.

– BEPS Action Plan 8-10’s final reports, ‘Aligning Transfer Pricing Outcomes with Value Creation’ released in 2015 lays emphasis on value chain in determining the arm’s length price for transactions with related parties. This was also included in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, 2017 (‘TPG’), in para 1.51 – Functional analysis, which reads as under:
‘… it is important to understand how value is generated by the group as a whole, the interdependencies of the functions performed by the associated enterprises with the rest of the group, and the contribution that the associated enterprises make to that value creation. It will also be relevant to determine the legal rights and obligations of each of the parties in performing their functions…
Determining the economic significance of risk and how risk may affect the pricing of a transaction between associated enterprises is part of the broader functional analysis of how value is created by the MNE group and the activities that allow the MNE group to sustain profits, and the economically relevant characteristics of the transaction…” para 1.73

 

3   OECD
– Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development

4   Action
5 relates to countering harmful tax practices more effectively, taking into
account transparency and substance

– The TPG lays emphasis on the principle of substance over form in para 1.66 which reads as under –
‘The capability to perform decision-making functions and the actual performance of such decision-making functions relating to a specific risk involve an understanding of the risk based on a relevant analysis of the information required for assessing the foreseeable downside and upside risk outcomes of such decisions and the consequences for the business of the enterprise…’

– The public discussion draft of revised guidance on Profit Splits of 20165, contained a section on value chain analysis, which emphasised the following –
• A value chain analysis can be used as a ‘tool to assist in delineating the controlled transactions, in particular in respect of the functional analysis, and thereby determining the most appropriate transfer pricing methodology.’
• A value chain analysis ‘does not, of itself, indicate that the transactional profit split is the most appropriate method, even where the value chain analysis shows that there are factors which contribute to the creation of value in multiple places, since all parties to a transaction can be expected to make some contributions to value creation’.

However, this section was eliminated from the final Guidance as it was thought that overemphasis could unduly uplift the significance of profit splits even in cases where this would not be the best method.

 

5   https://www.oecd.org/tax/transfer-pricing/BEPS-discussion-draft-on-the-revised-guidance-on-profit-splits.pdf

– In relation to analysis of intangibles, the TPG lays focus on identifying the factors that contribute to value creation and entities that perform economically significant functions in relation to the intangibles which are used by the MNE to create value for the business. The relevant paras are given below:

‘…In cases involving the use or transfer of intangibles, it is especially important to ground the functional analysis on an understanding of the MNE’s global business and the manner in which intangibles are used by the MNE to add or create value across the entire supply chain…’ para 6.3

‘In a transfer pricing analysis of a matter involving intangibles, it is important to identify the relevant intangibles with specificity. The functional analysis should identify the relevant intangibles at issue, the manner in which they contribute to the creation of value in the transactions under review, the important functions performed and specific risks assumed in connection with the development, enhancement, maintenance, protection and exploitation of the intangibles and the manner in which they interact with other intangibles, with tangible assets and with business operations to create value…’ para 6.12.

– BEPS Action Plan 13 on three-tier documentation requires disclosure of certain information in the master file for the MNE group such as key value drivers of
the business, details on intangibles, transfer pricing policies, contribution of the key group entities, etc., which will enable tax administrations access to global documentation leading to enhanced transparency
and thereby provide a mechanism to tackle BEPS problems.

– Both the local documentation and the CbCR could reveal the key data points in relation to the MNCs’ IP activities highlighting the low substance entities generating lower taxable income.

– Also, there are certain countries (such as China, Germany, Spain, Austria, Ecuador, South Africa, etc.) where the tax administrations lay emphasis on documentation of the VCA in the local TP documentation.

WHAT IS VALUE CHAIN ANALYSIS (‘VCA’)
VCA can be said to be a blueprint of the MNE’s group operations. The analysis involves a detailed investigation into the functions, assets and risks of the MNE as a whole and thereby evaluating the contribution of each of the activities involved in the value chain to the overall value created by the group. A VCA is a deep-dive analysis of understanding where and how the economic value is created and by which parties within a multinational group.

A VCA reflects the key value drivers for an MNE’s business, sector, or line of activity and identifies the relative contributions to the value-creation process. Value driver is something that contributes to the generation of income for an MNE’s business. Value drivers could also be defined as the performance variables that will actually create the value of the business.

The value drivers may vary across different businesses, industries and sectors. It is important to note that the nature of the business or industry generally defines whether it has more of tangible or intangible value. Most of the service industry players will have greater intangible value while an asset intensive industry will have higher tangible value. For instance:
(a) For Apple, which is one of the leading companies which sells computers, mobile phones and such other electronic devices, their key value drivers would be continuous innovation, unique technology which differentiates their products from the other competitors in the market, brand, customer loyalty, geographic reach, etc.
(b) For an IT company like Infosys which is a multinational company engaged in providing services in the area of information technology, business consultancy, outsourcing and managed services, their key value drivers would be employee productivity, a skilled and trained workforce, a global delivery model, latest technology, acquisitions, etc.
(c) For a company like McDonalds which falls under the fast-food industry, the value drivers would be product quality and customer health, human capital, environment footprint, brand management, sustainable supply chain and packaging waste, etc.
(d) For a company like Paytm which is a leading digital financial services platform, the value drivers would be technology, customer experience, availability of frictionless payment options, etc.

The VCA highlights the economically significant functions performed and risks assumed by the MNE group and also by the individual entities within the group which leads to value creation for the group. Further, by understanding whether an entity is really controlling the function / risk, it becomes easier to understand whether such an entity is adequately remunerated for these activities in line with its value contribution and whether it would need to be remunerated if there is a transfer of such function or risk from that entity to any other group entity. The VCA helps in identifying the commercial or financial relations between the parties and thereby assists in accurately delineating the controlled transactions based on the actual conduct of the parties in the entire value chain. A VCA is therefore a critical and important step for the purpose of drawing conclusions from a tax and transfer pricing perspective to align the value drivers with the functions performed and risks borne by the respective entities in the global value chain.

STEPS FOR UNDERTAKING VCA
There is no ‘right’ way of conducting a value chain analysis because every business will have its own value drivers and value creation story. Further, there are various techniques that can be applied while conducting a VCA to map the activities against the value creation. We explain below some of the steps which need to be considered in performing a VCA:

Step 1: Identification of the value drivers for the business
Value drivers in principle are common for a business operating in a particular industry or sector; however, its importance will vary from business to business. These drivers can be linked to the tangible assets or intangible assets of the business that are created or used for conducting the business, the various processes / systems adopted, customer relationships developed, the skilled workforce, or even the culture of the organisation which leads to value creation. Also, not all the value drivers would draw equal weightage when their contributions in the value chain are analysed. Hence, it is important to evaluate their relative value in the entire value chain by assigning a numerical weightage to them.

Step 2: Mapping the contribution by the legal entities / territories
The next step is to determine and map the contribution to the value generated by the value drivers with the legal entities that are part of the value chain. This will involve conducting a detailed functions, asset and risk analysis for the legal entities, analysing the key tangible and intangible assets employed and the risks assumed by the entities while contributing to the value chain. The OECD guidelines provide a detailed framework on risk analysis – control and management of risks, which would play a vital role in determining their weightage in value creation. Para D.1.2.1.1 of the TPG.

Step 3: Allocate the profits to the legal entities
Based on the results of Steps 1 and 2, the overall profit of the group is calculated and then appropriately allocated to the respective legal entities in line with the weightage assigned to the relative contributions of the entities in the value chain.

Step 4: Alignment with the transfer pricing outcomes
The results of Step 3 can be compared with the existing or proposed transfer pricing for controlled transactions across the group and in alignment with the value created by each of the entities in the value chain. VCA is a corroborative analysis which would help identify the mismatches in the pricing for the individual entities by providing a holistic picture of the allocation of profit results at a group level.

We have illustrated below a case study evaluating the value chain for an MNE group:

 

In relation to the above case study:
• F Co. is the parent company of I Co., S Co. and D Co.
• F Co. is engaged in full-fledged manufacturing activities.
• I Co. and S. Co. are R&D centres of the group.
• I Co. supervises the R&D services performed by S Co.
• D Co. is a full-fledged distributor engaged in distribution of goods in the local jurisdiction.

Value chain – Analysis of the value contribution of each of the parties

Functions
of F Co.

Functions
of I Co.

Functions
of S Co.

Functions
of D Co.

• Manufacture and sale of products

• Legal owner of the IP developed by I Co. and S
Co.

• Provides funding to I Co. and S Co.

• Manages the R&D projects by hiring own
R&D workforce

• Frames its own research budgets, decides on the
termination /

• Designs and develops R&D programme under
the supervision and control of I Co.

• Performs the contract R&D services


Imports (procures) finished goods from F Co. and sells to local customers


Performs local marketing and sales functions

(continued)

 

for the R &D activities

(continued)

 

modification to the R&D projects

• Controls and supervises the R&D activities
performed by S Co.

• Takes all the relevant decisions related to
R&D of S Co.

(continued)

 

under supervision and control of I Co.

• After sales support activities

Risks
borne by F Co.

Risks
borne by I Co.

Risks
borne by S Co.

Risks
borne by D Co.

• Financial risk of failure of R&D projects

• Operates as a full-fledged manufacturer bearing
all the related risks

Responsible for key development activities and
risk management functions of I Co. and S Co. both in relation to the IP
developed through the R&D activities

Limited risks service provider – attrition risk,
foreign currency fluctuation risk, technology risk, etc.

Takes
title to the goods and bears the related risks such as market risks,
inventory risk, credit risk, foreign currency fluctuation risk, etc.

In order to perform an analysis of the value contribution of each of the entities it is essential to understand the functions performed and risks assumed by each of the entities in the value chain. From the above tabulation of the functional and risk analysis of all the entities participating in the value chain of the group, it is evident that the primary functions in the value chain are research and development, procurement, manufacturing, sales and marketing and after sales services. Various entities of the group based in different geographies are engaged in performing the said activities in relation to these functions which leads to creation of value for the group and thereby results in generating profits. The key value drivers for this business are people, technology, marketing intangible (brand), customer base, innovation through R&D, location savings, etc.

In the above case study, from a transfer pricing perspective the following are the key points for consideration:
a) F Co. being the IP owner contractually assumes the financial risk and has the financial capacity to assume the risk in relation to the IP developed as a result of the R&D activities performed by I Co. and S Co. However, it does not exercise any control over these risks. Accordingly, in addition to the return on the manufacturing function, F Co. may only be entitled to a risk-free return on the funding activities.
b) I Co. is entitled to returns derived from the exploitation of the intangibles developed as a result of the R&D efforts of I Co. and S. Co., as it performs both the development and risk management functions in relation to the intangibles developed.
c) S Co. needs to be remunerated for its contract R&D services rendered to F Co. based on the function, asset and risk analysis in relation to these activities performed by F Co. In determining the remuneration for S Co., it will be critical to consider the comparability factors such as the skill sets of the employees employed for performing the R&D services, the nature of research being undertaken, etc.
d) D Co. is a full-fledged distributor and needs to be remunerated adequately for the distribution functions performed by it.

In the above case study, based on the steps for conducting the VCA (explained before the case study), the controlled transactions were accurately delineated from the value chain and the key functions performed and risks assumed by the respective group entities in the value chain have been identified and evaluated. On the basis of the evaluation of the contribution of each of the parties, the remuneration in line with the conduct has been discussed in the above section.

In practical scenarios, the value chain analysis could be more complex for large MNEs where the supply chain is fragmented across various geographies with multiple group entities involved in the value chain performing various integrated functions. Accordingly, it is necessary to follow a methodical and step-by-step process while conducting the value chain analysis which forms the basis of tax and transfer pricing analysis for the group at a global level.

Purpose of conducting a value chain analysis in the current environment
a) Supply chain analysis vis-à-vis traditional FAR analysis vis-à-vis value chain analysis

A value chain as a concept is different from a supply chain. A supply chain typically focuses on the ‘flow of goods and services’, while value chain addresses the question of what value the business has created by analysing what it is able to sell in the market and what is the cost of creating that.

Supply chain can be described as a business transformation tool which helps in minimising the costs, maximising the customer satisfaction by ensuring that the products are provided to the customers at the right time and place; whereas value chain provides the competitive advantage which ensures that the competition is taken care of by fulfilling customer satisfaction by adding value. Supply chain is only a component of the value chain.

The value chain analysis supplements the traditional functional analysis and establishes the connection on how the FAR and value drivers contribute value to the MNC. The value chain analysis strengthens the documentation as it evaluates both sides of the contracting parties and provides a justification of the arm’s length principle by highlighting the alignment of the transfer pricing policy with the actual conduct of the parties. The robust documentation will serve as back-up to defend the pricing policy during transfer pricing audits. This will also be relevant during negotiations with the APA / competent authority on the allocation of profits among the parties in the value chain as the documentation clearly highlights the robust functional profile.

b) Globalisation and decentralisation of functions, digitalisation
With the emergence of MNEs across different jurisdictions, the competitiveness of the companies is influenced by the efficiency of the supply chain and the corresponding value created by each of the functions in the value chain. Given the current dynamics, not only the supply chain but also the value chain is shifting towards becoming more sustainable, globalised and digitalised.

Digitalisation is bringing about a change by introducing new operating models and revolutionising the existing models. With this there is bound to be a change in the value drivers of the companies and a shift in the functional profile. Corresponding alignment of the pricing policy with the value creation / contribution of each entity in the value chain is going to be critical in order to ensure appropriate allocation of the profits to the entities.

 

6   In
transfer pricing cases involving intangibles, the determination of the entity
or entities within an MNE group which are ultimately entitled to share in the
returns derived by the group from exploiting intangibles is crucial. A related
issue is which entity or entities within the group should ultimately bear the
costs, investments and other burdens associated with the Development of
intangible asset, Enhancement of the value of intangible asset, Maintenance
of intangible asset, Protection of intangible asset against infringement
and Exploitation of intangibles

c) Assessing the value in the value chain for intangibles
For the purpose of assessing the value, the strong focus is on DEMPE function6. It is important that the profit allocation is based on the functional substance-based contribution towards the DEMPE of the intangibles. The value drivers in the case of intangibles go beyond the legal definition of the intangible. In the case of intangibles, factors such as risks borne, specific market characteristics, location, business strategies and group synergies could contribute to value creation. All the entities performing functions, using assets or assuming risks for contributing to the value of the intangible, must be adequately remunerated for their contribution under the arm’s length principle.

d) Application of profit split method (PSM) for value chain analysis
The main objective of BEPS is that the transfer pricing outcomes are in sync with the economic value created. Hence, it becomes necessary to accurately delineate the actual transaction and its pricing in accordance with the most appropriate method selected to justify the arm’s length principle. The transfer pricing regulations requires selection of the most appropriate method to justify the arm’s length principle. PSM7 could be considered as the most appropriate method as it advocates alignment of profits with the relative values / contribution of the functions, assets and risks.

 

7   PSM
– is applied in cases involving transfer of unique intangibles or highly
integrated operations that cannot be evaluated on an individual basis, i.e.,
they are intrinsically linked

EFFECT OF COVID ON VALUE CHAIN AND NEED TO CONDUCT THE ANALYSIS TO ANALYSE ITS IMPACT FROM A TAX PERSPECTIVE – RISKS OF NOT CONDUCTING A VCA

The Covid-19 pandemic has hit the international trade hard thereby causing concerns of serious disruptions to the global value chains (GVCs). The pandemic has impacted the way companies conduct their operations – consequential changes to the value chains as a stop-gap arrangement or a permanent modification to how the business was undertaken.

Some of the instances of disruption in the value chain are given below:
(a) Lockdowns changed the dynamics of how products were sourced. There was a sudden shift from brick-and-mortar retail chains to digital marketplaces / e-commerce platforms. Unlike historically where the physical stores, sales personnel, advertising, etc., which were value drivers in the value chain, now the value contribution of digital / ecommerce platforms has increased significantly.
(b) MNCs having centralised sourcing for their manufacturing / trading activities, faced challenges due to supply chain disruptions. Many resorted to decentralised sourcing from alternate locations / suppliers.
(c) The pandemic influenced work from home for employees which disrupted the provision of services. Example – employees responsible for performing significant DEMPE functions had to work from remote locations thereby disrupting the significance of the location base.

Both the business operations and the financial markets got disrupted due to the pandemic. For the companies that reorganised their operations to adapt to the evolving economic and business environment, the existing transfer pricing policies may no longer apply in line with the transformation of the value chain. In order to sustain their business operations, some companies moved parts of their supply chains as a result of the pandemic, thereby making existing transfer pricing policies obsolete. Due to the impact on the profitability or disruptions to cash flows, the existing transfer pricing policies may not be complied with due to the inability to compensate the entities in line with the functions they performed. Hence, it would be critical for taxpayers to evaluate whether changes in a value chain result in transfer of value or alteration of the profit potential of group entities in their jurisdiction. Thus, taxpayers need to be alert about such eventualities.

Since the pandemic has impacted the economic conditions significantly, this would have an effect on the APAs entered into covering the pandemic year onwards. Most APAs include specific assumptions about the operational and economic conditions that will affect transactions covered in the APA. Hence, it is critical to determine to what extent the changes will affect the application of existing APAs. Since the pandemic has not affected all companies equally, the individual cases of each taxpayer should be evaluated.

JUDICIAL PRECEDENCE – INDIAN AND GLOBAL
With the above detailed discussion on the concept of value chain and the need for conducting the same, let us look at how value chain analysis has gained significance from the Indian perspective. The transfer pricing provisions in India were enacted in the Income-tax Act in 2001 and since then the transfer pricing law in India has evolved with substantial developments. Though the Indian provisions do not provide detailed guidance on various transfer pricing issues, the Indian tax authorities including the dispute resolution forums and Tax Courts place reliance on international guidelines such as the OECD TP guidelines, the United Nations’ TP Manual and guidelines published by various countries while conducting TP audits and deciding on the complex issues related to transfer pricing.

India has also adopted the BEPS Action Plan 13 – three-tier documentation (country-by-country report, master file and local file) in the local regulations in 2016 with additional requirements for master file compliance, wherein it requires the MNC’s to provide the drivers of profits for the business, the transfer pricing policies and strategies in relation to intangibles and R&D facilities and the detailed functional analysis for principal entities contributing to the profits, revenue or assets of the group as per the specified threshold. Pursuant to the BEPS Action Plans released in 2015, the concept of substance over form, i.e., actual conduct of the parties vis-à-vis the legal form plays a vital role in determination of the arm’s length price for a controlled transaction. The Indian tax authorities during the course of TP investigations attempt to re-characterise the transaction to determine the arm’s length price based on the actual conduct of the parties rather than the contractual arrangements, which is in line with OECD guidelines.

Some of these case laws where emphasis is laid on the value chain analysis are summarised below:
a) In the case of L’Oreal India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-829-ITAT-2019 (Mum)-TP], the Mumbai Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) referred to the Development Enhancement Maintenance Protection and Exploitation (DEMPE) framework while analysing the issue of marketing intangibles arising due to the significant incurrence of Advertising, Marketing and Promotion (AMP) expenses. The ITAT held as follows:
• the sine qua non for commencing the TP exercise is to show the existence of an international transaction and the same had not been shown to have been fulfilled in the instant case, therefore, the issue of traversing to the aspect of determining the validity of the method for determining the ALP of such transaction does not arise at all.
• The assessee had never admitted that the incurring of AMP expenses was an international transaction and had, in fact, since inception canvassed that the said expenses were incurred in the normal course of its own business and not for rendering any DEMPE functions for brand building of its AE.
• Accordingly, the ITAT held that no part of the AMP expenses incurred by the assessee are attributable to rendering of any DEMPE functions for the brands owned by the AE and deleted the adjustment proposed by the Indian Revenue Authorities with respect to the AMP expenses incurred by the assessee.
• The ITAT distinguished the decision of the High Court in the case of Sony Ericsson India Pvt. Ltd. by recording the finding that the presence of AMP as a transaction was accepted by the assessee itself in case of the High Court decision, whereas in the current case the assessee had never made any such admissions.
• The ITAT further remarked that de hors any ‘understanding’ or an ‘arrangement’ or ‘action in concert’, as per which the assessee had agreed for incurring of AMP expenses for brand building of its AE, the provisions of Chapter X could not have been invoked for undertaking a TP adjustment exercise.

From the above case it is evident that the ITAT has laid emphasis on evaluation of the DEMPE functions performed by the entities in the group for determining whether incurring of AMP expenses alone leads to brand-building for the AE for which the assessee needs to be remunerated separately as an international transaction. Accordingly, a detailed value chain analysis for an MNE group which also includes analysis of the DEMPE functions in relation to the intangibles would help in strongly defending its position before the tax authorities.

b) In the case of Infogain India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-392-ITAT-2015 (Del)-TP], the Delhi ITAT upheld the application of the Profit Split Method (PSM) adopted by the assessee on the ground that the activities of the assessee and its associated enterprise were intrinsically linked and both the entities were significantly contributing to the value chain of provision of software services to the end customers. The ITAT, based on the examination of the functions performed by both the parties and weights assigned to each activity, observed that – ‘In the present case, both the parties, i.e., Infogain India (assessee) and Infogain US are making contribution. Therefore, the Profit Split Method is the most appropriate method for determination of ALP.’

c) In the Coca-Cola USA case8, the US Tax Court confirmed an adjustment made by the Internal Revenue Service (‘IRS’) to the income of the company. The issue under examination was that Coca Cola was not adequately compensated (i.e., with royalty) by its group entities for the use of intangibles. While deciding this issue, the IRS laid emphasis on the functions performed by the respective entities in the supply chain, risks control and allocation, DEMPE functions in relation to the intangibles, costs incurred by the different entities on the Advertising, Marketing and Promotion expenses, and contractual arrangements between the group entities. Upon in-depth analysis, the IRS proposed to benchmark the transaction in question using the Comparable Profits Method (CPM) treating unrelated bottlers as comparable parties wherein ‘Return on Assets’ (ROA) was taken as the appropriate Profit Level Indicator. The US Tax Court upheld the contentions of the IRS based on the above economic analysis conducted to derive an approximate royalty payment to Coca Cola Company by the group entities.

 

8   155
T.C. 10 Docket No. 31183-15, US Tax Court, Coca Cola Company & Subsidiaries
vs. Commissioner of Internal Revenue

d) In the case of Dutch taxpayer Zinc Smelters BV9, the taxpayer was engaged in the business of zinc smelting. The zinc smelting process involved conversion of zinc ore and the related raw materials into pure zinc and the same was distributed in the market. The value chain of this activity comprised of key functions, namely, procurement of raw materials, planning and scheduling of production, undertaking the production activity, planning the logistics and distribution in the market, undertaking support functions such as finance, IT, marketing, etc. Globally, the business of the group was sold, pursuant to which all the functions except the production activity were transferred to a new entity. The question was regarding the remuneration of the taxpayer post the business restructuring. The Dutch Court of Appeals agreed with the ruling of the Dutch tax authority that the key functions of sourcing raw material and thereby conversion of the ore (raw material) into finished product were critical functions in the value chain and were inter-linked. Accordingly, both the taxpayer and the new entity were performing non-routine functions. Hence, profit split was considered as the most appropriate method to determine the arm’s length remuneration for both the entities. For the purpose of profit split, the profit achieved from joint smelting activities of the taxpayer and the new entity were to be determined and then split between both the entities based on their contributions to the revenue generated.

 

9   Case
number ECLI:NL:GHSHE:2020:968  – 17/00714
Zinc Smelter B.V. vs. Dutch Tax Authority

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The taxpayer is required to appropriately report under Clause 18 of Form No. 3CEB10 any transactions arising out of or by being a part of business restructuring11 or reorganisation.

Some of the instances of business restructuring or reorganisation are as follows:
(a) Reallocation of functions, assets and risks within the group.
(b) Transfer of valuable intangibles within the group.
(c) Termination or renegotiation of the existing contractual arrangements.
(d) Shift of responsibility of specific functions from one entity to another entity within the group.

The taxpayers must maintain robust documentation such as agreements, valuation reports (if any), post-restructuring FAR analysis, etc., to substantiate the arm’s length principle. In the changing dynamics of business, it is imperative that taxpayers monitor business operations more closely for any changes.

DOCUMENTATION
As we all know, documentation forms the core of the entire transfer pricing analysis; accordingly, in a post-BEPS world it is even more critical to ensure that the MNE group has adequately documented its transfer pricing policies which are in line with the value contributions by the respective group entities in the value chain, economic functions performed and risks assumed while dealing with controlled transactions.

In order to manage the risks, the MNCs will have to ensure that the documentation is more elaborate and thorough both in the factual description of the functional profile in the value chain and in the related transfer pricing analysis. A well-documented VCA would serve as a foundation for the MNE’s tax and transfer pricing analysis and help achieve consistency across various facets of regulatory compliances.

Some of the key back-up documentation that can be maintained by an MNE group to support the VCA analysis are listed below:
a. Industry reports, management discussions, financial reports – sources to ascertain the key value drivers for business;
b. Functional interview notes / recordings with key business personnel at management level, operational division personnel, process flowcharts, asset evaluation records, organisation structure, responsibility matrix, etc. – to support the functional analysis documented as part of the VCA;
c. Contractual arrangements within the group entities which are in line with the actual conduct and substance of the parties to the arrangements;
d. Back-up documents to justify the rationale adopted by the management in assigning specific weightages to the value drivers in the value chain while determining the value contribution of the respective group entities;
e. Risk analysis assessment in light of the framework of the guidelines provided by OECD for the group entities – documents which demonstrate key decisions made by entities such as board approvals, internal email correspondences, important call minutes, etc.;
f. Documents which support the legal ownership of intangibles with the group entities such as IP registrations in certain jurisdictions, accounting of these assets in the financial reporting as per local requirements, etc.;
g. Documentary evidences to support the DEMPE functions and the value contribution of each of the entities in the value chain;
h. Analysis of the key financial ratios for the group entities such as costs incurred in production, gross level margins, net profit margins, FTE count, net worth, etc.

The above list is illustrative considering that each business would have a different value chain story and hence one would need to maintain robust back-up documentation to support its VCA for the entire MNE group.

 

10 Form
No. 3CEB is a report from an accountant to be furnished under section 92E
relating to international transactions and specified domestic transactions

11           Explanation
to Section 92B of the Income-Tax Act 1961, clarifies the expression
‘international transaction’ to include – ‘….. (e) a transaction of business
restructuring or reorganisation, entered into by an enterprise with an
associated enterprise, irrespective of the fact that it has bearing on the
profit, income, losses or assets of such enterprise at the time of the
transaction or at any future date’

CONCLUSION
In the post-BEPS era it is apparent that one will have to substantiate any tax planning with adequate substance. The profit allocated to different group entities will have to be aligned with value contributed by those entities across the value chain of the MNC. The companies are expected to be transparent with their global operational and tax payment structure in order to be compliant with the BEPS requirement. Therefore, the companies will have to improve the way they explain their operating model and tax approach to the stakeholders.

The BEPS project has changed the dynamics of the international tax landscape in an unprecedented manner. The advanced work on addressing the tax challenges arising from the digitalisation of the economy will further change the status quo. Both globalisation and trade frictions in certain countries coupled with the severe impact of the Covid-19 pandemic have forced the MNEs to evaluate their global operations and the value chain distribution. This will create even more challenges in the transfer pricing areas which will have to be dealt with by both the MNEs and the tax administrations of the developing countries. It would be critical for the MNEs to effectively focus on their value chain to achieve the desired business and tax objectives in order to sustain themselves in this evolving business environment.

TWO-PILLAR SOLUTION TO ADDRESS THE TAX CHALLENGES ARISING FROM THE DIGITALISATION OF THE ECONOMY – AN OVERVIEW

1. HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE AND BACKGROUND
Digitalisation and globalisation have had a profound impact not only on the world economy, but also on the lifestyles of people. Digitalisation and the advent of Artificial Intelligence have further accelerated the impact in the 21st century. These changes have brought with them challenges to the age-old taxing rules of international business income which have resulted in multinational enterprises (MNEs) not paying their fair share of tax despite their huge profits.

In 2013, the OECD ramped up efforts to address the challenges in response to growing public and political concerns about tax avoidance by large multinationals. Implementation of the 15 Action Plans of the BEPS package, agreed to 2015, is well underway, but gaps remain. Globalisation has aggravated unhealthy tax competition.

In March, 2018, the OECD released the document Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation — Interim Report, 2018 as a follow-up to the 2015 final report on Action 1 of the project on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting. The 2018 Interim Report did not include any specific recommendations, indicating instead that further work would be carried out to understand the various business models in existence in the digital economy.

In January, 2019, the OECD released a Policy Note for renewed international discussions to focus on two ‘pillars’: one pillar addressing the broader challenges of the digitalization of the economy and the allocation of taxing rights, and a second pillar addressing remaining BEPS concerns. Following the Policy Note in February, 2019, the OECD released a Public Consultation Document describing the two-pillar proposals at a high level. The OECD received extensive comments from stakeholders and held a public consultation in March, 2019.

At the end of January, 2020, the OECD released a Statement by the Inclusive Framework on BEPS on the Two-Pillar Approach. With respect to both pillars, the documents included new details on the proposed approaches and identified key issues under consideration and areas where more work was to be undertaken.

In October, 2020, the OECD released detailed reports on the Blueprints on Pillar One and Pillar Two; an Economic Impact Assessment of the Pillar One and Pillar Two proposals; a Cover Statement by the Inclusive Framework on the work to date; future steps and a Public Consultation Document requesting comments on the Blueprints on both pillars.

On 1st July, 2021, the OECD released a Statement on a Two-Pillar Solution to Address the Tax Challenges Arising From the Digitalisation of the Economy (July Statement), reflecting the agreement of 130 of the member jurisdictions of the Inclusive Framework on some key parameters with respect to both pillars.

On 8th October, 2021, the OECD published an updated Statement (October Statement) regarding the conceptual agreement on the Two-Pillar Solution and the framework for the implementation of the same. And 136 out of 140 jurisdictions of the Inclusive Framework have agreed to the October Statement. The four jurisdictions which did not join the October Statement are Pakistan, Kenya, Nigeria, and Sri Lanka.

The 136 jurisdictions which have joined the Two-Pillar Solution represent more than 90% of the world’s GDP. An agreement is reached on a Detailed Implementation Plan that envisages implementation of the new rules by 2023.

The Two-Pillar Solution will ensure reallocation of excess profits of the large and profitable companies based on ‘nexus approach’ and that the MNEs will pay a minimum tax rate of 15%. This solution also aims to address concerns of the developing countries of having a fair share of tax revenue from MNEs who have a large customer base in these countries.

2. ISSUES UNDER THE EXISTING INTERNATIONAL TAXATION RULES
A key part of the OECD / G20 BEPS Project is addressing the tax challenges arising from the digitalisation of the economy which has undermined the basic rules that have governed the taxation of international business profits for the last one century.

The existing international tax rules are based on agreements made in the 1920s and are enshrined in the global network of bilateral tax treaties.

There are two main issues:
(1) The old rules provide that the profits of a foreign company can only be taxed in another country where the foreign company has a physical presence. One hundred years ago, when digital technologies were non-existent and business revolved around factories, warehouses and movement of physical goods, this made perfect sense. However, in today’s digitalised world, MNEs often conduct large-scale business in a jurisdiction with little or no physical presence in that jurisdiction.
(2) Secondly, most countries only tax the domestic business income of their MNEs but not foreign income on the assumption that foreign business profits will be taxed where they are earned.

The growth of importance of intangibles like brands, copyrights and patents, and companies’ ability to shift profits to jurisdictions that impose little or no tax, means that MNE profits often escape taxation. This is further complicated by the fact that many jurisdictions are engaged in unfair tax competition by offering reduced taxation, and even zero taxation, to attract foreign direct investment and its attendant economic benefits.

OECD estimates that corporate tax avoidance costs anywhere from USD 100 to 240 billion annually, or from four to ten percent of global corporate income tax revenues. Developing countries are disproportionately affected because they tend to rely more heavily on corporate income taxes than advanced economies. Lack of global consensus on taxing MNE profits has given rise to unilateral measures at the national level, such as Digital Services Taxes (DST) and the prospect of retaliatory tariffs.

Such an outcome could cost the global economy up to 1% of its GDP. Again, this would hit developing countries harder than more advanced economies. The implementation of the Two-Pillar Solution aims to avoid trade wars, provide certainty and prevent unilateral domestic tax measures that would adversely impact trade and investment.

3. EVOLVING TWO-PILLAR SOLUTION
3.1 Pillar One
Pillar One aims to ensure a fairer distribution of profits and taxing rights among countries with respect to the largest MNEs which are the beneficiaries of globalisation. Tax certainty is a key aspect of the new rules, which include a mandatory and binding dispute resolution process for Pillar One, but with the caveat that developing countries will be able to benefit from an elective mechanism in certain cases, ensuring that the rules are not too onerous for low-capacity countries. The agreement to re-allocate profit under Pillar One includes the removal and standstill of DST and other relevant, similar measures, bringing an end to trade tensions resulting from the instability of the international tax system. It will also provide a simplified and streamlined approach to the application of the arm’s length principle in specific circumstances, with particular focus on the needs of low-capacity countries.

Pillar One would bring dated international tax rules into the 21st century, by offering market jurisdictions new taxing rights over MNEs, whether or not there is a physical presence.

a) Under Pillar One, 25% of profits of the largest and most profitable MNEs above a set profit margin (residual profits) would be reallocated to the market jurisdictions where the MNE’s users and customers are located; this is referred to as Amount A.
b) Pillar One also provides for a simplified and streamlined approach to the application of the arm’s length principle to in-country baseline marketing and distribution activities, referred to as Amount B.
c) Pillar One includes features to ensure dispute prevention and dispute resolution in order to address any risk of double taxation, but with an elective mechanism for some low-capacity countries.
d) Pillar One also entails the removal and standstill of DST and similar relevant measures to prevent harmful trade disputes.

3.2 Certain aspects of Amount A and Amount B
a) Computation of Amount A

Amount A would be computed for in-scope MNEs (i.e., ‘covered entities’ to which Pillar One applies), as 25% of residual profit (residual profit is defined as profit in excess of 10% of revenue) will be allocated to market jurisdictions with nexus using a revenue-based allocation key.

Revenue will be sourced to the end jurisdiction where the goods or services are ultimately used or consumed.

The base profit or loss of the in-scope MNE to be used for computation of Amount A will be determined by reference to the financial accounting income, with a few adjustments. (These rules are yet to be prescribed.)

b) Computation of Amount A in a case where marketing and distribution activities are undertaken in the relevant jurisdiction
In case the relevant market jurisdiction is already allocated a portion of the residual profit, a safe harbour will apply to cap the total residual profits allocated to such marketing jurisdiction under Amount A. Further work is expected to be undertaken to determine this safe harbour.

c) How would tax certainty be achieved for Amount A?
A dispute prevention and resolution mechanism will be introduced to avoid double taxation of Amount A. Such dispute resolution mechanism is expected to be mandatory and binding on jurisdictions. An elective binding dispute resolution mechanism will be made available on issues related to Amount A for developing economies which are eligible for deferral of their BEPS Action 14 review and have no or low levels of dispute. Interestingly, India has agreed to this Clause in the context of Pillar One, despite its consistent resistance to mandatory arbitration.

d) Computation of Amount B
Amount B would be based on the arm’s length return for in-country baseline marketing and distribution activities. The work on simplifying the computation of Amount B and streamlining the same is expected to be completed by the end of 2022. A safe harbour rate or other guidance may be provided for determining arm’s length return to compute Amount B. However, till such time one needs to follow the general principles enshrined in the Transfer Pricing Regulations.

e) How would Pillar One be implemented?
Amount A will be implemented through a Multilateral Convention (MLC) which will be developed and opened for signature in 2022, and Amount A is expected to come into effect in 2023. Unlike the MLI, which although multilateral, amends bilateral tax treaties, the MLC will operate multilaterally and along with the MLI.

3.3 Important elements of Pillar One
i) The scope of Amount A is restated without change as MNEs with a global turnover above €20 billion and profitability above 10% of profit before tax. These thresholds will be calculated using an average mechanism (yet to be described in detail).
ii) Amount A will allocate 25% of ‘residual profits’, which is defined as profit before tax in excess of 10% of revenue, to market jurisdictions with nexus using a revenue-based allocation key.
iii) A mandatory and binding dispute resolution mechanism will be available for all issues related to Amount A. For certain developing countries, an elective binding dispute resolution mechanism will be available. The eligibility of a jurisdiction for the elective binding dispute resolution mechanism will be regularly reviewed. If a jurisdiction is found to be ineligible, it will remain ineligible in all subsequent years.
iv) The removal of all DSTs and other relevant similar measures with respect to all companies will be required by the Multilateral Convention (MLC) through which Amount A is to be implemented. No newly-enacted DSTs or other relevant similar measures will be imposed on any company from 8th October, 2021 and until the earlier date of 31st December, 2023 or the coming into force of the MLC.
v) The October Statement reiterates that the MLC through which Amount A is implemented will be developed and opened for signature in 2022, with Amount A coming into effect in 2023.

3.4 Pillar Two
Pillar Two aims to discourage tax competition on corporate income tax through the introduction of a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15% that countries can use to protect their tax bases (the GloBE rules). Pillar Two does not eliminate tax competition, but it does set multilaterally agreed limitations on it. Tax incentives provided to spur substantial economic activity will be accommodated through a carve-out. Pillar Two also protects the right of developing countries to tax certain base-eroding payments (like interest and royalties) when they are not taxed up to the minimum rate of 9%, through a ‘subject to tax rule’ (STTR).

Governments worldwide agree to allow additional taxes on the foreign profits of MNEs headquartered in their jurisdictions at least to the agreed minimum rate. This means that tax competition will now be supported by a minimum level of taxation wherever an MNE operates.

A carve-out allows countries to continue to offer tax incentives to promote business activity with real substance, like building a hotel or investing in a factory.

3.5 Pillar Two seeks to reduce tax competition and protect tax base by introducing a minimum global corporate tax. It consists of the following:
i) An Income Inclusion Rule (IIR) which imposes a top-up tax on a parent entity in respect of the low-taxed income of a constituent entity;
ii) An Undertaxed Payment Rule (UTPR) which denies deduction or requires an adjustment to the extent the low-taxed income of a constituent entity is not subject to tax under the IIR. IIR and UTPR together are called the Global anti-Base Erosion Rules (GloBE);
iii) A treaty-based STTR that allows jurisdictions to impose limited source taxation on certain related party payments subject to tax below a minimum rate.

The IIR is to be applied in the country in which the parent is situated, whereas the UTPR and the STTR apply in the case of the subsidiary.

3.6 Which entities are covered?
MNEs that meet the €750 million revenue threshold under BEPS Action 13 (Country-by-Country Reporting) would be subject to the GloBE rules. However, even if the above thresholds are not met, countries are free to apply the IIR to MNEs headquartered in their States.

The exclusion from the GloBE rules also includes Government entities, international organisations, pension funds or investment funds that are Ultimate Parent Entities (UPE) of an MNE Group or any holding vehicles used by such entities.

UTPR will not apply to MNEs in the initial phase of their international activity, i.e., those MNEs whose tangible assets abroad do not exceed €50 million and who do not operate in more than five jurisdictions. Such exclusion is limited for a period of five years after the MNE comes within the scope of the GloBE rules for the first time. For MNEs which are covered by the GloBE rules when they come into effect, UTPR will not apply for five years and the period of five years shall commence at the time the UTPR Rules come into effect.

3.7 Income Inclusion Rule
The IIR will operate to impose a top-up tax using an Effective Tax Rate (ETR) test that is calculated on a jurisdictional basis. The minimum tax rate specified is 15%. Accordingly, in a situation where the constituent entity has not been subjected to tax of at least 15%, the jurisdiction of the parent entity will collect top-up tax.

3.8 Undertaxed Payment Rule
The UTPR applies in a situation where the transaction is not subject to IIR. It allocates top-up tax from low-tax constituent entities. The minimum ETR for the UTPR is 15%.

3.9 Subject To Tax Rule
The members have agreed on a minimum rate of 9% for the STTR and therefore covered payments, which are subjected to tax in the residence jurisdiction at a rate lower than 9%, will be subject to STTR in the payer jurisdictions. [This is a bilateral solution applicable in case of Interest, Royalties and other specified payments. Where a treaty partner country taxes such income below the STTR rate of 9% in its jurisdiction, then the other partner may tax the differential rate so as to ensure that such payments are taxed minimum at the STTR rate.]

3.10 Implementation
As the GloBE rules relate to amendments in domestic tax laws, model rules will be developed by the end of November, 2021 defining the scope and setting out the mechanics of the rules. It is expected that Pillar Two will be brought into law in 2022, to be effective in 2023 and UTPR to apply from 2024. Implementation of the GloBE rules is not mandatory on jurisdictions. However, if such rules are implemented, a common approach is to be followed and the rules and implementation are to be undertaken in the manner provided in Pillar Two.

A model treaty provision will be developed by the end of November, 2021 incorporating the STTR.

3.11 Important Elements of Pillar Two
i) It is restated that Inclusive Framework members are not required to adopt the GloBE rules but if they choose to do so, they should implement and administer the rules in a way that is consistent with the outcomes provided for under Pillar Two, including the model rules and guidance agreed to by the Inclusive Framework. It is also restated that Inclusive Framework members accept the application of the GloBE rules applied by other Inclusive Framework members.
ii) The design of Pillar Two is restated, including the GloBE rules, consisting of the IIR and the UTPR, and the STTR. Exclusion from the UTPR will be available for MNEs in the initial phase of their international activity (i.e., MNEs with a maximum of €50 million tangible assets abroad that operate in no more than five other jurisdictions). This exclusion is limited to five years after the MNE comes into the scope of the GloBE rules for the first time. In respect of existing distribution tax systems, there will be no top-up tax liability if earnings are distributed within four years and taxed at or above the minimum level.
iii) The minimum tax rate for purposes of the IIR and UTPR will be 15%.
iv) The substance-based carve-out is modified from the July Statement, with a transition period of ten years. (Detailed guidelines are provided for the same.)
v) A de minimis exclusion is provided for those jurisdictions where the MNE has revenues of less than €10 million and profits of less than €1 million.
vi) The nominal tax rate used for the application of the STTR will be 9%.
vii) Pillar Two will apply a minimum rate on a jurisdictional basis. Consideration will be given to the conditions under which the United States Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) regime will co-exist with the GloBE rules, to ensure a level playing field.
viii) The October Statement reiterates that Pillar Two generally should be brought into law in 2022, to be effective in 2023. However, the entry into effect of the UTPR has been deferred to 2024.

4. LIKELY IMPACT OF TWO-PILLAR SOLUTION
Under Pillar One, taxing rights on more than USD 125 billion of profit are expected to be reallocated to market jurisdictions each year. With respect to Pillar Two, with a minimum rate of 15%, the global minimum tax is estimated to generate around USD 150 billion in additional global tax revenues per year. The precise revenue impact will depend on the extent of the implementation of Pillar One and Pillar Two, the nature and scale of reactions by MNEs and Governments and future economic developments.

In terms of the investment impact, the Two-Pillar Solution is expected to provide a favourable environment for investment and growth. The absence of an agreement may have led to a proliferation of uncoordinated and unilateral tax measures (e.g., Digital Services Taxes and Equalisation Levy) and an increase in tax and trade disputes which would have undermined tax certainty and investment and resulted in additional compliance and administration burdens. It is estimated that these disputes could reduce global GDP by more than 1%.

5. FURTHER COURSE OF ACTION
Model rules to implement Pillar Two will be developed in 2021 with an MLC to implement Pillar One finalised by February, 2022. Inclusive Framework members have set an ambitious deadline of 2023 to bring the new international tax rules into effect.

6. IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF TWO-PILLAR SOLUTION
6.1 Impact of the Two-Pillar Solution on tax payments by MNEs
Each Pillar addresses a different gap in the existing rules that allows MNEs to avoid paying taxes. First, Pillar One applies to about 100 of the biggest and most profitable MNEs and reallocates part of their profit to the countries where they sell their products and provide their services, where their consumers are located. Without this rule, these companies can earn significant profits in a market jurisdiction without paying much tax there.

Under Pillar Two, a much larger group of MNEs (any company with over €750 million of annual revenue) would now be subject to a global minimum corporate tax of 15%.

6.2 Coverage of MNEs in Two-Pillar Solution
The BEPS Project aims to ensure that all taxpayers pay their fair share of tax. While it is true that the reallocation of profit under Pillar One would apply to only about 100 companies now, these are the largest and most profitable ones.

There is also a provision to expand the scope after seven years once there is experience with implementation. Pillar One also includes a commitment to develop simplified, streamlined approaches to the application of transfer pricing rules to certain arrangements, with particular focus on the needs of low-capacity countries which are very often the subject of tax disputes.

The objective of Pillar Two is to ensure that a much broader range of MNEs (those with a turnover of at least €750 million, which will be several companies) pay a minimum level of tax, while preserving the ability of all companies to innovate and be competitive.

For other smaller companies, the existing rules continue to apply and the Inclusive Framework has a number of other international tax standards like the BEPS actions to reduce the risks of tax avoidance and ensure that they pay their fair share.

6.3 Developing Countries – Beneficial Impact
Developing countries make up a large part of the Inclusive Framework’s membership and their voices have been active and effective throughout the negotiations. The OECD estimates that on average, low-, middle- and high-income countries would all experience revenue gains as a result of Pillar One, but these gains would be expected to be larger (as a share of current corporate income tax revenues) among low-income jurisdictions. Overall, the GloBE rules will relieve pressure on developing countries to provide excessively generous tax incentives to attract foreign investment; at the same time, there will be carve-outs for activities with real substance. Specific benefits aimed at developing countries include:

i) Protecting their tax base by implementing the Subject to Tax Rule in their bilateral tax treaties ensuring minimum overall 9% tax on income from interest and royalties to MNEs (refer para 3.9 for further details).
ii) The simplified and streamlined approach to the application of the arm’s length principle to in-country baseline marketing and distribution activities, as low-capacity countries often struggle to administer transfer-pricing rules and will benefit from a formulaic approach in those cases.
iii) A lower threshold for determining the reallocation of profit under Pillar One to smaller economies.

The Two-Pillar Solution acknowledges the calls from developing countries for more mechanical, predictable rules and generally provides a redistribution of taxing rights to market jurisdictions based on where sales and users are located, often in developing countries. It also provides for a global minimum tax which will help put an end to tax havens and lessen the incentive for MNEs to shift profits out of developing countries. Developing countries can still offer effective incentives that attract genuine, substantive foreign direct investments. Importantly, this multilaterally agreed solution avoids the risk of retaliatory trade sanctions that could result from unilateral approaches such as digital services taxes.

6.4 Impact on profit-shifting by MNEs via tax havens, etc.
Harmful tax competition and aggressive tax planning have done great harm to the world economy. Tax havens have thrived over the years by offering secrecy (like bank secrecy) and shell companies (where the company doesn’t need to have any employees or activity in the jurisdiction) and no or low tax on profits booked there. The work of the G20 and the OECD-hosted Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes has ended bank secrecy (including leading to the automatic exchange of bank information), and the OECD BEPS Project requires companies to have a minimum level of substance to put an end to shell companies along with important transparency rules so that tax administrations can apply their tax rules effectively. Pillar Two will now ensure that those companies pay a minimum effective tax rate of 15% on their profits booked there (subject to carve-outs for real, substantial activities). Many countries including the UAE have introduced Economic Substance Regulations and related reporting each year to avoid shell companies.

6.5 Exclusions for certain business activities
There are four exclusions from the Two-Pillar solutions; these are, mining companies, regulated financial services, shipping companies and pension funds. The OECD Document clarifies that the exclusions that are provided for ‘relate to types of profit and activities that are not part of this problem either because the profit is already tied to the place where it is earned (for example, regulated financial services and mining companies will have to have their operations in the place where they earn their income), or the activity benefits from different taxation regimes due to their specific nature (such as shipping companies and pension funds).’ In any case, these types of businesses are still subject to all the other international tax standards on transparency and BEPS to ensure that tax authorities can tax them effectively.

7. IMPLEMENTATION TIMELINES
A detailed Implementation Plan has also been agreed upon. It contains ambitious deadlines to complete work on the rules and instruments to bring the Two-Pillar Solution into effect by 2023.

PROPOSED TIMELINES
A. Pillar One
a) Early 2022 – Text of a Multilateral Convention and Explanatory Statement to implement Amount A of Pillar One;
b) Early 2022 – Model rules for domestic legislation necessary for the implementation of Pillar One;
c) Mid-2022 – High-level signing ceremony for the Multilateral Convention;
d) End 2022 – Finalisation of work on Amount B for Pillar One;
e) 2023 – Implementation of the Two-Pillar Solution.

B. Pillar Two
a) November, 2021 – Model rules to define scope and mechanics for the GloBE rules;
b) November, 2021 – Model treaty provision to give effect to the subject to tax rule;
c) Mid-2022 – Multilateral Instrument for implementation of the STTR in relevant bilateral treaties;
d) End 2022 – Implementation framework to facilitate coordinated implementation of the GloBE rules;
e) 2023 – Implementation of the Two-Pillar Solution.

The detailed Implementation Plan provides for a clear and ambitious timeline to ensure effective implementation from 2023 onwards. On Pillar One, model rules for domestic legislation will be developed by early 2022 and the new taxing right in respect of re-allocated profit (Amount A) will be implemented through a multilateral convention with a view to allowing it to come into effect in 2023. India and many other countries may see changes in their domestic tax laws to include provisions of Pillar One. Similarly, one may see the end of unilateral measures such as the Equalisation Levy once the agreement is finalised, as stated by our Finance Minister recently. Meanwhile, work will be developed on Amount B and the in-country baseline marketing and distribution activities in scope, by the end of 2022. As for Pillar Two, model rules to give effect to the minimum corporate tax will be developed by November, 2021, as well as the model treaty provision to implement the subject to tax rule. A multilateral instrument will then be released by mid-2022 to facilitate the implementation of this rule in bilateral treaties.

8. CONCLUDING REMARKS
The October Statement marks an important milestone in the BEPS 2.0 project on fundamental changes to the global tax rules, with all OECD and G20 countries (including the European Union) now supporting the agreement on key parameters. However, more work will be required to reach agreement on some key design elements of the two Pillars. In addition, there is significant work to be done to fill in the substantive and technical details in the development of the planned model rules, treaty provisions and explanatory material. That work will need to be completed quickly in order to meet the timelines reflected in the implementation plan. It should be noted that while the October Statement provides that the work will continue to progress in consultation with stakeholders, the implementation plan provides limited time to policymakers to engage with businesses and other stakeholders.

It is said that technology has made our life simple in many respects but extremely complicated when it comes to determination of source rules for taxation. The Two-Pillar Solution is anything but a simplified, zero-defect multi-prong solution. The OECD Document admits that even the minimum corporate tax rate of 15% is a compromise, as a majority of jurisdictions have a higher corporate tax rate. But then it is said that we all live in an imperfect world, striving towards perfection which is nothing but a mirage.

Acknowledgement: The authors have relied upon various OECD publications and statements, etc., in July and October 2021 for this write-up.)

 

Section 92C of the Act and CUP method – Arm’s length price of interest-free debt funding of an overseas Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), with a corresponding obligation on the SPV to use it for the purpose of acquisition of a target company abroad, under CUP method is Nil

Bennett Coleman & Co. Ltd. vs. DCIT [(2021) 129 taxmann.com 398 (Mum-Trib)] [ITA No.: 298/Mum/2014] A.Y.: 2009-10 Date of order: 30th August, 2021

Section 92C of the Act and CUP method – Arm’s length price of interest-free debt funding of an overseas Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), with a corresponding obligation on the SPV to use it for the purpose of acquisition of a target company abroad, under CUP method is Nil

FACTS
The assessee (an Indian resident entity – TIML) was, inter alia, engaged in the radio broadcasting business and wanted to acquire shares of a UK operating company (Virgin Radio, referred as Target Company below) to expand its radio business and thereby provide horizontal synergy. Acquisition of the target company was pursuant to a bid process and in the final bid proposal submitted for acquisition of the target company, TIML stated as under:

i) An SPV will be formed specifically for the purpose of acquiring the target company and such SPV will be wholly owned by TIML;
ii) The transaction will be financed wholly from internal resources of the group.

As part of implementation of a successful bid acquisition, TIML acquired two UK entities from third parties, viz., TIML Global and TIML Golden (UK SPV). These UK entities were typical £1 companies without substance and were used by TIML as SPVs for acquiring shares of the target company.

Further, as mentioned in the bid proposal, the financing of the acquisition was implemented through internal resources of the group. The taxpayer (TIML) was financed by its own Indian parent and these funds were used by TIML to grant interest-free loan to its UK SPV to acquire the target company.

The structure below depicts the underlying subsidiaries of the taxpayer and the mode in which the target company got acquired by TIML’s subsidiary:

As regards benchmarking of the loan, the assessee contended that the acquisition of the target company was to expand its own radio business and hence the activity of issuing interest-free loan to its subsidiary was in the nature of stewardship and the loan was in the nature of quasi capital. Accordingly, it had not charged any interest. The TPO held that benchmarking of this loan transaction was required to be done on the footing as if an independent entity would have charged interest on such a transaction. The TPO adopted the CUP method and imputed interest at 13% treating the transaction as an unsecured loan.

DRP confirmed the addition of imputed interest but reduced interest rate to 12.25%. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the ITAT.

HELD
Nature of transaction
• The transaction was not a loan simpliciter to the UK SPV but an advance with a corresponding obligation that the funds were to be used in the manner specified by the lender TIML.
• The entire amount of funds remitted to the UK SPV was to be, and in fact was, spent on the acquisition of the target company and this specific end-use of funds was an integral part of the entire transaction.
• Accordingly, the transaction of remittance to the UK SPV cannot be considered on a standalone basis but in conjunction with the restricted use of these funds.

Benchmarking of loan under CUP
• The transaction between TIML and its UK SPV should be compared with such transactions where remittance is made to an independent enterprise with the corresponding obligation to use the funds remitted for acquiring a target company already selected by, and on the terms already finalised by, the entity remitting the funds.
• Funding transactions between the owner of the SPV and the SPV belong to a genus different from transactions between lenders and borrowers.
• The moment funding is done by the owner to the SPV, it will render parties as associated enterprises. Since the comparable transaction will be between AEs, such transaction cannot be used in CUP.
• Even if it is assumed that such transaction is hypothetically possible, since borrower has no discretion to use the funds, the concept of commercial interest rates does not apply.
• If there must be an arm’s length consideration under the CUP method, other than interest for such funding, it must be net effective gains – direct and indirect – attributable to the risks assumed by the sponsor of the SPV. In other words, in an arm’s length situation when an SPV is created and such SPV is a mere conduit, the net gains of that project or purpose must go to the person(s) sponsoring the SPV. In this regard, support was drawn from Rule 8(1) of the Nigerian Income Tax (Transfer Pricing) Regulations, 2018, which states that ‘A capital-rich, low-function company that does not control the financial risks associated with its funding activities, for tax purposes, shall not be allocated the profits associated with those risks and will be entitled to no more than a risk-free return. The profits or losses associated with the financial risks would be allocated to the entity (or entities) that manage those risks and have the capacity to bear them.’
• However, in the present case this aspect of whether net gains of the UK SPV can be attributed to TIML was considered as academic because the financial statement of the UK SPV reflected a loss figure.

ITAT gave a caveat in its ruling by stating that it has adjudicated on the limited issue of arm’s length price adjustment of interest-free loan to the SPV under the CUP method and not under any other method. Also, that ruling cannot be an authority for the proposition that ALP adjustment cannot be made under any other TP method in respect of interest-free debt funding to the overseas SPV.

EQUALISATION LEVY ON E-COMMERCE SUPPLY AND SERVICES, PART – 2

In the first of this two-part article published in June, 2021, we analysed some of the issues relating to the Equalisation Levy on E-commerce Supply and Services (‘EL ESS’) – what is meant by online sale of goods and online provision of services; who is considered as an E-commerce Operator (‘EOP’); and what is the amount on which the Equalisation Levy (‘EL’) is leviable.

In this part, we attempt to address some other issues relating to EL ESS such as those relating to the situs of the recipient, turnover threshold and specified circumstances under which EL ESS shall apply. We also seek to understand the interplay of the EL ESS provisions with tax treaties, provisions relating to Significant Economic Presence (‘SEP’), royalties / Fees for Technical Services (‘FTS’) and the exemption u/s 10(50) of the ITA.

1. ISSUES RELATING TO RESIDENCE AND SITUS OF CONSUMER

Section 165A(1) of the Finance Act, 2016 as amended (‘FA 2016’) states that the provisions of EL ESS apply on consideration received or receivable by an EOP from E-commerce Supply or Services (‘ESS’) made or provided or facilitated by it:
a) To a person resident in India; or
b) To a non-resident in specified circumstances; or
c) To a person who buys such goods or services or both using an internet protocol (‘IP’) address located in India.

The specified circumstances under which the ESS made or provided or facilitated by an EOP to a non-resident would be covered under the EL ESS provisions are:
a) Sale of advertisement, which targets a customer who is resident in India, or a customer who accesses the advertisement through an IP address located in India; and
b) Sale of data collected from a person who is resident in India or from a person who uses an IP address located in India.

Therefore, the EL ESS provisions apply to a non-resident EOP if the consumer, to whom goods are sold or services either provided to or facilitated, is a person resident in India, or one who is using an IP address located in India.

Interestingly, the words used in the EL provisions are different from those used in the provisions relating to SEP and the extended source rule in Explanations 2A and 3A to section 9(1)(i) of the ITA, respectively. The EL ESS provisions refer to the recipient of the ESS being a ‘person resident in India’, whereas the SEP provisions in Explanation 2A refer to the recipient of the transaction being a ‘person in India’. Similarly, the extended source rule in Explanation 3A refers to certain transactions with a person ‘who resides in India’.

While the terms ‘person in India’ and person ‘who resides in India’ referred to in Explanations 2A and 3A, respectively, refer to the physical location of the recipient in India, the term ‘person resident in India’ used in the EL provisions would refer to the tax residency of a person. While the EL ESS provisions do not define the term ‘resident’, one would interpret the same on the basis of the provisions of the ITA, specifically section 6.

This may lead to some challenging situations which have been discussed below.

Let us take the example of an EOP who is selling goods online. While such an EOP may have the means to track its customers whose IP address is located in India, how would it be able to keep track of customers who are residents in India but whose IP address is not located in India? This would be typically so in a case where a person resident in India goes abroad and purchases some goods through the EOP. Further, it would also be highlighted that unlike citizenship, the residential status of an individual is based on specific facts and, therefore, may vary from year to year and one may not be able to conclude with surety, before the end of the said previous year, whether or not one is a resident of India. A similar issue would also arise in the case of a company, especially a foreign company having its ‘Place of Effective Management’ in India and, therefore, a tax resident of India.

Similarly, let us take the example of a foreign branch of an Indian company purchasing some goods from a non-resident EOP. In this case, as the branch is not a separate person but merely an extension of the Indian company outside India, the provisions of EL ESS could possibly apply as the goods are sold by the EOP to ‘a person resident in India’.

While one may argue that nexus based on the tax residence of the payer is not a new concept and is prevalent even in section 9 of the ITA, for example in the case of payment of royalty or fees for technical services (‘FTS’), the main challenges in applying the payer’s tax residence-based nexus principle to EL are as follows:
a) While the payments of royalty and FTS may also apply for B2C transactions, the primary application is for B2B transactions. On the other hand, the EL provisions may primarily apply to B2C transactions. Therefore, the number of transactions to which the EL provisions apply would be significantly higher;
b) In the case of payment of royalty and FTS, the primary onus is on the payer to deduct tax at source u/s 195, whereas the primary onus in the case of EL ESS is on the recipient. The payer would be aware of its tax residence in the case of payment of royalty and FTS and, hence, would be able to determine the nexus, whereas in the case of EL the recipient may not be in a position to determine the tax residential status of the payer.

Given the intention of the provisions to bring to the tax net, income from transactions which have a nexus with India and applying the principle of impossibility for the non-resident EOP to evaluate the residential status of the customer, one of the possible views is that one may need to interpret the term ‘person resident in India’ to mean a person physically located in India rather than a person who is a tax resident of India.

However, in the view of the authors, from a technical standpoint a better view may be that one needs to consider the tax residency of the customer even though it may seem impossible to implement in practice on account of the following reasons:
a) Section 165A(1) of the FA 2016 has three limbs – a person resident in India, a non-resident in specified circumstances, and a person who uses an IP address in India. The reference in the second limb to a non-resident as against a person who is not residing in India indicates the intention of the law to consider tax residency.
b) The third limb of section 165A(1) of the FA 2016 refers to a person who uses an IP address in India. If the intention was to cover a person who is physically residing in India under the first limb, this limb would become redundant as a person who uses an IP address in India would mean a person who is physically residing in India at that time. This also indicates the intention of the Legislature to consider a person who is a tax resident rather than a person who is merely physically residing in India under the first limb.
c) Section 165 of the FA 2016 dealing with Equalisation Levy on Online Advertisement Services (‘EL OAS’) applies to online advertisement services provided to a person resident in India and to a non-resident person having a PE in India. Given that the section refers to a PE of a non-resident, it would mean that tax residence rather than physical residence is important to determine the applicability of the EL OAS provisions. In such a case, it may not be possible to apply two different meanings to the same term under two sections of the same Act.

2. SALE OF ADVERTISEMENT

As highlighted above, one of the specified circumstances under which ESS made or provided or facilitated by an EOP to a non-resident would be covered under the EL ESS provisions, is of sale of advertisement which targets a customer who is resident in India, or a customer who accesses the advertisement through an IP address located in India.

The question which arises is in respect of the possible overlap of the EL ESS and the EL OAS provisions. In this respect, section 165A(2)(ii) of the FA 2016 provides that the provisions of EL ESS shall not apply if the EL OAS provisions apply. In other words, the EL OAS application shall override the application of the EL ESS provisions.

EL OAS provisions apply in respect of payment of online advertisement services rendered by a non-resident to a resident or to a non-resident having a PE in India. However, the application of EL ESS provisions is wider. For example, the EL ESS provisions can also apply in the case of payment for online advertisement services rendered by a non-resident to another non-resident (which does not have a PE in India), which targets a customer who is a resident in India or a customer who accesses the advertisement through an IP address located in India.

3. ISSUES IN RESPECT OF TURNOVER THRESHOLD

Section 165A(2)(iii) of the FA 2016 provides that the provisions of EL shall not be applicable where the sales, turnover or gross receipts, as the case may be, of the EOP from the ESS made or provided or facilitated is less than INR 2 crores during the previous year. Some of the issues in respect of this turnover threshold have been discussed in the ensuing paragraphs.

3.1 Meaning of sales, turnover or gross receipts from the ESS

The first question which arises is what is meant by ‘sales, turnover or gross receipts’. The term has not been defined in the FA 2016 nor in the ITA. However, given that the term is an accounting term, one may be able to draw inference from the Guidance Note on Tax Audit u/s 44AB issued by the ICAI (‘GN on tax audit’). The GN on tax audit interprets ‘turnover’ to mean the aggregate amount for which the sales are effected or services rendered by an enterprise. Similarly, ‘gross receipts’ has been interpreted to mean all receipts whether in cash or kind arising from the carrying on of business.

The question which needs to be addressed is this – in the case of an EOP facilitating the online sale of goods, what should be considered as the turnover? To understand this issue better, let us take an example of goods worth INR 100 owned by a third-party seller sold on the portal owned by an EOP whose commission or fees for facilitating such sales is INR 5. Let us assume further that the buyer pays the entire consideration of INR 100 to the EOP and the EOP transfers INR 95 to the seller after reducing the facilitation fees.

In such a case, what would be considered as the turnover for the purpose of determining the threshold for application of EL ESS? As the EL provisions provide that the consideration received or receivable from the ESS shall include the consideration for the value of the goods sold irrespective of whether or not the goods are owned by the EOP, can one argue that the same principle should apply in the case of the computation of turnover as well, i.e., turnover in the above case is INR 100?

In the view of the authors, considering the facilitation fee earned by the EOP as the turnover of the EOP may be a better view, especially in a scenario where the EOP is merely facilitating the sale of goods and is not undertaking the risk associated with a sale. One may draw inference from paragraph 5.12 of the GN on tax audit which, following the principles laid down in the CBDT Circular No. 452 dated 17th March 1986, provides as below:

‘A question may also arise as to whether the sales by a commission agent or by a person on consignment basis forms part of the turnover of the commission agent and / or consignee, as the case may be. In such cases, it will be necessary to find out whether the property in the goods or all significant risks, reward of ownership of goods belongs to the commission agent or the consignee immediately before the transfer by him to third person. If the property in the goods or all significant risks and rewards of ownership of goods belong to the principal, the relevant sale price shall not form part of the sales / turnover of the commission agent and / or the consignee, as the case may be. If, however, the property in the goods, significant risks and reward of ownership belongs to the commission agent and / or the consignee, as the case may be, the sale price received / receivable by him shall form part of his sales / turnover.’

Moreover, section 165A(2)(iii) of the FA 2016 also refers to sales, turnover or gross receipts of the EOP.

Therefore, in the view of the authors, in the above example the turnover of the EOP would be INR 5 and not INR 100.

3.2 Whether global turnover to be considered

Having evaluated the meaning of the term ‘turnover’, a question arises as to whether the global turnover of the EOP is to be considered or only that in relation to India is to be considered. Section 165A(2)(iii) of the FA 2016 provides that the turnover threshold of the EOP is to be considered in respect of ESS made or provided or facilitated as referred to in sub-section (1). Further, section 165A(1) of the FA 2016 refers to ESS made or provided or facilitated by an EOP to the following:
(i) to a person resident in India; or
(ii) to a non-resident in the specified circumstances; or
(iii) to a person who buys such goods or services or both using an IP address located in India.

Accordingly, the section is clear that the turnover in respect of transactions with a person resident in India or an IP address located in India is to be considered and not the global turnover.

3.3 Issues relating to application of threshold of INR 2 crores

Another question is whether the turnover threshold of INR 2 crores applies to each person referred to in section 165A(1) independently or should one aggregate the turnover for all the persons who are covered under the sub-section.

This issue is explained by way of an example. Let us assume that an EOP sells goods to the following persons during the F.Y. 2021-22:

Person

Value of goods sold
(in lakhs INR)

Applicable clause of
section 165A(1)

Mr. A, a person resident in India

50

(i)

Mr. B, a person resident in India

125

(i)

Mr. C, a non-resident under specified circumstances

100

(ii)

Mr. D, a non-resident but using an IP address located in India

25

(iii)

Total

300

 

In the above example, the issues are as follows:
a) As each clause of section 165A(1) refers to ‘a person’, whether such threshold is to be considered qua each person. In the above example, the transactions with each person do not exceed INR 2 crores.
b) As each clause of section 165A(1) is separated by ‘or’, does the threshold need to be applied qua each clause, i.e., in the above example the transactions with persons under each individual clause do not exceed INR 2 crores.

In other words, the question is whether one should aggregate the turnover in respect of sales to all the persons which are covered u/s 165A(1). In the view of the authors, while a technical view that the turnover threshold of INR 2 crores applies to each buyer independently and not in aggregate is possible, the better view may be that the turnover threshold applies in respect of all transactions undertaken by the EOP in aggregate.

Interestingly, the Pillar One solution as agreed amongst the majority of the members of the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS, provides for a global turnover of the entity of EUR 20 billion.

4. INTERPLAY BETWEEN PE AND EL ESS

One of the exemptions from the application of the EL ESS is in a scenario where the EOP has a PE in India and the ESS is effectively connected to such PE. The term ‘permanent establishment’ has been defined in section 164(g) of the FA 2016 to include a fixed place through which business is carried out, similar to the language provided in section 92F(iii) of the ITA. The question arises whether the definition of PE under the FA 2016 would include only a fixed place PE or whether it would also include other types of PE such as service PE, dependent agent PE, construction PE, etc.

In this regard, one may refer to the Supreme Court decision in the case of DIT (International Taxation) vs. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc.1 wherein the Apex Court held that the definition of PE under the ITA is an inclusive definition and, therefore, would include other types of PE as envisaged in tax treaties as well.

However, in the view of the authors, ‘Service PE’ may not be considered under this definition under the domestic tax law as the duration of service period for constitution of Service PE is different under various treaties and the definition under a domestic tax law cannot be interpreted on the basis of the term given to it under a particular treaty when another treaty may have a different condition. A similar view may also be considered for construction PE where under different tax treaties the threshold for constitution of PE also is different.

5. INTERPLAY BETWEEN EL ESS AND ROYALTY / FEES FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES

Section 163 of the FA 2016 provides that the EL ESS provisions shall not apply if the consideration is taxable as royalty or FTS under the ITA as well as the relevant tax treaty. Similarly, section 10(50) of the ITA also exempts income from ESS if such income has been subject to EL and is otherwise not taxable as royalty or FTS under the ITA as well as the relevant tax treaty.

Accordingly, one would need to apply the royalty / FTS provisions first and the EL ESS provisions would apply only if the income were not taxable as royalty / FTS under the ITA as well as the tax treaty.

Interestingly, when the EL provisions were introduced, the exemption u/s 10(50) of the ITA applied to all income and this carve-out for royalty / FTS did not exist. This amendment of taxation of royalty / FTS overriding the EL provisions was introduced by the Finance Act, 2021 with retrospective effect from F.Y. 2020-21.

Prior to the amendment as mentioned above, one could take a view that transactions which, before the introduction of the EL provisions, were taxable under the ITA at a higher rate, would be subject to EL ESS at a lower rate.

In order to understand this issue better, let us take an example of IT-related services provided by a non-resident online to a resident. Such services may be considered as FTS u/s 9(1)(vii) of the ITA as well as under the tax treaty (assuming the make available clause does not exist). Prior to the amendment made vide Finance Act, 2021, one could take a view that such services may be subject to EL (assuming that the service provider satisfies the definition of an EOP) and therefore result in a lower rate of tax in India at the rate of 2% as against the rate of 10% as is available in most tax treaties. However, with the amendment vide the Finance Act, 2021, one would need to apply the royalty / FTS provisions under the ITA and tax treaty first and only if such income is not taxable, can one apply the EL ESS provisions. Therefore, now such income would be taxed at the FTS rate of 10%.

An interesting aspect in the royalty vs. EL debate is in respect of software. Recently, the Supreme Court in the case of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P) Ltd. vs. CIT (2021) (432 ITR 471) held that payment towards use of software does not constitute royalty as it is not towards the use of the copyright in the software itself. In fact, the Court reiterated its own view as in the case of Tata Consultancy Services vs. the State of AP (2005) (1 SCC 308) that the sale of software on floppy disks or CDs is sale of goods, being a copyrighted article, and not sale of copyright itself.

It is important to highlight that the facts in the case of Engineering Analysis (Supra) and the way business is at present undertaken are different as software is no longer sold on a physical medium such as floppy disks or CDs but is now downloaded by the user from the website of the seller. A question arises whether one can apply the principles laid down by the above judgment to the present business model.

In the view of the authors, downloading the software is merely a mode of delivery and does not impact the principle emanating from the Supreme Court judgment. The principle laid down by the judgment can still be applied to the present business model wherein the software is downloaded by the user as there is no transfer of copyright or right in the software from the seller to the user-buyer.

Accordingly, payment by the user to the seller for downloading the software may not be considered as royalty under the ITA or the relevant tax treaty.

The next question which arises is whether such download of software can be subject to EL ESS.

Assuming that the portal from which the download is undertaken is owned or managed by the seller, the first issue which needs to be addressed is whether sale of software by way of download would be considered as ESS.

Section 164(cb) of the FA 2016 defines ESS to mean online sale of goods or online provision of services or online facilitation of either or a combination of activities mentioned above.

While the Supreme Court has held that the sale of software would be considered as sale of copyrighted material, the ‘goods’ being referred to by the Court are the floppy disk or CD – the medium through which the sale was made. In the view of the authors, the software itself may not be considered as goods.

Further, such download of software may not be considered as provision of services as well.

One may take inference from the SEP provisions introduced in Explanation 2A of section 9(1)(i) of the ITA, wherein SEP has been defined to mean the following,
‘(a) transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India including provision of download of data or software in India…’

In this case, one may be able to argue that if the download of software was considered as sale of goods or services, there was no need for the Legislature to specifically include the download of data or software in the definition and a specific mention was required to be made, is on account of the fact that download of software does not otherwise fall under transaction in respect of goods, services or property.

Accordingly, it may be possible to argue that download of software does not fall under the definition of ESS and the provisions of EL, therefore, cannot apply to the same. However, this issue is not free from litigation.

In this regard, it is important to highlight that in a scenario where the transaction is in the nature of Software as a Service (‘SaaS’), it may not be possible to take a view that there is no provision of service and such a transaction may, therefore, either be taxed as FTS or under the EL ESS provisions, as the case may be, and depending on the facts.

6. INTERPLAY BETWEEN EL AND SEP PROVISIONS

Section 10(50) of the ITA exempts income arising from ESS provided the same is not taxable under the ITA and the relevant tax treaty as royalty or FTS and chargeable to EL ESS. Therefore, while the provisions of SEP under Explanation 2A of section 9(1)(i) of the ITA may get triggered if the threshold is exceeded, such income would be exempt if the provisions of EL apply.

In other words, the provisions of EL supersede the provisions of SEP.

7. ORDER OF APPLICATION OF EL ESS

A brief chart summarising the order of application of EL ESS has been provided below:

8. WHETHER EL IS RESTRICTED BY TAX TREATIES

One of the fundamental questions which arises in the case of EL is whether such EL is restricted by the application of a tax treaty. The Committee on Taxation of E-commerce, constituted by the Ministry of Finance which recommended the enactment of EL in 2016, in its report stated that EL which is enacted under an Act other than the ITA, would not be considered as a tax on ‘income’ and is a levy on the services and, therefore, would not be subject to the provisions of the tax treaties which deal with taxes on income and capital.

However, due to the following reasons, one may be able to take a view that EL may be a tax on ‘income’ and may be restricted by the application of the tax treaties:
a. The speech of the Finance Minister while introducing EL in the Budget 2016, states, ‘151. In order to tap tax on income accruing to foreign e-commerce companies from India, it is proposed that …..’;
b. While EL is enacted in the FA 2016 itself and not as part of the ITA, section 164(j) of the FA 2016 allows the import of definitions under the ITA into the relevant sections of the FA 2016 dealing with EL in situations where a particular term is not defined under the FA 2016. Further, the FA 2016 also includes terms such as ‘previous year’ which is found only in the ITA;
c. In order to avoid double taxation, section 10(50) of the ITA exempts income which has been subject to EL. Now, if EL is not considered as a tax on ‘income’, where is the question of double taxation in India;
d. While under a separate Act the assessment for EL would be undertaken by the Income-tax A.O. Further, similar to income tax, appeals would be handled by the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) and the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, as the case may be;
e. The Committee, while recommending the adoption of EL, stated that such an adoption should be an interim measure until a consensus is reached in respect of a modified nexus to tax such transactions. Therefore, it is clear that the EL is merely a temporary measure until India is able to tax the transactions and EL would take the colour of a tax on ‘income’.

This view is further strengthened in a case where Article 2 of a tax treaty covers taxes which are identical or substantially similar to income tax. Most of the tax treaties which India has entered into have the clause which covers substantially similar taxes. In such a scenario, one may be able to argue that even if one considers EL as not an income tax, it is a tax which is similar to income tax on account of the reasons listed above and therefore would get the same tax treatment.

Further, one may consider applying the principles of the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties (VCLT) to determine whether EL would be restricted under a tax treaty. Article 31(1) of the VCLT provides that:
‘A treaty shall be interpreted in good faith in accordance with the ordinary meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in light of its object and purpose.’

The object of a tax treaty is to allocate taxing rights between the contracting states and thereby eliminate double taxation. In case EL is held as not covered under the ambit of the tax treaty, it would defeat the object and purpose of the tax treaty and lead to double taxation. In this regard, it may be important to highlight that while India is not a signatory to the VCLT, VCLT merely codifies international trade practice and law.

However, courts would also take into account the intention of the Legislature while adopting EL. EL has been adopted in order to override the tax treaties as such treaties were not able to adequately capture taxing rights in certain transactions.

9. CONCLUSION


On 1st July, 2021, more than 130 countries out of the 139 members of the OECD / G20 Inclusive Framework on BEPS released a statement advocating the two-pillar solution to combat taxation of the digitalised economy and unfair tax competition. While the details are yet to be finalised, it is expected that the implementation of Pillar One would result in the withdrawal of the unilateral measures enacted, such as the EL. However, given the high threshold agreed for application of Pillar One, it is expected that less than 100 companies would be impacted by the reallocation of the taxing right sought to be addressed in the solution. Therefore, whether such unilateral measures would be fully withdrawn or only partially withdrawn to the extent covered by Pillar One, is still not clear. Further, the multilateral agreement proposed under Pillar One would be open for signature only in the year 2022 and is expected to be implemented only from the year 2023. Accordingly, EL provisions would continue to be applicable, at least for the next few years.

Sections 9(1)(vi) and 44BB – As source of income is the place where income-generating activity takes place, hire charges paid under bare-boat charter agreement were deemed to accrue and arise in India and were liable to tax in India – On facts, fixed place PE of vessel providers was constituted in India – Since vessel was used in connection with prospecting of mineral oil, payment was covered u/s 44BB and hence could not be treated as royalty

11. [2021] 124 taxmann.com 56 (AAR-New Delhi) SeaBird Exploration FZ LLC, In re
A.A.R. Nos. 1284 and 1285 of 2012 Date of order: 14th January, 2021

Sections 9(1)(vi) and 44BB – As source of income is the place where income-generating activity takes place, hire charges paid under bare-boat charter agreement were deemed to accrue and arise in India and were liable to tax in India – On facts, fixed place PE of vessel providers was constituted in India – Since vessel was used in connection with prospecting of mineral oil, payment was covered u/s 44BB and hence could not be treated as royalty

FACTS

The applicant was a company incorporated in the UAE and was also a tax resident of UAE. It was engaged in the business of rendering geophysical services to the oil and gas exploration industry which involved seismic data acquisition and processing. The applicant was providing such offshore services to oil companies in India. For performing its services, the applicant required seismic survey vessels, or vessels fitted with a special kind of equipment. Accordingly, the applicant entered into a bare-boat charter agreement (BBC agreement) with two different vessel-providing companies (VPCs) for hire of two seismic survey vessels on global usage basis. The BBC agreements were neither location specific nor utilisation specific and the applicant was free to use them in any part of the world. It was required to pay hire charges irrespective of whether or not the vessels were in use. Under the BBC agreement, the vessel owner makes the ship available to the charterer and then it is for the latter to maintain and operate it in the manner it desires. The vessel owner has no role to play either in navigation or any other day-to-day operations of the ship which is at the complete disposal of the charterer. The Masters, officers and crew of the vessel are to be ‘servants’, with all operational expenses to be borne by the hirer.

The applicant contended before the AAR that the source of income can be in India only if income-generating activity was contingent upon use in India. However, in this case the source of income was connected to delivering and transferring control of the vessel to the applicant and not its subsequent utilisation in India. Since the vessels were given on hire outside India, there was no source of income in India and no income could be said to accrue or arise or deem to accrue or arise in India under the Act. Further, even if it was held that income arising from the global BBC agreement was taxable in India, income should be computed in accordance with the provisions of section 44BB. And, since section 44BB applies, income cannot be taxed as ‘royalty’ u/s 9(1)(vi).

HELD


VPCs derive income from hiring of the seismic vessels which are used for marine acquisition of seismic data and are in the nature of scientific equipment. Any consideration received for use or right to use such scientific equipment would be in the nature of royalty unless the consideration was covered under the provisions of section 44BB.

Section 44BB(2)(a) of the Act provides that: the amount paid or payable (whether in or out of India) to the assessee or to any person on his behalf on account of the provision of services and facilities in connection with, or supply of plant and machinery on hire used, or to be used, in the prospecting for, or extraction or production of, mineral oils in India. Plant includes ship and since the vessel was used in connection with prospecting of mineral oil, hire charges were covered u/s 44BB. Therefore, they could not be treated as royalty in view of specific exclusion under Explanation 2(iva), to section 9(1)(vi). Once payment was covered u/s 44BB, it could not be brought within the purview of section 9(1)(vi). Accordingly, the income of the VPCs was not in the nature of royalty. The issue considered in the present case is identical with that discussed in Wavefield Inseis ASA, In re [2010] 230 CTR 106 (AAR) and, therefore, ruling of that decision is squarely applicable.

Source of income is the place where income-generating activity takes place. In case of business income, it is the place where business is conducted. The business activity of seismic vessel can only be at the place where it is utilised for acquisition of seismic data and not at the place where the contract for hiring was signed or where the ship was delivered. Deciding accrual of business income on the basis of the place of delivery may result in an anomalous situation.

In the case of a seismic vessel, the business is not conducted by the Master, crew or manpower on board but by scientific equipment on the vessel which emits seismic waves and recaptures them. Hence, to decide the place of business of seismic vessels it is not relevant whether the agreement is for time charter or for BBC.

In GVK Industries vs. ITO (371 ITR 453) (SC), the Supreme Court held that the ‘source state taxation’ rule confers primacy to right to tax on a particular income or transaction to the state / nation where the source of the said income is located. Relying on this decision, the appellant submitted that to apply the source rule it was necessary to establish nexus with taxable territory. The source rule was in consonance with the nexus theory and did not fall foul on the ground of extra-territorial operation. Source was the country where income or wealth was physically or economically produced.

The payer (i.e., the applicant) was executing the contract in the Indian territory. The services of the seismic vessels were utilised within Indian territory. Thus, all the parameters of the ‘source rule’ as explained by the Supreme Court were fulfilled and, hence, the business activity of the VPCs had a clear nexus with the Indian territory. There was existence of a close, real, intimate relationship and commonality of interest between non-resident VPCs and the applicant, which satisfied the requirements for ‘business connection’ and ‘territorial nexus’. Since the business of the VPCs was carried out through the seismic vessels deployed in Indian territory, the fixed place PE of the VPCs was constituted in India.

MLI SERIES MAP 2.0 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION FRAMEWORK UNDER THE MULTILATERAL CONVENTION

1. INTRODUCTION
‘Like mothers, taxes are often misunderstood, but seldom forgotten’ – Lord Bramwell

Lord Bramwell’s words reiterate that one cannot escape the rigours of taxation as it is inevitable. There is considerable certainty regarding the levying of taxes by a State, but the certainty buck stops there. The functional features of taxation have led to various complexities, eventually paving the way for tax uncertainty. Tax uncertainty is on account of various factors; the OECD-IMF report on tax certainty1, inter alia identifies an ineffective dispute resolution mechanism as one of the factors for tax uncertainty. Due to the uncertainty element, genuine taxpayers have suffered the wrath inter alia through prolonged disputes, thus losing faith in the system. On the other hand, tax shenanigans have benefited through tax avoidance, leaving the administration with empty coffers. Tax revenue being the cornerstone of a stable economy, the economic impact that tax uncertainty causes is undesirable for all the stakeholders concerned. Therefore, fostering tax certainty remains at the top of the agenda and a need-of-the-hour measure for the States.

As we draw the curtains on this insightful Multilateral Instrument (MLI) Series, we will focus majorly on the dispute resolution framework under the MLI in this final edition. This measure marches to foster tax certainty. However, unlike the other substantive provisions in the MLI, the success of the dispute resolution mechanism relies on an effective procedural framework which will be the focus of our discussion.

 

1   2019 Progress Report on Tax Certainty (July,
2019)

2. TAX TREATY DISPUTE RESOLUTION – PRE-BEPS ERA

‘No matter how thin you slice it, there will always be two sides’ – Baruch Spinoza
The purpose of tax treaties is to reduce barriers to cross-border trade and investment. The advent and growth of multinational corporations in India created a significant increase in tax treaty and transfer pricing disputes. Characterisation of receipts, arm’s length pricing, treaty entitlement, permanent establishment (PE) and attribution of income, etc., are common cross-border taxation disputes. A tax treaty will only achieve its goals if the taxpayers can trust the Contracting States to apply the treaty in letter and spirit.

If one Contracting State tax authority does not do so, the affected taxpayer has the right to contest this action of the tax authority through that state’s legal system. However, the domestic dispute resolution mechanism may be laborious, time-consuming and expensive.

Therefore, to resolve the double taxation issues, the tax treaty provides for a mechanism by way of Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP)2, whereby the competent authorities (CA) of the relevant jurisdictions consult each other and endeavour to resolve the differences or difficulties in the interpretation or application of the tax treaty.

However, despite the advantages that MAP offers to resolve disputes, various shortcomings and challenges puncture its effectiveness. Some of the shortcomings in the MAP framework are:

Shortcomings of the MAP 1.0 framework


No impetus and mandate on the CA to solve a dispute.


No deadline or timetables to resolve the disputes; hence the process is
protracted unreasonably and time-consuming.


Lack of domestic law support such as non-implementation of MAP due to
domestic law conflict.


Lack of training and capacity-building initiatives by Governments for its CA
on international tax issues owing to financial constraints.

Shortcomings of the MAP 1.0 framework (Continued)


Lack of guidance in MAP processes for taxpayers in emerging economies on the
procedural and administrative aspects for initiating the MAP.


Lack of dedicated and experienced resource personnel to focus on MAP, leading
to an increase in MAP inventory.


Lack of transparency from the taxpayers’ perspective as they are not involved
in the process; hence, taxpayers are apprehensive about resorting to MAP.


From a taxpayer’s perspective, there are risks of double taxation due to
denial of corresponding adjustments in other state or re-opening of tax
assessments in the other state, delay in issuing refunds, etc3.

 

2   Article 25 of the Model Conventions (Pre-2017
editions)

From India’s standpoint, despite being one of the developing countries to have a large inventory of MAP cases, the MAP framework has not been effective owing to the shortcomings identified in the Table above. Lack of procedural guidance from the CBDT, clarity, transparency in the process and, more importantly, an extremely time-consuming process with non-TP cases taking more than 100 months to arrive at a resolution4 are some of the pain points. Hence, the need for a more effective MAP framework was imperative considering the ever-increasing inventory leading to tax uncertainty.

3. MAP 2.0 – BEPS MEASURES

The introduction of the BEPS Action Plan (AP) provided various measures to eliminate the scope for tax avoidance. However, the implementation of these measures involved changes in the domestic laws and tax treaty (through MLI). Therefore, with the introduction of BEPS measures and also with the existing MAP framework being inefficient, the possibility of growing tax uncertainty was inevitable. To ensure certainty and predictability for business / taxpayers, AP 14 – Making Dispute Resolution Mechanisms More Effective was initiated. BEPS AP 14 dealt with various aspects to improve the dispute resolution mechanisms (in addition to remedies under domestic laws) and suggested some best practices that countries could emulate to achieve certainty in a time-bound and effective manner.

 

3   Carlos
Protto Mutual Agreement Procedures in Tax Treaties: Problems and Needs in
Developing Countries and Countries in Transition – Intertax, Volume 42, Issue
3; and Jacques Malherbe: BEPS – The Issues of Dispute Resolution and
Introduction of a Multilateral Treaty

4   OECD MAP 2016 Statistics

5   Information related to the Inclusive
Framework is available at
http://www.oecd.org/tax/beps/beps-about.html


Minimum Standards: Minimum Standards are certain provisions to which all countries and jurisdictions within the BEPS inclusive framework5 have committed and must comply with. AP 14 included a minimum standard for participating countries that should ensure the following aspects:

(i)    Proper Implementation & Process: Treaty-related obligations on MAP are fully implemented in good faith6 and MAP cases are resolved on time.
(ii)    Prevention & Resolution of Disputes: The administrative processes should promote the prevention and timely resolution of treaty-related disputes.
(iii)    Availability & Accessibility to MAP: Taxpayers meeting the requirements under Article 25(1) of the OECD Model Convention can access the MAP.

In addition to the above, the AP 14 also provided certain best practices for implementation. The AP also addressed those members of the Forum for Tax Administration (FTA) who will undertake a peer review mechanism for effective implementation of the minimum standards7. It is to be noted that India is a member of the FTA.

The AP 14 report, which contains the minimum standard and best practice recommendations, is transposed into the CTAs by introducing it in the MLI. Part V of the MLI – Improving Dispute Resolution, focuses on Article 16 dealing with a strengthened MAP Framework for an effective resolution of treaty disputes, and Article 17 –Corresponding Adjustments, deals with MAP accessibility for transfer pricing cases to eliminate economic double taxation.

3.1 Article 16 – MAP 2.0
The salient feature of Article 16 and India’s position is as follows:

Article

Scope

Inference

16(1)

 

First sentence

Taxpayer considers that action of one or both the contracting
states will result in taxation that is not
according to the CTA
. Therefore, irrespective of the remedy under
domestic law, the dispute can be presented to the CA of either contracting state

Availability and flexibility in access to MAP: Aggrieved taxpayer can
approach for MAP resolution either of the contracting states and not
necessarily its resident jurisdiction

[Continued]

 

Second sentence

The time limit for presenting the case must be within three
years
from the first notification of the action resulting in taxation

Time Limit: For initiating MAP, the aggrieved taxpayer must
present his grievance within a minimum time limit of three years. This is to
ensure that there is no late claim made to burden the tax administration8
and at the same time give adequate time to the taxpayers to initiate MAP
access

India’s Position:

 

Article 16(1) First
sentence:

India has reserved the right
to the application of this First sentence. As per India’s view, residents of
the contracting state must approach only their respective CA to access the
MAP.

Consequent to its reservation, India is bound to introduce a
bilateral consultation or notification process if the Indian CA considers the
objection raised by the taxpayer in a MAP request as being not justified. The
recent MAP guidance issued by India9 addresses this aspect,
wherein India will notify the treaty partner about the reasons for which the
MAP application cannot be accepted and solicit the treaty partner’s response
to arrive at a decision.

 

Article 16(1) Second
sentence:

India has not reserved this sentence as the existing CTA that
India has entered into contains the specified time limit of three years
except for four CTAs10 where the existing timeline for initiating
the MAP is less than three years. India has notified these four CTAs. These
four CTAs will be modified by Article 16(1) of the MLI to include a minimum
time limit of three years, where an aggrieved taxpayer can initiate MAP with
the respective CA where the taxpayer is a resident

 

6   Echoing Article 31 and 32 of Vienna
Convention

7   OECD (2015), Making Dispute Resolution
Mechanisms More Effective, Action 14 – 2015 Final Report, OECD/G20 Base Erosion
and Profit Shifting Project, OECD Publishing, Paris

Article

Scope

Inference

16(2)

 

First sentence

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second sentence

If objection appears to be justified and the CA is not able to
achieve a satisfactory solution by himself, then the case must be resolved by
mutual agreement with the CA of the other state – Bilateral MAP

Bilateral MAP – This clause ensures that where the CA cannot
resolve cases unilaterally, the CA concerned must enter into discussions with
his counterpart CA for a resolution

The contracting states’ settled MAP agreement must be
implemented irrespective of the timeline prescribed under the domestic laws

Implementation of MAP agreement: This clause is to provide
certainty to taxpayers that implementation of MAP agreements will not

[Continued]

 

 

be obstructed by any time limits in the domestic law of the
jurisdictions concerned

India’s Position:

 

Article 16(2) First
sentence:

There is no reservation clause for the said
provision. Further, all the CTAs India has entered into contain the said
clause except for the CTAs with Greece and Mexico. India has duly notified
these two CTAs, which do not contain the language equivalent to Article 16(2)
First sentence. Both Greece and Mexico must make a similar matching
notification by including the India treaty in their notification list
according to which the First sentence of Article 16(2) shall apply to these
treaties.

 

Article 16(2) Second
sentence:

India has not made any reservation to this clause as most of the
treaties it has entered into contain a similar language. However, India has
notified ten CTAs which do not contain the language specified in
Article 16 (2) Second sentence. Therefore, Article 16(2) Second sentence will
apply to these ten CTAs, if these treaty partners make a similar matching
notification by including the India treaty in their notification list.
Failure to notify by any of these ten treaty partners will result in a
mismatch notification, whereby the CTA retains status quo, i.e., it
remains unaltered by the MLI provision

Article

Scope

Inference

16(3)

 

First sentence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second
sentence

If any difficulty or doubt arises as to the interpretation or
application of CTA, then the CA shall endeavour to resolve this by mutual
agreement

Dispute Prevention: Cases may arise concerning the interpretation or
the application of tax treaties that are generic and do not necessarily
relate to individual cases. In such a scenario, this provision makes it
possible to resolve difficulties arising from the application of the
Convention

CAs may also consult together to eliminate double taxation in
cases not provided under CTA

This provision enables the competent authorities to deal with
such cases of double taxation that do not come within the scope of the
provisions of the Convention. For example, resident of a third state having
PE in both the contracting states

India’s Position:

 

Article 16(3) First
sentence:

There is no reservation clause for this provision. Further, all
the CTAs India has entered into contain the said clause except for two
treaties,

[Continued]

i.e., with Australia and Greece. India has duly notified these
two treaties which do not contain the language equivalent to Article 16(3)
First sentence. Therefore, both Australia and Greece shall notify the treaty
with India, according to which Article 16(3) First sentence shall apply to
the CTA concerned and be modified. Failure to notify by these two treaty
partners will result in a mismatch notification, whereby the CTA retains status
quo,
i.e., it remains unaltered by the MLI provision

 

Article 16(3) Second
sentence:

There is no reservation clause for this provision. Further, a
majority of the CTAs that India has entered into contain the said clause
except for six CTAs11. India has notified the six CTAs
which do not contain the language specified in Article 16(3) Second sentence.
Therefore, the Article 16(3) Second sentence will apply to these six CTAs if
these treaty partners make a similar matching notification by including India
in their notification list. Failure to notify by any of these six treaty
partners will result in a mismatch notification, whereby the CTA retains status
quo,
i.e., it remains unaltered by the MLI provision

 

8   Para 20 – Commentary on Article 25, OECD
Model Convention, 2017

9   MAP Guidance/2020, F.No 500/09/2016-APA-I,
Dated 7th August, 2020, CBDT, Government of India

10  Belgium, Canada, Italy and UAE

3.2 Article 17 – Corresponding Adjustments

Article

Scope

Inference

17(1)

 

 

Unilateral corresponding
adjustment

– Normally, in a transfer pricing adjustment, a taxpayer in a Contracting
Jurisdiction (State A), whose profits are revised upwards, will be liable to
tax on an amount of profit which has already been taxed in the hands of its
associated enterprise in another Contracting Jurisdiction (State B)

 

In such a scenario, State B shall make an appropriate adjustment
to relieve the economic double taxation

Mitigating economic double taxation: The provision is a
replicated version of Article 9(2) of the OECD Model Convention. Further, the
provision is to ensure that jurisdictions provide access to MAP in transfer
pricing cases

India’s Position:

 

India has made its reservation under Article 17(3)(a) for the
right not to include the corresponding adjustment clause in the CTAs, which
already contains a similar  clause
[Article 9(2) in the respective tax treaties]. Therefore, Article 17(1) will
have no impact on those CTAs. However, in respect of those CTAs that do not
contain the corresponding adjustment clause [for example, the India-France
CTA12], the corresponding adjustment clause will be included to
modify the same

3.3 The interplay of other articles of MLI with MAP

Part V of the MLI includes mechanism Article 16 of the MLI. As mentioned earlier, the introduction of the BEPS measure through MLI may create significant disputes in the form of disagreement on CTA interpretation, application of anti-abuse provisions and denial of treaty benefits, etc. To effectively address these disputes and eliminate double taxation, taxpayers access MAP to address their dispute through the framework and minimum standard under Article 16 of the MLI. Further, apart from the generic framework under Article 16, there are situations where other substantive provisions of MLI allow taxpayers to access MAP to resolve tax treaty disputes.

 

11  Australia, Belgium, Greece, Philippines,
Ukraine and UK

12  Synthesised Text between India and France CTA
available at
https://www.incometaxindia.gov.in/dtaa/synthesised-text-of-mli-and-india-france-dtac-indian-version.pdf

India’s position concerning these other substantive provisions is as follows:

Article

Particulars

Scope
– MAP accessibility

India’s
Position

4(1)

Dual Resident Entities

If a person other than an individual is resident in more than
one state, the CA shall endeavour to determine residency for CTA

 

In the absence of an agreement, the person shall not be entitled
to relief or exemption from tax except to the extent and manner agreed by the
CA. In effect, CAs can agree and provide relief at their discretion

India has notified 91 treaties (except Greece and Libya).
Further, India has agreed to the discretion of CAs to provide relief in a
case where dual residency is not resolved

 

Australia and Japan have reserved application of discretionary
relief. Hence, discretionary relief cannot be granted under these treaties by
the competent authorities

7(4)

Principal Purpose Test (PPT)

Deny treaty benefits if reasonable to conclude that one of the
principal purposes of the arrangement is to obtain tax benefits

 

Based on MAP request, the CA can provide treaty relief after
consideration of facts and circumstances

India has not opted for the discretionary relief provision as it
has notified the same under Article 7(17)(b). Therefore, once the treaty
benefits are denied, the CAs cannot provide any relief at their discretion

 

Notwithstanding the above, the taxpayer can avail the treaty
benefit if it can be established that the tax benefit is in accordance with
the object and purpose of the CTA

 

 

 

[Continued]

 

as stipulated  under
Article 7(1) without resorting to MAP. Under this circumstance, the tax
authorities can grant treaty benefits

7(12)

Specified Limitation of Benefits (SLOB)

If a person is not a qualified person as per para 7(9) nor
entitled to benefits as per para 7(10)/7(11), the CA may grant relief subject
to certain conditions and requirements

India has opted for the provision of SLOB in addition to PPT13

However, the provision of SLOB shall apply to Indian tax
treaties only if the other contracting states have also notified SLOB
provisions

10(3)

PE situated in a third jurisdiction

Suppose the benefit of CTA is denied under
para 10(1) regarding the income derived by a resident. In that case, the CA
of another contracting state (source state) may nevertheless grant these
benefits subject to consultation with the resident state CA

India is silent on this Article. Accordingly, the Article will
be applicable subject to notification and reservations made by the other
contracting jurisdiction as per Articles 10(5) and 10(6) of the MLI

From India’s standpoint, Article 7 has a significant impact. The application of PPT to evaluate treaty entitlement would create significant interpretation issues and the taxpayers may explore MAP compared to the domestic dispute mechanism.

 

13  A total of 14 countries including India have
opted for SLOB. Greece opted for asymmetric application as per Article 7(b) of
MLI; this thereby allows India to adopt SLOB along with PPT even though Greece
shall apply only PPT

14  OECD (2019), Making Dispute Resolution More
Effective – MAP Peer Review Report, India (Stage 1): Inclusive Framework on
BEPS: Action 14, OECD/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, OECD
Publishing, Paris,
https://doi.org/10.1787/c66636e8-en

4. MAP 2.0- DOMESTIC MEASURES TAKEN BY INDIA

  •  The BEPS AP 14 had suggested a peer review mechanism to ensure adequate implementation of the suggested minimum standard and recommendations. As a result, the peer review undertaken for India in 201914 highlighted India’s progress on the MAP programme and suggested recommendations for more effective functioning of the MAP. According to the peer review and BEPS AP 14, the Indian tax authorities have taken significant steps to reform the MAP framework and make it productive. Two significant reforms include:

  •  The CBDT amended Rule 44G of the Income-Tax Rules and substituted it with the erstwhile Rules 44G and 44H15. The amended Rule deals extensively with the implementation and the procedural framework for the MAP process.

  • In line with the BEPS AP 14 recommendation, India had released a detailed guidance note on MAP16. The MAP guidance addresses many of the open issues on procedural aspects of MAP and, more importantly, clarifies key practical nuances absent in the pre-BEPS era regime for the taxpayers to resort to.

  •  Broad features of the MAP guidance issued by the Indian tax administration, which acts as a handy tool for taxpayers in understanding the MAP framework, are as follows:

Part

Nature

Brief
aspects covered

A

Introduction and basic information

This part addresses the following aspects:

Manner of filing MAP request (Form 34)

Contents of an MAP application

Procedure to be followed in case MAP is filed in the home
country against the order of the Indian tax authority

Procedure to be followed by CA of India upon receipt of a MAP
request

Participation of Indian CA in multilateral MAP cases

Communication of views between CAs through a position paper

India has committed to resolving the MAP cases within an average
timeframe of 24 months

B

Access and denial of MAP

Access to MAP

Provide instances where MAP can be filed

Commitment to provide MAP access in a situation where domestic
anti-abuse provisions are applied Clarification of MAP access in case of an
order under section 201

[Continued]

 

B

 






 

 

 

 

Access and denial of MAP

The situation where MAP access will be granted but Indian CA
will not negotiate any outcome other than what was achieved earlier – such as
Unilateral APA, Safe Harbour, order of Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. In
these circumstances, Indian CA will request the other treaty partner to
provide correlative relief

Denial of MAP in situations where

Delay in filing MAP application

The objection raised by the taxpayer is not justified – Treaty
partner will be consulted before denial

Incomplete / defective application is not rectified within a
reasonable time, or non-filing of additional information within the time
limit

Cases settled through Settlement Commission

Cases before Authority for Advance Rulings (AAR)

Issues governed by domestic law

C

Technical issues

The CA can negotiate and eliminate all or part of the
adjustments provided it does not reduce the returned income

Recurring issues can be resolved as per prior MAP. However,
issues cannot be resolved in advance

Interest and penalty are consequential and hence not part of MAP

Indian CA will make secondary adjustment as per law

MAP cannot be proceeded with where BAPA or Multilateral APA is
filed

Suspension of collection of taxes will be as per Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) entered into with treaty partner; in its absence, the
domestic law provision will apply

Adjustment of taxes paid by payer according to order under
section 201 of the Act

D

Implementation
of outcomes

India is committed to implementing MAP outcomes in all cases
except when an order of ITAT is received for the same year before
implementing MAP outcome. In such a case, India will intimate the treaty
partners and request them to provide correlative relief. In addition,
taxpayers are provided with 30 days to convey their acceptance of the outcome

 

15  Notification No. 23/2020, CBDT dated 6th
May, 2020

16  MAP Guidance/2020, F.No 500/09/2016-APA-I,
dated 7th August, 2020, CBDT, Government of India

5. REFLECTIONS

  •  Based on the discussions in the earlier paragraphs, on juxtaposing the Indian tax treaties with the MLI provisions of Articles 16 and 17, a substantial number of existing CTAs already contain the provisions recommended by the MLI. Therefore, the ineffectiveness of MAP in the pre-BEPS era (MAP1.0) may be attributed largely to procedural infirmities and hassles.
  •  Therefore, for MAP 2.0, the need of the hour is to address the existing shortcomings. In this regard, the Indian tax administration’s recent measures to introduce revised rules and the guidance note on MAP are noteworthy and laudable. They reflect India’s approach to resolve treaty-based tax disputes and stick to its commitment to the BEPS inclusive framework. Further, the implementation of reforms based on the FTA-MAP peer review recommendations on BEPS AP 14 also reflect the approach of the Indian tax administration to rectify its defects in the MAP process.

  •  India’s MAP statistics further support the view that MAP 2.0 is heading in the right direction. One can observe that the timeline for resolving MAP cases has considerably reduced considering that the time taken for MAP resolution was more than five years in the MAP 1.0 era17. Speedy resolution of tax disputes fosters certainty and promotes faith in the system. It is imperative to mention that India’s positive outlook to resolve disputes is also reflected with the OECD conferring India and Japan with the MAP award for effective co-operation to resolve transfer pricing cases18.

MAP caseload as at 2019-end inventory and time
frame of resolving

Particulars

TP
cases

Others

Cases started before 1st January, 2016

380

96

Cases started after 1st January, 2016

410

65

The average time before January, 2016 cases – to resolve MAP
[months]

64.86

61.97

Average time after January, 2016 cases – to
resolve MAP
[months]

18.48

19.02

  •  Amidst all the positive changes that the Indian tax authorities have brought in for an effective MAP 2.0, there are still some aspects that require consideration:

  •  Suspension of collection of taxes – India, in its MAP guidance, has stated that in respect of countries with no MoU, the CBDT Circular governs the suspension of tax collection. However, the Circulars / provisions of stay come with certain riders; for example, u/s 254 the Tribunal does not have the power to grant stay beyond 365 days in certain situations19. Therefore, such impediments could put taxpayers in a difficult situation and could impair the outcome of the MAP. Hence, a more flexible approach to suspending tax collection, pending a mutually agreeable procedure, is desirable.

  •  Resolution for recurring issues – Currently, the aggrieved taxpayer must apply for MAP resolution every year regarding recurring issues. Hence, the Indian MAP guidance precludes the CA from resolving in advance or prior to an order by the Income-tax authorities on recurring issues. For speedier disposal of recurring issues under MAP, the Government may consider introducing a simplified process. Such a mechanism will assist in reducing the timelines for MAP resolution for recurring issues and foster certainty. Further, in the case of change in the CA in future years, the incumbent CA should maintain consistency and follow the prior years’ MAP position without any deviation.

  •  ITAT order overrides MAP settlement – The India MAP guidance suggests that the ITAT order will supersede the MAP settlement in cases where the implementation of MAP settlement has not taken place. The rationale behind this is that the ITAT is an independent statutory appellate body and the CA cannot deviate from it. This proposition is against the commitment granted under the treaty. Besides, in practice, most transfer pricing cases are usually remanded back to the field officers setting aside the original assessment. Considering that a faceless regime for ITAT is on the anvil, it is our humble view that India should reconsider this proposition and make suitable legal amendments to give effect to MAP settlements.


CONCLUSION

The existing MAP regime in India can foster tax certainty only by rectifying its flaws and defects. Thanks to the BEPS initiative and the MLI, the MAP framework has indeed got overhauled. The measures adopted by India by aligning towards its global commitment by providing necessary amendments to domestic law, clarifications and resolving disputes in a shorter period signals that the process is heading in the right direction. Measures undertaken through MAP 2.0 for an efficient dispute resolution framework may not be perfect and completely defect-free. Yet, the measures taken are laudable, bringing an element of clarity and certainty for taxpayers. After all, what is coming is better than what is gone!

 

17  April, 2014 – December, 2020 about 790 cases
overall were resolved under MAP; Source – Ministry of Finance Annual Report,
2020-21

18  https://www.oecd.org/tax/dispute/mutual-agreement-procedure-2019-awards.htm

19  Pepsi Foods Limited [2021] 126 taxmann.com 69
(SC) – The Supreme Court has held that ITAT can grant stay beyond 365 days, if
the delay in disposal of appeal is not attributable to the assessee

Articles 10, 22 of India-Mauritius DTAA; Ss. 5, 9(1)(i), (iv) of the Act – Mauritius resident FII invested in IDR having underlying shares of a UK resident company and received dividend – Such dividend, though not taxable u/s 9(1)(iv), was taxable u/s 9(1)(i) – However, since it was not ‘dividend’ under Article 10 of India-Mauritius DTAA, it was residual income subject to treatment under Article 22; as taxing rights of such income were vested only in Mauritius up to 31st March, 2017, it was not taxable in India

4 Morgan Stanley Mauritius Co. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2021] 127 taxmann.com 506 (Mum-Trib) [ITA No: 7388/Mum/19] A.Ys.: 2015-16; Date of order: 28th May, 2021


 

Articles 10, 22 of India-Mauritius DTAA; Ss. 5, 9(1)(i), (iv) of the Act – Mauritius resident FII invested in IDR having underlying shares of a UK resident company and received dividend – Such dividend, though not taxable u/s 9(1)(iv), was taxable u/s 9(1)(i) – However, since it was not ‘dividend’ under Article 10 of India-Mauritius DTAA, it was residual income subject to treatment under Article 22; as taxing rights of such income were vested only in Mauritius up to 31st March, 2017, it was not taxable in India

 

FACTS

The assessee was a company incorporated and fiscally domiciled in Mauritius. The Mauritius Revenue Authority had issued it a Tax Residency Certificate. The assessee had invested in Indian Depository Receipts (IDRs) issued by Standard Chartered Bank – India Branch (SCB-India), having shares in Standard Chartered Bank plc (SCB-UK) as underlying asset. Bank of New York Mellon, USA (BNY-US) held these shares as custodian of depository. Shares of SCB-UK were listed on London Stock Exchange and IDRs issued were listed on stock exchanges in India.

 

During the relevant financial period, the assessee received dividends in respect of the underlying shares. The assessee claimed non-taxability under ITA and the Treaty by contending that: the dividend pertained to SCB-UK, which was a foreign company; it was received abroad by BNY-US; hence, dividend neither accrued nor arose in India, nor was it received or deemed to be received in India. It further contended that SCB India was a bare trustee (i.e., akin to a nominee) under the English law for IDR holders. Since dividend was first received outside India, its subsequent remittance to IDR holders in the Indian bank account cannot trigger taxation based on receipt. Further, as per the definition of dividend under Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA, the receipt was not dividend. Hence, it would be subject to the provisions of Article 22. Since taxing rights of income covered in Article 221 are vested in residence jurisdiction, it could only be taxed by Mauritius and not India.

 

After examining the facts and legal framework of IDRs, the A.O. concluded that deposit in bank accounts of IDR holders in India was the first point of receipt of dividend. Till that time, money continued to be in possession of the payer, i.e., SCB-UK. Therefore, it could not be said to have been received outside India. Accordingly, the A.O. proposed to tax dividends u/s 115A(1)(a) @ 20% (plus applicable surcharge and cess).

 

HELD

• While IDR may be issued by an Indian Depository, it is a derivative financial instrument that draws its value from the underlying shares of a foreign company. Though shares may be held by the overseas custodian, they constitute property of the Indian depository which passes on all accruing benefits to IDR holders. For example, if the domestic depository receives dividends or any other distribution in respect of the deposited shares (including payments on liquidation of foreign company), receipts are converted into INR and paid in INR to IDR holders.

• In this case, though shares are held by the Indian depository, they constitute assets of SCB-India, even if as a trustee. Therefore, receipt was not dividend simplicitor from a foreign company but it had a clear, significant and crucial business connection with India.

• Circular No. 4/2015 was issued by CBDT in the context of a situation where, while underlying assets (shares of Indian companies) were in India, depository receipts were issued abroad and investors investing in such depository receipts were also abroad. They had no connection in India, other than the underlying asset of companies. However, under the extended scope of Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), such investors would have suffered taxation in India. Circular No. 4/2015 was issued to mitigate such situation.

• The present case is diametrically opposite to that which CBDT intended to cover. Here is a case where, while the underlying shares were abroad, depository receipts were issued in India and the beneficiaries entitled to the benefits of the underlying shares are also in India. Accordingly, Circular No. 4/2015 had no relevance in this case.

• To contend that other than dividend from an Indian company, no other dividend can be taxed in the hands of a non-resident in India because section 9(1)(iv) of the Act deems only dividend from an Indian company to be income accruing or arising in India, is fallacious. While dividend from a foreign company cannot be taxed u/s 9(1)(iv), it can be taxed under sections 9(1)(i) and 5(2). Insofar as the IDR holder is concerned, in reality and in law, the amount is received in India. Hence, for a non-resident IDR holder it will be income deemed to accrue or arise, as also received in India.

• In the context of section 5(2)(a) of the Act, the expression required to be interpreted is ‘income deemed to receive in India by or on behalf of such a person (i.e., non-resident)’, whereas section 7 defines ‘income deemed to be received in a previous year’. There is a clear distinction between the two provisions. The deeming fiction envisaged in section 5, namely, ‘income deemed to be received in India in such year by or on behalf of non-resident’ is not relevant insofar as the scope of ‘income deemed to be received in previous year’ is concerned because, while the former deals with the situs of income, the latter deals with the timing of income. From the facts it is clear that dividend was received in India.

• Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA deals with taxability of dividends. For Article 10 to apply, dividend should be paid by a company which is resident of a contracting state to the resident of the other contracting state. However, as per the facts, dividends can be treated as having been paid either by SCB-UK or by SCB-India, which is a PE of SCB-UK. In either case, payment cannot be treated as payment by an Indian resident. Therefore, Article 10 of the India-Mauritius DTAA will have no application to such dividend.

• Prior to insertion of sub-Article (3) in Article 22 with effect from 1st April, 2017, residuary income, which was not specifically covered under any other Article and which was also not covered under exclusion clause in Article 22(2), could be taxed only in the residence state. Dividend from IDRs is not covered by any of the specific provisions of the India-Mauritius DTAA. It is also not covered by the exclusion clause in Article 22(2). Further, it pertains to the period prior to 1st April, 2017. Hence, only the residence state has taxing right and cannot be taxed in source jurisdiction, i.e., India.

• Observations of DRP as regards the basis of taxability, namely, ‘assessed to tax on account of place of management’ is ex facie incorrect inasmuch as SCB-India is a PE of a UK tax resident company and not an independent taxable entity in India. In CIT vs. Hyundai Heavy Industries Ltd. [(2007) 291 ITR 482 (SC)], the Supreme Court has observed that ‘it is clear that under the Act, a taxable unit is a foreign company and not its branch or PE in India’. Accordingly, the taxable entity in India is SCB-UK, though taxation is limited to profits attributable to its PE, i.e., SCB-India. Also, the place of management of SCB-UK is the UK.

• The tax authority contended that this is a case of triple non-taxation because: an American company incorporates a subsidiary in Mauritius; holds shares in a UK company; through an Indian depository; and does not pay taxes in any of the jurisdictions. He further mentioned that it is a blatant case of India-Mauritius DTAA abuse that must be discouraged. The proposition was rejected by observing that such considerations were irrelevant to the facts of the case before the Tribunal.

• Since the provisions of the India-Mauritius DTAA are more beneficial to the assessee than the Act, they will override the Act. Consequently, having regard to the provisions of Article 22 of the India-Mauritius DTAA, dividends on IDRs will not be taxable only up to 31st March, 2017, while India will have the right to taxation for the period effective from 1st April, 2017 on account of amended Article 22(3) of the Treaty permitting source taxation in respect of income accruing or arising from a source in India.

MLI SERIES ARTICLE 13: ARTIFICIAL AVOIDANCE OF PE THROUGH SPECIFIC ACTIVITY EXEMPTION

INTRODUCTION TO ARTICLE 5(4) OF THE TAX TREATY (PRE-MLI)
In respect of business income [other than fees for technical services (FTS) and royalties], a foreign company would be subject to tax in India (i.e., the Source State) when it constitutes a business connection or a permanent establishment (PE) in India. When a PE / business connection is constituted, a foreign company is subjected to tax on income deemed to have accrued in India on a net level / deemed profit basis.

Provisions of PE are typically included under Article 5 of a tax treaty. While Article 5(1) to Article 5(3) provides for what constitutes a PE, Article 5(4) provides for a list of activities that do not constitute a PE, even if such activities are undertaken from a fixed place of business in the Source Country (generally known as ‘preparatory and auxiliary exemption’). At the same time, the OECD Commentary (2017) enlists a number of business activities which are treated as exceptions to the general definition of the term PE and which when carried on through fixed places of business, are not sufficient to constitute a PE.

In the above context, a question arises: Does ‘business connection’ include preparatory / auxiliary exemption? The term business connection is not defined under the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and is interpreted by placing reliance on judicial precedents (key reference provided by the Apex Court in the case of R.D. Aggarwal). Thus, ‘business connection’ draws meaning from the definitions pronounced by judicial precedents, and it may include carrying on a part of the main business, or merely a relation between the business of the foreign company and the activity in India which assists in carrying on the business of the foreign company. Thus, although not explicit, the term business connection includes preparatory and auxiliary activities (POA) when read with ‘contributes directly or indirectly to the earnings of the non-resident from its business’1.

This article aims at providing the effect of MLI (Article 13) on Article 5(4) where activities that do not constitute PE as per Article 5(4) will constitute a PE under MLI Article 13 if certain conditions are satisfied. Thus, Article 13 is a game-changer. In simple words, where in substance cohesive business activities of a foreign enterprise are broken down or fragmented to fit the definition of the exempted activities of erstwhile Article 5(4), they may no longer be able to escape PE status and therefore taxation. This will impact many multinational companies and hence is pertinent to note.

RATIONALE BEHIND THE MLI AMENDMENT
Nature of preparatory and auxiliary activities
Article 5(4) enlists a number of business activities which do not constitute a PE, even if the activities are carried out through a fixed place or office. These activities are generally termed as preparatory and auxiliary in nature2. Para 58 of the OECD Commentary (2017) provides that such a place of business may well contribute to the productivity of the enterprise, but the services it performs are so remote from the actual realisation of profits that it is difficult to allocate any profit to the fixed place of business in question.

The Table below classifies the negative list of Article 5(4):

As per the earlier OECD
Model Convention, 2014

As per BEPS Action Plan
(AP) 7

(Para 78 of the OECD
Commentary, 2017)

Notwithstanding the
preceding provisions of this Article, the

the term ‘permanent
establishment’ shall be deemed not to include:

a) the use of facilities
solely for the purpose of storage, display or delivery of goods or
merchandise belonging to the enterprise;

b) the maintenance of a
stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise solely for the
purpose of storage, display or delivery;

c) the maintenance of a
stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise solely for the
purpose of processing by another enterprise;

d) the maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for the purpose of purchasing goods or
merchandise or of collecting information, for the enterprise;

e) the maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for the purpose of carrying on, for the
enterprise, any activity not listed in
sub-paragraphs a) to d), provided that this activity has a preparatory or
auxiliary character;

f) the maintenance of a fixed
place of business solely for any combination of activities mentioned in
sub-paragraphs a) to e), provided that the overall activity of the fixed
place of business resulting from this combination is of a preparatory or
auxiliary character

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this
Article, the term  ‘permanent establishment’ shall be deemed not to
include:

a) the use of facilities
solely for the purpose of storage, display or delivery of goods or
merchandise belonging to the enterprise;

b) the maintenance of a
stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise solely for the
purpose of storage, display or delivery;

c) the maintenance of a
stock of goods or merchandise belonging to the enterprise solely for the
purpose of processing by another enterprise;

d) the maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for the purpose of purchasing goods or
merchandise or of collecting information, for the enterprise;

e) the maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for the purpose of carrying on, for the
enterprise, any other activity of a
preparatory or auxiliary character;

f) the maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for any combination of activities mentioned in
sub-paragraphs a) to e), provided that the overall activity of the fixed place
of business resulting from this combination is of a preparatory or auxiliary
character,

provided
that such activity or, in the case of sub-paragraph f), the overall activity
of the fixed place of business is of a preparatory or auxiliary character

* Highlighted part is amended under BEPS AP 7

As can be observed from the above, initially, OECD was of the view that the enlisted negative activities from Article 5(4)(a) to Article 5(4)(d) of the OECD Model Convention, 2014 would apply automatically to exclude the constitution of a PE, more so considering the erstwhile business models. For example, a non-resident company maintains warehouse facilities solely for the purpose of storage of its goods in the Source State. The delivery of goods would be undertaken through an independent third party in the logistic business. Under the erstwhile PE provisions, the foreign company is not required to substantiate that this activity is auxiliary in nature as the application of Article 5(4)(a) of the OECD Model Convention is automatic. Only Article 5(4)(e) and Article 5(4)(f) subject the specified activities to be of a ‘preparatory and auxiliary character’. In the above example, if a non-resident company maintains a warehouse for storage of finished goods [Article 5(4)(a)] and maintains an office for procurement activities, Article 5(4)(d) and Article 5(4)(f) would apply and the ‘overall activity of the fixed place of business resulting from this combination’ should be of a preparatory or auxiliary character to be exempted from constitution of a PE. In reality, the multinational enterprises (MNEs) have benefited from the automatic application of the enlisted negative activities by ensuring that their fixed place of business solely carries on the enlisted negative activity [Article 5(4)(a) to Article 5(4)(d)].

The Executive Summary of the BEPS Action Report No. 7 (at point 10) states that ‘depending on the circumstances, activities previously considered to be merely preparatory or auxiliary in nature may nowadays correspond to core business activities. In order to ensure that profits derived from core activities performed in a country can be taxed in that country, Article 5(4) is modified to ensure that each of the exceptions included therein is restricted to activities that are otherwise of a “preparatory or auxiliary” character… BEPS concerns related to Article 5(4) also arise from what is typically referred to as the “fragmentation of activities”. Given the ease with which multinational enterprises (MNEs) may alter their structures to obtain tax advantages, it is important to clarify that it is not possible to avoid PE status by fragmenting a cohesive operating business into several small operations in order to argue that each part is merely engaged in preparatory or auxiliary activities that benefit from the exceptions of Article 5(4). The anti-fragmentation rule proposed in [this report] will address these BEPS concerns.’

In order to understand the above in detail, let us consider the following examples:

– The above example includes a company operating an online shop in Country A and selling goods to customers in Country B through a website.
– For delivery and storage of goods, the company maintains a warehouse in Country B.
– Erstwhile Article 5(4) included an exception wherein maintenance of a fixed place in India solely for the purpose of storage and delivery would not constitute a PE. This was based on the principle that such activities are considered as preparatory and auxiliary in the entire scheme of business operations.
– However, with the advancement of internet, the manner in which businesses are operated has evolved. Given this, since most of the business operations of the company are undertaken online, maintenance of a warehouse in Country B for storage and delivery may no longer be considered as preparatory and auxiliary in nature but the core activity. This therefore makes the exceptions provided under Article 5(4) redundant.
– BEPS AP 7 / MLI Article 13 seek to address the above challenges and amend the PE provisions to be in line with the advanced business model.

Anti-fragmentation: Splitting for creating preparatory and auxiliary activities
Earlier, the determination of PE and the enlisted negative activities was considered vis-à-vis the said enterprise which carried on such activities, and not that of the group companies assessed in totality
. The aggregation of ‘places of business’ carried on by other members of the group companies was specifically denied by the OECD Commentary (2014). So, the MNEs fragmented their business operations into various activities among different places and different related enterprises, with a view to fall within the negative list and avoid the existence of a PE in the Source State. For example, large multinationals can fragment their operations into smaller businesses (such as entity A storing goods, entity B delivering goods and entity C providing sales support activities), thereby arguing that each business part is just preparatory and auxiliary in nature.

MLI Article 13 provides for amendment in the PE provisions to avoid such situations by aggregating the activities provided by group companies in the Source State to determine whether or not a PE is constituted. The following examples can help in understanding fragmentation of activities by foreign companies:

Example 1:

Thus, in the above example F Co. has fragmented its business activities in Country B by incorporating two separate entities undertaking (i) warehouse and storage functions, and (ii) support services.

Example 2:

And in the above example, R Co. has fragmented its business activities in Country B by incorporating various entities undertaking (a) procurement functions, (b) bonded warehouse, (c) distribution centre, (d) processing department, etc. This sets a clear example of fragmentation of activities which, if considered individually, will qualify for the preparatory and auxiliary exemption.

MLI ARTICLE 13

Paragraph 1 of MLI Article 13
‘A Party may choose to apply paragraph 2 (Option A) or paragraph 3 (Option B) or to apply neither Option’.

The member State may choose to apply paragraph 2 of Article 13 (Option A) or paragraph 3 of Article 13 (Option B) or not to apply any option. Under Option A, the specific activities mentioned in the tax treaties will not constitute a PE, insofar as the activities of the PE are preparatory and auxiliary in nature. In other words, the activities of a PE, even if aligned with sub-paragraphs (a) to (f) of Article 5(4), will only be exempt from being a PE if the overall conduct of the activities is preparatory and auxiliary in nature. A majority of the member States have agreed to this view.

Further, under Option B, paragraph 78 of the OECD Commentary (2017) provides that ‘some Member States consider that some of the activities referred to in Article 5(4) are intrinsically preparatory and auxiliary and, in order to provide greater certainty for both tax administrations and taxpayers, take the view that these activities should not be subject to the condition that they be of a preparatory or auxiliary character, and that concern about inappropriate use of the specific activity exemptions can be addressed through anti-fragmentation rules’. This option allows the member States to continue to use the existing language; however, at the same time they have agreed that an enterprise cannot fragment a cohesive business operation into smaller business operations in order to call it preparatory and auxiliary.

Paragraphs 2 & 3 of MLI Article 13
Article 5(4) of the OECD Model Tax Convention (2017) is modified to provide for Option A or Option B. Both the options preserve the specific variant of listed activities under each Covered Tax Agreement (CTA). It does not replace the list of exempt activities in the current CTAs with the above BEPS AP 7-suggested Article 5(4). Hence, in order to accommodate the model version and the existing version, Article 13 of the MLI provides for the following:
• Option A – provides additional condition that the specific activity exemption would apply only if the listed activities are of preliminary or auxiliary nature (POA) (remains explicit);
• Option B – provides automatic exemption to listed activities, irrespective of the same being POA in nature (i.e., remains explicit);
• If member states decide to not choose any option: the provisions of Article 5(4) as existing under the CTAs will remain in force (i.e., remain implicit).

Option A

Option B

Notwithstanding the
provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that define the term ‘permanent
establishment’, the term

Notwithstanding the provisions of a Covered Tax
Agreement that define the term ‘permanent establishment’, the term

(continued)

 

‘permanent establishment’
shall be deemed not to include:

 

(a) The activities
specifically listed in the Covered Tax Agreement (prior to modification by
this Convention) as activities deemed not to constitute a permanent
establishment, whether or not that exception from permanent establishment
status is contingent on the activity being of a preparatory or auxiliary
character;

 

(b) The maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for the purpose of carrying on, for the
enterprise, any activity not described in sub-paragraph a);

 

(c) The maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for any combination of activities mentioned in
sub-paragraphs a) and b),

provided that such activity
or, in the case of sub-paragraph c), the overall activity of the fixed place
of business, is of a preparatory or auxiliary character

(continued)

 

‘permanent establishment’
shall be deemed not to include:

 

(a) The activities
specifically listed in the Covered Tax Agreement (prior to modification by
this Convention) as activities deemed not to constitute a permanent
establishment, whether or not that exception from permanent establishment
status is contingent on the activity being of a preparatory or auxiliary
character, except to the extent that the relevant provision of the Covered
Tax Agreement provides explicitly that a specific activity shall be deemed
not to constitute a permanent establishment provided that the activity is of
a preparatory or auxiliary character;

 

(b) The maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for the purpose of carrying on, for the
enterprise, any activity not described in sub-paragraph a), provided that
this activity is of a preparatory or auxiliary character;

 

(c) The maintenance of a
fixed place of business solely for any combination of activities mentioned in
sub-paragraphs a) and b), provided that the overall activity of the fixed
place of business resulting from this combination is of a preparatory or
auxiliary character

An alternative rule is designed for those countries that are of the opinion that the examples stated under Article 5(4)(a) to Article 5(4)(d) of the OECD Model (2014) should always be deemed as not creating a PE, without the need to further go into the deliberation of whether or not they meet the general preparatory and auxiliary nature standard.

Paragraph 4 of MLI Article 13
Article 13(4) of the MLI relates to the anti-fragmentation rule wherein, irrespective of the above options (i.e., Option A or Option B or none), the member States will have another option to implement the anti-fragmentation rule. The objective is to avoid fragmentation of activities between closely-related parties so as to fall within the scope of preparatory and auxiliary character, and thereby avoid constituting a PE in the Source State. It provides as under:

‘Para 4. A provision of a Covered Tax Agreement (as it may be modified by paragraph 2 or 3) that lists specific activities deemed not to constitute a permanent establishment shall not apply to a fixed place of business that is used or maintained by an enterprise if the same enterprise or a closely related enterprise carries on business activities at the same place or at another place in the same Contracting Jurisdiction and:
a) that place or other place constitutes a permanent establishment for the enterprise or the closely related enterprise under the provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement defining a permanent establishment; or
b) the overall activity resulting from the combination of the activities carried on by the two enterprises at the same place, or by the same enterprise or closely related enterprises at the two places, is not of a preparatory or auxiliary character,
provided that the business activities carried on by the two enterprises at the same place, or by the same enterprise or closely related enterprises at the two places, constitute complementary functions that are part of a cohesive business operation.’

Accordingly, clause 4.1 is inserted to Article 5(4) of the OECD Model Convention and its commentary is provided in paragraphs 79 to 81 of the OECD Commentary (2017). Under Article 13(4) of the MLI (above), the scope for specific activity exemption is not available where there is at least one of the places where these activities are exercised (and) must constitute a PE or, if that is not the case, the overall activity resulting from the combination of the relevant activities must go beyond what is merely preparatory or auxiliary. Until now, the PE status remained embedded per se to its place of business through which the business activities were carried on. But now, the different places of business in the Source State would be combined and if at least one of the places constitutes a PE, then all places of business would constitute a PE for the enterprise as well as for its closely related enterprises carrying on activities in the said Source State. Accordingly, the profits attributable to the PE would be subject to tax in India.

BEPS AP 7 had made application of the anti-fragmentation rule mandatory for those opting for Option B, but the MLI has changed its applicability from mandatory to optional for all three options (including Option B).
India has opted for option A, i.e., wherein PE exemption to listed activities under Article 5(4) shall be subject to activities being preparatory-auxiliary in nature, whereas for the anti-fragmentation rule India is silent, indicating that this rule will be applicable if there is no reservation from the other contracting State in the CTA. It must be noted that in paragraph 51 of the Positions on Article 5, India states that it does not agree with the interpretation given in paragraph 74 because it considers that even when the anti-fragmentation provision is not applicable, an enterprise cannot fragment a cohesive operating business into several smaller operations in order to argue that each is merely engaged in a preparatory or auxiliary activity.

Understanding ‘complementary functions’ and ‘cohesive business operations’
In order to determine the preparatory and auxiliary character, the activity carried on would be compared with the main and core business of the enterprise. Further, based on Article 14 of the MLI, the activity so carried on would be combined with other activities that constitute ‘complementary functions’ that are part of a cohesive business carried on by the same enterprise or closely related enterprises in the same state. Neither MLI nor the OECD Commentary defines the terms ‘complementary functions’ and ‘cohesive business’. However, both these terms cannot be interpreted independently but together as a ‘part of’ the whole. Further, it refers to complementary functions, rather than complementary products or complementary business, etc., indicating interconnected (or closely connected) functions, or intertwined, or interdependent functions, with respect to technology, or value-added functions, or the nature of their ultimate purpose or use.

Paragraph 7 of the OECD Report on ‘Additional Guidance on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments’, BEPS AP 7, dated March, 2018, provides that ‘the anti-fragmentation rule recommended in the Report on Action 7 (at paragraph 39) is contained in the new paragraph 4.1 of Article 5. It prevents paragraph 4 from providing an exception from PE status for activities that might be viewed in isolation as preparatory or auxiliary in nature but that constitute part of a larger set of business activities conducted in the source country by the enterprise (whether alone or with a closely related enterprise) if the combined activities constitute complementary functions that are part of a cohesive business operation’.

Attribution of profits to PE
Paragraph 8 of the OECD Report on ‘Additional Guidance on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments’, BEPS AP 7, dated March, 2018, provides that Article 5(4.1) is applicable in two types of cases. First, it applies where the non-resident enterprise or a closely related enterprise already has a PE in the source country, and the activities in question constitute complementary functions that are part of a cohesive business operation. A determination will need to be made as to whether the activities of the enterprises give rise to one or more PEs in the source country under Article 5(4.1). The profits attributed to the PEs and subject to source taxation are the profits derived from the combined activities constituting complementary functions that are part of a cohesive business operation. This is considering the profits each one of them would have derived, if they were a separate and independent enterprise performing its corresponding activities, taking into account, in particular, the potential effect on those profits of the level of integration of these activities. Examples of this type of fact pattern are contained in new paragraph 30.43 of the revised Commentary (at point 40-41 of the Report on AP 7).

Paragraph 9 of the OECD Report on ‘Additional Guidance on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments’, BEPS AP 7, dated March 2018, provides that the second type of case to which Article 5(4.1) applies is a case where there is no pre-existing PE but the combination of activities in the source country by the non-resident enterprise and closely related non-resident enterprises results in a cohesive business operation that is not merely preparatory or auxiliary in nature. In such a case, a determination will need to be made as to whether the activities of the enterprises give rise to one or more PEs in the source country under Article 5(4.1). The profits attributable to each PE so arising are those that would have been derived from the profits made by each activity of the cohesive business operation as carried on by the PE, if it were a separate and independent enterprise, performing the corresponding activities taking into account, in particular, the potential effect on those profits of the level of integration of these activities.

Understanding ‘preparatory and auxiliary character’
Paragraph 60 of the OECD Commentary (2017) provides that an activity that has a preparatory character is one that is carried on in contemplation of what constitutes an essential and significant part of the activity of the enterprise as a whole. It is usually carried on for a relatively short period, which, depending on the circumstance, could be carried on for a longer duration. Auxiliary activity supports the essential and significant part of the activity. In absolute terms, auxiliary activities would not require significant proportion of the assets or employees, when compared with the total assets or employees of the enterprise.

Further, Paragraph 61 of the OECD Commentary (2017) provides that the activity purported to be covered under the specified activity exemptions ought to be carried on for the enterprise itself. If the activity is undertaken on behalf of the other enterprises at the same fixed place of business, the said activity would not be exempt from the PE status in the garb of Article 5(4) of the applicable tax treaty. The OECD Commentary (2017) provides an example that if an enterprise that maintained an office for the advertising of its own products or services, which was also engaged in advertising on behalf of other enterprises at that location, would be regarded as a PE of the enterprise.

Understanding ‘closely related enterprises’
Article 15 of the MLI defines the term ‘Closely Related Enterprises’ (CRE). The concept of CRE is distinguished from the concept of ‘Associated Enterprises’ of Article 9 of the OECD Model Convention. It is important to note that the term ‘control’ is not defined therein. Further, the member States that have made reservations to Article 12-14 of the MLI can opt out of Article 15.

‘Article 15 – Definition of a Person Closely Related to an Enterprise
1. For the purposes of the provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that are modified by paragraph 2 of Article 12 (Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status through Commissionnaire Arrangements and Similar Strategies), paragraph 4 of Article 13 (Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status through the Specific Activity Exemptions), or paragraph 1 of Article 14 (Splitting-up of Contracts), a person is closely related to an enterprise if, based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, one has control of the other or both are under the control of the same persons or enterprises. In any case, a person shall be considered to be closely related to an enterprise if one possesses directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent of the beneficial interest in the other (or, in the case of a company, more than 50 per cent of the aggregate vote and value of the company’s shares or of the beneficial equity interest in the company) or if another person possesses directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent of the beneficial interest (or, in the case of a company, more than 50 per cent of the aggregate vote and value of the company’s shares or of the beneficial equity interest in the company) in the person and the enterprise.
2. A party that has made the reservations described in paragraph 4 of Article 12 (Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status through Commissionnaire Arrangements and Similar Strategies), sub-paragraph a) or c) of paragraph 6 of Article 13 (Artificial Avoidance of Permanent Establishment Status through the Specific Activity Exemptions), and sub-paragraph a) of paragraph 3 of Article 14 (Splitting-up of Contracts) may reserve the right for the entirety of this Article not to apply to the Covered Tax Agreements to which those reservations apply.’

India has adopted Article 15 of the MLI. However, India has reserved its right to not include the words ‘to which it is closely related’ in Article 5(6) of the OECD Model Convention (2017). For instance, India has not reserved the right to paragraph 4 of Article 13 of the MLI, which means that it has accepted to bring the anti-fragmentation rule to the existing tax treaties. Again, this can only be confirmed if the other contracting state doesn’t create reservation to paragraph 4 of Article 13.

Paragraph 5 to 8 of MLI Article 13
Paragraph 5 contains compatibility clauses which describe the relationship between Article 13(2) through (4) and provisions of CTA. Paragraph 6 contains reservation rights of the member States, indicating that the provisions addressing the concerns of BEPS AP 7 are not required in order to meet a minimum standard test. The member State may reserve the right for the entirety of Article 13 of MLI not to apply to its CTAs.

Paragraph 7 requires that parties that opted for Option A or Option B to notify the depository of the Option so selected. Paragraph 180 of the Explanatory Statement further confirms that ‘An Option would apply to a provision only where all Contracting Jurisdictions have chosen to apply the same Option and have made such a notification with respect to that provision’. For example, if a contracting State chooses Option A while the other chooses Option B, the asymmetrical decisions conclude in the non-application of the provision in its entirety. This is illustrated in paragraph 7 of Article 13, which states that ‘an Option shall apply with respect to a provision of a CTA only where all Contracting Jurisdictions have chosen to apply the same Option and have made such a notification’. Accordingly, India has selected and notified Option A. Unless the other contracting State selects Option A, the tax treaty will remain unchanged.

Paragraph 8 requires each party that has not opted out of applying Paragraph 4 (anti-fragmentation rule) or for the entirety of Article 13, to notify the depository of each of its CTAs that includes specific activity exemptions. Paragraph 181 of the Explanatory Statement further confirms that ‘Paragraph 4 will apply to a provision of a CTA only where all Contracting Jurisdictions have made such a notification with respect to that provision pursuant to either paragraph 7 or paragraph 8.’

The extract of Article 13(5) to Article 13(8) is provided below:

‘Para 5. a) Paragraph 2 or 3 shall apply in place of the relevant parts of provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that list specific activities that are deemed not to constitute a permanent establishment even if the activity is carried on through a fixed place of business (or provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that operate in a comparable manner).
b) Paragraph 4 shall apply to provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement (as they may be modified by paragraph 2 or 3) that list specific activities that are deemed not to constitute a permanent establishment even if the activity is carried on through a fixed place of business (or provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that operate in a comparable manner).
Para 6. A Party may reserve the right: a) for the entirety of this Article not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements; b) for paragraph 2 not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements that explicitly state that a list of specific activities shall be deemed not to constitute a permanent establishment only if each of the activities is of a preparatory or auxiliary character; c) for paragraph 4 not to apply to its Covered Tax Agreements.
Para 7. Each party that chooses to apply an Option under paragraph 1 shall notify the Depository of its choice of Option. Such notification shall also include the list of its Covered Tax Agreements which contain a provision described in sub-paragraph a) of paragraph 5, as well as the article and paragraph number of each such provision. An Option shall apply with respect to a provision of a Covered Tax Agreement only where all Contracting Jurisdictions have chosen to apply the same Option and have made such a notification with respect to that provision.
Para 8. Each party that has not made a reservation described in sub-paragraph a) or c) of paragraph 6 and does not choose to apply an Option under paragraph 1 shall notify the Depository of whether each of its Covered Tax Agreements contains a provision described in sub-paragraph b) of paragraph 5, as well as the article and paragraph number of each such provision. Paragraph 4 shall apply with respect to a provision of a Covered Tax Agreement only where all Contracting Jurisdictions have made a notification with respect to that provision under this paragraph or paragraph 7.’

India context: Impact analysis of key India tax treaties:

India’s notification

Particulars of Article 13

Australia

UK

Singapore

France

Netherlands

Notified Option A, i.e., India’s tax treaties will be modified
with the language of Article 13(2)

Specific activity exemption

Notified Option A paragraph 13(2) modified India-Australia
Treaty Article 5(4)

Not selected Option A or B, Treaty remains the same

Notified Option B, the Treaty remains unchanged

Notified Option B, the Treaty remains unchanged

Notified Option A, paragraph 13(2) modified India-Australia
Treaty Article 5(4)

Remained silent to reserve Article 13(4), i.e., the provisions
will apply to the existing tax treaties

Anti- fragmentation rule

Notified paragraph 13(4), Treaty changes

Notified paragraph 13(4), Treaty changes

Reservation to Article 13(4) – No change in
the Treaty

Remained silent – Treaty changes

Notified paragraph 13(4), Treaty changes

CONCLUSION
The specific activity exemption provisions are important from the point of view of the relief they provide to non-resident entities who have only incidental activities in India. Hence, one needs to be careful while applying these provisions to a particular case. The amendment provided in Article 13 of the MLI is largely impacting industries such as e-commerce / EPC / consumer, wherein foreign companies have typically been taking exemptions from PE pursuant to the negative list / anti-fragmenting activities in India. However, on account of amendments made by Article 13, it is imperative for all foreign companies to revisit their existing PE positions.

TLA 2021 – A DIGNIFIED EXIT FROM A SELF-SPLASHED MESS: AN ANALYSIS OF REVERSAL OF RETROSPECTIVE AMENDMENT

INTRODUCTION
The infamous amendment to section 9(1)(i) by the Finance Act, 2012 with retrospective effect, dealing with the taxation of indirect transfers, had invited serious opprobrium in international fora and caused a serious dent in the image of India as an attractive investment destination.

Now, the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Act, 2021 [TLA, 2021] has nullified the retrospective nature of the original amendment. The ‘Statement of Objects and Reasons’ to The Taxation Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2021 candidly highlighted the ill-effects of the retrospective amendment.

BACKGROUND

In order to understand the purpose behind the latest amendment, it is necessary to draw the readers’ attention to the series of events that took place prior to the amendment.

It all started in the year 2007 in the landmark case of Vodafone International which entered the Indian telecom market by acquiring the telecom business of Hutchinson India. Vodafone International, a Dutch-based Vodafone entity, acquired indirect control in Hutchison Essar Limited (HEL), an Indian company, from a Cayman Islands-based company, viz., Hutchison Telecommunications International Limited (HTIL). It did this by acquiring a single share in CGP Investment (CGP), another Cayman Islands company, from HTIL in February, 2007. CGP held various Mauritian companies, which in turn held a majority stake in HEL.

In September, 2007 the Revenue authorities issued a show cause notice to Vodafone International for failure to withhold tax on the amount paid for acquiring the said stake as they believed that HTIL was liable for capital gains it earned from the transfer of the share of CGP, as CGP indirectly held a stake in HEL. Vodafone International was also sought to be treated as a ‘representative assessee’ u/s 163 and a capital gains tax demand of Rs. 12,000 crores was sought to be recovered from Vodafone International.

But Vodafone International claimed that the Indian Revenue authorities had no jurisdiction over the transaction as the transfer of shares had taken place outside India between two companies incorporated outside India and the subject of the transfer was shares, the situs of which was also outside India. The matter was litigated up to the Supreme Court which, in 2012, in the landmark judgment in Vodafone International Holdings B.V. vs. Union of India1, absolved Vodafone of the liability of payment of Rs. 12,000 crores as capital gains tax in the transaction between it and HTIL.

The Court held that the Indian Revenue authorities did not have jurisdiction to impose tax on an offshore transaction between two non-resident companies wherein controlling interest in a resident company was acquired by the non-resident company.

But the Indian Government believed that the verdict of the Supreme Court was inconsistent with the legislative intent as they believed that India, in its sovereign taxing powers, was empowered to tax such indirect transfers of assets located in India. Thus, an amendment was brought about by the Finance Act, 2012 with retrospective effect, to clarify that gains arising from the sale of shares of a foreign company are taxable in India if such a share, directly or indirectly, derives its value substantially from the assets located in India. Section 119 of the Finance Act, 2012 also provided for validation of demand, etc., under the Income-tax Act, 1961 for cases relating to indirect transfer of Indian assets.

_______________________________________________________________________________
1          [2012]
341 ITR 1 (SC)

Pursuant to this amendment, an income tax demand has been raised in 17 cases which include the prominent cases of Vodafone and Cairn Energy. It is believed that the total estimated demand in these 17 cases totals up to an enormous sum of Rs. 1.10 lakh crores2.

In the ‘Statement of Objects and Reasons’ to The Taxation Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2021 it has been noted that in two out of these 17 cases, assessments are pending due to a stay granted by the High Court.

The ‘Statement of Objects and Reasons’ to The Taxation Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2021, observes that in four cases, arbitration under the Bilateral Investment Protection Treaty (BIT) with the United Kingdom and the Netherlands had been invoked against the demands. Of these four cases, in two, Vodafone and Cairn Energy, the result of arbitration has been against the Income-tax Department.

In the case of Vodafone, the Singapore seat of the Permanent Court of Arbitration of The Hague ruled that India’s imposition of a tax liability on Vodafone, as well as interest and penalties, breached an investment treaty agreement between India and the Netherlands3. The Arbitral Tribunal held that the imposition of the asserted liability notwithstanding, the Supreme Court judgment is in breach of the guarantee of fair and equitable treatment laid down in Article 4(1) of the BIT between India and the Netherlands. The Arbitral Tribunal directed India to reimburse the legal costs of approximately INR 850 million to Vodafone.

The said arbitral award was challenged by the Indian Government in Singapore because according to it taxation is not a part of the BIT and it falls under the sovereign power of India.

Similarly, in the case of Cairn Energy, a Scottish firm, the Permanent Court of Arbitration having its legal seat in the Netherlands, in December, 2020 awarded it $1.2 billion (over Rs. 8,800 crores) plus costs and interest which totalled $1.725 million (Rs. 12,600 crores) as of December, 20204. The Tribunal held that India had failed to comply with its obligations under the India-UK BIT. India appealed against the said award in a court in The Hague, Netherlands.

_______________________________________________________________________________

2   https://www.business-standard.com/article/pti-stories/us-court-sets-timelines-for-cairn-india-legal-case-121082700964_1.html

3   https://wap.business-standard.com/article-amp/economy-policy/govt-to-amend-income-tax-act-to-nullify-retrospective-tax-demands-121080501146_1.html

4              https://wap.business-standard.com/article-amp/economy-policy/govt-to-amend-income-tax-act-to-nullify-retrospective-tax-demands-121080501146_1.html

Meanwhile, Cairn moved courts in nine jurisdictions, namely, the US, the UK, the Netherlands, Canada, France, Singapore, Japan, the UAE and Cayman Islands, to get the international arbitration tribunal award registered and recognised. Cairn also threatened seizure of the Indian Government’s assets in these jurisdictions in case India did not return the value of the shares seized and sold, dividend confiscated and tax refund held back to adjust a Rs. 10,247-crore tax demand raised using the retrospective legislation.

In June, 2021, the Tribunal Judiciaire de Paris, a French court, allowed Cairn’s application to freeze 20 residential real estate assets owned by the Indian Government. The properties directed to be frozen are worth approximately $23 million, a fraction of the Arbitral Award5. Cairn also filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, seeking to make Air India liable for the Arbitral Award that was awarded to it. The lawsuit argued that the carrier as a state-owned company, being an alter-ego of the State, is legally indistinct from the State itself and was bound to discharge the duties of the State (India).

Thereafter, Cairn made a plea before the U.S. Court to make Air India deposit money under the apprehension that New Delhi may sell the airline by the time the decision seeking seizure of the national carrier’s aircraft is pronounced by the U.S. Court6. Despite the toughening stand taken both by Cairn and India before the U.S. Court, it has come to light that discussions are taking place between the officials of Cairn and the Income-tax Department whereby Cairn is hopeful of an amicable settlement in light of the recent amendment to the provisions of Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) vide TLA, 2021. The CEO of Cairn has also given a statement accepting the Government’s offer to settle the disputes and accept the refund of Rs. 7,900 crores and has also stated that the shareholders are in agreement with accepting the offer and moving on7.

And recently, on 13th September, 2021, Cairn and Air India jointly asked the New York Federal Court to stay further proceedings in Cairn’s lawsuit targeting Air India for enforcement of the $1.2 billion arbitral award awarded to Cairn by the Permanent Court of Arbitration at the Hague in light of the amendment vide TLA, 2021. Both the parties requested for stay of any further proceedings in the matter till 31st October, 2021 and requested for new dates in November, 2021 by stating that the stay of proceedings would give them additional time to evaluate the effects and the implications of the TLA, 20218.

_______________________________________________________________________________

5   https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/business-laws/needed-framework-for-enforcement-of-investment-treaty-arbitration/article36302023.ece

6   https://www.livemint.com/companies/news/cairn-ups-ante-in-us-court-in-its-fight-against-india-on-tax-11630(news-item
dated 05.09.2021)

7   https://www.telegraphindia.com/business/cairn-energy-accepts-modi-governments-offer-to-refund-rs-7900-crore/cid/1829799
(news-item dated 07.09.2021)

Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman, while indicating that the Government would appeal the Arbitral Award rendered in favour of Cairn Energy, also stated that ‘We have made our position clear on retrospective taxation. We have repeated it in 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2019, 2020, till now. I don’t see any lack of clarity’, indicating the current Government’s stand of not raising any new demands on the basis of the retrospective amendment made vide the Finance Act, 20129.

TLA, 2021

Considering the adverse impact that the retrospective legislation had on the image of India in the International fora and in order to promote faster economic growth and employment, the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2021 was proposed by the Ministry of Finance.

The said Bill was introduced by the Ministry of Finance in the Lok Sabha on 5th August, 2021 and was passed by the Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha on 6th August, 2021 and 9th August, 2021, respectively. Thereafter, the TLA, 2021 received the assent of the President of India on 13th August, 2021.

As per the said Act, the following amendments have been made to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) of the Income-tax Act, 1961:

A. Vide the newly-inserted 4th proviso to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), it has been provided that nothing contained in Explanation 5 shall apply to:

i. an assessment or reassessment to be made under sections 143, 144, 147,153A or 153C; or
ii. an order to be passed enhancing the assessment or reducing a refund already made or otherwise increasing the liability of the assessee u/s 154; or
iii. an order to be passed deeming a person to be an assessee in default under sub-section (1) of section 201,

in respect of income accruing or arising through or from the transfer of an asset or a capital asset situate in India in consequence of the transfer of a share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India made before the 28th day of May, 2012.

_______________________________________________________________________________

8   https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/economy/policy/cairn-energy-air-india-seek-stay-on-new-york-court-proceedings/articleshow/86227073.cms
(news-item dated 15.09.2021)

9   https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/1-4-billion-cairn-arbitration-award-finance-minister-says-its-her-duty-to-appeal/articleshow/81348282.cms

B. Vide the newly-inserted 5th proviso to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), it has been provided that where:

i. an assessment or reassessment has been made under sections 143, 144, 147,153A or 153C; or
ii. an order has been passed enhancing the assessment or reducing a refund already made or otherwise increasing the liability of the assessee u/s 154; or
iii. an order has been passed deeming a person to be an assessee in default under sub-section (1) of section 201; or
iv. an order has been passed imposing a penalty under Chapter XXI or u/s 221,

in respect of income accruing or arising through or from the transfer of an asset or a capital asset situate in India in consequence of the transfer of a share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India made before the 28th day of May, 2012 and the person in whose case such assessment or reassessment or order has been passed or made, as the case may be, fulfils the specified conditions, then, such assessment or reassessment or order, to the extent it relates to the said income, shall be deemed never to have been passed or made, as the case may be.

C. Vide the newly-inserted 6th proviso to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), it has been provided that where any amount becomes refundable to the person referred to in the 5th proviso as a consequence of him fulfilling the specified conditions, then, such amount shall be refunded to him, but no interest u/s 244A shall be paid on that amount.

Vide the Explanation inserted below the newly-inserted 6th proviso, the conditions to be satisfied for the purposes of the 5th and 6th provisos have been provided. To paraphrase, the following conditions have been provided:

• where the said person has filed any appeal before an appellate forum or a writ petition before the High Court or the Supreme Court against any order in respect of the said income, he shall either withdraw or submit an undertaking to withdraw such appeal or writ petition, in such form and manner as may be prescribed;
• where the said person has initiated any proceeding for arbitration, conciliation or mediation, or has given any notice thereof under any law for the time being in force or under any agreement entered into by India with any other country or territory outside India, whether for protection of investment or otherwise, he shall either withdraw or shall submit an undertaking to withdraw the claim, if any, in such proceedings or notice, in such form and manner as may be prescribed;
• the said person shall furnish an undertaking, in such form and manner as may be prescribed, waiving his right, whether direct or indirect, to seek or pursue any remedy or any claim in relation to the said income which may otherwise be available to him under any law for the time being in force, in equity, under any statute or under any agreement entered into by India with any country or territory outside India, whether for protection of investment or otherwise; and
• such other conditions as may be prescribed.

Necessary amendments have also been effected to section 119 of the Finance Act, 2012 which provided for validation of demand, etc., under the Income-tax Act, 1961 for cases relating to indirect transfer of Indian assets.

From the above amendments, one may clearly observe that a two-tier amendment has been made.

The first tier of amendment, consistent with the position of the Government not to levy or raise any new demands in light of the retrospective amendment vide the Finance Act, 2012, makes a necessary provision to that effect so as to provide that no tax demand shall be raised in future on the basis of retrospective amendment vide the Finance Act, 2012 for any offshore indirect transfer of Indian assets if the transaction is undertaken before 28th May, 2012 (i.e., the date on which the Finance Bill, 2012 received the assent of the President). It would be pertinent to note that in various instances, in the case of retrospective amendments, the law has expressly provided for provisions to ensure that past concluded assessments are not disturbed. In this regard, a useful reference may be made to the proviso to section 14A(1), section 92C(2B) and section 92CA(2C). Thus, the first tier of amendment made vide the newly-inserted 4th proviso is in line with the said provisions and provides protection in respect of transfers made prior to 28th May, 2012 from any fresh proceedings. It is rather wider than the said provisions, as it also provides protection from proceedings under sections 153A, 153C and 201(1).

As regards the second tier of amendment, it provides for nullification of assessments already made in respect of indirect transfer of Indian assets made before 28th May, 2012 (as validated by section 119 of the Finance Act, 2012) on fulfilment of certain conditions as specified.

Pursuant to such amendments, the CBDT has published the draft rules for implementing the amendments made by the TLA, 2021 on 28th August, 2021 inviting comments from all stakeholders latest by 4th September, 2021. Vide the said draft, CBDT has proposed to insert Rule 11UE along with Forms 1 to 4 which specify the conditions to be fulfilled and the process to be followed to give to the amendment made by the TLA, 2021.

The said rules provide for furnishing various undertakings including irrevocable withdrawal, discontinuance or an undertaking not to pursue any appeal / application / petition / proceedings. It is also required to forgo any awards received by it by virtue of any such related orders.

IMPACT OF TLA, 2021

The newly-inserted 5th proviso deals with nullification of assessment or reassessment. However, it does not deal with nullification of any demand raised or any interest levied u/s 234B or interest levied u/s 220(6) [which may have been levied due to non-payment of demand]. Thus, the question that would arise is whether nullification of assessment or reassessment would also lead to nullification of demands of tax and consequential interests. It may be noted that as per the legal jurisprudence that has evolved, ‘assessment’ has been held to be the entire process commencing from filing of return to passing of an assessment order and raising of consequential demand. Thus, when the ‘assessment’ is nullified, it would indicate that the demands along with interest would also get nullified. It may also be noted that the Supreme Court in ITO vs. Seghu Buchiah Setty [1964] 52 ITR 538 has held that there must be a valid order of assessment on which a notice of demand may be founded. Consequentially, when the assessment or reassessment to the extent it relates to income accruing or arising from indirect transfers is deemed to have never been made, the consequential demand and interest would also not survive.

It would be pertinent to note that by virtue of the amendment, the purchaser or payer who was liable to deduct tax at source by virtue of section 195 in respect of capital gains accruing to a non-resident assessee by virtue of indirect transfer under Explanations 5 to 7 to section 9(1)(i), can no longer be treated as an assessee-in-default u/s 201(1) if such purchaser or payer fulfils the conditions specified. However, it would be pertinent to note that the issue of treating a person as an assessee-in-default for non-deduction of tax at source in respect of past transactions in light of retrospective amendments, is no longer res integra in light of the decision in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Private Limited vs. CIT [2021] 432 ITR 471 (SC)/[2021] 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC), wherein it has been held that a person mentioned in section 195 of the Income-tax Act cannot be expected to do the impossible, namely, to apply retrospective provision at a time when such provisions were not actually and factually in the statute. Thus, from the payers’ point of view, the amendment nullifying its liability as an assessee-in-default u/s 201(1) is not of much relevance in light of the judgment in Engineering Analysis (Supra). As a result of the same, even if the deductors / payers who have been held to be in default choose not to comply with the conditions mentioned in the Explanation to the newly-inserted 5th and 6th provisos, the litigation continuing in the normal course as provided in the Income-tax Act would result in favourable verdicts for them in light of the judgment in Engineering Analysis (Supra). A deductor / payer may therefore not choose the option of the 5th proviso which requires him to forgo interest on refund. He would rather stay in the normal stream where he has more than a reasonable chance of success and in such event he need not forgo interest.

In certain cases, assessment may have been made by the Department on the purchasers or payers u/s 161 read with sections 160 and 163 in their capacity as agents (representative assessees) of the non-residents in respect of the income accruing or arising in respect of indirect transfers under Explanations 5 to 7 to section 9(1)(i) [for instance, the case of Vodafone]. In such case, the assessments made on such agents would be nullified if the conditions specified therein are satisfied.

It may be noted that clause (iii) of the newly-inserted 5th proviso to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) only deals with an order deeming a person to be an assessee in default u/s 201(1) and does not deal with the case of deductors / payers in whose case disallowance u/s 40(a)(i) is made. It may also be noted that nullification of an order u/s 201(1) does not automatically absolve a person of the disallowance u/s 40(a)(i). However, the same may not be of much significance, given that the payment made towards acquisition of shares of a foreign company is not ordinarily claimed as revenue expenditure in respect of which a disallowance u/s 40(a)(i) may be made.

It may be possible that in certain cases, in order to put an end to litigation, the said person as specified in the newly-inserted 5th proviso may have made an application under the Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Act, 2020 and duly paid the amount as specified in the Form No. 3 issued by the designated authority u/s 5(1) of the said Act. Section 7 of the said Act provides that any amount paid in pursuance of a declaration made u/s 4 shall not be refundable under any circumstances. It may be noted that as per the later part of the newly-inserted 5th proviso to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i), the assessment or reassessment or order, to the extent it relates to the income in respect of income accruing or arising through or from the transfer of an asset or a capital asset situate in India in consequence of the transfer of a share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India made before the 28th day of May, 2012, shall be deemed never to have been passed or made. When the assessment or reassessment or order to the extent it relates to the said income is deemed never to have been passed or made, the question of the same being ‘disputed tax’ u/s 2(j) of the Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Act, 2020 does not arise as the very demand ceases to exist in the eyes of law. In such circumstances, it cannot lie in the mouth of the Revenue to refuse the grant of refund of the amount paid as specified in the Form No. 3 issued by the designated authority u/s 5(1) of the said Act. If a sum is paid outside the aforesaid Act, the bar of refund should not apply to such payment as held in Hemalatha Gargya vs. CIT [2003] 259 ITR 1 (SC).

The newly-inserted 6th proviso to Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) provides that where any amount becomes refundable to the person referred to in the 5th proviso as a consequence of him fulfilling the specified conditions, then such amount shall be refunded to him, but no interest u/s 244A shall be paid on that amount. The said proviso appears to be violative of Article 14 of the Constitution as it is discriminatory and arbitrary. It may be noted that though taxing statutes being fiscal legislations enjoy a greater presumption towards the constitutionality of the same, the same must nevertheless satisfy the tests of Article 14 of the Constitution in order to save them from the vice of unconstitutionality. The newly-inserted 6th proviso may be discriminatory on the following three fronts:

a) There appears to be a clear discrimination between persons referred to in the 4th and 5th provisos. It may be noted that as regards the persons referred to in the 4th proviso, no new assessment would be made in respect of indirect transfers which have taken place prior to 28th May, 2012. Thus, no prejudice would be caused to them. However, in respect of persons referred to in the 5th proviso, who have already been assessed and recoveries may have been made from them, such recoveries are refundable without interest u/s 244A. While persons covered in the 4th proviso would not have parted with any funds and hence are justifiably not entitled to any compensatory interest, the persons covered in the 5th proviso having parted with funds are justifiably entitled to compensatory interest. These two categories of persons are in unequal situations but are treated equally insofar as non-payment of compensatory interest is concerned. This causes discrimination.

b) There also appears to be discrimination between persons to whom a sum is refundable on account of any other provision of the IT Act and persons to whom a sum is refundable under the newly-inserted 5th and 6th provisos. In case of the former, interest u/s 244A being a normal incident of refund would automatically accrue as held by the Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Tata Chemicals Ltd. [2014] 363 ITR 658 (SC). However, as regards the persons referred to in the 5th proviso, they would not be entitled to any refund despite there being a wrongful retention of sums by the Revenue in light of a non-existent demand.

c) The third type of discrimination occurs between persons who have effected indirect transfers but action is time-barred at the time when the TLA, 2021 was enacted and the persons referred to in the newly-inserted 5th and 6th provisos. As per section 149(1)(b) (as amended vide the Finance Act, 2021), the maximum time limit available to issue notice u/s 148 is ten years from the end of the relevant assessment year. Without going into the applicability of the said clause, it may be noted that even if the Department were to reopen past concluded assessments or assess any person in connection with income accruing or arising as a result of indirect transfer, it could at the maximum have done so in respect of A.Y. 2011-12 and for A.Y. 2012-13 (in respect of transfers concluded prior to 28th May, 2012 due to bar under the newly-inserted 4th proviso). Thus, in respect of transfers which have taken place prior to A.Y. 2011-12, no action under sections 147 and 148 would lie. However, in respect of persons who fall under the 5th and 6th provisos (which would include the above cases under sections 147 and 148), no interest on refund would accrue u/s 244A, leaving them in a position worse off than those who have escaped any action due to non-availability of any recourse under the provisions of the IT Act to the Department.

Thus, the validity and constitutionality of the 6th proviso being discriminatory on the above three counts may be subjected to challenge as violative of Article 14 of the Constitution.

It may be noted that the Draft Rule 11UE(3)(b)(I), in addition to furnishing of undertaking by the declarant, also requires furnishing of declaration by any of the interested parties which, as per Part K and Part L of the Form 1, refers to all the holding companies in the entire chain of holding as defined under the Companies Act, 2013 of the declarant, and all persons whose interest may be directly or indirectly affected by the undertaking in Form 1. Though Explanation (iv) to the newly-inserted 5th and 6th provisos is wide enough to empower the Board to prescribe any other conditions, such power does not extend to imposing conditions on persons other than the declarant assessee. Thus, the draft Rule 11UE(3)(b)(I)(ii) requiring such undertaking from interested third parties, if enacted without any change, may be subjected to challenge on the basis of being contrary to the provisions of the Act.

CONCLUSION


TLA, 2021 is a landmark step by the Indian Legislature in bringing about certainty in tax matters and restoring the faith of foreign investors in India as an attractive investment destination. It provides a great opportunity for various Multinational Groups or Companies who have been subjected to endless litigation to settle their disputes once and for all. It would enable them to receive refunds of huge amounts deposited with the Income-tax Department at various stages of litigation, thereby having a positive impact on their working capital situation.

Article 4 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Re-domiciliation of company by itself cannot lead to denial of treaty in the country of re-domiciliation

5 ADIT vs. Asia Today Limited [(2021) 127 taxmann.com 774 (Mum-Trib)] ITA Nos.: 4628-4629/Mum/2006 A.Ys.: 2000-01 and 2001-02; Date of order: 30th July, 2021

Article 4 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Re-domiciliation of company by itself cannot lead to denial of treaty in the country of re-domiciliation

FACTS
The assessee was a company incorporated in 1991 as an international business company in the British Virgin Islands (BVI). It re-domiciled to Mauritius on 29th June, 1998 when the Registrar of Companies issued a Certificate of Incorporation stating that ‘…on and from 29th day of June, 1998, incorporated by continuation as a private company limited by shares’ and that ‘this certificate will be effective from the date of de-registration in BVI’. Simultaneously, the BVI issued a certificate stating ‘The Registrar of Companies of the British Virgin Islands hereby certifies that ________, an international business company incorporated under section 3 of the International Business Companies Act of the law of British Virgin Islands, has discontinued its operations in the British Virgin Islands on 30th June, 1998’.

For the first time, the tax authority contended before the Tribunal that since the assessee was a BVI company, it did not qualify for benefit under the India-Mauritius DTAA. The assessee objected to this contention of the tax authorities.

HELD
On re-domiciliation

Corporate re-domiciliation is a process through which a corporate entity moves its domicile (or place of incorporation) from one jurisdiction to another while at the same time retaining its legal identity.

On re-domiciliation, a corporate entity is de-registered from one jurisdiction and ceases to exist there but simultaneously comes into existence in another jurisdiction.

In the offshore world re-domiciliation of a corporate entity is a fact of life.

While re-domiciliation of a corporate entity may trigger detailed examination per se, DTAA benefits cannot be denied merely because of re-domiciliation.

On facts of the case
The assessee had re-domiciled more than two decades ago. During this period, the tax authority had granted benefit under the India-Mauritius DTAA without raising any question. Hence, the issue was merely academic in nature.

Note: The decision primarily dealt with adjudication of the PE in India of the assessee and attribution of profit to dependent agent. The issue of denial of DTAA benefit on the issue of re-domiciliation was agitated by the tax authority for the first time before the Tribunal. However, only this issue is compiled because it was agitated by tax authority for the first time.

MLI SERIES ANALYSIS OF ARTICLES 3, 5 & 11 OF THE MLI

A. ARTICLE 3 – Hybrid mismatch arrangement

Instances of entities treated differently by countries for taxation are commonplace. A partnership is a taxable person under the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961, while in the United Kingdom a partnership has a pass-through status for tax purposes, with its partners being taxed instead. The problems caused by such asymmetric treatment of entities as opaque or transparent for taxation by the Contracting States is well-documented. There have been attempts to regulate the treatment of such entities, notably the 1999 OECD Report on Partnerships and changes made to the Commentary on Article 1 of the OECD Model in 2003. One common problem where Contracting States to a tax treaty treat an entity differently for tax purposes is double non-taxation. Let us take the following example, which illustrates double non-taxation of an entity’s income:

Example 1: T is an entity established in State P. A and B are members of T residing in State R. State P and State S treat the entity as transparent, but State R treats it as a taxable entity. T derives business profits from State S that are not attributable to a permanent establishment in State S.

Figure 1

State S treats entity T as fiscally transparent and recognises the business profits as belonging to members A and B, who are residents of State R. Applying the State R-S Treaty, State S is barred from taxing the business profits without a PE. On the other hand, State R does not flow through the partnership’s income to its partners. Accordingly, State R treats entity T as a non-resident and does not tax the income or tax its partners A and B. The double non-taxation arises because both State R and State S treat the entity differently for taxation. Another problem is that an entity established in State P could have partners / members belonging to third countries (as in Figure 1 above), encouraging treaty shopping.

1.1 Income derived by or through fiscally transparent entities [MLI Article 3(1)]
The Action 2 Report of the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Project on Hybrid mismatch arrangements (‘Action 2 Report’) deals with applying tax treaties to hybrid entities, i.e., entities that are not treated as taxpayers by either or both States that have entered into a tax treaty. Common examples of such hybrid entities are partnerships and trusts. The OECD Commentary on Article 1 of the Model (before its 2017 Update) contained several paragraphs describing the treatment given to income derived from fiscally transparent partnerships based on the 1999 Partnership Report.

As per the recommendation in the Action 2 Report, Article 3(1) of the Multilateral Instrument (‘MLI’) inserts a new provision in the Covered Tax Agreements (‘CTA’) which is to ensure that treaties grant benefits only in appropriate cases to the income derived through these entities and further to ensure that these benefits are not granted where neither State treats, under its domestic law, the income of such entities as the income of one of its residents. A similar text has also been inserted as Article 1(2) in the OECD Model (2017 Update).

Article 3(1) reads as under:
For the purposes of a Covered Tax Agreement, income derived by or through an entity or arrangement that is treated as wholly or partly fiscally transparent under the tax law of either Contracting Jurisdiction shall be considered to be income of a resident of a Contracting Jurisdiction but only to the extent that the income is treated, for purposes of taxation by that Contracting Jurisdiction, as the income of a resident of that Contracting Jurisdiction.

The impact of Article 3(1) on a double tax avoidance agreement can be illustrated in the facts of Example 1 above. Unless State R ‘flows through’ the income of the entity T to its partners for taxation and tax the income sourced in State S as income of its residents, State S is not required to exempt or limit its taxation as a Source State while applying the R-S Treaty. State S will also not apply the P-S Treaty since the income belongs to the partners of entity T who are not residents of State P. The Source State is expected to give treaty benefits only to the extent the entity’s income is treated for taxation by the Residence State as the income of its residents. The following example illustrates this:

Example 2: A and B are entity T’s members residing in State P and R, respectively. States R and P treat the entity as transparent, but State S treats it as a taxable entity. A derives interest arising in State S. There is no treaty between State R and State S.

Figure 2

In this example, State S will limit its taxation of interest arising in that State under the P-S Treaty to the extent of the share of A in the profits of P. The income derived from the entity by the other member B will not be considered by State S to belong to a resident of State P and it will not extend the P-S treaty to that portion of income. Since there is no R-S treaty, State S will tax the income derived by member B from the entity as per its domestic law.

The OECD Commentary
As per paragraph 7 of the Commentary on Article 1 in the OECD Model (2017 Update), any income earned by or through an entity or arrangement which is treated as fiscally transparent by either Contracting States will be covered within the scope of Article 1(2) [which is identical to Article 3(1) of the MLI] regardless of the view taken by each Contracting State as to who derives that income for domestic tax purposes, and regardless of whether or not that entity or arrangement has a legal personality or constitutes a person as defined in Article 3(1) of the Convention. It also does not matter where the entity or arrangement is established: the paragraph applies to an entity established in a third State to the extent that, under the domestic tax law of one of the Contracting States, the entity is treated as wholly or partly fiscally transparent, and income of that entity is attributed to a resident of that State. State S is required to limit application of its DTAA only to the extent the other State (State R or State P, as the case may be) would regard the income as belonging to its resident. Thus, when we look at the facts in Example 2 above, the outcome will not change even if the entity T is established in State R (or a third state which has a treaty with State S) so long as that State flows through the income of the entity to a member resident in that State.

In other words, State S applies the P-S Treaty because A is a resident of State P and is taxed on his share of income from entity T and not because the entity is established in that State. Similarly, if a treaty exists between State R and State S, State S shall apply that treaty only to the extent of income which State R regards as income of its resident (B in this case).

However, India has expressed its disagreement with the interpretation contained in paragraph 7 of the Commentary. It considers that Article 1(2) covers within its scope only such income derived by or through entities that are resident of one or both Contracting States. Article 4(1)(b) of the India-USA DTAA (which is not a CTA) is on the lines of Article 3(1) of the MLI. On the other hand, Article 1 of the India-China Treaty (which was amended vide a Protocol in 2018 and not through the MLI) requires the entity or arrangement to be established in either State and to be treated as wholly fiscally transparent under the tax laws of either State for the rule on fiscally transparent entities to apply.

Impact on India’s treaties
India has reserved the application of the entirety of Article 3 of the MLI relating to transparent entities from applying to its CTAs, which means that this Article will not apply to India’s treaties. A probable reason could be that India finds it preferable to bilaterally agree on any enhancement of scope of the provisions relating to transparent partnerships to other fiscally transparent entities only after an examination of its impact bilaterally rather than accept Article 3(1) in the MLI, which would have applied across the board to all its CTAs.

1.2 Income derived from fiscally transparent entities – Elimination of double taxation [MLI Article 3(2)]
Action 6 Report of the BEPS Project on Preventing the Granting of Treaty Benefits in Inappropriate Circumstances (‘Action 6 Report’) recommends changes to the provisions relating to the elimination of double taxation. Article 3(2) of the MLI is intended to modify the application of the provisions related to methods for eliminating double taxation, such as those found in Articles 23A and 23B of the OECD and UN Model Tax Conventions. Often, such situations arise in respect of income derived from fiscally transparent entities. For this reason, this provision has been inserted in Article 3 of the MLI which deals with transparent entities. Article 3(2) of the MLI reads as follows:

Provisions of a Covered Tax Agreement that require a Contracting Jurisdiction to exempt from income tax or provide a deduction or credit equal to the income tax paid with respect to income derived by a resident of that Contracting Jurisdiction which may be taxed in the other Contracting Jurisdiction according to the provisions of the Covered Tax Agreement shall not apply to the extent that such provisions allow taxation by that other Contracting Jurisdiction solely because the income is also income derived by a resident of that other Contracting Jurisdiction. [emphasis supplied]

The article on eliminating double taxation in a tax treaty obliges the Contracting States to provide relief of double taxation either under exemption or credit method where the other State taxes the income of a resident of the first State in accordance with that treaty. However, there may be cases where each Contracting State taxes the same income as income of one of its residents and where relief of double taxation will necessarily be with respect to tax paid by a different person. For example, an entity is taxed as a resident by one State while it is treated as fiscally transparent, and its members are taxed instead, in the other State, with some members taxed as residents of that other State. Thus, any relief of double taxation will need to take into account the tax that is paid by different taxpayers in the two States.

Action 6 Report notes that, as a matter of principle, Articles 23A and 23B of the OECD Model require a Contracting State to relieve double taxation of its residents only when the other State taxed the relevant income as the Source State or as a State where there is a permanent establishment to which that income is attributable. The Residence State need not relieve any double taxation arising out of taxation imposed by the other State in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Convention solely because the income is also income derived by a resident of that State. In other words, the obligation to extend relief lies only with that State which taxes an income of a person solely because of his residence in that State. Other State which may tax such income because of both source and residence need not extend relief. This will obviate cases of double taxation relief resulting in double non taxation.

The OECD Commentary gives some examples to illustrate the scope of this provision. Some of these examples are discussed here in the context of the India-France DTAA for the reader to relate to them more easily.

Example 3: The partnership P is an Indian resident under Article 4 of the India-France DTAA. In France, the partnership is fiscally transparent and France taxes both partners A and B as they are its residents.

Figure 3

The only reason France may tax P’s profits in accordance with the provisions of the Treaty is that the partners of P are its residents and not because the income arises in France. In this example, France is taxing income of A and B solely on residence whereas India is taxing income of P on both residence and source. Thus, India is not obliged to give credit to P for the French taxes paid by the partners on their share of profit of P. On the other hand, France will be required to provide relief under Articles 23 with respect to the entire income of P as India may tax that income in accordance with the provisions of Article 7. This is even though India taxes the income of P, which is its resident. The Indian taxes paid by P will have to be considered for exemption under Article 23 against French taxes payable by the partners in France.

Example 4: Income from immovable property situated in other State

Figure 4

The facts are the same as in Example 3 except that P earns rent from immovable property in France. In this example, France is taxing income of A and B on residence and source whereas India is taxing income of P solely on residence. Thus, India is obliged to give credit for French taxes paid, which is in accordance with Article 6 of the India-France Treaty even though France taxes the income derived by the partners who are French residents. On the other hand, France is not obliged to give credit for Indian taxes, which are paid only because P is resident in India and not because income is sourced in India. However, both India and France have to give credit to tax paid in third State as per their respective DTAAs with the third State. If there is no DTAA with the third State, credit may be given as per the respective domestic law [viz., section 91 of IT Act]. Both India and France giving FTC is not an aberration as both would have included income from third State in taxing their residents.

Example 5: Interest from a third state

Figure 5

Here, the facts are the same as in Example 3 except that P earns interest arising in a third State. France taxes the interest income in the hands of the partners only because they are French residents. Consequently, India is not obliged to grant credit for French taxes paid by the partners in France. In this case, India is not obliged to give credit for French taxes paid in accordance with the India-France Treaty only because the interest is derived by the partners who are French residents. Also, France is not obliged to give credit for Indian taxes paid in accordance with the Treaty only because P is resident in India and not because income is sourced in India.

The above discussion is also relevant for countries that have opted for the credit method in Option C through Article 5(6) of the MLI since that Option contains text similar to that contained in Article 3(2).

1.3 Right to tax residents preserved for fiscally transparent entities [MLI Article 3(3)]
It is commonly understood that tax treaties are designed to avoid juridical double taxation. However, treaties have been interpreted in a manner to restrict the Resident State from taxing its residents. Article 11 of the MLI contains the so-called ‘savings clause’ whereby a Contracting State shall not be prevented by any treaty provision from taxing its residents. Article 3(3) of the MLI provides for a similar provision for fiscally transparent entities. The saving clause, as introduced by Article 11, is discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this article.

Impact on India’s treaties
Since India has reserved the entirety of Article 3 of the MLI, paragraphs 2 and 3 also do not apply to modify any of India’s CTAs.

B. ARTICLE 5 – Methods of elimination of double taxation
Double non-taxation arises when the Residence State eliminates double taxation through an exemption method with respect to items of income that are not taxed in the Source State. Article 5 of the MLI provides three options that a Contracting Jurisdiction could choose from to prevent double non-taxation, which is one of the main objectives of the BEPS project. These are described below:

2.1 Option A
Article 23A of the OECD Model Convention provides for the exemption method for relieving double taxation. There have been instances of income going untaxed in both States due to the Source State exempting that income by applying the provisions of a tax treaty, while the Resident State also exempts the same. Paragraph 4 of Article 23A of the OECD Model addresses this problem by permitting the Residence State to switch from the exemption method to the credit method where the other State has not taxed that income in accordance with the provisions of the treaty between them.

As explained in the OECD Model (2017) Commentary on Article 23A (paragraph 56.1), the purpose of Article 23A(4) is to avoid double non-taxation as a result of disagreements between the Residence State and the Source State on the facts of a case or the interpretation of the provisions of the Convention. An instance of such double non-taxation could be where the Source State interprets the facts of a case or the provisions of a treaty in such a way that a treaty provision eliminates its right to tax an item of income. At the same time, the Residence State considers that the item may be taxed in the Source State ‘in accordance with the Convention’ which obliges it to exempt such income from tax.

The BEPS Action 2 Report on Hybrid Arrangements recommends that States which apply the exemption method should, at the minimum, include the ‘defensive rule’ contained in Article 23A(4) in the tax treaties where such provisions are absent. As per Option A, the Residence State will not exempt such income but switch to the credit method to relieve double taxation of its residents [MLI-A 5(3)]. For example, Austria and the Netherlands, both of whom adopt the exemption method to relieve double taxation of their residents, have chosen Option A and have notified the relevant article eliminating double taxation present in the respective CTAs with India. The deduction from tax in the Residence State shall be an ordinary credit not exceeding the tax attributable to the income or capital which may be taxed in the other State.

2.2 Option B
One of the instances of base erosion is commonly found under a hybrid mismatch arrangement where payments are deductible under the rules of the payer jurisdiction but not included in the ordinary income of the payee or a related investor in the other jurisdiction. The Action 2 Report recommends introducing domestic rules targeting deduction / no inclusion outcomes (‘D/NI outcomes’). Under this recommended rule, a dividend exemption provided for relief against economic double taxation should not be granted under domestic law to the extent the dividend payment is deductible by the payer.

In a cross-border scenario, several treaties provide an exemption for dividends received from foreign companies with substantial shareholding. To counter D/NI outcome from such treatment, insertion of a provision akin to Article 23A(4) (described above under Option A) provides only a partial solution. Option B found in Article 5(4) of the MLI permits the Residence State of the person receiving the dividend to apply the credit method instead of the exemption method generally followed by it for dividends deductible in the payer State. None of India’s treaty partners has chosen this Option.

2.3 Option C
Action 2 Report also recommends States to not include the exemption method but opt for the credit method in their treaties as a more general solution to the problems of non-taxation resulting from potential abuses of the exemption method. Option C implements this approach wherein the credit method would apply in place of the exemption method provided for in tax treaties. The deduction from tax in the Residence State shall be an ordinary credit not exceeding the tax attributable to the income or capital which may be taxed in the other State.

The text of Option C contains the words in parenthesis, ‘except to the extent that these provisions allow taxation by that other Contracting Jurisdiction solely because the income is also income derived by a resident of that other Contracting Jurisdiction’. These words are similar to the MLI provision in Article 3(2) relating to fiscally transparent entities. The reader can refer to the discussion under Article 3(2) above, which describes the import of these words, which have also been added in Article 23A-Exemption Method and Article 23B-Credit Method in the OECD Model (2017). As per paragraph 11.1 of the Commentary on Articles 23A and 23B, this rule is merely clarificatory. Even in the absence of the phrase, the rule applies based on the current wording of Articles 23A and 23B.

2.4 Asymmetric application
Article 5 of the MLI permits an asymmetric application with the options chosen by each State applying with respect to its residents. For example, India has chosen Option C which applies to the provisions for eliminating double taxation to be followed by India in its treaties for its residents. The provisions in a treaty to eliminate double taxation by the other State are not affected by India’s choice of Option. Similarly, the other State’s choice also does not affect the provision relating to India. For example, the Netherlands has opted for Option A, while the Elimination article in the treaty for India will not get modified as India has not notified the CTA provision.

2.5 Impact of India’s treaties
India’s treaties generally follow the ordinary credit method to eliminate double taxation of its residents barring a few countries where it adopts the exemption method. India has opted for Option C, which will apply in place of the exemption method in the CTAs, where it follows the exemption method. Accordingly, India has notified its CTAs with Bulgaria, Egypt, Greece and the Slovak Republic. Greece and Bulgaria have reserved the application of Article 5 of the MLI, due to which their CTAs with India are not modified. Both India and the Slovak Republic have chosen Option C and both countries have moved from the exemption method in their CTA to the credit method. As for its CTA with Egypt, India’s Option C applies for its residents while Egypt has not selected any option and the exemption method in the CTA continues to apply to its residents. By opting for Option C with the Slovak Republic and Egypt, India has impliedly applied MLI 3(2) which it has otherwise reserved in entirety.

Of the other countries which apply the exemption method to relieve double taxation of their residents in India’s treaties, Austria and the Netherlands have opted for Option A and notified the CTA provisions. Estonia and Luxembourg, too, follow the exemption method for their residents in their CTA with India. Yet, though they have opted for Option A, they have not notified the relevant provisions and the CTAs shall remain unmodified. Presumably, since the India-Luxembourg DTAA already contains provisions of the nature contained in Option A, and under the India-Estonia treaty, Estonia exempts only that income from taxation taxed in India, these jurisdictions have chosen not to avail of the defensive rule provided in the MLI.

C. ARTICLE 11 – Saving of a State’s right to tax its own residents
3.1 Rationale
A double tax treaty is entered into with the object of relieving juridical double taxation. The double taxation is relieved, either by allocating the taxing rights to one of the contracting States to that treaty, or eliminated by the relief provisions through an exemption or credit method. However, treaties have sometimes been interpreted to restrict the Resident State from taxing its residents in some instances.

One example would be to interpret the phrase ‘may be taxed in the source State’ as ‘shall only be taxed in the source State’, thereby denuding the right of the Residence State to tax its resident. Another example is a partnership that is resident of State P with one partner resident of State R. State P taxes the partnership while State R treats the partnership as transparent and taxes the partners.

Figure 6

The partnership P is resident of State P and is entitled to the P-R Treaty, similar to the OECD Model. If the partnership earns royalty income arising in State R, State R is not entitled to tax the same as per Article 12(1) of the OECD Model which allocates the taxing right only to the residence state, State P. Thus, the partner resident in State R could argue, based on the language of Article 12(1), that State R does not have the right to tax him on his share of the royalty income earned by the partnership since the P-R treaty restricts the taxing right of State R.

However, many countries disagree with this interpretation. Article 12 applies to royalties arising in one State and paid to a resident of the other State. When taxing partner B, State R is taxing its resident on income arising in its territory. To clarify that State R is not prevented from taxing its residents, paragraph 6.1 was inserted to the Commentary on Article 1 of the OECD Model, which reads as under:

‘Where a partnership is treated as a resident of a Contracting State, the provisions of the Convention that restrict the other Contracting State’s right to tax the partnership on its income do not apply to restrict that other State’s right to tax the partners who are its own residents on their share of the income of the partnership. Some states may wish to include in their conventions a provision that expressly confirms a Contracting State’s right to tax resident partners on their share of the income of a partnership that is treated as a resident of the other State.’

The BEPS Report on Action 6 – Preventing Treaty Abuse concluded that the above principle reflected in paragraph 6.1 of the Commentary on Article 1 should be more generally applied to prevent interpretations intended to circumvent the application of a Contracting State’s domestic anti-abuse rules. The report recommends that the principle that treaties do not restrict a State’s right to tax its residents (subject to certain exceptions) should be expressly recognised by introducing a new treaty provision. The new provision is based on the so-called ‘saving clause’ usually found in US tax treaties. The object of such a clause is to ‘save’ the right of a Contracting State to tax its residents. In contrast to the savings clause in the US treaties that apply to residents and citizens, the savings clause inserted into the covered tax agreements by Article 11 of the MLI applies only to residents. The savings clause inserted by Article 11 of the MLI plays merely a clarifying role, unlike the substantial role of the US savings clause due to its more extensive scope.

Article 11 of the MLI is aimed at the Residence State and its tax treatment of its residents. This provision does not impact the source taxation of non-residents. There are several exceptions to this principle listed in Article 11 of the MLI where the rights of the Resident State to tax its residents are intended to be restricted:

a) A correlative or a corresponding adjustment [a provision similar to Article 7(3) or 9(2) of the OECD Model] to be granted to a resident of a Contracting State following an initial adjustment made by the other Contracting State in accordance with the relevant treaty on the profits of a permanent establishment of that enterprise or an associated enterprise;
b) Article 19, which may affect how a Contracting State taxes an individual who is resident of that State if that individual derives income in respect of services rendered to the other Contracting State or a political subdivision or local authority thereof;
c) Article 18 which may provide that pensions or other payments made under the social security legislation of the other Contracting State shall be taxable only in that other State;
d) Article 18 which may provide that pensions and similar payments, annuities, alimony payments, or other maintenance payments arising in the other Contracting State shall be taxable only in that other State;
e) Article 20, which may affect how a Contracting State taxes an individual who is a resident of that State if that individual is also a student who meets the conditions of that Article;
f) Article 23, which requires a Contracting State to provide relief of double taxation to its residents with respect to the income that the other State may tax in accordance with the Convention (including profits that are attributable to a permanent establishment situated in the other Contracting State in accordance with paragraph 2 of Article 7);
g) Article 24, which protects residents of a Contracting State against certain discriminatory taxation practices by that State (such as rules that discriminate between two persons based on their nationality);
h) Article 25, which allows residents of a Contracting State to request that the competent authority of that State consider cases of taxation not in accordance with the Convention;
i) Article 28, which may affect how a Contracting State taxes an individual who is resident of that State when that individual is a member of the diplomatic mission or consular post of the other Contracting State;
j) Any provision in a treaty which otherwise expressly limits a Contracting State’s right to tax its residents or provides expressly that the Contracting State in which an item of income arises has the exclusive right to tax that item of income.

The last item [at serial (j) above] is a residuary provision that refers to the distributive rules granting the Source State the sole right to tax an item of income. For example, Article 7(1) of the India-Bangladesh DTAA provides that the State where a PE is situated has the sole right to tax the profits attributable to that PE and is not impacted by the savings clause. Treaty provisions expressly limiting the tax rate imposable by a Contracting State on its residents are also covered by the exception to the savings clause. An example of such a provision is contained in Article 12(1) of the Israel-Singapore Treaty which states: ‘Royalties arising in a Contracting State and paid to a resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other State. However, the tax so charged in the other Contracting State shall not exceed 20 per cent of the amount of such royalties.’

3.2 Dual-resident situations
The saving clause in Article 11 of the MLI applies to taxation by a Contracting State of its residents. The meaning of residents flows from Article 4 (dealing with Residence) of the tax treaties and not from the domestic tax law. Thus, where a person is resident in both Contracting States within the meaning of Article 4 of the treaty, the tie-breaker rule in Article 4(2) or (3) will determine the State where that person is resident, and the saving clause shall apply accordingly. The State that loses in the tie-breaker does not benefit from the savings clause to retain taxing right over that person even though he is its resident as per its domestic tax law.

3.3 Application of domestic anti-abuse rules
A savings clause also achieves another objective of preserving anti-abuse provisions by the Resident State like the ‘controlled foreign companies’ (‘CFC’) rules. In a CFC regime, the Resident State taxes its residents on income attributable to their participation in certain foreign entities. It has sometimes been argued, based on a possible interpretation of provisions of the Convention such as paragraph 1 of Article 7 and paragraph 5 of Article 10, that this common feature of CFC legislation conflicted with these provisions. The OECD Model Commentary (2017 Update) on Article 1 in paragraph 81 states that Article 1(3) of the Model (containing the saving clause) confirms that any legislation like the CFC rule that results in a State taxing its residents does not conflict with tax conventions.

3.4 India’s position and impact on India’s treaties
India has not made any reservation for the application of Article 11. Forty-one countries have reserved their application leaving 16 CTAs to be modified by inserting the savings clause. Article 11 of the MLI will have only a limited effect on India’s treaties as India does not have domestic CFC rules and treats partnerships as fiscally opaque. However, it is possible that the interpretation of the courts of the distributive rule ‘may be taxed’ in the Source State as ‘shall be taxed only’ in the Source State, thus preventing the taxation by India of such income of its residents could be impacted.

In CIT vs. R.M. Muthaiah [1993] 202 ITR 508 (Kar), the High Court, interpreting the words ‘may be taxed’ in the context of the India-Malaysia Treaty, held that ‘when a power is specifically recognised as vesting in one, exercise of such a power by other, is to be read, as not available; such a recognition of power with the Malaysian Government would take away the said power from the Indian Government; the Agreement thus operates as a bar on the power of the Indian Government in the instant case.’ The High Court concluded that India could not tax its residents on such income. Article 11 of the MLI could undo the decision to enable India to tax its residents, notwithstanding the said ruling. On the other hand, an alternative interpretation could be that ‘may be taxed’ or ‘shall only be taxed’ are distributive rules in treaties that expressly allocate taxing rights to one or both the Contracting States and are covered by the exception listed in Article 11(1)(j) reproduced above. The saving clause is not targeted at them.

Sections 90 and 91, read with Article 24 of DTAA and section 37 of the Act – FTC cannot be granted in India in absence of tax liability in India – There is no provision in the Act for grant of refund in India of foreign tax paid abroad though non-creditable foreign tax can be claimed as business expenditure

1. [2021] 125 taxmann.com 155 (Mum)(Trib) Bank of India vs. ACIT ITA No.: 869/Mum/2018 Date of order: 4th March, 2021

Sections 90 and 91, read with Article 24 of DTAA and section 37 of the Act – FTC cannot be granted in India in absence of tax liability in India – There is no provision in the Act for grant of refund in India of foreign tax paid abroad though non-creditable foreign tax can be claimed as business expenditure

FACTS

The assessee is an Indian bank having branches globally1. It earns income from branches outside India and also dividend on shares of its foreign associate companies. It paid taxes on income in accordance with the domestic tax laws of the countries in which it earned income. Further, wherever applicable, it had also availed benefit under the DTAA of the respective country. Computation of global income of the assessee in India had resulted in net loss. In its return of income in India, the bank claimed refund of foreign tax paid abroad. Alternatively, it claimed deduction of foreign tax as business expenditure. Since no income tax was payable by the assessee in India, the A.O. denied the claim for refund of foreign tax2. In the appeal, the CIT(A) upheld the order of the A.O.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the Tribunal. Generally, Article 24 of a DTAA mentions the mechanism to grant foreign tax credit (‘FTC’). However, the language of Article 24 may vary between different DTAAs. The three variants considered by the Tribunal in the present case were the DTAAs with Namibia, the UK and the US. It also relied on the views expressed by several authors and also the decisions of Courts in foreign jurisdictions and reached similar conclusions in respect of all the three variants.

HELD

Refund in India of tax paid abroad
* Article 24(2) of the India-UK DTAA mentions the following conditions in respect of grant of FTC: (a) FTC should be subject to the domestic law of India; (b) Income in respect of which FTC can be given should have been ‘subjected to tax’ in both the jurisdictions, i.e., the UK and India; (c) Only so much of FTC in respect of doubly-taxed income should be given as is proportionate to income chargeable to tax in India.
* Income earned in the UK could not be subjected to tax in India since the assessee did not have taxable income in India due to loss after aggregation of income at an overall level.
* FTC was available only against Indian tax payable on doubly-taxed income. Since no Indian tax was payable in respect of foreign income, there was no doubly-taxed income. Therefore, no FTC was available to the assessee.
* Referring to several commentaries on international tax, the Tribunal concluded that under none of the DTAAs can the FTC for taxes paid in the source jurisdiction exceed the actual income tax payable in the residence jurisdiction in respect of such doubly-taxed income.
* The Tribunal also did not accept the contention of the assessee that there was double jeopardy because foreign income reduced its losses in India which, otherwise, could have been carried forward and set off against future income, and further, credit for FTC for foreign taxes paid on such income was also not granted against future incomes.
* The Tribunal held that such difficulty referred to as ‘double jeopardy’ (i.e., a taxpayer who but for foreign tax income could have enjoyed higher set-off) had not arisen in the current year though it may arise in subsequent years in which the assessee may enjoy restricted set-off. But such eventualities may also be contingent as losses may not effectively be set off within the permissible limit. Besides, FTC rules make the claim of FTC prescriptive and do not contemplate carry-forward of such tax credit to future years. The Tribunal, however, kept the issue open for adjudication in subsequent years. It distinguished the decision of the Karnataka High Court in the case of Wipro Ltd.3 on the ground that it was applicable only in a situation where the foreign source income was eligible for profit-linked deduction, but the taxpayer had sufficient taxable income against which it could claim FTC of foreign taxes paid on such income. However, the said decision was not an authority for granting refund of foreign taxes by the Indian exchequer. Even otherwise, since it was a ruling by a non-jurisdictional High Court, it may only have a persuasive effect, unlike the binding effect of a jurisdictional High Court.
* Section 91 grants FTC in respect of ‘doubly-taxed income’ arising in a non-treaty country. However, if there was no tax liability in India on account of loss at an overall level, the condition of ‘doubly-taxed income’ was not satisfied.

Business expense deduction for tax paid abroad
* Relying on the jurisdictional High Court decision in the case of Reliance Infrastructure Limited vs. CIT4, the Tribunal granted tax paid as a deduction by way of business expenditure.

Note: The Tribunal dealt with various principles of interpretation of tax treaty and domestic law. Readers may gainfully refer to the decision for detailed reading.

________________________________________________
1    Assessee had branches in several countries, including countries with which India had entered into DTAAs as well as countries with which India had not entered into a DTAA
2    For the relevant year, Rule 128 (Foreign tax credit rules) inserted with effect from 1st April, 2017 was not applicable

OECD’S PILLAR ONE PROPOSAL – A SOLUTION TRAPPED IN A WEB OF COMPLEXITIES

1. TAXATION OF DIGITAL ECONOMY (DE) – A GLOBAL CONCERN
The
digital revolution has improved business processes and bolstered
innovation across all sectors of the economy. With technological
advancements, businesses can operate in multiple countries remotely,
without any physical presence. However, the current international tax
system, which dates back to the 1920s, is primarily driven by physical
presence and hence is obsolete and incapable of effectively taxing the
DE1.

In the absence of efficient tax rules, taxation of DE has
become a key Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) concern all over
the world. While the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development’s (OECD) BEPS 1.0 project resolved several issues, the
project could not iron out the concerns of taxation of the DE. Hence,
OECD and G20 launched the BEPS 2.0 project wherein OECD along with 135
countries is working towards a global consensus-based solution under the
ambitious ‘Pillar One’ project.

2. BLUEPRINT OF PILLAR ONE PROPOSAL – A DISCUSSION DRAFT TO BE WORKED FURTHER
OECD’s
Pillar One project proposes to modify existing profit allocation rules
in such a way that a portion of the profits earned by a Multinational
Enterprise (MNE) group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions (even if
the MNE group does not have any physical presence in such market
jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing rights of market
jurisdictions over MNEs’ profits.

As part of the Pillar One
project, a report titled ‘Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation –
Report on the Pillar One Blueprint’ (referred to as ‘Blueprint’ or
report hereafter) was released in October, 2020 which represents the
extensive technical work done by OECD along with members of the BEPS
inclusive framework (BEPS IF)2 on Pillar One.

Being a Blueprint,
it is more in the nature of a discussion draft. It does not reflect
agreement of BEPS IF members who participated in the discussion on
Pillar One proposals and there are many political and technical issues
which still need to be resolved. However, this Blueprint will act as a
solid basis for future discussions. Further, BEPS IF members have agreed
to keep working on Pillar One proposals reflected in the Blueprint with
a view to bring the process to a successful conclusion by mid-2021.

 

1   https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2016/579002/IPOL_STU(2016)579002_EN.pdf

3.  EVENTUAL IMPLEMENTATION OF PILLAR ONE REPORT – A CHALLENGING TASK

The
implementation of Pillar One proposals, if and when concluded, will
require modification of domestic law provisions by member countries, as
also the treaties signed by them. The proposal is to implement ‘a new
multilateral convention’ which would co-exist with the existing tax
treaty network. However, the architecture of the proposed multilateral
convention is still being developed by OECD and is not discussed in this
Blueprint.

4. OVERVIEW OF PILLAR ONE REPORT

The Pillar One report primarily focuses on three proposals:

(a) Amount A – New taxing right:
To recollect, Pillar One aims to allocate certain minimum taxing rights
to market jurisdictions where MNEs earn revenues by selling their goods
/ services either physically or remotely. In this regard, new profit
allocation rules are proposed wherein a portion of the MNEs’ book
profits would be allocated to market jurisdictions on formulary basis.
The intent is to necessarily allocate a certain portion of MNE profits
to a market jurisdiction even if sales are completed remotely. Such
portion of MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to
market jurisdictions is termed as ‘Amount A’.

(b) Amount B – Safe harbour for routine marketing and distribution activities:
Arm’s length pricing (ALP) of distribution arrangements has been a key
area of concern in transfer pricing (TP) amongst tax authorities as well
as taxpayers. In order to enhance tax certainty, reduce controversy,
simplify administration under TP laws and reduce compliance costs, the
framework of Amount B is proposed. ‘Amount B’ is a fixed return for
related party distributors that perform routine marketing and
distribution activities. Unlike Amount A which can allocate profits even
if sales are carried out remotely, Amount B is applicable only when an
MNE group has some form of physical presence carrying out marketing and
distribution functions in the market jurisdiction. Currently, the report
suggests that Amount B would work independent of Amount A and there is
no discussion on the inter-play of the two amounts in the report.
Besides, even if Amount A is inapplicable to an MNE group (for reasons
discussed below), the MNE group may still need to comply with Amount B.

(c) Dispute prevention and resolution mechanism:

The report recognises that it would be impractical if tax
administrations of all affected market jurisdictions assess and audit an
MNE’s calculation and allocation of Amount A. It is also unlikely that
all disputes concerning Amount A rules could be resolved by existing
bilateral dispute resolution tools such as Mutual Agreement Procedure
(MAP) and Advanced Pricing Agreement (APA). To remove uncertainty, a
clear and administrable mandatory binding dispute prevention process is
proposed in the report to prevent and resolve disputes specifically
related to Amount A. Under this process, a detailed consultation would
take place amongst taxpayers and tax authorities of market jurisdictions
before tax adjustments are made to the MNE’s assessment.

Considering
that Amount A is the heart of the Pillar One report, this article
focuses on the concept, computation and taxation of Amount A.

 

2              BEPS
IF was formed by OECD in January, 2016 wherein more than 135 countries
participate on equal footing in developing standards on BEPS-related issues and
reviewing and monitoring its consistent implementation


5. CONDITIONS FOR APPLICABILITY OF AMOUNT A TO MNE GROUP – IMPACT OF MATERIALITY
To
recollect, Amount A represents the amount recommended by the Pillar One
report to be allocated, for the purpose of taxability, to market
jurisdictions even if, as per existing taxation rules, no amount may be
allocable to the market jurisdiction. Some fundamental conditions are
proposed on the applicability of Amount A and subject to these
conditions alone Pillar One recommends allocation of MNE profits of a
group to market jurisdictions.

Each of the following conditions
needs to be satisfied by the MNE group for triggering of Amount A
allocation. Non-compliance with any of the conditions may result in
complete non-trigger of allocation:
a) MNEs having consolidated
global revenues (from all businesses) exceeding €750mn as per
consolidated financial statement (CFS) prepared at the parent entity
level under the applicable accounting standards;
b) MNEs engaged in ‘Automated digital service’ (ADS) and ‘Consumer-facing business’ (CFB);
c)
MNEs earning revenues of more than €250mn from ADS and CFB activities
carried out outside their home jurisdiction. The definition of an MNE’s
home jurisdiction is still being developed. For instance, one option
being explored is where the group is headquartered or where the ultimate
parent entity is a tax resident; and
d) MNEs earning more than routine profits.

Some further comments / elaborations of the conditions enumerated above are as under:

Pre-condition
for allocation of Amount A to market jurisdictions

Comments
/ observations

a.
MNEs having consolidated global revenues (from all businesses) exceeding
€750mn as per consolidated financial statement (CFS) prepared at the parent
entity level under the applicable accounting standards; and

This addresses the factor of materiality
– small and medium-sized MNEs are proposed to be excluded from the Amount A
regime in order to ensure the compliance and administrative burden is
proportionate to the expected tax benefits

b.  MNEs engaged in ‘Automated digital service’
(ADS) and ‘Consumer-facing business’ (CFB); and

   Given
globalisation and the digitalisation of the economy, these businesses can,
with or without the benefit of local physical operations, participate in an
active and sustained manner in the economic life of a market jurisdiction

   ADS is defined
to mean services which require minimal human intervention on part of service
provider through a system (i.e., automated) and such services are provided
over internet or an electronic network (i.e., digital). To illustrate, ADS
cover online advertising services, digital

    content
services, online gaming

 

    services, cloud
computing services, etc.

   CFB is defined
as businesses that supply goods or services, directly or indirectly, that are
of a type commonly sold to consumers, and / or license or otherwise exploits
intellectual property that is connected to the supply of such goods or
services. It primarily covers business of sale of goods and services which
are not regarded as ADS. It also extends to cover licensing and franchising
businesses

   Specific
exclusion from Amount A is provided to certain sectors such as natural
resources; banking and financial services; construction, sale and leasing of
residential property; and international airline and shipping businesses

c.  MNEs earning revenues of more than €250mn
from ADS and CFB activities carried out outside the MNE group’s home
jurisdiction. Definition of MNE’s home jurisdiction is still being developed.
For instance, one option being explored is where the group is headquartered
or where the ultimate parent entity is tax resident; and

Where MNEs primarily earn revenue from
ADS and / or CFB businesses carried out in the home jurisdiction itself and
the business in market countries is only meagre, applying Amount A is likely
to have a limited tax impact because the Amount A formula may allocate
profits to the same jurisdiction that already has taxing rights under
existing tax rules

d.
MNEs earning more than routine profits. While the discussions are still
ongoing, a profitability ratio (i.e., ratio of profit to sales) of 10% is
being considered as routine profit and hence, MNEs which carry on in-scope
business but have losses3 or have profitability margin of less
than 10% as per books need not compute Amount A

MNEs that earn only routine profits are
outside the scope of Pillar One. Routine profit is a reward for undertaking
usual business taking risks. Usually, if there is physical presence of an MNE
group in any market jurisdiction for the purpose of effecting sales in the
market, under transfer pricing rules, routine profits are usually allocated
to such market jurisdictions

However, Pillar One is built on the
basis that where an MNE group earns bumper profits, market jurisdiction
contributes to accrual of more than routine profit to the MNE group
(irrespective of whether or not the MNE group has any physical presence in
such market jurisdiction) and hence,

 

market jurisdictions deserve a share in
such bumper profit. But if the MNE group does not earn super profits, the
issue of allocation of additional profits to market countries does not arise

 

 

3   If an MNE has losses,
such MNE need not compute Amount A but instead the losses may be allowed to be
carried forward. In this regard, a special loss carry-forward regime for Amount
A will be developed by OECD which is currently under discussion

MNEs who do not fulfil any of the above conditionswill be
outside the Amount A profit allocation rules. However, where the above
conditions are fulfilled, the MNE would need to determine Amount A as
per the proposed new profit allocation rules (which would be determined
on formulary basis at the MNE level, refer Para 7) and allocate Amount A
to eligible market jurisdictions as discussed in Para 6.

The above conditions on applicability of Amount A to MNE groups can be understood by the following examples:

Particulars

Scenario
1

Scenario
2

Scenario
3

Facts

Name of MNE group

ABC group

PQR group

MNO group

Nature of business

ADS

CFB

ADS

Home jurisdiction of group

France

Germany

Spain

Consolidated global revenue of the group

500 mn

1000 mn

1000 mn

Revenue earned by the group from outside
home jurisdiction

100 mn

200 mn

500 mn

Profitability ratio of the group

8%

15%

-5%

Analysis of satisfaction of conditions

Global revenue test (€750mn) as per
books

Q

R

R

Foreign revenues from ADS and CFB test (€250mn)

Q

Q

R

Routine profitability test (whether
profit as per books exceeds 10%)

Q

R

Q

Impact

Amount A not applicable to ABC group

Amount A not applicable to PQR group
since revenue from outside home jurisdiction is not more than €250mn

Amount A not applicable to MNO group
since group is incurring losses

6. AMOUNT A ALLOCABLE ONLY TO ELIGIBLE MARKET JURISDICTIONS

MNE
groups that pass all the tests mentioned in Para 5 will need to
determine Amount A and allocate the same to market jurisdictions.

(i) Sales, marketing and distribution activities pre-requisite to qualify as market jurisdiction:
At the outset it should be noted that Amount A is a specific regime for
allocation of super profits to market jurisdictions. Market
jurisdiction is defined as jurisdictions where an MNE group sells its
products or services, or in the case of highly digitalised businesses,
jurisdictions where the MNE provides services to users or solicits and
collects data or content contributions from users. Thus, if an MNE is
carrying out manufacturing function or research and development which
are completely unrelated to sales, marketing and distribution functions
in a jurisdiction and there is no sales function carried out there, such
jurisdictions would not qualify as a ‘market jurisdiction’ and, hence,
not eligible for Amount A.
(ii) Not all market jurisdictions will be eligible for Amount A allocation:
As aforesaid, Amount A is applicable only to the MNEs engaged in ADS
and CFB activities. Amount A will be allocable to a market jurisdiction
only where an MNE group has a reasonable level of ADS and CFB activity
in that market jurisdiction and such markets are termed as ‘eligible
market jurisdictions’. In order to determine a reasonable level of
activity, certain tests are proposed as discussed below.

6.1 Likelihood of threshold for ADS business per market jurisdiction

a.
To recollect, ADS business means services provided with minimal or no
human involvement over Internet or an electronic network. These
businesses may include online advertising services, online search
engines, social media platform, digital content service, etc.
b. The
very nature of ADS is such that these businesses will always have a
significant and sustained engagement with market jurisdictions remotely,
i.e., without physical presence. Hence, for ADS businesses a simple
revenue threshold test is being proposed to determine whether the MNE
has a nexus with that market jurisdiction. The revenue threshold that
can be prescribed is still being negotiated.
c. For example, assume
that per market nexus revenue threshold for ADS business is proposed to
be €50mn. In such a case, even where the MNE group turnover from the ADS
business may be €1000mn but revenue in India from ADS only €10mn, India
being a relatively insignificant market contributing revenue cannot be
considered as an eligible market jurisdiction to which Amount A is
allocable as chargeable profit.
d. Alternatively, if revenue in India
from ADS is €100mn (and the MNE fulfilled other conditions as stated in
Para 5), India qualifies as eligible market jurisdiction entitled to
tax a proportion of Amount A – regardless of the fact that there is no
physical presence in India, or regardless of the fact that the
traditional taxation rules would have failed to capture such taxability.

6.2 Likelihood of threshold for CFB business per market jurisdiction

a.
Unlike ADS, the ability of an MNE to participate remotely in a market
jurisdiction is less pronounced in the CFB model. MNEs usually have some
form of presence in market jurisdictions (for example, in the form of
distribution entities) to carry out consumer-facing businesses.
b.
Hence, countries participating in the discussions believe that a mere
revenue threshold test may not denote the active and sustained
engagement with the market jurisdiction and the presence of certain
additional indicators (‘plus factors’) may be necessary. These plus
factors which can be used to establish a nexus are still being debated
and developed at the OECD level.

Market jurisdictions that meet
the nexus test will qualify as ‘eligible market jurisdictions’ for the
MNE group and will be eligible for a share of Amount A of such MNE group
to be taxed in the market jurisdiction. Such allocation of Amount A
will yield tax revenue for that market jurisdiction irrespective of
whether the MNE group has an entity or PE in that market country, or
whether any profits are offered to tax in that market country under
existing tax laws.

7. DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT A OF MNE GROUP THAT WILL BE ALLOCABLE TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS

a.
The norms of profit allocation suggested in the Blueprint are very
different from the taxability norms which are known to taxpayers as of
now. Hence, the exercise suggested in the report should be studied on an
independent basis without attempting to rationalise or compare it with
the conclusion to which one would have arrived as per traditional norms
of taxation.

b. The philosophy behind the report is that no MNE
group can make sizeable or abnormal or bumper profit without the
patronage and support that it gets from the market jurisdiction. There
is bound to be some contribution made by the market jurisdictions to the
ability of the MNE group to earn more than routine4 (abnormal) profit.
Hence, in relation to MNE groups which have been successful enough to
secure more than 10% routine (i.e., abnormal / bumper profits), some
part of such bumper profits should be offered to tax in every market
jurisdiction which has contributed to the ability to earn profit at the
group level. Consequently, if the MNE group’s profits are up to routine
or reasonable, or if the MNE is in losses, the report does not seek to
consider any allocation of profits to the market jurisdiction.

c.
As to how much profit of an MNE group qualifies as normal or reasonable
or routine profit and how much qualifies as abnormal or bumper or
non-routine profit is yet to be decided multilaterally amongst all
countries participating in the Pillar One discussions. Currently, (but,
provisionally) the report suggests that countries are in favour of
considering a profit margin of 10% of book revenue as normal profits,
i.e., 10% profit margin will be considered as ‘routine profits’
warranting no allocation, and any profit earned by the MNE group above
10% alone will be considered as ‘non-routine profits’ warranting
allocation to the market jurisdiction.

d. For example, if the
consolidated turnover of an MNE group as per CFS is €1000mn on which it
has earned book profits5 of €50mn as per CFS, its profit margin is only
5%. Since the profit earned by the MNE group is only 5% (i.e., within
the routine profit margin of 10%), the MNE group is considered to have
earned profits due to normal / routine entrepreneurial risk and efforts
of the MNE group and nothing may be considered as serious or abnormal
enough to permit market jurisdictions to complain that, notwithstanding
traditional taxation rules, some income should be offered to tax in the
market jurisdiction.

 

4   The report uses the
expression ‘residual profits’ to convey what we call here abnormal or
non-routine or super profit

5   The report also proposed
adjustments to the book profits by adding back of income tax expenses, expenses
incurred against public policy like bribes, penalty, reducing dividend and
gains on transfer of asset, etc., to arrive at a standardised base of profits

e.
Alternatively, if the consolidated turnover of the MNE group as per CFS
is €1000mn on which it has earned book profit of €400mn as per CFS, its
profit margin as per the books is 40%. In such a case, the profits
earned by the group beyond 10% (i.e., 40%-10%=30%) will be considered as
non-routine profits. Some part of such non-routine profits will be
considered as having been contributed by market jurisdictions and need
to be allocated to the eligible market jurisdiction as discussed in the
Para below6.

f. Once it is determined that the MNE group has
received non-routine profit in excess of 10% (in our example, excess
profit is 30% of turnover), the report is intended to carry out an
exercise where a portion of the excess profit is to be allocated to the
market factor of a market jurisdiction.

g. It is the philosophy
that the consumers of the country, by purchasing the goods or enjoying
the services, contribute to the overall MNE profit and but for such
market and consumers, it would not have been possible to effect the
sales. However, at the same time it is not as if the entirety of the
non-routine or super profit is being earned because of the presence of
the market. There are many other factors such as trade intangibles,
capital, research, technology, etc., which may have built up the overall
success of the MNE group.

h. As per present estimates and
thinking discussed in the report, about 80% of the excess profit or
super profit (in our example, 80% of super profit of 30%) may be
recognised as pertaining to many different strengths of the MNE group
other than the market factor. It is the residual 20% of the super profit
component which is recognised as being solely contributed by the
strength of the market factor. Hence, the present report on Pillar One
discusses how best to allocate 20% of the super profit (in our example,
20% of 30%) to market jurisdictions. The report is not concerned with
allocation or treatment of the 80% component of the super profit which
is, as per the present text of Pillar One, pertaining to factors other
than market forces.

 

6   Throughout the article,
this is assumed to be the applicable fact pattern of excess or more than
routine profit

i. A tabulated version of the illustrative fact pattern and proposed allocation rules of Amount A is as under:

Particulars

Amount

Consolidated turnover of MNE group

1000 mn

Consolidated book profit

400 mn

% of book profit to turnover

40%

Less: Allowance for routine profit

(10%)

Excess profit over routine profit, also
loosely for abnormal or super profit

30%

Of this, 80% of super profit of 30% is
considered as pertaining to the strength of non-market factors and having no
nexus with contribution of the market jurisdiction (and hence out of Pillar
One proposal)

24% of 1000 mn

20% of super profit of 30% being
considered as fair allocation having nexus with contribution of market
jurisdictions – known also as Amount A recommended by the report – to be
allocated to different market jurisdictions

6% of 1000 mn

j. Some countries participating in the discussion are of the
view that allocation of 20% of non-routine profits to market countries
is minuscule and a higher margin should be allocated since the overall
success of the MNE group can be accomplished only as a result of
consumption in the markets. This article goes by the ball-park
recommendations of 20% discussed in the report for the purpose of
understanding the concept – though it may be noted that the
multilaterally agreed allocation percentage may be different.

k.
Even if under existing tax norms no profits are taxable in a market
jurisdiction (say due to no physical presence), Amount A will ensure
market countries get right to tax over 20% of non-routine profits of the
MNE group and that the market jurisdictions should not be left high and
dry without right to tax income.

8. CORRELATION OF INTERIM MEASURE ALREADY IMPLEMENTED BY INDIA, PENDING FINAL OUTCOME OF PILLAR ONE REPORT AND / OR BEPS ACTIONS

As
we are aware, even without waiting for the final outcome of the Pillar
One recommendations, India has already introduced in its domestic law
the equalisation levy which seeks to tax 2% of the digital or remote
sales as taxable profit of a non-resident and 6% of advertisement
services rendered by a non-resident.

It may be noted that all
countries participating in Pillar One discussions have agreed to
withdraw relevant unilateral actions introduced by them in their
domestic laws once Pillar One recommendations are successfully
implemented. Hence, India will hopefully withdraw the equalisation levy
once a Pillar One consensus-based solution is reached.

It is,
therefore, submitted that the Pillar One discussions may be studied as
an independent exercise rather than trying to compare them with the
interim measures. No attempt has, therefore, been made in this article
to explain or review the provisions of the equalisation levy. The
article concentrates on Pillar One proposals which are likely to
substitute the present levy.

9. FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE QUANTUM OF ALLOCATION TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS
Broadly,
and with respect to marketing and sales activity, an MNE can carry out
operations in a market jurisdiction in the following manner:
(a)    Sales through remote presence
(b)    Presence in form of Limited risk distributor (LRD)
(c)    Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)
(d)    Presence in dependent agent permanent establishment (DAPE).

Assuming
that there is no physical presence of the MNE group in a market
jurisdiction, say, India, Amount A of the MNE group determined as per
Para 7 above would be allocated to market jurisdictions on the basis of
revenue generated from each market jurisdiction. If, for example,
turnover from India is €100mn, 6% of India turnover, which equals to
€6mn, will be allocated for taxability to India.

However, if the
MNE group has a physical presence in India as well (say in the form of
LRD or FRD or DAPE), there may be a trigger for taxability in India even
as per existing taxation rules. In any such case, there could be some
variation in the rules relating to the allocation of Amount A to India.
Taxation of Amount A under each form of business presence is explained
below.

Sales is only through remote presence:
a.
Consider an example where an MNE group engaged in providing standard
online teaching services earns subscription revenue from users across
the world. In India, the group does not have any form of physical
presence and all the functions and IPs related to the Indian market are
performed and owned by a Swiss company (Swiss Co).

b. The financials of the MNE group suggest as under:

Facts:

MNE group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

Profit before tax (PBT) as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin as per CFS

40% of group turnover

India turnover

€100 mn

c. Under existing tax rules, Swiss Co’s income is outside
the tax net [since the service is not in the nature of fees for
technical services (FTS) and Swiss Co does not have a permanent
establishment (PE) in India], thus all profits earned from the India
market (routine as well as non-routine) are taxed only in Switzerland in
the hands of Swiss Co.
d. Though India does not have taxing rights
under the existing tax rules (due to no physical presence), the
Blueprint would ensure that Amount A be allocated to India. As explained
in Para 7, Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to
different market jurisdictions would come to 6% of the turnover. Since
turnover from India is €100mn, 6% of India turnover, equal to €6mn, will
be allocated for taxability to India.
e. However, an issue arises as
to which entity will pay taxes on Amount A in India. In this regard,
the report recognises that Amount A will co-exist with the existing tax
rules and such overlay of Amount A on existing tax rules may result in
double taxation since Amount A does not add any additional profit to the
MNE group but instead reallocates a portion of the existing non-routine
profits to market jurisdictions.
f. In the given example, all
profits (routine as well as non-routine) from the India business are
taxed in the hands of the Swiss Co under the existing tax rules. In
other words, the €6m allocated to India under Amount A is already being
taxed in Switzerland in the hands of Swiss Co due to the existing
transfer pricing norms. Hence, Swiss Co may be identified as the ‘paying
entity’ in India and be obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India.
Subsequently, Swiss Co can claim credit of taxes paid in India in its
residence jurisdiction (i.e., Switzerland).

9.2 Presence in form of limited risk distributor (LRD)
a.
There are a number of cases where an MNE group may not have full-scale
presence in the market jurisdiction but may have an LRD who is assisting
in the conclusion of sales. In a way, the LRD’s presence is
contributing to routine sales functions on a physical basis in such a
market jurisdiction. It is not a category of work which contributes to
any super profit but is taking care of logistics and routine for which
no more than routine profits can be attributed.
b. Consider an
example; a Finland-based MNE group is engaged in the sale of mobile
phones across the world. The headquarter company (FinCo) is the
intellectual property (IP) owner and principal distributor. The group
has an LRD in India (ICo) which performs routine sales functions under
the purview of the overall policy developed by FinCo. The financials of
the MNE group suggest as under:

Facts:

Group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

PBT as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin as per CFS

40% of group turnover

India turnover

€100 mn

c. Under existing TP principles, assume that ICo is
remunerated @ 2% of India revenue for its routine functions and the
balance is retained by FinCo which is not taxed in India. In other
words, all profits attributable to non-routine functions are attributed
to FinCo and hence not taxable in India.
d. As explained in Para 7,
Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to different market
jurisdictions would come to 6% of the turnover. Since the turnover from
India is €100mn, 6% of Indian turnover equal to €6mn will be allocated
for taxability in India.
e. India also has taxability right with
regard to the LRD function @ 2% of India turnover. This right is shared
by India so as to compensate for the routine functions carried out in
India. No part of the super profit element is contained therein, whereas
Amount A contemplates allocation of a part of the super profit.
Considering this, there is no concession or reduction in the allocation
of Amount A merely because there is taxability @ 2% of turnover for
routine efforts in the form of an LRD. The overall taxability right of
India will comprise of compensation towards LRD function as increased by
allocation of super profits in the form of Amount A.
f. Besides,
even if Indian tax authorities, during ICo’s TP assessment, allege that
ICo’s remuneration should be increased from 2% to 5% of India turnover,
there would still not be any implication on Amount A allocable to India
since ICo’s increase in remuneration for performing more routine
functions and no element of super profit forms part of such
remuneration.
g. While tax on compensation towards LRD function will
be payable by ICo, an issue arises as to which entity should pay tax on
Amount A allocable to India. Since FinCo is the IP owner and principal
distributor, existing TP rules would allocate all super profits
pertaining to the India market to FinCo. Thus, the super profits of €6mn
allocated to India under Amount A are already being taxed in Finland in
the hands of FinCo on the basis of the existing TP norms. Hence, the
Blueprint suggests that FinCo should be obligated to pay tax on Amount A
in India and then FinCo can claim credit of taxes paid in India in its
residence jurisdiction (i.e., Finland) against income taxable under
existing tax laws. Accordingly, ICo would pay tax in India on LRD
functions (i.e., routine functions) whereas FinCo would pay tax on super
profits allocated to India in the form of Amount A.

9.3 Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)
a.
As a variation to the above, an MNE group may appoint an FRD in a
market jurisdiction. An FRD performs important functions such as market
strategy, pricing, product placement and also undertakes high risk qua
the market jurisdiction. In essence, the FRD performs the marketing and
distribution function in entirety. Hence, unlike an LRD, an FRD is
remunerated not only with routine returns but also certain non-routine
returns.
b. Consider an example where a French headquartered MNE
group engaged in the business of fashion apparels carries out business
in India through an FRD model. All key marketing and distribution
functions related to the Indian market are undertaken by the FRD in
India (ICo). Applying TP principles, ICo is remunerated at 10% of India
sales.
c. The financials of the MNE group are as under:

Facts:

Group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

PBT as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin as per CFS

40% of group turnover

India turnover

€100 mn

d. To recollect, Amount A contemplates allocation of a part of
an MNE’s super profits to market jurisdictions, India being one of them.
Had there been no physical presence in India, as per calculations
indicated at Para 9.1, part of the super profits allocable to India as
Amount A would come to 6% of the India turnover (i.e., €6mn).
e. Now,
ICo as an FRD is already being taxed in India. This represents
taxability in India as per traditional rules for performing certain
marketing functions within India which contribute to routine as also
super profits functions in India. This is, therefore, a case where, in
the hands of ICo, as per traditional rules, part of the super profit
element of the MNE is separately getting taxed in the hands of ICo.
f.
In such a case, the report assumes that while up to 2% of India
turnover the taxability can be attributed towards routine functions of
ICo (instead of towards super profit functions), the taxability in
addition to 2% of India turnover in the hands of ICo is attributable to
marketing functions which contribute to super profit.
g. Since India
is already taxing some portion of the super profits in the hands of ICo
under existing tax rules, allocation of Amount A to India (which is a
portion of super profits) creates the risk of double counting. In order
to ensure there is no double counting of super profits in India under
Amount A regime and the existing TP rules, the Blueprint recognises that
Amount A allocated to India (i.e., 6%) should be adjusted to the extent
super profits are already taxed in the market jurisdiction. In order to
eliminate double counting, the following steps are suggested7:
(i)
Find out the amount as would have been allocable to market jurisdiction
as per Amount A (in our illustration, 6% of India turnover of €100mn).
(ii)
Fixed routine profit which may be expected to be earned within India
for routine operations in India. While this profit margin needs to be
multilaterally agreed upon, for this example we assume that additional
profit of 2% of India turnover will be expected to be earned in India on
account of physical operations in India. Additional 2% of India
turnover can be considered allocable to India in lieu of routine sales
and marketing functions in India – being the allocation which does not
interfere with the super profit element.
(iii) The desired minimum
allocation to market jurisdiction of India for routine and non-routine
activities can be expected to be 8% of the India turnover, on an
aggregate of (i) and (ii) above.
(iv) This desired minimum return at
step (iii) needs to be compared with the allocation which has been made
in favour of India as per TP analysis.

?    If the amount
allocated to FRD in India is already more than 8% of turnover, no
further amount will be allocable under the umbrella of Amount A.
?  
 On the other hand, if the remuneration taxed under TP analysis is <
8%, Amount A taxable will be reduced to the difference of TP return and
amount calculated at (iii).

?    However, if the return under TP
analysis is < 2%, then it is assumed that FRD is, at the highest,
taxed as if it is performing routine functions and has not been
allocated any super profit under TP laws. The allocation may have been
considered towards super profit only if it exceeded 2% of India
turnover. And hence, in such case, allocation of Amount A will continue
to be 6% of India turnover towards super profit elements. There can be
no reduction therefrom on the premise that TP analysis has already been
carried out in India. It may also be noted that since Amount A
determined as per step (i) above is 6% of India turnover, an allocation
in excess of this amount cannot be made under Amount A.

 

7   Referred to as marketing
and distribution safe harbour regime in the report

h. Once the adjusted Amount A is determined as per the steps above, one would need to determine
which entity would pay tax on such Amount A in India. In this case, since France Co and ICo both perform function
asset
risk (FAR) activities that result in revenue from the India market, the
Blueprint recognises that choosing the paying entity (i.e., entity
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India) will require further
discussions / deliberations. Further, the report also recognises that
taxes may have been paid in the market country on royalty income.
However, whether and how such taxes paid can be adjusted against tax on
Amount A is currently being deliberated at the OECD level.

i. In the fact pattern below, ABC group, engaged in CFB business, carries out sale in India under the FRD model.

Facts:

Group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

PBT as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin

40%

India turnover

€100 mn

TP remuneration to FRD in India

     Scenario 1

     Scenario 2

     Scenario 3

 

10% of India turnover

5% of India turnover

1% of India turnover

Amount A allocable to India
(6% of 100 mn)

6 mn

Elimination of double counting of non-routine profits in India under different scenarios:

 

 

Particulars

Scenario
1

Scenario
2

Scenario
3

a.

Amount A allocable to India (as
determined above)

6%

6%

6%

b.

Return towards routine functions (which
OECD considers tolerable additional allocation in view of presence in India)

2%

2%

2%

c.

Sum of a + b (This is the sum of the
routine and non-routine profits that the OECD expects Indian FRD to earn)

8%

8%

8%

d.

TP
remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

1%

e.

Final Amount A to be allocated to India

No Amount A allocable since FRD in India
is already remunerated above OECD’s expectation of 8%

3%,

OECD expects Indian FRD to earn 8% but
it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 3% to be allocated as Amount A [instead
of 6% as determined at (a)]

 

6%,

No reduction in Amount A since OECD
intends only to eliminate double counting of non-routine profits and
where existing TP returns is less than fixed return towards routine
functions, it is clear that no non-routine profit is allocated to India under
existing tax laws

9.4 Presence in form of DAPE

a.
The report recognises that the MNE groups may have a presence in a
market jurisdiction in the form of PE as well. A DAPE usually is an
agent in the market jurisdiction who undertakes sales or secures orders
for its non-resident principal.
b. The manner in which Amount A would
be taxed in a market jurisdiction where an MNE group operates through a
DAPE model would depend on the functional profile of the DAPE. If the
DAPE only performs minimum risk-oriented routine functions, the
taxability of Amount A may be similar to the LRD scenario discussed at
Para 9.2. On the other hand, where the DAPE performs high-risk
functions, the taxability of Amount A would be similar to the FRD
scenario discussed at Para 9.3.

10. COMPREHENSIVE CASE STUDY ON WORKING AND ALLOCATION OF AMOUNT A
FACTS
?    ABC group is a German headquartered group engaged in the sale of mobile phones which qualifies as CFB activity.
?  
 The ultimate parent entity is German Co (GCo) which owns and performs
development, enhancement, maintenance, protection and exploitation
(DEMPE) functions related to the MNE group’s IP.
?    ABC group makes sales across the world. As per ABC group’s CFS,
o    Global consolidated group revenue is €1000mn
o    Group PBT is €400mn
o    Group PBT margin is 40%
?    ABC group follows a different sale model in the different countries in which it operates:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE performing all key functions and
risk-related Brazil market

Sales

100

200

400

300

TP remuneration

NA

2%

10%

5%

? All countries (France, UK, India, Brazil) qualify as eligible market jurisdictions

Computation of Amount A at MNE level:

Particulars

 

Profit margin

Amounts

PBT of the group

(A)

40%

400

Less: Routine profits
(10% of €1000Mn)

(B)

10%

100

Non-routine profits

C = A-B

30%

300

Profits attributable to non-market
jurisdiction

D = 80% of C

24%

240

Profits attributable to market
jurisdictions (Amount A)

E = C-D

6%

60

Allocation of Amount A to respective market jurisdictions:
   

 

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

 

Sales
model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE

a.

Amount A allocable (as determined above)

6%

6%

6%

6%

b.

Fixed return towards routine functions
(as calibrated by OECD)

Marketing and distribution safe harbour
regime – NA since MNE has no presence or limited risk presence

2%

2%

c.

Sum of a + b

8%

8%

d.

TP
remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

e.

Final Amount A to be allocated

6%

6%

NIL since FRD in India is already
remunerated above OECD’s expectation of 8%

3%

OECD expects DAPE to earn 8% but it is
remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 3% to be allocated as Amount A

f.

Entity obligated to pay Amount A

GCo (FAR analysis would indicate that
GCo performs all key functions and assumes risk related to France and UK
market which helps to earn non-routine profits from these markets)

NA, since there is no Amount A allocated
to India

Depending on FAR analysis, Amount A may
be payable by GCo or DAPE or both on pro rata basis

11. UNITED NATION’S EFFORTS TOWARDS TAXATION OF DIGITAL ECONOMY
While
OECD is working with BEPS IF members to develop a solution to
effectively tax the digital economy, some members of the United Nations
(UN) digital taxation sub-committee have raised concerns on OECD’s
proposed solution. For example, concerns are raised that Pillar One will
introduce a great deal of complexity. Besides, the expected modest
revenue impact of Pillar One does not justify the large-scale changes in
the system of taxing MNEs8.

As an alternate solution, UN has
proposed to introduce a new Article in the United Nations Model
Convention which would apply to income from ADS (automated digital
services, i.e., services provided with minimal or no human involvement
over Internet or an electronic network). A specific inclusion of the ADS
article would ensure that such highly-digitalised services do not fall
under the general business profits article (i.e., Article 7) and hence
the source countries may be able to tax such income even in the absence
of a PE.

The ADS Article proposed by the UN is designed along the
lines of royalty, dividend, FTS articles, i.e., taxing rights to source
state, gross basis taxation, concept of beneficial owner, payer and PE
source rule, ALP adjustment, etc. Additionally, an optional net basis
taxation is proposed where the beneficial owner of the ADS income will
be taxed on a net basis instead of on gross income. Under the net basis,
the taxable amount will be determined on the basis of a normative
formula which is currently being discussed at the UN level.

A comparison of UN’s proposal for digital taxation and OECD’s Amount A proposal indicates as under:

Particulars

ADS
Article proposed by UN

OECD’s
proposed Amount A

Level of taxability

Entity level

MNE group level

Taxes remote presence beyond
conventional PE

Yes

Yes

Activities covered9

ADS

ADS and CFB

Monetary threshold for applicability

No threshold (countries may adopt local
thresholds if required)

Global revenue threshold and in-scope
foreign de minimis threshold

Gross vs. Net

Provides option to taxpayer to choose
between tax on gross consideration and taxation on net basis

Net basis (Amount A is a share of MNE
profits)

Taxable amount

Gross basis: Gross consideration

Net basis: Taxable amount to be
determined on formulary basis

Taxable amount to be determined on
formulary basis

Rate of tax

Gross basis: 3-4% of transaction value

Net basis: Domestic tax rate

Domestic tax rate of market jurisdiction

Taxing right allocated to

Source country

Eligible market jurisdictions

Source rule

Payer or PE-based source rule

Market jurisdictions that meet tests as
discussed in Para 6

Tax-bearing entity

Recipient or beneficial owner of ADS
income

MNE group entity identified as paying
entity

Treatment of losses

Gross basis: Not considered

Net basis: No tax in case of losses (No
clarity on treatment of past losses)

No Amount A allocation when MNE is in
losses, losses would be carried forward and past losses can be considered

Implementation

New MLI approach or bilateral

New MLI to be drawn to implement Amount
A

Dispute resolution

Existing MAP or domestic route

Customised tax certainty or dispute
resolution process being formalised

Inter-play with existing business
profits rule

Where Article 12B would apply, income
would fall outside PE taxation

Amount A to work alongside existing tax
rules

12. CONCLUDING THOUGHTS
The reports published by OECD
and UN as proposals to effectively tax the digital economy indicate that
international taxation norms are at the cusp of a revolution. MNEs will
have a daunting task of understanding the nuances of the proposals and
their impact on their businesses, though on a positive note there may be
relief from unilateral measures taken by countries to tax the digital
economy once the OECD / UN proposals are implemented.

While tax
authorities will be eager to have another sword in their armoury, it may
be noted that the OECD / UN proposals are still far from the finishing
line. Though the Blueprint released by OECD is more than 200 pages, the
report mainly provides the broad contours of the structure and working
of Amount A. Most of the aspects of Amount A are still under discussion
and debate. With 135countries participating in the OECD discussions, the
biggest challenge will be to achieve multilateral
consensus. While
countries have committed to arrive at a consensus-based solution by
mid-2021, it will be interesting to see how it is accomplished within
such a short span of time.

 

7   Referred to as marketing
and distribution safe harbour regime in the report

8   Note submitted by
Committee member Rajat Bansal as published in UN Doc E/C.18/2020/CRP.25 dated
30th May, 2020

9   Definition of ADS is the
same in the UN as well as in the OECD proposal

Article 15, India-UAE DTAA – Section 5, section 17(2)(vi) of the Act – ESOP benefit had accrued at the stage of grant when assessee was resident – Section 17(2)(vi) provides time when ESOP is to be taxed – Hence ESOP benefit will be taxable notwithstanding that assessee is non-resident on exercise date – ESOP benefit is taxable in country where services are rendered – Residential status at the time of exercise of ESOP is not relevant

10. [2021] 123 taxmann.com 238 (Mum.)(Trib.) Unnikrishnan V.S. vs. ITO ITA Nos.: 1200 & 1201 (Mum) of 2018 A.Ys.: 2013-14 and 2014-15 Date of order: 13th January, 2021


 

Article 15, India-UAE DTAA – Section 5, section 17(2)(vi) of the Act – ESOP benefit had accrued at the stage of grant when assessee was resident – Section 17(2)(vi) provides time when ESOP is to be taxed – Hence ESOP benefit will be taxable notwithstanding that assessee is non-resident on exercise date – ESOP benefit is taxable in country where services are rendered – Residential status at the time of exercise of ESOP is not relevant

 

FACTS

The assessee was an employee of an Indian bank. He was deputed to the UAE Representative Office (RO) from 1st October, 2007. Since deputation, the assessee was a non-resident, including in the years in dispute. During the relevant years, the assessee was granted stock options by the Indian bank in June, 2007 which vested equally in June, 2008 and June, 2009. The assessee exercised the vested options in F.Ys. 2012-13 and 2013-14 when he was a non-resident. On exercise of options, the employer had withheld tax which the assessee claimed as refund in his tax return. According to the assessee, he was granted ESOP benefit in consideration of services rendered to the RO outside India and hence the income neither accrued nor arose in India, nor was it deemed to accrue or to arise in India or received in India. Alternatively, it was not taxable in India as per Article 15(1) of the India-UAE treaty since the employment was not exercised in India.

 

But as per the A.O., ESOP benefit was granted in consideration of services rendered in India in 2007 when the assessee was a resident. Accordingly, the A.O. held that ESOP benefit was taxable in India under the Act as also under the DTAA.

 

The CIT(A) upheld the order of the A.O. Being aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal.

 

HELD

Taxability under Act

•    While ESOP income had arisen to the assessee in the year of exercise, admittedly the related rights were granted to the assessee in 2007 and in consideration of the services which were rendered by the assessee prior to the rights being granted – which were rendered in India all along.

•    At the stage when the ESOP benefit was granted in 2007, the income may have been inchoate, yet it had accrued or arisen in India in the year of exercise.

•    Section 17(2)(vi) decides the timing of taxation of the ESOP in the year of exercise but does not dilute the fact that ESOP benefit had arisen at the time when the ESOP rights were granted when the assessee was a resident. Section 17(2)(vi) merely deferred its taxability to the year of exercise. Accordingly, income was taxable in the year of exercise notwithstanding that the assessee was a non-resident during those years.

•    Reference to the UN Model Convention 2017 Commentary also makes it clear that ESOP benefit relates back to the point of time, and even periods prior thereto, when the benefit is granted. Hence, it cannot be considered as accruing or arising at the point of exercise.

 

Taxability under Article 15 of DTAA

•    ESOP benefit could be taxed as ‘other similar remuneration’ appearing alongside salaries and wages in Article 15 of the India-UAE DTAA.

•    Article 15(1) provides that other remuneration (which includes ESOP benefit) can be taxed in the state where employment is exercised. Accordingly, ESOP benefit in respect of employment in the UAE was taxable in the UAE even if the ESOP was exercised after returning to India and on cessation of non-resident status. Similarly, ESOP benefit in respect of service rendered in India was taxable in India notwithstanding that ESOP benefit was exercised when the assessee was a non-resident.

•    The decisions such as in ACIT vs. Robert Arthur Kultz [(2013) 59 SOT 203 (Del.)] and Anil Bhansali vs. ITO [(2015) 53 taxmann.com 367 (Hyd.)] relied upon by the taxpayer, in fact, favour the Revenue since they lay down the proposition that if ESOP benefit is received for rendering services partly in India and partly outside India, only the pro-rata portion relatable to services rendered in India is taxable in India.

 

Note: The Tribunal seems to have premised its decision on the fact that ESOP benefit in the present case was granted in lieu of services rendered in India prior to the date of grant. Hence, the Tribunal did not consider employment exercised in the UAE (October, 2007 to June, 2009) during substantial part of grant to vest period (June, 2007 to June, 2009) as diluting accrual of the salary income in India. Incidentally, during the erstwhile Fringe Benefits Tax (FBT) regime, FAQs 3 to 5 of CBDT Circular No. 9/2007 dated 20th December, 2007 clarified that FBT on ESOPs will trigger on pro-rata basis for employment exercised in India during grant to vest period. This Circular is not referred to in the Tribunal decision.

 

 

     I begin to speak only when I’m certain what I’ll say isn’t better left unsaid

– Cato

 

I attribute my success to this: I never gave or took any excuse

– Florence Nightingale

Article 12(4), Article 14, Article 23(2) of India-Japan DTAA – The words ‘tax deducted in accordance with the provisions’ of Article 23 of DTAA mean taxes withheld by source state which are in harmony, or in conformity, with provisions of DTAA – Article 12(4), read with Article 14, of DTAA as exclusion of FTS in Article 12(4) is attracted only if services were covered under Article 14, scope of which is limited to individuals – Income earned by partnership firm was plausibly taxable under Article 12 and bona fide view adopted by a source country is binding on country of residence while evaluating tax credit claim

9. [2020] 122 taxmann.com 248 (Mum.)(Trib.) Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff  & Co. vs. ACIT ITA No.: 2613/Mum/2019 A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 18th December, 2020

Article 12(4), Article 14, Article 23(2) of India-Japan DTAA – The words ‘tax deducted in accordance with the provisions’ of Article 23 of DTAA mean taxes withheld by source state which are in harmony, or in conformity, with provisions of DTAA – Article 12(4), read with Article 14, of DTAA as exclusion of FTS in Article 12(4) is attracted only if services were covered under Article 14, scope of which is limited to individuals – Income earned by partnership firm was plausibly taxable under Article 12 and bona fide view adopted by a source country is binding on country of residence while evaluating tax credit claim

FACTS
The assessee was a law firm assessed as a partnership firm in India. It had received fee from Japanese clients after withholding tax @10% under Article 12 of the India-Japan DTAA.

The A.O. denied Foreign Tax Credit (FTC) on the ground that the income was covered under Article 14 – Independent Personal Service (IPS) Article. In terms of Article 14, income from professional services can be taxed in Japan only if the assessee has a fixed base in Japan. Since the assessee did not have a fixed base in Japan, the A.O. held that withholding of tax was not in accordance with the DTAA provisions.

On appeal, the CIT(A) upheld the order of the A.O. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the Tribunal.

HELD
•        Article 23(2)(a) of the India-Japan DTAA requires India to grant credit for tax deducted in Japan in accordance with the provisions of the DTAA. The words ‘in accordance with the provisions’ would mean taxes withheld in the source state which could be reasonably said to be in harmony, or in conformity, with provisions of the DTAA.
•        While interpreting the above words, one is required to take a judicious call as to whether the view adopted by the source jurisdiction was reasonable and bona fide, though such a view may be or may not be the same as the legal position in the residence jurisdiction.
•        Article 12 and Article 14 overlap as regards coverage of professional service. However, Article 12(4) excludes payment made to an individual for independent personal services mentioned in Article 14.
•        Since the income was received by a partnership firm, exclusion in Article 12(4) was not applicable. Therefore, income was rightly subjected to tax in Japan. Accordingly, the assessee was qualified to claim FTC under the India-Japan DTAA.

OVERVIEW OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REGULATIONS (INCLUDING RECENT UAE REGULATIONS)

1. INTRODUCTION

Tax
transparency continues to be a key focus of governments and the public, as
demonstrated by the continuing media coverage surrounding data leaks in recent
years. The availability of beneficial ownership information, i.e., the natural person
behind a legal entity or arrangement, is now a key requirement of international
tax transparency and the fight against tax evasion and other financial crimes.

 

The recent
movement towards transparency has its origins in international standards adopted
primarily to combat cross-border money laundering, corruption and financial
crimes.

 

One of the most
pressing corporate governance issues today is the growing trend towards
increased corporate transparency. Public and private companies around the world
are being mandated to identify and disclose the details of their Ultimate
Beneficial Owners (‘UBOs’) i.e., the individuals who ultimately own or control
them. Corporate transparency has also made its way into mainstream discourse.

 

Data leaks such
as the Panama Papers in 2016 and the Paradise Papers in 2017 have thrown the
spotlight on complex corporate structures, the identity of ‘true’ owners and
general tax avoidance.

 

In April, 2016 the public as well as media commentators were taken by
surprise by the leak of over 11.5 million confidential documents from Mossack
Fonseca, a Panamanian law firm. The so-called ‘Panama Papers’ scandal serves as
an example of how the rich and powerful in some cases may have used complex
legal structures to conceal their beneficial ownership in offshore
subsidiaries. The Panama Papers scandal has provided an opportunity to
policy-makers the world over to call for stricter rules to promote the
disclosure of ultimate beneficial ownership.

Legislators and
regulators have renewed their focus on corporate transparency, extending their
reach beyond anti-money laundering measures solely applicable to the financial
sector.

 

GLOBAL MEASURES TO IMPROVE TRANSPARENCY

The G8 Summit
in 2013, as a part of the fight against money laundering, tax avoidance and
corruption, exerted enormous pressure on countries to improve transparency to
ensure that the true owners of a corporate body or other entities can be
traced, instead of remaining hidden behind complex structures.

 

The Financial
Action Task Force (FATF), which is playing a significant role in respect of the
establishment of beneficial ownership regulations in various jurisdictions
across the globe, is an independent inter-governmental body that develops and
promotes policies to protect the global financial system against money
laundering, terrorist financing and the financing of weapons of mass
destruction. The FATF currently comprises 37 member jurisdictions and two
regional organisations, i.e., the European Commission and the Gulf Co-operation
Council, representing major financial centres in all parts of the world. India
is also a member of the FATF.

 

The ‘International
Standards on Combating Money Laundering and the Financing of Terrorism &
Proliferation’ issued by the FATF (FATF Recommendations)
are recognised as
the global Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Counter-Terrorist Financing (CFT)
standards. Various amendments have been made to the FATF recommendations since
the text was adopted by the FATF Plenary in February, 2012, the latest
amendments being made in October, 2020. In addition, in respect of ‘Beneficial
Ownership’ the FATF has also published the following:

 

a) Best
Practices on Beneficial Ownership for Legal Persons (in October, 2019);

b) The Joint
FATF and Egmont Group Report on Concealment of Beneficial Ownership (July,
2018);

c) The FATF
Horizontal Study: Enforcement and Supervision of Beneficial Ownership
Obligations (2016-17); and

d) FATF
Guidance on Transparency and Beneficial Ownership (October, 2014).

 

‘FATF Recommendation
# 24’ requires jurisdictions to ‘ensure that there is adequate, accurate and
timely information on the beneficial ownership and control of legal persons
that can be obtained or accessed in a timely fashion by competent authorities’.

 

OECD VIEW

OECD considers
beneficial ownership information at the heart of the international tax
transparency standards: both the exchange of information on request (the EOIR
Standard) and the automatic exchange of information (the AEOI Standard).

 

OECD considers
that from a tax perspective, knowing the identity of the natural persons behind
a jurisdiction’s legal entities and arrangements not only helps that
jurisdiction preserve the integrity of its own tax system, but also gives
treaty partners a means of better achieving their own tax goals. Transparency
of ownership of legal entities and arrangements is also important in fighting
other financial crimes such as corruption, money laundering and terrorist
financing so that the real owners cannot disguise their activities and hide
their assets and the financial trail from law enforcement authorities using
layers of legal structures spanning multiple jurisdictions.

 

In this regard
OECD has published ‘A Beneficial Ownership Toolkit’ prepared by the Secretariat
of the Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax
Purposes.

 

However, in the
context of beneficial ownership referred to in Articles 10, 11 and 12 of the
Model Tax Convention, OECD’s view on ‘beneficial ownership’ is a little
different. For example, in the context of the Commentary on Article 10,
paragraph 12.6 explains as under:

 

‘12.6 The above
explanations concerning the meaning of “beneficial owner” make it clear that
the meaning given to this term in the context of the Article must be distinguished
from the different meaning that has been given to that term in the context of
other instruments1 that concern the determination of the persons
(typically the individuals) that exercise ultimate control over entities or
assets. That different meaning of “beneficial owner” cannot be applied in the
context of the Article. Indeed, that meaning, which refers to natural persons
(i.e. individuals), cannot be reconciled with the express wording of
subparagraph 2 a), which refers to the situation where a company is the
beneficial owner of a dividend. In the context of Article 10, the term
“beneficial owner” is intended to address difficulties arising from the use of
the words “paid to” in relation to dividends rather than difficulties related
to the ownership of the shares of the company paying these dividends. For that
reason, it would be inappropriate, in the context of that Article, to consider
a meaning developed in order to refer to the individuals who exercise “ultimate
effective control over a legal person or arrangement.”’

 

Let us look at
specific measures taken by some key jurisdictions for improving transparency
through enhanced disclosures regarding beneficial ownership and control of
legal ownership.

 

2. DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS IN CERTAIN KEY JURISDICTIONS

One key measure
introduced by various countries is the requirement to prepare and maintain a
register identifying the ‘owners’ of the company. Specific reporting and
disclosure requirements vary by jurisdiction, with some countries requiring the
register to be publicly filed and others allowing for the register to be
privately held but accessible to government authorities.

 

a)         India

Section 89(10)
of the Companies Act, 2013 defining ‘beneficial interest’ was inserted and
section 90 dealing with the Register of Significant Beneficial Owners (‘SBOs’)
in a company was substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017 w.e.f. 13th
June, 2018. Section 90 as amended by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019
contemplates a statutory piercing of the corporate veil to find out which
individuals are SBOs of the reporting company. Section 90 has an
extra-territorial operation and would apply to foreign registered trusts and
persons who are residents outside India. Hence, its remit is very broad and
affects a number of stakeholders.

 

The Companies
(Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018 were prescribed effective from 13th
June, 2018 and have been substantially amended by the Companies
(Significant Beneficial Owners) Amendment Rules, 2019 w.e.f. 18th February,
2019. Whilst the amended SBO Rules are a marked improvement over the previous
ones, there still exists a considerable amount of ambiguity with regard to
determination of the SBO in certain situations.

 

b) Mauritius

The Mauritian
Companies Act, 2001 was amended in 2017 to provide that the share register of
companies should disclose the names and last known addresses of the beneficial
owners / ultimate beneficial owners where shares are held by a nominee. By the
Finance (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 2019 the requirement was further
amended to provide that the company shall also keep an updated record of (a)
beneficial ownership information, and (b) actions taken to identify a
beneficial owner or an ultimate beneficial owner. The 2019 definition is far-reaching
and brings thereunder persons who would otherwise not have been considered as
beneficial owners under the 2017 definition.

 

The Registrar
of Companies issued Practice Direction (No. 3 of 2020) pursuant to sections
12(8) and 91(8) of the Companies Act, 2001 on 16th March, 2020
regarding Disclosure of Beneficial Owner or Ultimate Beneficial Owner to the
Registrar of Companies and to assist stakeholders to better understand the
provisions of the law relating to Beneficial Owners.

 

c) Singapore
(private register)

In Singapore,
the measures to improve the transparency of ownership and control are included
in legislation regulating all entities having a separate legal personality,
such as companies, limited liability partnerships and trusts and are contained
in the latest versions of the Companies Act, Limited Liability Partnerships Act
and the Trustees Act.

 

The disclosure
requirements came into force on 31st March, 2017. Under the Companies
Act the disclosure requirements require Singapore companies to maintain a
Register of Registrable Controllers (‘RORC’) and a Register of Nominee
Directors (‘ROND’). Foreign companies registered to carry on business in
Singapore (which includes Singapore branches of foreign companies) are also
required to maintain an RORC as well as a Singapore-based Register of Members.

 

The term controller
refers to an individual or legal entity that has a ‘significant interest’ or
‘significant control’ over a company. Controllers have an obligation to provide
their data for the Register.

 

The RORC is a
private company document listing all controllers and beneficial owners of a
company. It is not available to the public. The Register must include the
beneficial owners’ names and identifying details, as well as information about
their citizenship or places of registration in the case of legal entities.

 

The Accounting
and Corporate Regulatory Authority (ACRA), the national regulator of business
entities, has issued guidelines to help companies understand and comply with
the requirements pertaining to the RORC.

 

d) United
Kingdom (public register)

Since April,
2016 most companies incorporated in England and Wales have been required to
keep a register of ‘people with significant control’ and to file a copy of the
same with Companies House, the local registrar. These requirements were first
introduced in the Companies Act, 2006 and the Register of People with
Significant Control Regulations, 2016
, before being extended to comply with
the EU Directive through the Information about People with Significant
Control (Amendment) Regulations, 2017.
Each company’s register is public
and there is no charge to access the register.

 

e) The EU
Directive

The Fourth
Money Laundering Directive
[(EU) 2015/849] as supplemented and amended by
the Fifth Money Laundering Directive [(EU) 2018/843] (together, the ‘EU
Directive’) came into force in the European Union in 2017. The EU Directive
leads the largest multinational effort to harmonise measures against money
laundering and financial crime across the member states. Article 30, in
particular, requires member states to ensure that companies incorporated within
their jurisdiction obtain and hold adequate, accurate and current information
on their beneficial owners, including details of the beneficial interests held.
Such information should be held in a central register (in the relevant member
state) and be accessible to specified authorities, firms carrying out customer
due diligence and any other person or organisation able to demonstrate a
legitimate interest. The EU Directive also provides that mechanisms to verify
that such information is adequate, accurate and current should be put in place
and breaches should be subject to effective, proportionate and dissuasive
measures or sanctions.

 

Although the EU
Directive applies to all member states, as a minimum harmonising directive,
each member state must adopt national implementing legislation that is equally
or more stringent than the EU Directive. The majority of member states have yet
to implement adequate centralised registers and for those countries that have
implemented the registers, the regime looks slightly different in each
jurisdiction.

 

f) France
(private register)

The EU Directive
was transposed into French law by Ordinance No. 2016-1635 in December,
2016, clarified by the Decree No. 2017 – 1094 in June, 2017 and
re-enforced by Decree No. 2020-118 in February, 2020. Companies and
other entities registered with the Trade and Companies Registry (Registre du
Commerce et des Societes)
have to obtain and maintain up-to-date and
accurate information on their UBOs. This information must then be sent to the
court clerk office.

 

g) United
States of America (no register)

There are
currently no specific requirements to disclose information on ‘beneficial
owners’ of US corporations or limited liability companies. However, on 22nd
October, 2019 the US House of Representatives passed the Corporate
Transparency Act of 2019 (HR 2513)
(CTA). If passed in the Senate, the CTA
would bring the US in line with international standards governing the
disclosure of beneficial ownership and would require applicants seeking to form
a corporation or limited liability company to file a report with the Financial
Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) listing the beneficial owners of the entity
and to update this report annually.

 

If enacted, the
CTA would cover any corporation or limited liability company formed under any
state law as well as any non-US entity eligible to register to do business
under any state law. Certain exceptions would apply for entities such as
issuers of registered securities.

 

The CTA defines
a beneficial owner as ‘a natural person who, directly or indirectly, through
any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise exercises
substantial control over a corporation or limited liability company, or owns
25% or more of the equity interests of a corporation or limited liability
company, or receives substantial economic benefits from the assets of a
corporation or limited liability company’. The definition excludes certain
natural persons, including employees of corporations or limited liability
companies whose control of the entity is a result of their employment.

 

h) Canada
(private register)

By way of
background, Canadian corporations can be governed under the federal corporate
statute in Canada, the Canada Business Corporations Act (CBCA),
or under the corporate statute in any province or territory in Canada.
Corporations organised and existing under the CBCA are required to prepare and
maintain a register of individuals with significant control since June, 2019.

 

i) China
(private register)

The Measures
for the Reporting of Foreign Investment Information
issued by the Ministry
of Commerce (MOFCOM) and the State Administration for Market Regulation (the
AMR) effective from January, 2020 (the Measures) prescribe disclosure
requirements for the ‘ultimate actual controller’ of a foreign-investment
entity in the People’s Republic of China. Details of the ultimate actual
controller must be provided using the AMR’s online enterprise registration
system. The information will then be shared with the MOFCOM.

 

j) Brazil
(private register)

Provisions
similar to the EU Directive came into force in May, 2016 through the Normative
Instruction No. 1,634
(NI 1,634/2016) as amended by Normative
Instruction No. 1,863
(NI 1,863/2018) (the Normative Instruction). Pursuant
to the Normative Instruction, upon enrolment with the National Corporate
Taxpayers Registry (Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Juridica or CNPJ) or
upon request by the tax authorities, certain entities must disclose old and new
registers of UBOs.

 

k) British
Virgin Islands

The Beneficial
Ownership Secure Search System Act, 2017 (the BOSS Act) came into force in the
BVI on 30th June, 2017. The BOSS Act was almost immediately amended
by the Beneficial Ownership Secure Search System (Amendment) Act, 2017, which
also came into force on 30th June, 2017.

 

This BOSS Act
facilitates the effective storage and retrieval of beneficial ownership
information for all BVI companies and legal entities using the Beneficial
Ownership Secure Search system.

 

The BVI Government signed an exchange of notes agreement with the UK
Government in April, 2016. The Beneficial Ownership Secure Search system is
built to ensure that the BVI can efficiently exchange that information in
relation to the exchange of notes. The beneficial ownership information in the
system will also be available to other authorities in the BVI to ensure that
they are able to meet their international obligations. Importantly, the system
will not be accessible by the public.

 

Under section
9(6) of the BOSS Act, the obligation to provide updated beneficial ownership
information rests on the BVI company. A BVI company that fails to comply with
this section commits an offence and may be subject to a fine of up to US
$250,000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years, or both.

 

l) Jersey

Jersey adopted
the Financial Services (Disclosure and Provision of Information) (Jersey) Law
2020 (Disclosure Law) on 14th July, 2020 and registered it in the
Royal Court of Jersey on 23rd October, 2020.

 

The intention
of the Disclosure Law is to place on a statutory footing the ‘FATF’s
Recommendation # 24’ relating to the beneficial ownership of legal persons. The
Disclosure Law seeks to maintain the current situation whereby the Jersey
Financial Services Commission (Commission) collects and makes public certain
information, but enables the State of Jersey to make regulations which
determine additional information which may be made public.

 

The Disclosure
Law will come into effect on 6th January, 2021 and, consequently,
the filing deadline for the new annual confirmation statement will be 30th
April, 2021.

 

m) Cayman
Islands

Under the Cayman Islands beneficial ownership legislation, i.e., The Companies
Law (Revised), The Limited Liability Companies Law (Revised), The Beneficial
Ownership (Companies) Regulations, 2017, The Beneficial Ownership (Companies)
(Amendment) Regulations, 2018, The Beneficial Ownership (Limited Liability
Companies) Regulations, 2017 and The Beneficial Ownership (Limited Liability
Companies) (Amendment) Regulations, 2018 (the Legislation), certain Cayman
Islands companies are required to maintain details of their beneficial owners
and relevant legal entities on a beneficial ownership register. The registers
are not publicly available, although they can be searched in limited
circumstances by the competent authority in the Cayman Islands.

 

n) Isle of Man

The Isle of
Man’s ‘Beneficial Ownership Act, 2017’ (the Act) came into effect on 21st
June, 2017 repealing the previous 2012 legislation. Subsequently, the new
central database for the storage of the data to be collected under the Act (the
Isle of Man Database of Beneficial Ownership) went live on 1st July,
2017. The Act has been introduced in response to the global initiative to
improve transparency as to asset ownership and control, similar to legislation
introduced in other jurisdictions. The Act introduces important changes which
affect legal entities incorporated in the Isle of Man, the main objective of
which is to ensure that the beneficial ownership of Isle of Man bodies
(companies) can be traced back to the ‘ultimate beneficial owners’.

 

The Beneficial
Ownership (Civil Penalties) Regulations, 2018 contain civil penalties for
contravention of the various provisions of the Act.

 

o) Guernsey

The Beneficial
Ownership of Legal Persons (Guernsey) Law, 2017 came into force on 15th
August, 2017. Since that date, all Guernsey companies have been required to
file beneficial ownership information. New companies must file beneficial
ownership information on incorporation. All companies must ensure that any
changes in the beneficial ownership information are submitted to the Registry
within 14 days. Resident-agent exempt entities are not required to file a
beneficial ownership declaration.

 

The definition
of beneficial ownership for the purposes of registration is set out in The
Beneficial Ownership (Definition) Regulations, 2017.

 

From the above
discussion it is evident that most of the tax heavens have done away with
bearer securities and now the disclosure of the BO is mandatory.

 

3. UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (UAE)

A. UAE
Anti-Money Laundering Law

The UAE Federal
Decree law No. (20) of 2018 dated 23rd September, 2018 (which was
issued on 30th October, 2018) on Anti-Money Laundering and Combating
the Financing of Terrorism and Financing of Illegal Organisations (UAE
Anti-Money Laundering Law) together with Cabinet Decision No. (10) of 2019
concerning the implementing regulation of Decree law No. (20) of 2018 comprises
the UAE Anti-Money Laundering Law.

 

Article 9 of
the Cabinet Decision No. (10) of 2019 placed an obligation on corporate
entities to disclose any individual ownership (whether beneficial or actual) in
an entity which owns 25% or more of the company, to the relevant regulator.

 

B. Regulation
of the Procedures of the Real Beneficiary

(i)         The UAE on 24th
August, 2020 issued Cabinet Resolution No. 58 of 2020 (Resolution 58) on the Regulation
of the Procedures of the Real Beneficiary (RB Regulations).

 

Let us study
some of the salient features of these Regulations.

 

(ii)        Entry into effect

The RB
Regulations came into effect on 28th August, 2020. Article (19) of the
Regulations repealed the earlier Cabinet Resolution No. 34 of 2020 on the
Regulation of the Procedures of the Real Beneficiary (issued earlier in 2020)
as well as any provision that violates or contradicts the provisions of the
Resolution No. 58.

 

One of the main
drivers for the introduction of the RB Regulations is the above-referred
Federal Decree Law No. 20 of 2018 and its implementing regulation, Cabinet
Decision No. (10) of 2019, which deals with anti-money laundering crimes and
combating the financing of terrorism and of unlawful organisations and is
generally in accordance with the UAE’s recent legislation to increase
transparency in its business environment.

 

(iii)       Objectives of the Regulations

The stated aim
and objective of the RB Regulations is (a) to contribute to the development of
the business environment, the state’s capabilities and its economic standing in
accordance with international requirements, by organising the minimum
obligations of the registrar and legal persons in the state, including
licensing or registration procedures, and organising the real beneficiary
register and the partners or shareholders register, and (b) develop an
effective and sustainable implementation and regulatory mechanism and
procedures for the real beneficiary data.

 

The RB Regulations address the disclosure requirements at the corporate
registration stage as well as the requirement to subsequently maintain ‘The
Partners or Shareholders Register’ and the ‘Real Beneficiary Register’.

 

(iv) Compliance
requirements

Article 8(1) of
the RB Regulations provides that ‘The Legal Person shall, within sixty (60)
days from the date on which this Resolution is effective or the date the Legal
Person’s presence, keep the information of each Real Beneficiary in the Real
Beneficiary Register he creates. The Legal Person shall also update this
Register and include any change occurring thereto within fifteen (15) days from
the date of being aware thereof.’

Further,
Article 11(1) provides that a legal person shall, within 60 days from the date
of the publication of the Resolution, i.e., 28th August, 2020 or the
date of the Legal Person’s registration or license, provide the Registrar with
the information of the Real Beneficiary Register or the Partners or Shareholders
Register. The Legal Person shall take reasonable measures to preserve its
registers from damage, loss or destruction.

 

Since the
Resolution 58 became effective from 28th August, 2020, within 60
days therefrom, i.e., by 27th October, 2020, all the existing
companies were required to file the beneficial ownership information with the
relevant Registrar.

 

(v) Scope of
the Regulations

The RB
Regulations cover all corporate entities that are licensed or registered in the
UAE (including in any commercial free zones) (an Entity / a legal person).

 

The only
entities that are not covered by the RB Regulations are wholly-owned government
entities (and their subsidiaries) and entities that are established within the
UAE’s two financial free zones, i.e., the Dubai International Financial Centre
and the Abu Dhabi Global Market. However, corporate entities licensed in these
financial free zones should nevertheless take note of the disclosure
requirements of Resolution 58 if they have shareholdings in onshore or other
commercial free zone companies in the UAE.

 

The RB
Regulations provide a more robust and prescriptive regime to record and
disclose ultimate beneficial ownership of UAE entities.

 

(vi) Meaning of
‘Real Beneficiary’

Article 1
defines the term ‘Real Beneficiary’ as follows:

‘A Legal Person who has the ultimate ownership or exercises ultimate control over a
Legal Person, directly or through a chain of ownership or control, or other
indirect means, as well as the Natural Person who conducts transactions
on behalf thereof, or who exercises
ultimate effective control over a Legal Person, that is determined according
to the provision of Article (5) hereof.

 

Thus, the term
Real Beneficiary is used in the RB Regulations to describe an Ultimate Beneficial
Owner.

 

Article 5
contains the provisions relating to Real Beneficiary Identification. Article
5(1) provides that whoever either

(i)         owns or finally controls 25% or more of
an entity’s shares directly or indirectly; or

(ii)        has the right to vote representing 25% or
more of an entity’s shares directly or through a chain of ownership and
control; or

(iii)       controls the entity through any other
means, such as by appointing or dismissing the majority of directors

shall be
considered as the Legal Person’s Real Beneficiary.

 

While
determining whether someone is a ‘real beneficiary’, it is important to look
through any number of legal persons or arrangements of any kind, intermediaries
or other entities that are used in a chain of ownership / control so as to
identify the ultimate natural person.

 

It is
worthwhile to note that the term ‘Legal Person’ is not defined in the Federal
Law No. 2 of 2015 on Commercial Companies, or the UAE Anti-Money Laundering
Law, or the RB Regulations. Therefore, it has to be understood in its ordinary
meaning as compared to a natural person and meaning as companies or corporate
entities.

 

However, in the
context of Article 5(2) for real beneficiary identification which uses the term
legal ‘arrangements’, in Article 1 of the UAE Anti-Money Laundering Law, the
term ‘Legal Arrangement’ has been defined as under:

 

‘Legal
Arrangement:
A relationship established by means of a
contract between two or more parties which does not result in the creation of a
legal personality such as trust funds or other similar arrangements.’

 

Further, ‘real
beneficiary’ includes any joint or co-owners of particular shares (such as
family members holding shares through a trust or similar structure). The RB
Regulations are clear that it is both direct and indirect ownership / control
that are to be considered.

 

If it is not
possible to ascertain whether anyone is considered to be a ‘real beneficiary’
based on any of the tests set out above, then the natural person who occupies
the senior management position (i.e., the decision-making authority of an
entity) will be deemed to be the ‘real beneficiary’ under the RB Regulations.

 

Given the
breadth of the RB Regulations, specifically, the definition of ‘real
beneficiary’, there is a view that a beneficiary under a nominee arrangement
would be within the scope of the RB Regulations, i.e., the beneficiary would be
considered as holding shares or exercising control in spite of it doing so
through a nominee.

(vii)
Disclosure requirements and registers

As per Articles
8 and 10 of the RB Regulations, from 27th October, 2020 all entities
covered within the scope of the Regulations must keep the Real Beneficiary
Register and Partners or Shareholders Register (the Registers).

 

a) Real
Beneficiary Register

However,
Article (8)(2) of the RB Regulations sets out specific information that should
now be maintained in relation to each Real Beneficiary. The Real Beneficiary
Register must include the following information for each Real Beneficiary of an
entity:

  •             the name,
    nationality, date and place of birth;
  •             the place of
    residence or address to which notifications can be sent;
  •             the Emirates ID
    number or passport number and its date of issuance and expiration;
  •             the basis for, and
    the date upon which, the individual became a real beneficiary; and if
    applicable, the date upon which the individual ceases to be a real
    beneficiary.

 

b) Partners or
Shareholders Register

The requirement
to keep a Shareholder Register is not new in the UAE as Article 260 of the UAE
Federal Law No. 2 of 2015 on Commercial Companies provides that ‘Private
Joint Stock Companies shall have a register where the names of the shareholders,
the number of shares held by them and any dispositions of the shares are
entered. Such register shall be delivered to the shares register secretariat.’

 

Now under the
RB Regulations, the following information is required to be kept in the
Partners or Shareholders Register:

  •             the number and
    class of shares held and the voting rights associated with such shares;
  •             the date on which
    the partner / shareholder became the owner of such shares;
  •          For every partner /
    shareholder who is a person:

           the nationality;

           address;

           place of birth;

           name and address of employer; and

           a true copy of a valid Emirates ID or
passport.

  •          For every partner /
    shareholder that is a legal entity:

           the name, legal form and a copy of
its Memorandum of Association;

           the address of the main office or
headquarters of the entity, and if it is a foreign entity, the name and address
of its legal representative in the UAE and the supporting documentation
providing proof of such information;

           the ‘statute’ or any other similar
documents approved by the relevant authorities concerned with the
implementation of the UAE’s anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

           the details of the person(s) who hold
senior management positions.

 

(viii) Trustees
and nominal management members

In addition to
the details of partners / shareholders, a legal person, i.e., corporate entity,
must also maintain the same information required for real beneficiaries, for
any trustees or board nominal members (nominal members) as part of its Partners
or Shareholders Register.

 

The RB
Regulations broadly define a ‘Board nominal member’ as a natural member
acting in accordance with the guidelines, instructions or will of another
person. A ‘Trustee’ means a natural or legal person enjoying the rights
and powers granted to him by the testator or the trust fund under which he
manages, uses and disposes of the testator’s funds in accordance with the
conditions imposed on him by any of them.

 

As per the
provisions of Article 9(1), all nominal members must notify and submit the
required information to the legal person within 15 days of being appointed as a
nominal member. In addition, a legal person is required to disclose the details
concerning the interests or shares and identity of the holders of any shares
issued in the names of persons or nominee members within 15 days of such
issuance to the relevant authority.

 

All existing
nominal members are required to notify the legal person and submit the relevant
information for recording their data in the Partners or Shareholders Register
within 30 days of the RB Regulation’s publication date, 28th August,
2020, i.e., by 27th September, 2020.

 

Any changes to
nominee members (including their particulars) must be notified by the nominee
members to the Entity within 15 days of such a change taking place.

 

(ix)
Compliances deadlines

The Registers
need to be created and filed with the Registrar from 27th October,
2020 onwards. Newly-incorporated legal persons will need to file the Registers
with the Registrar within 60 days of incorporation.

 

A legal person
is primarily responsible for maintaining and filing the Registers and must take
reasonable measures to obtain accurate and updated information regarding its
real beneficiaries on an ongoing basis. However, if a real beneficiary is
licensed or registered in the UAE or is listed (or owned by a company that is
listed) on a reputable exchange that has adequate disclosure and transparency
rules, then a legal person can rely on the information that such a company may
have filed or disclosed to the relevant regulators without having to make
further investigations as to the validity of such information.

 

Any change to
the information contained in the Registers must be updated and notified to the
Registrar within 15 days of such change. A legal person must also appoint, and
subsequently notify the Registrar, of a person who is resident in the UAE and
is authorised by the legal person to submit all information and Registers
required under the RB Regulations.

 

It is worth
noting that there is a positive obligation on legal persons to act if they
become aware of a person that could be a real beneficiary but who is not listed
as such in the Registers.

 

In those
circumstances, a legal person must send an inquiry to the suspected real
beneficiary and, if they do not receive a response within 15 days, must send a
formal notice (with certain prescribed information included) asking the person
to confirm whether he is a real beneficiary. If the suspected real beneficiary
fails to respond to such notice within 15 days, then the details of that person
must be entered on the Registers. If a person/s thinks they have been
incorrectly recorded as a real beneficiary on a legal person’s register, then
an application to a competent court in the UAE can be made to correct the
information.

 

Article 11(5)
of the RB Regulations provides that no legal person who is licensed or
registered in the UAE may issue bearer share guarantees.

 

In regard to
companies that are under dissolution or liquidation, the appointed liquidator
has an obligation to provide a true copy of the updated Real Beneficiary
Register to the Registrar within 30 days of the liquidator’s appointment.

 

(x)
Confidentiality

The Registrar
is required to keep information that is disclosed to it under the RB
Regulations confidential and not to disclose such information without approval
from the person involved. However, the UAE Government may disclose information
it receives under the RB Regulations to third parties in order to comply with
international laws and agreements that are in place, in particular those aimed
at countering money laundering and the financing of terrorism.

 

(xi) Penalties

At present, the
RB Regulations do not include specific penalties for violations. However,
Article 17 provides that the Minister of Economy or the delegated authorities
may impose one or more sanctions from the Administrative Sanctions Regulations.

 

It is expected
that a list of penalties and sanctions for non-compliance will be issued soon
along with a framework and additional guidance on how information is to be
collected and submitted.

 

(xii) Local and
international co-operation

Article 16 of
the RB Regulations provides that the Ministry of Economy will share the
information and data provided by a legal person, including from the legal
person’s Real Beneficiary and Partners or Shareholders Register, with the
Government entities tasked with enforcing the UAE anti-money laundering regime.

 

Besides, the Ministry of Economy will facilitate international
co-operation by allowing foreign authorities access in certain circumstances to
the data from the Real Beneficiary Register and the Partners or Shareholders
Register.

 

4. THE ROAD AHEAD – RECOMMENDED STEPS FOR THE MNES

It is undeniable that there is a trend towards increased corporate
ownership transparency around the world. However, despite the international
push towards transparency, local frameworks for determining and reporting
beneficial ownership remains inconsistent, with specific requirements varying
from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

The current
lack of consistency poses unique challenges for multinationals managing the
various compliance requirements in different jurisdictions, including the
different information that needs to be provided and timelines imposed for
reporting.

 

In addition,
the underlying legislation in many jurisdictions remains new and subject to
refinement through interpretative guidance and accompanying regulations that
have yet to be published.

 

As with all
disclosure obligations, companies need to strike a balance between providing
sufficient and accurate information while avoiding over-disclosure that can
cause confusion.

 

5.  CONCLUSION

UAE’s RB
Regulations’ objective is to bring the country’s company registration process
in line with international standards and further enhance the State’s
co-operation with its international counterparts in the common effort of
combating money laundering, terrorism and criminal financing. It does not seek
to recognise or regulate a new legal concept such as equitable interests but
merely acknowledges that such type of interest exists and is recognised under
the legal framework of some of its international counterparts.

 

In this article
we have given brief information about some of the illustrative jurisdictions
where beneficial ownership regulations have been introduced / expanded. While
incorporating any entity in any foreign jurisdiction, it would be advisable to
keep in mind the beneficial ownership regulations in those jurisdictions.

 

Readers would be well advised to carefully look into applicable
Beneficial Ownership Regulations along with Guidance, clarifications, etc.,
provided thereon, before taking necessary action in respect of the same.

 

 

 

2020
Returns in US Markets

Tesla $TSLA: +743%

Peloton $PTON: +434%

Moderna $MRNA: +434%

Zoom $ZM: +396%

Bitcoin: +304%

 

$AAPL: +82%

$AMZN: +76%

Nasdaq 100 $QQQ: +49%

$MSFT: +43%

$GOOGL: +31%

 

Gold: +24%

Small Caps $IWM: +20%

S&P $SPY: +18%

LT Treasuries $TLT: +18%

Oil: -21%

 

via @charliebilello